Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Home Improvement / Live Ventures

Live Ventures

live · NASDAQ Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker live
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Home Improvement
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Live Ventures
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark one)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016

o TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Transition period from ________ to ____________

Commission File Number: 001-33937

Live Ventures Incorporated
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Nevada
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

85-0206668
(IRS Employer Identification No.)

325 E Warm Springs Road, Suite 102, Las Vegas, Nevada
(Address of principal executive offices)

89119
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (702) 939-0231

Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act: None

Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:

Common Stock, $.001 Par Value
(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  o  No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o  No x

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant:  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x  No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web Site, if any, every Interactive
Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter
period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x  No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be
contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting
company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer”,  “accelerated  filer”  and  “smaller  reporting  company”  in  Rule  12b-2  of  the
Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Accelerated filer o
Smaller reporting company x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  o  No  x

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates computed based on the closing sales price of such stock
on March 31, 2016 was $23,434,284.

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock, as of December 19, 2016, was 2,847,636 shares.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

None

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIVE VENTURES INCORPORATED

FORM 10-K
For the year ended September 30, 2016

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part I

Item 1. Business
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2. Properties
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Part II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Financial Statements:
Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2016 and 2015

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended September 30, 2016 and 2015
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended September 30, 2016 and 2015
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended September 30, 2016 and 2015
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information

Part III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Part IV  

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

Signatures

i

Page

2
7
18
18
18
18

19
20
20
30
31
  F-1

  F-2

  F-3
  F-4
  F-5
  F-6
32
32
32

33
35
40
40
41

42

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward-Looking Statements

This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  may  include  certain  “forward-looking  statements”  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities
Litigation  Reform Act  of  1995.  We  may  also  make  forward-looking  statements  in  other  reports  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  (“the  SEC”),  in  materials  delivered  to  our  stockholders,  in  press  releases,  or  in  oral  or  written  statements  made  by  our
management.  These  forward-looking  statements,  which  are  often  characterized  by  the  terms  “may,”  “believes,”  “projects,”  “expects,”
“plans”, or “anticipates,” do not reflect historical facts but instead are based on our current assumptions and predictions regarding future
events, such as business and financial performance.

Specific forward-looking statements contained in this portion of the Annual Report include, but are not limited to (i) statements that are
based  on  current  projections  and  expectations  about  the  markets  in  which  we  operate,  (ii)  statements  about  current  projections  and
expectations of general economic conditions, (iii) statements about specific industry projections and expectations of economic activity, (iv)
statements relating to our future operations and prospects, and (v) statements about future results and future performance.

In addition to these statements and others described elsewhere in this report, other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially
include competitive and cyclical factors relating to the floor covering industry, dependence of some of our businesses on key customers,
requirements of capital, requirements of our lenders, product liabilities in excess of insurance, uncertainties relating to the integration of
acquired  businesses,  general  economic  conditions  affecting  our  business  segments,  technological  developments,  availability  of  raw
materials or personnel, changes in governmental regulation and oversight, and domestic or international hostilities and terrorism.

Our future operations and prospects, including statements that are based on current projections and expectations about the markets in which
we  operate,  and  management's  beliefs  concerning  future  performance  and  capital  requirements  are  based  upon  current  available
information. Actual results could differ materially from management's current expectations. Additional capital may be required and, if so,
may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all, at the times and in the amounts we need.

Forward-looking  statements  involve  risks,  uncertainties  and  other  factors,  which  may  cause  our  actual  results,  future  performance  and
capital requirements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Some factors and risks
that could so affect our results and achievements include the risk factors set forth below under the heading Item 1A. “Risk Factors.”

Readers should carefully review such risk factors as they identify certain important factors and risks that could affect our results, future
performance  and  capital  requirements  and  cause  them  to  materially  differ  from  actual  results  and  differ  materially  from  those  in  the
forward-looking statements and from historical trends. Those risk factors are not exclusive and are in addition to other factors and risks (i)
that are discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report, in our filings with the SEC, and in materials incorporated therein by reference, (ii) that
apply to companies generally, or (iii) that we are currently unable to identify or quantify or that we currently deem immaterial. In addition,
the foregoing factors and risks may affect generally our business, results of operations and financial position.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the statement was made. We do not undertake and specifically decline any obligation
to update any forward-looking statements.

Any information contained on our website (www.live-ventures.com) or any other websites referenced in this Annual Report are not a part
of this Annual Report.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1.        Business

Our Company

PART I

Live Ventures Incorporated is a holding company for diversified businesses. Commencing in fiscal year 2015, we began a strategic shift in
our business plan away from solely providing online marketing solutions for small and medium business to acquiring profitable companies
in various industries that have demonstrated a strong history of earnings power. Prior to that shift, we primarily promoted online marketing
solutions to small and medium businesses to help them boost customer awareness, gain visibility and manage their online presence under
our  Velocity  Local™  brand.  In  2013  we  launched  LiveDeal.com,  a  real-time  “deal  engine”  that  connected  restaurants  across  the  United
States  and  consumers  via  an  online  mobile  platform.  The  LiveDeal.com  platform  targets  restaurants  in  cities  across  the  United  States  to
help  them  use  the  platform  to  attract  new  customers.  In  addition,  through  our  subsidiary,  Modern  Everyday,  we  maintain  an  online
consumer products retailer.

We continue to actively evaluate and develop our products, services and our marketing strategies in our businesses. As a result of the shift
in  our  strategy,  as  of  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2015,  we  decided  to  cease  operating  Live  Goods  and  DealTicker  and  we
discontinued our suite of online presence marketing products and solutions under the Velocity Local™ brand. As a result of the shift to
diversifying  our  operations  by  acquiring  businesses  in  several  industries,  we  expect  that  revenues  from  our  online  marketplace  business
segment and our legacy products will be continue to be diluted in the coming months and years.

Under the Live Ventures brand we seek opportunities to acquire profitable and well-managed companies. We work closely with consultants
who help us identify target companies that fit within the criteria we have established for opportunities that will provide synergies with our
businesses.

Products and Services

Recent Development

On November 3, 2016, we acquired 100% of Vintage Stock, V-Stock, Movie Trading Company and EntertainMart (collectively “Vintage
Stock”).  Vintage  Stock  is  a  leading  specialty  entertainment  retailer.  Since  its  founding  in  1980,  Vintage  Stock  has  established  a  strong
reputation for being America’s largest entertainment superstore. Vintage Stock offers a large selection of entertainment products including
new and pre-owned movies, video games and music products, as well as ancillary products such as books, comics, toys and collectibles all
available in a single location. With its integrated buy-sell-trade business model, Vintage Stock buys, sells and trades new and pre-owned
movies, music, video games, and collectibles through 32 Vintage Stock, 3 V-Stock, 13 Movie Trading company and 2 EntertainMart retail
locations  strategically  positioned  across  Texas,  Oklahoma,  Kansas,  Missouri,  Colorado,  Illinois  and  Arkansas.  In  calendar  year  2015,
Vintage Stock had revenue of $61.6M and net income of $12.2M

Manufacturing Segment

Marquis Industries, Inc.

In  July  2015,  we  acquired  a  majority  interest  (80%)  in  Marquis  Industries,  Inc.,  a  Georgia  corporation,  through  our  partially-owned
subsidiary, Marquis Affiliated Holdings LLC. In November 2015, we acquired the remaining (20%) of Marquis. Marquis Industries is a
leading carpet manufacturer and a manufacturer of innovative yarn products, as well as a reseller of hard surface flooring products. Over the
last decade, Marquis has been an innovator and leader in the value-oriented polyester carpet sector, which is currently the market’s fastest-
growing fiber category. We focus on the residential, niche commercial, and hospitality end-markets and serve over 2,000 customers.

Since its founding in 1990, Marquis has built a strong reputation for outstanding value, styling, and customer service. Its innovation has
yielded products and technologies that differentiate its brands in the flooring marketplace. Marquis’s state-of-the-art operations enable high
quality products, unique customization, and exceptionally short lead-times. Furthermore, the Company has recently invested in additional
capacity  to  grow  several  attractive  lines  of  business,  including  printed  carpet  and  yarn  extrusion.  Through  its A-O  Division,  utilizes  its
state-of-the-art yarn extrusion capacity to market monofilament textured yarn products to the artificial turf industry.

We operate our business through 13 divisions, each specializing in a distinct area of the business. Best Buy Flooring Source is the largest of
all of the operating divisions with sales to over 2,000 carpet dealers. The following is a breakdown of each division and the specialized
products sold:

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Division

Products and/or Services

Best Buy flooring Source All forms of carpets to dealers
Marquis Carpet
Best Buy Hard surface
A-O Industries

Carpet products to home centers
Hard surface products manufactured by third parties to dealers
Monofilament nylon, polypropylene and polyethylene
yarns for the outdoor turf industry
Specialty printed carpet to the entertainment industry (bowling alleys, fund centers, movie theaters, casinos)
Specialty printed carpet to the entertainment industry and artificial turf
Carpets to commercial and hospitality markets
Carpets to carpet distributors
Development stage – printed carpets for educational markets
Sells specials and off grade carpet products to dealers
Extrusion carpet fiver division supplying raw material to Marquis
Internal twisting and heat set yarn plant – some commission work for local mills
Internal tufting operations

Omega Pattern Works
Astro Carpet Mills
Artisans Hospitality
Artisans Carpet
Trendsetters Rug
Dalton Carpet Depot
M&M Fibers
Quantum Textiles
B&H Tufters

Products

Carpets & Rugs

Marquis is a top 10 residential carpet manufacturer in the US and also produces innovative commercial products. Marquis has 21 running
line styles offering outstanding quality and value. It also offers special value in polyester styles and residential nylon roll buy. Beginning in
2014,  Marquis  offered  eight  new  carpet  styles  with  6.8  twists  or  better,  six  styles  in  ¼  gauge  construction  and  to  with  a  1/8  gauge
construction. These styles have some of the best performance ratings in the industry.

Hard Surfaces

In the past 10 years, Marquis has developed one of the strongest and most competitive, high styled hard surface lines on the market. The
Best Buy Hard Surface running line is a mainstream  line  up  of  high  styled  luxury  vinyl  tile,  several  unique  laminates  and  hand  scraped
engineered  wood  along  with  six  individual  series  of  vinyl.  Best  Buy  Hard  Surface  also  features  hundreds  of  rolls  of  vinyl  specials  at
promotional prices.

Yarns

Through  its A-O  Division,  Marquis  uses  state-of-the-art  yarn  extrusion  capacity  to  market  monofilament  textured  yarn  products  to  the
artificial turf industry.

Industry and Market

Marquis is a significant flooring manufacturer within a fragmented industry composed of a wide variety of companies from small privately
held firms to large multinationals. In 2015, the US floor covering industry had an estimated $20.5 billion in sales, up 4.4% over 2014’s sales
of $19.6 billion, which was an increase of 3.6% over 2013 sales of $18.9 billion.

Floor covering sales are influenced by the homeowner remodeling and residential builder markets, existing home sales and housing starts,
average house size and home ownership. In addition, the level of sales in the floor covering industry is influenced by consumer confidence,
spending for durable goods, the condition of residential and commercial construction, and overall strength of the economy.

Our Market

Carpet and Rugs

The carpet and rug industry had shipments of $8.87 billion in 2015 in the U.S., up 0.7% from 2014. The industry has two primary markets,
residential and commercial, with the residential market making up the largest portion of the industry. The industry has two primary sub-
markets,  replacement  and  new  construction,  with  replacement  being  the  significant  industry  factor.  Approximately  60%  of  industry
shipments are made in response to residential replacement demand.

Residential  products  consist  of  broadloom  carpets  and  rugs  in  a  broad  range  of  styles,  colors  and  textures.  Commercial  products  consist
primarily of broadloom carpet and modular carpet tile for a variety of institutional applications such as office buildings, restaurant chains,
schools and other commercial establishments. The carpet industry also manufactures carpet for the automotive, recreational vehicle, small
boat and other industries.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Carpet and Rug Institute (the "CRI") is the national trade association representing carpet and rug manufacturers. Information compiled
by the CRI suggests that the domestic carpet and rug industry is comprised of fewer than 100 manufacturers, with a meaningful percentage
of the industry's production concentrated in a limited number of manufacturers focused on the lower end of the price curve.

Hard Surfaces

Hard flooring surfaces such as ceramic, vinyl, hardwood, stone, and laminate have shipments of $9.09 billion in 2015 in the U.S., up 6%
from  2014.  As  with  carpet  and  rugs,  the  market  is  split  between  residential  /  commercial  and  replacement  /  new  construction  with
residential replacement being the largest segment of the market.

Synthetic Turf

Northwest Georgia has become host to a relative of the carpet industry -a thriving synthetic turf industry. Early versions of fake grass, in
domed and open-air sports stadiums, used to be referred to as "carpet" by the athletes who played upon it. Today it's more like a manmade
organism,  with  advanced  underlay,  cushioning  and  drainage  systems.  AstroTurf,  the  granddaddy  of  artificial  turf,  is  headquartered  in
Dalton, GA. Other major turf players in Georgia include Challenger Industries, Controlled Products, Synthetic Turf Resources, and Grass-
Tex.  Marquis,  through  its  A-O  Industries  division,  has  developed  significant  yarn  extrusion  expertise  and  services  the  synthetic  turf
industry  through  the  sale  of  highest  quality  yarns.  Marquis  is  the  only  company  in  the  industry  able  to  efficiently  perform  certain
texturizing processes that are valued by turf manufacturers.

Competition

Marquis is a fully integrated carpet mill, and as a result it is able to produce carpet at the lowest cost possible for its target price point.
Marquis offers a one stop shop for soft and hard surface products, allowing its customers to save time and receive exceptional service. The
company offers innovative products and has quick turnaround times turning a new product in two weeks from conception to delivery. The
principal  methods  of  competition  are  service,  quality,  price,  product  innovation  and  technology.  Marquis’  lean  operating  structure  plus
investments in manufacturing equipment, computer systems and marketing strategy contribute to its ability to provide exceptional value on
the basis of performance, quality, style and service, rather than just competing on price.

Raw Materials and Suppliers

Our suppliers include Honeywell, DAK, Global Backing and Mattex. We believe that we will have access to an adequate supply of raw
material on satisfactory commercial terms for the foreseeable future. We are not dependent on any one supplier.

Customers

Marquis sells products to flooring dealers, home centers, other flooring manufacturers and directly to the end user. Approximately 70% of
sales  are  to  a  network  of  over  2,000  flooring  dealers  across  several  different  end  markets,  geographies,  and  product  lines.  Management
believes that the dealer market is the most profitable market for its products because it’s a diversified customer base that values innovation,
style  and  service.  Dealer  networks  typically  allow  the  Company  to  achieve  higher  margin,  lower  volume  accounts.  We  have  only  one
customer whose sales represent more than 10% of Marquis’ total revenues. As a result we are not dependent on any one customer to sustain
our revenue. Although we also sell our products to a limited number of retailers, sales to those retailers make up a very small percentage of
Marquis’ revenue.

Manufacturing

Marquis has a manufacturing facility with state-of-the-art equipment in all phases of its vertically integrated production, from extrusion of
yarn to yarn processing to tufting carpet. Marquis manufactures high quality products and offer unique customization with exceptionally
short lead-times. Marquis has recently invested in new, efficient equipment to expand it yarn extrusion capacity to enter new markets. The
new  equipment  allows  Marquis  to  reduce  production  costs  and  increase  margins.  Marquis  has  existing  capacity  to  grow  sales  by  25%
without additional investment.

Marketing

The Company has a team of 23 full-time salespeople who constantly deepen customer relationships throughout its markets.

Marketplace Platform Segment

LiveDeal.com

In  September  2013,  we  launched  LiveDeal.com.  LiveDeal.com  is  a  real-time  “deal  engine”  connecting  restaurants  with  consumers.
LiveDeal.com provides marketing solutions to restaurants to boost customer awareness and merchant visibility on the Internet. Restaurants
can sign up to use the LiveDeal platform at our website.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Highlights of LiveDeal.com include:

— an intuitive interface enabling restaurants to create limited-time offers and publish them immediately, or on a preset schedule

that is fully customizable;

—  state-of-the-art  scheduling  technology  giving  restaurants  the  freedom  to  choose  the  days,  times  and  duration  of  the  offers,

enabling them to create offers that entice consumers to visit their establishment during their slower periods;

We  were  best  known  for  migrating  print  yellow  pages  to  the  Internet  in  1994  and  began  to  develop  the  model  for  LiveDeal.com  after
having worked closely with well-known publishers in the daily deal market. In mid-2013, we tested the beta platform in a number of cities,
and the model has been well received by restaurants, consumers, and various restaurant associations.

During  fiscal  2014  we  acquired  three  business  that  offer  consumer  products.  We  incorporated  the  sale  of  consumer  products  into  our
livedeal.com platform to increase our product offering. Below is a brief description of the businesses purchased in fiscal 2014:

Modern Everyday, Inc.,

Modern Everyday, Inc. (“MEI”), acquired in August 2014, has both a retail location and a web presence providing consumers with products
that range from kitchen and dining products, apparel and sporting goods to children's toys and beauty products. Modern Everyday also has
proprietary software that will give us the capability to track products and predict consumer behavior and spending habits.

DA Stores Asset Acquisition

On March 7, 2014, Live Goods acquired substantially all of the assets of DA Stores, LLC, a furniture retailer, which included inventory and
equipment,  furniture,  software,  hardware,  and  domain  names.  As  of  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2015,  we  decided  to  cease
operating Live Goods.

DealTicker™

On  May  6,  2014,  Live  Goods  acquired  DealTicker,  an  online  platform  company  in  the  retail  industry  offering  discounted  products  and
services in the US and Canada This acquisition increased our ability to sell consumer goods online. For strategic reasons, we closed the
operations of DealTicker.

Promotional Marketing

In  November  2012,  we  commenced  the  sale  of  marketing  tools  that  help  local  businesses  manage  their  online  presence  under  what  was
previously our Velocity Local™ brand, which we refer to as online presence marketing. In September 2015, we sold all of the assets of
Velocity Local, and discontinued the business.

Our target customers were SMB owners who work long hours to deliver real value to their customers in their own communities that do not
have  the  time  or  expertise  to  develop  the  powerful,  multi-faceted,  online  marketing  and  advertising  programs  necessary  for  successful
online  marketing.  We  sourced  local  special  deals  and  activities  for  SMBs.  We  offered  our  clients  a  solution  that  utilizes  our  business
channels to market our clients’ products and services to potential customers.

Prior to our launch of LiveDeal.com, our business strategy included partnering established strategic publishing partners to publish and sell
our client’s deals in exchange for a share of the revenue. We had entered into sourcing agreements with several reputable publishers who
have  large  user  bases,  including  Travelzoo,  Google  Local,  and Amazon,  and  act  as  an  intermediary  to  connect  SMBs  to  our  publishing
partners. Our business relied in part on the ability of our partners to display our clients’ deals to a large, relevant audience and to sell the
offers. However, with the launch of LiveDeal.com, we focused our promotional marketing efforts and offer a substantial portion of those
products and services through our own proprietary platform.

Marketing

General. We rely on telemarketing and online lead generation to drive customer acquisition. We have created our own telemarketing sales
team which works with highly automated technology and specializes in creating, deploying and managing telemarketing campaigns quickly
and efficiently. We believe that our telemarketing structure enables us to build and scale sales programs quickly.

We  have  long-standing  relationships  with  data  and  lead  providers,  which  enable  us  to  source  high  quality  leads  and  to  focus  our
telemarketing efforts toward the demographics we believe most likely to result in long-term customers. We primarily market our products
and services to SMBs in lists we acquire from third party data companies.

LiveDeal.com National Advertising Campaign. In 2014, we launched a 35 city advertising campaign to support the restaurant owners who
have created more than 10,000 deals in over 8,000 restaurants in those 35 cities. The campaign, which includes TV, Radio and web-based
ad delivery, is designed to expand awareness, increase user registrations and drive traffic into the restaurant locations that are utilizing the
LiveDeal real-time “deal engine”.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Market

More than 27 million SMBs operate in the United States today. While a majority of SMBs have a website, most of them are not optimized
for  mobile  devices  and  therefore  do  not  effectively  generate  business  for  the  SMB.  SMB  owners  frequently  lack  the  time,  expertise  or
resources necessary to make their website a relevant, effective part of their marketing efforts, or to exploit the additional internet marketing
channels needed for successful online marketing. Our target customers are SMBs which normally do not market their products and services
nationally, but wish to utilize local marketing opportunities, including local search, to promote their products and services.

Effective online marketing requires the dedication of time, the marshaling of resources, and the development of technological, language,
presentation and other skills and expertise that few SMB owners have, or have the intention or realistic ability to acquire. We recognize
that, to succeed, many SMB owners must remain intensely focused on the fundamentals of their business.

We  believe  that  many  SMB  owners  realize  that  an  effective  internet  presence  –  including  engaging  with  online  and  social  tools  –  is
essential to their marketing efforts, and SMBs are shifting their marketing budgets from traditional media to online channels. Accordingly,
many SMBs need a partner with the necessary expertise and understanding to manage evolving internet audience acquisition services. We
believe that this creates a large market opportunity for nimble, reliable and reputable service providers that help companies leverage these
new channels efficiently and at affordable prices.

We see SMBs quickly adapting to the local and mobile marketing opportunities because of the great potential to retain existing and draw in
new customers at affordable prices. We anticipate that soon most online searches will be conducted using a mobile phone, which greatly
increases the effectiveness of mobile marketing.

Competition

General. Many of our competitors have access to greater capital resources than we do. These resources could enable our competitors to
engage  in  advertising  and  other  promotional  activities  that  will  enhance  their  brand  name  recognition  and  market  share.  We  believe,
however,  that  our  products  provide  a  simple  and  affordable  way  for  our  clients  to  create  a  web  presence  to  market  their  products  and
services  to  local  audiences.  We  further  believe  that  we  can  compete  effectively  by  continuing  to  provide  quality  services  at  competitive
prices and by actively developing new products and services for potential clients that enable us to become a single vendor for the online
marketing needs of SMBs.

Promotional  Marketing. Our  promotional  marketing  business  (including  our  new  LiveDeal.com  platform)  competes  for  local  deals  with
several large competitors, such as Groupon and LivingSocial, and many smaller competitors. This business is part of a new market which
has operated at a substantial scale for only a limited period of time. We expect competition in this market to continue to increase because no
significant barriers to entry exist. Contracts with deal publishers typically contain exclusivity provisions which restrict SMBs from offering
deals through other outlets.

We seek desirable local products and services which we can provide to our publishing partners. We believe that we are in  a  position  to
compete in this market successfully due to the unique features of our LiveDeal.com platform (as described above), our experienced sales
managers,  our  experience  at  sourcing,  selling  and  servicing  large  numbers  of  small  business  accounts,  the  comprehensiveness  of  our
database, the effectiveness of our marketing programs, and the diversity of our publisher distribution network. Our distribution partnerships
allow our clients to reach large audiences and promote their products and services in innovative ways.

The principal competitive factors in this market include personalization of service, ease of use, quality of services, availability of quality
content, value-added products and services, access to consumers, effectiveness at driving business to our clients, and price.

Many boutique firms offer services similar to our online presence marketing products. Generally these small firms cannot provide all the
comprehensive  services  we  do.  However,  these  small  firms  provide  many  options  for  web  design,  social  media  marketing,  internet
marketing, and search engine optimization.

Because of efficiencies stemming from our proprietary software and business structure, we are generally able to provide these services at a
lower recurring cost and with lower upfront charges to commence a complete marketing campaign and build a client’s mobile-optimized
website.

We also compete against larger companies which offer a similar or more expanded set of products. Our principal competitive advantages
over these companies are our lower prices and the better quality and service of our website design, particularly our web app platform. We
believe our combination of outstanding service and low cost will enable us to provide a suite of attractive packages to our clients.

Intellectual Property

Our success will depend significantly on our ability to develop and maintain the proprietary aspects of our technology and operate without
infringing upon the intellectual property rights of third parties. We currently rely primarily on a combination of copyright, trade secret and
trademark laws, confidentiality procedures, contractual provisions, and similar measures to protect our intellectual property.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We estimate that reliance upon trade secrets and unpatented proprietary know-how will continue to be our principal method of protecting
our trade secrets and other proprietary technologies. While we have hired third-party contractors to help develop our proprietary software
and to provide various fulfillment services, we generally own (or have permissive licenses for) the intellectual property provided by these
contractors. Our proprietary software is not substantially dependent on any third-party software, although our software does utilize open
source code. Notwithstanding the use of this open source code, we do not believe our usage requires public disclosure of our own source
code nor do we believe the use of open source code will have a material impact on our business.

We  register  some  of  our  product  names,  slogans  and  logos  in  the  United  States.  In  addition,  we  generally  require  our  employees,
contractors and many of those with whom we have business relationships to sign non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements. Neither
intellectual  property  laws,  contractual  arrangements,  nor  any  of  the  other  steps  we  have  taken  to  protect  our  intellectual  property,  can
ensure that third parties will not exploit our technologies or develop similar technologies.

Our proprietary publishing system provides an advanced set of integrated tools for design, service, and modifications to support our mobile
web app services. Our mobile web app builder software enables easy and efficient design, end user modification and administration, and
includes a variety of other tools accessible by our team members.

Services Segment

We continue to generate revenue from servicing our existing customers under our legacy product offerings, primarily our InstantProfile®
line of products and services. These services primarily consist of directory listing services. Because of the change in our business strategy
and product lines, we no longer accept new customers under our legacy product and service offerings.

Our service segment business operates in the highly competitive, rapidly expanding and evolving market for internet marketing for SMBs.
Our largest competitors are local exchange carriers, which are widely known as regional telephone operators, and national search engines
such  as  Yahoo!  And  Google,  that  are  actively  expanding  their  presence  in  the  local  search  market.  We  compete  with  Yellow  Pages
services, advertising networks and outlets, and search engine optimization, as well as traditional offline media, such as traditional Yellow
Pages  directory  publishers,  television,  radio  and  print  share  advertising.  The  principal  competitive  factors  in  this  market  include
personalization  of  service,  ease  of  use,  quality  of  services,  availability  of  quality  content,  value-added  products  and  services,  access  to
consumers, effectiveness at driving consumers to our clients, and price.

Corporate Offices

Our principal offices are located at 325 E. Warm Springs Road, Suite 102, Las Vegas, Nevada 89119, our telephone number is (702) 939-
0231, and our corporate website (which does not form part of this report) is located at www.live-ventures.com.

Employees

As of September 30, 2016, we had 277 full-time employees and no part-time employees in the United States, none of whom is covered by a
collective bargaining agreement.

ITEM 1A.        Risk Factors

An investment in our common stock involves a substantial degree of risk. Before making an investment decision, you should give careful
consideration to the following risk factors in addition to the other risks and information described in this report. The following risk factors,
however,  may  not  reflect  all  of  the  risks  associated  with  our  business  or  an  investment  in  our  common  stock.  The  trading  price  of  our
common stock could decline significantly due to any of these risks and investors may lose all or part of their investments. In assessing these
risks,  investors  should  also  refer  to  the  other  information  contained  in  this Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  including  our  consolidated
financial statements for the fiscal year that ended on September 30, 2016 and related notes.

RISKS RELATION TO OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND BUSINESS GENERALLY

Our results of operations could fluctuate due to factors outside of our control.

Our  operating  results  have  historically  fluctuated  significantly,  and  we  could  continue  to  experience  fluctuations  or  revert  to  declining
operating results due to factors that may or may not be within our control. Such factors include the following:

fluctuating demand for our services, which may depend on a number of factors including:
changes in economic conditions and our customers’ profitability,
changes in technologies favored by consumers,
customer refunds or cancellations, and
our ability to continue to bill through existing means;

·
·
·
·
·
· market acceptance of new or enhanced versions of our services or products;
·

price competition or pricing changes by us or our competitors;

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
·
·
·

·
·
·

new product offerings or other actions by our competitors;
the ability of our check processing service providers to continue to process and provide billing information;
the amount and timing of expenditures for expansion of our operations, including the hiring of new employees, capital expenditures,
and related costs;
technical difficulties or failures affecting our systems or the internet in general;
a decline in internet traffic at our website; and
the fixed nature of a significant amount of our operating expenses.

We  expect  that  our  anticipated  future  growth,  including  through  potential  acquisitions,  may  strain  our  management,  administrative,
operational and financial infrastructure, which could adversely affect our business.

We anticipate that significant expansion of our present operations will be required to capitalize on potential growth in market opportunities,
and  that  this  expansion  will  place  a  significant  strain  on  our  management,  operational  and  financial  resources.  In  order  to  manage  our
growth, we will be required to continue to implement and improve our operational, marketing and financial systems, to expand existing
operations, to attract and retain superior management and personnel, and to train, manage and expand our employee base. We may not be
able to expand our operations effectively, our systems, procedures and controls may be inadequate to support our expanded operations, and
our management may fail to implement our business plan successfully.

We may not be able to secure additional capital to expand our operations.

Although  we  currently  have  no  material  long-term  needs  for  capital  expenditures,  we  will  likely  be  required  to  make  increased  capital
expenditures  to  fund  our  anticipated  growth  of  operations,  infrastructure,  and  personnel.  In  the  future,  we  may  need  to  seek  additional
capital  through  the  issuance  of  debt  or  equity,  depending  upon  our  results  of  operations,  market  conditions  or  unforeseen  needs  or
opportunities. Our future liquidity and capital requirements will depend on numerous factors, including:

·
·
·

the pace of expansion of our operations;
our need to respond to competitive pressures; and
future acquisitions of complementary products, technologies or businesses.

The sale of additional equity or convertible debt securities could result in additional dilution to existing stockholders. We cannot provide
assurance that any financing arrangements will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

We may be exposed to litigation, claims and other legal proceedings in the relating to its products, which could have a material adverse
effect on the Company’s business.

In the ordinary course of business, we may be subject to a variety of product-related claims, lawsuits and legal proceedings, including those
relating to product liability, product warranty, product recall, personal injury, intellectual property infringement and other matters. A very
large claim or several similar claims asserted by a large class of plaintiffs could have a material adverse effect on our business, if we are
unable to successfully defend against or resolve these matters or if its insurance coverage is insufficient to satisfy any judgments against us
or  settlements  relating  to  these  matters. Although  we  have  product  liability  insurance,  the  policies  may  not  provide  coverage  for  certain
claims  against  us  or  may  not  be  sufficient  to  cover  all  possible  liabilities.  Further,  we  may  not  be  able  to  maintain  insurance  at
commercially  acceptable  premium  levels.  Moreover,  adverse  publicity  arising  from  claims  made  against  us,  even  if  the  claims  are  not
successful, could adversely affect our reputation or the reputation and sales of our products.

If we are not able to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial
results, which could cause our stock price to fall or result in our stock being delisted.

Effective  internal  controls  are  necessary  for  us  to  provide  reliable  and  accurate  financial  reports.  We  will  need  to  devote  significant
resources and time to comply with the requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley with respect to internal control over financial reporting. In addition,
Section 404 under Sarbanes-Oxley requires that we assess the design and operating effectiveness of our controls over financial reporting.
Our ability to comply with the annual internal control report requirement will depend on the effectiveness of our financial reporting and
data systems and controls across our company and our operating subsidiaries. We expect these systems and controls to become increasingly
complex  to  the  extent  that  we  integrate  acquisitions  and  as  our  business  grows.  To  effectively  manage  this  complexity,  we  will  need  to
continue  to  improve  our  operational,  financial,  and  management  controls  and  our  reporting  systems  and  procedures.  Any  failure  to
implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in the implementation or operation of these controls, could harm
our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our financial reporting obligations, which could adversely affect our business and jeopardize
our listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market, either of which would harm our stock price.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risks Related to Our New Business Strategy

We may experience certain risks associated with acquisitions, joint ventures and strategic investments.

We  intend  to  grow  our  business  through  a  combination  of  organic  growth  and  acquisitions.  Growth  through  acquisitions  involves  risks,
many of which may continue to affect us after the acquisition. We cannot give assurance that an acquired company will achieve the levels
of revenue, profitability and production that we expect. Acquisitions may require the issuance of additional securities or the incurrence of
additional indebtedness, which may dilute the ownership interests of existing security holders or impose higher interest costs on us.

A failure to identify suitable acquisition candidates or partners for strategic investments and to complete acquisitions could have a
material adverse effect on the Company’s business.

As  part  of  our  new  business  strategy,  we  intend  to  pursue  a  wide  array  of  potential  strategic  transactions,  including  acquisitions  of
complementary businesses, as well as strategic investments and joint ventures. Although we regularly evaluate such opportunities, we may
not be able to successfully identify suitable acquisition candidates or investment opportunities, to obtain sufficient financing on acceptable
terms to fund such strategic transactions, to complete acquisitions and integrate acquired businesses with the our existing businesses, or to
manage profitably acquired businesses or strategic investments.

Acquisitions may result in dilutive issuances of equity securities, use of our cash resources, incurrence of debt and amortization of expenses
related to intangible assets acquired. In addition, the process of integrating an acquired company, business or technology, which requires a
substantial  commitment  of  resources  and  management’s  attention,  may  create  unforeseen  operating  difficulties  and  expenditures.  The
acquisition of a company or business is accompanied by a number of risks, including:

·
·

·
·

·

·

·

·

exposure to unanticipated liabilities of an acquired company (or acquired assets);
difficulties integrating or developing acquired technology into our services or acquired products or services into our operations, and
unanticipated expenses or disruptions related to such integration;
the potential loss of key partners or key personnel in connection with, or as the result of, a transaction;
the impairment of relationships with clients of the acquired business, or our own clients, partners or employees, as a result of any
integration of operations or the expansion of our offerings;
the recording of goodwill and intangible assets that will be subject to impairment testing on a regular basis and potential periodic
impairment charges;
the diversion of the attention of our management team from other business concerns, including the day-to-day management of our
businesses or the internal growth strategies that we are currently implementing;
the risk of entering into markets or producing products where we have limited or no experience, including the integration or removal
of the acquired or disposed technologies and products with or from our existing technologies and products; and
the inability properly to implement or remediate internal controls, procedures and policies appropriate for a public company at
businesses that prior to our acquisition were not subject to federal securities laws and may have lacked appropriate controls,
procedures and policies.

The acquisition of new businesses is costly and such acquisitions may not enhance our financial condition.

Our growth strategy is to acquire companies and identify and acquire assets and technologies from companies in various industries that have
a  demonstrated  history  of  strong  earnings  potential.  The  process  to  undertake  a  potential  acquisition  is  time-consuming  and  costly.  We
expend  significant  resources  to  undertake  business,  financial  and  legal  due  diligence  on  our  potential  acquisition  target  and  there  is  no
guarantee  that  we  will  acquire  the  company  after  completing  due  diligence.  Any  future  acquisitions  will  be  subject  to  a  number  of
challenges, including:

· Diversion of management time and resources and the potential disruption of our ongoing business;
· Difficulties in maintaining uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies;
·
· Difficulty of retaining key alliances on attractive terms with partners and suppliers;
· Difficulty of retaining and recruiting key personnel and maintaining employee morale

Potential unknown liabilities associated with acquired businesses;

Our  acquisitions  could  result  in  the  use  of  substantial  amounts  of  cash,  potentially  dilutive  issuances  of  equity  securities,  significant
amortization  expenses  related  to  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  and  exposure  to  undisclosed  or  potential  liabilities  of  acquired
companies. To the extent that the goodwill arising from the acquisitions carried on the financial statements do not pass the annual goodwill
impairment test, excess goodwill will be charged to future earnings.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Because we do not intend to use our own employees or members of management to run the daily operations at our acquired companies,
business operations might be interrupted if they were to resign.

As  part  of  our  acquisition  strategy,  we  do  not  use  our  own  employees  or  members  of  our  management  team  to  operate  the  acquired
companies.  Key  management  at  these  companies  has  been  in  place  for  several  years  and  has  established  solid  relationships  with  their
customers.  Competition  for  executive-level  personnel  is  strong  and  we  can  make  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  able  to  retain  the  highly
effective executive employees. Although we have entered into employment agreements with executive management and provide incentives
to  stay  with  the  business  after  its  been  acquired,  if  such  key  persons  were  to  resign  we  might  face  impairment  of  relationships  with
remaining employees or customers, and might cause long-term customers to terminate their relationships with the acquired companies.

Risks Related to the Flooring Manufacturing Business

The floor covering industry is sensitive to changes in general economic conditions, such as consumer confidence and income, corporate
and government spending, interest rate levels, availability of credit and demand for housing. Significant or prolonged declines in the
U.S. or global economies could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business.

Downturns in the U.S. and global economies, along with the residential and commercial markets in such economies, negatively impact the
floor covering industry and our flooring manufacturing business. Although the difficult economic conditions have improved in the U.S.,
there may be additional downturns that could cause the industry to deteriorate in the foreseeable future. A significant or prolonged decline
in residential or commercial remodeling or new construction activity could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of
operations.

We may be unable to predict customer preferences or demand accurately, or to respond to technological developments.

We  operate  in  a  market  sector  where  demand  is  strongly  influenced  by  rapidly  changing  customer  preferences  as  to  product  design  and
technical features. Failure to quickly and effectively respond to changing customer demand or  technological  developments  could  have  a
material adverse effect on our business.

We face intense competition in the flooring industry that could decrease demand for our products or force us to lower prices, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The  floor  covering  industry  is  highly  competitive.  We  face  competition  from  a  number  of  manufacturers  and  independent  distributors.
Maintaining our competitive position may require substantial investments in the out product development efforts, manufacturing facilities,
distribution  network  and  sales  and  marketing  activities.  Competitive  pressures  may  also  result  in  decreased  demand  for  our  products  or
force  us  to  lower  prices.  Moreover,  a  strong  U.S.  dollar  combined  with  lower  fuel  costs  may  contribute  to  more  attractive  pricing  for
imports that compete with our products, which may put pressure on our pricing. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect
on our business.

In periods of rising costs, we may be unable to pass raw materials, energy and fuel-related cost increases on to its customers, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The  prices  of  raw  materials  and  fuel-related  costs  vary  significantly  with  market  conditions. Although  we  generally  attempt  to  pass  on
increases in raw material, energy and fuel-related costs to our customers, our ability to do so is dependent upon the rate and magnitude of
any increase, competitive pressures and market conditions for our products. There have been in the past, and may be in the future, periods
of time during which increases in these costs cannot be recovered. During such periods of time, our business may be materially adversely
affected.

Risks Related to Our Online Marketing Business

If  we  do  not  introduce  new  or  enhanced  offerings  to  our  customers,  we  may  be  unable  to  attract  and  retain  those  customers,  which
would significantly impede our ability to generate revenue.

Our management team actively evaluates and improves our marketing efforts and our product and service offerings, as well as contracts
with  new  partners  and  hires  and  trains  personnel  for  management,  sales  and  fulfillment. Any  new  product  offering  is  subject  to  certain
risks,  including  customer  acceptance,  competition,  product  differentiation,  challenges  relating  to  economies  of  scale  and  the  ability  to
attract and retain qualified personnel, including management and designers. Many of our contracts with third party vendors, including our
strategic partnerships, permit our partners to terminate the contract, with short or no prior notice, for convenience, as well as in the event
we default under the terms of the contract for failing to meet our contractual obligations.

The development of new products involves considerable costs and any new product may not generate sufficient consumer interest and sales
to become a profitable brand or to cover the costs of its development and subsequent promotions. There can be no assurance that we will be
able  to  develop  and  grow  our  current  offerings,  or  any  other  new  offerings,  to  a  point  where  they  will  become  profitable,  or  generate
positive cash flow. We may modify or terminate our current product and services offerings if our management determines that they are not
yielding or will not yield desired results.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our product introductions and improvements, along with our other marketplace initiatives, are designed to capitalize on customer demands
and trends. In order to be successful, we must anticipate and react to changes in these demands and trends, and to modify existing products
or  develop  new  products  or  processes  to  address  them.  Potential  customers  may  not  subscribe  to  our  current  offerings  or  other  online
marketing products and services that we may offer in the future, or may discontinue use . if they find these products and services to be too
costly, or ineffective for meeting their business needs than other methods of advertising and marketing. Our business, prospects, financial
condition or results of operations will be materially and adversely affected if we do not execute our strategy or our products and services
are not adopted by a sufficient number of customers.

Our success depends upon our ability to establish and maintain relationships with our customers.

Our ability to generate revenue depends upon our ability to maintain relationships with our existing customers, to attract new customers to
sign up for revenue-generating products and services, and to generate traffic to our customers’ websites. We primarily use telemarketing
efforts  to  attract  new  customers.  These  telemarketing  efforts  may  not  produce  satisfactory  results  in  the  future.  We  attempt  to  maintain
relationships with our customers through customer service and delivery of traffic to their businesses. An inability to either attract additional
customers  to  use  our  service  or  to  maintain  relationships  with  our  customers  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,
prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.

We face intense competition from companies that provide online marketing services with greater resources, which could adversely affect
our growth and could lead to decreased revenues.

Content marketing and other online marketing services are emerging fields with a considerable amount of competitors in each field. Major
internet  companies,  including  Google,  Microsoft,  Verizon,  AT&T  and  Yahoo!,  currently  market  internet  Yellow  Pages,  local  search
services and other products that directly compete with our legacy business as well as our new product offerings and major deal companies,
like Groupon and Living Social, currently market daily deals that directly compete with our promotional marketing business. Other existing
and  potential  competitors  include  website  design  and  development  service  and  software  companies;  internet  service  providers  and
application  service  providers;  internet  search  engine  providers;  domain  registrars;  website  hosting  providers;  local  business  directory
providers; and ecommerce platform and service providers.

We may not compete effectively with existing and potential competitors for several reasons, including the following:

·

·

·

·
·

·

some competitors have longer operating histories, larger and more established subscriber bases, and greater financial and other
resources than we have and are in better financial condition than we are, enabling them to engage in more extensive research and
development, more aggressive pricing policies, and more advertising and other promotional activities that will enhance their brand
name recognition and increase their market share;
some competitors may release free tools, including open source tools, which perform some or many of the services we offer to our
customers;
some competitors have better name recognition or reputations, as well as larger, more established, and more extensive marketing,
customer service, and customer support capabilities than we have;
some competitors may be able to better adapt to changing market conditions and customer demand; and
barriers to entry are not significant, and new competitors may enter our markets or develop technologies that reduces the need for
our services.
Increased competitive pressure could lead to reduced market share, as well as lower prices and reduced margins, for our services.

As  a  result  of  an  anticipated  increase  in  competition  in  our  markets,  and  the  likelihood  that  some  of  this  competition  will  come  from
companies with more established brands and resources than us, we believe brand name recognition and reputation will become increasingly
important. If we are not successful in quickly building brand awareness, we could be placed at a competitive disadvantage to companies
whose brands are more recognizable than ours.

We depend upon third parties to provide certain services and software, and our business may suffer if the relationships upon which we
depend fail to produce the expected benefits or are terminated.

We depend upon third-party software to operate certain of our services. The failure of this software to perform as expected could have a
material adverse effect on our business. Additionally, although we believe that several alternative sources for this software are available,
any failure to obtain and maintain the rights to use such software could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial
condition,  and  results  of  operations.  We  also  depend  upon  third  parties  who  provide  the  cloud  computing  services  which  host  our
customers’ websites, including the mobile web apps, to be sufficiently reliable and provide sufficient capacity and bandwidth so that our
business can function properly and our customers’ websites are responsive to current and anticipated traffic. Any restrictions or interruption
in  those  providers’  services  or  connection  to  the  internet  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  prospects,  financial
condition, and results of operations. If we are forced to switch hosting facilities, we may not be successful in finding an alternative service
provider  on  acceptable  terms  or  in  hosting  the  required  computer  servers  and  implementing  the  required  technology  ourselves.  We  may
also be limited in our remedies against these providers in the event of a failure of service.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property rights.

Our success depends both on our internally developed technology and licensed third party technology. We rely on a variety of trademarks,
service  marks,  and  designs  to  promote  our  brand  names  and  identity.  We  also  rely  on  a  combination  of  contractual  provisions,
confidentiality procedures, and trademark, copyright, trade secrecy, unfair competition, and other intellectual property laws to protect the
proprietary  aspects  of  our  products  and  services.  Legal  standards  relating  to  the  validity,  enforceability,  and  scope  of  the  protection  of
certain intellectual property rights in internet-related industries are uncertain and still evolving. The steps we take to protect our intellectual
property rights may not be adequate to protect our intellectual property and may not prevent our competitors from gaining access to our
intellectual property and proprietary information. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that courts will always uphold our intellectual
property rights or enforce the contractual arrangements that we have entered into to obtain and protect our proprietary technology.

Third parties, including our partners, contractors or employees, may infringe or misappropriate our copyrights, trademarks, service marks,
trade dress, and other proprietary rights. Any such infringement or misappropriation could have a material adverse effect on our business,
prospects, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, the relationship between regulations governing domain names and laws
protecting trademarks and similar proprietary rights is unclear. We may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that
are similar to, infringe upon or otherwise decrease the value of our trademarks and other proprietary rights, which may result in the dilution
of the brand identity of our services.

We  may  decide  to  initiate  litigation  in  order  to  enforce  our  intellectual  property  rights  or  to  determine  the  validity  and  scope  of  our
proprietary rights. Any such litigation could result in substantial expense, and may not adequately protect our intellectual property rights. In
addition, we may be exposed to future litigation by third parties based on claims that our products or services infringe or misappropriate
their  intellectual  property  rights. Any  such  claim  or  litigation  against  us,  whether  or  not  successful,  could  result  in  substantial  costs  and
harm our reputation. In addition, such claims or litigation could force us to do one or more of the following:

·

·

·

cease selling or using any of our products and services that incorporate the subject intellectual property, which would adversely
affect our revenue;
attempt to obtain a license from the holder of the intellectual property right alleged to have been infringed or misappropriated,
which license may not be available on reasonable terms; and
attempt to redesign or, in the case of trademark claims, rename our products or services to avoid infringing or misappropriating the
intellectual property rights of third parties, which may be costly and time-consuming.

Even if we were to prevail, such claims or litigation could be time-consuming and expensive to prosecute or defend, and could result in the
diversion of our management’s time and attention. These expenses and diversion of managerial resources could have a material adverse
effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may be subject to intellectual property claims that create uncertainty about ownership or use of technology essential to our business
and divert our managerial and other resources.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to operate without infringing the intellectual property rights of others. Third parties may, in the
future,  claim  our  current  or  future  services,  products,  trademarks,  technologies,  business  methods  or  processes  infringe  their  intellectual
property  rights,  or  challenge  the  validity  of  our  intellectual  property  rights.  We  may  be  subject  to  patent  infringement  claims  or  other
intellectual property infringement claims that would be costly to defend and could limit our ability to use certain critical technologies or
business  methods.  We  may  also  become  subject  to  interference  proceedings  conducted  in  the  patent  and  trademark  offices  of  various
countries to determine the priority of inventions.

The  defense  and  prosecution,  if  necessary,  of  intellectual  property  suits,  interference  proceedings  and  related  legal  and  administrative
proceedings can become very costly and may divert our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. We may
not prevail in any of these suits or proceedings. An adverse determination of any litigation or defense proceedings could require us to pay
substantial compensatory and exemplary damages, could restrain us from using critical technologies, business methods or processes, and
could result in us losing, or not gaining, valuable intellectual property rights.

Furthermore, due to the voluminous amount of discovery frequently conducted in connection with intellectual property litigation, some of
our  confidential  information  could  be  disclosed  to  competitors  during  this  type  of  litigation.  In  addition,  public  announcements  of  the
results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments in the litigation could be perceived negatively by investors, and
thus have an adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may be required to expand or upgrade our infrastructure.

Our  ability  to  provide  high-quality  services  largely  depends  upon  the  efficient  and  uninterrupted  operation  of  our  computer  and
communications  systems.  We  (or  our  third  party  service  providers)  may  be  required  to  expand  or  upgrade  our  (or  their)  technology,
infrastructure, fulfillment capabilities, or customer support capabilities in order to accommodate any significant growth in customers or to
replace aging or faulty equipment or technologies. We (or they) may not be able to project accurately the rate or timing of increases, if any,
in  the  use  of  our  services  or  expand  and  upgrade  our  (or  their)  systems  and  infrastructure  to  accommodate  these  increases  in  a  timely
manner.

Any  expansion  of  our  (or  our  third  party  service  providers’)  infrastructure  may  require  us  (or  them)  to  make  significant  upfront
expenditures for servers, routers, computer equipment, and additional internet and intranet equipment, as well as to increase bandwidth for
internet connectivity. Any such expansion or enhancement may cause system disruptions.

Our (or our third party service providers’) inability to expand or upgrade our technology, infrastructure, fulfillment capabilities, customer
support capabilities or equipment as required or without disruptions could impair the reputation of our brand and our services and diminish
the attractiveness of our service offerings to our clients.

We may fail to retain existing merchants, or add new merchants, in our promotional marketing business.

Our promotional marketing business depends in part on our strategic partners to publish discounted products and services we source from
our SMB clients. We depend on our ability to attract and retain SMBs that are prepared to offer products or services on compelling terms
through  our  strategic  partners.  We  are  a  recent  entrant  to  this  market  and  we  do  not  have  long-term  arrangements  to  guarantee  the
availability  of  deals  that  offer  attractive  quality,  value  and  variety  to  consumers  or  favorable  payment  terms  to  us.  We  must  continue  to
attract and retain merchants in various geographical areas to our promotional marketing business in order to increase revenue and achieve
profitability. If new merchants do not find our marketing and promotional services effective, or if existing merchants do not believe that
utilizing our products provides them with a long-term increase in customers, revenues or profits, they may stop making offers through us. In
addition, we may experience attrition in our merchants in the ordinary course of business resulting from several factors, including losses to
competitors  and  merchant  closures  or  bankruptcies.  If  we  are  unable  to  attract  new  merchants  in  numbers  sufficient  to  grow  our
promotional marketing business, or if too many merchants are unwilling to offer products or services with compelling terms through our
strategic  partners,  or  to  offer  favorable  payment  terms  to  us,  we  may  sell  fewer  daily  deals  and  our  operating  results  will  be  adversely
affected.

Our promotional marketing business depends heavily on our strategic partners.

Our  promotional  marketing  business  is  highly  dependent  upon  our  ability  to  sell  discounted  products  and  services  offered  by  our  SMB
clients through our strategic partners. Unlike many of our established competitors, we currently lack a significant subscriber base for selling
these offers to potential customers of these SMB clients. Instead, we rely on our strategic partners, some of whom have extremely large
user bases, to publish these offers to reach these potential customers. We do not have long-term relationships with these strategic partners.
Our  agreements  with  these  strategic  partners  generally  permit  our  partners  to  terminate  the  agreement  with  short  or  no  prior  notice,  for
convenience, and/or do not require our partners to publish the offers we source from our SMB clients.

We may not be able to adapt as the internet, mobile technologies and customer demands continue to evolve.

The internet, e-commerce, the online marketing industry and mobile devices are characterized by:

·
·
·
·

rapid technological change;
changes in customer and user requirements and preferences;
frequent new product and service introductions embodying new technologies and business logic; and
the emergence of new industry standards and practices that could render our existing service offerings, technology, and hardware
and software infrastructure obsolete.

In order to compete successfully in the future, we must:

·

·
·

enhance our existing services and develop new services and technology that address the increasingly sophisticated and varied needs
of our prospective or current customers;
license, develop or acquire technologies useful in our business on a timely basis; and
respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices on a cost-effective and timely basis.

Our failure to respond in a timely manner to changing market conditions or client requirements could have a material adverse effect on our
business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our business could be negatively impacted if the security of our or our partners’ equipment becomes compromised.

To  the  extent  that  our  activities  involve  the  storage  and  transmission  of  proprietary  information  about  our  customers  or  users,  security
breaches  could  damage  our  reputation  and  expose  us  to  a  risk  of  loss  or  litigation  and  possible  liability.  We  may  be  required  to  expend
significant capital and other resources to protect against security breaches or to minimize problems caused by security breaches. Our (or our
third  party  service  providers’)  security  measures  may  not  prevent  security  breaches.  The  failure  to  prevent  these  security  breaches  or  a
misappropriation of proprietary information may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, and results
of operations.

We are subject to a number of risks related to credit card payments.

We bill a large portion of our clients using credit and debit cards. For credit and debit card payments, we pay interchange and other fees,
which may increase over time and raise our operating expenses and adversely affect our net income. We are also subject to payment card
association operating rules, certification requirements and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted
to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. We believe we are compliant with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard,
which incorporates Visa’s Cardholder Information Security Program and MasterCard’s Site Data Protection standard. However, there is no
guarantee that we will maintain such compliance or that compliance will prevent illegal or improper use of our payment system. If we fail
to comply with these rules or requirements, we may be subject to fines and higher transaction fees and lose our ability to accept credit and
debit card payments from our clients. A failure to adequately control fraudulent credit card transactions would result in significantly higher
credit card-related costs and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Risks Related to the Internet

We may be unable to keep pace with rapid technological change in the internet industry.

In  order  to  remain  competitive,  we  will  be  required  continually  to  enhance  and  improve  the  functionality  and  features  of  our  existing
products  and  services,  which  could  require  us  to  invest  significant  capital  or  make  substantial  changes  to  our  personnel,  technologies  or
equipment. If our competitors introduce new products and services embodying new technologies or if new industry standards and practices
emerge, our existing services, technologies, and systems may become obsolete or uncompetitive. We may not have the funds or technical
knowledge  to  upgrade  our  services,  technologies,  or  systems.  If  we  face  material  delays  in  introducing  new  or  enhanced  products  and
services,  our  customers  and  users  may  select  those  of  our  competitors,  in  which  event  our  business,  prospects,  financial  condition,  and
results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Regulation of the internet may adversely affect our business.

The laws governing the internet remain largely unsettled, even in areas where legislation has been enacted. It may take years to determine
whether and how existing laws, such as those governing intellectual property, privacy, defamation, product liability, and taxation apply to
the internet and internet services. Unfavorable resolution of these issues may substantially harm our business and operating results.

Due to the increasing popularity and use of the internet and online services such as online Yellow Pages, federal, state, local, and foreign
governments may adopt laws and regulations, or amend existing laws and regulations, with respect to the internet and other online services.
These laws and regulations may affect issues such as user privacy, pricing, content, taxation, copyrights, distribution, product liability and
quality of products and services. In addition, the growth and development of the market for electronic commerce may prompt calls for more
stringent consumer protection laws, both in the United States and abroad, that may impose additional burdens on companies conducting
business over the internet, including those covering user privacy, data protection, spyware, “do not email” lists, “do not call” lists, access to
high speed and broadband service. Other laws and regulations that have been adopted, or may be adopted in the future, that may affect our
business include pricing, taxation (including sales, value-added and other transactional taxes), tariffs, patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade
secrets, export of encryption technology, electronic contracting, click-fraud, acceptable content, search terms, lead generation, behavioral
targeting,  consumer  protection,  and  quality  of  products  and  services. Any  new  legislation  could  hinder  the  growth  in  use  of  the  internet
generally or in our industry and could impose additional burdens on companies conducting business online, which could, in turn, decrease
the demand for our products and services, increase our cost of doing business, or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business,
prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our internet business is subject to an uncertain and developing regulatory environment.

While relatively few laws and regulations apply specifically to internet businesses, the application of other laws and regulations to internet
businesses,  including  ours,  is  unclear  in  many  instances.  There  remains  significant  legal  uncertainty  in  a  variety  of  areas,  including
intellectual property, user privacy, the positioning of sponsored listings on search results pages, defamation, taxation, product liability, and
the regulation of content in various jurisdictions.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compliance  with  federal  laws  relating  to  the  internet  and  internet  businesses  may  impose  upon  us  significant  costs  and  risks,  or  may
subject us to liability if we do not successfully comply with their requirements, whether intentionally or unintentionally. Specific federal
laws  that  impact  our  business  include  The  Digital  Millennium  Copyright Act  of  1998,  The  Communications  Decency Act  of  1996,  The
Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act of 1998 (including related Federal Trade Commission regulations), The Protect Our Children Act
of  2008,  and  The  Electronic  Communications  Privacy Act  of  1986,  among  others.  For  example,  the  Digital  Millennium  Copyright Act,
which is in part intended to reduce the liability of online service providers for listing or linking to third-party websites that include materials
that  infringe  the  rights  of  others,  was  adopted  by  Congress  in  1998.  If  we  violate  the  Digital  Millennium  Copyright Act  we  could  be
exposed to costly and time-consuming copyright litigation.

Our utilization of ACH billing exposes us to review by the National Automated Clearing House Association. Future actions from these and
other  regulatory  agencies  could  expose  us  to  substantial  liability  in  the  future,  including  fines  and  criminal  penalties,  preclusion  from
offering certain products or services, and the prevention or limitation of certain marketing practices.

Existing laws and regulations and any future regulation may have a material adverse effect on our business. For example, we believe that
our direct marketing programs meet existing requirements of the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC. Any changes to FTC requirements or
changes in our direct or other marketing practices, however, could result in our marketing practices failing to comply with FTC regulations,
or could require us to change our marketing strategies or practices, which could adversely impact our ability to acquire new clients.

The  application  of  certain  laws  and  regulations  to  our  promotional  marketing  business,  as  a  new  product  category,  is  uncertain.  These
include  federal  and  state  laws  governing  considered  gift  cards,  gift  certificates,  stored  value  cards  or  prepaid  cards,  such  as  the  federal
Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009, or the CARD Act, and unclaimed and abandoned property laws.
Numerous class action lawsuits that have been filed in federal and state court claiming that vouchers used in promotional marketing are
subject to the CARD Act and various state laws governing gift cards and that the defendants have violated these laws by issuing vouchers
with expiration dates and other restrictions. If we are required to alter our promotional marketing business practices as a result of any laws
and regulations, our revenue could decrease, our costs could increase and our business could otherwise be harmed. In addition, the costs
and expenses associated with defending any actions related to such additional laws and regulations and any payments of related penalties,
judgments or settlements could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to obtain internet domain names that we would like to have.

We  believe  that  our  existing  internet  domain  names  are  an  extremely  important  part  of  our  business.  We  may  desire,  or  it  may  be
necessary  in  the  future,  to  use  these  or  other  domain  names  in  the  United  States  and  internationally.  Various  internet  regulatory  bodies
regulate  the  acquisition  and  maintenance  of  domain  names  in  the  United  States  and  other  countries.  These  regulations  are  subject  to
change.  Governing  bodies  may  establish  additional  top-level  domains,  appoint  additional  domain  name  registrars  or  modify  the
requirements for holding domain names. As a result, we may be unable to acquire or maintain relevant domain names in all countries in
which we plan to conduct business in the future.

The extent to which laws protecting trademarks and similar proprietary rights will be extended to protect domain names currently is not
clear.  We  therefore  may  be  unable  to  prevent  competitors  from  acquiring  domain  names  that  are  similar  to,  infringe  upon  or  otherwise
decrease the value of our domain names, trademarks, trade names, and other proprietary rights. We cannot provide assurance that potential
users and customers will not confuse our domain names, trademarks, and trade names with other similar names and marks. If that confusion
occurs,  we  may  lose  business  to  a  competitor  and  some  customers  and  users  may  have  negative  experiences  with  other  companies  that
those customers and users erroneously associate with us.

Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fires, floods and other natural catastrophic events and to interruption by man-made
problems such as computer viruses or terrorism.

Our  service  systems  and  operations  are  vulnerable  to  damage  or  interruption  from  earthquakes,  fires,  floods,  power  losses,
telecommunications failures, terrorist attacks, acts of war, human errors, break-ins and similar events.  For  example,  a  significant  natural
disaster,  such  as  an  earthquake,  fire  or  flood,  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  operating  results  and  financial
condition,  and  our  insurance  coverage  will  likely  be  insufficient  to  compensate  us  for  losses  that  may  occur.  Our  servers  may  also  be
vulnerable  to  computer  viruses,  break-ins  and  similar  disruptions  from  unauthorized  tampering  with  our  computer  systems,  which  could
lead to interruptions, delays, loss of critical data or the unauthorized disclosure of confidential intellectual property or client data. We may
not have sufficient protection or recovery plans in certain circumstances, such as natural disasters affecting the Las Vegas or San Diego
area, and our business interruption insurance may be insufficient to compensate us for losses that may occur. As we rely heavily on our
servers, computer and communications systems and the internet to conduct our business and provide high quality customer service, such
disruptions could negatively impact our ability to operate our business, which could have a material and adverse effect on our operating
results and financial condition.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If  we  are  sued  for  content  distributed  through,  or  linked  to  by,  our  website  or  those  of  our  customers,  we  may  be  required  to  spend
substantial resources to defend ourselves and could be required to pay monetary damages.

We aggregate and distribute third-party data and other content over the internet. In addition, third-party websites are accessible through our
website  or  those  of  our  customers.  As  a  result,  we  could  be  subject  to  legal  claims  for  defamation,  negligence,  intellectual  property
infringement, product or service liability or other torts. Other claims may be based on errors or false or misleading information provided on
or  through  our  website  or  websites  of  our  customers,  or  on  links  to  sexually  explicit  or  gambling  websites  and  sexually  explicit
advertisements. We may need to expend substantial resources to investigate and defend these claims, regardless of whether we successfully
defend against them. While we carry general business insurance, the amount of coverage we maintain may not be adequate. In addition,
implementing measures to reduce our exposure to this liability may require us to spend substantial resources and limit the attractiveness of
our products or services to users.

If our security measures are breached and unauthorized access is obtained to a client’s data, our service may be perceived as not being
secure and clients may curtail or stop using our service.

Our service may involve the storage and transmission of clients’ proprietary information, such as credit card and bank account numbers,
and security breaches could expose us to a risk of loss of this information, litigation and possible liability. Our payment services may be
susceptible  to  credit  card  and  other  payment  fraud  schemes,  including  unauthorized  use  of  credit  cards,  debit  cards  or  bank  account
information, identity theft or merchant fraud.

If  our  security  measures  are  breached  in  the  future  as  a  result  of  third-party  action,  employee  error,  malfeasance  or  otherwise,  and  as  a
result, someone obtains unauthorized access to our clients’ data, our reputation could be damaged, our business may suffer and we could
incur significant liabilities. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and frequently
are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative
measures. If an actual or perceived breach of our security occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could
be harmed and we could lose sales and clients.

Our revenue may be negatively affected if we are required to charge sales tax or other transaction taxes on all or a portion of our past
and future sales to customers located in jurisdictions where we are currently not collecting and reporting tax.

We generally do not charge, collect or have imposed upon us sales, value added (VAT) or other transaction taxes related to the products
and services we sell, except for certain corporate level taxes and transaction level taxes outside of the United States. However, the federal,
state, and local governments or one or more foreign countries may seek to impose sales or other transaction tax obligations on us in the
future. A successful assertion by any tax jurisdiction in which we do business that we should be collecting sales or other transaction taxes
on  the  sale  of  our  products  or  services,  or  the  adoption  of  new  laws  to  require  us  to  collect  such  taxes,  could  result  in  substantial  tax
liabilities  related  to  past  sales,  create  increased  administrative  burdens  or  costs,  discourage  customers  from  purchasing  or  continuing  to
purchase  products  or  services  from  us,  decrease  our  ability  to  compete  or  otherwise  substantially  harm  our  business  and  results  of
operations.

Risks Related to Our Securities

Stock prices of technology companies have declined precipitously at times in the past and the trading price of our common stock is likely
to be volatile, which could result in substantial losses to investors.

The trading price of our common stock has been highly volatile over the past few years and investors could experience losses in response to
factors including the following, many of which are beyond our control:

·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·

decreased demand in the internet services sector;
variations in our operating results;
announcements of technological innovations or new products or services by us or our competitors;
changes in expectations of our future financial performance, including financial estimates by securities analysts and investors;
our failure to meet analysts’ expectations;
changes in operating and stock price performance of other technology companies similar to us;
conditions or trends in the technology industry, the online marketing industry or the mobile device industry;
additions or departures of key personnel or strategic partners; and
future sales of our debt or equity securities, including common stock.

Domestic and international stock markets often experience significant price and volume fluctuations that are unrelated or disproportionate
to the operating performance of companies with securities trading in those markets. These fluctuations, as well as political events, terrorist
attacks,  threatened  or  actual  war,  and  general  economic  conditions  unrelated  to  our  performance,  may  adversely  affect  the  price  of  our
common  stock.  In  the  past,  securities  holders  of  other  companies  often  have  initiated  securities  class  action  litigation  against  those
companies following periods of volatility in the market price of those companies’ securities. If the market price of our stock fluctuates and
our stockholders initiate this type of litigation, we could incur substantial costs and experience a diversion of our management’s attention
and resources, regardless of the outcome. This could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, and results
of operations.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Due to our concentrated stock ownership, public stockholders may have no effective voice in our management and the trading price of
our common stock may be adversely affected.

Isaac Capital Group LLC (ICG) is the beneficial owner of approximately 49.5% of our outstanding shares of common stock. Jon Isaac, our
Chairman,  CEO  and  President,  is  the  President  and  sole  member  of  ICG  and  accordingly  has  the  sole  power  to  vote  the  shares  of  our
common stock owned by ICG, and as a result, is able to exercise significant influence over all matters that require us to obtain shareholder
approval, including the election of directors to our board and approval of significant corporate transactions that we may consider, such as a
merger  or  other  sale  of  our  company  or  its  assets.  Moreover,  such  a  concentration  of  voting  power  could  have  the  effect  of  delaying  or
preventing a third party from acquiring us at a premium. This significant concentration of share ownership may also adversely affect the
trading price for our common stock because investors may perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies with concentrated stock
ownership.

We do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

With the exception of dividends payable to our series E preferred stockholders, we do not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable
future due to our limited funds for operations. Therefore, any return on your investment would likely come only from an increase in the
market value of our common stock.

Certain  provisions  of  Nevada  law,  in  our  organizational  documents  and  in  contracts  to  which  we  are  party  may  prevent  or  delay  a
change of control of our company.

We  are  subject  to  the  Nevada  anti-takeover  laws  regulating  corporate  takeovers.  These  anti-takeover  laws  prevent  Nevada  corporations
from  engaging  in  a  merger,  consolidation,  sales  of  its  stock  or  assets,  and  certain  other  transactions  with  any  stockholder,  including  all
affiliates and associates of the stockholder, who owns 10% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock, for three years following
the date that the stockholder acquired 10% or more of the corporation’s voting stock, except in certain situations. In addition, our amended
and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws include a number of provisions that may deter or impede hostile takeovers or changes of
control or management. These provisions include the following:

·

·
·

·

·

·
·

·

the authority of our Board of Directors to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock and to determine the price, rights,
preferences, and privileges of these shares, without stockholder approval;
stockholders must comply with advance notice requirements to transact any business at the annual meeting;
all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by written consent, unless such action or
proposal is first approved by our Board of Directors;
special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President
of our company;
a director may be removed from office only for cause by the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power entitled to vote at an
election of directors;
our Board of Directors is expressly authorized to alter, amend or repeal our bylaws;
newly-created directorships and vacancies on our Board of Directors may only be filled by a majority of remaining directors, and
not by our stockholders; and
Cumulative voting is not allowed in the election of our directors.

These provisions of Nevada law and our articles and bylaws could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change of control of our
company and may discourage attempts by other companies to acquire us, even if such a transaction would be beneficial to our stockholders.

Our common stock may be subject to the “penny stock” rules as promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

In the event that no exclusion from the definition of “penny stock” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is available,
then any broker engaging in a transaction in our common stock will be required to provide its customers with a risk disclosure document,
disclosure  of  market  quotations,  if  any,  disclosure  of  the  compensation  of  the  broker-dealer  and  its  sales  person  in  the  transaction,  and
monthly account statements showing the market values of our securities held in the customer’s accounts. The bid and offer quotation and
compensation  information  must  be  provided  prior  to  effecting  the  transaction  and  must  be  contained  on  the  customer’s  confirmation  of
sale. Certain brokers are less willing to engage in transactions involving “penny stocks” as a result of the additional disclosure requirements
described above, which may make it more difficult for holders of our common stock to dispose of their shares.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1B.        Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

ITEM 2.        Properties

We lease approximately 11,000 square feet of space located at 325 East Warm Springs Road, Suite 102, Las Vegas Nevada, 89119 which
we utilize as principal executive and administrative officers and our call center. We currently pay approximately $13,720 in monthly rent
for the call center, which is subject to annual increases. Our lease for this space ends on approximately March 31, 2017; however, we have
the option to extend the lease for one additional lease term of three years. We also lease space in San Diego, California, where we utilize
approximately  1,600  square  feet.  This  office  is  currently  being  provided  to  us  by  a  company  that  is  a  related  party  to  the  Isaac  Capital
Group LLC, one of our largest stockholders which is owned by Jon Isaac, our President and CEO and a director.

On June 14, 2016, we entered into a transaction with Store Capital Acquisitions, LLC. The transaction included a sale-leaseback of land
owned by Marquis and a loan secured by the improvements on such land. The total aggregate proceeds received from the sale of the land
and the loan was $10,000,000, which consisted of $644,479 from the sale of the land and a note payable of $9,355,521. In connection with
the transaction, we entered into a lease with a 15 year term commencing on the closing of the transaction, which provides the Company an
option to extend the lease upon the expiration of its term. The initial annual lease rate is $59,614.

Marquis operates out of eight buildings.
2743 Highway 76, Chatsworth, GA  Corporate offices and warehouse, 25,930 square feet
325 Smyrna Church Rd, Chatsworth, GA  Warehouse 31,682 square feet
242 Treadwell Rd, Chatsworth, GA   Office and storage 37,000 square feet
1978 HW 52 Alt, Chatsworth, GA  Tufting Department 68,000 square feet
1642 Duvall Rd, Chatsworth, GA  Machine Storage and Forklift 30,716 square feet
1805 South Hamilton, Dalton, GA  Storage and Extrusion 51,000 square feet
2669 Lakeland Rd, Dalton, GA  Yarn Processing Facility 74,546 square feet
716 River Street, Calhoun, GA  100,000 square feet

ITEM 3.        Legal Proceedings

Except as described below, we are not a party to, and none of our property was the subject of, any material pending legal proceedings, other
than  ordinary  routine  litigation  incidental  to  our  business.  While  we  currently  believe  that  the  ultimate  outcome  of  these  routine
proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations, litigation is subject to
inherent  uncertainties. An  unfavorable  ruling  could  result  in  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  net  income  and  financial  condition  in  the
period in which a ruling occurs. Moreover, routine litigation, even if not meritorious, could result in the expenditure of significant financial
and managerial resources and could adversely affect our net income and financial condition.

J3 Harmon LLC v. LiveDeal, Inc.

On February 9, 2012, J3 Harmon LLC, which we refer to as J3, filed a lawsuit against us in the superior court for Maricopa County in the
State of Arizona, alleging breach of a commercial lease agreement. J3 sought damages for alleged unpaid rents during the lease term as
well as alleged damages for storage costs after the expiration of the lease term. We denied the allegations and asserted various affirmative
defenses. In September 2012, the Maricopa county Superior Court entered a judgment in favor of J3 in the sum of $62,886.13. We appealed
this judgment.

On October 1, 2013, the Arizona court of appeals affirmed in part and reversed in part of the principal damages and remanded the matter
for judgment. Subsequently, the Maricopa county superior court entered Judgement on Mandate against the Company in the principal sum
of $46,636.31 and attorneys’ fees of $5,624.40, with post-judgment interest from October 3, 2012. There is no further basis for appeal by
the Company. Therefore the matter is concluded. We are not aware of any post-judgment collection activity, which has been undertaken.
As of September 30, 2016, the payment of this judgment has not been paid and the Company recorded an accrual of $52,261 related to this
matter.

ITEM 4.       Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 5.       Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

PART II

Our Common Stock

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “LIVE”.

The following table sets forth the quarterly high and low sales prices per share of our common stock during the last two fiscal years. All
prices reflect a reverse stock split one-for-six (1:6) effective for stockholders of record as of December 5, 2016.

2016

2015

  Quarter Ended
  October 1 – December 31, 2015
  January 1 – March 31, 2016
  April 1 – June 30, 2016
  July 1 – September 30, 2016

  October 1 – December 31, 2014
  January 1 – March 31, 2015
  April 1 – June 30, 2015
  July 1 – September 30, 2015

High

Low

  $
  $
  $
  $

  $
  $ 
  $
  $

15.54 
10.08 
11.40 
13.80 

23.52 
22.68 
20.16 
15.48 

  $
  $
  $
  $

  $
  $ 
  $
  $

7.68 
6.36 
8.64 
9.18 

12.54 
16.98 
14.88 
8.58 

Holders of Record

On September 30, 2016, there were approximately 99 holders of record of our common stock according to our transfer agent. We have no
record of the number of stockholders who hold our common stock in “street name” with various brokers.

Dividend Policy

We have two classes of authorized preferred stock. Our Series E Preferred Stock has 127,840 shares issued and outstanding. Each share of
Series E Preferred Stock is entitled to and receives a dividend of $0.015 per year. At September 30, 2016, the company had accrued but
unpaid preferred stock dividends totaling $959. These accrued and unpaid dividends were paid in October 2016.

Our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, as of the date of this Report has 0 shares issued and outstanding. The shares, as a series, are
entitled to dividends on an as-if converted to Common Stock basis, if, when, and as dividends on our Common Stock are declared by the
Board of Directors, subject to a $1.00 (in the aggregate for all then-issued and outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock).

Presently, we do not pay dividends on our common  stock.  Our  declaration  and  payment  of  cash  dividends  in  the  future  and  the  amount
thereof will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, future prospects, limitations imposed by credit
agreements or indentures governing debt securities and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

On  January  21,  2016,  the  Company  announced  a  $10  Million  dollar  common  stock  repurchase  program.  Below  are  the  treasury  stock
purchases since inception of the program.

Number of
Shares

Average 
Purchase 
Price Paid

Number of Purchases
as Part of a Publicly
Announced Plan or
Program

Period

January 2016
February 2016
March 2016
April 2016
May 2016
June 2016
July 2016
August 2016
September 2016

–    $
4,752    $
4,167    $
–    $
9,698    $
1,994    $
9,511    $
–    $
–    $

–   
8.98   
9.03   
–   
10.37   
10.45   
10.31   
–   
–   

19

Maximum Amount
that May be
Purchased Under the
Plan or Program  
10,000,000 
9,957,335 
9,919,708 
9,919,708 
9,819,143 
9,798,307 
9,700,285 
9,700,285 
9,700,285 

–    $
4,752    $
4,167    $
–    $
9,698    $
1,994    $
9,511    $
–    $
–    $

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

Reference  is  made  to  Notes  8,  9  and  10  of  the  notes  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements  for  certain  disclosures  about  our  equity
compensation plans.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

As of September 15, 2016 the Company is obligated to issue and certificate 58,333 shares of the Company’s common stock to Norvalk
S.A.S for software licensed to the Company. The Shares as of this report have not been issued.

As of September 15, 2016 the Company is obligated to issue and certificate 55,888 shares of the Company’s Convertible Series B Preferred
shares to Kingston Diversified Holdings LLC pursuant to agreement. The Shares as of this report have not been issued.

ITEM 6.       Selected Financial Data

Not applicable.

ITEM 7.       Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

For  a  description  of  our  significant  accounting  policies  and  an  understanding  of  the  significant  factors  that  influenced  our  performance
during the year ended September 30, 2016, this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”
(hereafter referred to as “MD&A”) should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, including the related notes,
appearing in Part I, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016.

Note about Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes statements that constitute “forward-looking statements.” These forward-looking statements are
often characterized by the terms “may,” “believes,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “expects,” or “anticipates,” and do not reflect historical
facts.

Specific forward-looking statements contained in this portion of the Annual Report include, but are not limited to statements that are based
on current projections and expectations about the markets in which we operate, (ii) statements about current projections and expectations of
general  economic  conditions,  (iii)  statements  about  specific  industry  projections  and  expectations  of  economic  activity,  (iv)  statements
relating to our future operations and prospects, (v) statements about future results and future performance, (vi) statements that the cash on
hand and additional cash generated from operations together with potential sources of cash through issuance of debt or equity will provide
the company with sufficient liquidity for the next 12 months; and (vii) statements that the outcome of pending legal proceedings will not
have a material adverse effect on business, financial position and results of operations, cash flow or liquidity.

Forward-looking  statements  involve  risks,  uncertainties  and  other  factors,  which  may  cause  our  actual  results,  performance  or
achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Factors and risks that could
affect  our  results,  future  performance  and  capital  requirements  and  cause  them  to  materially  differ  from  those  contained  in  the  forward-
looking statements include those identified in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 under Item
1A “Risk Factors”, as well as other factors that we are currently unable to identify or quantify, but that may exist in the future.

In  addition,  the  foregoing  factors  may  generally  affect  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  position.  Forward-looking
statements speak only as of the date the statements were made. We do not undertake and specifically decline any obligation to update any
forward-looking  statements. Any  information  contained  on  our  website  www.live-ventures.com  or  any  other  websites  referenced  in  this
Annual Report are not part of this Annual Report.

Our Company

Live  Ventures  Incorporated  is  a  holding  company  for  diversified  businesses,  which,  together  with  our  subsidiaries,  we  refer  to  as  the
“Company”, “Live Ventures”, “we”, “us” or “our.” Commencing in fiscal year 2015, we began a strategic shift in our business plan away
from solely providing online marketing solutions for small and medium businesses to acquiring profitable companies in various industries
that have demonstrated a strong history of earnings power. Prior to that shift, we primarily promoted online marketing solutions to small
and  medium  businesses  (“SMB’s”)  to  help  them  boost  customer  awareness,  gain  visibility  and  manage  their  online  presence  under  our
Velocity Local™ brand. In 2013 we launched LiveDeal.com, real-time “deal engine” that connects restaurants across the United States and
consumers via an online and mobile platform. The LiveDeal.com platform targets restaurants in cities across the United States to help them
use the platform to attract new customers. In addition, through our subsidiary, Modern Everyday, we maintain an online consumer products
retailer.

We continue to actively evaluate and develop our products, services and our marketing strategies in our businesses. As a result of the shift
in  our  strategy,  as  of  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2015,  we  decided  to  cease  operating  Live  Goods  and  DealTicker  and  we
discontinued  our  suite  of  online  presence  marketing  products  and  solutions  under  the  Velocity  Local™  brand.  Due  to  the  shift  in  our
business to diversifying our operations by acquiring businesses in several industries, we expect that revenues from our online marketplace
business segment and our legacy products and services segment will continue to be diluted in the coming months and years.

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Under  the  Live  Ventures  brand  we  seek  opportunities  to  acquire  profitable  and  well-managed  companies.  We  will  work  closely  with
consultants  who  will  help  us  identify  target  companies  that  fit  within  the  criteria  we  have  established  for  opportunities  that  will  provide
synergies with our businesses.

Our principal offices are located at 325 E. Warm Springs Road, Suite 102, Las Vegas, Nevada 89119, our telephone number is (702) 939-
0231, and our corporate website (which does not form part of this report) is located at www.live-ventures.com. Our common stock trades
on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “LIVE”.

Recent Development

On November 3, 2016, we acquired 100% of Vintage Stock, V-Stock, Movie Trading Company and EntertainMart (collectively “Vintage
Stock”).  Vintage  Stock  is  a  leading  specialty  entertainment  retailer.  Since  its  founding  in  1980,  Vintage  Stock  has  established  a  strong
reputation for being America’s largest entertainment superstore. Vintage Stock offers a large selection of entertainment products including
new and pre-owned movies, video games and music products, as well as ancillary products such as books, comics, toys and collectibles all
available in a single location. With its integrated buy-sell-trade business model, Vintage Stock buys, sells and trades new and pre-owned
movies, music, video games, and collectibles through 32 Vintage Stock, 3 V-Stock, 13 Movie Trading company and 2 EntertainMart retail
locations  strategically  positioned  across  Texas,  Oklahoma,  Kansas,  Missouri,  Colorado,  Illinois  and  Arkansas.  In  calendar  year  2015,
Vintage Stock had revenue of $61.6M and net income of $12.2M.

Manufacturing Segment

In July 2015, we acquired a majority interest in Marquis Industries, Inc., a Georgia corporation, through our partially-owned subsidiary,
Marquis Affiliated Holdings LLC, Marquis Industries is a leading carpet manufacturer and a manufacturer of innovative yarn products, as
well as a reseller of hard surface flooring products. Over the last decade, Marquis has been an innovator and leader in the value-oriented
polyester carpet sector, which is currently the market’s fastest-growing fiber category. We focus on the residential, niche commercial, and
hospitality end-markets and serve over 2,000 customers.

Since its founding in 1990, Marquis has built a strong reputation for outstanding value, styling, and customer service. Its innovation has
yielded products and technologies that differentiate its brands in the flooring marketplace. Marquis’s state-of-the-art operations enable high
quality products, unique customization, and exceptionally short lead-times. Furthermore, the Company has recently invested in additional
capacity  to  grow  several  attractive  lines  of  business,  including  printed  carpet  and  yarn  extrusion.  Through  its A-O  Division,  utilizes  its
state-of-the-art yarn extrusion capacity to market monofilament textured yarn products to the artificial turf industry.

Marketplace Platform Segment

In September 2013, we launched LiveDeal.com. LiveDeal.com is a unique, real-time “deal engine” connecting merchants with consumers.
Currently,  we  provide  marketing  solutions  to  a  growing  base  of  restaurants  to  boost  customer  awareness  and  merchant  visibility  on  the
Internet. We believe that we have developed the first-of-its-kind web/mobile platform providing restaurants with full control and flexibility
to instantly publish customized offers whenever they wish to attract customers. Restaurants can sign up to use the LiveDeal platform at our
website.

Highlights of LiveDeal.com include:

  — an intuitive interface enabling restaurants to create limited-time offers and publish them immediately, or on a preset schedule that is

fully customizable;

  — state-of-the-art scheduling technology giving restaurants the freedom to choose the days, times and duration of the offers, enabling

them to create offers that entice consumers to visit their establishment during their slower periods;

  — advanced publishing options allowing restaurants to manage traffic by limiting the number of available vouchers to consumers;
  — superior geo-location technology allowing multi-location restaurants to segment offers by location, attracting customers to slower

locations while eliminating potential over-crowding at busier sites;

  — innovating proprietary restaurant indexing methodology; and
  — a user-friendly mobile and desktop web interface allowing consumers to easily browse, download, and instantly redeem “live” offers

found on LiveDeal.com based on their location.

In  2014,  the  Livedeal.com  iOS  mobile App  was  approved  by Apple  for  inclusion  in Apple’s App  store,  and  the Android App  became
available to the public in the Google Play Store.

We believe one of the primary challenges facing the dining industry is the inefficient and limited number of ways restaurants are able to
market offers and promotions to their potential customers. Daily deal companies typically dictate offer terms, such as the discount amount
and redemption details. This not only erodes potential profits for restaurant owners but could also drive traffic during already-busy periods
for the restaurants. LiveDeal’s model benefits both the restaurant and the consumer because it provides the restaurant the opportunity to
create  any  offer  they  choose,  limit  the  number  of  potential  claimants  of  their  promotion,  publish  the  offer  on  days  and  at  times  of  their
choosing,  and  provides  customers  with  relevant  offers  they  can  easily  and  quickly  redeem  while  creating  a  cost-effective  model  for
LiveDeal to grow and easily scale its operations. We expect to initially derive revenues through premium placement on the site, and we are
also exploring various options for monetizing the website.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company, best known for migrating print yellow pages to the Internet in 1994, began to develop the model for LiveDeal.com after
having worked closely with well-known publishers in the daily deal market. In mid-2013, we tested the beta platform in a number of cities,
and the model has been well received by restaurants, consumers, and various restaurant associations. We launched LiveDeal.com in the San
Diego  and  Los  Angeles,  California  markets  in  September  2013  and  December  2013,  respectively.  This  year  we  launched  a  massive
advertising campaign directed at over 35 cities to support the restaurant owners who have created more than 10,000 deals in over 8,000
restaurants in those cities. The Company believes it can cost-effectively expand into other cities due to the scalability of the LiveDeal.com
platform, as restaurants can curate deals through our account managers or create specials on their own. In addition, individual customers
transact directly with the restaurant, eliminating the need for the Company to act as an intermediary in the sale.

In order to leverage our consumer base, during fiscal 2014 we acquired three business that offer consumer products. We plan to incorporate
the  sale  of  consumer  products  into  our  livedeal.com  website  to  make  it  a  vertically  integrated  one-stop  shop  for  all  the  needs  of  the
everyday consumer. Below is a brief description of the business purchased in fiscal 2014.

Modern Everyday, Inc.,

Modern Everyday, Inc. (“MEI”), acquired in August 2014, has a web presence providing consumers with products that range from kitchen
and dining products, apparel and sporting goods to children's toys and beauty products. Modern Everyday also has proprietary software that
will give us the capability to track products and predict consumer behavior and spending habits.

Services Segment

We developed and market a suite of products and services designed to meet the online marketing needs of SMBs at affordable prices. In
August 2012, we commenced sourcing local deal and activities to strategic publishing partners under our LiveDeal ® brand, which we refer
to as promotional marketing. In November 2012, we commenced the sale of marketing tools that help local businesses manage their online
presence  under  our  Velocity  Local  ™  brand,  which  we  refer  to  as  online  presence  marketing.  Our  target  customers  for  our
LiveDeal ® brands are SMB owners who work long hours to deliver real value to their customers in their own communities that do not
have  the  time  or  expertise  to  develop  the  powerful,  multi-faceted,  online  marketing  and  advertising  programs  necessary  for  successful
online marketing. Our offerings draw on a decade of experience servicing SMBs in the internet technology environment.

We  continue  to  generate  a  significant  portion  of  our  revenue  from  servicing  our  existing  customers  under  our  legacy  product  offerings,
primarily our InstantProfile ® line of products and services. Because of the change in our business strategy and product lines, we no longer
accept new customers under our legacy product offerings.

Business Acquisition

On July 6 and July 7, 2015, we, through our newly formed, wholly-owned subsidiary, Live Ventures, Inc. (“Live Ventures”), entered into a
series  of  agreements  in  connection  with  our  indirect  purchase  of  Marquis  Industries,  Inc.,  a  Georgia  corporation  (“Marquis”),  and  its
subsidiaries.  Marquis  is  a  specialty,  high-performance  carpet  yarn  manufacturer,  hard-surfaces  re-seller,  and  top  10  high-end  residential
carpet  manufacturer;  in  the  United  States.  The  purchase  and  financing  transactions  were,  in  the  aggregate,  valued  at  approximately  $30
million.  The  purchase  was  effectuated  between  Marquis  Affiliated  Holdings  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability  company  (“Marquis
Holdings”) that is 80% owned by Live Ventures. The remaining 20% of Marquis Holdings was owned by the former owners of Marquis
Industries. In connection with the purchase and finance transaction, various persons and entities entered into a series of agreements (each of
which is dated on or about July 6, 2015, with funding occurring on July 6 and July 7, 2015).

Effective November 30, 2015, we purchased the remaining 20% interest in Marquis for $2,000,000 of which $1,500,000 was paid in cash
and  a  note  payable  of  $500,000  due  February  1,  2016.  The  $500,000  note  was  paid  in  January  2016.  The  excess  of  the  non-controlling
interest at November 30, 2015 over the $2,000,000 purchase price of $78,038 has been recorded directly to additional paid in capital.

Critical Accounting Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
of America requires our management to make many estimates and assumptions that may materially affect both our consolidated financial
statements and related disclosures, such as reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and
the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period,  and  the  comparability  of  the  information  presented  over
different reporting periods. Estimates and assumptions are based on management's experience and other information available prior to the
issuance  of  our  financial  statements.  Our  actual  realized  results  may  differ  materially  from  management’s  initial  estimates  as  reported.
Summaries of our significant accounting policies are detailed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, which are an integral
component of this filing.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  discussion  in  this  section  of  "critical"  accounting  estimates  and  assumptions  is  according  to  the  disclosure  guidelines  of  the  SEC,
wherein:

·

·

the nature of the estimates or assumptions is material due to the levels of subjectivity and judgment necessary to account for highly
uncertain matters or the susceptibility of such matters to change; and

the impact of the estimates and assumptions on our financial condition or operating performance is material.

Besides  those  meeting  these  "critical"  criteria,  we  make  many  other  accounting  estimates  and  assumptions  in  preparing  our  financial
statements  and  related  disclosures. Although  not  associated  with  “highly  uncertain  matters,”  these  estimates  and  assumptions  are  also
subject to revision as circumstances warrant, and materially different results may sometimes occur.

The  following  summarizes  “critical”  estimates  and  assumptions  made  by  management  in  the  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial
statements and related disclosures.

Revenue Recognition

Manufacturing Segment

The Manufacturing Segment derives revenue primarily from the sale of carpet products; including shipping and handling amounts, which
are  recognized  when  the  following  criteria  are  met:  there  is  persuasive  evidence  that  a  sales  agreement  exists,  delivery  has  occurred  or
services  have  been  rendered,  the  price  to  the  buyer  is  fixed  or  determinable,  and  collectability  is  reasonably  assured.  Delivery  is  not
considered to have occurred until the customer takes title to the goods and assumes the risks and rewards of ownership, which is generally
on the date of shipment. At the time revenue is recognized, the Company records a provision for the estimated amount of future returns
based  primarily  on  historical  experience  and  any  known  trends  or  conditions  that  exist  at  the  time  revenue  is  recognized.  Revenues  are
recorded net of taxes collected from customers.

MarketPlace Platform Segment

The  MarketPlace  Platform  Segment  derives  product  revenue  primarily  from  direct  and  fulfillment  partner  sales.  Product  revenue  is
recognized  when  the  following  revenue  recognition  criteria  are  met:  there  is  persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement  exists,  delivery  has
occurred,  the  price  to  the  buyer  is  fixed  or  determinable,  and  collectability  is  reasonably  assured.  Currently,  all  direct  and  fulfillment
partner product revenue is recorded on a gross basis, as the Company is the primary obligor. Revenues are recorded net of taxes collected
from customers.

In addition, the MarketPlace Platform Segment derives revenue from its sales through its strategic publishing partners of discounted goods
and services offered by its merchant clients (“Deals”) when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists,
delivery has occurred, the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. These criteria are met when
the  number  of  customers  who  purchase  the  daily  deal  exceeds  the  predetermined  threshold,  where,  if  applicable,  the  Deal  has  been
electronically delivered to the purchaser and a listing of Deals sold has been made available to the merchant. At that time, the Company’s
remaining  obligations  to  the  merchant,  for  which  it  is  serving  as  an  agent,  are  substantially  complete.  The  Company’s  remaining
obligations, which are limited to remitting payment to the merchant, are inconsequential or perfunctory. The Company recognizes revenue
in an amount equal to the net amount it retains from the sale of Deals after paying an agreed upon percentage of the purchase price to the
featured merchant excluding any applicable taxes. Revenue is recorded on a net basis because the Company is acting as an agent of the
merchant in the transaction.

The  Company  evaluates  the  criteria  outlined  in  ASC  Topic  605-45,  Principal  Agent  Considerations,  in  determining  whether  it  is
appropriate to record the gross amount of product sales and related costs or the net amount earned as commissions. When the Company is
the primary obligor in a transaction, is subject to inventory risk, has latitude in establishing prices and selecting suppliers, or has several but
not all of these indicators, revenue is recorded gross. If the Company is not the primary obligor in the transaction and amounts earned are
determined using a fixed percentage, revenue is recorded on a net basis.

For both Deals revenue and product revenue, at the time revenue is recognized, the Company records a provision for the estimated amount
of future returns based primarily on historical experience and any known trends or conditions that exist at the time revenue is recognized.

Services Segment

The  Services  Segment  recognizes  revenue  from  directory  subscription  services  as  billed  for  and  accepted  by  the  customer.  Directory
services revenue is billed and recognized monthly for directory services subscribed. The Company has historically utilized outside billing
companies  to  perform  billing  services  through ACH  withdrawals.  For  billings  via ACH  withdrawals,  revenue  is  recognized  when  such
billings are accepted by the customer. Customer refunds are recorded as an offset to gross Services Segment revenue.

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue for billings to certain customers that are billed directly by the Company and not through outside billing companies is recognized
based on estimated future collections which are reasonably assured. The Company continuously reviews this estimate for reasonableness
based on its collection experience.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts, which includes allowances for customer refunds, dilution and fees from Local Exchange
Carrier  (“LEC”)  billing  aggregators  and  other  uncollectible  accounts.  The  determination  of  the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is
dependent on many factors, including regulatory activity, changes in fee schedules by LEC service providers and recent historical trends.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of the inventory’s cost (first in, first out basis) or the current market price of the inventory. Management
compares  the  cost  of  inventory  with  its  market  value  and  an  allowance  is  made  to  write  down  inventory  to  market  value,  if  lower.
Management also reviews inventory to determine if excess or obsolete inventory is present and an allowance is made to reduce the carrying
value for inventory for such excess and or obsolete inventory.

Carrying Value of Intangible Assets

Our intangible assets consist of licenses for the use of internet domain names or universal resource locators, or URLs, capitalized website
development  costs  and  software,  other  information  technology  licenses,  customer  lists,  non-compete  agreements  and  marketing  and
technology-related intangibles acquired through acquisitions. All these assets are capitalized at their original cost (or at fair value for assets
acquired through business combinations) and amortized over their estimated useful lives. We capitalize internally generated software and
website  development  costs  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  FASB  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  ASC  350,
“Intangibles – Goodwill and Other”.

We evaluate the recoverability of the carrying amount of intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of these assets may not be fully recoverable. In the event of such changes, impairment would be assessed if the expected
undiscounted net cash flows derived for the asset are less than its carrying amount.

Stock-Based Compensation

From time to time we grant restricted stock awards and options to employees, non-employees and our executives and directors. Such awards
are valued based on the grant date fair-value of the instruments, net of estimated forfeitures. The value of each award is amortized on a
straight-line basis over the vesting period.

Income Taxes

Income  taxes  are  accounted  for  using  the  asset  and  liability  method  as  prescribed  by ASC  740  “Income  Taxes”.  Under  this  method,
deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the
financial  statement  carrying  amounts  of  existing  assets  and  liabilities  and  their  respective  tax  bases.  Deferred  income  tax  assets  and
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which these temporary differences are
expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the
period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance would be provided for those deferred tax assets for which if it is more likely
than not that the related benefit will not be realized.

We  have  estimated  net  deferred  income  tax  assets  (net  of  valuation  allowances)  of  $12,524,582  at  September  30,  2016  and  $0  as  of
September  30,  2015. A  full  valuation  allowance  was  established  against  all  net  deferred  tax  assets  as  of  September  30,  2015  based  on
estimates of recoverability. We have determined that a valuation allowance is no longer necessary given our ability to generate sufficient
profits from our new business lines. Therefore, no valuation allowance has been recorded at September 30, 2016.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results of Operations

The  following  sets  forth  a  discussion  of  our  financial  results  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2016  as  compared  to  the  year  ended
September 30, 2015. In evaluating our business, management reviews several key performance indicators including new customers, total
customers  in  each  line  of  business,  revenues  per  customer,  and  customer  retention  rates.  However,  given  the  changing  nature  of  our
business strategy, we do not believe that presentation of these metrics would reveal any meaningful trends in our operations that are not
otherwise apparent from the discussion of our financial results below. Generally, the significant changes in the results of operations when
compared  to  the  prior  periods  as  noted  below  is  a  result  of  the  acquisition  of  Marquis  Industries  we  made  in  July  2015.  Segment
information  is  provided  through  operating  income.  We  have  three  segments  to  our  business,  Marketplace  Platform,  Manufacturing  and
Services. For purposes of segment reporting, corporate income and expense is reported in the Marketplace Platform segment.

Segment:

Market Platform
Manufacturing
Services

Year Ended September 30,

2016

2015

Change

Percent

Revenues

  $

  $

5,438,007    $

72,509,357   
1,006,883   
78,954,247    $

15,868,448    $
16,006,683   
1,494,735   
33,369,866    $

(10,430,441)  
56,502,674   
(487,852)  
45,584,381   

-65.7% 
353.0% 
-32.6% 
136.6% 

Revenues for the year ended September 30, 2016 increased by $45,584,381 or 136.6% as compared to the year ended September 30, 2015,
primarily due to the acquisition of Marquis Industries in July 2015. Revenue from our online marketplace platform segment decreased by
$10,430,441 or 65.7% from $15,868,448 for the year ended September 30, 2015 to $5,438,007 for the year ended September 30, 2016. The
significant decrease is due to declining revenue of our Modern Everyday subsidiary and the company’s overall strategy of not committing
additional  resources  to  this  segment.  We  expect  revenue  for  the  marketplace  platform  segment  to  continue  to  decrease  in  the  future.
Revenue from our manufacturing segment increased from $16,006,683 for the year ended September 30, 2015 to $72,509,357 for the year
ended  September  30,  2016.  Revenue  from  our  services  segment  decreased  by  $487,852  or  32.6%  from  $1,494,735  for  the  year  ended
September 30, 2015 to $1,006,883 for the year ended September 30, 2016. We expect revenue from this segment to continue to decrease in
the future.

Segment:

Market Platform
Manufacturing
Services

Year Ended September 30,

2016

2015

Change

Percent

Cost of Revenues

  $

  $

4,199,690    $
54,737,622   
42,065   
58,979,377    $

10,144,262    $
11,819,657   
151,553   
22,115,472    $

(5,944,572)  
42,917,965   
(109,488)  
36,863,905   

-58.6% 
363.1% 
-72.2% 
166.7% 

Cost of revenues increased for the year ended September 30, 2016 as compared to the year ended September 30, 2015, by $36,863,905 or
166.7%. The increase in cost of revenues for the year ended September 30, 2016 is primarily due to the increase in revenue as a result of
our acquisition of Marquis Industries in July 2015 and a full twelve months of operations in fiscal year 2016.

Marketplace Platform segment cost of revenue decreased by $5,944,572 or 58.6% for the year ended September 30, 2016 as compared to
the year ended September 30, 2015. Cost of revenues were higher for this segment as a percent of revenue; 77.2% vs. 63.9% for fiscal years
2016 and 2015, respectively. This increase is due to selling a mix of lower margin products.

Manufacturing segment cost of revenue increased by $42,917,965 or 363.1% for the year ended September 30, 2016 as compared to the
year ended September 30, 2015. Cost of revenues were higher for this segment as a percent of revenue; 75.5% vs. 73.8% for fiscal years
2016 and 2015, respectively. This increase is a combination of greater manufacturing efficiencies, selling a mix of higher margin products
and absorbing approximately $1.1M in fair value adjustments to inventory.

Services segment cost of revenue decreased by $109,488 or 72.2% for the year ended September 30, 2016 as compared to the year ended
September 30, 2015. Cost of revenues were lower for this segment as a percent of revenue; 4.2% vs. 10.1% for the fiscal years 2016 and
2015, respectively. This decrease is the result of cost reduction and improved efficiencies gained in delivering the services rendered.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Segment:

Market Platform
Manufacturing
Services

Year Ended September 30,

2016

2015

Change

Percent

Gross Profit

  $

  $

1,238,317    $

17,771,735   
964,818   
19,974,870    $

5,724,186    $
4,187,026   
1,343,182   
11,254,394    $

(4,485,869)  
13,584,709   
(378,364)  
8,720,476   

-78.4% 
324.4% 
-28.2% 
77.5% 

Gross profit increased for the year ended September 30, 2016 by $11,279,405 or 100.2%, as compared to the year ended September 30,
2015,

Marketplace Platform segment gross profit decreased for the year ended September 30, 2016 by $4,485,869 or 78.4%, as compared to the
year  ended  September  30,  2015  primarily  due  to  decreased  segment  revenue  and  a  higher  cost  mix  of  products  sold.  Gross  profits  as  a
percent  of  revenue  were  22.8%  vs.  36.1%  for  fiscal  year  2016  and  2015,  respectively.  Gross  profits  decreased  in  fiscal  year  2016  by
$3,762,547 attributable to the decrease in revenue of $10,430,441 and by a gross profit margin decline of 13.3% on Marketplace Platform
segment  revenue  which  accounted  for  an  additional  decrease  in  gross  profits  of  $723,322,  for  a  combined  decrease  in  gross  profits  of
$4,485,869 for the Marketplace Platform segment.

Manufacturing segment gross profit increased for the year ended September 30, 2016 by $13,584,709 or 324.4%, as compared to the year
ended  September  30,  2015  primarily  due  to  the  increase  in  revenues  from  our  acquisition  of  Marquis  Industries  in  July  2015  and  a  full
twelve months of operations in fiscal year 2016. Gross profits as a percent of revenue were 28.0% vs. 26.2% for fiscal year 2016 and 2015,
respectively.  Gross  profits  increased  in  fiscal  year  2016  by  $14,803,701  attributable  to  the  increase  in  revenue  of  $56,502,674  and  by  a
gross  profit  margin  decrease  of  1.7%  on  manufacturing  segment  revenue  which  accounted  for  an  additional  decrease  in  gross  profits  of
$1,218,992, for a combined increase in gross profits of $13,584,709 for the manufacturing segment.

Services  segment  gross  profit  decreased  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2016  by  $378,364  or  28.2%,  as  compared  to  the  year  ended
September 30, 2015 primarily due to decreased services revenue and cancellations. Gross profits as a percent of revenue were 95.5% vs.
89.9% for fiscal year 2016 and 2015, respectively. Gross profits decreased in fiscal year 2016 by $437,994 attributable to the decrease in
revenue  of  $487,852,  partially  offset  by  gross  profit  margin  improvement  of  5.9%  on  services  segment  revenue  which  accounted  for  an
increase in gross profits of $59,630, for a net decrease in gross profits of $378,364 for the services segment.

Segment:

Market Platform
Manufacturing
Services

Year Ended September 30,

General and Administrative Expenses

2016

2015

Change

Percent

  $

  $

4,398,392    $
4,141,853   
3,632   
8,543,877    $

8,625,038    $
2,131,586   
235,732   
10,992,356    $

(4,226,646)  
2,010,267   
(232,100)  
(2,448,479)  

-49.0% 
94.3% 
-98.5% 
-22.3% 

General and administrative expenses decreased for the year ended September 30, 2016 as compared to year ended September 30, 2015 by
$2,448,479 or 22.3%.

Marketplace  platform  segment  general  and  administrative  expenses  decreased  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2016  by  $4,226,646  or
49.0%  as  compared  to  the  year  ended  September  30,  2015.  Marketplace  platform  segment  general  and  administrative  expenses  include
recurring corporate expenses. General and administrative expense for this segment increased as a percent of revenue to 80.1% vs. 54.4% for
fiscal year 2016 and 2015, respectively. During fiscal 2015, we issued 100,000 shares of our common stock to two of our executives valued
at $1,518,000 as a bonus for services rendered during fiscal years 2012, 2013 and 2014. We also issued 191,136 shares of our common
stock to employees, consultants and directors for services rendered valued at $498,059. In addition we issued 75,000 stock options to one of
our executives that resulted in a charge to earnings of $636,142 during the year ended September 30, 2015. We expect our marketplace
platform segment general and administrative expenses to remain at the current fiscal 2016 level for the near future.

Manufacturing segment general and administrative expense increased by $2,010,267 or 94.3% for the year ended September 30, 2016 as
compared to the year ended September 30, 2015. General and administrative expenses were lower for this segment as a percent of revenue;
5.7% vs. 13.3% for fiscal years 2016 and 2015, respectively. The increase in general and administrative expenses is the result of a full 12
months of operation compared to almost 3 months in fiscal year 2015 and the seasonality of larger general and administrative expenses at
year end. We expect general and administrative expenses for this segment to remain at the fiscal year 2016 run rate for the near future.

Services  segment  general  and  administrative  expenses  decreased  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2016  by  $232,100  or  98.5%  as
compared  to  the  year  ended  September  30,  2015.  Management  has  reduced  general  and  administrative  expenses  for  this  segment  to  an
absolute minimum. We expect general and administrative expense for this segment to remain low going forward.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Segment:

Market Platform
Manufacturing
Services

Year Ended September 30,

2016

Sales and Marketing Expenses
Change

2015

Percent

  $

  $

2,012,331    $
7,100,413   
–   

9,112,744    $

5,193,413    $
1,491,937   
(517)  
6,684,833    $

(3,181,082)  
5,608,476   
517   
2,427,911   

-61.3% 
375.9% 
-100.0% 
36.3% 

Sales  and  marketing  expense  increased  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2016  as  compared  to  year  ended  September  30,  2015  by
$2,427,911 or 36.3%.

Marketplace platform sales and marketing expense decreased for the year ended September 30, 2016 by $3,181,082 or 61.3% as compared
to the year ended September 30, 2015. Sales and marketing expense as a percent of revenue was 37.0% and 32.7% for fiscal year 2016 and
2015, respectively. Expect sales and marketing expense for this segment to continue at the current percent level relative to revenue in the
near future.

Manufacturing sales and marketing expense increased for the year ended September 30, 2016 by $5,608,476 or 375.9% primarily due to the
increase in expenses associated with sales and marketing activities from our acquisition of Marquis Industries in July 2015 and a full twelve
months of operations in fiscal year 2016. Sales and marketing expense were higher for this segment as a percent of revenue; 9.8% vs. 9.3%
for  fiscal  years  2016  and  2015,  respectively.  We  expect  sales  and  marketing  expense  for  this  segment  to  continue  at  the  current  percent
level relative to revenue in the near future.

We expect the services segment not to have much if any sales and marketing expense in the near future.

Segment:

Market Platform
Manufacturing
Services

Year Ended September 30,

Impairment of Intangible Assets

2016

2015

Change

Percent

  $

  $

–    $
–   
–   
–    $

3,713,472    $

–   
–   

3,713,472    $

(3,713,472)  
–   
–   
(3,713,472)  

100.0% 

During the year ended September 30, 2015, we determined that certain of our marketplace platform segment intangible assets and goodwill
were impaired and took a charge to earnings of $3,713,472. There were no such charges during 2016.

Segment:

Market Platform
Manufacturing
Services

Year Ended September 30,

2016

Operating Income (Loss)
2015

Change

  $

  $

(5,172,406)   $
6,529,469   
961,186   
2,318,249    $

(11,807,737)   $
563,503   
1,107,967   
(10,136,267)   $

6,635,331   
5,965,966   
(146,781)  
12,454,516   

Percent

56.2% 
1058.7% 
-13.2% 

Operating income increased for the year ended September 30, 2016 as compared to year ended September 30, 2015 by $12,454,516.

Marketplace platform segment improved its operating loss in fiscal 2016 by $6,635,331 mainly due to the absence of intangible impairment
of  $3,713,472,  a  decrease  in  revenue  of  $10,430,441  offset  by  a  decrease  in  cost  of  revenue  of  $5,944,572,  a  decrease  in  general  and
administrative expense of $4,226,646, and a decrease in sales and marketing expense of $3,181,082.

Manufacturing segment had an increase in operating income of $5,965,966. This increase was mainly due to having a full year of results for
fiscal  year  2016  vs.  the  short  period  of  July  2,  2015  through  September  30,  2015  included  in  fiscal  2015  results.  Revenue  increased  by
$56,502,674  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  cost  of  revenue  of  $42,917,965,  and  increase  in  general  and  administrative  expense  of
$2,010,267 and an increase in sales and marketing expense of $5,608,476.

Services segment had a decrease in operating income of $146,781, primarily due to a decrease in revenue of $487,852 partially offset by a
decrease  in  cost  of  revenue  of  $109,488,  a  decrease  in  general  and  administrative  expense  of  $232,100  and  an  increase  in  sales  and
marketing expense of $517.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Other Income (Expense)

Total Other Income (Expense)

2016

2015

Change

Percent

Year Ended September 30,

  $

3,142,581    $

(4,200,018)   $

7,342,599   

Total  Other  Income  (Expense)  increased  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2016  as  compared  to  the  year  ended  September  30,  2015  by
$7,342,599.

Interest expense decreased by $465,114 in fiscal year 2016 primarily due to the absence of interest expense incurred during the year ended
September 30, 2015, relating to the amortization of debt discounts, the issuance of warrants upon the conversion of debt and the issuance
of common stock for the original issue discount on a $10 million credit facility. There was a $2,800,000 fee incurred as it relates to the
modification of the Kingston agreement.

Other income increased for the year ended September 30, 2016 as compared to the year ended September 30, 2015 by $2,387,097. Vendor
and note settlements represent $1,733,674 of the increase from fiscal 2016 vs. 2015. Gain on asset sales were $179,983 of the increase. The
balance of the increase in other income $473,440 represented refunds received and a small amount of rental income.

There was a bargain purchase gain on acquisition of Marquis in the amount of $4,573,968. This gain was the result of fair value changes
made  to  the  acquired  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  end  of  the  measurement  period  for  Marquis  that  were  ultimately  different  than  the
provisional  amounts  as  follows:  Goodwill  $(800,000),  Customer  Relationships  –  intangible  $439,039,  Inventory  $1,080,051,  Prepaid
expenses $114,304, Machinery & Equipment $2,659,104 and Buildings and Land $1,081,470.

There was no gain on derivative liability in fiscal 2016, therefore a decrease of $83,580 in total other income (expense) for the year ended
September 30, 2016 as compared to the year ended September 30, 2015.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Live Venture, Incorporated

Net Income (loss) attributable to Live Ventures, Incorporated

2016

2015

Change

Percent

Year Ended September 30,

  $

17,829,857    $

(14,666,129)   $

32,495,986   

Net Income increased by $32,495,986 for the year ended September 30, 2016, as compared to the net loss for the year ended September 30,
2015. Operating income increased by $12,454,516, total other income (expense) increased by $7,342,599, the provision for non-controlling
interest increased by $170,350 and the provision for income taxes decreased by $12,869,221. At June 30, 2016, we evaluated and reduced
our valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets based on the continuing profitable operations and the federal income taxes to be
incurred from our Marquis1 subsidiary that can be offset against the Company net operating loss carryforwards.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents at September 30, 2016 was $770,895 compared to $2,727,818 at September 30, 2015, a decrease
of  $1,956,923.  The  principal  reason  for  this  decrease  was  the  cash  used  to  purchase  the  non-controlling  interest  (20%)  in  Marquis
Industries, Inc. in November 2015.

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operations was $6,061,778 for the  year  ended  September  30,  2016  as  compared  to  net  cash  used  by  operations  of
$1,017,401 for the same period in 2015. This change of $7,079,179 was due to an increase in net income of $32,666,336, an increase in
non-cash depreciation expense of $2,077,559, an increase due to a non-cash write-down of inventory of $1,080,051, an increase in non-cash
inventory obsolescence reserve of $448,422, and a net increase in other non-cash operating activities of $234,447; partially offset by an
increase in deferred tax assets of $12,524,582, a decrease in non-cash interest expense associated with loan fees and convertible debt and
warrants of $1,395,724, a decrease in non-cash note and agreement settlements including contingent liability settlements of $1,278,941, a
decrease related to the gain on bargain purchase of acquisition of $4,573,968, a decrease in non-cash impairment of intangible assets of
$3,713,472, a decrease of non-cash issuance of common stock for services of $1,996,060, a decrease of working capital accounts net of the
change in cash and cash equivalents of $3,488,497, and a decrease of stock based compensation expense of $456,392.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash used by changes in working capital accounts net of cash and cash equivalents was $1,631,699 for the year ended September 30,
2016 as compared to net cash provided by changes in working capital accounts net of cash and cash equivalents of $1,856,798 for the same
period in 2015. This change, a net decrease in the change in working capital accounts net of cash and cash equivalents of $3,488,497 was
due to a decrease in the change in income tax payable of $752,000, a decrease in the change in inventory of $334,815, a decrease in change
of deposits of $12,746 and an decrease in the change in prepaid expenses and other current assets, including deposits made for equipment
purchases of $3,299,100; partially offset by an increase in change in accounts payable of $751,779, and an increase in the change in trade
and other receivables of $7,504 and an increase in the change in accrued liabilities of $150,881.

Our  primary  source  of  cash  inflows  is  from  customer  receipts  from  sales  on  account,  factor  accounts  receivable  proceeds  and  net
remittances from directory services customers processed in the form of ACH billings. Our most significant cash outflows include payments
for raw materials, general operating expenses, including payroll costs, and general and administrative expenses that typically occur within
close proximity of expense recognition.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Our  cash  flows  used  in  investing  activities  during  the  year  ended  September  30,  2016  consisted  of  $1,376,685  of  equipment  purchases;
offset by the proceeds from the sale of land in the amount of $653,857. Our cash flows used in investing activities during the year ended
September 30, 2015 consisted of $5,503,056 for the acquisition of a new subsidiary Marquis, net of $496,944 cash acquired; $64,820 of
expenditures for intangible assets and $151,937 of purchases of equipment, offset by proceeds of $153,500 from the sale of assets.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Our  cash  flows  used  in  financing  activities  during  the  year  ended  September  30,  2016  consisted  of  repayment  of  notes  payable  of
$17,109,250, repayment of the related party note payable in the amount of $4,495,825, payment of debt issuance costs of $415,757 related
to  the  Store  Capital Acquisitions,  LLC  loan,  purchase  of  treasury  stock  $300,027,  payment  of  preferred  stock  dividends  of  $1,917  and
purchase  of  the  non-controlling  interest  in  Marquis  of  $2,000,000;  offset  by  borrowing  from  the  Revolver  loan  of  $1,739,825  and
$15,287,078  from  the  issuance  of  notes  payable.  Our  cash  flows  from  financing  activities  during  the  year  ended  September  30,  2015
consisted  of  $538,441  from  the  sale  of  shares  of  our  common  stock,  $1,247,185  from  the  issuance  of  notes  payable,  $1,200,000
contribution  from  the  non-controlling  interest  in  Marquis,  $100,000  from  issuances  of  convertible  debt  offset  by  repayment  of  notes
payable of $1,886,859 and payment of preferred stock dividends of $1,917.

Working Capital

We had working capital of $11,247,427 as of September 30, 2016 compared to working capital of $14,812,654 as of September 30, 2015
with  current  assets  decreasing  by  $993,292  and  current  liabilities  decreasing  by  $2,571,935  from  September  30,  2015  to  September  30,
2016.  Such  changes  in  working  capital  were  primarily  attributable  to  the  decrease  in  inventory  and  the  use  of  cash  to  acquire  the  non-
controlling interest (20%) in Marquis and pay down of long-term debt.

At-The-Market Offerings of Common Stock (Chardan Capital Markets LLC)

During the year ended September 30, 2015, we sold 25,833 shares of our common stock resulting in gross proceeds of $546,652, in an at-
the-market offering, in which Chardan Capital Markets LLC (“Chardan”) was our agent. The Company received net proceeds of $538,441.
The Company paid Chardan a total commission of $8,211 in connection with such sales. 

Revolver Loan and Term Loan

In connection with the purchase of Marquis Industries Inc., we entered into an agreement with Bank of America for a Term and Revolving
Loan for approximately $7.8 million for the term component and approximately $15 million for the revolving component. As part of the
Bank of America Revolving Loan, Marquis may borrow up to $15 million (based on eligibility). At September 30, 2016 we had $222,590
and  $0  outstanding  on  the  Revolver  Loan  and  Term  Loan,  respectively.  At  September  30,  2015  we  had  $7,225,745  and  $7,628,438
outstanding  on  the  Revolver  Loan  and  Term  Loan,  respectively.  The  loan  availability  on  the  Revolver  Loan  fluctuates  and  is  dependent
upon levels of inventory and accounts receivable to determine a borrowing base from which Revolver Loan availability is determined.

Equipment Loan

On  June  20,  2016  and August  5,  2016,  Marquis  entered  into  a  transaction  (“the  Equipment  Loan”)  with  Banc  of America  Leasing  &
Capital,  LLC.,  which  provided  $5  Million,  secured  by  equipment.  At  September  30,  2016  we  had  $4,931,937  outstanding  on  the
Equipment Loan.

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real Estate Financing

On June 14, 2016, we entered into a transaction with Store Capital Acquisitions, LLC. The transaction included a sale-leaseback of land
owned  by  Marquis  Industries,  Inc.  (“Marquis”)  and  a  loan  secured  by  the  improvements  on  such  land.  The  total  aggregate  proceeds
received from the sale of the land and the loan was $10,000,000, which consisted of $644,479 from the sale of the land and a note payable
of  $9,355,521.  In  connection  with  the  transaction,  we  entered  into  a  lease  with  a  15  year  term  commencing  on  the  closing  of  the
transaction,  which  provides  the  Company  an  option  to  extend  the  lease  upon  the  expiration  of  its  term.  The  initial  annual  lease  rate  is
$59,614.  The  proceeds  from  this  transaction  were  used  to  pay  down  the  Revolver  and  Term  loans,  and  related  party  loan,  as  well  as
purchasing a building from the previous owners of Marquis that was not purchased in the July 2015 transaction. At September 30, 2016 we
had $9,351,796 outstanding on the Store Capital Acquisition, LLC loan, and there is un-amortized transaction costs associated with this
loan in the sum of $414,025.

Future Sources of Cash; New Products and Services

We will require additional capital to finance our planned business operations, fund our growing operations including the recent acquisition
of Marquis, and develop other new products and services. In addition, we may require additional capital to finance acquisitions or other
strategic  investments  in  our  business.  Other  sources  of  financing  may  include  stock  issuances  and  additional  loans;  or  other  forms  of
financing. Any  financing  obtained  may  further  dilute  or  otherwise  impair  the  ownership  interest  of  our  existing  stockholders.  If  we  are
unable to generate positive cash flows or raise additional capital in a timely manner or on acceptable terms, we may (i) not be able to make
acquisitions or other strategic investments in our business, (ii) modify, delay or abandon some or all of our business plans, and/or (iii) be
forced to cease operations.

While we believe that our existing cash on hand is sufficient to finance our operations for the next twelve months, there can be no assurance
that we will generate profitability or positive operating cash flows in the near future. To the extent that we cannot achieve profitability, or
positive  operating  cash  flows,  our  business  will  be  materially  and  adversely  affected.  Further,  our  business  is  likely  to  experience
significant volatility in our revenues, operating losses, personnel involved, products or services for sale, and other business parameters, as
management implements our new strategies and responds to operating results.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations consisting of operating lease agreements and  debt  obligations  and  the  effect
such obligations are expected to have on our future liquidity and cash flows:

Notes payable
Notes payable - related party
Lease obligations
Total

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

  $

  $

Less than 
One Year

1,789,289    $

Payments due by Period
Three to 
Five Years

One to Three
Years
2,271,327    $

More Than
Five Years  

Total

–   
116,124   
1,905,413    $

–   
158,277   
2,429,604    $

2,616,782    $

9,208,788    $ 15,886,186 
2,000,000 
2,000,000   
3,439,883 
2,948,078   
2,834,186    $ 14,156,866    $ 21,326,069 

–   
217,404   

At  September  30,  2016,  we  had  no  off-balance  sheet  arrangements,  commitments  or  guarantees  that  require  additional  disclosure  or
measurement.

ITEM 7A.       Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

As of September 30, 2016, we did not participate in any market risk-sensitive commodity instruments for which fair value disclosure would
be required. We believe we are not subject in any material way to other forms of market risk, such as foreign currency exchange risk or
foreign customer purchases (of which there were none in fiscal year 2015 or 2016) or commodity price risk.

30

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8.       Financial Statement and Supplementary Data

LIVE VENTURES INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2015

Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Report of Anton & Chia, LLP

Consolidated Financial Statements:

Consolidated Balance sheets as of September 30, 2016 and 2015

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
      for years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

31

Page

F-1

F-2

F-3

F-4

F-5

F-6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Live Ventures, Inc. and Subsidiaries:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Live Ventures, Inc. and  Subsidiaries  (the  “Company”)  as  of
September 30, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for
the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States of
America). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control
over  financial  reporting.  Our  audits  included  consideration  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  a  basis  for  designing  audit
procedures that we considered appropriate under the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining on a test
basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  An  audit  also  includes  assessing  the  accounting
principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  consolidated
financial position of Live Ventures, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of September 30, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their
cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Anton & Chia, LLP

Newport Beach, California
December 28, 2016

F-1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables, net
Inventories, net
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net
Deposits and other assets
Deferred taxes
Intangible assets, net
Goodwill

Total assets

Liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Income tax payable
Current portion of long term debt

Total current liabilities

LIVE VENTURES INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

September 30,
2016

September 30,
2015

Assets

  $

770,895    $

8,334,801   
11,053,085   
5,059,981   
25,218,762   

14,014,501   
19,765   
12,524,582   
1,689,790   
–   

  $

53,467,400    $

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

  $

2,727,818 
8,243,992 
13,335,598 
1,522,027 
25,829,435 

12,481,901 
36,090 
– 
1,516,930 
800,000 
40,664,356 

5,536,796 
3,660,949 
376,000 
1,443,036 
11,016,781 

14,568,190 
6,495,825 
316,000 
32,396,796 

5,402,654    $
6,396,772   
–   
1,789,290   
13,588,716   

13,682,872   
2,000,000   
–   
29,271,588   

Notes payable, net of current portion
Note payable, related party
Contingent consideration from business combination

Total Liabilities

Commitment and contingencies

Stockholders' equity:

Series E convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 200,000 shares authorized, 127,840

shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2016 and September 30, 2015,
liquidation preference $38,352

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, 2,819,327 shares issued
and 2,789,205 shares outstanding at September 30, 2016; 2,817,169 shares issued and
2,817,169 shares outstanding at September 30, 2015

Paid in capital
Treasury stock (30,122 shares)
Accumulated deficit

Total Live Ventures stockholders' equity

Noncontrolling interest

Total equity
Total liabilities and equity

–   

– 

10,866   

10,866 

2,819   
53,319,217   
(300,027)  
(28,837,063)  
24,195,812   
–   
24,195,812   
53,467,400    $

2,817  
52,965,036 
– 
(46,665,003)
6,313,716 
1,953,844 
8,267,560 
40,664,356 

  $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited consolidated financial statements.

F-2

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIVE VENTURES, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Revenues
Cost of revenues
Gross profit

Operating expenses:

General and administrative expenses
Sales and marketing expenses
Impairment of intangible assets
Total operating expenses

Operating income (loss)

Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net
Other income
Bargain purchase gain on acquisition
Gain on derivative liability

Total other income (expense), net

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Current tax expense:

Federal
State

Total Current tax expense
Deferred tax expense:

Federal
State

Total Deferred tax expense
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes

Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) attributed to noncontrolling interest

Net income (loss) attributed to Live Ventures, Incorporated

Earnings (loss) per share:

Basic
Diluted

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

Basic
Diluted

Years Ended September 30,
2015
2016

  $

78,954,247    $
58,979,377   
19,974,870   

33,369,866 
22,115,472 
11,254,394 

8,543,877   
9,112,744   
–   
17,656,621   

10,992,356 
6,684,833 
3,713,472 
21,390,661 

2,318,249   

(10,136,267)

(4,020,547)  
2,589,160   
4,573,968   
–   
3,142,581   
5,460,830   

–   
31,361   
31,361   

(12,524,582)  
–   
(12,524,582)  
(12,493,221)  
17,954,051   

124,194   
17,829,857    $

(4,485,661)
202,063 
– 
83,580 
(4,200,018)
(14,336,285)

320,000 
56,000 
376,000 

– 
– 
– 
376,000 
(14,712,285)

(46,156)
(14,666,129)

6.33    $
5.40    $

(5.58)
(5.58)

2,815,072   
3,303,698   

2,627,636 
2,627,636 

  $

  $
  $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited consolidated financial statements.

F-3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIVE VENTURES INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

  Treasury  
Stock

  Accumulated  
Deficit

Total

  Noncontrolling  
Interest

  $ (31,996,953)   $ 13,066,620 

  $

Balance, September 30, 2014
Series E preferred stock dividends
Stock based compensation
Repricing of stock option exercise price  
Value of warrants issued with debt
conversion
Beneficial conversion feature on
convertible debt
Issuance of common stock for services
Issuance of common stock for cash
Issuance of common stock for
conversion of debt
Issuance of common stock for loan fees  
Fair value of noncontrolling interest
Net loss
Balance, September 30, 2015
Series E preferred stock dividends
Stock based compensation
Issuance of common stock for services
Purchase of noncontrolling interest
Purchase of treasury stock
Net income
Balance, September 30, 2016

Common Stock

Preferred Stock

Shares
  2,420,875 
– 
– 
– 

  Amount
  $

2,420 
– 
– 
– 

Shares

127,840 
– 
– 
– 

  Amount
  $

10,866 
– 
– 
– 

Paid-In
  Capital
  $ 45,050,287 
– 
712,538 
54,677 

– 

– 
131,856 
25,833 

133,563 
105,042 
– 
– 
  2,817,169 
– 
– 
2,158 
– 
– 
– 
  2,819,327 

  $

– 

– 
132 
26 

134 
105 
– 
– 
2,817 
– 
– 
2 
– 
– 
– 
2,819 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
127,840 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
127,840 

  $

– 

– 
– 
– 

1,853,473 

100,000 
2,015,927 
538,415 

– 
– 
– 
– 
10,866 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
10,866 

635,622 
2,004,097 
– 
– 
  52,965,036 
– 
256,146 
19,997 
78,038 
– 
– 
  $ 53,319,217 

  $

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(300,027)  

(1,921)  

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

(14,666,129)  
(46,665,003)  
(1,917)  

– 
– 
– 
– 
17,829,857 

(1,921)  

712,538 
54,677 

1,853,473 

100,000 
2,016,059 
538,441 

635,756 
2,004,202 
– 

  (14,666,129)  
6,313,716 

(1,917)  

256,146 
19,999 
78,038 
(300,027)  

  17,829,857 
  $ (300,027)   $ (28,837,063)   $ 24,195,812 

– 

  $

Total
Equity
  $ 13,066,620 
(1,921)
712,538 
54,677 

1,853,473 

100,000 
2,016,059 
538,441 

635,756 
2,004,202 
2,000,000 
  (14,712,285)
8,267,560 
(1,917)
256,146 
19,999 
(2,000,000)
(300,027)
  17,954,051 
  $ 24,195,812 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
2,000,000 

(46,156)  

1,953,844 
– 
– 
– 

(2,078,038)  

– 
124,194 
– 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited consolidated financial statements.

F-4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIVE VENTURES INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash 
   provided by (used in) operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Non-cash interest expense associated with convertible debt and warrants
Non-cash interest expense associated with loan fees
Non-cash change in fair value of derivative liability
Non-cash note and agreement reductions due to settlement
Stock based compensation expense
Repricing of stock option exercise price
Non-cash issuance of common stock for services
Provision for uncollectible accounts
Non-cash write-down of inventory
Reserve for obsolete inventory
Change in deferred taxes
Change in contingent liability
(Gain) on Bargain purchase of acquisition

(Gain) Loss on disposal of property and equipment
Impairment of intangible assets

Changes in assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Inventories
Deposits and other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Income tax payable

Years Ended September 30,
2015
2016

  $

17,954,051    $

(14,712,285)

3,125,311   
4,749   
2,801,732   
–   
(962,941)  
256,146   
–   
19,999   
53,727   
1,080,051   
703,532   
(12,524,582)  
(316,000)  

(4,573,968)  
71,670   
–   

(144,536)  
(3,423,650)  
1,578,981   
16,325   
(134,142)  
851,323   
(376,000)  

1,047,752 
2,198,003 
2,004,202 
(83,580)
– 
712,538 
54,677 
2,016,059 
24,819 
– 
255,110 
– 
– 

– 
(104,966)
3,713,472 

(152,040)
(124,550)
1,913,796 
29,071 
(885,921)
700,442 
376,000 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

6,061,778   

(1,017,401)

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment
Expenditures for intangible assets
Purchases of property and equipment

Net cash used in investing activities

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

Net borrowings under revolver loans
Issuance of common stock for cash, net of issuance costs
Payments on notes payable
Payments on notes payable, related party

Payments on debt issue costs
Payments of preferred stock dividends
Purchase of treasury stock
Contribution of noncontrolling interest
Payment for the purchase of the noncontrolling interest
Proceeds from issuance of notes payable
Proceeds from issuance of convertible debt

–   
653,857   
–   
(1,376,685)  

(5,503,056)
153,500 
(64,820)
(151,937)

(722,828)  

(5,566,313)

1,739,825   
–   
(17,109,250)  
(4,495,825)  
(415,757)  

(1,917)  
(300,027)  
–   
(2,000,000)  
15,287,078   
–   

– 
538,441 
(1,886,859)
– 
– 

(1,917)
– 
1,200,000 
– 
1,247,185 
100,000 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

(7,295,873)  

1,196,850 

INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

(1,956,923)  

(5,386,864)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period

2,727,818   

8,114,682 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period

  $

770,895    $

2,727,818 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited consolidated financial statements.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
F-5

 
 
 
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:

Interest paid
Income taxes paid

Noncash financing and investing activities:

Non-cash changes in Fair Value of Assets Acquired - Marquis Industries:

Goodwill
Intangible - Customer Relationships
Inventory
Prepaid expenses
Machinery & Equipment
Buildings & Land
Total Non-cash changes in Fair Value of Assets Acquired - Marquis Industries
Recognition of contingent beneficial conversion feature
Conversion of notes payable and accrued interest into common stock
Accrued and unpaid dividends
Note payable issued for purchase of noncontrolling interest

  $
  $

  $

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

1,247,659    $
466,000    $

24,312 
– 

(800,000)  
439,039   
1,080,051   
114,304   
2,659,104   
1,081,470   
4,573,968   

–    $
–    $
959    $
500,000    $

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
100,000 
635,756 
959 
– 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited consolidated financial statements.

F-6

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIVE VENTURES INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2015

Note 1:        Background and Basis of Presentation

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Live  Ventures,  Incorporated,  a  Nevada  corporation,  and  its
subsidiaries (collectively the “Company”). Commencing in fiscal year 2015, the Company began a strategic shift in its business plan away
from providing online marketing solutions for small and medium business to acquiring profitable companies in various industries that have
demonstrated a strong history of earnings power. The company continues to actively develop, revise and evaluate its products, services and
its  marketing  strategies  in  its  businesses.  The  Company  has  three  operating  segments  for  fiscal  years  2016  and  2015  –  Manufacturing,
Marketplace  Platform  and  Services.  Under  the  Live  Ventures  brand  the  Company  seeks  opportunities  to  acquire  profitable  and  well-
managed companies. The Company believes that with the proper positioning and its investment capital these companies can become very
profitable. Although  the  Company  will  continue  to  operate  LiveDeal.com  and  our  other  subsidiaries  that  are  online  consumer  products
retailers,  the  Company  will  no  longer  limit  its  operations  to  the  online  marketplace.  With  its  acquisition  of  Marquis  Industries,  Inc.,  the
Company became engaged in the manufacture and sale of carpet and the sale of vinyl and wood floorcoverings.

Effective October 7, 2015, the Company changed its corporate name from LiveDeal, Inc. to Live Ventures Incorporated.

Note 2:       Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements for fiscal years 2016 and 2015 include the accounts of Live Ventures Incorporated and
its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries.  In  addition,  on  July  6,  2015,  The  Company  acquired  80%  of  Marquis  Industries,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries
(“Marquis”). The results of Marquis have been included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company since that date. Effective
November  30,  2015,  the  Company  acquired  the  remaining  20%  of  Marquis.  All  intercompany  transactions  and  balances  have  been
eliminated in consolidation.

Non-Controlling Interest

On  July  6,  2015,  the  Company,  through  Marquis Affiliated  Holdings,  LLC,  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  acquired  80%
interest in Marquis. The transaction was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, with the purchase price allocated based
on the fair value of the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

The  Company  follows  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  Topic  810,
“Consolidation,”  which  governs  the  accounting  for  and  reporting  of  non-controlling  interests  (“NCI’s”)  in  partially  owned  consolidated
subsidiaries and the loss control of subsidiaries. Certain provisions of this standard indicate, among other things, that NCI’s be treated as a
separate component of equity, not as a liability, that increases and decreases in the parent’s ownership interest that leave control intact be
treated as an equity transaction rather than as step acquisitions or dilution gains or losses, and that losses of a partially owned consolidated
subsidiary  be  allocated  to  the  NCI  even  when  such  allocation  might  results  in  a  deficit  balance.  This  standard  also  required  changes  to
certain presentation and disclosure requirements.

The  net  income  (loss)  attributed  to  the  NCI  is  separately  designated  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  Losses
attributable  to  the  NCI  in  a  subsidiary  may  exceed  the  NCI’s  interests  in  the  subsidiary’s  equity.  The  excess  attributable  to  the  NCI  is
attributed to those interests. The NCI shall continue to attribute its share of losses, if applicable, even if that attribution results in a deficit
NCI balance.

Use of Estimates

The  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires
management to make estimates and assumption that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Significant estimates made in connection with the accompanying consolidated financial statements include the estimate of dilution and fees
associated  with  Local  Exchange  Carrier  (“LEC”)  billings,  the  estimated  reserve  for  doubtful  current  and  long-term  trade  and  other
receivables, the estimated reserve for excess and obsolete inventory, estimated forfeiture rates for stock-based compensation, fair values in
connection with the analysis of goodwill, other intangibles and long-lived assets for impairment, current portion of notes payable, valuation
allowance against deferred tax assets and estimated useful lives for intangible assets and property and equipment.

F-7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Instruments

Financial  instruments  consist  primarily  of  cash  equivalents,  trade  and  other  receivables,  advances  to  affiliates  and  obligations  under
accounts payable, accrued expenses and notes payable. The carrying amounts of cash equivalents, trade receivables and other receivables,
accounts payable, accrued expenses and notes payable approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase. Fair value of
cash equivalents approximates carrying value.

Trade and Other Receivables

The  Company  grants  trade  credit  to  customers  under  credit  terms  that  it  believes  are  customary  in  the  industry  it  operates  and  does  not
require  collateral  to  support  customer  trade  receivables.  Some  of  the  Company’s  trade  receivables  are  factored  primarily  through  two
factors.  Factored  trade  receivables  are  sold  without  recourse  for  substantially  all  of  the  balance  receivable  for  credit  approved  accounts.
The factor purchases the trade receivable(s) for the gross amount of the respective invoice(s), less factoring commissions, trade and cash
discounts.  The  factor  charges  the  Company  a  factoring  commission  for  each  trade  account,  which  is  between  0.75-1.00%  of  the  gross
amount  of  the  invoice(s)  factored  on  the  date  of  the  purchase,  plus  interest  calculated  at  3.25%-6%  per  annum.  The  minimum  annual
commission due the factor is $75,000 per contract year. The total amount of trade receivables factored was $4,545,269 and $4,772,004 for
fiscal years 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The  Company  maintains  an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,  which  includes  allowances  for  accounts  and  factored  trade  and  other
receivables, customer refunds, dilution and fees from LEC billing aggregators and other uncollectible accounts. The allowance for doubtful
accounts  is  based  upon  historical  bad  debt  experience  and  periodic  evaluations  of  the  aging  and  collectability  of  the  trade  and  other
receivables. This allowance is maintained at a level which the Company believes is sufficient to cover potential credit losses and trade and
other  receivables  are  only  written  off  to  bad  debt  expense  as  uncollectible  after  all  reasonable  collection  efforts  have  been  made.  The
Company  has  also  purchased  accounts  receivable  credit  insurance  to  cover  non-factored  trade  and  other  receivables  which  helps  reduce
potential  losses  due  to  doubtful  accounts. At  September  30,  2016  and  2015,  the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  was  $1,161,434  and
$1,107,707, respectively.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of the inventory’s cost (first in, first out basis) or the current market price of the inventory. Management
compares  the  cost  of  inventory  with  its  market  value  and  an  allowance  is  made  to  write  down  inventory  to  market  value,  if  lower.
Management also reviews inventory to determine if excess or obsolete inventory is present and an allowance is made to reduce the carrying
value for inventory for such excess and or obsolete inventory. At September 30, 2016 and 2015, the allowance for obsolete inventory was
$1,105,810 and $402,278, respectively.

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense
as incurred and additions and improvements that significantly extend the lives of assets are capitalized. Upon sale or other retirement of
depreciable  property,  the  cost  and  accumulated  depreciation  are  removed  from  the  related  accounts  and  any  gain  or  loss  is  reflected  in
operations. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from three to forty
years. Depreciation expense was $2,895,132 and $472,220 for the years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Goodwill and Intangibles

The  Company  accounts  for  purchased  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  in  accordance  with ASC  350,  Intangibles—Goodwill  and  Other.
Under ASC 350, purchased goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized; rather, they are tested for impairment on
at least an annual basis. Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the underlying net assets of business acquired. Intangible
assets with finite lives are amortized over their useful lives. Upon acquisition, critical estimates are made in valuing acquired intangible
assets, which include but are not limited to: future expected cash flows from customer contracts, customer lists, and estimating cash flows
from projects when completed; tradename and market position, as well as assumptions about the period of time that customer relationships
will continue; and discount rates. Management's estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which
are  inherently  uncertain  and  unpredictable  and,  as  a  result,  actual  results  may  differ  from  the  assumptions  used  in  determining  the  fair
values.

The  Company  assesses  whether  goodwill  impairment  exists  using  both  the  qualitative  and  quantitative  assessments.  The  qualitative
assessment  involves  determining  whether  events  or  circumstances  exist  that  indicate  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  a
reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. If based on this qualitative assessment the Company determines it is not
more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount  or  if  the  Company  elects  not  to  perform  a
qualitative  assessment,  a  quantitative  assessment  is  performed  using  a  two-step  approach  required  by ASC  350  to  determine  whether  a
goodwill impairment exists.

F-8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The first step of the quantitative test is to compare the carrying amount of the reporting unit's assets to the fair value of the reporting unit. If
the fair value exceeds the carrying value, no further evaluation is required and no impairment loss is recognized. If the carrying amount
exceeds the fair value, then the second step is required to be completed, which involves allocating the fair value of the reporting unit to
each asset and liability using the guidance in ASC 805 (“Business Combinations, Accounting for Identifiable Intangible Assets in a Business
Combination”), with the excess being applied to goodwill. An impairment loss occurs if the amount of the recorded goodwill exceeds the
implied goodwill. The determination of the fair value of our reporting units is based, among other things, on estimates of future operating
performance  of  the  reporting  unit  being  valued.  We  are  required  to  complete  an  impairment  test  for  goodwill  and  record  any  resulting
impairment losses at least annually. Changes in market conditions, among other factors, may have an impact on these estimates and require
interim impairment assessments.

When performing the two-step quantitative impairment test, the Company's methodology includes the use of an income approach which
discounts future net cash flows to their present value at a rate that reflects the Company's cost of capital, otherwise known as the discounted
cash  flow  method  ("DCF").  These  estimated  fair  values  are  based  on  estimates  of  future  cash  flows  of  the  businesses.  Factors  affecting
these future cash flows include the continued market acceptance of the products and services offered by the businesses, the development of
new products and services by the businesses and the underlying cost of development, the future cost structure of the businesses, and future
technological  changes.  The  Company  also  incorporates  market  multiples  for  comparable  companies  in  determining  the  fair  value  of  our
reporting units. Any such impairment would be recognized in full in the reporting period in which it has been identified.

The Company recorded goodwill of $1,169,904 related to its acquisition of Modern Everyday, Inc. in fiscal year 2014 and a provisional
$800,000 of goodwill related to its acquisition of Marquis in fiscal 2015. It has subsequently been determined that there will be no goodwill
related to its acquisition of Marquis. The final purchase price allocation for Marquis and applicable adjustments to record purchased assets
and assumed liabilities at fair value was completed in the fourth quarter of 2016. See Footnote 16. As of September 30, 2016 and 2015, the
Company performed the required impairment review. During the impairment review at September 30, 2015, the Company determined that
based upon the projected future discounted cash flows generated that its goodwill purchased associated with Modern Everyday, Inc. was
impaired and took a charge to earnings of $1,169,904

During the year ended September 30, 2015, the Company also determined that based upon the projected future cash flows generated that
certain of its intangible assets were impaired and took a charge to earnings of $2,543,568. There were no impairment losses associated with
goodwill or other intangibles for the year ended September 30, 2016.

Revenue Recognition

Manufacturing Segment

The Manufacturing Segment derives revenue primarily from the sale of carpet products; including shipping and handling amounts, which
are  recognized  when  the  following  criteria  are  met:  there  is  persuasive  evidence  that  a  sales  agreement  exists,  delivery  has  occurred  or
services  have  been  rendered,  the  price  to  the  buyer  is  fixed  or  determinable,  and  collectability  is  reasonably  assured.  Delivery  is  not
considered to have occurred until the customer takes title to the goods and assumes the risks and rewards of ownership, which is generally
on the date of shipment. At the time revenue is recognized, the Company records a provision for the estimated amount of future returns
based  primarily  on  historical  experience  and  any  known  trends  or  conditions  that  exist  at  the  time  revenue  is  recognized.  Revenues  are
recorded net of taxes collected from customers.

MarketPlace Platform Segment

The  MarketPlace  Platform  Segment  derives  product  revenue  primarily  from  direct  and  fulfillment  partner  sales.  Product  revenue  is
recognized  when  the  following  revenue  recognition  criteria  are  met:  there  is  persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement  exists,  delivery  has
occurred,  the  price  to  the  buyer  is  fixed  or  determinable,  and  collectability  is  reasonably  assured.  Currently,  all  direct  and  fulfillment
partner product revenue is recorded on a gross basis, as the Company is the primary obligor. Revenues are recorded net of taxes collected
from customers.

In addition, the MarketPlace Platform Segment derives revenue from its sales through its strategic publishing partners of discounted goods
and services offered by its merchant clients (“Deals”) when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists,
delivery has occurred, the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. These criteria are met when
the  number  of  customers  who  purchase  the  daily  deal  exceeds  the  predetermined  threshold,  where,  if  applicable,  the  Deal  has  been
electronically delivered to the purchaser and a listing of Deals sold has been made available to the merchant. At that time, the Company’s
remaining  obligations  to  the  merchant,  for  which  it  is  serving  as  an  agent,  are  substantially  complete.  The  Company’s  remaining
obligations, which are limited to remitting payment to the merchant, are inconsequential or perfunctory. The Company recognizes revenue
in an amount equal to the net amount it retains from the sale of Deals after paying an agreed upon percentage of the purchase price to the
featured merchant excluding any applicable taxes. Revenue is recorded on a net basis because the Company is acting as an agent of the
merchant in the transaction.

The  Company  evaluates  the  criteria  outlined  in  ASC  Topic  605-45,  Principal  Agent  Considerations,  in  determining  whether  it  is
appropriate to record the gross amount of product sales and related costs or the net amount earned as commissions. When the Company is
the primary obligor in a transaction, is subject to inventory risk, has latitude in establishing prices and selecting suppliers, or has several but
not all of these indicators, revenue is recorded gross. If the Company is not the primary obligor in the transaction and amounts earned are
determined using a fixed percentage, revenue is recorded on a net basis.

F-9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For both Deals revenue and product revenue, at the time revenue is recognized, the Company records a provision for the estimated amount
of future returns based primarily on historical experience and any known trends or conditions that exist at the time revenue is recognized.

Services Segment

The  Services  Segment  recognizes  revenue  from  directory  subscription  services  as  billed  for  and  accepted  by  the  customer.  Directory
services revenue is billed and recognized monthly for directory services subscribed. The Company has utilized outside billing companies to
perform  direct  ACH  withdrawals.  For  billings  via  ACH  withdrawals,  revenue  is  recognized  when  such  billings  are  accepted  by  the
customer. Customer refunds are recorded as an offset to gross Services Segment revenue.

Revenue for billings to certain customers that are billed directly by the Company and not through outside billing companies is recognized
based on estimated future collections which are reasonably assured. The Company continuously reviews this estimate for reasonableness
based on its collection experience.

Shipping and Handling

The Company classifies shipping and handling charged to customers as revenues and classifies costs relating to shipping and handling as
cost of revenues.

Advertising Expense

Advertising  expense  is  charged  to  operations  as  incurred.  Advertising  expense  totaled  $1,247,383  and  $177,249  for  the  years  ended
September 30, 2016 and 2015.

Legal Expense

The Company expenses legal costs associated with loss contingencies as incurred.

Fair Value Measurements

ASC  Topic  820,  “Fair  Value  Measurements  and  Disclosures,”  requires  disclosure  of  the  fiar  value  of  financial  instruments  held  by  the
Company. ASC topic 825, “Financial Instruments,” defines fair value, and establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosures of
fair value measurement that enhances disclosure requirements for fair value measures. The three levels of valuation hierarchy are defined
as follows: Level 1 - inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. Level 2 – to
the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the
asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument. Level 3 – inputs to the valuation
methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The Company’s derivative instruments were reported at fair value using Level 2 inputs as discussed in Note 5. Also, the Company had a
purchase price contingency that is discussed in Note 13.

The Company uses Level 2 inputs for its valuation methodology for the warrant derivative liabilities as their fair values were determined
by  using  a  probability  weighted  average  Black-Scholes-Merton  pricing  model  based  on  various  assumptions.  The  Company’s  derivative
liability  is  adjusted  to  reflect  fair  value  at  each  period  end,  with  any  increase  or  decrease  in  the  fair  value  being  recorded  in  results  of
operations as adjustments to fair value of derivatives.

Income Taxes

The  Company  accounts  for  income  taxes  using  the  asset  and  liability  method.  The  asset  and  liability  method  requires  recognition  of
deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected future tax consequences of temporary differences that currently exist between tax bases and
financial reporting bases of the Company's assets and liabilities. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax
rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which these temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The
effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A
valuation allowance is provided on deferred taxes if it is determined that it is more likely than not that the asset will not be realized. The
Company recognizes penalties and interest accrued related to income tax liabilities in the provision for income taxes in its Consolidated
Statements of Operations.

Significant management judgment is required to determine the amount of benefit to be recognized in relation to an uncertain tax position.
The Company uses a two-step process to evaluate tax positions. The first step requires an entity to determine whether it is more likely than
not  (greater  than  50%  chance)  that  the  tax  position  will  be  sustained.  The  second  step  requires  an  entity  to  recognize  in  the  financial
statements  the  benefit  of  a  tax  position  that  meets  the  more-likely-than-not  recognition  criterion.  The  amounts  ultimately  paid  upon
resolution of issues raised by taxing authorities may differ materially from the amounts accrued and may materially impact the financial
statements of the Company in future periods.

F-10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-Based Compensation

The  company  from  time  to  time  grants  restricted  stock  awards  and  options  to  employees,  non-employees  and  company  executives  and
directors.  Such  awards  are  valued  based  on  the  grant  date  fair-value  of  the  instruments,  net  of  estimated  forfeitures.  The  value  of  each
award is amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

Earnings (Loss) per share is calculated in accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings Per share”. Under ASC 260 basic net earnings (loss) per
share  is  computed  using  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  during  the  period  except  that  it  does  not  include
unvested restricted stock subject to cancellation. Diluted net Earnings (Loss) per share is computed using the weighted average number of
common  shares  and,  if  dilutive,  potential  common  shares  outstanding  during  the  period.  Potential  common  shares  consist  of  the
incremental common shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants, options, restricted shares and convertible preferred stock. The dilutive
effect of outstanding restricted shares, options and warrants is reflected in diluted earnings (loss) per share by application of the treasury
stock method. Convertible preferred stock is reflected on an if-converted basis.

Segment Reporting

ASC  Topic  280,  “Segment  Reporting,”  requires  use  of  the  “management  approach”  model  for  segment  reporting.  The  management
approach model is based on the way a company’s management organizes segments within the company for making operating decisions and
assessing performance. The company determined it has three reportable segments (See Note 17).

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company evaluates all of its agreements to determine if such instruments have derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded
derivatives. For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair
value and is then re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported in the consolidated statements of operations. For
stock-based derivative financial instruments, the Company uses a weighted average Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to value
stock-based derivative financial instruments, the Company uses a weighted average Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to value
the derivative instruments at inception and on subsequent valuation dates. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether
such  instruments  should  be  recorded  as  liabilities  or  as  equity,  is  evaluated  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period.  Derivative  instrument
liabilities  are  classified  in  the  balance  sheet  as  current  or  non-current  based  on  whether  or  not  net-cash  settlement  of  the  derivative
instrument could be required within 12 months of the balance sheet date. There were no derivative financial instruments as of September
30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Reclassifications

Certain  amounts  in  the  prior  year  financial  statements  have  been  reclassified  to  conform  to  the  current  year  presentation.  These
reclassifications had no effect on the previously reported net income or stockholders’ equity.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In  May  2014,  the  FASB  issued Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2014-09,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (ASU  2014-09),
Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (ASU  2014-09),  which  supersedes  nearly  all  existing  revenue  recognition  guidance  under  U.S.
GAAP. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an
amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 defines a five step
process  to  achieve  this  core  principle  and,  in  doing  so,  more  judgment  and  estimates  may  be  required  within  the  revenue  recognition
process than are required under existing U.S. GAAP. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and
interim periods therein, using either of the following transition methods: (i) a full retrospective approach reflecting the application of the
standard  in  each  prior  reporting  period  with  the  option  to  elect  certain  practical  expedients,  or  (ii)  a  retrospective  approach  with  the
cumulative effect of initially adopting ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date of adoption (which includes additional footnote disclosures).
Early  adoption  is  not  permitted.  The  Company  is  currently  evaluating  the  impact  of  the  pending  adoption  of  ASU  2014-09  on  its
consolidated financial statements and has not yet determined the method by which it will adopt the standard.

In August, 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-04,  Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date.
The amendment in this ASI defers the effective date of ASI No. 2014-09 for all entities for one year. Public business entities, certain not-
for-profit  entities,  and  certain  employee  benefit  plans  should  apply  the  guidance  in ASU  2014-09  to  annual  reporting  periods  beginning
December  15,  2017,  including  interim  reporting  periods  within  that  reporting  period.  Earlier  application  is  permitted  only  as  of  annual
reporting periods beginning after December 31, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period.

In  January  2015,  the  FASB  issued Accounting  Standards  Update  No.  2015-01,  Income  Statement  –  Extraordinary  and  Unusual  items
(Subtopic 225-20),  Simplifying  Income  Statement  Presentation  by  Eliminating  the  Concept  of  Extraordinary  items  (ASU  2015-01).  The
amendment eliminates from U.S. GAAP the concept of extraordinary items. This guidance is effective for the company in the first quarter
of fiscal 2017. Early adoption is permitted and allows the company to apply the amendment prospectively or retrospectively. The adoption
of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

F-11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In February, 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis. ASU 2015-
02  provides  guidance  on  the  consolidation  evaluation  for  reporting  organizations  that  are  required  to  evaluate  whether  they  should
consolidate certain legal entities such as limited partnerships, limited liability corporations, and securitization structures (collateralized debt
obligations,  collateralized  loan  obligations,  and  mortgage-backed  security  transactions). ASU  2015-02  is  effective  for  periods  beginning
December  15,  2015.  The  adoption  of ASU  2015-02  is  not  expected  to  have  a  material  effect  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial
statements. Early adoption is permitted.

In  September,  2015,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2015-16,  Business  Combinations  (Topic  805”.  Topic  805  requires  that  an  acquirer
retrospectively  adjust  provisional  amounts  recognized  in  a  business  combination,  during  the  measurement  period.  To  simplify  the
accounting for adjustments made to provisional amounts, the amendments in the update require that the acquirer recognize adjustments to
provisional  amounts  that  are  identified  during  the  measurement  period  in  the  reporting  period  in  which  the  adjustment  amount  is
determined.  The  acquirer  is  required  to  also  record,  in  the  same  period’s  financial  statements,  the  effect  on  earnings  of  changes  in
depreciation,  amortization,  or  other  income  effects,  if  any,  as  a  result  of  the  change  to  the  provisional  amounts,  calculated  as  if  the
accounting  had  been  completed  at  the  acquisition  date.  In  addition  an  entity  is  required  to  present  separately  on  the  face  of  the  income
statement or disclose in the notes to the financial statements the portion of the amount recorded in current-period earnings by line item that
would  have  been  recorded  in  previous  reporting  periods  if  the  adjustment  to  the  provisional  amounts  had  been  recognized  as  of  the
acquisition date. ASU 2015-16 is effective for fiscal years beginning December 15, 2015. The Company is currently evaluating ASU 2015-
16 and has not determined the impact it may have on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03,   Interest—Imputation  of  Interest  (Subtopic  835-30):  Simplifying  the  Presentation  of  Debt
Issuance Costs. ASU 2015-03 requires companies to present debt issuance costs as a direct deduction from the carrying value of that debt
liability. ASU 2015-03 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early
adoption is allowed for financial statements that have not been previously issued. Entities would apply the new guidance retrospectively to
all prior periods. The Company decided to early adopt ASU 2015-03 in June of 2016. The adoption of ASU 2015-03 is not expected to
have a material on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

In  November  2015,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2015-17,   Income  Taxes  (Subtopic  740-10):  Balance  Sheet  Classification  of  Deferred
Taxes. ASU  2015-17  requires  companies  to  classify  all  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  as  noncurrent  on  the  balance  sheet  instead  of
separating deferred taxes into current and noncurrent amounts. ASU 2015-17 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those
fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is allowed for financial statements that have not been previously issued.
Entities may elect to adopt the guidance either prospectively or retrospectively to all prior periods (i.e., the balance sheet for each period is
adjusted). The Company has decided to early adopt ASU 2015-17. All deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as noncurrent on the
balance sheet retrospectively to all prior periods.

In  February  2016,  the  Financial Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB")  issued Accounting  Standards  Update  ("ASU")  2016-02,  Leases
(Topic 842). ASU 2016-02 requires lessees to recognize assets and liabilities for most leases. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual periods
beginning  after  December  15,  2018.  Early  adoption  is  permitted.  Full  retrospective  application  is  prohibited. ASU  2016-02's  transition
provision is applied using a modified retrospective approach at the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial
statements.  The  Company  is  currently  evaluating  ASU  2016-02  and  has  not  determined  the  impact  it  may  have  on  the  Company’s
consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows nor decided on the method of adoption.

Other recent accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB, including its Emerging Issues Task Force, the American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants,  and  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  are  not  believed  by  management  to  have  a  material  impact  on  the
Company’s present or future financial statements.

F-12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 3:       Balance Sheet Detail Information

Balance Sheet information is as follows:

Trade and other receivables, current, net:

Accounts receivable, current
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

Trade and other receivables, long term, net:

Accounts receivable, long term
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

Total trade and other receivables, net:
Gross trade and other receivables
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

Components of allowance for doubtful accounts are as follows:

Allowance for dilution and fees on amounts due from billing aggregators
Allowance for customer refunds
Allowance for other trade receivables

Inventory

Raw materials
Work in progress
Finished goods

Less: Obsolescence reserve

Property and equipment, net:
Land and improvements
Building and improvements
Transportation equipment
Machinery and equipment
Furnishings and fixtures
Office, computer equipment and other

Less: Accumulated depreciation

Intangible assets, net:

Domain name and marketing related intangibles
Website and technology related intangibles
Customer Relationships intangible
Purchased software

Less: Accumulated amortization

Accrued liabilities:

Accrued payroll and bonuses
Accrued software costs
Accrued fee due Kingston Diversified Holdings LLC
Accrued expenses - other

F-13

September 30,
2016

September 30,
2015

9,151,663    $
(816,862)  
8,334,801    $

344,572    $
(344,572)  

–    $

9,496,235    $
(1,161,434)  
8,334,801    $

1,063,617    $
1,230   
96,587   
1,161,434    $

6,664,286    $
773,238   
4,721,371   
12,158,895   
(1,105,810)  
11,053,085    $

–    $

6,780,959   
77,419   
10,211,565   
192,701   
216,793   
17,479,437   
(3,464,936)  
14,014,501    $

18,957    $
–   
402,452   
1,500,000   
1,921,409   
(231,619)  
1,689,790    $

685,410    $
584,500   
2,800,000   
2,326,862   
6,396,772    $

9,007,127 
(763,135)
8,243,992 

344,572 
(344,572)
– 

9,351,699 
(1,107,707)
8,243,992 

1,063,617 
1,715 
42,375 
1,107,707 

6,715,298 
836,837 
6,185,741 
13,737,876 
(402,278)
13,335,598 

687,999 
4,202,000 
77,419 
7,676,561 
211,701 
244,674 
13,100,354 
(618,453)
12,481,901 

18,957 
25,300 
– 
1,500,000 
1,544,257 
(27,327)
1,516,930 

731,782 
1,500,000 
– 
1,429,167 
3,660,949 

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 4:         Goodwill and other Intangibles

The  Company’s  intangible  assets  consist  of  licenses  for  the  use  of  internet  domain  names,  Universal  Resource  Locators,  or  URL’s,
capitalized  website  development  costs,  other  information  technology  licenses,  software,  a  covenant  not  to  compete,  and  marketing  and
technology related intangibles acquired through the acquisition of LiveDeal, Inc. As a result of the acquisition of Modern Everyday Inc.,
the Company recorded goodwill of $1,169,904. In addition as a result of the acquisition of Marquis Industries, Inc., the Company initially
recorded provisional goodwill of $800,000. As a result of management finalizing the fair values of assets and liabilities in the fourth quarter
of fiscal 2016, provisional goodwill was removed and a new intangible asset, customer relationships – Marquis was recorded in the sum of
$439,039. All such assets are capitalized at their original cost and amortized over their estimated useful lives as follows: domain name and
marketing – 3 to 20 years; website and technology – 3 to 5 years; software – 5 years, customer relationships – 15 years and covenant not to
compete – 4 years. Goodwill is not amortized, but evaluated for impairment on at least an annual basis.

During the year ended September 30, 2015, the Company purchased software for $1,500,000. Effective September 15, 2016 the Company
and the licenser and developer of the software reached agreement whereby the company would pay for the software by issuing to licensor
58,333 of the Company’s common shares to settle the accrued but unpaid obligation. The shares were not issued prior to September 30,
2016, and the accrued obligation of $584,500 will remain in accrued expense until the shares are issued. As a result of this agreement, the
Company recorded $915,500 of other income.

During  the  year  ended  September  30,  2015,  the  Company  determined  that  certain  of  its  long-lived  intangible  assets  and  goodwill  were
impaired and took a charge to earnings of $2,543,568 and $1,169,904, respectively for a total of $3,713,472.

The following summarizes estimated future amortization expense related to intangible assets that have net balances as of September 30,
2016:

2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Thereafter

  $

  $

245,179 
243,555 
243,555 
243,555 
243,555 
470,392 
1,689,791 

Note 5:        Derivative Liability

The February 2014 convertible note discussed in Note 6 had a reset provision and a dilutive issuance clause that gave rise to a derivative
liability. The reset provision provided for the conversion price to be adjusted downward in the event that the Company issued any securities
at  a  price  per  share  lower  than  the  then-current  conversion  price;  provided,  however,  that  in  no  event  shall  the  conversion  price  per
common share be less than $1.00.

The  fair  value  of  the  derivative  liability  was  recorded  and  shown  separately  under  current  liabilities.  Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the
derivative liability were recorded in the consolidated statement of operations under other income (expense).

The Company evaluates all of its agreements to determine if such instruments have derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded
derivatives. For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair
value and is then re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported in the consolidated statements of operations. For
stock-based derivative financial instruments, the Company uses a weighted average Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to value
the derivative instruments at inception and on subsequent valuation dates. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether
such  instruments  should  be  recorded  as  liabilities  or  as  equity,  is  evaluated  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period.  Derivative  instrument
liabilities  are  classified  in  the  balance  sheet  as  current  or  non-current  based  on  whether  or  not  net-cash  settlement  of  the  derivative
instrument could be required within 12 months of the balance sheet date.

The range of significant assumptions which the Company used to measure the fair value of the derivative liability at September 30, 2014
was as follows:

Stock price
Risk free rate
Volatility
Exercise prices
Term (years)

  $

  $

F-14

Inception

    September 30, 2014  
17.88 
0.13% 
94% 
17.58 
0.42 

42.84    $
0.11%   
142%   
48.72    $
1.00   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  February  2014  convertible  note  was  repaid  during  the  year  ended  September  30,  2015;  therefore  there  was  not  a  related  derivative
liability at September 30, 2015. There were no new derivative liabilities for year ended September 30, 2016.

Derivative liability balance, September 30, 2014
Issuance of derivative liability during the year ended September 30, 2015
Change in derivative liability during the year ended September 30, 2015
Derivative liability balance, September 30, 2015

  $

  $

83,580 
– 
(83,580)
– 

Note 6:        Notes Payable

Revolver Loan and Term Loan

In  connection  with  the  purchase  of  Marquis  Industries  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (“Marquis”),  the  Company  entered  into  an  agreement  with
Bank of America for a Term and Revolving Loan for approximately $7.8 million for the term component and approximately $15 million for
the revolving component. As part of the Bank of America Revolving Loan, Marquis may borrow up to $15 million (based on eligibility).

The Bank of America term loan bears interest at a variable rate based on a base rate plus a margin. The current base rate is the greater of (a)
Bank of America prime rate, (b) the current federal funds rate plus 0.50%, or (c) 30-day LIBOR plus 1.00% plus the margin, which varies,
depending  on  the  fixed  coverage  ratio  table  below.  Levels  I  –  IV  which  determine  the  interest  rate  to  be  charged,  is  based  on  the  fixed
charge coverage ratio.

Fixed Coverage Ratio Table

Level
I
II
III
IV

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Base Rate Revolver

>2.00 to 1.00
<2.00 to 1.00 but >1.50 to 1.00
<1.50 to 1.00 but >1.20 to 1.00
<1.2 to 1.00

0.50%
0.75%
1.00%
1.25%

LIBOR Revolver
1.50%
1.75%
2.00%
2.25%

Base Rate Term
0.75%
1.00%
1.25%
1.50%

LIBOR Term Loans
1.75%
2.00%
2.25%
2.50%

The  Revolver  and  Term  loans  are  cross-collateralized  with  substantially  all  real  and  personal  property  of  Marquis. As  of  September  30,
2016  the  Company  was  at  Level  IV  and  on  September  30,  2015  the  Company  was  at  Level  II.  The  Term  Loan  component  is  due  and
payable in July 2020, which is when the Revolving Loan component terminates.

The Revolver and Term loans contain covenants that require, among other things, for the Company to maintain a fixed charge coverage
ratio of at least 1.05 to 1, tested as of the last day of each month for the twelve consecutive months ending on such day. On October 20,
2016, it was agreed that Level IV interest rates would be applicable until October 20, 2017, and then the Level would be adjusted up or
down on a quarterly basis going forward based upon the above fixed coverage ratio table.

Real Estate Transaction

On June 14, 2016, the Company entered into a transaction with Store Capital Acquisitions, LLC. The transaction included a sale-leaseback
of land owned by Marquis Industries, Inc. (“Marquis”) and a loan secured by the improvements on such land. The total aggregate proceeds
received from the sale of the land and the loan was $10,000,000, which consisted of $644,479 from the sale of the land and a note payable
of $9,355,521. The company recognized a loss of $43,520 on the sale of the land. In connection with the transaction, the Company entered
into a lease with a 15 year term commencing on the closing of the transaction, which provides the Company an option to extend the lease
upon  the  expiration  of  its  term.  The  initial  annual  lease  rate  is  $59,614.  The  proceeds  from  this  transaction  were  used  to  pay  down  the
Revolver  and  Term  loans,  and  related  party  loan,  as  well  as  purchasing  a  building  from  the  previous  owners  of  Marquis  that  was  not
purchased in the July 2015 transaction. The note payable bears interest at 9.25% per annum, with principal and interest due monthly. The
note payable matures June 13, 2056. For the first five years of the note payable, there is a pre-payment penalty of 5%, which declines by
1% for each year the loan remains un-paid. At the end of 5 years, there is no pre-payment penalty. In connection with the note payable, the
Company  incurred  $415,757  in  transaction  costs  that  are  being  recognized  as  a  debt  issuance  costs  that  will  be  amortized  to  interest
expense over the term of the note payable.

February 2014 Convertible Note Transaction

On  February  27,  2014,  the  Company  issued  a  one  year  convertible  note  to  an  otherwise  unaffiliated,  non-institutional  third  party  in  the
principal  amount  of  $323,595.  The  note  (i)  was  unsecured,  (ii)  bears  interest  at  the  rate  of  six  percent  per  annum,  and  (iii)  was  issued
without any original issue discount.

F-15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The principal is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock at any time and from time-to-time at the instance of either the
Company or the holder. The per-share conversion price is an amount equal to ninety percent (90%) of the 10-day volume weighted average
closing  bid  price  for  the  company’s  common  stock,  as  reported  by  The  NASDAQ  Stock  Market,  Inc.  for  the  ten  (10)  trading  days
immediately  preceding  the  date  of  the  notice  of  conversion,  subject  to  downward  adjustment  in  the  event  that  the  Company  issues  any
securities at a price per share lower than the then-current conversion price; provided, however, that in no event shall the conversion price
per share be less than $1.00. The Company provided the holder with certain negative covenants and events of default, each standard for
transactions of this nature.

Due to the “reset” and “dilutive issuance” clause in this note relating to the conversion price from dilutive share issuance, the Company has
determined that the conversion feature is considered a derivative liability for the Company, which is detailed in Note 5.

The  Company  determined  an  initial  derivative  liability  value  of  $139,852,  which  is  recorded  as  a  derivative  liability  as  of  the  date  of
issuance  while  also  recording  an  $139,852  debt  discount  on  its  balance  sheet  in  relation  to  the  bifurcation  of  the  embedded  conversion
options of the note. The debt discount was being amortized over the one year term. The note was repaid during the year ended September
30, 2015, therefore the remaining unamortized debt discount of $57,665 was written off to interest expense. Also, as a result of the note
being repaid, the derivative liability associated with this convertible note was reduced to $0. The Company recorded $83,580 of non-cash
“change in fair value of derivative” income during the year ended September 30, 2015.

ICG Convertible Note Transaction

On  January  23,  2014,  the  Company  issued  a  note  to  Isaac  Capital  Group  (“ICG”),  a  related  party,  in  the  principal  amount  of  $500,000.
Because the conversion price of $13.74 per common share was less than the stock price, this gave rise to a beneficial conversion feature
valued at $500,000. The Company recognized this beneficial conversion feature as a debt discount and additional paid in capital. The debt
discount was being amortized over the one year term of the note. On December 3, 2014, ICG converted the note into 112,395 shares of
common stock; therefore the remaining debt discount of $158,219 was written off and recognized as interest expense. In addition, upon the
conversion of the note, the Company issued to ICG a warrant to acquire 112,395 additional shares of the Company’s common stock at an
exercise price of $5.70 per share. The fair value of the warrants issued in connection with the conversion of the note was $1,853,473 and
was immediately recognized as interest expense.

Kingston Convertible Note Transaction ($10 Million Line of Credit)

On  January  7,  2014,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Note  Purchase  Agreement  (the  “Kingston  Purchase  Agreement”)  with  Kingston
Diversified Holdings LLC (“Kingston”), pursuant to which the Investor agreed to purchase for cash up to $5,000,000 in aggregate principal
amount of the Company’s Convertible Notes (“Notes”). The Kinston Purchase Agreement and the Notes, which were unsecured, provided
that all amounts payable by the Company to Kinston under the Notes will be due and payable on the second (2nd) anniversary of the date of
the Kinston Purchase Agreement (the “Maturity Date”). The Kingston Purchase Agreement provided for a 5% discount to the note amount,
interest at 8% per annum and convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock equal to 70% of the lessor of: (i) the closing bid
price  of  the  common  stock  on  the  date  of  the  Kingston  Purchase Agreement  (i.e.  $18.72  per  share);  or  (ii)  the  10-day  volume  weighted
average  closing  bid  price  for  the  common  stock,  as  listed  on  NASDAQ  for  the  10  business  days  immediately  preceding  the  date  of
conversion (the “Average Price”); provided, however, that in no event will the Average Price per share be less than $0.33.

On October 16, 2014, the Company issued a Note to Kingston in the principal amount of $100,000. Because the conversion price of $4.74
was less than the stock price on the date of issuance, this gave rise to a beneficial conversion feature valued at $100,000. The Company
recognized this beneficial conversion feature as a debt discount and additional paid in capital. The debt discount is being amortized over a
one year term. On November 17, 2014, Kingston converted the note into 21,168 shares of common stock; therefore the debt discount of
$100,000 was written off and recognized as interest expense.

On October 29, 2014, the Company entered into an amended convertible note purchase agreement with Kingston whereby the Company
and Kingston agreed to (i) increase the maximum principal amount of the notes from $5 Million to $10 Million in principal amount, (ii)
eliminate  the  original  issue  discount  provision  of  the  agreement  and  replace  it  with  an  execution  payment  equal  to  5%  of  the  maximum
loan amount, and (iii) provide certain additional adjustments to the note conversion price.

In addition, as a result of the October 29, 2014 amendment, the Company was required to issue to Kingston, the original issue discount
payment  equal  to  5%  of  the  maximum  loan  in  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  based  upon  the  conversion  price  of  the  first
conversion which was $4.74 per share. The Company issued 105,042 shares of common stock that had a fair value of $2,004,202 which
was immediately recognized as interest expense.

Cathay Bank Notes and Credit Line

In connection with the purchase of Modern Everyday, Inc., the Company assumed a credit line and two additional notes from Cathay bank
(“Cathay”). The credit line was paid in full on April 20, 2016. The two remaining notes, each $250,000 due Cathay, mature December 31,
2017, and bear interest at 6% and 5.25%, respectively.

The Cathay notes are collateralized by all the assets of Modern Everyday, Inc. and are guaranteed Tony Isaac, a related party and Director
of the Company.

F-16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equipment Loan

On  June  20,  2016  and August  5,  2016,  Marquis  entered  into  a  transaction  (“the  Equipment  Loan”)  with  Banc  of America  Leasing  &
Capital, LLC., which provided $5 Million, secured by equipment. The Equipment Loan is due September 24, 2021, payable in 59 monthly
payments of $84,273 beginning September 23, 2016, with a final payment in the sum of $584,273, interest at 3.8905% per annum.

Notes Payable as of September 30, 2016 and 2015 consisted of the following:

September 30, 
2016

September 30, 
2015

Base Rate Revolver Loan- interest rate based on prime rate adjusted for fixed coverage ratio

(table below), maturity date July 6, 2020

  $

222,590    $

7,225,745 

Base Rate Term Loan- interest rate based on prime rate adjusted for fixed coverage ratio

(table below) fixed coverage ratio, maturity date July 6, 2020

Note Payable to Bank, due September 24, 2021. 59 monthly payments of $84,273 with a final

–   

7,628,438 

payment in the amount of $584,273, interest at 3.8905%, secured by Equipment

4,931,937   

– 

Note payable to STORE Capital Acquisitions, LLC, due June 13, 2056, monthly principal
and interest payments of $73,970, interest at 9.25% per annum, secured by land and
buildings

Note Payable to Bank, due December 31, 2017, with interest at 6.25%
Note Payable to Bank, due December 31, 2017, with interest at 5%
Credit line due January 1, 2024, with interest rate of 2.75%
Note payable to individual, payable on demand, interest at 10.0% per annum, unsecured
Acquisition note payable, due September 6, 2016, as amended, non-interest bearing
Note payable to individual, payable within 90 days of a written demand notice, interest at

11% per annum, unsecured

Note payable to individual, payable within 90 days of a written demand notice, interest at

10% per annum, unsecured

Note payable to individual, payable within 120 days of a written demand notice, interest at

8.25% per annum, unsecured

Total debt
Less unamortized debt issuance costs
Net amount
Less current portion
Long-term portion

9,351,796   
198,569   
249,765   
–   
–   
–   

206,529   

500,000   

– 
– 
– 
669,351 
92,441 
395,251 

– 

– 

225,000   
15,886,186   
(414,025)  
15,472,161   
(1,789,289)  
13,682,872    $

– 
16,011,226 
– 
16,011,226 
(1,443,036)
14,568,190 

  $

F-17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Future maturities of debt at September 30, 2016 are as follows:

2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Thereafter

  $

1,789,289 
1,341,409 
929,918 
1,190,954 
1,425,828 
9,208,788 

Note 7:       Note Payable, Related Party

In connection with the purchase of Marquis Industries, Inc., the Company entered into a mezzanine loan in the amount of up to $7,000,000
with Isaac Capital Fund, a private lender whose managing member is Jon Isaac, the Chief Executive and Financial Officer of the Company.

The Isaac Capital Fund mezzanine loan bears interest at 12.5% with payment obligations of interest each month and all principal due in
January 2021 (six months after the final payments are due under the Bank of America Term and Revolving Loans). As of September 30,
2016 and 2015, there was $2,000,000 and $6,495,825 outstanding on this mezzanine loan.

Note 8:       Stockholders’ Equity

Series E Convertible Preferred Stock

Pursuant to an existing tender offer, holders of 2,197 shares of the Company’s common stock exchanged said shares for 127,840 shares of
Series E Convertible Preferred Stock, at the then $5.10 market value of the common stock. The shares carry a $0.30 per share liquidation
preference  and  accrue  dividends  at  the  rate  of  5%  per  annum  on  the  liquidation  preference  per  share,  payable  quarterly  from  legally
available funds. If such funds are not available, dividends shall continue to accumulate until they can be paid from legally available funds.
Holders  of  the  preferred  shares  are  entitled,  after  two  years  from  issuance,  to  convert  them  into  common  shares  on  a  one-to-one  basis
together with payment of $85.50 per converted share.

During  the  years  ended  September  30,  2016  and  2015,  the  Company  accrued  dividends  of  $1,917  and  $1,921,  respectively,  payable  to
holders of Series E preferred stock. At September 30, 2016 unpaid dividends were $959.

Common Stock

During the year ended September 30, 2016, the Company issued:

2,158  shares  of  common  stock  for  services  rendered  valued  at  $20,000.  The  value  was  based  on  the  market  value  of  the  Company’s
common stock on the date of issuance.

During the year ended September 30, 2015, the Company issued:

31,856  shares  of  common  stock  for  services  rendered  valued  at  $498,059.  The  value  was  based  on  the  market  value  of  the  Company’s
common stock on the date of issuance;

100,000 shares of common stock issued to officers of the Company as bonuses for services rendered in fiscal years 2012, 2013 and 2014
valued at $1,518,000. The value was based on the market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of issuance;

25,833 shares of common stock for net cash proceeds of $538,441;

135,063 shares of common stock for the conversion of convertible notes and accrued interest of $635,756;

105,042 shares of common stock as payment for the original issue discount fees associated with the Kingston Agreement. The value of the
shares was $2,004,202 based on the market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of issuance.

Treasury Stock

For year ended September 30, 2016, the Company purchased 30,122 shares of its common stock on the open market (treasury shares) for
$300,027. The Company accounted for the purchase of these treasury shares using the cost method.

F-18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At-the-Market Offerings of Common Stock (Chardan Capital Markets LLC)

On  January  7,  2014,  the  company  entered  into  an  Engagement Agreement  (the  “January  2014  Engagement Agreement”)  with  Chardan
Capital Markets LLC (Chardan”) pursuant to which the Company agreed to issue and sell up to a maximum aggregate amount of 330,000
of its common stock from time to time through Chardan as its sales agent, under its shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3. On May 16,
2014,  the  Company  entered  into  another  Engagement Agreement  (the  “May  2014  Engagement Agreement”)  with  Chardan  pursuant  to
which the Company may issue and sell up to a maximum aggregate amount of 1,666,667 shares of its common stock from time to time
through Chardan as its sales agent, under its shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3.

The  Company  will  pay  Chardan  a  commission  equal  to  up  to  3%  of  the  gross  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  the  common  stock.  Such
commissions were $0 and $8,211 for the years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. During the years ended September 30,
2016  and  2015,  the  Company  sold  0  and  25,833  shares,  respectively,  of  its  common  stock  for  net  proceeds  of  $0  and  $538,441,
respectively.

2014 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

On January 7, 2014, our Board of Directors adopted the 2014 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”), which authorizes issuance
of  distribution  equivalent  rights,  incentive  stock  options,  non-qualified  stock  options,  performance  stock,  performance  units,  restricted
ordinary shares, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, tandem stock appreciation rights and  unrestricted  ordinary  shares  to  our
directors,  officer,  employees,  consultants  and  advisors.  The  Company  has  reserved  up  to  300,000  shares  of  common  stock  for  issuance
under  the  2014  Plan. As  required  under  Nasdaq  Listing  rule  5635(c),  the  company  included  a  proposal  at  its  2014 Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders, which was held on July 11, 2014, to obtain approval of the 2014 Plan. The 2014 Plan was approved.

Note 9:       Warrants

The  Company  issued  several  notes  in  prior  periods  and  converted  them  resulting  in  the  issuance  of  warrants.  The  following  table
summarizes information about the Company’s warrants at September 30, 2016:

Outstanding at September 30, 2015
Granted
Exercised
Outstanding at September 30, 2016
Exercisable at September 30, 2016

Number of
Units

Weighted
Average
Exercise 
Price

Weighted 
Average
Remaining
Contractual 
Term (in
years)

590,146    $

4.14   

2.73    $

–   
–   

Intrinsic 
Value
3,493,092 

590,146    $
590,146    $

4.14   
4.14   

1.73    $
1.73    $

4,307,493 
4,307,493 

Most of the above warrants were issued in connection with the conversion of convertible notes from Isaac Capital Group. When the debts
is converted and warrants are issued, the Company determines the fair value of the warrants using the Black-Scholes-Merton model and
takes a charge to interest expense at the date of issuance.

The exercise price for the warrants outstanding and exercisable at September 30, 2016 is as follows:

Outstanding

Exercisable

Number of 
Warrants

Exercise 
Price

Number of 
Warrants

Exercise 
Price

271,981    $
89,286   
61,914   
166,965   
590,146   

3.30   
3.36   
4.86   
5.70   

271,981    $
89,286   
61,914   
166,965   
590,146   

3.30 
3.36 
4.86 
5.70 

F-19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 10:       Stock-Based Compensation

From time to time, the Company grants stock options and restricted stock awards to directors, officers and employees. These awards are
valued at the grant date by determining the fair value of the instruments, net of estimated forfeitures. The value of each award is amortized
on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

Stock Options

The following table summarizes stock option activity for the years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015:

Outstanding at September 30, 2015
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Outstanding at September, 30 2016
Exercisable at September 30, 2016

Number of
Shares

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Weighted
Average
Remaining
  Contractual Life  

175,000    $

11.22   

–   
–   
–   

Intrinsic Value  
225,750 

4.76    $

175,000    $
168,750    $

11.22   
10.68   

3.75    $
3.55    $

346,500 
346,500 

The  Company  recognized  compensation  expense  of  $256,145  and  $712,538  during  the  years  ended  September  30,  2016  and  2015,
respectively, related to stock option awards granted to certain employees and officers based on the grant date fair value of the awards, net
of estimated forfeitures.

At  September  30,  2016  the  Company  had  $3,653  of  unrecognized  compensation  expense  (net  of  estimated  forfeitures)  associated  with
stock option awards which the company expects will be recognized through June of 2017.

During  the  year  ended  September  30,  2015,  the  Company  reduced  the  exercise  price  by  50%  for  the  100,000  stock  options  then
outstanding. The Company recognized compensation expense of $54,677 related to the re-pricing of the exercise price for these options.

The exercise price for stock options outstanding and exercisable at September 30, 2016 is as follows:

Outstanding

Exercisable

Number of 
Options

Exercise 
Price

Number of 
Options

Exercise 
Price

31,250    $
25,000   
31,250   
6,250   
6,250   
75,000   
175,000   

4.98   
7.50   
10.02   
12.48   
15.00   
15.18   

31,250    $
25,000   
31,250   
6,250   
–   
75,000   
168,750   

4.98 
7.50 
10.02 
12.48 
15.00 
15.18 

The following table summarizes information about the Company’s non-vested shares as of September 2016:

Non-vested Shares

Non-vested at September 30, 2015
Granted
Vested
Non-vested at September 30, 2016

    Weighted-Average  

  Number of    
Shares

Grant-Date
Fair Value

62,500    $
–   
(56,250)  

6,250    $

8.64 

8.64 

For stock options granted during 2015 where the exercise price equaled the stock price at the date of the grant, the weighted-average fair
value  of  such  options  was  $11.52  and  the  weighted-average  exercise  price  of  such  options  was  $15.18.  No  options  were  granted  during
2016 and 2015, where the exercise price was less than the common stock price at the date of grant or where the exercise price was greater
than the common stock price at the date of grant.

F-20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock options granted use the Black-Scholes option pricing model for options granted
in 2015 are as follows:

Risk-free interest rate
Expected life of the options
Expected volatility
Expected dividend yield

Note 11:       Earnings (Loss) Per Share

1.01%
2.5 to 3.5 years
140%
0%

Net earnings (loss) per share is calculated using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the applicable
period. Basic weighted average common shares outstanding do not include shares of restricted stock that have not yet vested, although such
shares are included as outstanding shares in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. Diluted net earnings (loss) per share is computed
using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and if dilutive, potential common shares outstanding during the period.
Potential  common  shares  consist  of  the  additional  common  shares  issuable  in  respect  of  restricted  share  awards,  stock  options  and
convertible preferred stock. Preferred stock dividends are subtracted from net earnings (loss) to determine the amount available to common
stockholders.

The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted net earnings (loss) per share:

Basic

Net income (loss) attributed to Live Ventures Incorporated
Less: preferred stock dividends
Net income (loss) applicable to common stock

Year Ending September 30,
2015
2016

  $

  $

17,829,857    $
(1,917)  
17,827,940    $

(14,666,129)
(1,921)
(14,668,050)

Weighted average common shares outstanding

2,815,072   

2,627,636 

Basic earnings (loss) per share

  $

6.33    $

(5.58)

Diluted

Net income (loss) applicable to common stock
Add: preferred stock dividends
Net income (loss) applicable for diluted earnings (loss) per share

  $

  $

17,827,940    $
1,917   
17,829,857    $

(14,668,050)
1,921 
(14,666,129)

Weighted average common shares outstanding
Add: Options
Add: Warrants
Add: preferred stock
Assumed weighted average common shares outstanding

2,815,072   
21,166   
339,620   
127,840   
3,303,698   

2,627,636 
– 
– 
– 
2,627,636 

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

  $

5.40    $

(5.58)

The following potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share for year ended September 30,
2015 because the effects were anti-dilutive based on the application of the treasury stock method and because the Company incurred net
losses during the period:

Options to purchase shares of common stock

Warrants to purchase shares of common stock

Series E convertible preferred stock

Total potentially dilutive shares

175,000 

590,146 

127,840 

892,986 

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
    
  
 
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 12:       Related Party Transactions

The Company entered into a Note Purchase Agreement with Isaac Capital Group (“ICG”), an entity owned by Jon Isaac, the Company’s
President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company, and subsequently issued a series of Subordinated Convertible Notes
thereunder  to  ICG.  In  connection  with  these  transactions,  the  Company  received  gross  proceeds  of  $500,000  during  the  year  ended
September 30, 2014.

Because  the  conversion  price  under  ICG’s  notes  was  less  than  the  fair  market  value  of  the  stock  on  the  date  of  issuance,  the  Company
recognized a beneficial conversion feature which was treated as a debt discount and amortized on a straight line basis as interest expense
until the date of conversion, at which time all remaining debt discount was recognized as interest expense. Additionally, the fair value of
the warrants that were contingently issuable to ICG upon conversion was recognized as additional interest expense.

During  the  years  ended  September  30,  2016  and  2015,  the  Company  recognized  total  interest  expense  of  $583,233  and  $2,018,803,
respectively, associated with the ICG notes.

Also see Note 6, 7 and 13.

Note 13:       Commitments and Contingencies

Purchase Price Contingency

In connection with the acquisition of Modern Everyday, Inc. in August 2014; the company issued 8,333 shares of the Company’s common
stock as part of the consideration for the acquisition. The company guaranteed the holder of the 8,333 shares that the value of those shares
will be at least $48.00 per share 30 months after the acquisition date. The Company agreed to compensate the holder, if the share price was
less than $48.00 at the 30 month anniversary date of the acquisition, the difference between $48.00 and the share price at the 30 month
anniversary date times the number of shares still owned by the holder. The Company reached an agreement with the holder of these shares
that would not require the company to compensate the holder if the value of the shares was under $48.00 per share; therefore the Company
removed the contingent liability during the quarter ended March 31, 2016 and recorded other income of $316,000.

Litigation

The  Company  is  party  to  certain  legal  proceedings  from  time  to  time  incidental  to  the  conduct  of  its  business.  These  proceedings  could
result in fines, penalties, compensatory or treble dames or non-monetary relief. The nature of legal proceedings is such that the Company
cannot assure the outcome of any particular matter, and an unfavorable ruling or development could have a materially adverse effect on our
consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows in the period which a ruling or settlement occurs. However, based on
information available to the Company’s management to date and other than as noted below, the Company’s management does not expect
that  the  outcome  of  any  matter  pending  against  us  is  likely  to  have  a  materially  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial
position as of September 30, 2016, results of operations, cash flows or liquidity of the Company.

Operating Leases and Service Contracts

The  company  leases  its  office  space,  certain  equipment  and  a  building  (from  a  related  party)  under  long-term  operating  leases  expiring
through fiscal year 2016. Rent expense under these leases was $518,877 and $581,750 for the years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015,
respectively. The Company has also entered into several non-cancelable service contracts.

As of September 30, 2016, future minimum annual payments under operating lease agreements for fiscal years ending September 30 are as
follows:

2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
     Thereafter

  $

  $

116,124 
72,870 
85,407 
100,092 
117,312 
2,948,078 
3,439,883 

F-22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 14:       Income Taxes

Deferred  income  taxes  reflect  the  net  tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  for
financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

Income tax expense for the years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

2016

2015

Current expense:

Federal
State

Deferred expense:

Federal
State

  $

–    $

31,161   
31,161   

(12,524,582)  
–   
–   

Total income tax expense

  $

(12,493,221)   $

320,000 
56,000 
376,000 

– 
– 
– 
376,000 

A reconciliation of the differences between the effective and statutory income tax rates for years ended September 30:

Federal statutory rates
State income taxes
Permanent differences
Net operating loss adjustment
Valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets
Other
Effective rate

2016

2015

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

  $

1,830,150   
161,484   
(852,646)  
(1,083,866)  
(12,284,278)  
(264,065)  
  $ (12,493,221)  

34%    $ (4,874,337)  
(123,292)  
2,794,987   
327,477   
2,251,165   
–   
376,000   

3%   
-16%   
-20%   
-228%   
-5%   
-227%    $

34% 
1% 
-19% 
-2% 
-16% 
0% 
-3% 

At September 30, deferred income tax assets and liabilities were comprised of:

Deferred income tax asset, current:

Book to tax differences in accounts receivable
Book to tax differences in prepaid expenses
Book to tax difference in accrued expenses
Book to tax differences in inventory

Total deferred income tax asset, current

Less: valuation allowance
Deferred income tax asset, current, net

Deferred income tax asset, long-term:
Net operation loss carryforwards

Book to tax differences in intangible assets
Book to tax differences in organizational costs
Book to tax differences in depreciation

Total deferred income tax asset, long-term

Less: valuation allowance
Deferred income tax asset, net

2016

2015

  $

406,733    $

–   
241,536   
414,575   
1,062,844   
–   
1,062,844   

9,915,371   
633,869   
160,586   
751,912   
11,461,738   
–   
11,461,738   

374,621 
65,467 
144,961 
– 
585,049 
(585,049)
– 

10,801,243 
632,557 
272,239 
(6,810)
11,669,229 
(11,669,229)
– 

Total deferred income tax asset

  $

12,524,582    $

– 

The Company has recorded as of September 30, 2016 and 2015 a valuation allowance of $0 and $12,284,278, respectively. We reduced our
valuation  allowance  by  $12,284,278  based  on  the  profitable  operations  of  our  Marquis  subsidiary  that  can  be  offset  against  our  net
operation loss carryforwards.

F-23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
    
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
The Company annually conducts an analysis of its tax positions and has concluded that it has no uncertain tax positions as of September 30,
2016.

The  Company  has  net  operating  loss  carry-forwards  of  approximately  $35.5  million.  Such  amounts  are  subject  to  IRS  code  section  382
limitations and expire in 2027. The 2011 to 2014 tax years are still subject to audit.

Note 15:       Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company maintains cash balances at banks in California, Nevada and Georgia. Accounts are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation up to $250,000 per institution as of September 30, 2016. At times, balances may exceed federally insured limits.

Note 16:       Acquisitions

Acquisition of Marquis Industries, Inc.

On July 6 and July 7, 2015, the Company entered into a series of agreements in connection with its indirect purchase of Marquis Industries,
Inc., a Georgia corporation, and its subsidiaries (“Marquis”). The Marquis acquisition has been accounted for under the acquisition method
and, accordingly, is included in the consolidated financial statements from the effective date of acquisition. Initially the Company acquired
80% of Marquis indirectly through a wholly-owned subsidiary, Marquis Affiliated Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
Effective November 30, 2015, the Company acquired the remaining 20% interest in Marquis for $2,000,000.

The  purchase  price  was  paid  through  a  combination  of  debt  financing  that  was  provided  by  (i)  Bank  of America  through  a  Term  and
Revolving Loan in the aggregate amount of (a) approximately $7.8 million for the term component and (b) approximately $15 million for
the revolving component and (ii) a mezzanine loan in the amount of up to $7.0 million provide by Isaac Capital Fund – see Notes 6 and 7.

A summary of the final purchase price allocation at fair value is presented below. The Company finalized its estimates after it was able to
determine that it had obtained all necessary information that existed as of the acquisition date related to these matters.

Cash
Accounts receivable
Inventory
Prepaid and other current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Customer Relationships
Bargain Purchase Gain
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Non-controlling interest
Purchase price

  $

  $

Total

496,944 
7,262,188 
11,717,113 
1,518,430 
16,392,695 
439,039 
(4,573,968)
(4,139,830)
(433,989)
(2,000,000)
26,678,622 

(1)  –  includes  $4,800,000  of  cash,  $6,495,825  from  a  mezzanine  loan  from  Isaac  Capital  fund,  and  $15,382,797  from  Bank  of America
Term and Revolver Loan.

(2)  –  Non-controlling  interest  was  valued  at  the  price  paid  by  the  Company  when  it  subsequently  purchased  the  remaining  20%  of
Marquis.

The revenue from the Marquis acquisition included in the results of operations from the date of acquisition on July 7, 2015 to September
30, 2015 was $16,006,683.

The  estimated  fair  value  of  the  Customer  Relationships  related  to  Marquis  was  determined  using  the  income  approach,  which  discounts
expected future cash flows to present value. The Company estimated the fair value of this intangible asset using the residual method and a
present value discount rate of 18%. Customer relationships relate to the Company’s ability to sell existing and future versions of products.
The Company is amortizing the Customer relationships intangible asset on a straight-line basis over an estimated life of 15 years.

After  determining  and  recording  the  fair  value  associated  with  the  assets  and  liabilities  acquired,  the  Company  recorded  a  gain  on  the
acquisition of $4,573,968 included in ―Gain on acquisition in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended September 31,
2016.

F-24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Due to the measurement period extending into the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016, the following would have been recorded in the Company’s
consolidated statement of operations for year ending September 30, 2015. Instead, according to ASU 2015-16 they are being recorded at
the end of the measurement period in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 when management completed its analysis of fair value as it relates to
the Marquis acquisition.

Depreciation expense

Amortization expense

Cost sales

Bargain Purchase – Gain on Acquisition

Note 17:       Segment Reporting

  $

227,654 

6,117 

1,080,051 

4,573,968 

The Company operates in three segments which are characterized as: (1) Manufacturing, (2) Marketplace Platform and (3) Services. The
Manufacturing  Segment  consists  of  Marquis  Industries,  Inc.,  the  Marketplace  Platform  segment  consists  of  livedeal.com  and  Modern
Everyday, Inc., and the Services segment consists of the Local Exchange Carrier billings business and Velocity Local.

F-25

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables summarize segment information for the years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015:

Revenues

Marketplace platform
Manufacturing
Services

Gross profit

Marketplace platform
Manufacturing
Services

Operating income (loss)
Marketplace platform
Manufacturing
Services

Depreciation and amortization

Marketplace platform
Manufacturing
Services

Interest Expenses

Marketplace platform
Manufacturing
Services

Provision for income taxes
Marketplace platform
Manufacturing
Services

Net income (loss)

Marketplace platform
Manufacturing
Services

Twelve Months Ended September 30,

2016

2015

5,438,007    $

72,509,357   
1,006,883   
78,954,247    $

1,238,317    $

17,771,735   
964,818   
19,974,870    $

15,868,448 
16,006,683 
1,494,735 
33,369,866 

5,724,186 
4,187,026 
1,343,182 
11,254,394 

(5,172,406)   $
6,529,469   
961,186   
2,318,249    $

(11,807,737)
563,503 
1,107,967 
(10,136,267)

284,593    $

2,840,718   
–   

3,125,311    $

2,947,294    $
1,073,253   
–   

4,020,547    $

(12,907,201)   $
413,980   
–   

(12,493,221)   $

633,732 
402,250 
11,770 
1,047,752 

4,214,171 
271,490 
– 
4,485,661 

– 
376,000 
– 
376,000 

6,604,121    $
9,250,473   
2,099,457   
17,954,051    $

(15,435,765)
(184,841)
954,477 
(14,666,129)

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

F-26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Assets

Marketplace platform
Manufacturing
Services

Intangible assets

Marketplace platform
Manufacturing
Services

Note 18:       Subsequent Events

Vintage Stock Acquisition

As of 
September 30, 
2016

As of 
September 30, 
2015

15,053,993    $
38,333,437   
79,970   
53,467,400    $

6,811,977 
33,714,344 
138,035 
40,664,356 

1,287,338    $
402,452   
–   

1,689,790    $

1,516,930 
800,000 
– 
2,316,930 

  $

  $

  $

  $

On  November  3,  2016  (the  “Closing  Date”),  Live  Ventures  Incorporated  (“Live  Ventures”),  through  its  newly  formed,  wholly-owned
subsidiary,  Vintage  Stock Affiliated  Holdings  LLC  (“VSAH”),  entered  into  a  series  of  agreements  in  connection  with  its  purchase  of
Vintage Stock, Inc., a Missouri corporation (“Vintage Stock”). The purchase and financing transactions were, in the aggregate, valued at
approximately  $60  million.  The  purchase  was  effectuated  between  VSAH  and  the  shareholders  of  Vintage  Stock,  with  VSAH  acquiring
100%  of  the  outstanding  capital  stock  of  Vintage  Stock.  In  connection  with  the  purchase  and  finance  transactions,  various  persons  and
entities  entered  into  a  series  of  agreements  (each  of  which  is  dated  the  Closing  Date,  with  funding  initiated  on  the  Closing  Date  and
concluded on November 4, 2016), certain of which are listed below:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

Stock Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) among VSAH, Vintage Stock, the trustees of the five trusts (the “Trusts”) that held all of
the outstanding capital stock Vintage Stock, and the trustees of three of the Trusts, Rodney Spriggs, Kenneth Caviness, and Steven
Wilcox  acting  in  their  respective  individual  capacities  (the  trustees  and  such  three  individuals,  collectively,  the  “Sellers”),  and
Rodney Spriggs, in his capacity as the representative of the Sellers for certain purposes of the SPA (the “Sellers’ Representative”);

Subordinated  Promissory  Note  by  VSAH  payable  to  certain  Sellers,  in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $10,000,000  (the
“Subordinated Acquisition Note”);

Employment Agreement between Vintage Stock and Rodney Spriggs;

Stock Option Agreement between Live Ventures and Rodney Spriggs with a five-year installment vesting term;

Employment Agreement between Vintage Stock and Steve Wilcox;

Loan Agreement (the “Revolving Loan Agreement”) between Vintage Stock (the “Revolving Loan Borrower”) and Texas Capital
Bank, National Association, as the Lender thereunder (the “Revolving Loan Lender”);

Security Agreement by the Revolving Loan Borrower in favor of the Revolving Loan Lender;

Term Loan Agreement (the “Term Loan Agreement”) among VSAH and Vintage Stock (VSAH and Vintage Stock, together, the
“Term  Loan  Borrowers”),  the  Lenders  under  and  as  defined  in  the  Term  Loan Agreement  (the  “Term  Loan  Lenders”),  Capitala
Private  Credit  Fund  V,  L.P.,  in  its  capacity  as  lead  arranger,  and  Wilmington  Trust,  National Association,  as  administrative  and
collateral agent on behalf of the Term Loan Lenders (the “Term Loan Administrative Agent”); and

Security and Pledge Agreement among the Term Loan Borrowers and the Term Loan Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties
(as defined in the Term Loan Agreement).

The  purchase  price  for  the  capital  stock  of  Vintage  Stock  was  approximately  $58  million.  The  purchase  price  and  related  transaction
expenses of approximately $2 million were paid through a combination of (a) debt financing that was provided by (i) the Revolving Loan
Lender under the Revolving Loan Agreement in the amount of approximately $12 million and (ii) the Term Loan Lenders under the Term
Loan Agreement  in  the  aggregate  amount  of  $30  million,  (b)  the  Subordinated Acquisition  Note  in  the  amount  of  $10  million,  and  (c)
capital  provided  by  Live  Ventures  in  the  amount  of  $8  million.  In  connection  with  operations  of  Vintage  Stock  after  the  closing  of  the
purchase transaction, Vintage Stock may borrow up to an additional approximately $8 million under the Revolving Loan Agreement (based
on availability and eligibility under the Revolving Loan Agreement).

F-27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
The term loans under the Term Loan Agreement bear interest at either the LIBO rate (as described below) or base rate, plus an applicable
margin in each case. In their loan notice to the Term Loan Administrative Agent, the Term Loan Borrowers selected the LIBO rate for the
initial term loans made under the Term Loan Agreement on the Closing Date.

The interest rate for LIBO rate loans under the Term Loan Agreement is equal to the sum of (a) the greater of (i) a rate per annum equal to
(A) the offered rate for deposits in United States Dollars for the applicable interest period and for the amount of the applicable loan that is a
LIBOR  loan  that  appears  on  Bloomberg  ICE  LIBOR  Screen  (or  any  successor  thereto)  that  displays  an  average  ICE  Benchmark
Administration Limited Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in United States Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such interest period)
with a term equivalent to such interest period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two business days prior to the first
day of such interest period, divided by (B) the sum of one minus the daily average during such interest period of the aggregate maximum
reserve  requirement  (expressed  as  a  decimal)  then  imposed  under  Regulation  D  of  the  FRB  for  “Eurocurrency  Liabilities”  (as  defined
therein), and (ii) 0.50% per annum, plus (b) the sum of (i) 12.50% per annum in cash pay plus (ii) 3.00% per annum payable in kind by
compounding such interest to the principal amount of the obligations under the Term Loan Agreement on each interest payment date.

The interest rate for base rate loans under the Term Loan Agreement is equal to the sum of (a) the highest of (with a minimum of 1.50%) (i)
the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, (ii) the prime rate, and (iii) the LIBO rate plus 1.00%, plus (b) the sum of (i) 11.50% per annum payable
in cash plus (ii) 3.00% per annum payable in kind by compounding such interest to the principal amount of the obligations under the Term
Loan Agreement on each interest payment date.

The payment obligations under the Term Loan Agreement include (i) monthly payments of interest and (ii) principal installment payments
in an amount equal to $725,000 due on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 of each year, with the first such payment due
on  December  31,  2016.  The  outstanding  principal  amounts  of  the  term  loans  and  all  accrued  interest  thereon  under  the  Term  Loan
Agreement are due and payable in November 2021.

The Term Loan Borrowers may prepay the term loans under the Term Loan Agreement from time to time, subject to the payment (with
certain exceptions described below) of a prepayment premium of: (i) an amount equal to 2.0% of the principal amount of the term loan
prepaid if prepaid during the period of time from and after the Closing Date up to the first anniversary of the Closing Date; (ii) 1.0% of the
principal amount of the term loan prepaid if prepaid during the period of time from and after the first anniversary of the Closing Date up to
the second anniversary of the Closing Date; and (iii) zero if prepaid from and after the second anniversary of the Closing Date.

The Term Loan Borrowers may make the following prepayments of the term loans under Term Loan Agreement without being required to
pay any prepayment premium:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

an amount not to exceed $3 million of the term loans;

in addition to any amount prepaid in respect of item (i), an additional amount not to exceed $1.45 million, but only if that additional
amount is paid prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date; and

in addition to any amount prepaid in respect of item (i), an additional amount not to exceed the difference between $2.9 million and
any  amount  prepaid  in  respect  of  item  (ii),  but  only  if  that  additional  amount  is  paid  from  and  after  the  first  anniversary  of  the
Closing Date but prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date.

There  are  also  various  mandatory  prepayment  triggers  under  the  Term  Loan  Agreement,  including  in  respect  of  excess  cash  flow,
dispositions,  equity  and  debt  issuances,  extraordinary  receipts,  equity  contributions,  change  in  control,  and  failure  to  obtain  required
landlord consents.

The revolving loans under the Revolving Loan Agreement bear interest at a varying rate of interest, which is the LIBOR rate plus 2.75%.
The  LIBOR  rate  under  the  Revolving  Loan Agreement  is  equal  to  the  one-month  LIBOR  rate  for  deposits  in  United  States  Dollars  that
appears on Thomson Reuters British Bankers Association LIBOR Rates Page (or the successor thereto) as of 11:00 a.m., London, England
time, on the applicable determination date.

The  payment  obligations  under  the  Revolving  Loan Agreement  include  monthly  payments  of  interest  and  all  outstanding  principal  and
accrued  interest  thereon  due  in  November  2020,  which  is  when  the  revolving  loan  availability  under  the  Revolving  Loan Agreement
terminates.

The Revolving Loan Agreement contains certain mandatory prepayment triggers that are customarily required for similar financings.

Each of the Term Loan Agreement and the Revolving Loan Agreement contains certain representations and warranties, certain affirmative
covenants,  certain  negative  covenants,  certain  financial  covenants,  and  certain  conditions  that  are  customarily  required  for  similar
financings.

Vintage  Stock  had  audited  revenue  and  net  income  of  approximately  $61.6  million  and  $12.2  million,  respectively,  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2015.

F-28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Company  is  unable  to  make  all  the  disclosures  required  by ASC  805-10-50-2  at  this  time  as  the  initial  accounting  and  pro  forma
analysis  for  this  business  combination  is  incomplete. Audited  financial  statements  for  calendar  year  2015  and  2014  are  complete  for
Vintage Stock. The Company is making several interim adjustments to Vintage Stock’s carrying value of inventory, depreciation expense
and cost of sales prior to being able to prepare Vintage Stock unaudited fiscal year balance sheets and statements of operation for years
ending  September  30,  2015  and  2016,  respectively.  Upon  completion  of  the  unaudited  Vintage  Stock  fiscal  year  balance  sheets  and
statements of operation for years ending September 30, 2015 and 2016, respectively; unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial
information will then be prepared with the applicable pro forma adjustments and disclosed in Form 8-K/A within the required timeframe.

In addition, the Company is preparing a preliminary purchase price allocation which is subject to change. The Company will complete its
analysis  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  inventory,  property  and  equipment,  Revolving  Loan,  Term  Loan  and  Subordinated  Note  on  the
acquisition  date.  Once  this  analysis  is  complete,  the  Company  will  adjust,  if  necessary,  the  provisional  amounts  assigned  to  inventory,
property and equipment, Revolving Loan, Term Loan and Subordinated Note in the accounting period in which the analysis is completed.
The preliminary purchase price allocation will be disclosed in Form 8-K/A within the required timeframe.

Reverse Stock Split

On November 22, 2016, the Company’s board of directors authorized a one-for-six reverse stock split and a contemporaneous one-for-six
(1:6) reduction in the number of authorized shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share from 60,000,000 to 10,000,000 shares, to
take effect for stockholders of record as of December 5, 2016. No fractional shares will be issued.

All  share,  option  and  warrant  related  information  presented  in  these  financial  statements  and  accompanying  footnotes  has  been
retroactively adjusted to reflect the decreased number of shares resulting in this action.

Novalk Apps S.A.S. agreement

On  December  7,  2016,  the  Company  and  Novalk Apps  S.A.S.  (“Novalk”),  a  licensor  and  developer  of  certain  software  the  Company
purchased in fiscal year 2015, memorialized an agreement which is effective September 15, 2016 that changes the terms and conditions
relating to payment of the outstanding software license fee of $1,500,000. The software fee will be settled in exchange for to be issued and
certificated 58,333 shares of the Company’s common stock subsequent to year ending September 30, 2016. As a result of this agreement,
the Company is recording $915,500 of other income in September 2016 and maintaining an accrued liability to Novalk for $584,500 to be
settled when the common shares are issued to Novalk after year ending September 30, 2016.

Kingston Diversified Holdings LLC agreement

On  December  21,  2016,  the  Company  and  Kingston  Diversified  Holdings  LLC  (“Kingston”)  entered  into  an  agreement  modifying  its
agreement between the parties. This agreement, effective September 15, 2016, memorializes an October 2015 interim agreement to extend
the maturity date by twelve months for 55,888 shares of to be issued and certificated Series B Convertible Preferred shares with a value on
September 15, 2016 of $2,800,000 as a compromise between the parties in respect of certain of their respective rights and duties under the
agreement. The agreement also decreases the maximum principal amount of the Notes from $10,000,000 in principal amount to $2,000,000
in principal amount, and eliminates any and all actual, contingent, or other obligations of the Company to issue to the Purchaser any shares
of  the  Company’s  common  stock,  or  to  grant  any  rights,  warrants,  options,  or  other  derivatives  that  are  exercisable  or  convertible  into
shares of the Company’s common stock. Kingston acknowledges that. from the effective date through and including December 31, 2021, it
shall not sell, transfer, assign, hypothecate, pledge, margin, hedge, trade, or otherwise obtain or attempt to obtain any economic value from
any of the shares or any shares into which they may be converted or from which they may be exchanged. As a result of this agreement, the
Company is recording $2,800,000 of interest expense in September 2016 and accruing a liability to Kingston for the same amount to be
settled when the common shares are issued to Kingston after year ending September 30, 2016.

Convertible Series B Preferred Shares

On  December  27,  2016  the  Company  established  a  new  series  of  preferred  shares,  convertible  Series  B  preferred  stock.  Our  Series  B
Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  as  of  the  date  of  this  Report,  has  0  shares  issued  and  outstanding.  The  shares,  as  a  series,  are  entitled  to
dividends  on  our  Common  Stock  are  declared  by  the  Board  of  Directors,  subject  to  a  $1.00  (in  the  aggregate  for  all  then-issued  and
outstanding  shares  of  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock).  The  series  does  not  have  any  redemption  rights  or  Stock  basis,  except  as
otherwise  required  by  the  Nevada  Revised  Statutes.  The  series  does  not  provide  for  any  specific  allocation  of  seats  on  the  Board  of
Directors. At  any  time  and  from  time  to  time,  the  shares  of  such  series  are  convertible  into  shares  of  Common  Stock  at  a  ratio  of  one
preferred share into five common shares, subject to equitable adjustment in the event of forward stock splits and reverse stock splits. The
holders of shares of the Series B Convertible Stock have agreed not to sell transfer, assign, hypothecate, pledge, margin, hedge, trade, or
otherwise obtain or attempt to obtain any economic value from any of such shares or any shares into which they may be converted (e.g.
Common Stock) or for which they may be exchanged. This “lockup” agreement expires on December 31, 2021. Our Warrant Agreements
with  ICG  have  been  amended  to  provide  that  the  shares  underlying  those  warrants  are  exercisable  into  shares  of  Series  B  Convertible
Preferred  Stock,  which  warrant  shares  are  also  subject  to  the  same  “lockup”  agreement  as  the  currently  outstanding  shares  of  Series  B
Convertible Preferred Stock.

F-29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

None.

ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation  of  Disclosure  control  and  Procedures.  We  carried  out  an  evaluation,  under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our
management,  including  our  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer,  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  disclosure  controls  and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)). Based upon that evaluation, our principal executive officer and
principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of period covered in this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were not
effective  to  ensure  that  information  required  to  be  disclosed  in  reports  filed  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  is  recorded,
processed, summarized and reported within the required time periods and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including
our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. We
concluded they were not effective because of certain deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting as disclosed below.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting during our most
recently completed fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial
reporting.

Management’s  Report  on  Internal  control  Over  Financial  Reporting .  Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining
adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  defined  in  Exchange Act  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)).  Because  of  its  inherent
limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of
effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the
degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our  management  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  September  30,  2016.  In  making  this
assessment,  we  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (“COSO”)  in
Internal Control – Integrated Framework. Based on our assessment using those criteria, our management concluded that our internal control
over financial reporting was not effective as of September 30, 2016 due to the lack of timely determination of the Marquis purchase price
allocation and inconsistencies found with financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. Other Information

None.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 10.          Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III

The directors and executive officers of the Company and their ages as of September 30, 2016, are as follows:

Jon Isaac

Tony Isaac
Richard D. Butler, Jr.
Dennis (De) Gao
Tyler Sickmeyer

Age
33

62
67
36
30

Position
Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer
and Director
Financial Planning and Strategist/Economist and Director
Director
Director
Director

Set forth below are the respective principal occupations or brief employment histories of each of our directors and the periods during which
each has served as a director of the Company, as well as for our named executive officers and certain significant employees.

Jon Isaac. Mr. Isaac has served as a director of our Company since December 2011 and became our President and Chief Executive Officer
in  January  2012.  He  is  the  founder  of  Isaac  Organization,  a  privately  held  investment  company. At  Isaac  Organization,  Mr.  Isaac  has
closed a variety of multi-faceted real estate deals and has experience in aiding public companies to implement turnarounds and in raising
capital. Mr. Isaac studied Economics and Finance at the University of Ottawa.

Specific Qualifications:

·
·

Relevant educational background and business experience.
Experience in aiding public companies to implement turnarounds and in raising capital.

Tony  Isaac.  Mr.  Isaac  has  served  as  a  director  of  our  Company  since  December  2011  and  began  serving  as  the  Company’s  Financial
Planning  and  Strategist/Economist  in  July  2012.  Mr.  Isaac’s  specialty  is  negotiation  and  problem-solving  of  complex  real  estate  and
business  transactions.  Mr.  Isaac  graduated  from  University  of  Ottawa  in  1981,  where  he  majored  in  Commerce  and  Business
Administration and Economics.

Specific Qualifications:

·
·

Relevant educational background and business experience.
Experience in negotiation and problem-solving of complex real estate and business transactions

Richard D. Butler, Jr.  Mr. Butler is Chairman of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee and has served as a director and
member of the Audit Committee of our Company since August 2006 (including YP.com from 2006-2007). He is a veteran savings and loan
and mortgage banking executive, co-founder and major shareholder of Aspen Healthcare, Inc. and Ref-Razzer Corporation, former Chief
Executive  Officer  of  Mt.  Whitney  Savings  Bank,  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  First  Federal  Mortgage  Bank,  Chief  Executive  Officer  of
Trafalgar Mortgage, and Executive Officer & Member of the President’s Advisory Committee at State Savings & Loan Association (peak
assets $14 billion) and American Savings & Loan Association (NYSE: FCA; peak assets $34 billion). Mr. Butler attended Bowling Green
University in Ohio, San Joaquin Delta College in California and Southern Oregon State College.

Specific Qualifications:

·
·
·
·
·

Relevant educational background and business experience.
Extensive experience as Chief Executive Officer for several companies in the banking and finance industries.
Experience as a public company director.
Experience in workouts and restructurings, mergers, acquisitions, business development, and sales and marketing.
Background and experience in finance required for service on Audit Committee.

Dennis (De) Gao. Mr. Gao has served as a director of our Company and as a member of the Audit Committee since January 2012.  In July
2010, Mr. Gao co-founded and became the CFO at Oxstones Capital Management, a privately held company and a social and philanthropic
enterprise, serving as an idea exchange for the global community. Prior to establishing Oxstones Capital Management, from June 2008 until
July  2010,  Mr.  Gao  was  a  product  owner  at  Procter  and  Gamble  for  its  consolidation  system  and  was  responsible  for  the  Procter  and
Gamble’s financial report consolidation process. From May 2007 to May 2008, Mr. Gao was a financial analyst at the Internal Revenue
Service's  CFO  division.  Mr.  Gao  has  a  dual  major  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Computer  Science  and  Economics  from  University  of
Maryland, and an M.B.A. specializing in finance and accounting from Georgetown University’s McDonough School of Business.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Specific Qualifications:

·
·
·

·

Relevant educational background and business experience.
Background and experience in finance required for service on Audit Committee.
Experience having ultimate responsibility for the preparation and presentation of financial statements (“financial literacy” required
by applicable NASDAQ rules for service as Audit Committee chairman).
“Audit Committee Financial Expert” for purposes of SEC rules and regulations (required for service as Audit Committee chairman).

Tyler Sickmeyer. In August 2008, Mr. Sickmeyer founded and since that time has served as the CEO of Fidelitas Development, a full-
service  marketing  firm  that  focuses  on  producing  an  improved  return  on  investment  rate  for  its  clients.  Mr.  Sickmeyer  has  provided
consulting  services  to  a  variety  of  companies,  large  and  small  alike,  and  specializes  in  creating  efficiencies  for  developing  brands.  Mr.
Sickmeyer  studied  business  at  Robert  Morris  University  and  Lincoln  Christian  University.  Mr.  Sickmeyer  has  been  a  director  of  the
Company since August 2014.

Specific Qualifications:

· Over a decade of experience in marketing, including promotion and brand development through the use of social media marketing

Executive Officer of our subsidiary, Marquis

The executive officers of our subsidiary, Marquis as of September 30, 2016, is as follows:

Tim Bailey

Age
69

Position
Chairman and CEO

Tim Bailey. Mr. Bailey is Chairman and CEO of Marquis. Mr. Bailey has 44 years of leadership experience in the floorcovering industry,
including 21 years with Marquis Industries. Mr. Bailey holds a CPA license and spent the first 17 years of his career in a carpet industry-
focused public accounting firm. In 1988, he left public accounting to become a shareholder and Executive VP / CFO of Grassmore, Inc.,
which manufactured grass carpet. Mr. Bailey installed the internal financial controls and helped Grassmore grow and oversaw its successful
sale  to  Beaulieu  of America  in  1992.  Mr.  Bailey  consulted  with  Beaulieu  for  two  years  before  acquiring  Marquis  Industries  in  1994.
Marquis  was  small  and  struggling  at  the  time  of  Mr.  Bailey’s  acquisition.  He  was  able  to  build  a  strong  leadership  team  and  turn  the
company into a top 10 residential carpet manufacturer in the US with a diversified product line of soft and hard surfaces for the residential
and commercial markets.

Family Relationships

Jon Isaac, who is a director and serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer, is the son of Tony Isaac, who is also a director and
serves as our Financial Planning and Strategist/Economist.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

To the best of our knowledge, there have been no events under any bankruptcy act, no criminal proceedings and no judgments, injunctions,
orders or decrees material to the evaluation of the ability and integrity of any director, executive officer, promoter or control person of our
Company during the past ten years.

Board Independence

Each  year,  the  Board  of  Directors  reviews  the  relationships  that  each  director  has  with  the  Company  and  with  other  parties.  Only  those
directors who do not have any of the categorical relationships that preclude them from being independent within the meaning of applicable
NASDAQ  Listing  Rules  and  who  the  Board  of  Directors  affirmatively  determines  have  no  relationships  that  would  interfere  with  the
exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director, are considered to be independent directors. The Board of
Directors  has  reviewed  a  number  of  factors  to  evaluate  the  independence  of  each  of  its  members.  These  factors  include  its  members’
current and historic relationships with the Company and its competitors, suppliers and customers; their relationships with management and
other directors; the relationships their current and former employers have with the Company; and the relationships between the Company
and other companies of which a member of the Company’s Board of Directors is a director or executive officer.

After evaluating these factors, the Board of Directors has determined that a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, namely,
Messrs.  Butler,  Gao  and  Sickmeyer  do  not  have  any  relationships  that  would  interfere  with  the  exercise  of  independent  judgment  in
carrying out their responsibilities as directors and that each such director is an independent director of the Company within the meaning of
NASDAQ Listing Rule 5605(a)(2) and the related rules of the SEC.

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Audit Committee

The Board has a separately-designated standing audit committee established in accordance with section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act.
Messrs.  Gao  (Chairman),  Butler  and  Sickmeyer  currently  serve  on  our Audit  Committee.  Each  member  of  the  committee  satisfies  the
independence  standards  specified  in  Rule  5605(a)(2)  of  the  NASDAQ  Listing  Rules  and  the  related  rules  of  the  SEC  and  has  been
determined  by  the  Board  to  be  “financially  literate”  with  accounting  or  related  financial  management  experience.  The  Board  has  also
determined that Mr. Gao is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under SEC rules and regulations, and qualifies as a financially
sophisticated audit committee member as required under Rule 5605(c)(2)(A) of the NASDAQ Listing Rules.

Changes in Procedures for Director Nominations by Stockholders

There have been no changes to the procedures by which stockholders may recommend nominees to the Board.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all directors, officers and employees of our Company, including
the Chief Executive Officer and other principal financial and operating officers of the Company. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
is posted on our website at ir.livedeal.com/governance-documents. If we make any amendment to, or grant any waivers of, a provision of
the  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  that  applies  to  our  principal  executive  officer,  principal  financial  officer,  principal  accounting
officer or controller where such amendment or waiver is required to be disclosed under applicable SEC rules, we intend to disclose such
amendment or waiver and the reasons therefor on Form 8-K or on our website.

SECTION 16(A) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our directors, certain of our officers and persons who own at least 10% of a registered class of
our equity securities to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. Based solely on our review of the copies of such
forms filed with the SEC and on written representations provided to us by our directors and officers, all Section 16(a) filing requirements
applicable to our directors, officers and 10% or greater stockholders were complied with during the fiscal year that ended September 30,
2016, with the exception of the following:

Name

Richard D.
Butler, Jr.

No. Late
Reports 
(Form 4s)  

No. Transactions Covered

1

 One  transaction  in  which  he  was  issued  254  shares  of  common  stock  in  lieu  of  a  cash  payment  of  director
compensation for the month of September 2015

ITEM 11.       Executive Compensation

Overview

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

The  purpose  of  this  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis  (“CD&A”)  is  to  provide  material  information  about  the  Company’s
compensation philosophy, objectives and other relevant policies and to explain and put into context the material elements of the disclosure
that follows in this Annual Report on Form 10-K with respect to the compensation of our named executive officers (in this CD&A, referred
to as the “NEOs”). For fiscal 2016, our NEOs were:

Jon Isaac, President and Chief Executive Officer
Tony Isaac, Financial Planning and Strategist/Economist
Tim Bailey, Chairman and CEO of Marquis

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Compensation Committee

The  Compensation  Committee  annually  reviews  the  performance  and  compensation  of  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  or  other  principal
executive  officer  (currently,  our  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer)  and  the  Company’s  other  executive  officers. Additionally,  the
Compensation Committee reviews compensation of outside directors for service on the Board and for service on committees of the Board,
and administers the Company’s stock plans.

Role of Executives in Determining Executive Compensation

The Chief Executive Officer or other principal executive officer (currently, our President and Chief Executive Officer) provides input to
the  Compensation  Committee  regarding  the  performance  of  the  other  NEOs  and  offers  recommendations  regarding  their  compensation
packages  in  light  of  such  performance.  The  Compensation  Committee  is  ultimately  responsible,  however,  for  determining  the
compensation of the NEOs, including the Chief Executive Officer or other principal executive officer.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

The Compensation Committee and the Board believe that the Company’s compensation programs for its executive officers should reflect
the Company’s performance and the value created for its stockholders. In addition, we believe the compensation programs should support
the goals and values of the Company and should reward individual contributions to the Company’s success. Specifically, the Company’s
executive compensation program is intended to:

·

·

attract and retain the highest caliber executive officers;

drive achievement of business strategies and goals;

· motivate performance in an entrepreneurial, incentive-driven culture;

·

·

·

closely align the interests of executive officers with the interests of the Company’s stockholders;

promote and maintain high ethical standards and business practices; and

reward results and the creation of stockholder value.

Factors Considered in Determining Compensation; Components of Compensation

The  Compensation  Committee  makes  executive  compensation  decisions  on  the  basis  of  total  compensation,  rather  than  on  individual
components of compensation. We attempt to create an integrated total compensation program structured to balance both short and long-
term financial and strategic goals. Our compensation should be competitive enough to attract and retain highly skilled individuals. In this
regard, we utilize a combination of between two to four of the following types of compensation to compensate our executive officers:

·

·

·

·

base salary;

performance bonuses, which may be earned annually depending on the Company’s achievement of pre-established goals;

cash bonuses given at the discretion of the Board; and

equity compensation, consisting of restricted stock and/or stock options.

The  Compensation  Committee  periodically  reviews  each  executive  officer’s  base  salary  and  makes  appropriate  recommendations  to  the
Board. Salaries are based on the following factors:

·

·

·

the  Company’s  performance  for  the  prior  fiscal  years  and  subjective  evaluation  of  each  executive’s  contribution  to  that
performance;

the performance of the particular executive in relation to established goals or strategic plans; and

competitive  levels  of  compensation  for  executive  positions  based  on  information  drawn  from  compensation  surveys  and  other
relevant information.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance bonuses and equity compensation are awarded based upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee. Restricted
stock  is  granted  under  the  Company’s  stockholder-approved  equity  incentive  plan(s)  and  is  priced  at  100%  of  the  closing  price  of  the
Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Incentive and/or non-qualified stock options are generally granted under the Company’s
stockholder-approved  equity  incentive  plan(s),  as  well,  with  the  exercise  price  of  such  options  set  at  100%  of  the  closing  price  of  the
Company’s common stock on the date of grant. These grants are made with a view to linking executives’ compensation to the long-term
financial success of the Company.

Use of Benchmarking and Compensation Peer Groups

The Compensation Committee did not utilize any benchmarking measure in fiscal 2016 and traditionally has not tied compensation directly
to  a  specific  profitability  measurement,  market  value  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  or  benchmark  related  to  any  established  peer  or
industry  group.  Salary  increases  are  based  on  the  terms  of  the  NEOs’  employment  agreements,  if  applicable,  and  correlated  with  the
Board’s  and  the  Compensation  Committee’s  assessment  of  each  NEO’s  performance.  The  Company  also  generally  seeks  to  increase  or
decrease  compensation,  as  appropriate,  based  upon  changes  in  an  executive  officer’s  functional  responsibilities  within  the  Company.
Historically,  the  Compensation  Committee  has  not  used  outside  consultants  in  determining  the  compensation  of  the  NEOs,  and  no  such
consultants were engaged during fiscal 2016.

Other Compensation Policies and Considerations; Tax Issues and Risk Management

The  intention  of  the  Company  has  been  to  compensate  the  NEOs  in  a  manner  that  maximizes  the  Company’s  ability  to  deduct  such
compensation  expenses  for  federal  income  tax  purposes.  However,  the  Compensation  Committee  has  the  discretion  to  provide
compensation  that  is  not  “performance-based”  under  Section  162(m)  of  the  Code  it  determines  that  such  compensation  is  in  the  best
interests  of  the  Company  and  its  stockholders.  For  fiscal  2016,  the  Company  expects  to  deduct  all  compensation  expenses  paid  to  the
NEOs.

On  an  annual  basis,  the  Compensation  Committee  evaluates  the  Company’s  compensation  policies  and  practices  for  its  employees,
including the NEOs, to assess whether such policies and practices create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on
the  Company.    Based  on  its  evaluation,  the  Compensation  Committee  has  determined  that  the  Company’s  compensation  policies  and
practices do not create such risks.

Name and principal
Position
Jon Isaac
President and CEO

Tony Isaac
Financial Planning and
Strategist/Economist

Year
2016
2015

2016
2014

  $
  $

  $
  $

200,000  $
200,000  $

88,615  $
123,692  $

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

Stock

  Option

All Other

Salary

Bonus

  Awards (2)   Awards (1)   Compensation  

    0  $
0  $

0  $
759,000  $

13,465  $
62,041  $

Total
0  $
213,465
0  $ 1,021,041

0  $
0  $

0  $
759,000  $

231,741  $
636,142  $

0  $
320,356
0  $ 1,518,834

2016
2015

Tim Bailey
Chairman and CEO
of Marquis Industries, Inc.
____________
(1)The amounts reflect the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with ASC 718. These amounts
reflect  Live  Venture’s  accounting  expense  for  these  awards,  and  do  not  correspond  to  the  actual  value  that  may  be  recognized  by  the
NEOs.

175,000  $
41,250  $

175,000
41,250

0  $
0  $

0  $
0  $

0  $
0  $

0  $
0  $

  $
  $

(2)Mr.  Jon  Isaac’s  and  Mr.  Tony  Isaac  were  each  awarded  a  stock  bonus  of  50,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  valued  at

$759,000.

We do not have a written Employment Agreement with either Jon Isaac or Tony Isaac.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes all stock options held by the NEOs as of the end of fiscal 2016.

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR END

Name
Jon Isaac

Tony Isaac

Tim Bailey

Number of Securities 
Underlying Unexercised
Options (#)
25,000 (1)
25,000 (1)
25,000 (1)

50,000 (2) 
25,000 (2)

–

Option Exercise
Price ($)
$4.98
$7.50
$10.02

$15.18 
$15.18

$   –

Option 
Expiration Date
1/15/2019
1/15/2020
1/15/2021

6/30/2020 
6/30/2021

–

_______________
(1)       25,000 shares ($4.98 per share exercise price) vested on January 15, 2014. 25,000 shares ($7.50 per share exercise price) will vest in
12 equal monthly installments beginning January 15, 2015. 25,000 shares ($10.02 per share exercise price) will vest in 12 equal monthly
installments beginning January 15, 2016.

(2)       50,000 shares ($15.18 per share exercise price) vested on June 30, 2015 and 25,000 shares ($15.18 per share exercise price) will vest
on June 30, 2016.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

The table on the following page summarizes compensation paid to each of our non-employee directors who served in such capacity during
fiscal 2016.

Name
Richard D. Butler, Jr.
Dennis Gao
Tyler Sickmeyer
_______________
(1)Amounts represent value of shares granted to directors in lieu of paying monthly cash director fees earned in fiscal 2016 in cash. The
number of shares granted was determined by dividing the cash director fee payable to the applicable director for the immediately
preceding month by the price of the Company’s common stock, as reported by the NASDAQ Capital Market, on the date of grant.

20,000 
– 
– 

10,000 
30,000 
18,000 

30,000
30,000
18,000

Fees Earned or 
Paid in Cash 
($)

Stock Awards 
($)(1)

Total
($)

Director Compensation Arrangements

Mr.  Butler  receives  $2,500  monthly,  or  $30,000  annually  in  cash  compensation  for  his  services  as  a  director.  With  the  consent  of  the
Company, Mr. Butler received stock in lieu of monthly cash compensation earned for two thirds of his compensation in fiscal 2016.

Mr. Gao receives $2,500 monthly, or $30,000 annually in cash compensation for his services as a director.

Mr. Sickmeyer receives $1,500 monthly, or $18,000 annually in cash compensation for his services as a director.

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

The  following  table  summarizes  securities  available  for  issuance  under  Live  Venture’s  equity  compensation  plans  as  of  September  30,
2016:

Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of
outstanding options, warrants and rights 
(a)

Weighted-
average
exercise
price of
outstanding
options,
warrants
and rights 
(b)

Number of securities
remaining
available for future
issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column (a)) 
(c)

175,000

$11.22

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

$11.22

Plan Category

Equity compensation plans approved
by security holders (1)

Equity compensation plans approved
by security holders (2)

Equity compensation plans not
approved by security holders

Total
_______________
  (1) Comprised of the LiveDeal, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Plan
  (2) Comprised of the 2014 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

175,000

Live Ventures Incorporated Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Plan

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2002, our stockholders approved the 2002 Employees, Officers & Directors Stock Option Plan
(the “2002 Plan”), which was intended to replace our 1998 Stock Option Plan (the “1998 Plan”). The 2002 Plan was never implemented,
however,  and  no  options,  shares  or  any  other  securities  were  issued  or  granted  under  the  2002  Plan.  There  were  90,000  shares  of  our
common stock authorized for issuance under the 2002 Plan. On June 30, 2003 and July 21, 2003, respectively, the Board and a majority of
our stockholders terminated both the 1998 Plan and the 2002 Plan and approved our 2003 Stock Plan. The 15,000 shares of common stock
previously allocated to the 2002 Plan were re-allocated to the 2003 Stock Plan.

In April 2004, our stockholders and the Board approved an amendment to the 2003 Stock Plan to increase the aggregate number of shares
available  thereunder  by  10,000  shares  in  order  to  have  an  adequate  number  of  shares  available  for  future  grants. At  our  2007 Annual
Meeting,  our  stockholders  approved  an  amendment  that  increased  the  aggregate  number  of  shares  available  for  issuance  under  the  2003
Stock Plan to 40,000 shares. At our 2008 Annual Meeting, our stockholders rejected an amendment that would have increased the number
of  shares  available  for  issuance  from  40,000  shares  to  55,000  shares.  At  our  2009  Annual  Meeting,  our  stockholders  approved  an
amendment that increased the aggregate number of shares available for issuance under the 2003 Stock Plan by 30,000 shares, to 70,000
shares in the aggregate. At our 2012 Annual Meeting, our stockholders approved an amendment that increased the aggregate number of
shares available for issuance under the 2003 Stock Plan by 100,000 shares, to 170,000 shares in the aggregate.

2014 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

On  January  7,  2014,  our  Board  of  Directors  adopted  the  2014  Omnibus  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (the  “2014  Plan”),  which  authorizes  the
issuance  of  distribution  equivalent  rights,  incentive  stock  options,  non-qualified  stock  options,  performance  stock,  performance  units,
restricted ordinary shares, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, tandem stock appreciation rights and unrestricted ordinary shares
to  our  officers,  employees,  directors,  consultants  and  advisors.  The  Company  has  reserved  up  to  300,000  shares  of  common  stock  for
issuance under the 2014 Plan.

39

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 12.       Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of September 30, 2016 of (i) each
executive  officer  and  each  director  of  our  Company;  (ii)  all  executive  officers  and  directors  of  our  Company  as  a  group;  and  (iii)  each
person known to the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock. We deem shares of our common stock
that may be acquired by an individual or group within 60 days of September 30, 2016, pursuant to the exercise of options or warrants or
conversion of convertible securities, to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such individual or group,
but these shares are not deemed to be outstanding  for  the  purpose  of  computing  the  percentage  ownership  of  any  other  person  or  group
shown  in  the  table.  Percentage  of  ownership  is  based  on  2,789,205  shares  of  common  stock  outstanding  on  December  15,  2016.  The
information as to beneficial ownership was either (i) furnished to us by or on behalf of the persons named or (ii) determined based on a
review of the beneficial owners’ Schedules 13D and Section 16 filings with respect to our common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, the
business address of each person listed is 325 East Warm Springs Road, Suite 102, Las Vegas, Nevada 89119.

Name of Beneficial Owner

Executive Officers and Directors:
Jon Isaac (1)
Tony Isaac
Richard D. Butler, Jr.
Dennis Gao
Tyler Sickmeyer
All Executive Officers and Directors as a group (5 persons)

Other 5% Stockholders:
Isaac Capital Group, LLC (2) 
   3525 Del Mar Heights Rd. Suite 765 
   San Diego, California 92130
_________________________
*Represents less than 1% of our issued and outstanding common stock.

Amount and Nature
of Beneficial
Ownership

  Percentage of Class 

1,523,572 
125,000 
15,478 
– 
– 
1,664,050 

54.6% 
4.5% 
0.6% 
– 
– 
59.7% 

1,381,905 

49.5% 

(1) Includes 791,759 shares of common stock owned by Isaac Capital Group, LLC (“ICG”), of which Jon Isaac is the President and sole
member and according has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to such shares. Also includes warrants to purchase 590,146
additional shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $3.30 to $5.71 per share held by ICG. Jon Isaac owns 66,667 shares
of common stock. Finally, Mr. Isaac holds options to purchase up to 75,000 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from
$4.98 to $10.02 per share, all of which are currently exercisable.

(2) Includes  791,759  shares  of  common  stock  owned  by  ICG. Also  includes  warrants  to  purchase  590,146  additional  shares  of  common

stock at exercise prices ranging from $3.30 to $5.71 per share held by ICG.

ITEM 13.       Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Executive Office Space

Our San Diego executive office is located at 3525 Del Mar Heights Rd. This office is currently being provided to us by a company that is a
related party to Isaac Capital Group LLC, one of our largest stockholders, which is owned by Jon Isaac, our President and Chief Executive
Officer and one of our directors.

Mezzanine Loan from Isaac Capital Fund 

In connection with the purchase of Marquis Industries Inc., the Company entered into a mezzanine loan in an amount of up to $7,000,000
provided by Isaac Capital Fund, a private lender whose managing member is Jon Isaac, the chief executive officer of the Company.

The Isaac Capital Fund mezzanine loan bears interest at 12.5% with payment obligations of interest each month and all principal due in
January 2021 (six months after the final payments are due under the Bank of America Term and Revolving Loan). As of September 30,
2016, there was $2,000,000 outstanding on this mezzanine loan.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ICG Note

On  January  23,  2014,  the  Company  issued  a  note  to  Isaac  Capital  Group  (“ICG”),  a  related  party,  in  the  principal  amount  of  $500,000.
Because the conversion price of $13.74 was less than the stock price, this gave rise to a beneficial conversion feature valued at $500,000.
The Company recognized this beneficial conversion feature as a debt discount and additional paid in capital. The debt discount is being
amortized  over  the  one  year  term.  On  December  3,  2014,  ICG  converted  the  note  into  112,395  shares  of  common  stock,  therefore  the
remaining  debt  discount  of  $158,219  was  written  off  and  recognized  as  interest  expense.  In  addition,  upon  the  conversion  of  note,  the
Company issued to ICG a warrant to acquire 112,395 additional shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $5.70 per
share. The fair value of the warrants issued in connection with the conversion of note was $1,853,473 and was immediately recognized as
interest expense.

Procedures for Approval of Related Party Transactions

In accordance with its charter, the Audit Committee reviews and recommends for approval all related party transactions (as such term is
defined  for  purposes  of  Item  404  of  Regulation  S-K).  The Audit  Committee  participated  in  the  approval  of  the  transactions  described
above.

ITEM 14.       Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Each year, the Audit Committee approves the annual audit engagement in advance. The Audit Committee also has established procedures to
pre-approve all non-audit services provided by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. All 2016 and 2015 non-audit
services listed below were pre-approved.

Audit Fees: This category includes the audit of our annual financial statements and review of financial statements included in our annual
and periodic reports that are filed with the SEC. This category also includes advice on audit and accounting matters that arose during, or as a
result of, the audit or the review of interim financial statements, and the preparation of an annual “management letter” on internal control
and other matters.

Audit-Related Fees: This category consists of travel expenses for the auditors.

Tax Fees :  This  category  consists  of  professional  services  rendered  by  our  independent  auditors  for  tax  compliance  and  tax  advice.  The
services for the fees disclosed under this category include technical tax advice.

All Other Fees: This category includes services performed for the preparation of responses to SEC and NASDAQ correspondence, as well
as reviews of Registration Statements that we file from time to time with the SEC.

We paid the following fees to our independent registered public accounting firm, Anton & Chia for work performed in in fiscal 2016 and
2015:

Audit Fees
Audit-Related Fees
Tax Fees
All Other Fees
Total

2016

2015

157,894    $
2,132   
6,000   
87,012   
253,038    $

97,613 
96,532 
– 
– 
194,145 

  $

  $

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

The following exhibits are filed with or incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

PART IV

Exhibit
Number

  Description

  Previously Filed as Exhibit

Date
Previously
Filed

3.1

  Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation   Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-

  8/15/07

K filed on August 15, 2007

3.1.1

  Certificate of Change

  Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-

  9/7/10

K filed on September 7, 2010

3.1.2

  Certificate of Correction

  Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-

  3/11/13

K filed on March 11, 2013

3.1.3

  Certificate of Change

  Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form

  2/14/14

10-Q filed on February 14, 2014

3.1.4

  Articles of Merger

  Exhibit 3.1.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form

  10/8/15

8-K filed on October 8, 2015

3.1.5

  Certificate of Change

  Exhibit 3.1.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form

  11/25/16

8-K filed on November 25, 2016

3.1.6

  Certificate of Designation for Series B

  Filed herewith

Convertible Preferred Stock filed with Secretary
of State for the State of Nevada on December
23, 2016, and effective as of December 27, 2016

3.2

  Amended and Restated Bylaws

  Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-

  12/15/11

K filed on December 15, 2011

10.1*

  LiveDeal, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003

  Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form

  12/20/07

Stock Plan*

10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2007

10.1.1*

  First Amendment to Amended and Restated 2003

  Appendix A to 2009 Proxy Statement

  1/29/09

Stock Plan*

10.1.2*

  Second Amendment to the LiveDeal, Inc.
Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Plan*

  Appendix A to 2012 Proxy Statement

  1/27/12

10.2*

  Form of 2003 Stock Plan Restricted Stock

Agreement*

  Exhibit 10 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form
10-QSB for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2005

  5/16/05

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
10.3*

  Form of 2003 Stock Plan Stock Option

  Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form

  12/29/08

Agreement*

10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008

10.5

  Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated

  Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form

  5/15/12

April 3, 2012, by and between the Registrant and
Isaac Capital Group LLC

10-Q filed on May 15, 2012

10.5.1

  First Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement,

  Exhibit 10.12.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on

   1/15/13

made and entered into as of April 3, 2012, by and
between the Registrant and Isaac Capital Group
LLC

Form 10-K filed on January 15, 2013

10.5.2

  Senior Subordinated Convertible Note (under

  Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form

  5/15/12

Note Purchase Agreement)

10-Q filed on May 15, 2012

10.5.3

  Subordinated Guaranty (under Note Purchase

  Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form

  5/15/12

Agreement)

10-Q filed on May 15, 2012

10.5.4

  Form of Warrant (under Note Purchase

  Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form

  5/15/12

Agreement)

10-Q filed on May 15, 2012

10.7

  Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 7,

  Filed herewith

10.7a
10.7b

10.8

2014, by and between the Registrant and
Kingston Diversified Holdings LLC

  Amendment No. 1 to Note Purchase Agreement
  Amendment No. 2 to Note Purchase Agreement

  Filed herewith
  Filed herewith

  Convertible Note (under 2014 Note Purchase

  Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form

  1/10/14

Agreement)

10-K filed on January 10, 2014

10.9

  Form of Warrant (under 2014 Note Purchase

  Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form

  1/10/14

Agreement)

10-K filed on January 10, 2014

10.10*

  2014 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

  Appendix A to 2014 Proxy Statement

  6/23/14

10.11

  Share Purchase Agreement, by and among Live

  Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form

  12/29/14

Goods, LLC, DealTicker Inc., from Julian
Gleizer and Daniel Abramov

10-K filed on December 29, 2014

10.12

  Engagement Agreement, dated as of May 16,

  Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form

  5/20/14

2014, by and between the Registrant and
Chardan Capital Markets LLC

10-Q filed on May 20, 2014

10.12.1

  Reinstatement and First Amendment to the
Engagement Agreement, dated, 2014 with
Chardan Capital Markets LLC

  Filed herewith

43

 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
10.13

10.14

  Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2015 by
and among the Registrant, Marquis Affiliated
Holdings LLC, Marquis Industries, Inc. and the
stockholders of Marquis Industries, Inc.

  Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of July 6,
2015 by and among Marquis Affiliated Holdings
LLC, Marquis Industries, Inc., A-O Industries,
LLC, Astro Carpet Mills, LLC, Constellation
Industries, LLC and S F Commercial Properties,
LLC , as Borrowers, and Bank of America, N.A.
as Lender.

  Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form

   1/13/16

10-K filed on January 13, 2016

  Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form

   1/13/16

10-K filed on January 13, 2016

10.15

  Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement,

  Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form

   1/13/16

dated as of July 6, 2015 by and among Marquis
Affiliated Holdings, LLC, Marquis Industries,
Inc., A-O Industries, LLC, Astro Carpet Mills,
LLC, Constellation Industries, LLC and SF
Commercial Properties, LLC as Borrowers and
Isaac Capital Fund I, LLC as Lender

10-K filed on January 13, 2016

10.16

  Lease Agreement, effective July 6, 2015, by and
between 716 River Street Partners LLC, as lessor
and Constellation Industries, LLC as lessee

  Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form

   1/13/16

10-K filed on January 13, 2016

10.17

  Agreement, effective November 30, 2015 by and

  Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form

  2/16/16

among the Registrant, Marquis Affiliated
Holdings LLC, Marquis Industries, Inc. and the
stockholders of Marquis Industries, Inc.

10-Q filed on August 15, 2016

10.18

  Promissory Note dated June 14, 2016, by

  Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form

  8/15/16

Marquis Real Estate Holdings, LLC in favor of
STORE Capital Acquisitions LLC

10-Q filed on August 15, 2016

10.19

10.20

  Mortgage Loan Agreement dated June 14, 2016
by and between STORE Capital Acquisitions
LLC and Marquis Real Estate Holdings, LLC

  Master Lease Agreement dated June 14, 2016 by
and between STORE Capital Acquisitions LLC
and Marquis Real Estate Holdings, LLC

  Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form

  8/15/16

10-Q filed on August 15, 2016

  Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form

  8/15/16

10-Q filed on August 15, 2016

10.21

  Purchase and Sale Agreement dated June 14,

  Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form

  8/15/16

2016 by and between STORE Capital
Acquisitions LLC and Marquis Real Estate
Holdings, LLC

10-Q filed on August 15, 2016

44

 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
10.22

  Stock Purchase Agreement by and among

  Filed herewith

Vintage Stock Affiliated Holdings LLC (an
affiliate of the Registrant), Vintage Stock, Inc.,
and the Shareholders of Vintage Stock, Inc.,
dated November 3, 2016

10.23

10.24

10.25

  Subordinated Promissory Note of Vintage Stock
Affiliated Holdings LLC in favor of certain of
the Shareholders of Vintage Stock, Inc., dated
November 3, 2016

  Filed herewith

  Subordination Agreement by and among Rodney
Spriggs, in his capacity as the representative of
certain of the Shareholders of Vintage Stock,
Inc., and Wilmington Trust, National
Association, dated November 3, 2016

  Filed herewith

  Employment Agreement between Vintage Stock
Inc. and Rodney Spriggs, dated November 3,
2016

  Filed herewith

10.26

  Non-qualified Stock Option Agreement between

  Filed herewith

the Registrant and Rodney Spriggs, dated
November 3, 2016

10.27

  Loan Agreement between Vintage Stock, Inc.
and Texas Capital Bank, National Association,
dated November 3, 2016

  Filed herewith

10.28

  Revolving Credit Note of Vintage Stock Inc., in

  Filed herewith

favor of Texas Capital Bank, National
Association, dated November 3, 2016

10.29

  Security Agreement of Vintage Stock Inc., in

  Filed herewith

favor of Texas Capital Bank, National
Association, dated November 3, 2016

10.30

  Term Loan Agreement among Vintage Stock

  Filed herewith

Inc., Vintage Stock Affiliated Holdings LLC, the
Subsidiaries of the Borrowers Party Hereto, the
Lenders Party Hereto, Wilmington Trust,
National Association, as Administrative Agent,
and Capitala Private Credit Fund V, L.P., as
Lead Arranger, dated November 3, 2017

10.31

10.32

  Form of Note under the Term Loan Agreement

  Filed herewith

  Security and Pledge Agreement among Vintage
Stock Affiliated Holdings LLC, Vintage Stock,
Inc., and Wilmington Trust, National
Association, as Administrative Agent, dated
November 3, 2016

  Filed herewith

45

 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
14

  Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, Adopted

  Exhibit 14 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form

  5/13/04

December 31, 2003

10-QSB for the period ended March 31, 2004

23.1

31.1

  Consent of Public Accountant

  Filed herewith

  Certification of the Chief Executive Officer

  Filed herewith

pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002

31.2

  Certification of the Chief Financial Officer

  Filed herewith

pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 200

32

101

  Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350   Filed herewith

  Exhibits 101 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form

  _________

10-K filed on ____________

  The following materials from the Company’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K, formatted in
XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting
Language): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets
as of September 30, 2016 and 2015, (ii) the
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the
Years Ended September 30, 2016 and 2015,
(iii) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders'
Equity for the Years Ended September 30, 2016
and 2015, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of
Cash Flows for the Years Ended September 30,
2016 and 2015, and (iv) the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

46

 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the registrant has caused this report to be signed on its behalf by
the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated: December 29, 2016

Live Ventures Incorporated

SIGNATURES

/s/ Jon Isaac
Jon Isaac
President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf
of the registrant and in the capacities listed on December 28, 2016.

Signature / Title

/s/ Jon Isaac
Jon Isaac
Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Director

/s/ Tony Isaac
Tony Isaac
Financial Planning and Strategist/Economist and Director

/s/ Richard D. Butler, Jr.
Richard D. Butler, Jr.
Director

/s/ Dennis Gao
Dennis Gao
Director

/s/ Tyler Sickmeyer
Tyler Sickmeyer
Director

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 3.1.6

BARBARA K. CEGAVSKE
Secretary of State
202 North Carson Street
Carson City, Nevada 89701-4201
(775) 684-5708
Websire: www.nvsos.gov 

Certificate of Designation
(PURSUANT TO NRS 78.1955)

  Filed in the office of

/s/ Barbara K. Cegavske

  Barbara K. Cegavske
  Secretary of State
  State of Nevada

Document Number
20160558335-08
Filing Date and Time
12/23/2016 2:13 PM
Entity Number
C6242-1994

Certificate of Designation For
Nevada Profit Corporations
(Pursuant to NRS 78.1955)

1. Name of Corporation:

Live Ventures Incorporated

2. By resolution of the board of directors pursuant to a provision in the articles of incorporation this certificate establishes the following
regarding the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations, restrictions and relative rights of the following class or series of stock.

Pursuant to the authority expressly granted to the Board of Directors of Live Ventures Incorporated (the “Corporation”) by the provisions
of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended, the Board of Directors adopted the Certificate of Designation of Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series B Certificate”).

[Contined on following page.]

3. Effective date of filing: (optional)

December 27, 2016
(must not be later than 90 days after the certificate is filed)

4. Signature: (required)

/s/ signature
Signature of Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
OF
SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
OF
LIVE VENTURES INCORPORATED

Live  Ventures  Incorporated  (the  “Corporation”),  a  Nevada  corporation,  does  hereby  certify  that,  pursuant  to  the  authority
contained in its Articles of Incorporation, as amended, and in accordance with the provisions of Section 78.1955 of the Nevada Revised
Statutes, its Board of Directors has adopted the following resolution creating the following series of the Corporation’s Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock and determined the voting powers, designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special
rights, and the qualifications, limitations, and restrictions thereof, of such series:

RESOLVED,  that,  pursuant  to  the  authority  conferred  upon  the  Board  of  Directors  by  the  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  the
Corporation, as amended (the “Articles of Incorporation”), there is hereby created the following series of Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock:

1,000,000 shares shall be designated Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Series B Convertible

Preferred Stock”).

The designations, powers, preferences, and rights, and the qualifications, limitations, and restrictions of the Series B Convertible

Preferred Stock in addition to those set forth in the Articles of Incorporation shall be as follows:

Section  1.  Designation  and  Amount. This  series  of  Preferred  Stock  shall  be  comprised  of  1,000,000  shares  and  shall  be
designated as “Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.” As used herein, the term “Series B Convertible Preferred Stock” shall refer to shares
of the Corporation’s Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, and the term “Common Stock” shall refer to the Corporation’s Common Stock,
$0.001  par  value  per  share.  The  Corporation  shall  from  time  to  time  in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Nevada  increase  the
authorized  amount  of  its  Common  Stock  if  at  any  time  the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  remaining  unissued  and  available  for
issuance shall not be sufficient to permit conversion of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

Section 2. Dividends. The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of
capital stock of the Corporation unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Articles of Incorporation) the
holders  of  the  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  then  outstanding  shall  first  receive,  or  simultaneously  receive,  a  dividend  on  each
outstanding  share  of  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  pursuant  to  this Section 2.  The  holders  of  the  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred
Stock shall be entitled to receive, as declared by the Board and out of funds legally available for the purpose, a dividend in the aggregate
amount  of  one  (1)  dollar,  regardless  of  the  number  of  then-issued  and  outstanding  shares  of  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock.  The
remaining dividends allocated by the Board shall be distributed in an equal amount per share to the holders of outstanding Common Stock
and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis pursuant to the Conversion Rate as defined below).

Section  3.  No  Liquidation  Preference.  Immediately  prior  to  the  occurrence  of  a  Liquidation  of  the  Corporation,  whether
voluntary of involuntary, all shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall automatically convert to Common Stock based upon the
then applicable Conversion Rate (as defined below) and participate in Liquidation proceeds in the same manner as other shares of Common
Stock.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section  4.  Voting  Rights.  Except  as  expressly  provided  herein,  or  as  provided  by  applicable  law,  the  holders  of  the  Series  B
Convertible Preferred Stock shall have the same voting rights as the holders of the Common Stock and shall be entitled to notice of any
stockholders’  meeting  in  accordance  with  the  Bylaws  of  the  Corporation,  and  the  holders  of  Common  Stock  and  Series  B  Convertible
Preferred Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters. Each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each
share of Common Stock held, and each holder of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share Common
Stock  held  on  an  as-if-converted  to  Common  Stock  basis.  Fractional  votes  shall  not  be  permitted. Any  fractional  voting  rights  resulting
from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock held by each holder could
be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward). In the event the Corporation shall at any
time  consolidate  (by  any  reverse  stock  split  or  otherwise)  or  subdivide  (by  any  forward  stock  split,  stock  dividend,  or  otherwise)  its
outstanding shares of Common Stock into a lesser or greater number of shares, the number of shares of Common Stock of that are equal in
voting power to each share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, as in effect immediately prior to such consolidation or subdivision,
shall be proportionately adjusted.

Section  5.  Conversion.  The  holders  of  the  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  shall  have  the  following  conversion  rights  (the

“Conversion Rights”):

(a) Right  to  Convert.  From  and  after  the  day  on  which  the  Corporation  receives  payment  in  full  for  the  Series  B  Convertible
Preferred Stock from and issues shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock to a particular holder of Series B Convertible
Preferred  Stock  (the  “Issuance Date”),  each  one  share  of  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  held  by  that  holder  shall  be
initially convertible at the option of the holder into 5 shares of Common Stock (such number of shares of Common Stock into
which  each  share  of  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  is  convertible,  the  initial  “Conversion  Rate”).  For  purposes  of
clarification,  the  initial  Conversion  Rate  shall  be  the  quotient  obtained  by  dividing  (i)  1.00  initially  by  (ii)  .20.  Such  “initial
quotient” is .20. The number of shares of Common Stock to be issued upon conversion of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
shall  be  determined  by  dividing  the  number  of  shares  of  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  to  be  converted  by  .20.  The
Conversion Rate shall be subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any forward stock split, reverse stock split, or other
similar recapitalization as set forth herein. Accordingly, if the Conversion Rate has been adjusted, the then-current Conversion
Rate shall be utilized in lieu of 5.

(b) Method of Conversion. In order to convert Series B Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, a holder of

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall:

i.

complete,  execute,  and  deliver  to  the  Corporation  and  the  Corporation’s  transfer  agent  (the  “ Transfer Agent”),  the
conversion  certificate  attached  hereto  as Exhibit A (the “Notice of Conversion”) at least sixty-one (61) days prior to
the holder’s exercise of Conversion Rights, and

ii.

surrender  the  certificate  or  certificates  representing  the  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  being  converted  (the
“Converted Certificate”) to the Corporation.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Notice of Conversion shall be effective and in full force and effect for a particular date that is at least sixty-one (61) days
from  the  date  of  delivery,  if  delivered  to  the  Corporation  and  the  Transfer Agent  on  that  particular  date  prior  to  5:00  p.m.,
Pacific  Standard  Time,  by  facsimile  transmission  or  otherwise  (the  “Conversion  Date”).  The  person  or  persons  entitled  to
receive  the  shares  of  Common  Stock  to  be  issued  upon  conversion  shall  be  treated  for  all  purposes  as  the  record  holder  or
holders of such shares of Common Stock as of the Conversion Date. If the original Notice of Conversion and the Converted
Certificate  are  not  delivered  to  and  received  by  the  Transfer Agent  within  three  (3)  business  days  following  the  Conversion
Date, the Notice of Conversion shall become null and void as if it were never given and the Corporation shall, within two (2)
business days thereafter, instruct the Transfer Agent to return to the holder by overnight courier any Converted Certificate that
may  have  been  submitted  in  connection  with  any  such  conversion.  In  the  event  that  any  Converted  Certificate  submitted
represents  a  number  of  shares  of  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  that  is  greater  than  the  number  of  such  shares  that  is
being  converted  pursuant  to  the  Notice  of  Conversion  delivered  in  connection  therewith,  the  Transfer Agent  shall  advise  the
Corporation to deliver a certificate representing the remaining number of shares of Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  not
converted.

(c) Legend.  Each  certificate  issued  representing  the  shares  of  Common  Stock  issued  upon  a  conversion  shall  bear  a  legend

substantially in the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
OR  THE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  OF  ANY  STATE  IN  RELIANCE  UPON  AN  EXEMPTION  FROM
REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND,
ACCORDINGLY,  MAY  NOT  BE  OFFERED  OR  SOLD  EXCEPT  PURSUANT  TO  AN  EFFECTIVE
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT  OR  PURSUANT  TO  AN  AVAILABLE
EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A  TRANSACTION  NOT  SUBJECT  TO,  THE  REGISTRATION  REQUIREMENTS
OF  THE  SECURITIES ACT AND  IN ACCORDANCE  WITH APPLICABLE  STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS AS
EVIDENCED  BY  A  LEGAL  OPINION  OF  COUNSEL  TO  THE  TRANSFEROR  TO  SUCH  EFFECT,  THE
SUBSTANCE  OF  WHICH  SHALL  BE  REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE  TO  THE  COMPANY.  THIS  SECURITY
MAY  BE  PLEDGED  IN  CONNECTION  WITH A  BONA  FIDE  MARGIN ACCOUNT  WITH A  REGISTERED
BROKER-DEALER  OR  OTHER  LOAN  WITH  A  FINANCIAL  INSTITUTION  THAT  IS  AN  “ACCREDITED
INVESTOR” AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR OTHER LOAN SECURED BY
SUCH SECURITIES.

(d) Absolute Obligation to Issue Common Stock. Subject to the provisions of Section 5(c), above, upon receipt of a Notice of
Conversion  and  upon  the  Conversion  Date,  the  Corporation  shall  absolutely  and  unconditionally  be  obligated  to  cause  a
certificate  or  certificates  representing  the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  to  which  a  converting  holder  of  Series  B
Convertible  Preferred  Stock  shall  be  entitled  as  provided  herein,  which  shares  shall  constitute  fully  paid  and  non-assessable
shares of Common Stock and shall be issued to, delivered by overnight courier to, and received by such holder by the third (3rd)
business day following the Conversion Date. Such delivery shall be made at such address as such holder may designate therefor
in its Notice of Conversion or its written instructions submitted together therewith.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(e) Minimum Conversion. Not fewer than 100 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock may be converted at any one time
by a particular holder, unless the holder then holds fewer than 100 shares and converts all such shares held by it at that time.

(f) Fractional  Shares.  No  fractional  shares  of  Common  Stock  shall  be  issued  upon  conversion  of  the  Series  B  Convertible
Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall round
the  fraction  to  the  next  whole  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock.  Such  number  of  whole  shares  of  Common  Stock  to  be
issued upon the conversion of one share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall be multiplied by the number of shares of
Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  submitted  for  conversion  pursuant  to  the  Notice  of  Conversion  to  determine  the  total
number of shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with any one particular conversion.

(g) Costs. The Corporation shall pay all documentary, stamp, transfer, or other transactional taxes attributable to the issuance or
delivery  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  upon  conversion  of  any  shares  of  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock; provided,
however, that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any taxes that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in
the  issuance  or  delivery  of  any  certificate  for  such  shares  in  a  name  other  than  that  of  the  holder  of  the  shares  of  Series  B
Convertible Preferred Stock in respect of which such shares are being issued.

(h) Valid Issuance. All shares of Common Stock that shall be issued upon conversion of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock into shares of Common Stock will, upon issuance by the Corporation in accordance with this Certificate of Designation,
be duly and validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable and free from all taxes, liens, and charges with respect to the issuance
thereof.

Section 6. Adjustments to Conversion Rate

(a) Adjustments  for  Reverse  Stock  Splits  and  Combinations  and  for  Forward  Stock  Splits  and  Subdivisions.  If  the
Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Issuance Date effect either a reverse stock split or a combination of
the outstanding Common Stock (also known as a reverse stock split) or a forward stock split or subdivision of the outstanding
Common  Stock  (also  known  as  a  forward  stock  split),  the  Conversion  Rate  (expressed  as  a  quotient)  in  effect  immediately
before that subdivision shall be proportionately increased or decreased, as appropriate, so that the number of shares of Common
Stock  issuable  on  conversion  of  each  share  of  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  shall  be  decreased  or  increased,  as
appropriate,  in  proportion  to  such  decrease  or  increase,  as  appropriate  in  the  aggregate  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding. Any adjustments under this Section 6(a) shall be effective at the close of business on the date the forward stock
split becomes effective.

(b) Adjustments  for  Certain  Dividends  and  Distributions.  If  the  Corporation  shall  at  any  time  or  from  time  to  time  after  the
Issuance  Date  make  or  issue  or  set  a  record  date  for  the  determination  of  holders  of  Common  Stock  entitled  to  receive  a
dividend or other distribution payable in shares of Common Stock, then, and in each event, the dividend or other distribution
shall be payable to the then-holders of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock in the same specie as paid to the holders of
Common Stock, calculated for such then-holders of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock at the then-applicable Conversion
Rate, in each case subject to the terms of Section 2.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c) Adjustments  for  Other  Dividends  and  Distributions.  If  the  Corporation  shall  at  any  time  or  from  time  to  time  after  the
Issuance  Date  make  or  issue  or  set  a  record  date  for  the  determination  of  holders  of  Common  Stock  entitled  to  receive  a
dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation other than shares of Common Stock, then, and in each
event, the dividend or other distribution shall be payable to the then-holders of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock in the
same specie as paid to the holders of Common Stock, calculated for such then-holders of the Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock at the then-applicable Conversion Rate, in each case subject to the terms of Section 2.

(d) Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange, and Substitution. If the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series
B Convertible Preferred Stock at any time or from time to time after the Issuance Date shall be changed to the same or different
number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by reclassification, exchange, substitution, or otherwise (other than
by way of a reverse stock split or forward stock split of shares provided for in Sections 6(b) and (c)), then, and in each event, an
appropriate adjustment to the Conversion Rate shall be made and provisions shall be made (by adjustments of the Conversion
Rate  or  otherwise)  so  that  the  holder  of  each  share  of  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  shall  have  the  right  thereafter  to
convert  such  share  of  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  into  the  kind  and  amount  of  shares  of  stock  and  other  securities
receivable upon reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other change, by holders of the number of shares of Common Stock
into  which  such  shares  of  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  might  have  been  converted  immediately  prior  to  such
reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.

(e) Adjustment for Reorganizations, Mergers, Consolidations, or Sales of Assets. If at any time or from time to time there shall
be a capital reorganization of the Corporation (other than by way of a stock split of shares or stock dividends or distributions
provided  for  in  Sections  6(a),  (b),  and  (c),  above,  or  a  reclassification,  exchange,  or  substitution  of  shares  provided  for  in
Section  6(d),  above),  or  a  merger  or  consolidation  of  the  Corporation  with  or  into  another  entity  where  the  holders  of  the
outstanding  voting  securities  prior  to  such  merger  or  consolidation  do  not  own  more  than  50%  of  the  outstanding  voting
securities  of  the  merged  or  consolidated  entity,  immediately  after  such  merger  or  consolidation,  or  the  sale  of  all  or
substantially all of the Corporation’s properties or assets to any other person (each an “Organic Change”),  then,  as  a  part  of
such Organic Change, an appropriate revision to the Conversion Rate shall be made if necessary and provision shall be made if
necessary  (by  adjustments  of  the  Conversion  Rate  or  otherwise)  so  that  the  holder  of  each  share  of  Series  B  Convertible
Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock into the kind and
amount of shares of stock and other securities or property of the Corporation or any successor corporation resulting from such
Organic Change. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provision of this Section 6(e)
with respect to the rights of the holders of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock after such Organic Change to the end that
the provisions of this Section 6(e) (including any adjustment in the Conversion Rate then in effect and the number of shares of
stock  or  other  securities  deliverable  upon  conversion  of  the  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock)  shall  be  applied  after  that
event in as nearly an equivalent manner as may be practicable.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f) No Impairment. The Corporation shall not, by amendment of its Articles of Incorporation or this Certificate of Designation, or
through  any  reorganization,  transfer  of  assets,  consolidation,  merger,  dissolution,  issue  or  sale  of  securities,  or  any  other
voluntary  action,  avoid  or  seek  to  avoid  the  observance  or  performance  of  any  of  the  terms  to  be  observed  or  performed
hereunder by the Corporation, but shall at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 6
and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to provide the Conversion Rights of the holders
of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock against impairment. In the event a holder shall elect to convert any shares of Series
B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  as  provided  herein,  the  Corporation  cannot  refuse  conversion  based  on  any  claim  that  such
holder or any one associated or affiliated with such holder has been engaged in any violation of law, unless (i) an order from the
Securities and Exchange Commission prohibiting such conversion shall have been issued or (ii) an injunction from a court, on
notice, restraining and/or enjoining conversion of all or of said shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall have been
issued and the Corporation posts a surety bond for the benefit of such holder in an amount equal to 120% of the liquidation
preference amount of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock such holder has elected to convert, which bond shall remain in
effect until the completion of arbitration/litigation of the dispute and the proceeds of which shall be payable to such holder in
the event it obtains judgment.

(g) Certificates as to Adjustments. Upon occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Rate pursuant to this
Section  6,  the  Corporation,  at  its  expense,  shall  promptly  compute  such  adjustment  or  readjustment  in  accordance  with  the
terms hereof and furnish to each holder of such Series B Convertible Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment
and  readjustment,  showing  in  detail  the  facts  upon  which  such  adjustment  or  readjustment  is  based.  The  Corporation  shall,
upon written request of the holder of such affected Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, at any time, furnish or cause to be
furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth such adjustments and readjustments, the Conversion Rate in effect at the
time, and the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities or property that at the time would
be received upon the conversion of a share of such Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Corporation shall not be obligated to deliver a certificate unless such certificate would reflect an increase or decrease of at least
one percent of the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

Section 7. Reservation of Stock to be Issued Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of
its  authorized  but  unissued  shares  of  Common  Stock,  solely  for  the  purpose  of  effecting  the  conversion  of  the  shares  of  Series  B
Convertible Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient, based on the Conversion
Rate then in effect, to effect the conversion of all the then-outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. If at any time the
number  of  authorized  but  unissued  shares  of  Common  Stock  shall  not  be  sufficient  to  effect  the  conversion  of  all  the  then-outstanding
shares  of  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  then,  in  addition  to  all  rights,  claims,  and  damages  to  which  the  holder  of  the  Series  B
Convertible  Preferred  Stock  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  at  law  or  in  equity  as  a  result  of  such  failure  by  the  Corporation  to  fulfill  its
obligations to the holders hereunder, the Corporation shall take any and all corporate or other action as may, in the opinion of its counsel,
be helpful, appropriate, or necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be
sufficient for such purpose.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section  8.  Notices.  All  notices  and  other  communications  hereunder  shall  be  in  writing  and  shall  be  deemed  given  if  delivered
personally  or  by  facsimile  or  e-mail  or  three  (3)  business  days  following  being  mailed  by  certified  or  registered  mail,  postage  prepaid,
return-receipt requested, addressed to the holder of record at its address appearing on the books of the Corporation. The Corporation shall
give  written  notice  to  each  holder  of  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  at  least  twenty  (20)  days  prior  to  the  date  on  which  the
Corporation  closes  its  books  or  takes  a  record  (i)  with  respect  to  any  dividend  or  distribution  upon  the  Common  Stock  or  (ii)  for
determining rights to vote with respect to any Organic Change, dissolution, liquidation, or winding-up and in no event shall such notice be
provided to such holder prior to such information being made known to the public.

Section  9.  Protective  Provision. The  terms  of  this  Certificate  of  Designation  shall  not,  by  merger,  consolidation,  or  otherwise,  be
amended,  waived,  altered,  or  repealed  without  the  affirmative  vote  of  the  holders  of  a  majority  of  the  voting  power  of  the  Series  B
Preferred  Stock,  voting  as  a  separate  class.  Any  right  or  preference  of  the  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  set  forth  in  this  Certificate  of
Designation may be waived pursuant to a written instrument signed by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding
shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, which written instrument shall specifically set forth the right or preference
being waived and the extent of such waiver. For the purposes of this Section 9, each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall have one (1)
vote per share. No such amendment waiver, alteration, or repeal shall be effective if, by its terms, such event applies to less than all of the
shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding.

So long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the vote or written consent by
the  holders  of  at  least  a  majority  of  the  then-outstanding  shares  of  Series  B  Preferred  Stock,  voting  together  as  a  separate  class,  create
(whether by merger or otherwise) any new series or class of capital stock ranking pari passu with or having a preference over the Series B
Preferred  Stock  as  to  dividends,  redemption,  or  distribution  of  assets  upon  a  Liquidation  or  enter  into  any  definitive  agreement  or
commitment with respect to the foregoing.

Section 10. Other Rights. The shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall not have any rights, preferences, privileges, or voting powers
or relative, participating, optional, or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein
or in the Articles of Incorporation or as provided by applicable law.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT A

CONVERSION CERTIFICATE

LIVE VENTURES INCORPORATED

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

The undersigned holder (the “ Holder”) is surrendering to Live Ventures Incorporated, a Nevada corporation (the “Corporation”), all of
the Holder’s certificates that, immediately prior to the Conversion (as defined in the Certificate of Designation of the Series B Convertible
Preferred  Stock  (the  “Certificate  of  Designation”)),  represented  shares  of  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  of  the  Corporation  (the
“Series B Convertible Preferred Stock”) in connection with the conversion of all of such Series B Convertible Preferred Stock owned of
record and beneficially by the Holder as of the Conversion Date (as defined in the Certificate of Designation) into that number of shares of
Common Stock of the Corporation, as set forth below.

1. The  Holder  understands  that  the  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  was  issued  by  the  Corporation  pursuant  to  the  exemption
from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), provided by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities
Act and that the shares of Common Stock from which the shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock were initially issued to the
Holder were issued by the Corporation pursuant to the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Section
4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or by Rule 506 of Regulation D, promulgated thereunder.

2. The Holder understands that the exchange of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock for the Common Stock in favor of the Holder
upon the Conversion shall be made pursuant to an exemption from registration provided by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act.

Number of Shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Being Converted: _________________
Number of Shares of Common Stock to be Issued: _____________________________________
Conversion Date: _____________________________________________________________
Delivery Instructions for Certificates of Common Stock: ________________________________
Name of Holder, Printed: ________________________________________________________
Signature of Holder: ___________________________________________________________
Telephone Number of Holder: ____________________________________________________

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.7

____________
____________
____________

LIVEDEAL, INC.

CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Up to $5,000,000 Principal Amount
Convertible Notes

January 7, 2014

The  undersigned,  LiveDeal,  Inc.,  a  Nevada  corporation  (the  " Company"),  proposes  to  issue  and  sell  Kingston  Diversified
Holdings,  (the  “Purchaser"),  for  cash  up  to  $5,000,000  in  principal  amount  of  the  Company's  Convertible  Notes  (collectively,  the
"Notes").  The  Notes  will be  issued  pursuant  to  and  subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  this Agreement  (the  terms  "Agreement"  or
"Purchase Agreement" as used herein or in any Exhibit or Schedule hereto shall mean this Agreement and the Exhibits and Schedules
hereto individually and collectively as they may from time to time be modified or amended).

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings: " Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person,
a stockholder, executive officer, director, manager or any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common
control with such Person, where "control"  means  the  possession,  directly  or  indirectly,  of  power  to  direct  or  cause  the  direction  of  the
management or policies of an entity.

"Approval Date" means the date on which the Company receives approval of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated
hereby from the NASDAQ Capital Market, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and Purchaser, following the
Company's submission of a Listing of Additional Shares Application relating hereto.

"Business Day" means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Nevada are authorized or

required by law to close.

"Change  of  Control  Transaction "  means  (a)  a  sale,  lease  or  other  disposition  of  assets  or  properties  of  the  Company  and  its
Subsidiaries  (calculated  on  a  consolidated  basis)  having  a  book  value  of  fifty-one  percent  (51%)  or  more  of  the  book  value  of  all  the
assets and properties thereof, or (b) any transaction in which one or more persons (other than a holder of capital stock of the Company on
the First Closing Date, or an Affiliate of or successor to any such holder) shall after the First Closing Date directly or indirectly acquire
from the holders thereof, by purchase or in a merger, consolidation or other transfer or exchange of outstanding capital stock, ownership
of or control over capital stock of the Company (or securities exchangeable for or convertible into such stock or interests) entitled to elect
a majority of the Company's Board of Directors or representing at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the number of shares of common stock
outstanding.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
"Closing" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3 hereof. "Code" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3 hereof.

"Common Stock" means the common stock of the Company,  par value $.001 per share; provided, however, that, in the event of
any capital reorganization or reclassification of the common stock of the Company, or any consolidation or merger of the Company with
another corporation, or the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation shall be effected in such a way that
holders  of  Common  Stock  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  stock,  securities  or  similar  equity  interests  with  respect  to  or  in  exchange  for
common stock, then the term "Common Stock" shall mean, for all purposes, such stock, securities or similar equity interests.

"Conversion Shares"  means  Shares  of  Common  Stock  issued  or  issuable  upon  conversion  of  the  Notes  (but,  for  avoidance  of

doubt, shall not include Warrant Shares).

"Disclosure Reports" means all reports, schedules, forms, statements, and other documents required to be filed by the Company
with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  pursuant  to  the  Securities Act  and/or  the  Exchange Act,  and  the  rules  and  regulations
promulgated under each, including pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as well as all amendments to such filings and
reports  and  all  exhibits  and  documents  incorporated  by  reference  therein  or  attached  thereto,  that  have  been  filed  as  of  the  applicable
Closing.

"Effective Date" means the date of this Agreement, as set forth above.

"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and regulations promulgated thereunder.

"Event of Default" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7 hereof.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

"Excluded Issuances" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.13 hereof.

"GAAP" means generally-accepted accounting principles within the United States of America, consistently applied.

"Governmental Authority "  means  any  nation  or  government,  any  state  or  other  political  subdivision  thereof  and  any  entity

exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

"Indemnified Parties" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.6 hereof.

"Indemnifying Parties" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.6 hereof.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
"Material Adverse Effect" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3 hereof.

"Maturity Date" means the second (2nd) anniversary of the Effective Date.

"New Price" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.13 hereof.

"New Shares" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.13 hereof.

"Notes" shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

"Organizational Documents" means, as to any corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership (a) its certificate or
articles of incorporation or formation or certificate of limited partnership, and all amendments thereto, and (b) its bylaws, limited liability
company agreement or partnership agreement, and all amendments thereto.

"Person"  means  an  individual,  partnership,  corporation,  limited  liability  company,  business  trust,  joint  stock  company,  trust,

unincorporated association, joint venture or Governmental Authority.

"Purchaser" shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

"SEC" means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

"Securities" means the Notes, the Conversion Shares, the Warrants and the Warrant Shares.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

"Subsidiary" of any Person means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or estate of which
(or in which) more than 50% of (a) the issued and outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the Board
of Directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether at the time capital stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall or
might  have  voting  power  upon  the  occurrence  of  any  contingency),  (b)  the  interest  in  the  capital  or  profits  of  such  partnership,  joint
venture  or  limited  liability  company  or  (c)  the  beneficial  interest  in  such  trust  or  estate  is  at  the  time  directly  or  indirectly  owned  or
controlled by such Person, by such Person and one or more of its other Subsidiaries or by one or more of such Person's other Subsidiaries.
Unless  otherwise  qualified,  all  references  to  a  "Subsidiary"  or  to  "Subsidiaries" i n this  Agreement  shall  refer  to  a  Subsidiary  or
Subsidiaries of the Company.

"Transaction Documents" means the Purchase Agreement, the Notes and the Warrants.

"Warrants" means the warrants, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, issued or issuable upon conversion of the Notes.

"Warrant Holder" or "Warrantholder" means the registered holder or holders of the Warrants or any related Warrant Shares.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
"Warrant Shares" means Shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of the Warrants.

The Company and Purchaser agree as follows:

Section 1.     Purchase and Sale of the Notes.

1.1           Issuance of the Notes. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to sell to Purchaser,
and Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Company for cash, from and after the Approval Date until and including the Maturity Date,
one or more Notes in an aggregate principal amount of up to $5,000,000; provided, however, that no individual purchase of Notes shall be
in an amount that is less than $100,000. Either the Company or Purchaser shall have the right to cause the sale and issuance of Notes
pursuant to this Agreement, with each Note to be sold and issued upon at least three (3) Business Days advance written notice from the
Company  or  Purchaser,  as  applicable.  Each  Note  sold  and  issued  pursuant  to  this Agreement  shall  (a)  be  dated  as  of  the  date  of  its
issuance,  (b)  be  substantially  in  the  form  of Exhibit  A  hereto  with  the  blanks  appropriately  completed  in  conformity  herewith,  (c)  be
payable  on  the  Maturity  Date,  and  (d)  bear  interest  (based  on  a  360-day  year  counting  actual  days  elapsed)  from  the  date  of  issuance
thereof until due and payable, unless earlier prepaid in full or converted, at the rate equal to eight percent (8.00%) per annum. All interest
on each Note shall be payable in cash on the Maturity Date or upon prepayment in full or conversion of such Note.

1.2              Payment of Purchase Price. The purchase price for each Note shall be (a) equal to ninety-five percent (95.00%) of the
principal amount of the applicable Note, reflecting a five percent (5.00%) discount at issuance, and (b) payable on the date of issuance
thereof in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds pursuant to the Company's written instructions.

1.3              Multiple Closings. The Company's sale and issuance of Notes hereunder may occur in one or more closings (each a
"Closing") between the Approval Date and the Maturity Date. Each Closing shall be subject  to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions
set forth in Section 4.1 hereof. The parties shall reasonably agree as to the time and place for each Closing. At each Closing, the Company
shall deliver to Purchaser the Note purchased by Purchaser, and Purchaser shall deliver the purchase price (less any agreed deductions,
including  the  discount  contemplated  by Section  1.2 hereof) by wire transfer of immediately available funds pursuant to the Company's
written instructions.

Section 2.           Intentionally Omitted.

Section 3.            Representations and Warranties. In order to induce Purchaser to purchase the Notes, the Company hereby represents and
warrants to, and agrees with, Purchaser and its respective successors, endorsees and assigns that, as of the date hereof and as of the date of
each Closing, that, except as set forth in the Disclosure Reports:

3.1             No Default. No Event of Default and no event, condition, act or omission to act, which with the giving of notice or the
passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, has occurred and is continuing or will have occurred and be continuing at
the time of or immediately after the Closing Date.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.2             Organizational Documents. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has delivered or made available to Purchaser an

accurate and complete copy of its Organizational Documents and all amendments thereto.

3.3              Existence and Qualification. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is a corporation, limited liability company or
limited partnership validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation. Each of the
Company and its Subsidiaries is duly qualified to do business and in good standing as a foreign entity in each jurisdiction where its failure
to  so  qualify  or  be  in  good  standing  as  a  foreign  entity  could  reasonably  be  expected  to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  business,
operations, properties or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the ability of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under the Transaction Documents (a "Material Adverse Effect").

3.4             Power and Authority. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has all necessary corporate, limited liability company
or partnership power and authority necessary to own, operate or lease its properties and assets and to conduct its business as now conducted
by it. The Company has all necessary corporate power and authority necessary to borrow under the Purchase Agreement and to issue the
Notes  and,  upon  the  conversion  thereof,  the  Warrants,  and  to  execute,  deliver  and  perform  the  Transaction  Documents  to  which  it  is  a
party. The Company has taken all corporate action required to authorize the borrowings under the Purchase Agreement, the issuance of the
Notes and, upon the conversion thereof, the Warrants, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents to which
it is a party.

3.5              Due Execution and Delivery.  The Company has duly executed and delivered each of the Transaction Documents to
which it is a party. The certificates representing the Notes have been, and upon conversion of the Notes the Warrants will  be,  duly  and
properly executed and delivered.

3.6              Consents:  Governmental Approvals.  No  consent  or  approval  of  any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  and  no  consent,
license, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, any governmental authority, bureau or agency is required to
be  obtained  or  made  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  in  connection  with  the  issuance  of  the  Notes  or  the
Warrants, the execution, delivery or performance of any of the Transaction Documents or the completion of the transactions contemplated
thereby,  except  for  the  approval  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company  and  the  approval  of  the  managers  or  general  partners  of  the
Subsidiaries, as applicable, the approval of the stockholders of the Company and the approval of the members or the limited partners of the
Subsidiaries, as applicable, each of which shall have been obtained or made prior to the Closing Date.

3.7              Binding Effect. Each of the Transaction Documents to which the Company is a party is its legal, valid and binding

obligation, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.8              Absence of Conflicts. The issuance of the Notes and the Warrants by the Company, and the execution, delivery and
performance  of  the  Transaction  Documents  by  the  Company  do  not  and  will  not  (a)  conflict  with  or  violate  any  provision  of  the
Organizational Documents of the Company or the Subsidiaries, (b) conflict with or result in a violation, breach or default by the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries under (i) any provision of any existing statute, law, rule or regulation binding on it or any order, judgment, award,
decree,  license  or  authorization  of  any  court  or  governmental  instrumentality,  authority,  bureau  or  agency  binding  on  it,  or  (ii)  any
mortgage, indenture, lease or other contract, agreement, instrument or undertaking to which it is a party or will be a party immediately after
the Closing Date, or by which or to which it or any of its property or assets is now or immediately after the Closing Date will be bound or
subject, or (c) result in the creation or imposition of any lien, encumbrance or other charge on any of its properties or assets, except for
liens permitted by Section 6.1 or liens in favor of Purchaser created by the Purchase Agreement and Transaction Documents, except in the
case of clause (b) for violations, breaches or defaults that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.9              Litigation. No litigation, proceedings or investigations of or before any court, arbitrator or governmental authority are
currently  pending  or  threatened  against  Company  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  or  pending  or  threatened  against  any  other  person, firm  or
corporation,  which  (a)  question  the  validity  or  the  enforceability  of,  or  otherwise  seek  to  restrain  the  performance  of,  any  of  the
Transaction  Documents  or  any  actions  taken  or  to  be  taken  thereunder,  (b)  in  any  one  case  are  material,  or  (c)  in  the  aggregate  are
reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.10          No Defaults: Adverse Changes . Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is, or immediately after the Closing
Date will be, in default under or in violation of (a) its Organizational Documents, (b) any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or
will  then  be  a  party,  (c)  any  statute,  rule,  writ,  injunction,  judgment,  decree,  order  or  regulation  of  any  court  or  governmental  authority
having  jurisdiction  over it, or  (d)  any  license,  permit,  certification  or  approval  requirement  of  any  customer,  supplier,  governmental
authority or other person, in any way that, in the case of (b), (c) or (d) above, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect. There is no proposed legislative or regulatory change, any threatened or pending revocation of any license or right to do business
with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any threatened or pending labor trouble, condemnation, requisition or embargo
that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.11         Financial Statements. Purchaser has been furnished with the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company
and  its  Subsidiaries  for  the  most  recently  competed  fiscal  year  as  required  by Section  5.1.1 and  the  unaudited  consolidated  financial
statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the most recently competed fiscal quarter as required by Section 5.1.2. Such financial
statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, and fairly present the financial condition and the results of
operations  of  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries,  as  the  case  may  be,  subject,  in  the  case  of  interim  financial  statements,  to  (a)  year-end
adjustments, which individually and in the aggregate will not be materially adverse, and (b) the absence of footnotes.

Section 4.            Conditions Precedent. The obligation of Purchaser to purchase Notes hereunder at each Closing shall be subject to the
satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent on the date of such Closing:

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.1             Representations. All representations and warranties made in Section 3 of this Agreement and in any other agreement,
certificate or instrument furnished to Purchaser in connection herewith, shall be true and correct with the same force and effect as though
such  representations  and  warranties  had  been  made  at  the  time  of,  and  immediately  after  giving  effect  to,  the  sale  of  the  Notes  on  the
Closing Date.

4.2              No Default. At the time of and immediately after giving effect to the sale of the Notes on the Closing Date there shall
exist no Event of Default and no condition, event or act that, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute such an
Event of Default.

4.3              No Adverse Change . There shall have been (a) since the most recently competed fiscal year, no material adverse
change in the assets, business, operations, properties or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) no
material adverse change or disruption in the financial markets, the capital markets or the industries of the Company and its Subsidiaries
that could affect the Company or Purchaser, and (c) no litigation commenced which, if successful, could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect or which would in any way interfere with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

4.4              Additional Documents. Purchaser shall have received all such other agreements, documents, instruments, approvals,
certificates, opinions and information as Purchaser shall reasonably request in connection with this Agreement, the Notes, the Warrants, the
other Transaction Documents and the transactions herein and therein contemplated, including, without limitation, those specified in the list
of  closing  documents  delivered  by  Purchaser  to  the  Company,  all  of  which  shall  be  in  form  and  substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to
Purchaser and its counsel.

Section 5.          Affirmative Covenants. The Company covenants and agrees that it will:

5.1             

Financial  Statements  and  Information.  Furnish  or  cause  to  be  furnished  to  Purchaser  the  following  financial

statements and information:

5.1.1              As  soon  as  available,  but  in  any  event  within  ninety  (90)  days  after  the  close  of  each  fiscal  year  of  the
Company, audited consolidated and unaudited consolidating balance sheets of the Company and of each of its Subsidiaries as of
the close of such fiscal year, and audited consolidated and unaudited consolidating statements of income and retained earnings
and cash flows of the Company and of each of its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, together with (a) copies of the reports and
certificates  relating  thereto  of  independent  certified  public  accountants  of  recognized  standing  selected  by  the  Company  and
reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, (b) such accountants' letter to management relating to such financial statements, and (c) a
report  of  the  chief  executive  officer  or  the  chief  financial  officer  of  the  Company  containing  management's  discussion  and
analysis of the Company's financial condition, results of operations and affairs for such year.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.1.2        As soon as available but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the close of each quarter of each fiscal
year of the Company, unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Company and of each of its Subsidiaries as
of the last day of such quarter and unaudited consolidated and consolidating statements of income and retained earnings and cash
flows of the Company and of each of its Subsidiaries for such quarter and for the period from the beginning of the fiscal year to
the end of such quarter, each such balance sheet and statement of income and retained earnings and changes in financial position
to be certified by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of the Company, in his individual capacity, as fairly
presenting in all material respects the financial condition and results of operation of the Company or such Subsidiary, provided
that  any  such  certificate  may  state  that  the  accompanying  balance  sheet  and  statements  are  subject  to  normal  year-end
adjustments.

5.2             Corporate Existence and Business. Maintain, and cause each Subsidiary to maintain, its separate corporate, limited
liability  company  or  partnership  existence,  as  applicable,  and  its  qualification  and  good  standing  in  all  States  in  which  the  failure  to  so
qualify or be in good standing could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and carry on business of the same general
types presently conducted by it.

5.3              Insurance. Maintain, and cause each Subsidiary to maintain, insurance to such extent and covering such risks as shall
be required by law or by any agreement to which the Company or such Subsidiary is a party, and in any event, insurance with such limits
and covering such risks as is customary for companies engaged in the same or a similar business in the same general areas, and cause each
such  policy  to  be  endorsed  to  provide  Purchaser  at  least  thirty  (30)  days'  prior  written  notice  of  any  cancellation,  non-renewal  or
amendment.  Promptly  give  notice  to  Purchaser  of  any  cancellation  or  lapse  in  coverage  of  any  policy  of  insurance  maintained  by  the
Company or any Subsidiary

5.4              Access to Properties and Information. (a) Provide and cause its Subsidiaries to provide such information concerning
the  operations  of  the  Company  and  of  its  Subsidiaries  as  Purchaser  may  from  time  to  time  reasonably  request  in  writing;  (b)  upon
reasonable  advance  notice  permit,  and  cause  each  Subsidiary  to  permit,  representatives  of  Purchaser  full  and  free  access  during  normal
business hours to its management personnel, properties, books and records, allow and cause each Subsidiary to allow the members of its
management to discuss the affairs, finances and business of the Company and such Subsidiary with Purchaser, and permit and cause each
Subsidiary to permit Purchaser to consult with and advise its directors and officers on the management of its business; and (c) upon request
by a Purchaser, direct, and cause each Subsidiary to direct, its independent accountants to discuss the affairs, finances and business of the
Company and its Subsidiaries with Purchaser.

5.5              Notices. Promptly give notice to Purchaser of (a) any litigation, proceeding, investigation or claim that relates in
whole or in part to this Agreement or any of the Notes and the Warrants, (b) any litigation, proceeding, investigation or claim against or,
after  the  Company  becomes  aware  of  the  same,  affecting  the  Company  or  any  Subsidiary  that  can  reasonably  be  expected  to  materially
adversely affect the financial condition or business of, or to result in a material liability of or judgment or order against, the Company and
its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole), whether or not covered by insurance, or (c) the occurrence or claimed occurrence of an Event of Default
specified in Section 7. The Company shall furnish to Purchaser from time to time all information that Purchaser shall reasonably request
with respect to the status of any such litigation, proceeding, investigation or claim to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.6              Obligations. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy, and cause each Subsidiary to pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy, all
its obligations and liabilities, whether for labor, materials, supplies, services or anything else, before they become delinquent, except to the
extent that (a) appropriate reserves therefor have been provided on its books and the validity or amount of such liability or obligation is
being  contested  in  good  faith  and  by  appropriate  proceedings,  and  (b)  the  failure  to  pay  or  discharge  the  same  could  not  reasonably  be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7              Maintenance of Property. Maintain, keep and preserve, and cause each Subsidiary to maintain, keep and preserve, all
of its properties used or useful in its business in good repair, working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and from time
to time make all necessary and proper repairs, renewals, replacements and improvements thereto; and maintain, preserve and protect all
licenses, copyrights, patents and trademarks owned or held under license and material to the business of the Company or any Subsidiary
(excluding any owned by suppliers of the Company and its Subsidiaries).

5.8              Maintenance of Records. Keep and cause its Subsidiaries to keep proper books of record and account in which full,
true and correct entries will be made, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, of all dealings or transactions of or in
relation to the business and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

5.9             

Compliance  with Applicable  Law.  Comply,  and  cause  each  Subsidiary  to  comply,  with  each  statute,  law,  rule,
regulation,  order  or  other  governmental  requirement,  noncompliance  with  which  (in  any  one  instance  or  in  the  aggregate)  is  reasonably
likely to materially and adversely affect (a) the business, operations, property or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries
taken as a whole, or (b) the Company's ability to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents.

5.10         Further Assurances. Execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered such further instruments and do or cause

to be done such further acts as may be reasonably necessary to carry out this Agreement.

Section 6.          Negative Covenants. The Company covenants and agrees that it will not:

6.1          Liens and Encumbrances. Contract, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to contract,
create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien or other charge or encumbrance of any kind (including
the charge upon property purchased under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement) upon or with respect to any of its or their
property or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

6.1.1         Liens in connection with worker's compensation, unemployment insurance or other social security or similar

obligations;

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.1.2         Deposits  or  pledges  securing  the  performance  of  bids,  tenders,  contracts  (other  than  deposits  of  cash  to
secure the payment of money by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds
and other obligations of like nature made in the ordinary course of business;

6.1.3         Mechanics', carriers', landlords', warehousemen's, workers', materialmen's or other like liens arising in the

ordinary course of business with respect to obligations which are not due or which are being contested in good faith;

6.1.4       Liens for truces, assessments, levies or governmental charges imposed upon the Company or its Subsidiaries
or  their  respective  properties,  operations,  income,  products  or  profits,  which  shall  not  at  the  time  be  due  or  payable  or  if the
validity thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

6.1.5         Reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights of way, covenants, conditions, restrictions and
other  similar  title  exceptions  or  encumbrances  affecting  real  property  which  do  not  materially  detract  from the value  of  the
property affected or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any Subsidiary;

6.1.6        Attachment, judgment and other similar liens arising in connection with court proceedings, provided that the
execution or other enforcement thereof is effectively stayed (including stays resulting from the filing of an appeal) within sixty
(60) days and the claims secured thereby are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

6.1.7       Capital lease obligations or security interests securing purchase money indebtedness not otherwise prohibited
hereunder, provided that such security interests do not extend or attach to assets other than those acquired with the proceeds of
such indebtedness;

6.1.8 Leases of real property; and

6.1.9 Liens existing on the date hereof and set forth in the Disclosure Reports.

6.2             

Loans.  Lend  money  or  credit,  or  make  or  permit  to  be  outstanding  loans  or  advances,  to  any  person, firm or
corporation or other enterprise, or permit any Subsidiary to lend, make or permit any of the foregoing, except (a) loans or advances in the
nature of deposits or prepayments to subcontractors, suppliers and others in the ordinary course of business, (b) loans or advances between
Subsidiaries and the Company, between Subsidiaries, and (c) loans or advances to employees, not exceeding $10,000 in the aggregate at
any one time outstanding.

6.3              Liquidation or other Disposition of Business. Except in connection with any merger or consolidation of the Company
with one or more of its Subsidiaries or the Subsidiaries with one or more other Subsidiaries, (a) wind up, liquidate its affairs or dissolve, or
permit any Subsidiary to do so; enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation or permit any Subsidiary to do so, or (b) convey, sell,
lease or otherwise dispose of all or (except inventory sold in the ordinary course of business) any substantial part of its assets or properties,
or permit any Subsidiary to do so.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.4             

Indebtedness. Directly or indirectly create, incur or assume, or otherwise be, become or remain liable on, or permit
any Subsidiary to do so, any indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property, any other liability evidenced by
bonds,  debentures,  notes  or  similar  instruments,  or  under  leases  required  to  be  capitalized  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  except  for
indebtedness evidenced by the Notes or otherwise contemplated by this Agreement.

6.5              Affiliates.  Purchase,  acquire  or  lease  any  property  from,  or  sell,  transfer  or  lease  any  property  to,  or  permit  any
Subsidiary to do so, any Affiliate except (a) in transactions which are on terms comparable in all material respects to the terms which would
prevail in an arm's-length transaction between unaffiliated third parties, and (b) in transactions between the Company and any Subsidiary, or
between Subsidiaries, not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement.

6.6              ERISA. Terminate or withdraw, or permit any Subsidiary to terminate or withdraw, from any plan defined in Section
4021(a) of ERISA in respect of which the Company or any Subsidiary is an "employer" or a "substantial employer" as defined in Sections
3(5) and 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, respectively, so as to result  in any material liability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the PBGC
pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA or material liability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to such plan; engage, or permit
any Subsidiary to engage, in any "prohibited transaction" (as defined in Section 4975 of the Code) involving any such plan which would
result in a material liability for an excise tax or civil penalty in connection therewith; incur or suffer to exist, or permit any Subsidiary to
incur  or  suffer  to  exist,  any  material  "accumulated  funding  deficiency"  (as  defined  in  Section  302  of  ERISA),  whether  or  not  waived,
involving any such plan; incur, or permit any Subsidiary to incur, any withdrawal liability in connection with a "complete withdrawal" or a
"partial withdrawal", as defined in Sections 4203 and 4205, respectively, of ERISA, with respect to any multiemployer plan as defined in
Section 3(37) of ERISA; establish, or permit any Subsidiary to establish, any new employee pension benefit plans; or increase or permit any
Subsidiary to increase the benefits under any employee pension benefit plans.

Section 7.          Events of Default. In the event that:

7.1             The Company fails to pay (a) any principal of any Note when such amount becomes due in accordance with the terms
thereof, or (b) any interest on any Note or any other payment of money required to be made to any of Purchaser hereunder, within three (3)
days after such amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

7.2              Any representation or warranty made to Purchaser in this Agreement or in any certificate, agreement or instrument
executed and delivered to Purchaser by the Company or any Subsidiary or by its accountants or officers pursuant to this Agreement is false,
inaccurate or misleading in any material respect on the date as of which made; or

7.3             (a) the Company defaults in the performance of any term, covenant, agreement, condition, undertaking or provision of
Section  6 hereof,  or  (b)  the  Company  defaults  in  the  performance  of  any  other  term,  covenant,  agreement,  condition,  undertaking  or
provision of this Agreement, any of the Notes or any other agreement or instrument executed and delivered to any of Purchaser (or their
agent)  by  the  Company  as  provided  in  this Agreement  or  in  connection  with  the  transactions  contemplated  in  this Agreement,  and  such
default  is  not  cured  or  waived  within thirty (30)  days  after  the  Company  receives  notice  of  such  default  from  Purchaser  or  from  a  third
party; or

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.4             the Company fails to pay any principal of or interest on any of its other material indebtedness for a period longer than

the grace period, if any, provided for such payment; or

7.5            a Change of Control Transaction occurs; or

7.6             (a) One or more final judgments, decrees or orders shall be entered against the Company or any Subsidiary involving
in the aggregate a liability (not fully covered by insurance other than applicable deductibles) of $100,000 or more and all such judgments,
decrees  or  orders  shall  not  have  been  vacated,  paid  or  discharged,  dismissed,  or  stayed  or  bonded  pending  appeal  (or  other  contest  by
appropriate proceedings) within sixty (60) days from the entry thereof, (b) pursuant to one (I) or more judgments, decrees, orders, or other
proceedings,  whether  legal  or  equitable,  any  warrant  of  attachment,  execution  or  other  writ  is  levied  upon  any  property  or  assets  of  the
Company or any Subsidiary and is not satisfied, dismissed or stayed (including stays resulting from the filing of an appeal) within sixty (60)
days, (c) all or any substantial part of the assets or properties of the Company or any Subsidiary are condemned, seized or appropriated by
any government or governmental authority, or (d) any order is entered in any proceeding directing the winding up, dissolution or split-up of
the Company or any Subsidiary; or

7.7            (a) Any event occurs of a type described in Section 4043(b) of ERISA with respect to, or any proceedings are instituted
by the PBGC to have a trustee appointed to administer or to terminate, any plan referred to in Section 6.6 hereof, of the Company or any
Subsidiary, which event or institution of proceedings is, in the reasonable opinion of Purchaser, reasonably likely to result in a termination
of  such  plan  and  to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  upon  the  business,  operations,  assets  or  financial  condition  of  the  Company  and  its
Subsidiaries as a consolidated entity, or (b) a trustee shall be appointed by a United States District Court to administer any such plan with
vested  unfunded  liabilities  that  are  material  in  relation  to  the  business  operations,  assets  or  financial  condition  of  the  Company  and  its
Subsidiaries as a consolidated entity; or

7.8             

The  Company  (a)  commences  any  case,  proceeding  or  other  action  (i)  under  any  existing  or  future  law  of  any
jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief
entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up,
liquidation,  dissolution,  composition  or  other  relief  with  respect  to  it  or  its  debts,  or  (ii)  seeking  appointment  of  a  receiver,  trustee,
custodian  or  other  similar  official  for  it  or  for  all  or  any  substantial  part  of  its  assets,  or  (b)  is  the  debtor  named  in  any  other  case,
proceeding  or  other  action  of  a  nature  referred  to  in  clause  (a)  above  which  (i)  results  in  the  entry  of  an  order  for  relief  or  any  such
adjudication or appointment or (ii) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of sixty (60) days, or (c) takes any action in
furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence to, any order, adjudication or appointment of a nature referred to in
clause (a) or (b) above, or (d) shall generally not be paying, shall be unable to pay, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as
they become due, or (e) shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.9              On or at any time after the Closing Date (a) any of the Transaction Documents for any reason, other than a partial or
full release in accordance with the terms thereof, ceases to be in full force and effect or is declared to be null and void, or (b) the Company
contests  the  validity  or  enforceability  of  any  Transaction  Document  in  writing  or  denies  that  it  has  any  further  liability  under  any
Transaction Document to which it is party, or gives notice to such effect;

then, and in any such event (an "Event of Default"), (x) if such event is of the type described in Section 7.8, the Notes shall automatically
become due and payable, or (y) in any other such event, and at any time thereafter, if such event shall then be continuing, subject to the
provisions  of Section 8, Purchaser may, by written notice to the Company, declare due and payable the principal of, and interest on, the
Notes  held  by  Purchaser,  whereupon  the  same  shall  be  immediately  due  and  payable.  In  the  event  that  any  of  the  Notes  becomes  or  is
declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity, the same shall become due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other
notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived.

Section 8.           Effectiveness of Covenants: Consents.

8.1             Effectiveness of Covenants. The covenants contained in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the
Notes  and  all  other  indebtedness  outstanding  under  this Agreement  are  paid  in  full  whereupon  they  shall  terminate  and  be  of  no  further
force or effect, except that the covenants enumerated in the next sentence shall continue in full force and effect with respect to Purchaser
holding  Warrants  and  Warrant  Shares  after  the  payment  of  the  Notes  and  such  other  indebtedness. Any  holder  of  Warrants  or  Warrant
Shares  who  does  not  also  hold  a  Note  shall  be  deemed  a  Purchaser  hereunder  with  respect  to  such  holder's  ownership  of  Warrants  or
Warrant Shares solely for the purposes of Sections 5.1.1, 5.1.2, 5.4, 5.5, 6.5, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12.

8.2              Consents and Waivers. Any provision in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, with the written consent of
Purchaser,  the  Company  may  be  relieved  from  the  effect  of  any  Event  of  Default  or  from  compliance  with  any  covenant,  agreement  or
undertaking  contained  herein  or  in  any  instrument  executed  and  delivered  as  herein  provided, except the  provisions  for  the  payment  or
prepayment of the Notes, and the provisions of the Warrants.

Investment Representation.  Purchaser  acknowledges  (a)  that  the  Notes  and  the  other  Securities  being  acquired  by
Section 9.           
Purchaser  are  not  being  and  will  not  be  registered  under  the  Securities  Act  on  the  ground  that  the  issuance  thereof  is  exempt  from
registration  under  Section  4(2)  of  the  Securities Act  as  not  involving  any  public  offering,  and (b) that  the  Company's  reliance  on  such
exemption is predicated in part on the representation hereby made to the Company by Purchaser that it is an "accredited investor" within
the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, and is acquiring the Notes and the other Securities for investment for
its own account, with no present intention of dividing its participation with others or reselling or otherwise distributing the same, subject,
nevertheless, to any requirement of law that the disposition of its property shall at all times be within its control. Purchaser is not aware of
any  particular  occasion,  event  or  circumstance  upon  the  occurrence  or  happening  of  which  it  intends  to  dispose  of  the  Notes  or  other
Securities.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 10.          Transfers; Replacement of Notes.

1 0 . 1           Transfers. Purchaser shall be entitled to assign and transfer all or any part of its Notes or Warrants, or any interest or
participation therein, and its related rights under this Agreement; and upon the assignment or transfer by Purchaser of all or any part of its
Notes  or  Warrants  or  its  interest  therein  (except  in  public  offering  registered  under  the  Securities Act,  or  a  sale  pursuant  to  Rule  144
thereunder), the term "Purchaser" as used herein shall thereafter include, to the extent of the interest so assigned or transferred, the assignee
or transferee of such interest.

10.2          Issuance of New Notes. The Company will at any time, at its expense, at the request of a holder of a Note, and upon
surrender of such Note for such purpose, issue a new Note or Notes in exchange therefor, payable to the order of the holder or such person
or persons as may be designated by such holder, dated the last date to which interest has been paid on the surrendered Note, or, if such
exchange  shall  take  place  prior  to  the  due  date  of  the  first  interest  payment,  the  date  of  issuance  of  such  original  Note,  in  such
denominations as may be requested, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the Note so surrendered and
substantially in the form of such Note with appropriate revisions. Upon such exchange the term ''Note" as used herein shall include such
new Note or Notes.

10.3         

Replacement  of  Notes.  Upon  receipt  of  evidence  satisfactory  to  the  Company  of  the  loss,  theft,  destruction  or
mutilation  of  any  Note  and,  if  requested  in  the  case  of  any  such  loss,  theft  or  destruction,  upon  delivery  of  an  indemnity  bond  or  other
agreement or security reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of
such Note, the Company will issue a new Note, of like tenor and amount and dated the date to which interest has been paid, in lieu of such
lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note; provided, however, if any Note of which Purchaser, its nominee, or any of its partners is the holder
is lost, stolen or destroyed, the affidavit of an authorized partner or officer of the holder setting forth the circumstances with respect to such
loss, theft or destruction shall be accepted as satisfactory evidence thereof, and no indemnification bond, or other security shall be required
as a condition to the execution and delivery by the Company of a new Note in replacement of such lost, stolen or destroyed Note other than
the holder's written agreement to indemnify the Company.

Section 11.          Judicial Proceedings.

11.1 Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of any Arizona
State or Federal court sitting in the City of Phoenix over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of
the  Notes,  Warrants  or  other  Transaction  Documents.  To  the  fullest  extent  it  may  effectively  do  so  under  applicable  law,  the  Company
irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction
of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought
in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an  inconvenient
forum.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.2           The Company agrees, to the fullest extent they may effectively do so under applicable law, that a judgment in any suit,
action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 11.1 brought in any such court shall, subject to such rights of appeal on issues other
than jurisdiction as may be available, be conclusive and binding upon the Company and may be enforced in the courts of the United States
of America or the State of Arizona (or any other courts to the jurisdiction of which the Company is or may be subject) by a suit upon such
judgment.

11.3           Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees  (1) to the extent such party is not otherwise
subject  to  service  of  process  in  the  State  of Arizona,  to  appoint  and  maintain  an  agent  in  the  State  of Arizona  as  such  party's  agent  for
acceptance of legal process, and (2) that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, service of process may also be made on such
party by prepaid certified mail with a proof of mailing receipt validated by the United States Postal Service constituting evidence of valid
service, and that service made pursuant to (1) or (2) above shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, have the same legal force
and effect as if served upon such party personally within the State of Arizona.

11.4         Nothing in this Section 11 shall affect the right of any of Purchaser to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or
limit any right that any of Purchaser may have to bring proceedings against the Company in the courts of any jurisdiction or to enforce in
any lawful manner a judgment obtained in one (1) jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.

11.5          THE COMPANY HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE NOW OR HEREAFTER TO A
JURY TRIAL IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF
THE NOTES, THE WARRANTS OR THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS.

11.6          Upon breach or default by the Company with respect to any obligation hereunder, under the Notes, the Warrants or
other Transaction Documents, Purchaser (or their agents) shall be entitled to protect and enforce their rights at law, or in equity or by other
appropriate  proceedings  for  specific  performance  of  such  obligation,  or  for  an  injunction  against  such  breach  or  default,  or  in  aid  of  the
exercise of any power or remedy granted hereby or thereby or by law.

Section 12.          Miscellaneous.

1 2 . 1           Notices. All notices, requests, demands or other communications to or upon the respective parties hereto shall be in
writing  and  shall  be  deemed to have  been  given  or  made,  and  all  financial  statements,  information  and  the  like  required  to  be  delivered
hereunder shall be deemed to have been delivered, five (5) days after deposited in the mails, registered or certified with postage prepaid,
addressed to the Company at 6240 McLeod Drive, Suite 120, Las Vegas, Nevada 89120, Attn: Accounting Department, and  to Purchaser at
535 Burleigh Private, Ottawa Ontario K1J 1J9, Canada, or to such other address as any of them shall specify in writing to the other. No or
method  of  giving  notice  is  hereby  precluded.  Upon  the  reasonable  request  of  Purchaser,  the  Company  will  deliver  to Purchaser,  at  the
Company's expense, additional copies of all financial statements, information and the like required hereunder.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12.2          Cumulative Remedies. Etc.  No  failure  or  delay  on  the  part  of  any  of  Purchaser  in  exercising  any  right,  power  or
privilege hereunder, and no course of dealing between the Company and Purchaser, or any of them, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor
shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder preclude the simultaneous or later exercise of any other right,
power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein expressly provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which
Purchaser, or any of them, would otherwise have. No notice to or demand on the Company in any case shall entitle the Company to any
other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of Purchaser, or any of them, to take
any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand.

12.3          No Oral Changes; Assignment; Survival of Representations . This Agreement may not be changed or terminated orally.
This Agreement  shall  be  binding  upon  the  Company  and  Purchaser  and  its  successors  and  assigns.  Neither  the  Company  nor  Purchaser
shall not make any assignment of its rights under this Agreement, the Notes, the Warrants or other Transaction Documents or subject this
Agreement,  the  Notes,  the  Warrants  or  other  Transaction  Documents  or  its  rights  hereunder  to  any  lien  or  security  interest  of  any  kind
whatsoever;  and  any  such  assignment,  lien  or  security  interest  shall  be  absolutely  void  and  unenforceable  as  against  Purchaser.  All
agreements,  representations  and  warranties  made  herein  or  in  writing  otherwise  in  connection  herewith  shall  survive  the  issuance  of  the
Notes and the Warrants.

12.4           Expenses. Each  of  the  parties  hereto  agrees  to  pay  all  of  its  expenses  arising  in  connection  with  the  negotiation,
preparation,  execution,  delivery,  administration,  exercise  of  rights  under  and  enforcement  of,  and  any  amendment,  supplement  or
modification to, or waiver of any provision of, this Agreement, the Notes, the Warrants, and the Transaction Documents, including without
limitation all documentary, stamp and similar taxes and assessments, all recording and filing fees and taxes charged by any governmental
authority.

12.5           GAAP. All calculations after the Closing Date shall be made and all financial statements  and data generated after the
Closing Date and required hereby shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP (as in effect at the date of preparation) consistently applied,
except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

12.6          

Indemnification  Generally.  The  Company  and  the  Subsidiaries  (collectively  " Indemnifying  Parties")  agree  to
indemnify  and  hold  harmless  Purchaser,  their  respective  Affiliates,  partners,  subsidiaries,  directors,  officers,  employees,  agents  and
representatives  (collectively,  the  "Indemnified Parties")  to  the  maximum  extent  permitted  by  law,  from  and  against  any  and  all  liability
(including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees incurred in defending against any such liability) under, arising out of or relating to this
Agreement,  the  Notes,  the  Warrants  and  the  other  Transaction  Documents,  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  or  thereby  or  in
connection herewith or therewith, and all action or failures to act and the transactions contemplated thereby, including (to the maximum
extent permitted by law) any liability arising under Federal or state securities laws, except to the extent such liability shall result from any
act  or  omission  on  the  part  of  the  Indemnified  Parties  constituting  willful  misconduct  or  gross  negligence  or  the  inaccuracy  of
representations in Section 9. The rights and obligations of the Indemnifying Parties under this Section 12.6 shall survive and continue to be
in full force and effect notwithstanding the Notes not having been purchased, the repayment of the Notes, the expiration or repurchase of
the  Warrants  or  Warrant  Shares  and  the  termination  of  this Agreement.  The  Indemnifying  Parties  shall  not  be  liable  to  the  Indemnified
Parties  for  any  punitive,  exemplary  or  consequential  damages  as  a  result  of  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement  or  the
Transaction Documents.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12.7          Governing Law.  This Agreement  shall  be  governed  by  and  construed  in  accordance  with  the  Jaws  of  the  State  of
Nevada, without regard to principles of conflict of laws. The parties hereto hereby declare that it is their intention that this Agreement shall
be regarded as made under the laws of the State of Nevada and that the laws of said State shall be applied in interpreting its provisions in all
cases where legal interpretation shall be required.

12.8         Execution of Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed
to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be executed by the parties'
exchange  of  signature  pages  via  facsimile,  pdf  or  similar  electronic  transmission,  and  any  executed  signature  pages  exchanged  in  such
fashion shall be deemed originals for all purposes.

12.9          Public Announcements. None of the parties hereto shall issue any press release or other public statement concerning
the transactions provided for in this Agreement without the prior consent of the other parties, except to the extent required by applicable
law, regulation or legal process.

12.10          Captions: Gender. The descriptive headings of the Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and
shall not affect the meaning, construction or interpretation of  any  of  the  provisions  hereof.  The  use  of  the  masculine  form  of  a  pronoun
shall be deemed, where appropriate, to include the masculine and feminine forms of such pronoun.

12.11           Legends.  Certificates  evidencing  the  Securities  issued  upon  any  conversion  of  the  Notes  and/or  exercise  of  the
Warrants  shall  bear  the  following  restrictive  legend,  in  addition  to  any  other  legends  determined  to  be  necessary  or  appropriate  in  the
Company's reasonable discretion:

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE  NOT  BEEN  REGISTERED  WITH  THE  SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  THE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  OF  ANY
STATE  IN  RELIANCE  UPON  AN  EXEMPTION  FROM  REGISTRATION  UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED  (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND,
ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN
EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT  OR
PURSUANT  TO AN AVAILABLE  EXEMPTION  FROM,  OR  IN A  TRANSACTION
NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES
ACT AND 1N ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE
SKY  LAWS.  THESE  SECURITIES  MAY  BE  PLEDGED  IN  CONNECTION  WITH A
BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12.12       NASDAQ  and  Stockholder Approval  Matters. The  Company  covenants  and  agrees  to  use  commercially  reasonable
efforts to obtain, as promptly as practicable, any approvals of the Company's stockholders required under the Company's Organizational
Documents,  applicable  law  and/or  the  listing  rules  and  regulations  of  the  NASDAQ  Capital  Market  in  connection  with  the  transactions
contemplated  by  this  Agreement.  Following  such  approval  (if  obtained  via  written  consent  in  compliance  with  the  Company's
Organizational Documents and applicable law), the Company covenants and agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the
SEC, as promptly as practicable, an Information Statement on Schedule 14C describing this Agreement and the transactions contemplated
hereby. The parties acknowledge and agree that Purchaser shall not be entitled to convert any Notes, or exercise any Warrants, into shares
of Common Stock, unless and until (a) any required stockholder approvals are obtained and (b) the time period prescribed by Rule 14c-2
promulgated under the Exchange Act has expired. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, unless and until stockholder approval of
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is obtained by the Company, in no event shall Purchaser be entitled to convert any Notes,
or  exercise  any  Warrants,  to  the  extent  that  any  such  conversion  or  exercise  would  result  in  Purchaser  acquiring  in  such  transactions  a
number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  exceeding  19.99%  of  the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  issued  and  outstanding  immediately
prior to the Effective Date. Purchaser shall not be entitled to vote any shares of Common Stock acquired by it pursuant to this Agreement or
the other Transaction Documents in connection with any such stockholder approval sought by the Company.

12.13      Anti-Dilution. If, within the two (2)-year period following the issuance of any Note, the Company issues shares of its
capital stock in connection with a financing or an acquisition of, or merger or consolidation with, another entity ("New Shares") at a price
that is less than the applicable conversion price or exercise price actually paid by Purchaser for any Conversion Shares or Warrant Shares
obtained pursuant to such Note (or the Warrant issuable upon conversion of such Note), as applicable (" New Price"), then within ten (10)
Business Days of such issuance, Purchaser shall be issued, without payment of any additional consideration, additional shares of Common
Stock so that such new shares when combined with the Conversion Shares and/or Warrant Shares issued to Purchaser upon conversion of
the applicable Notes and/or exercise of the applicable Warrants would equal the number of shares of Common Stock Purchaser would have
received had the applicable conversion price and/or exercise price been the New Price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the New Price may
not be less than $0.70 per share. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the following shall not be
considered "New Shares" for purposes of this Section 12.13 (collectively, the "Excluded Issuances" and each an "Excluded Issuance"):

12.13.1      

shares  of  capital  stock  issued  upon  conversion  of,  or  exchange  for,  any  outstanding  {a)  shares  of  any
preferred stock, (b) options, or (c) securities of the Company convertible into or exercisable for shares of the Company's, in all
cases that are outstanding as of the First Closing Date;

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12.13.2      restricted stock or options issued to directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Company pursuant to
the Company's existing stock incentive plan or any future stock incentive plan approved by the Company's board of directors and
stockholders;

12.13.3       shares of Common Stock issued to officers, directors, employees, consultants, service providers or vendors

in lieu of cash payments otherwise due;

12.13.4       warrants or convertible securities issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors, lenders or other financial

institutions, or to real property lessors or in connection with a financing; or

12.13.5 any securities deemed in writing to not be New Shares by Purchaser.

12.14       Preparation of Document/Independent Counsel. After Purchaser and the Company negotiated among themselves, this
Agreement was prepared by Snell & Wilmer L.L.P, as legal counsel to the Company. Snell & Wilmer L.L.P. has not acted as legal counsel
to any other party, including Purchaser. Purchaser acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to review this Agreement with its own legal
counsel.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally left Blank; Signature Page Follows]

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign in the space provided below.

COMPANY:

LIVEDEAL, INC., a
Nevada corporation

By: /s/ Tony
Isaac                            
Name:  Tony Isaac
Its: V.P. Operation

The foregoing is hereby accepted
and agreed to, as of the date
first above written, by Purchaser
signing below:

PURCHASER:

_______________

By: /s/ Tudor Minai Gavura                       
Name: Tudor Minai Gavrua
Its: Presidene

[Signature Page - Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT A

Form of Note

(See attached)

A-1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT B

Form of Warrant

(See attached)

 B-1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.7a

Kingston Diversified Holdings LLC
535 Burleigh Private
Ottawa, Ontario K1J 1J9
Canada

LIVEDEAL, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Up to $10,000,000 Principal Amount
Convertible Notes

October 29, 2014

This is Amendment No. 1 (the " Amendment") to that certain Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated January 7, 2014, by
and  between  the  undersigned,  LiveDeal,  Inc.,  a  Nevada  corporation  (the  "Company"),  and  Kingston  Diversified  Holdings  LLC  (the
"Purchaser"). Pursuant to such Agreement, the Company proposed to issue and sell to the Purchaser for cash up to $5,000,000 in principal
amount of the Company's Convertible Notes (collectively, the "Notes"). The Notes were to be issued pursuant to and subject to the terms
and conditions of such Agreement (the terms " Agreement" or "Purchase Agreement" as used therein or in any Exhibit or Schedule thereto
shall mean such Agreement and the Exhibits and Schedules thereto individually and collectively as they may from time to time be modified
or amended). As of the end of the Company's 2014 fiscal year, the Company had not issued and sold any Notes to the Purchaser.

1.       Explanatory Provisions.  This Amendment  (i)  increases  the  maximum  principal  amount  of  the  Notes  to  $10,000,000  in
principal amount, (ii) eliminates the original issue discount provision of Section 1.2(a) of the Agreement and replaces it with an execution
payment, as set forth in Section 3 of this Amendment, and (iii) provides certain additional adjustments to the Note Conversion Price and to
the Warrant Exercise Price. The Amendment shall not become effective unless, on or before November 30, 2014, the Company shall have
issued and sold Notes to the Purchaser in the aggregate principal amount of not less than $100,000. Except as otherwise specifically set
forth in this Amendment, all of the definitions, obligations, terms, and conditions set forth in the Agreement remain unaltered and in full
force and effect.

2.       Conditions Precedent and Subsequent Deemed Modifications. Although the Company may now issue and sell Notes to the
Purchaser  in  excess  of  an  aggregate  of  $5,000,000  in  principal  amount  up  to  a  maximum  of  $10,000,000  in  principal  amount,  the
conversion  provisions  thereof  and  the  contingent  grants  of  Warrants  as  referenced  therein  shall  be  stayed  unless  and  until  the  Company
shall have complied with the approval provisions set forth in Section 12.12 of the Agreement, which provisions shall be deemed to apply to
such  incremental  Notes  and  related  Warrants;  provided,  however, that  the  Company  need  not  commence  its  commercially  reasonable
efforts  to  obtain  any  approvals  of  its  stockholders  required  under  the  Company's  Organizational  Documents,  applicable  law  and/or  the
listing rules and regulations of the NASDAQ Capital Market in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment until
fifteen (15) calendar days following the filing of its Annual Report on Form 10-K. for its fiscal year ended September 30, 2014; provided,
further,  that  the  Company  may  use  a  Proxy  Statement  for  a  regular  or  special  meeting  of  its  stockholders  in  lieu  of  an  Information
Statement as so specified in Section 12.12 of the Agreement. Unless otherwise specified in the Amendment, until all of such approvals in
connection with this Amendment have been obtained, the terms and conditions of any Notes issued or issuable shall be in accordance with
the terms and conditions of the Agreement. From and after the date on which such approvals have been obtained, the terms and conditions
of any then-issued and outstanding Notes and, if granted in connection with the conversion of any Notes, the terms and conditions of any
such related Warrants then outstanding shall be deemed modified to comply with the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment as if
such outstanding Notes or Warrants had been issued or granted, as applicable, on such date.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.       Payment of Purchase Price [Subsection 1.2(a)]; Initial Conversion Payment. Section 1.2(a) of the Agreement is hereby
deleted in full. Not later than three (3) Business Days after the first conversion by the Purchaser of any of the Notes, the Company shall
cause to be delivered to the Purchaser that number of unregistered, restricted shares of the Company's common stock as shall equal five
percent (5%) of the quotient of $10,000,000 divided by the Note Conversion Price in respect of such first conversion. Unless and until the
occurrence of such conversion, the Company shall not owe any Initial Conversion Payment or equivalent to the Purchaser.

4.       Additional Adjustments  To  Note  Conversion  Price . In addition  to,  and  without  modification  of,  any  other  provision  of
Section 2.3 of the Note, this Amendment will add a new subsection (e) thereto to read as follows: "So long as this Note is outstanding, the
Conversion Price then in effect shall be subject to successive adjustments, on a continuous basis, in the event that the mean average of the
daily VWAP for any ten (10) consecutive Business Days is less than the then current Conversion Price.  In each such event, the Conversion
Price shall be reduced to such mean average. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Conversion Price (i) be increased by any
subsequent increase in such ten (10)-Business day VWAP following any reduction in the Conversion Price or (ii) be reduced below $0.70
per  share  pursuant  to  this Section  2.3(e),  as  such  per-share  "floor"  price  may  be  adjusted  by  any  forward  splits  or  reverse  splits  or
consolidations  that  may  occur  from  and  after  the  date  of  the  Purchase Agreement.  For  the  sake  of  clarity,  the  provisions  of  this  Section
2.3(e) are in addition to (not in lieu of) the provisions set forth in Section 12.13 of the Purchase Agreement."

5.       Additional Adjustments  to  Warrant  Exercise  Price . In addition  to,  and  without  modification  of,  any  other  provision  of
Section 11 of the Warrant, this Amendment will add a new subsection (j) thereto to read as follows: "So long as this Warrant is outstanding,
the Exercise Price then in effect shall be subject to successive adjustments, on a continuous basis, in the event that the mean average of the
daily VWAP for any ten (10) consecutive Business Days is less than the then-current Exercise Price.  In each such event, the Exercise Price
shall  be  reduced  to  such  mean  average.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in  no  event  shall  the  Exercise  Price  (i)  or  (ii)  be  reduced  below
$0.77  per  share  pursuant  to  this Section 11(j),  as  such  per-share  "floor"  price  may  be  adjusted  by  any  forward  splits  or  reverse  splits or
consolidations  that  may  occur  from  and  after  the  date  of  the  Purchase Agreement.  For  the  sake  of  clarity,  the  provisions  of  this  Section
11(j) are in addition to (not in lieu of) the provisions set forth in Section 12.13 of the Purchase Agreement."

6.              Incorporation  Of All  Miscellaneous  Provisions. All  of  the  Miscellaneous  provisions  of  the Agreement,  with  the  sole

exception of Section 12.14, are incorporated herein by reference as if set forth in full hereat.

7.       Preparation of Amendment/Independent Counsel. After Purchaser and the Company negotiated between themselves, this
Amendment was prepared by Baker & Hostetler LLP, as special counsel to the Company. Baker & Hostetler LLP has not acted as legal or
business counsel to any other party, including Purchaser. Purchaser acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to review this Agreement
with its own legal and business counsel.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign in the space provided below.

COMPANY:

LIVEDEAL, INC., a Nevada corporation

By: /s/ Jon Isaac                         
Name: Jon Isaac
Its: Chief Executive Officer

The foregoing is hereby accepted and
agreed to, as of the date first above written,
by Purchaser signing below:

PURCHASER:

KINGSTON DIVERSIFIED HOLDINGS LLC

By: /s/ Tudor Mihai Gavrila                     
Name: Tudor Mihai Gavrila
Its: Managing Member

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.7b

Kingston Diversified Holdings LLC
13223 Black Mountain Road, Suite 298
San Diego, California 92129

LIVE VENTURES INCORPORATED

AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO
CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Up to $10,000,000 Principal Amount
Convertible Notes

This is Amendment No. 2 (this “Second Amendment”)  to  that  certain  Convertible  Note  Purchase Agreement,  dated  January  7,
2014,  and  amended  as  of  October  29,  2014,  by  and  between  the  undersigned,  Live  Ventures  Incorporated,  a  Nevada  corporation  then
known as LiveDeal, Inc. (the “Company”), and Kingston Diversified Holdings LLC (the “Purchaser”). Pursuant to such Agreement as so
initially  amended,  the  Company  proposed  to  issue  and  sell  to  the  Purchaser  for  cash  up  to  $10,000,000  in  principal  amount  of  the
Company’s Convertible Notes (collectively, the “ Notes”). The Notes were to be issued pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions
of such Agreement, as so initially amended (the terms “Agreement” or “Purchase Agreement” as used therein or in any Exhibit or Schedule
thereto shall mean such Agreement, as so initially amended, and the Exhibits and Schedules thereto, individually and collectively, as they
may from time to time thereafter be modified or amended). As of the date hereof, the Company is not obligated under any Notes to the
Purchaser.

1.                 Explanatory Provisions. This Amendment is executed this 21st day of December, 2016, and memorializes (i) the
October 2015 interim agreement of the parties to extend the Maturity Date by 12 months as a compromise between the parties in respect of
certain of their respective rights and duties under the Agreement, (ii) the agreement between the parties, reached as of September 15, 2016
(the “Effective Date”), that resulted from the parties’ negotiations during the approximate two-month period that preceded their agreement,
and (iii) the prospective exchange of all of the shares of Consideration Common Stock (as defined below) for the shares of Consideration
Series B Stock (as defined below).

2.                

Amendment.  This Amendment  (i)  decreases  the  maximum  principal  amount  of  the  Notes  from  $10,000,000  in
principal amount to $2,000,000 in principal amount, (ii) eliminates any and all actual, contingent, or other obligations of the Company to
issue  to  the  Purchaser  any  shares  of  the  Company’s  capital  stock,  or  to  grant  any  rights,  warrants,  options,  or  other  derivatives  that  are
exercisable or convertible into shares of the Company’s capital stock (other than (a) the previously completed conversion by the Purchaser
of that certain Note dated October , 2104, into shares of the Company’s common stock as of December 17, 2014, and (b) any conversion
rights set forth in any Notes that may be sold by the Company to the Purchaser hereunder), and (iii) authorizes the issuance to the Purchaser
of 279,441 shares of the Company’s common stock (collectively, the “ Consideration Common Stock”), valued (as of the Effective Date) in
the aggregate at $2,800,000. The Purchaser acknowledges that (x) from and after the Effective Date through and including December 31,
2021, it shall not sell, transfer, assign, hypothecate, pledge, margin, hedge, trade, or otherwise obtain or attempt to obtain any economic
value from any of such shares or any shares into which they may be converted or for which they may be exchanged, (ii) the certificate(s)
representing  such  shares  (or  any  conversion  or  exchange  shares)  shall  bear  a  standard  “1933 Act”  legend  and  a  supplemental  legend  to
reflect  such  long-term  holding  restrictions,  and  (iii)  the  company’s  transfer  agent  will  place  stop  transfer  instructions  on  its  books  and
records in respect of each such certificate for the duration of such long-term restriction period.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.                 Exchange of Shares. The Company has advised the Purchaser that the Company expects that it will file a Certificate
of  Designation  of  a  new  series  of  Preferred  Stock  (Series  B  Preferred  Stock)  on  or  about  December  27,  2016,  and  has  provided  to  the
Purchaser a draft of such Certificate. The Company and the Purchaser have agreed that, rather than certificating the 279,441 shares of the
yet-to-  be-certificated  Consideration  Common  Stock,  the  Company  will  cause  to  be  certificated  and  delivered  to  the  Purchaser  55,888
shares  of  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  (the  “Consideration Series B Stock”)  in  lieu  thereof  as  soon  as  practicable  following  the  Company’s
filing of the Certificate of Designation with the Secretary of State for the State of Nevada.

4.                Incorporation of Definitions, etc. Except as otherwise specifically set forth or memorialized in this Amendment, all of

the definitions, obligations, terms, and conditions set forth in the Agreement remain unaltered and in full force and effect.

5.                

Incorporation  Of All  Miscellaneous  Provisions. All  of  the  Miscellaneous  provisions  of  the Agreement  are

incorporated herein by reference as if set forth in full hereat.

6.                 Preparation of Amendment/Independent Counsel. After Purchaser and the Company negotiated between themselves,
this Amendment was prepared by Baker & Hostetler LLP, as special counsel to the Company. Baker & Hostetler LLP has not acted as legal
or  business  counsel  to  any  other  party,  including  Purchaser.  Purchaser  acknowledges  that  it  has  had  the  opportunity  to  review  this
Agreement with its own legal and business counsel.

If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign in the space provided below.

COMPANY:

LIVE VENTURES INCORPORATED,
a Nevada corporation

By: /s/ Jon Isaac                                
Name: Jon Isaac
Its: Chief Executive Officer

The foregoing is hereby accepted and
agreed to by the Purchaser signing below:

PURCHASER:

KINGSTON DIVERSIFIED HOLDINGS LLC

By: /s/ Juan Yunis                             
Name: Juan Yunis
Its: Managing Member

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.22

CONFIDENTIAL

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

by and among

VINTAGE STOCK AFFILIATED HOLDINGS LLC

VINTAGE STOCK, INC.,

and

THE SHAREHOLDERS OF VINTAGE STOCK, INC.

November 3, 2016

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

1.1   Definitions

ARTICLE 2 SALE AND PURCHASE OF SHARES; CLOSING

2.1   Sale and Purchase of Shares

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2.2   Purchase Price; Payment of Purchase Price and Closing Date Revolving Loan Amount; Closing Payment

Certificate

2.3   Closing

ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLERS

3.1   Organization and Good Standing; Trust Matters

3.2   Authority; No Conflict

3.3   Capitalization

3.4   Financial Statements

3.5   Books and Records

3.6   Title to Properties; Leased Real Property

3.7   Condition of Assets

3.8   Accounts Receivable

3.9   Inventory

3.10   No Undisclosed Liabilities

3.11   Taxes

3.12   Employee Benefits

3.13   Compliance; Governmental Authorizations

3.14   Legal Proceedings; Orders

3.15   Absence of Certain Changes and Events

3.16   Contracts; No Defaults

3.17   Insurance

3.18   Environmental Matters

3.19   Employees

3.20   Labor Relations; Compliance

3.21   Intellectual Property

3.22   Certain Payments

3.23   Suppliers

ii

1

1

11

11

11

12

12

13

13

14

15

16

16

17

17

17

18

18

20

21

22

23

25

27

28

29

29

30

31

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.24   Relationships with Affiliates

3.25   Brokers or Finders

3.26   Indebtedness; Tangible Shareholders’ Equity

3.27   Loans with Sellers, Executives, and Directors

3.28   Bank Accounts

3.29   Unclaimed or Abandoned Property; Escheat

3.30   No Other Representations and Warranties

ARTICLE 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER

4.1   Organization and Good Standing

4.2   Authority; No Conflict

4.3   Investment Intent

4.4   Certain Proceedings

4.5   Brokers or Finders

4.6   [Intentionally Omitted].

4.7   Sufficiency of Funds

4.8   Independent Investigation

ARTICLE 5 COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLERS PRIOR TO THE CLOSING

5.1   Access and Investigation; Financial Statements

5.2   Operation of the Business of the Company

5.3   Negative Covenant; Cash Distributions

5.4   Notification

5.5   Payment of Indebtedness; Tangible Shareholders’ Equity

5.6   Claims

5.7   Reasonable Best Efforts

5.8   No Solicitation of Other Bids

5.9   Financing

ARTICLE 6 COVENANTS OF THE BUYER

6.1   Reasonable Best Efforts

6.2   Financing

6.3   Access

ARTICLE 7 ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

7.1   Certain Tax Covenants

iii

32

32

32

32

33

33

33

33

33

33

34

34

34

34

34

35

35

35

35

36

36

37

37

37

37

38

38

38

38

38

39

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.2   Section 338(h)(10) Election

7.3   Consents

7.4   Release by the Sellers

7.5   Confidentiality

7.6   Non-competition; Non-solicitation

7.7   Audited Financial Statements

7.8   [Intentionally Omitted].

7.9   Further Assurances

7.10   Reasonable Best Efforts to Close by November 3, 2016

ARTICLE 8 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE BUYER’S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

8.1   Accuracy of Representations

8.2   Performance of Covenants

8.3   Consents

8.4   Additional Documents

8.5   No Material Adverse Effect

8.6   No Proceedings

8.7   No Claim Regarding Ownership or Sale Proceeds

8.8   Injunction

8.9   No Indebtedness; Minimum Tangible Shareholders’ Equity

8.10   Financing

ARTICLE 9 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE SELLERS’ OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

9.1   Accuracy of Representations

9.2   Buyer’s Performance

9.3   Additional Deliveries

9.4   Indebtedness Payoff Obligation

9.5   No Injunction

9.6   Consents

ARTICLE 10 TERMINATION

10.1   Termination of Agreement

10.2   Effect of Termination

ARTICLE 11 SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

iv

41

42

42

43

43

45

45

45

45

45

45

46

46

46

47

47

47

47

47

47

48

48

48

48

48

48

49

49

49

50

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.1   Survival

11.2   Indemnification

11.3   Indemnification Procedures

11.4   Payments

11.5   Offset

11.6   Treatment of Indemnification Payments

11.7   [Intentionally Omitted]

11.8   Exclusive Remedies

11.9   Mitigation

11.10   No Circular Recovery

ARTICLE 12 GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1   Expenses

12.2   Public Announcements

12.3   Authority and Rights of the Sellers’ Representative

12.4   Notices

12.5   Amendment and Modification; Waiver

12.6   Entire Agreement

12.7   Successors and Assigns

12.8   Severability

12.9   Construction of Terms

12.10   Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Jury

12.11   Counterparts

12.12   No Third Party Beneficiaries; No Recourse to Financing Sources

12.13   Specific Performance

12.14   Certain Legal Matters

12.15   Acknowledgment

v

50

50

52

54

54

55

55

55

55

55

56

56

56

56

56

58

58

58

59

59

59

59

60

60

60

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Index of Exhibits

Exhibit A-1 – Form of Employment Agreement for Rodney Spriggs

Exhibit A-2 – Form of Employment Agreement for Steve Wilcox

Exhibit B – Form of Subordinated Promissory Note

vi

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS  STOCK  PURCHASE AGREEMENT   (this  “Agreement”)  is  made  and  entered  into  as  of  November  3,  2016,  by  and
among  Vintage  Stock  Affiliated  Holdings  LLC,  a  Nevada  limited  liability  company  (the  “ Buyer”),  Vintage  Stock,  Inc.,  a  Missouri
corporation (the “Company”), the trustees of the trusts (the “Trusts”) that hold all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company, and the
trustees of three of the Trusts, Rodney Spriggs, Kenneth Caviness, and Steven Wilcox acting in their respective individual capacities (each
of  the  trustees  and  such  three  individuals,  a  “Seller,”  and,  collectively,  the  “Sellers”),  and  Rodney  Spriggs,  in  his  capacity  as  the
representative of the Sellers for certain purposes of this Agreement (in such capacity, the “Sellers’ Representative”).

WHEREAS, the Sellers collectively own, of record and beneficially, all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of

the Company (the “Shares”); and

WHEREAS, the Buyer desires to acquire the Shares from the Sellers and the Sellers desire to sell the Shares to the Buyer, in each

case on the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises, covenants, and agreements herein contained, and other good and

valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.1              Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified in this Section:

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

“Accounting Referee” is defined in Section 7.2.

“Accounts Receivable” is defined in Section 3.8.

“Acquisition Proposal” is defined in Section 5.8(a).

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person (i) that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries,
controls,  is  controlled  by,  or  is  under  common  control  with,  such  Person,  (ii)  that  is  a  general  partner,  director,  manager,  trustee,  or
principal officer of, or a limited partner owning more than 10% of the voting interests of, such Person, or (iii) of which such Person is a
general partner, director, manager, trustee, or principal officer or a limited partner owning more than 10% of the voting interests of, such
Person.  For  purposes  of  this  definition,  “control”  (including  the  terms  “controlled  by”  and  “under  common  control  with”)  means  the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct, or to cause the direction of, the management or policies of the Person in question
through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

“Agreement” is defined in the Preamble to this Agreement.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Allocation Schedule” is defined in Section 7.2.

“Audited Financials” is defined in Section 7.7.

“Basket” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(c)(i).

“Benefit Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.12(a).

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday or a Sunday and any day other than a day that is a bank holiday in the State

of Missouri or the State of Nevada.

“Buyer” is defined in the Preamble to this Agreement.

“Buyer Indemnified Party” and “Buyer Indemnified Parties” are defined in Section 11.2(a).

“Closing” is defined in Section 2.3.

“Closing Date” means the date on which the Closing occurs.

“Closing  Date  Balance  Sheet”  means  the  balance  sheet  of  the  Company  as  of  immediately  prior  to  the  Closing  on  the  Closing
Date,  prepared  according  to  GAAP  and  on  a  basis  consistent  with  the  historical  accounting  policies,  methodologies,  practices,  and
assumptions applied by the Company, provided such historical policies, methodologies, practices, and assumptions are in accordance with
GAAP.

“Closing  Date  Revolving  Loan Amount”  means  the  amount  outstanding  immediately  prior  to  the  Closing  under  the  Revolving

Loan.

“Closing Payment Certificate” is defined in Section 2.2(c).

“Closing Shareholder Payment Amount” is defined in Section 2.2(b).

“Closing Term Loan Payment Amount” means the aggregate amount necessary to satisfy and extinguish the Term Loan

“Company” is defined in the Preamble to this Agreement.

“Company Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property that is owned or held for use by the Company.

“Company  IP  Agreements ”  means  all  written  licenses,  sublicenses,  consent  to  use  agreements,  settlements,  coexistence
agreements, covenants not to sue, permissions, and other Contracts (including any right to receive or obligation to pay royalties or any other
consideration),  relating  to  Intellectual  Property  to  which  the  Company  is  a  party,  beneficiary,  or  otherwise  bound  (other  than  Contracts
pursuant  to  which  Intellectual  Property  is  licensed  to  the  Company  under  “shrink  wrap”  or  “click  through”  license  agreements
accompanying  commercially  available  retail  computer  software  or  web  applications  that  have  not  been  modified  or  customized  for  the
Company).

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Company  IP  Registrations”  means  all  Company  Intellectual  Property  owned  by  the  Company  that  is  subject  to  any  issuance
registration, application, or other filing by, to, or with any Governmental Body or authorized private registrar in any jurisdiction, including
registered trademarks, domain names, and copyrights, issued and reissued patents, and pending applications for any of the foregoing.

“Consent” means any approval, consent, ratification, waiver, or other authorization (including any Governmental Authorization).

“Contemplated Transactions” means all of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including: (i) the sale of the Shares
by the Sellers to the Buyer; (ii) the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents by the parties thereto; and (iii) the performance
by the Buyer, the Sellers, and the Company of their respective covenants and obligations under the Transaction Documents.

“Contracts”  means  all  contracts,  leases,  deeds,  mortgages,  licenses,  instruments,  notes,  commitments,  undertakings,  indentures,

joint ventures, and all other agreements, commitments, and legally binding arrangements, whether written or oral.

“Direct Claim” is defined in Section 11.3(c).

“Disclosure Schedules” means the Disclosure Schedules delivered by the Sellers to the Buyer concurrently with the execution and

delivery of this Agreement.

“Dollars or $” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

“Employment Agreements” means, collectively, the individual Employment Agreements between the Company, on the one hand,

and Rodney Spriggs and Steve Wilcox, on the other hand, in the forms attached hereto as Exhibits A-1 and A-2, respectively.

“Encumbrance”  means  any  charge,  claim,  community  property  interest,  condition,  equitable  interest,  lien,  mortgage,  guarantee,
right of way, option, pledge, security interest, right of first refusal, or any restriction on use, voting, transfer, receipt of income, or exercise
of any other attribute of ownership other than any such items or conditions created with respect to the Financing.

“Environment” means soil, land surface, or subsurface strata, surface waters (including navigable waters, streams, ponds, drainage
basins, and wetlands), groundwater, drinking water supply, stream sediments, ambient air (including indoor air), plant and animal life, and
any other environmental medium or natural resource.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Environmental, Health, and Safety Liabilities” means any cost, damage, liability, or other obligation arising under Environmental
Law or Occupational Safety and Health Law and consisting of or relating to (i) any environmental, health, or safety matters or conditions
(including on-site or off-site contamination, occupational safety and health, and regulation of chemical substances or products); (ii) fines,
penalties,  judgments,  awards,  settlements,  legal  or  administrative  proceedings,  damages,  losses,  claims,  demands,  and  response,
investigative,  remedial  or  inspection  costs  and  expenses  arising  under  Environmental  Law  or  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Law;  (iii)
financial responsibility under Environmental Law or Occupational Safety and Health Law for cleanup costs or corrective action, including
any  investigation,  cleanup,  removal,  containment,  or  other  remediation  or  response  actions  (“Cleanup”)  required  by  applicable
Environmental  Law  or  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Law  (whether  or  not  such  Cleanup  has  been  required  or  requested  by  any
Governmental  Body  or  other  Person)  and  for  any  natural  resource  damages;  or  (iv)  any  other  compliance,  corrective,  investigative,  or
remedial  measures  required  under  Environmental  Law  or  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Law.  The  terms  “ removal,”  “remedial,”  and
“response action” include the types of activities covered by the U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability
Act, 42 U.S.C. §9601 et seq., as amended.

“Environmental Law” means any Environmental hazardous substance or pollutant Legal Requirement that requires or relates to:
(i)  advising  appropriate  authorities,  employees,  and  the  public  of  intended  or  actual  releases  of  pollutants  or  hazardous  substances  or
materials, violations of discharge limits, or other prohibitions and of the commencement of activities that could have significant impact on
the  Environment;  (ii)  preventing  or  reducing  to  acceptable  levels  the  release  of  pollutants  or  hazardous  substances  or  materials  into  the
Environment;  (iii)  reducing  the  quantities,  preventing  the  release,  or  minimizing  the  hazardous  characteristics  of  pollutants  that  are
generated;  (iv)    protecting  natural  resources,  species,  or  ecological  amenities;  (v)  reducing  to  acceptable  levels  the  risks  inherent  in  the
transportation  of  hazardous  substances,  pollutants,  oil,  or  other  potentially  harmful  substances  with  respect  to  the  Environment;  (vi)
cleaning up pollutants that have been released into the Environment, preventing the threat of release, or paying the costs of such clean up or
prevention; or (vii) making responsible parties pay private parties for damages done to their health or the Environment, or permitting self-
appointed representatives of the public interest to recover for injuries done to public assets.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

“ERISA Affiliate” means all employers (whether or not incorporated) that would be treated together with the Company or any of

its Affiliates as a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code.

“Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the

rules and regulations thereunder, which shall be in effect at the time.

“Facilities” means any real property, leaseholds, or other interests in real property currently owned, occupied, or operated by the

Company and any buildings or structures currently owned, leased, occupied, or operated by the Company.

“Final Order” means an Order of a Governmental Body that is in full force and effect and with respect to which no appeal, request
for stay, request for reconsideration, or other request for review is pending; with respect to which the time for appeal, requesting a stay,
requesting reconsideration, or requesting other review has expired; and with respect to which the time for the Governmental Body to set
aside the order sua sponte has expired.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Financial Statements” is defined in Section 3.4(a).

“Financing” is defined in Section 6.2.

“GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time.

“Governmental Authorization” means any approval, consent, license, permit, waiver, or other authorization issued, granted, given,

or otherwise made available by or under the authority of any Governmental Body or pursuant to any Legal Requirement.

“Governmental Body”  means  any:  (i)  nation,  state,  county,  city,  town,  village,  district,  or  other  jurisdiction  of  any  nature;  (ii)
federal, state, local, municipal, foreign, or other government; (iii) governmental or quasi-Governmental Body of any nature (including any
governmental  agency,  branch,  department,  official,  or  entity  and  any  court  or  other  tribunal);  (iv)  multi-national  governmental  or  quasi-
governmental organization or body; or (v) body exercising, or entitled to exercise, any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police,
regulatory, or taxing authority or power of any nature.

“Hastings Project” means the acquisition of certain assets, leasehold interests, and other property rights of the business of Hastings

Entertainment by the Company.

“Hazardous  Activity”  means  the  distribution,  generation,  handling,  importing,  management,  manufacturing,  processing,
production,  refinement,  storage,  transfer,  transportation,  treatment,  or  use  (including  any  withdrawal  or  other  use  of  groundwater)  of
Hazardous Materials in, on, under, or about the Facilities or any part thereof or the Release about, or from the Facilities or any part thereof
into  the  Environment,  and  any  other  act,  business,  activity,  or  operation  that  increases  the  danger,  or  risk  of  danger,  or  poses  an
unreasonable risk with respect to Hazardous Materials of harm to persons or property on or off the Facilities, or that may adversely affect
the value of the Facilities currently used by the Company in any material respect.

“Hazardous  Materials”  means  any  waste  or  other  substance  that  is  listed,  defined,  designated,  or  classified  as,  or  otherwise
determined to be, hazardous, radioactive, or toxic or a pollutant or a contaminant under any Environmental Law, including any mixture or
solution thereof.

“Improvements” is defined in Section 3.6(c).

“Indebtedness” means, other than trade payables of the Company incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business or indebtedness of
the Company incurred pursuant to the Financing, (i) indebtedness for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or
services, including (A) any indebtedness evidenced by a Contract, note, bond, debenture, or similar instrument, (B) accrued interest and any
prepayment premiums, penalties, breakage costs, or other similar obligations in respect thereof, and (C) any guarantees or other contingent
obligations  in  respect  thereof;  (ii)  obligations  to  pay  rent  or  other  amounts  under  any  lease  of  real  property  or  personal  property,  or  a
combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet under GAAP;
(iii) obligations in respect of outstanding letters of credit, acceptances, and similar obligations created for the account of such person; and
(iv) liabilities under interest rate cap agreements, interest rate swap agreements, foreign currency exchange agreements, and other hedging
agreements or arrangements.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Indemnified Party” is defined in Section 11.3.

“Indemnifying Party” is defined in Section 11.3.

“Individuals” is defined in Section 3.21(g).

“Intellectual  Property”  means  all  intellectual  property  and  industrial  property  rights  and  assets,  and  all  rights,  interests,  and
protections that are associated with, similar to, or required for the exercise of, any of the foregoing, however arising, pursuant to the Legal
Requirements  of  any  jurisdiction  throughout  the  United  States  of America,  whether  registered  or  unregistered,  including  any  and  all:
(i)  trademarks,  service  marks,  trade  names,  brand  names,  logos,  trade  dress,  design  rights,  and  other  similar  designations  of  source,
sponsorship,  association,  or  origin,  together  with  the  goodwill  connected  with  the  use  of  and  symbolized  by,  and  all  registrations,
applications,  and  renewals  for,  any  of  the  foregoing;  (ii)  internet  domain  names,  whether  or  not  trademarks,  registered  in  any  top-level
domain by any authorized private registrar or Governmental Body, web addresses, web pages, websites, and related content, accounts with
Twitter,  Facebook,  and  other  social  media  companies  and  the  content  found  thereon  and  related  thereto,  and  URLs;  (iii)  works  of
authorship, expressions, designs, and design registrations, whether or not copyrightable, including copyrights, author, performer, moral, and
neighboring rights, and all registrations, applications for registration, and renewals of such copyrights; (iv) inventions, discoveries, trade
secrets, business and technical information and know-how, databases, data collections, and other confidential and proprietary information
and all rights therein; (v) patents (including all reissues, divisionals, provisionals, continuations and continuations-in-part, re-examinations,
renewals,  substitutions,  and  extensions  thereof),  patent  applications,  and  other  patent  rights  and  any  other  Governmental Authorization
indicia of invention ownership (including inventor’s certificates, petty patents, and patent utility models); and (vi) software and firmware,
including  data  files,  source  code,  object  code,  application  programming  interfaces,  architecture,  files,  records,  schematics,  computerized
databases, and other related specifications and documentation, other than “off-the-shelf” products and “shrink wrap” software licensed to
the Company in the Ordinary Course of Business.

“Interim Balance Sheet” is defined in Section 3.4(a).

“Interim Balance Sheet Date” is defined in Section 3.4(a).

“IRC” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor law, and regulations issued by the IRS pursuant

thereto.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or any successor agency, and, to the extent relevant, the U.S. Department of the

Treasury.

An individual will be deemed to have “Knowledge”  of  a  particular  fact  or  matter  if  he  or  she  is  actually  aware  of  such  fact  or
matter  or  if  a  prudent  individual  in  similar  circumstances  would  become  aware  of  such  fact  or  matter  in  the  course  of  conducting  a
reasonably  comprehensive  investigation  concerning  the  existence  of  such  fact  or  matter.  “ Knowledge  of  the  Company”  means  the
Knowledge of Rodney Spriggs, Kenneth Caviness, or Steven Wilcox.

“Leased Real Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b).

“Legal Requirement” means any Order, constitution, law, ordinance, principle of common law, rule, regulation, statute, treaty, or

other requirement or rule of law of any Governmental Body.

“Losses”  means  losses,  damages,  liabilities,  deficiencies,  judgments,  interest,  awards,  penalties,  fines,  costs,  or  expenses  of
whatever  kind,  including  reasonable  attorneys’  fees  and  the  cost  of  enforcing  any  right  to  indemnification  hereunder  and  the  cost  of
pursuing any insurance providers; provided, however, that “Losses” shall not include punitive, incidental, consequential, special or indirect
damages, except in the case of fraud or to the extent actually awarded to a Governmental Body or other third party.

“Material Adverse  Effect ”  means  any  event,  occurrence,  fact,  condition,  or  change  that  is,  or  could  reasonably  be  expected  to
become, materially adverse to (i) the business, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise), or assets of the Company or (ii) the
ability of any Seller to consummate the Contemplated Transactions on a timely basis; provided, however, that “Material Adverse Effect”
shall  not  include  any  event,  occurrence,  fact,  condition,  or  change,  directly  or  indirectly,  arising  out  of  or  attributable  to:  (A)  general
economic or political conditions; (B) conditions generally affecting the industries in which the Company operates, including increases in
competition; (C) any changes in financial or securities markets in general; (D) acts of war (whether or not declared), armed hostilities, or
terrorism, or the escalation or worsening thereof and any man-made disaster or acts of God; (E) any action required or permitted by this
Agreement or any action taken or not taken with the written consent of or at the written request of the Buyer; (F) any changes in applicable
Legal  Requirements  or  accounting  rules,  including  GAAP;  (G)  the  public  announcement,  pendency,  or  completion  of  the  Contemplated
Transactions;  (H)  any  failure,  in  and  of  itself,  by  the  Company  to  meet  any  internal  or  published  projections,  forecasts,  or  revenue  or
earnings predictions (it being understood that the underlying facts or occurrences giving rise to such failure may be taken into account in
determining whether there has been or will be, a Material Adverse Effect, other than facts or occurrences set forth in clauses (A) through
(G) immediately above); or (I) any event that would otherwise constitute a material adverse effect under this definition that is subsequently
materially cured by the Company or Sellers; provided further, however, that any event, occurrence, fact, condition, or change referred to in
clauses (A) through (D) immediately above shall be taken into account in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred or
could reasonably be expected to occur to the extent that such event, occurrence, fact, condition, or change has a disproportionate effect on
the Company compared to other participants in the industries in which the Company conducts its businesses.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Material Contracts” is defined in Section 3.16.

“Nondisclosure Agreement” means that certain Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement dated effective as of July 1, 2016

between the Company and Live Ventures Incorporated.

“Occupational Safety and Health Law” means any Legal Requirement designed to provide safe and healthful working conditions
and to reduce occupational safety and health hazards, and any program, whether governmental or private (including those promulgated or
sponsored by industry associations and insurance companies), designed to provide safe and healthful working conditions.

“Order”  means  any  award,  decree,  decision,  injunction,  judgment,  order,  ruling,  subpoena,  or  verdict  entered,  issued,  made,  or

rendered by any court, administrative agency, or other Governmental Body or by any arbitrator.

“Ordinary Course of Business” means an action taken by the Company that is consistent with the past practices of the Company

and is taken in the ordinary course of the Company’s normal day-to-day operations.

“Organizational Documents” means (i) the articles or certificate of incorporation and bylaws of a corporation; (ii) the articles of
organization  or  certificate  of  formation  or  similar  document  and  limited  liability  company  agreement  or  operating  agreement  or  similar
document of a limited liability company; (iii) any charter or similar document adopted or filed in connection with the creation, formation or
organization of a Person; and (iv) any amendment to any of the foregoing.

“Person” means any individual, corporation (including any non-profit corporation), general or limited partnership, limited liability

company, joint venture, estate, trust, association, organization, labor union, or other entity or Governmental Body.

“Personally Identifiable Information” means data that identifies a particular Person, including name, address, telephone number,

electronic mail address, social security number, bank account number, or credit card number.

“Post-Closing  Tax  Period”  means  any  taxable  period  beginning  after  the  Closing  Date  and,  with  respect  to  any  taxable  period

beginning before and ending after the Closing Date, the portion of such taxable period beginning after the Closing Date.

“Preamble” means the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

“Pre-Closing Tax Period” means any taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date and, with respect to any taxable period

beginning before and ending after the Closing Date, the portion of such taxable period ending on and including the Closing Date.

“Pre-Closing Taxes” means Taxes of the Company for any Pre-Closing Tax Period.

“Privacy Statements” is defined in Section 3.21(g).

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Proceeding” means any action, arbitration, audit, hearing, investigation, litigation, or suit (whether civil, criminal, administrative,
investigative,  or  informal)  commenced,  brought,  conducted,  or  heard  by  or  before,  or  otherwise  involving,  any  Governmental  Body  or
arbitrator.

“Promissory Note” is defined in Section 2.2(b).

“Purchase Price” is defined in Section 2.2(a).

“Real Property Leases” means, collectively, the leases or similar Contracts under which the Company is a lessee of, or occupies,

any real property owned by any third Person required to be set forth on Section 3.6(b) of the Disclosure Schedules.

“Release” means any spilling, leaking, emitting, discharging, depositing, escaping, leaching, dumping, or other releasing into the

Environment, whether intentional or unintentional.

“Representative” means with respect to a particular Person, any director, officer, member, manager, employee, agent, consultant,

advisor, or other representative of such Person, including legal counsel, accountants, and financial advisors.

“Required Consents” is defined in Section 7.3.

“Restricted Business” means any business that would be directly or indirectly competitive with the  Company  as  of  the  Closing
Date.  For  avoidance  of  doubt,  “Restricted  Business”  shall  not  include  any  Seller  providing  services  to  the  Company  pursuant  to  an
employment or consulting agreement.

“Restricted Period” is defined in Section 7.6(a).

“Revolving  Loan”  means  the  revolving  loan  made  by  Arvest  Bank  to  the  Company,  loan  number  4240586,  pursuant  to  the

applicable contract, note, and/or similar instrument by or between the Company and Arvest Bank.

“Section 338(h)(10) Election” is defined in Section 7.2.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor law, and rules and regulations issued pursuant

thereto.

“Seller” and “Sellers” are defined in the Preamble to this Agreement.

“Seller Indemnified Party” and “Seller Indemnified Parties” are defined in Section 11.2(b).

“Sellers’ Representative” is defined in the Preamble to this Agreement.

“Shares” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

“Straddle Period” is defined in Section 7.1(d).

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Tangible Shareholders’ Equity ”  means  the  shareholders’  equity  of  the  Company  as  of  immediately  prior  to  the  Closing  on  the
Closing Date, determined in accordance with GAAP and this Agreement, excluding all goodwill and intangible assets as recorded on the
books and records of the Company.

“Tax” means (i) any net income, alternative or add-on minimum tax, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, value
added,  capital  stock,  franchise,  profits,  license,  withholding,  payroll,  Social  Security,  Medicare,  employment,  unemployment,  disability,
excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, environmental, or windfall profit tax, custom, duty,  or  other  tax,  together  with
any interest, penalty, or addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any Governmental Body responsible for the imposition of any such
tax (federal, state, local, or foreign), (ii) any liability of the Company for the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause (i) as a
result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined, or unitary group for any period prior to the Closing, or (iii) any liability
of  the  Company  for  the  payment  of  any  amounts  of  the  type  described  in  clause  (i)  as  a  result  of  any  express  or  implied  obligation  to
indemnify any other Person, exclusive of the indemnity obligations set forth in this Agreement.

“Tax Claim” is defined in Section 7.1(f).

“Tax Return” means any return (including any information return), report, statement, schedule, notice, form, or other document or
information  filed  with  or  submitted  to,  or  required  to  be  filed  with  or  submitted  to,  any  Governmental  Body  in  connection  with  the
determination, assessment, collection, or payment of any Tax or in connection with the administration, implementation, or enforcement of
or compliance with any Legal Requirement relating to any Tax since December 31, 2002.

“Termination Date” is defined in Section 10.1(c).

“Term Loan ”  means  the  term  loan  made  by Arvest  Bank  to  the  Company,  loan  number  4335344,  pursuant  to  the  applicable

Contract, note, and/or similar instrument by or between the Company and Arvest Bank.

“Terms and Conditions” is defined in Section 3.21(g).

“Territory” means each state and territory of the United States of America.

“Third Party Claim” is defined in Section 11.3(a).

A claim, Proceeding, dispute, action, or other matter will be deemed to have been “ Threatened” if any demand or statement has

been made in writing or any notice has been given in writing.

“Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the Employment Agreements, and the Promissory Note.

“Transaction Expenses” is defined in Section 12.1.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Trusts” is defined in the Preamble to this Agreement.

“Websites”  means  any  and  all  Internet  addresses,  domain  names,  uniform  resource  locators,  and  websites  owned,  operated,  or

licensed by or for the benefit of the Company in connection with its business, including any content contained thereon or related thereto.

ARTICLE 2
SALE AND PURCHASE OF SHARES; CLOSING

2.1               Sale and Purchase of Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, each Seller shall
sell, assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Buyer the Shares owned by such Seller, free and clear of all Encumbrances, and the Buyer
shall purchase the Shares from the Sellers.

2.2              

Purchase  Price;  Payment  of  Purchase  Price  and  Closing  Date  Revolving  Loan Amount;  Closing  Payment

Certificate.

(a)            The aggregate purchase price (the “ Purchase Price”) for the Shares shall be the sum of $56,020,000.

(b)            At the Closing:

(i)                 

the Purchase Price shall be paid by the Buyer as follows: (A) the Transaction Expenses shall be
paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such parties, in such amounts, and to such bank accounts as specified in the Closing
Payment Certificate; (B) $10,000,000 payable by Subordinated Promissory Note in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Promissory
Note”); (C) the Closing Term Loan Payment Amount shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account(s) as
specified  in  the  Closing  Payment  Certificate;  (D)  the  aggregate  amount  necessary  to  satisfy  and  extinguish  the  aggregate  amount  owed
under the Closing Date Revolving Loan Amount not attributable to inventory purchases, the assumption or creation of leasehold interests
(including  all  build-out  and  capital  improvements  in  connection  therewith),  bankruptcy  proceedings,  and  other  costs  arising  from  the
Hastings  Project  shall  be  paid  by  wire  transfer  of  immediately  available  funds  to  such  account  as  specified  in  the  Closing  Payment
Certificate; and (E) the remainder of the Purchase Price (the “Closing Shareholder Payment Amount”) shall be paid to the Sellers in such
amounts as specified in the Closing Payment Certificate, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified in the
Closing Payment Certificate; and

(ii)               the Buyer shall pay, at its sole cost, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account
as  specified  in  the  Closing  Payment  Certificate,  the  amount  necessary  to  satisfy  and  extinguish  the  aggregate  amount  owed  under  the
Closing Date Revolving Loan Amount attributable to inventory purchases, the assumption or creation of leasehold interests (including all
build-out and capital improvements in connection therewith), bankruptcy proceedings, and other costs arising from the Hastings Project.

(c)             Not later than one Business Day prior to the Closing, the Sellers’ Representative will furnish to the Buyer a
certificate (the “Closing Payment Certificate”), signed by the Persons who then serve as the President and Secretary of the Company, the
Sellers’ Representative, and each of the Sellers, dated the Closing Date, that sets forth:

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(i)                  the Transaction Expenses of the Company to be paid pursuant to Section 2.2(b)(i)(A) (which shall
constitute all Transaction Expenses of the Company and the Sellers unpaid as of the Closing), each Person entitled to a payment thereof,
the amount of the payment due to such Person, and the wire instructions for such Person;

(i)(E) and the wire instructions for each Seller;

(ii)              each Seller’s share of the Closing Shareholder Payment Amount to be paid pursuant to Section 2.2(b)

(iii)            the Closing Term Loan Payment Amount and the wire instructions for the payoff thereof;

(iv)             the Closing Date Revolving Loan Amount and the wire instructions for the payoff thereof; and

(v)                              the  aggregate  amount  owed  under  the  Closing  Date  Revolving  Loan Amount  attributable  to
inventory  purchases,  the  assumption  or  creation  of  leasehold  interests  (including  all  build-out  and  capital  improvements  in  connection
therewith), bankruptcy proceedings, and other costs arising from the Hastings Project, specifying in reasonable detail the underlying costs
included in such aggregate amount.
The Buyer will be entitled to rely conclusively on the amounts and other information set forth in the Closing Payment Certificate.

2.3               Closing. The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing”) shall take place at such time
on the date hereof following the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the Closing set forth in Article 8 and Article 9 (other than those
conditions  that  by  their  nature  have  to  be  satisfied  at  the  Closing),  or  at  such  other  time  and  date  as  the  Buyer  and  the  Sellers’
Representative may agree.

ARTICLE 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLERS

Except  as  set  forth  in  the  Disclosure  Schedules  delivered  by  the  Company  and  the  Sellers,  the  Company  (without  any  liability
under Section 7.1 or Article 11 following the Closing) and the Sellers, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to the Buyer as of date
hereof  as  set  forth  below  in  this Article  3.  For  the  purposes  of  the  representations  and  warranties  set  forth  in  this Article  3,  all
representations  and  warranties  shall  be  deemed  made  with  respect  to  periods  beginning  on  or  after  December  31,  2002,  unless  a  shorter
period is expressly set forth within this Article 3, in which case the shorter time period shall apply with respect to such matter as to which it
pertains; provided, however,  that  unless  a  shorter  period  is  expressly  set  forth  within  this Article 3,  to  the  actual  knowledge  of  Rodney
Spriggs, Kenneth Caviness, or Steven Wilcox, all of the representations and warranties set forth in this Article 3 are true and correct with
respect to periods before December 31, 2002. Each exception set forth in the Disclosure Schedules is identified by reference to, or has been
grouped under a heading referring to, a specific individual Section of this Agreement and relates only to such Section and such other Section
for which it is readily apparent from the face of such disclosure that it also relates to such other Section.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.1              Organization and Good Standing; Trust Matters.

(a)            The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State
of Missouri, with all requisite corporate power and authority to conduct its business as it is currently conducted and to own, lease, or use the
properties and assets that it purports to own, lease, or use. The Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in
good standing under the laws of each state or other jurisdiction in which either the ownership or use of the properties owned or used by it,
or the nature of the activities conducted by it, requires such qualification, except in such jurisdictions in which the individual or collective
failures to be so qualified do not constitute and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)             Each Trust was duly formed as a trust and is validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of its formation.
Each trustee thereof has full power and authority, as trustee, (i) to own and operate the properties that he holds in trust, (ii) to conduct, as
historically conducted, the relevant businesses that he holds in trust, (iii) to perform the obligations under contracts by which he, as trustee,
is bound, and (iv) to own the Shares that he holds in trust. The copy of each relevant trust agreement that has been furnished to the Buyer
reflects all amendments made thereto at any time prior to the date of this Agreement and is correct and complete. None of the five trustees
is in default under or in violation of any provision of his respective trust agreement. The Person named on the signature page hereto as the
trustee of each relevant Trust is the sole trustee thereof and has the power and authority, as trustee of such Trust, to execute and deliver this
Agreement and each other document contemplated hereby.

3.2              Authority; No Conflict.

(a)             This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and the Sellers and constitutes the
legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Company and the Sellers, enforceable against the Company and each Seller in accordance with
its terms, except as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, or similar laws
relating to creditors’ rights generally and by equitable principles. Upon the execution and delivery by the Sellers and the Company of each
other  Transaction  Document  to  which  any  of  them  is  a  party,  such  Transaction  Documents  will  constitute  the  legal,  valid,  and  binding
obligations  of  the  Sellers  and  the  Company,  as  applicable,  enforceable  against  the  Sellers  or  the  Company  in  accordance  with  their
respective  terms,  except  as  enforcement  thereof  may  be  limited  by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  fraudulent  conveyance,  reorganization,  or
similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and by equitable principles. The Company and each Seller has the requisite power and
authority  to  execute  and  deliver  the  Transaction  Documents  to  which  it  or  he  is  a  party  and  to  perform  its  or  his  respective  obligations
thereunder.

(b)             Except as set forth in Section 3.2(b) of the Disclosure Schedules and to the extent it, individually or in the
aggregate, would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation or
performance of any of the Contemplated Transactions by the Company or any of the Sellers will, directly or indirectly (with or without
notice or lapse of time):

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
contravene,  conflict  with,  or  result  in  a  violation  of,  (A)  any  provision  of  the  Organizational
Documents of the Company or, with respect to any Seller that is a trust, any of the terms of such trust’s trust agreement or other formation
documents or (B) any resolution adopted by the Board of Directors or the shareholders of the Company;

(i)                 

contravene, conflict with, or result in a violation of, or give any Governmental Body the right to
challenge  any  of  the  Contemplated  Transactions,  exercise  any  remedy,  or  obtain  any  relief  under,  any  Legal  Requirement  to  which  the
Company, any Seller, any of the assets owned, leased, or used by the Company, or the Shares may be subject;

(ii)              

(iii)             contravene, conflict with, or result in a violation of any of the terms of, or give any Governmental
Body the right to revoke, withdraw, suspend, cancel, terminate, or modify, any Governmental Authorization that is held by the Company
or that otherwise relates to the Shares or the business of, or any of the assets owned, leased, or used by, the Company;

(iv)              contravene, conflict with, or result in a violation or breach of any provision of, or give any Person
the  right  to  declare  a  default  or  exercise  any  remedy  under,  to  accelerate  the  maturity  or  performance  of,  or  to  cancel,  or  terminate  any
Contract to which the Company or any Seller is bound or to which the Shares are subject;

owned, leased, or used by the Company or the Shares, except with respect to the Financing; or

(v)               result in the imposition or creation of any Encumbrance upon or with respect to any of the assets

employment agreement between the Company and any employee of the Company.

(vi)              contravene, conflict with, or result in a violation, breach, or acceleration of, any provision of any

Except  as  set  forth  in Section  3.2(b)  of  the  Disclosure  Schedules,  neither  the  Company  nor  any  Seller  is  or  will  be  required  to  give  any
notice to or obtain any Consent from any Person in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation or
performance of any of the Contemplated Transactions.

3.3               Capitalization. Section 3.3 of the Disclosure Schedules sets forth (i) the authorized shares of capital stock of the
Company,  (ii)  the  issued  and  outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock  of  the  Company,  and  (iii)  the  name  of  each  Person  holding  issued  and
outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock  of  the  Company  and  the  number  and  class  of  issued  and  outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock  of  the
Company held by each such Person. The Shares constitute all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company. The
Sellers are and will be on the Closing Date the record and beneficial owner and holder of all of the Shares. The Shares are free and clear of
all Encumbrances. The Shares are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable, and were issued in all material respects in
conformity with all applicable state and federal securities Legal Requirements. Other than the Shares, the Company has no equity securities
(or securities convertible into equity securities) issued, reserved for issuance, or outstanding. There are no existing options, warrants, calls,
rights,  subscriptions,  arrangements,  claims,  commitments  (contingent  or  otherwise),  or  other  Contracts  of  any  character  to  which  the
Company  or  any  Seller  is  a  party,  or  is  otherwise  subject,  requiring,  and  there  are  no  securities  of  the  Company  outstanding  that  upon
conversion  or  exchange  would  require,  the  issuance,  sale,  or  transfer  of  any  additional  shares  of  capital  stock  or  other  securities  of  the
Company  that  are  convertible  into,  exchangeable  for,  or  evidencing  the  right  to  subscribe  for  or  purchase,  capital  stock  or  any  other
securities of the Company. Except as set forth in  Section 3.3 of the Disclosure Schedules, neither the Company nor any Seller is a party, or
is  otherwise  subject,  to  any  voting  trust  or  other  voting  agreement  with  respect  to  any  of  the  capital  stock  of  the  Company  or  to  any
agreement, arrangement, or commitment relating to dividend rights or the issuance, sale, redemption, transfer, repurchase, acquisition, or
other disposition or the registration of the capital stock of the Company, or any preemptive rights with respect thereto. None of the Shares
were issued in violation of any preemptive, subscription, or other similar rights under any provision of applicable Legal Requirements, the
Company’s Organizational Documents, or any Contract to which the Company is subject. The Company neither owns, nor has a Contract to
acquire, any securities or any direct or indirect equity or ownership interest in any Person.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.4              Financial Statements.

(a)             The Company has delivered to the Buyer (i) the balance sheets of the Company as at December 31, 2013,
December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2015, and the related statements of earnings and cash flows of the Company for the fiscal years
then ended, (ii) the unaudited balance sheets as of June 30, 2016 and June 30 2015, and the related statements of earnings and cash flows of
the Company for the three (3) and six (6) months then ended, and (iii) the unaudited balance sheet of the Company as of September 30,
2016  (all  such  financial  statements,  together  with  the  Closing  Date  Balance  Sheet,  are  collectively  referred  to  as  the  “Financial
Statements”). The unaudited balance sheet of the Company as of September 30, 2016 is referred to herein as the “Interim Balance Sheet”
and the date thereof as the “Interim Balance Sheet Date”. Except as set forth in Section 3.4(a) of the Disclosure Schedules, the Financial
Statements: (A) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the period involved, subject, in the
case of the interim Financial Statements, to normal and recurring year-end adjustments (the effect of which will not be materially adverse)
and, in the case of all of the Financial Statements, the absence of notes, (B) are derived from and are in accordance with the books and
records  of  the  Company,  and  (C)  fairly  present  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations,  and  cash  flows  of  the  Company  as  of  the
respective dates of and for the periods then ended. There are no off balance sheet transactions, arrangements, or obligations of or involving
the Company.

(b)             Except  as  set  forth  in Section 3.4(b) of the Disclosure Schedules,  the  Company  makes  and  keeps  accurate
financial books and records reflecting its assets and maintains commercially reasonable internal accounting controls that provide reasonable
assurance  that  (i)  transactions  are  executed  with  management’s  authorization;  (ii)  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit
preparation of the financial statements of the Company and to maintain accountability for the Company’s assets; (iii) access to the assets of
the  Company  is  permitted  only  in  accordance  with  management’s  authorization;  (iv)  the  reported  accountability  of  the  assets  of  the
Company  is  compared  with  existing  assets  at  reasonable  intervals;  and  (v)  accounts  and  other  receivables  and  inventory  are  recorded
accurately in all material respects, and commercially reasonable procedures are implemented to effect the collection thereof on a current
and timely basis.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)            

Except  as  set  forth  in Section  3.4(c)  of  the  Disclosure  Schedules,  the  financial  books  and  records  of  the
Company  are  sufficient  such  that  the  Financial  Statements  can  be  audited  without  a  scope  limitation,  by  an  independent  certified  public
accounting firm that is registered under the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. The Company maintains a standard system of
accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP.

3.5               Books and Records. Except  as  set  forth  in Section 3.5 of the Disclosure Schedules, the books of account, minute
books, and stock record books of the Company, all of which have been made available to the Buyer or its Representatives, are complete
and correct in all material respects and have been maintained in accordance with sound business practices. Except as set forth in Section 3.5
of  the  Disclosure  Schedules,  the  minute  books  of  the  Company  contain  accurate  and  complete  records  in  all  material  respects  of  all
meetings held of, and actions taken by, the shareholders and Board of Directors of the Company, and no meeting of any such shareholders
or Board of Directors has been held for which minutes have not been prepared and are not contained in such minute books, except for any
meeting at which no material decision or action was made or taken. Except as set forth in Section 3.5 of the Disclosure Schedules, at the
Closing, the Company will be in possession of all of its books and records. No Seller or any Affiliate thereof (other than the Company) has
any books or records that relate in any material respect to the operations, decision-making, policies, and management of the Company.

3.6              Title to Properties; Leased Real Property.

(a)             The Company, since January 1, 2005, has never owned and currently does not own any real property. The
Company  owns  all  the  properties  and  assets  (whether  tangible  or  intangible)  reflected  as  owned  in  its  books  and  records. All  material
properties  and  assets  owned  by  the  Company  are  free  and  clear  of  all  Encumbrances,  except  liens  for  Taxes  not  yet  delinquent  that  are
accrued on the Company’s most recent Financial Statements and Encumbrances with respect to the Revolving Loan and Term Loan.

(b)             Neither the Company, nor to the Knowledge of the Company, any other party to any Real Property Lease has
violated any provision of, or committed or failed to perform any act that, with notice, lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default under
the provisions of, any of the Real Property Leases except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Section 3.6(b) of the Disclosure
Schedules includes a list of all Real Property Leases, the address of the underlying Leased Real Property, the parties to the Real Property
Leases, the base rental amount currently being paid under each Real Property Lease, and the expiration of the term of each Real Property
Lease.  To  the  Knowledge  of  the  Company,  the  Company  has  a  good  and  valid  leasehold  interest  in  the  real  property  leased  by  the
Company that is subject to the Real Property Leases (the “Leased Real Property”). The Company has not subleased, licensed, or otherwise
granted any Person the right to use or occupy any Leased Real Property. The Company has not collaterally assigned or granted any other
security interest in any Real Property Lease, except with respect to the Revolving Loan. To the Knowledge of the Company, there are no
outstanding obligations regarding construction or other work or installations to be performed by or on behalf of the Company at the Leased
Real Property except for obligations that have been reasonably reserved for. The Leased Real Property constitutes all real property used or
held for use in the conduct of the business of the Company. To the Knowledge of the Company, there are no oral agreements regarding the
use or occupancy of the Leased Real Property. To the Knowledge of the Company, the use and operation of the Leased Real Property in the
conduct  of  the  Company’s  business  do  not  violate  in  any  material  respect  any  Legal  Requirement,  covenant,  condition,  restriction,
easement, license, permit, or agreement. To the Knowledge of the Company, there are no Proceedings pending nor Threatened against or
affecting the Leased Real Property or any portion thereof or interest therein in the nature or in lieu of condemnation or eminent domain
proceedings.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)             To the Knowledge of the Company, there are no conditions affecting any of the Improvements or Leased Real
Property that would, individually or in the aggregate, interfere with the use or occupancy of the Leased Real Property or any portion thereof
in  the  operation  of  the  business  of  the  Company,  except  as  would  not  have  a  Material  Adverse  Effect.  For  the  purposes  hereof,
“Improvements” shall mean all buildings, structures, improvements, trade fixtures, and building systems, located on Leased Real Property
that are owned by the Company, regardless of whether title to such Improvements are subject to reversion to the landlord or other third
party upon the expiration or termination of such Real Property Lease.

3.7               Condition of Assets. The Improvements, vehicles, and other items of tangible personal property of the Company are
structurally sound, are in reasonably good operating condition and repair, and are adequate in all material respects for the uses to which
they are being put, and none of such Improvements, vehicles, and other items of tangible personal property is in need of maintenance or
repairs except for ordinary, routine maintenance, and repairs that are not material in nature or cost.

3.8               Accounts Receivable. All accounts receivable of the Company that are reflected on the Interim Balance Sheet, or on
the accounting records of the Company as of the Closing Date (collectively, the “Accounts Receivable”), represent or will represent valid
obligations  arising  from  Contracts  actually  entered  into,  sales  actually  made,  or  services  actually  performed  in  the  Ordinary  Course  of
Business and Section 3.8 to the Disclosure Schedules sets forth a true, correct, and complete aging schedule of Accounts Receivable as of
the Interim Balance Sheet Date and to the Knowledge of the Company, all Accounts Receivable can reasonably be anticipated to be paid in
full, without any set-off, except with respect to Accounts Receivable shown in the aging schedule set forth in Section 3.8 of the Disclosure
Schedules as aging past 90 days. There is no contest, claim, or right of set-off, other than returns in the Ordinary Course of Business, under
any Contract with any obligor of an Accounts Receivable relating to the amount or validity of such Accounts Receivable.

3.9              

Inventory.  All inventory of the Company consists of a quality and quantity reasonably usable and salable in the
Ordinary Course of Business, except for obsolete items and items of below-standard quality (all of which have been written off or written
down  to  net  realizable  value  on  the  accounting  records  of  the  Company  or  for  which  adequate  reserves  have  been  established)  or  other
defects or changes in inventory that are not likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. To the Knowledge of the Company, all inventories
not written off have been priced on an average cost basis. All inventory of the Company is owned by the Company free and clear of all
Encumbrances (except with respect to the Revolving Loan or Term Loan), and no inventory is held on a consignment basis. The quantities
of each item of inventory are not excessive, but are reasonable in the present circumstances of the Company.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.10           No  Undisclosed  Liabilities. Except  as  would  not  reasonably  be  expected  to  have  a  Material Adverse  Effect,  the
Company has no liabilities of any nature (whether known or unknown and whether absolute, accrued, contingent, or otherwise) except for
(i)  liabilities  adequately  reflected  or  reserved  against  in  the  Interim  Balance  Sheet,  (ii)  liabilities  incurred  in  the  Ordinary  Course  of
Business since the Interim Balance Sheet Date and that are not material in amount, and (iii) liabilities for Transaction Expenses.

3.11          Taxes.

(a)             At all times since December 31, 2002, (i) the Company has been a validly electing “S corporation” within the
meaning  of  IRC  §1361  not  subject  to  federal,  state,  or  local  income  Tax  and  (ii)  none  of  the  Sellers  has  taken  any  position  on  any  Tax
Return,  nor  has  there  been  any  act  or  omission  by  any  Seller,  that  could  form  the  legal  basis  for  any  revocation  or  invalidity  of  said  S
corporation election. Each Seller is an eligible S corporation shareholder under the applicable sections of the IRC. To the Knowledge of the
Company, none of the Sellers is liable for and has no potential liability for any Tax under IRC §1374, nor will any Seller be liable for any
Tax under IRC §1374 in connection with the deemed sale of assets caused by the Section 338(h)(10) Election.

(b)             Except as set forth in Section 3.11(b)(i) of the Disclosure Schedules, since December 31, 2002, the Company
has  duly  and  timely  filed  all  Tax  Returns  required  to  be  filed  by  it  (taking  into  account  all  valid  applicable  extensions)  pursuant  to
applicable Legal Requirements. All such Tax Returns are true, correct, and complete in all material respects. The Company has delivered to
the  Buyer  or  its  Representatives  copies  of  all  such  Tax  Returns  filed  for  Tax  years  2011-2015.  Section  3.11(b)(ii)  of  the  Disclosure
Schedules contains a complete and accurate list of all income Tax Returns filed by the Company for Tax years 2011-2015. The Company
has paid, or made provision for the payment of, all Taxes that have become due pursuant to all Tax Returns or otherwise, or pursuant to any
assessment received by the Company from a Governmental Body.

(c)             No Seller or director or executive officer of the Company expects any authority to assess any additional Taxes
for any period for which Tax Returns have been filed. Except as set forth in Section 3.11(c) of the Disclosure Schedules, no Tax audits or
administrative  or  judicial  Tax  Proceedings  are  pending  or  being  conducted  with  respect  to  the  Company.  Except  as  set  forth  in  Section
3.11(c)  of  the  Disclosure  Schedules,  since  December  31,  2002,  (i)  the  Company  has  not  received  from  any  taxing  authority  (including
jurisdictions  where  the  Company  has  not  filed  Tax  Returns)  any  (A)  notice  indicating  an  intent  to  open  an  audit  or  other  review  or  (B)
request for information related to Tax matters; (ii) the Company’s Tax Returns have not been audited by the relevant tax authorities; (iii)
the Company has made no adjustments to the United States federal and state income Tax Returns and all other Tax Returns filed by the
Company; and (iv) the Company has not given or been requested to give waivers or extensions (or is or would be subject to a waiver or
extension  given  by  any  other  Person)  of  any  statute  of  limitations  relating  to  the  payment  of  Taxes  of  the  Company  or  for  which  the
Company may be liable.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)            The charges, accruals, and reserves with respect to Taxes on the books of the Company are at least equal to the
Company’s liability for Taxes (including (i) deferred Taxes and (ii) Taxes of the Company owed and not paid for any period through and
including the date of this Agreement and, at Closing, through and including the Closing Date). There exists no proposed Tax assessment
against  the  Company.  To  the  Knowledge  of  the  Company  and  except  as  set  forth  in  Section  3.11(d)  of  the  Disclosure  Schedules,  since
December 31, 2002, no claim has been made by any Governmental Body in a jurisdiction where the Company does not file Tax Returns
that the Company is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. There are no liens for Taxes (other than for Taxes not yet due and
payable and for which adequate reserves are provided) upon any of the assets of the Company.

(e)            

(i) No property owned by the Company, to the Knowledge of the Company,  is  “tax  exempt  use  property”
within the meaning of IRC §168(h), (ii) the Company is not a party to any lease made pursuant to IRC §168(f)(8), and (iii) the Company
has not agreed and is not required to make any adjustment under IRC §481(a) by reason of a change in method of accounting or otherwise
that  will  affect  the  liability  of  the  Company  for  Taxes,  and  there  is  no  application  pending  with  any  Governmental  Body  requesting
permission  for  any  changes  in  any  of  its  accounting  methods  for  Tax  purposes,  nor  has  any  Governmental  Body  proposed  any  such
adjustment or change in the Company’s accounting method.

Since  December  31,  2002,  the  Company  has  withheld  and  paid  all  Taxes  required  by  law  to  have  been
withheld,  collected,  and  paid  and  has  complied  in  all  respects  with  all  Legal  Requirements  relating  to  the  withholding,  collection,  or
remittance of Taxes (including employee-related Taxes).

(f)             

any payment (whether in cash or property) that would not be deductible pursuant to IRC §§162(a)(1), 162(m), 162(n), or 280G.

(g)            The Company is not a party to any Contract or arrangement that, individually or collectively, would give rise to

(h)            None of the Sellers or the Company is a foreign person within the meaning of IRC §1445.

(i)               (i) The Company is not a party to any Tax allocation, indemnity, or sharing agreement; (ii) the Company does
not have any liability for Taxes of any Person (A) under Treasury Regulation §1.1502-6, (B) as transferee or successor, (C) by Contract, or
(D)  otherwise;  and  (iii)  the  Company  has  not  been  a  member  of  an  “affiliated  group”  (as  that  term  is  defined  in  the  IRC)  filing  a
consolidated federal income Tax return.

(j)               To the Knowledge of the Company, the Company will not be required to include any item of income in, or
exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of
any:

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(i)                 change in method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date;

local, or foreign income Tax law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date;

(ii)               “closing agreement” as described in IRC §7121 (or any corresponding or similar provision of state,

(or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local, or foreign income Tax law);

(iii)             intercompany transaction or excess loss account described in Treasury Regulations under IRC §1502

(iv)             installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date; or

(v)               prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date.

understatement of Tax under IRC §6662.

(k)             The Company has disclosed on its Tax Returns all positions taken therein that could give rise to a substantial

transaction that was purported or intended to be governed by IRC §355.

(l)               The Company has not distributed stock of another entity nor had its stock distributed by another entity in a

meaning of IRC §6707A(c)(1) of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011 4(b).

(m)           The  Company  is  not,  and  has  not  been,  a  party  to,  or  a  promoter  of,  a  “reportable  transaction”  within  the

3.12          Employee Benefits.

(a)            

Section  3.12(a)  of  the  Disclosure  Schedules  contains  a  true  and  complete  list  of  each  pension,  benefit,
retirement, compensation, employment, consulting, profit-sharing, deferred compensation, incentive, bonus, performance award, phantom
equity,  stock  or  stock-based,  change  in  control,  retention,  severance,  vacation,  paid  time  off,  welfare,  fringe-benefit,  and  other  similar
agreement,  plan,  policy,  program,  or  arrangement  (and  any  amendments  thereto),  in  each  case  whether  or  not  reduced  to  writing  and
whether funded or unfunded, including each “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, whether or not tax-
qualified  and  whether  or  not  subject  to  ERISA,  which  is  or  has  been  maintained,  sponsored,  or  contributed  to  by  the  Company  for  the
benefit of any current or former employee, officer, director, retiree, independent contractor, or consultant of the Company or any spouse or
dependent of such individual, or under which the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates has or with respect to which the Buyer or any of
its  Affiliates  would  reasonably  be  expected  to  have  any  liability,  contingent  or  otherwise,  other  than  employment  agreements  and
employment offer letters (as required to be listed on Section 3.12(a) of the Disclosure Schedules, each, a “Benefit Plan”).

its terms and the applicable requirements of ERISA, the IRC, and other applicable Legal Requirements.

(b)             Each Benefit Plan has been maintained, administered, and operated in compliance in all material respects with

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
becoming liable for or otherwise obligated under any Benefit Plan other than the Employment Agreements.

(c)             Neither this Agreement nor the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions will result in the Company

(d)            Except as set forth in Section 3.12(d) of the Disclosure Schedules and other than as required under Section 601
et. seq. of ERISA no Benefit Plan provides post-termination or retiree welfare benefits to any individual for any reason, and the Company
does not have any liability or obligation to provide post-termination or retiree welfare benefits to any individual, nor has the Company ever
represented,  promised,  or  contracted  to  any  individual  that  such  individual  would  be  provided  with  post-termination  or  retiree  welfare
benefits.

3.13          Compliance; Governmental Authorizations.

is specified in this Section 3.13(a) with respect to a particular subsection of this Section 3.13, in which case the latter date shall apply:

(a)             Except as set forth in Section 3.13(a) of the Disclosure Schedules, since December 31, 2002, unless a later date

the Company is, and at all times has been, in compliance with each Legal Requirement that is or
was applicable to it or to the conduct or operation of its business or the ownership, lease, or use of any of its assets, except with respect to
non-compliance that, individually or in the aggregate, has not resulted or would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect;

(i)                 

(ii)               no event has occurred or circumstance exists that does or would (with or without notice or lapse of
time)  (A)  constitute  or  result  in  a  violation  by  the  Company  of,  or  a  failure  on  the  part  of  the  Company  to  comply  with,  any  Legal
Requirement that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or
(B) give rise to any obligation on the part of the Company to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of
any nature that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(iii)             the Company has not received since December 31, 2010 any notice or other written communication
from  any  Governmental  Body  or  any  other  Person  regarding,  with  respect  to  the  business  of  the  Company,  (A)  any  actual,  alleged,  or
potential violation of, or failure to comply with, any Legal Requirement or (B) any actual, alleged, or potential obligation on the part of the
Company to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature.

Section  3.13(b)  of  the  Disclosure  Schedules  contains  a  complete  and  accurate  list  of  each  material
Governmental Authorization  that  is  held  by  the  Company.  Each  Governmental Authorization  listed  or  required  to  be  listed  in  Section
3.13(b) of the Disclosure Schedules is valid and in full force and effect. Except as set forth in Section 3.13(b) of the Disclosure Schedules:

(b)            

the Company is, and at all times has been, in compliance in all material respects with all of the
terms and requirements of each Governmental Authorization listed or required to be listed in Section 3.13(b) of the Disclosure Schedules,
except where such non-compliance, individually or in the aggregate, has not resulted and would not reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect;

(i)                 

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ii)               no event has occurred or circumstance exists that does or would (with or without notice or lapse of
time)  (A)  constitute  or  result,  directly  or  indirectly,  in  a  violation  of  or  a  failure  to  comply  in  any  material  respect  with  any  term  or
requirement of any Governmental Authorization listed or required to be listed in Section 3.13(b) of the Disclosure Schedules or (B) result,
directly or indirectly, in the revocation, withdrawal, suspension, cancellation, or termination of, or any modification to, any Governmental
Authorization listed or required to be listed in Section 3.13(b) of the Disclosure Schedules;

(iii)             the Company has not received any notice or other communication (whether oral or written) from any
Governmental Body regarding (A) any actual, alleged, possible, or potential violation of or failure to comply with any term or requirement
of any Governmental Authorization or (B) any actual, proposed, possible, or potential revocation, withdrawal, suspension, cancellation, or
termination of, or material modification to, any Governmental Authorization; and

(iv)             all applications required to have been filed for the renewal of the Governmental Authorizations listed
or required to be listed in Section 3.13(b) of the Disclosure Schedules or the transfer of the Governmental Authorizations listed or required
to  be  listed  in Section  3.13(b)  of  the  Disclosure  Schedules  have  been  duly  filed  on  a  timely  basis  with  the  appropriate  Governmental
Bodies,  and  all  other  filings  required  to  have  been  made  with  respect  to  such  Governmental Authorizations  have  been  duly  made  on  a
timely basis with the appropriate Governmental Bodies, except where such failure to file, individually or in the aggregate, has not resulted
and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
The Governmental Authorizations listed in or required to be listed in Section 3.13(b) of the Disclosure Schedules collectively constitute all
of the Governmental Authorizations necessary to permit the Company to lawfully conduct and operate its business in all material respects
in the manner it currently conducts and operates such business and to permit the Company to own, lease, and use its assets in all material
respects in the manner in which it currently owns, leases, and uses such assets.

3.14          Legal Proceedings; Orders.

(a)            Except as set forth in Section 3.14(a) of the Disclosure Schedules, there is no pending and ongoing Proceeding:

(i)                  that has been commenced by or against the Company or any Seller with respect to the Company or,
to the Knowledge of the Company, that otherwise relates to or may affect the business of, or any of the assets owned, leased, or used by,
the Company; or

make illegal, any of the Contemplated Transactions.

(ii)               against the Company or any Seller that challenges, or would reasonably be expected to prevent, or

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Except  as  set  forth  in Section  3.14(a)  of  the  Disclosure  Schedules,  to  the  Knowledge  of  the  Company,  no  such  Proceeding  has  been
Threatened, and no event has occurred or circumstances exist that may give rise to or serve as a basis for the commencement of any such
Proceeding. The Company has made available to Buyer or its counsel copies of all pleadings, correspondence, and other documents relating
to each Proceeding listed or required to be listed in Section 3.14(a) of the Disclosure Schedules.

(b)            Except as set forth in Section 3.14(b) of the Disclosure Schedules:

to the Knowledge of the Company, there is no Order to which the Company, or any of the assets
owned, leased, or used by the Company, is subject that would materially interfere with the Company’s use of such assets in the manner in
which it currently owns, leases, and uses such assets;

(i)                 

used by, the Company; and

(ii)               no Seller is subject to any Order that relates to the business of, or any of the assets owned, leased, or

(iii)            to the Knowledge of the Company, no officer, director, or employee of the Company is subject to any
Order that prohibits such Person from engaging in, or continuing any conduct, activity, or practice relating to, the business of the Company.

(c)             Except as set forth in Section 3.14(c) of the Disclosure Schedules and, unless a later date is specified in this
Section 3.14(c) with respect to a particular subsection of this Section 3.14(c), in which case the latter date shall apply, since December 31,
2002:

material respects with all of the terms and requirements of each Order to which it, or any of the assets owned by it, is or has been subject;

(i)                  the Company is, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, at all times has been, in compliance in all

(ii)               to the Knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred or circumstance exists that does or would
constitute or result in (with or without notice or lapse of time) a violation of or failure to comply in any material respect with any term or
requirement of any Order to which the Company, or any of the assets owned by the Company, is subject; and

(iii)            to the Knowledge of the Company, the Company has not received any notice or other communication
(whether oral or written) from any Governmental Body or any other Person regarding any actual, alleged, possible, or potential violation
of, or failure to comply with, any term or requirement of any Order to which the Company, or any of the assets owned, leased, or used by
the Company, is or has been subject.

3.15           Absence  of  Certain  Changes  and  Events. Since  the  Interim  Balance  Sheet  Date,  there  has  not  been  a  Material
Adverse Effect with respect to the Company. The Company has not taken any steps, and does not currently expect to take any steps, to seek
protection  pursuant  to  any  bankruptcy  law,  nor  does  the  Company  have  any  Knowledge  or  reason  to  believe  that  its  creditors  intend  to
initiate involuntary bankruptcy proceedings or any Knowledge of any fact that would reasonably lead a creditor to do so. Except as set forth
in Section  3.15  of  the  Disclosure  Schedules,  since  the  Interim  Balance  Sheet  Date,  the  Company  has  conducted  its  business  only  in  the
Ordinary Course of Business (except with respect to the Hastings Project) and there has not been any:

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(i)                  dividend or other distribution to any shareholder of the Company other than (A) cash distributions
to  the  Sellers  in  an  aggregate  amount  necessary  for  the  sole  purpose  of  funding  the  2015  and  2016  estimated  and  actual  income  Tax
liabilities of the Sellers in respect of their income of the Company, including Tax payments required to be paid by the Sellers pursuant to
Section 7.1 or 7.2 (exclusive of any indemnification payment obligations of the Sellers contained within Section 7.1(e)), and (B) any cash
distribution permitted under Section 5.3(b);

(ii)              payment or increase by the Company of any bonuses, salaries, or other compensation to any director,
officer, or (except in the Ordinary Course of Business) employee or entry into any employment, severance, or similar Contract with any
director, officer, or (except in the Ordinary Course of Business) employee;

deferred compensation, savings, insurance, pension, retirement, or other Benefit Plan for or with any employees of the Company;

(iii)            

adoption of, or material increase in the payments to or benefits under, any profit sharing, bonus,

(iv)              damage to, or destruction or loss of, any asset or property owned, leased, or used by the Company,
whether or not covered by insurance, that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in or would reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect;

resulted in or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(v)               termination of, or receipt of notice of termination of, any Contract where such termination has

(vi)             sale (other than sales of inventory in the Ordinary Course of Business), lease, or other disposition of,
any asset or property owned, leased, or used by the Company or imposition of any Encumbrance on any asset or property owned, leased, or
used by the Company other than with respect to the Hastings Project, the Revolving Loan, the Term Loan, or in the Ordinary Course of
Business;

(vii)          material change in the accounting methods used by the Company;

(viii)        material amendment to the Organizational Documents of the Company;

under the Revolving Loan;

(ix)             

incurrence of Indebtedness other than Indebtedness incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business

consolidation, recapitalization, or other reorganization;

(x)               adoption of a plan or agreement of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, restructuring, merger,

acquisition, directly or indirectly, of any shares of capital stock of the Company or grant of any equity based awards;

(xi)             

issuance or sale of any shares of capital stock of the Company, or redemption, purchase, or other

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(xii)          termination of its status as an S corporation or any action by the Company to make, change, or rescind
any Tax election, amend any Tax Return, or take any position on any Tax Return, take any action, omit to take any action, or enter into any
other transaction that would have the effect of materially increasing the Tax liability or materially reducing any Tax asset of the Buyer in
respect of any Post-Closing Tax Period;

Business other than the Transaction Expenses;

(xiii)         incurrence of accounting, legal, or financial advisory fees or expenses outside the Ordinary Course of

gift cards arising in the Ordinary Course of Business);

(xiv)          extension of credit to any other Person by the Company (other than gift certificates, credit memos, or

Hastings Project;

(xv)            capital expenditure in excess of $25,000, individually or in the aggregate, except with respect to the

(xvi)         failure to pay any outstanding invoice for goods or services purchased or used by the Company within
30  days  of  the  date  of  such  invoice,  unless  a  longer  period  of  time  is  permitted  for  payment  therein  and  then,  within  the  period  of  time
designated for payment;

Closing Date; or

(xvii)       failure to pay or reserve for any employee payroll costs for any payroll period ended on or before the

(xviii)    Contract by the Company to do any of the foregoing.

3.16          Contracts; No Defaults.

(a)             Section 3.16(a) of the Disclosure Schedules contains a complete and accurate list as of the date hereof of each
of the following Contracts of the Company currently in effect (such Contracts, together with all Real Property Leases listed or otherwise
required to be disclosed in Section 3.6(b) of the Disclosure Schedules, the “Material Contracts”):

the Company in excess of $50,000;

(i)                  each Contract that involves performance of services for or delivery of goods or materials by or to

(ii)               except for Contracts solely relating to trade receivables arising in the Ordinary Course of Business,

any Contract evidencing or providing for Indebtedness;

(iii)            each Company IP Agreement;

losses, costs, or liabilities by the Company with any other Person;

(iv)              each joint venture, partnership, and other Contract (however named) involving a sharing of profits,

the Sellers to compete with any Person with respect to the business of the Company;

(v)               each Contract containing covenants that purport to restrict or limit the freedom of the Company or

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
each  Contract  (including  options)  to  sell  or  otherwise  dispose  of  the  business  of  the  Company
(whether  by  merger,  consolidation,  or  other  business  combination,  sale  of  securities,  sale  of  assets,  or  otherwise),  other  than  the  sale  of
inventory in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(vi)             

(vii)          each Contract under which the Company is obligated to pay any amount in respect of indemnification
obligations, purchase price adjustment, or otherwise in connection with any (A) acquisition or disposition of assets or securities (other than
the sale of inventory in the Ordinary Course of Business), (B) merger, consolidation, or other business combination, or (C) series or group
of related transactions or events of the type specified in clauses (A) and (B) above;

special compensation obligations that would become payable by reason of this Agreement or the Contemplated Transactions;

(viii)         each Contract under which the Company is, or may become, obligated to incur any severance pay or

(ix)              each Contract to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound providing for payments to or
by any Person based on sales, purchases, or profits (other than direct payments for goods or services, payments pursuant to a Real Property
Lease, or payments to employees pursuant to a Benefit Plan or employment agreement or offer letter);

Shares) that is currently effective and outstanding;

(x)               each power of attorney granted by the Company (or any Seller in respect of the Company or any

(xi)             each Contract for capital expenditures by the Company in excess of $50,000;

(xii)           each Contract providing for the employment of an individual on a full-time, part-time, consulting, or
other  basis  or  otherwise  providing  compensation  or  other  benefits  to  any  officer,  director,  employee,  or  consultant  (other  than  a  Benefit
Plan), other than with respect to any employee that (A) is employed by the Company on an “at-will” basis (as that term is defined by the
applicable Legal Requirements), and (B) is not a director, executive officer, or key employee (which includes retail location and district
managers) of the Company;

(xiii)        each collective bargaining agreement or other Contract to which the Company is a party with any labor

organization; and

foregoing.

(xiv)         

each  amendment,  supplement,  and  modification  (whether  oral  or  written)  in  respect  of  any  of  the

(b)             No Seller or executive officer, director, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, employee of the Company is
bound by any Contract that purports to limit the ability of such Person to (i) engage in, or continue any conduct, activity or practice relating
to, the business of the Company or (ii) assign to the Company any rights to any invention, improvement, or discovery.

(c)             Each Material Contract is in full force and effect and is valid and enforceable against the Company and, to the
Knowledge of the Company, against all other parties thereto, in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement thereof may be limited by
bankruptcy,  insolvency,  fraudulent  conveyance,  reorganization,  or  similar  laws  relating  to  creditors’  rights  generally  or  by  equitable
principles.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)             Except as set forth in Section 3.16(d) of the Disclosure Schedules and to the extent an event described in a
subsection to this Section 3.16(d), individually or in the aggregate, has not resulted in and would not reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect:

with all applicable terms and requirements of each Material Contract;

(i)                  the Company is and, since December 31, 2012, has been, in full compliance in all material respects

with all applicable terms and requirements of such Material Contract;

(ii)               each other party to each Material Contract is, to the Knowledge of the Company, in full compliance

(iii)            to the Knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred or circumstance exists that (with or without
notice or lapse of time) does or would contravene, conflict with, or result in a violation or breach of, or gives or would give the Company
or any other Person the right to declare a default or exercise any remedy under, or to accelerate the maturity or performance of, or to cancel,
terminate, or modify, any Material Contract; and

(iv)              to the Knowledge of the Company, the Company (and, where applicable, a Seller) has not given or
received  from  any  other  Person  any  notice  or  other  communication  (whether  oral  or  written)  regarding  any  actual,  alleged,  or  potential
violation or breach of, or default under, any Material Contract.

There  are  no  renegotiations  of,  attempts  to  renegotiate,  or  outstanding  rights  to  renegotiate,  any  material
amounts paid or payable to the Company or with respect to the Company’s business under Material Contracts with any Person and no such
Person has made written demand for such renegotiation.

(e)            

3.17          Insurance.

(a)             The Company has made available to the Buyer or its representatives true and complete copies of all policies of
insurance to which the Company is a party or under which the Company, or any director or officer of the Company (with respect to the
business of the Company), is covered. The Company has no pending applications for policies of insurance.

(b)             All policies of insurance to which the Company is a party or that provide coverage to the Company, or any
director  or  officer  of  the  Company  (with  respect  to  the  business  of  the  Company),  to  the  Knowledge  of  the  Company  (i)  are  valid,
outstanding, and enforceable; (ii) are issued by an insurer that is financially sound and reputable; (iii) taken together, provide commercially
reasonable  insurance  coverage  for  the  assets  and  the  operations  of  the  Company;  (iv)  are  sufficient  for  compliance  with  all  Legal
Requirements  and  Contracts  to  which  the  Company  is  a  party  or  by  which  it  is  bound;  and  (v)  will  continue  in  full  force  and  effect
following the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)             The Company has no Knowledge of any refusal of coverage or any notice that a defense will be afforded with
reservation of rights, or any notice of cancellation or any other indication that any insurance policy is no longer in full force or effect or will
not be renewed or that the issuer of any policy is not willing or able to perform its obligations thereunder.

is a party or that provides coverage to the Company or its business or any director or officer thereof, have been paid or performed.

(d)             All premiums due, and all material obligations to be performed by the Company, under each policy to which it

3.18          Environmental Matters.

(a)             The Company is, and at all times has been, in compliance with, and has not been and is not in violation of or
liable under, any Environmental Law, except for such instances of non-compliance, violation, or liability that have not had or would not
have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

(b)             The Company does not have, nor to the Knowledge of the Company is it likely to have , nor has it received,
any  Order,  written  notice,  or  other  communication,  or  to  the  Knowledge  of  the  Company,  any  Threatened  Order,  from  (i)  any
Governmental Body or private citizen acting in the public interest, or (ii) the current or prior owner or operator of any Facilities, of any
actual or potential violation or failure of the Company to comply with any Environmental Law, or of any actual or Threatened obligation on
the Company to undertake or bear the cost of any Environmental, Health, and Safety Liabilities with respect to any of the Facilities or any
other properties or assets (whether real, personal, or mixed) in which the Company has or had an interest, or with respect to any property or
Facility  at  which  Hazardous  Materials  were  or  are  used  or  stored  by  the  Company,  or  from  which  Hazardous  Materials  have  been
transported, treated, stored, handled, transferred, disposed, recycled, or received, in any such case that have had or would have, individually
or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

(c)             Neither the Company nor any Seller has permitted or conducted any Hazardous Activity with respect to the
Facilities  or  any  other  properties  or  assets  (whether  real,  personal,  or  mixed)  in  which  the  Company  has  or  had  an  interest  except  in
compliance in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws.

(d)             To the Knowledge of the Company, there has been no Release or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threat of
Release,  of  any  Hazardous  Materials  at  or  from  the  Facilities  by  the  Company  or  at  any  other  locations  by  the  Company  where  any
Hazardous Materials were generated, manufactured, refined, transferred, produced, imported, used, or processed from or by the Facilities,
or from or by any other properties and assets (whether real, personal, or mixed) in which the Company has or had an interest, in any such
case that had or would have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(e)             To the Knowledge of the Company, no reports, studies, analyses, tests, or monitoring pertaining to Hazardous
Materials or Hazardous Activities in, on or under the Facilities, or concerning compliance by the Company with Environmental Laws, exist.

3.19          Employees.

(a)             Section 3.19(a) of the Disclosure Schedules contains a complete and accurate list of the following information
for each current director, executive officer, and key employee (which includes retail location and district managers) of the Company as of
the  date  stated  therein:  name;  job  title;  service  date;  status  (active  or  leave  of  absence);  current  compensation  paid  or  payable  and  any
change  in  compensation  since  the  Interim  Balance  Sheet  Date;  accrued  vacation  and  other  accrued  leave;  if  on  leave,  start  date,  type  of
leave,  anticipated  return  date;  and  if  receiving  continuation  coverage  pursuant  to  COBRA  (the  Consolidated  Omnibus  Budget
Reconciliation Act  of  1986),  termination  date,  last  date  for  coverage,  contribution  responsibility  (monthly  premiums  by  employee  and
employer).

(b)             To the Knowledge of the Company, no director, officer, or key employee of the Company is a party to, or is
otherwise bound by, any Contract or arrangement, including any confidentiality, non-compete, or proprietary rights agreement, that in any
way adversely affects or will affect in any material respect (i) the performance of his or her duties or (ii) the ability of the Company to
conduct  its  business  in  the  Ordinary  Course  of  Business.  No  officer  of  the  Company  or  other  key  employee  of  the  Company  has  given
notice that he or she intends to terminate his or her officer position or employment.

3.20           Labor Relations; Compliance. The Company is not a party to any collective bargaining agreement or any other labor-
related Contract with any labor union or labor organization. Except as set forth in Section 3.20(a) of the Disclosure Schedules, there is not
presently pending or existing, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, there is not Threatened, (i) any strike, slowdown, picketing, work
stoppage, or employee grievance process, (ii) any Proceeding or Order against or affecting the Company relating to the alleged violation of
any Legal Requirement pertaining to labor relations or employment matters, including any charge or complaint with the National Labor
Relations  Board,  the  Equal  Employment  Opportunity  Commission,  or  any  comparable  Governmental  Body,  organizational  activity,  or
other  labor  or  employment  dispute  against  or  affecting  the  Company,  or  (iii)  any  petition  or  application  for  certification  of  a  collective
bargaining agent. To the Knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred or circumstance exists that could provide the basis for any
work stoppage or other labor dispute by employees of the Company. There is no lockout of any employees by the Company, and no such
action  is  contemplated  by  the  Company.  The  Company  has  not  been  requested  to  engage  in  collective  bargaining  with  any  labor
organization. The Company is not currently engaged in or obligated to engage in collective bargaining with any labor organization. The
Company  has  complied  in  all  material  respects  with  all  Legal  Requirements  and  Contracts  relating  to  employment,  equal  employment
opportunity,  nondiscrimination,  immigration,  wages,  hours,  benefits,  collective  bargaining,  the  payment  of  social  security,  occupational
safety  and  health,  and  plant  closing  or  layoff  of  employees.  The  Company  is  not  liable  for  the  payment  of  any  compensation,  damages,
fines,  penalties,  or  other  amounts,  however  designated,  for  failure  to  comply  with  any  of  the  foregoing  Legal  Requirements,  Orders,  or
Contracts.

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.21          Intellectual Property.

(a)            Section 3.21(a) of the Disclosure Schedules lists all (i) Company IP Registrations and (ii) Company Intellectual
Property, including software, that are not registered but that are material to the Company’s business or operations. All required filings and
fees  related  to  the  Company  IP  Registrations  have  been  timely  filed  with  and  paid  to  the  relevant  Governmental  Bodies  and  authorized
registrars, and all Company IP Registrations are otherwise in good standing.

(b)             The Company is the sole and legal and beneficial, and with respect to the Company IP Registrations, record,
owner of all right, title, and interest in and to or lawful licensor of the Company Intellectual Property used in or necessary for the conduct
of the Company’s current business or operations, in each case, free and clear of Encumbrances. To the Knowledge of the Company, it has
the valid right to use all other Intellectual Property used in the Company’s current business or operations.

(c)            The consummation of the Contemplated Transactions will not result in the loss or impairment of, or payment of
any additional amounts with respect to, nor require the consent of any other Person in respect of, the Company’s right to own, use, or hold
for  use  any  Intellectual  Property  as  owned,  used,  or  held  for  use  in  the  conduct  of  the  Company’s  business  or  operations  as  currently
conducted, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

The  Company’s  rights  in  the  Company  Intellectual  Property  are  valid,  subsisting,  and  enforceable.  The
Company  has  taken  reasonable  steps  to  maintain  the  Company  Intellectual  Property  that  is  owned  by  the  Company  and  to  protect  and
preserve the confidentiality of all trade secrets included in the Company Intellectual Property that is owned by the Company.

(d)            

(e)             The conduct of the Company’s business as currently and formerly conducted, and the products, processes, and
services  of  the  Company,  have  not  infringed,  misappropriated,  diluted,  or  otherwise  violated,  and  do  not  and  will  not  infringe,  dilute,
misappropriate, or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property or other rights of any Person, except as would not have a Material Adverse
Effect.  To  the  Knowledge  of  the  Company,  no  Person  has  infringed,  misappropriated,  diluted,  or  otherwise  violated,  or  is  currently
infringing, misappropriating, diluting, or otherwise violating, any Company Intellectual Property that is owned by the Company.

(f)              There are no Proceedings settled, pending, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, Threatened: (i) alleging any
infringement,  misappropriation,  dilution,  or  violation  of  the  Intellectual  Property  of  any  Person  by  the  Company;  (ii)  challenging  the
validity, enforceability, registrability, or ownership of any Company Intellectual Property that is owned by the Company or the Company’s
rights  with  respect  to  any  Company  Intellectual  Property;  or  (iii)  by  the  Company  or  any  other  Person  alleging  any  infringement,
misappropriation, dilution, or violation by any Person of the Company Intellectual Property. The Company is not subject to any outstanding
or,  to  the  Knowledge  of  the  Company,  prospective  Order  that  does  or  would  restrict  or  impair  the  use  of  any  Company  Intellectual
Property.

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(g)            

For  purposes  of  this Section  3.21(g):  (i)  “Privacy  Statements”  means,  collectively,  any  and  all  of  the
Company’s  privacy  policies  published  on  the  Websites  or  otherwise  made  available  by  the  Company  to  third  parties  regarding  the
collection, retention, use, and distribution of the Personally Identifiable Information of individuals, including from visitors of any of the
Websites (“Individuals”) and (ii) “Terms and Conditions ” means any and all of the visitor terms and conditions published on the Websites
governing Individuals’ use of and access to the Websites.

(i)                  A Privacy Statement is posted on each Website. The Privacy Statements include, at a minimum,
accurate  notice  to  Individuals  about  the  Company’s  collection,  retention,  use,  and  disclosure  policies  and  practices  with  respect  to
Personally Identifiable Information obtained through the Website. The Privacy Statements are accurate and consistent with the Terms and
Conditions  and  the  Company’s  actual  practices  with  respect  to  the  collection,  retention,  use,  and  disclosure  of  Personally  Identifiable
Information obtained through the Website. The Company materially complies with the Privacy Statements as applicable to any given set of
Personally Identifiable Information collected by the Company from Individuals through the Website that is applicable to the business of the
Company.

(ii)               The Company does not knowingly collect information from or target children under 13 years of age
in its Website content. The Company does not sell, rent, or otherwise make available to third parties any Personally Identifiable Information
submitted by Individuals except as is customary within the Company’s industry (including with respect to credit and payment programs
with which customers of the Company participate) and in compliance with applicable Legal Requirements.

regarding the Terms and Conditions.

(iii)            

The  Terms  and  Conditions  are  posted  on  the  Websites.  No  claims  or  controversies  have  arisen

3.22          

Certain  Payments. Neither  the  Company  nor  any  Seller,  or  any  director  or  officer  of  the  Company,  or,  to  the
Knowledge of the Company, any agent, employee, or other Person associated with or acting for or on behalf of the Company, has directly
or indirectly in contravention with a Legal Requirement, (i) made any contribution, gift, bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback,
or  other  payment  to  any  Person,  private  or  public,  regardless  of  form,  whether  in  money,  property,  or  services  (A)  to  obtain  favorable
treatment in securing business for the Company, (B) to pay for favorable treatment for business secured for the Company, (C) to obtain
special concessions or for special concessions already obtained, for or in respect of the Company, or (D) established or maintained any fund
or asset of the Company that has not been recorded in the books and records of the Company.

3.23           Suppliers. Section  3.23  of  the  Disclosure  Schedules  sets  forth  a  complete  and  accurate  list  of  the  ten  (10)  largest
suppliers of materials, products, or services to the Company (measured by the aggregate amount purchased by the Company) during the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 and the six (6) months ended June 30, 2016, respectively. To the Knowledge of the Company, the
relationships of the Company with the Company’s suppliers are good commercial working relationships, the Company is not engaged in
any dispute with any supplier of the Company, and none of those suppliers has canceled or otherwise terminated, or, to the Knowledge of
the Company, Threatened to cancel or otherwise terminate, its relationship with the Company or has during the twelve (12) months ended
December 31, 2016 materially decreased or Threatened to decrease or limit its services, supplies, or materials provided to the Company,
which dispute, cancellation, termination, or decrease, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in or would reasonably be expected to
result  in,  a  Material Adverse  Effect.  To  the  Knowledge  of  the  Company,  no  supplier  of  the  Company  has  notified  the  Company  of  its
intention  to  cancel  or  otherwise  modify  its  relationship  with  the  Company,  or  to  decrease  materially  or  limit  its  services,  supplies,  or
materials  provided  to  the  Company,  which  modification,  cancellation,  or  other  action  as  aforesaid  would  have,  individually  or  in  the
aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.24           Relationships  with Affiliates.  Except  as  set  forth  in Section  3.24  of  the  Disclosure  Schedules,  no  Seller  nor  any
Affiliate of any Seller or the Company is a party to any Contract with, or has any legal claim against, the Company. Except as set forth in
Section  3.24  of  the  Disclosure  Schedules,  no  Seller  nor  any Affiliate  of  any  Seller  or  the  Company  has,  or  has  had,  any  interest  in  any
property (whether real, personal, or mixed and whether tangible or intangible) used in or pertaining to the Company’s business. Except as
set  forth  in Section  3.24  of  the  Disclosure  Schedules,  no  Seller  nor  any Affiliate  of  any  Seller  or  the  Company  owns  or  has  owned  (of
record or as a beneficial owner) an equity interest or any other financial or profit interest in, a Person that has (i) had material business
dealings or a material financial interest in any transaction with the Company or the Company’s business, other than business dealings or
transactions conducted in the Ordinary Course of Business at substantially prevailing market prices and on substantially prevailing market
terms or (ii) engaged in competition with the Company’s business.

3.25          

Brokers  or  Finders. Neither  the  Company  nor  any  Seller  has  incurred  any  obligation  or  liability,  contingent  or
otherwise,  for  brokerage  or  finders’  fees  or  agents’  commissions,  fairness  opinion,  or  other  similar  payment  in  connection  with  this
Agreement.

3.26          Indebtedness; Tangible Shareholders’ Equity.

(a)             Section 3.26(a) of the Disclosure Schedules sets forth a true and complete list as of the date of this Agreement
of all Indebtedness of the Company and provides (i) the names of the original lender and current holder (to the extent that the Company has
received a written notice of the assignment thereof) and (ii) outstanding principal balances and all accrued and unpaid interest as of the date
hereof. Immediately prior to the Closing, there will be no outstanding Indebtedness (including any pre-payment fees, exit fees, rescheduling
fees, or penalties) of the Company arising from obligations created by or on behalf of the Company or any Seller prior to the Closing other
than the Closing Term Loan Payment Amount and the Closing Date Revolving Loan Amount.

(b)            

The  Closing  Date  Balance  Sheet  will  show  that  the  Company  has  at  least  $20,000,000  in  Tangible

Shareholders’ Equity.

3.27           Loans with Sellers, Executives, and Directors. There are no outstanding loans, guaranties, or extensions of credit (i)
by the Company to or for any Seller or any director or executive officer (or equivalent thereof) of the Company and (ii) by any Seller or any
director or executive officer (or equivalent thereof) of the Company to or for the Company.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.28           Bank Accounts. Section  3.28  of  the  Disclosure  Schedules  sets  forth  the  account  number  and  names  of  authorized

signatories with respect to each account maintained by or for the benefit of the Company at any bank or other financial institution.

3.29           Unclaimed or Abandoned Property; Escheat. Except with respect to the items set forth on and as set forth on Section
3.29 of the Disclosure Schedules, the Company is in compliance in all material respects with applicable Legal Requirements dealing with
abandoned or unclaimed property or escheat. Except with respect to the items set forth on and as set forth on Section 3.29 of the Disclosure
Schedules,  the  Company  has  reported  and  remitted  to  each  Governmental  Body  as  and  to  the  extent  required  by  applicable  Legal
Requirements  all  amounts  held,  due,  or  owing  by  the  Company  in  the  course  of  the  operations  of  the  business  of  the  Company  and
remaining  unclaimed  or  unpaid  for  a  period  of  time  such  that  they  are  presumed  abandoned  under  applicable  Legal  Requirements  as
reflected on the books and records of the Company. Except with respect to the items set forth on and as set forth on Section 3.29 of the
Disclosure Schedules, no amounts that are, or would be, or would become, unclaimed property or presumed abandoned under applicable
Legal  Requirements  dealing  with  abandoned  or  unclaimed  property  or  escheat  have  been  written  off,  written,  or  reversed  to  income,  or
otherwise removed or excluded from the liabilities set forth on the Interim Balance Sheet or the Financial Statements (or will be written
off, written, or reversed to income, or otherwise removed or excluded from the liabilities forth on the Closing Date Balance Sheet).

3.30           No Other Representations and Warranties . Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Article 3,
none of the Sellers or the Company has made or makes any other express or implied representation or warranty to the Buyer, either written
or  oral,  on  behalf  of  the  Sellers  and  the  Company,  including  any  representation  or  warranty  as  to  the  accuracy  or  completeness  of  any
information regarding the business of the Company or the Shares.

ARTICLE 4
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER

The Buyer represents and warrants to the Sellers as follows:

4.1               Organization and Good Standing. The Buyer is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing, and in
good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada and the Buyer has all requisite limited liability company authority and power to carry
on its business as now conducted.

4.2              Authority; No Conflict.

(a)             The Buyer has all necessary limited liability company power and authority to enter into this Agreement, to
carry out its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery by the Buyer of
this Agreement,  the  performance  by  the  Buyer  of  its  obligations  hereunder  and  the  consummation  by  the  Buyer  of  the  Contemplated
Transactions have been duly authorized by all requisite limited liability company action on the part of the Buyer. This Agreement has been
duly  executed  and  delivered  by  the  Buyer  and  constitutes  the  legal,  valid,  and  binding  obligation  of  the  Buyer,  enforceable  against  the
Buyer  in  accordance  with  its  terms,  except  as  enforcement  may  be  limited  by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  fraudulent  conveyance,
reorganization, or similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and by equitable principles. Upon the execution and delivery by the
Buyer of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, such Transaction Documents will constitute the legal, valid, and binding
obligations of the Buyer, enforceable against the Buyer in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement may be limited by
bankruptcy,  insolvency,  fraudulent  conveyance,  reorganization,  or  similar  laws  relating  to  creditors’  rights  generally  and  by  equitable
principles.  The  Buyer  has  the  limited  liability  company  power  and  authority  to  execute  and  deliver  this Agreement  and  the  Transaction
Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)             Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Buyer nor the consummation or performance of
any of the Contemplated Transactions by the Buyer will conflict with or give any Person the right to prevent, delay, or otherwise interfere
with any of the Contemplated Transactions pursuant to:

(i)                 any provision of the Buyer’s Organizational Documents;

(ii)              any resolution adopted by the Board of Directors or the sole member of the Buyer;

(iii)            any Legal Requirement to which the Buyer may be subject; or

The Buyer is not, and will not be, required to obtain any Consent from any Person or Governmental Body in connection with the execution
and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation or performance of any of the Contemplated Transactions.

(iv)             any Contract to which the Buyer is a party or by which the Buyer may be bound.

4.3              Investment Intent. The Buyer is acquiring the Shares solely for its own account for investment purposes and not with
a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Buyer acknowledges that the Shares are not registered under
the  Securities Act  or  any  state  securities  laws  and  that  the  Shares  may  not  be  transferred  or  sold  except  pursuant  to  the  registration
provisions of the Securities Act or pursuant to an applicable exemption therefrom and subject to state securities laws and regulations, as
applicable.

4.4              

Certain  Proceedings. There  is  no  pending  Proceeding  that  has  been  commenced  against  the  Buyer  and  that
challenges,  or  would  have  the  effect  of  preventing,  delaying,  making  illegal,  or  otherwise  interfering  with,  any  of  the  Contemplated
Transactions. To the Knowledge of the Buyer, no such Proceeding has been Threatened.

4.5               Brokers or Finders. Buyer has incurred no obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise, for brokerage or finders’

fees or agents’ commissions or other similar payment in connection with this Agreement.

4.6              [Intentionally Omitted].

4.7              Sufficiency of Funds. Subject to obtaining the Financing, the Buyer will have sufficient cash on hand or other sources
of  immediately  available  funds  to  enable  it  to  make  payment  of  the  Purchase  Price  to  the  Sellers  and  to  consummate  the  Contemplated
Transactions.  Immediately  after  giving  effect  to  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  and  the  Financing  and  assuming  the  truth  and
accuracy in all respects of the representations and warranties made by the Company and the Sellers in Sections 3.3, 3.4, 3.10, and 3.26, the
Buyer shall: (a) be able to pay its debts in the ordinary course as they become due, including the Promissory Note; (b) own property that has
a fair saleable value greater than the amounts required  to  pay  its  debts,  including  the  Promissory  Note;  and  (c)  have  adequate  capital  to
carry on its business. In connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and assuming the truth and accuracy in all respects of the
representations and warranties made by the Company and the Sellers in Sections 3.3, 3.4, 3.10, and 3.26, the Buyer has not incurred debts
beyond its ability to pay as they become absolute and matured.

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.8               Independent Investigation. The Buyer has conducted its own independent investigation, review and analysis of the
business of the Company, and acknowledges that it has been provided adequate access to the personnel, properties, assets, premises, books
and records, and other documents and data of the Company for such purpose. The Buyer acknowledges and agrees that: (a) in making its
decision  to  enter  into  this  Agreement  and  to  consummate  the  Contemplated  Transactions,  the  Buyer  has  relied  solely  upon  its  own
investigation and the express representations and warranties of the Company and Sellers set forth in Article 3 of this Agreement; and (b)
neither the Sellers, the Company, nor any of their Affiliates or Representatives have made any representation or warranty as to the Sellers,
the Company, the Shares, and the business of the Company and its assets, except as expressly set forth in Article 3 of this Agreement and as
may be set forth in the agreements and instruments entered into or delivered in connection with the Financing.

ARTICLE 5
COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLERS PRIOR TO THE CLOSING

5.1              Access and Investigation; Financial Statements. Subject to the terms of the Nondisclosure Agreement, from the date
hereof through the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.1, the Company and the Sellers shall
provide the Buyer and its Affiliates, Representatives, and prospective sources of the Financing access to, and the opportunity to make such
investigation of, the properties, businesses, operations, customers, suppliers, and employees of the Company, and such examination of the
books,  records,  and  financial  condition  of  the  Company,  as  the  Buyer  or  its Affiliates,  Representatives,  or  prospective  sources  of  the
Financing  may  reasonably  request. As  interim  monthly  financial  statements  for  the  Company  are  published,  those  statements  shall  be
delivered to the Buyer.

5.2              Operation of the Business of the Company.  Between the date of this Agreement and the earlier of the Closing or the

termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.1, the Company and the Sellers shall:

to the Hastings Project;

(i)                  conduct the business of the Company only in the Ordinary Course of Business, except with respect

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ii)              use their reasonable best efforts to preserve intact the Company’s current business organization, keep
available  the  services  of  its  current  officers,  employees,  and  agents,  and  maintain  the  relations  and  goodwill  with  suppliers,  customers,
landlords, creditors, employees, agents, Affiliates, and others having business relationships with it;

Course of Business; and

(iii)             confer with the Buyer concerning operational matters of a material nature outside of the Ordinary

its business, operations, finances, business organization, and employee and other service provider staffing.

(iv)             otherwise report periodically to the Buyer, at the Buyer’s reasonable request, concerning the status of

5.3              Negative Covenant; Cash Distributions.

(a)             Except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement, between the date of this Agreement and the earlier
of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.1, neither the Company nor any Seller shall, without the Buyer’s
prior  written  consent  (not  to  be  unreasonably  withheld,  delayed,  denied,  or  conditioned),  take  any  affirmative  action,  or  fail  to  take  any
reasonable action within its or his control, as a result of which any of the changes or events listed in Section 3.15 is likely to occur.

(b)            

Between  the  date  of  this Agreement  and  the  earlier  of  the  Closing  or  the  termination  of  this Agreement
pursuant to Section 10.1, the Company may make cash distributions to the Sellers in the Ordinary Course of Business;  provided, however,
that  such  cash  distributions  shall  not  exceed  (i)  $400,000  in  the  aggregate,  per  month,  during  the  period  from  and  after  the  date  of  this
Agreement  through  the  Closing,  plus  (ii)  the  amount  of  cash  distributions  to  the  Sellers  in  an  aggregate  amount  necessary  for  the  sole
purpose of funding the 2015 and 2016 estimated and actual income Tax liabilities of the Sellers in respect of their income of the Company,
including  income  Tax  payments  required  to  be  paid  by  the  Sellers  pursuant  to Section 7.1  (exclusive  of  any  indemnification  payment
obligations  of  the  Sellers  contained  within Section  7.1(e));  provided,  further,  that  in  no  event  shall  the  cash  distributions  specified  in
clauses  (i)  and  (ii)  immediately  above  cause  the  Tangible  Shareholders’  Equity  to  be  less  than  $20,000,000  immediately  prior  to  the
Closing as shown on the Closing Date Balance Sheet.

5.4               Notification. Between the date of this Agreement and the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement
pursuant to Section 10.1, the Sellers shall promptly notify the Buyer in writing if any Seller or the Company becomes aware of any fact or
condition that causes or constitutes an inaccuracy or a breach of any of the Company’s and/or the Sellers’ representations and warranties as
of the date of this Agreement, or if any Seller or the Company becomes aware of the occurrence after the date of this Agreement of any fact
or condition that would (except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement) cause or constitute an inaccuracy or a breach of any such
representation  or  warranty  had  such  representation  or  warranty  been  made  as  of  the  time  of  occurrence  or  discovery  of  such  fact  or
condition. During the same period, the Sellers shall promptly notify Buyer of the occurrence of any breach of any covenant of the Sellers
or  the  Company  in  this Article 5  or  of  the  occurrence  of  any  event  that  would  reasonably  be  expected  to  make  the  satisfaction  of  the
conditions in Article 8 impossible or unlikely; provided, however, that for purposes of determining (i) the satisfaction of the conditions in
Sections 8.1 and 8.2 or (ii) the existence of an inaccuracy or a breach of any representation or warranty made on the date of this Agreement
or on the Closing Date or the occurrence of a breach of any covenant or obligation of the Sellers or the Company, including for purposes of
Article 11 and the rights to indemnification set forth therein, any information provided to the Buyer pursuant to this Section 5.4 or pursuant
to any other provision of this Agreement after the date hereof will be disregarded and have no effect.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.5              Payment of Indebtedness; Tangible Shareholders’ Equity.

full prior to the Closing other than the Closing Term Loan Payment Amount and the Closing Date Revolving Loan Amount.

(a)             The Sellers and the Company will cause all Indebtedness owed by the Company to any Person to be paid in

of any Seller or the Company to be paid in full at or prior to Closing.

(b)             The Sellers and the Company will cause all Indebtedness owed to the Company by any Seller or any Affiliate

(c)             The Sellers and the Company shall not take any affirmative action, or fail to take any action within its or his
control, as a result of which the Company shall have less than $20,000,000 in Tangible Shareholders’ Equity on the Closing Date Balance
Sheet.

5.6              

Claims. Prior  to  the  Closing,  the  Company  shall  notify  the  Buyer  in  writing  of  all  known  facts,  events,  and
circumstances within the Knowledge of the Company that could reasonably be expected to give rise to a claim or Proceeding against the
Company and whether such claim or Proceeding is covered by insurance.

5.7               Reasonable Best Efforts. Between the date of this Agreement and the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this
Agreement pursuant to Section 10.1, the Sellers and the Company shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause the conditions in Article 8
to be satisfied.

5.8              No Solicitation of Other Bids.

(a)            Between the date of this Agreement and the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement pursuant
to Section 10.1,  none  of  the  Sellers  or  the  Company  shall,  nor  shall  any  of  the  Sellers  or  the  Company  authorize  or  permit  any  of  their
respective Affiliates or Representatives to, directly or indirectly, (i) encourage, solicit, initiate, facilitate, or continue inquiries regarding an
Acquisition  Proposal;  (ii)  enter  into  discussions  or  negotiations  with,  or  provide  any  information  to,  any  Person  concerning  a  possible
Acquisition Proposal; or (iii) enter into any agreements or other instruments (whether or not binding) regarding an Acquisition Proposal.
Each  Seller  and  the  Company  shall  immediately  cease  and  cause  to  be  terminated,  and  shall  cause  its  or  his Affiliates  and  all  of  their
respective  Representatives  to  immediately  cease  and  cause  to  be  terminated,  all  existing  discussions  or  negotiations  with  any  Persons
conducted heretofore with respect to, or that could lead to, an Acquisition Proposal. For purposes hereof, “Acquisition Proposal” shall mean
any  inquiry,  proposal,  or  offer  from  any  Person  (other  than  the  Buyer  or  any  of  its Affiliates)  concerning  (A)  a  merger,  consolidation,
liquidation,  recapitalization,  share  exchange,  or  other  business  combination  transaction  involving  the  Company;  (B)  the  issuance  or
acquisition  of  shares  of  capital  stock  or  other  equity  securities  of  the  Company;  or  (C)  the  sale,  lease,  exchange,  or  other  disposition  of
substantially all of the Company’s properties or assets.

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)             In addition to the other obligations under this Section 5.8, within three Business Days after receipt thereof by
any  Seller,  the  Company,  or  any  of  their  respective  Representatives,  such  Seller  or  the  Company,  as  applicable,  shall  advise  the  Buyer
orally and in writing of any Acquisition Proposal, any request for information with respect to any Acquisition Proposal, or any inquiry with
respect to or which could reasonably be expected to result in an Acquisition Proposal, the material terms and conditions of such request,
Acquisition Proposal, or inquiry, and the identity of the Person making the same.

(c)             The Sellers and the Company agree that the rights and remedies for noncompliance with this Section 5.8 shall
include  having  such  provision  specifically  enforced  by  any  court  having  equity  jurisdiction,  it  being  acknowledged  and  agreed  that  any
such breach or threatened breach shall cause irreparable injury to the Buyer, that money damages would not provide an adequate remedy to
the Buyer, and that the Buyer shall not be required to post bond or other security in any such enforcement action.

5.9               Financing. Between the date of this Agreement and the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement
pursuant  to Section  10.1,  the  Company  and  the  Sellers  shall  cooperate  and  take  all  actions  reasonably  requested  by  the  Buyer  or  its
Affiliates in connection with the Buyer obtaining the Financing.

ARTICLE 6
COVENANTS OF THE BUYER

6.1               Reasonable Best Efforts. Between the date of this Agreement and the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this

Agreement pursuant to Section 10.1, the Buyer shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the conditions in Article 9 to be satisfied.

6.2               Financing. The Buyer shall use its reasonable best efforts, at its cost and expense, to obtain the financing needed by
the Closing Date in order to consummate the Contemplated Transactions and operate the business of the Company following the Closing
(the “Financing”), on terms satisfactory to the Buyer and its Affiliates.

6.3               Access. From and after the Closing until the date of maturity of the Promissory Note, the Buyer shall, and shall cause
the Company to, furnish the Sellers and their Representatives, within a reasonable time of request, with access to such financial, operating,
and  other  data  and  information  of  the  Company  as  the  Sellers  may  reasonably  request; provided,  that  any  such  information  shall  (a)  be
provided  only  during  normal  business  hours  under  the  supervision  of  the  Buyer’s  personnel  in  such  manner  as  to  not  interfere  with  the
normal operations of the Company and (b) shall be deemed to be Confidential Information and be subject to Section 7.5.

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.1              Certain Tax Covenants.

ARTICLE 7
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

(a)             Without the prior written consent of the Buyer, no Seller (and, prior to the Closing, none of the Company, its
Affiliates, and their respective Representatives) shall, to the extent it may affect, or relate to, the Company, make, change, or rescind any
Tax election, amend any Tax Return, take any position on any Tax Return, take any action, omit to take any action, or enter into any other
transaction, that would have the effect of increasing the Tax liability or reducing any Tax asset of the Buyer or the Company in respect of
any Post-Closing Tax Period.

(b)            

All  transfer,  documentary,  sales,  use,  stamp,  registration,  value  added,  and  other  such  Taxes  and  fees
(including any penalties and interest) incurred in connection with this Agreement shall be borne and paid 50% by the Sellers and 50% by
the Buyer, when due. Each party shall, at his or its own expense, timely file any Tax Return or other document with respect to such Taxes
or fees (and the other party shall cooperate with respect thereto as necessary).

(c)            The Sellers shall prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, when due all Tax Returns for the Company
for all Pre-Closing Tax Periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date that are required to be filed after the Closing Date. The Sellers shall
include any income, gain, loss, deduction, or other tax items for such periods on their Tax Returns in a manner consistent with the Schedule
K-1s prepared by the Sellers for such periods. The Sellers shall permit the Buyer or its Representatives to review and comment on each
such Tax Return filed after the date of this Agreement, prior to filing. The Buyer shall prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, all
Tax Returns for the Company for the periods ending after the Closing Date.

In the case of Taxes that are payable with respect to a taxable period that begins before and ends after the
Closing Date (each such period, a “Straddle Period”), the portion of any such Taxes that are treated as Pre-Closing Taxes for purposes of
this Agreement shall be:

(d)            

in the case of Taxes (A) based upon, or related to, income, receipts, profits, wages, capital, or net
worth, (B) imposed in connection with the sale, transfer, or assignment of property, or (C) required to be withheld, deemed equal to the
amount that would be payable if the taxable year ended with the Closing Date; and

(i)                 

(ii)              in the case of other Taxes, deemed to be the amount of such Taxes for the entire period multiplied by
a  fraction  the  numerator  of  which  is  the  number  of  days  in  the  period  ending  on  the  Closing  Date  and  the  denominator  of  which  is  the
number of days in the entire period.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(e)             The Sellers shall indemnify the Buyer Indemnified Parties and hold them harmless from and against (A) any
Loss attributable to any breach of or inaccuracy in any representation or warranty made in Section 3.11; (B) any Loss attributable to any
breach or violation of, or failure to fully perform, any covenant, agreement, undertaking, or obligation in this Section 7.1 or in Section 7.2
by any Seller; (C) all Taxes of the Company relating to the business of the Company for all Pre-Closing Tax Periods (including all Taxes
of the Company in respect of the matters set forth in Section 3.11(c) of the Disclosure Schedules);  (D)  any  and  all  Taxes  of  any  Person
imposed on the Company arising under the principles of transferee or successor liability or by Contract, relating to an event or transaction
occurring  before  the  Closing;  in  each  of  the  above  cases,  together  with  any  out-of-pocket  fees  and  expenses  (including  attorneys’  and
accountants’  fees)  incurred  in  connection  therewith.  The  Sellers  shall  reimburse  the  Buyer  for  any  Taxes  of  the  Company  that  are  the
responsibility of the Sellers pursuant to this Section 7.1 within fifteen (15) days after payment of such Taxes by the Buyer or the Company.
Any  indemnification  payments  pursuant  to  this Section 7.1 shall be treated as an adjustment to the Purchase Price by the parties for Tax
purposes, unless otherwise required by Legal Requirement. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of
Section 3.11  and  this Section 7.1  shall  survive  for  the  full  period  of  all  applicable  statutes  of  limitations  (giving  effect  to  any  waiver,
mitigation,  or  extension  thereof)  plus  60  days; provided, that,  under  no  circumstance  shall  any  claim  arising  under  this Agreement  be
brought  by  Buyer  or  a  Buyer  Indemnified  Party  later  than  7  years  from  the  Closing.  To  the  extent  that  any  obligation  or  responsibility
pursuant to Article 11 may overlap with an obligation or responsibility pursuant to this Section 7.1, the provisions of this Section 7.1 shall
govern.

(i)                  The Sellers shall not be liable to the Buyer or Buyer Indemnified Parties for indemnification under
Section 7.1(e)(A)  until  the  aggregate  amount  of  all  Losses  in  respect  of  indemnification  under Section 7.1(e)(A)  exceeds  $560,000,  in
which  event  the  Sellers  shall  be  required  to  pay  or  be  liable  for  Losses  from  the  first  dollar.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary
herein, the aggregate amount of all Losses for which the Sellers shall be liable pursuant to Section 7.1(e)(A) or Section 7.2 shall not exceed
(A) $14,000,000 with respect to any Losses arising from the Sellers’ breach of Section 3.11(a)  or Section 7.2,  and  (B)  $5,600,000,  with
respect to all other Losses arising pursuant to Section 7.1(e)(A).

(ii)               The Buyer Indemnified Parties shall take all reasonable steps to mitigate any Loss upon becoming
aware of any event or circumstance that would reasonably be expected to, or does, give rise thereto, including incurring costs only to the
minimum extent necessary to remedy the breach that gave rise to such Loss.

(f)              The Buyer agrees to give prompt written notice to the Sellers’ Representative (which, in any event, shall be
within  30  days)  of  the  receipt  of  any  written  notice  of  any  Governmental Authority  by  the  Company,  the  Buyer,  or  any  of  the  Buyer’s
Affiliates  that  involves  the  assertion  of  any  claim,  or  the  commencement  of  any  Proceeding,  in  respect  of  which  an  indemnity  may  be
sought by the Buyer pursuant to this Section 7.1 (a “Tax Claim”); provided, that failure to comply with this provision shall not affect the
Buyer’s right to indemnification hereunder.

(g)             Buyer’s Control of Tax Claims. Subject to Section 7.1(h), the Buyer shall control the contest or resolution of
any Tax Claim; provided, however, that the Buyer shall obtain the prior written consent of the Sellers’ Representative (which consent shall
not  be  unreasonably  withheld,  delayed,  denied,  or  conditioned)  before  entering  into  any  settlement  of  a  claim  or  ceasing  to  defend  such
claim;  and, provided, further,  that  the  Sellers’  Representative  shall  be  entitled  to  participate  in  the  defense  of  such  claim  and  to  employ
counsel of his choice for such purpose, the fees and expenses of which separate counsel shall be borne solely by the Sellers. The Buyer
shall pursue any such Tax Claim in a timely manner and in good faith.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(h)            

Seller’s  Control  of  Tax  Claims. If,  within  15  days  after  the  Buyer  has  provided  notice  to  the  Sellers’
Representative pursuant to Section 7.1(f), the Sellers’ Representative provides notice to the Buyer that the Sellers propose to undertake the
defense of the Tax Claim, the Sellers shall have the right to undertake and control the Tax Claim proceedings using counsel of their own
choice  and  their  sole  expense; provided, that,  (i)  the  Tax  Claim  involves  only  money  damages  and  does  not  seek  an  injunction  or  other
equitable relief against the Buyer or any of its Affiliates; (ii) in the opinion of counsel to the Buyer there does not exist a non-waivable
conflict of interest between the Sellers and the Buyer or any of its Affiliates with respect to the Tax Claim; (iii) the Buyer does not in good
faith determine that the Tax Claim proceedings are likely to materially and adversely affect its reputation or the reputation of any of its or
any of its Affiliate’s brands; and (iv) the Buyer shall be entitled to participate in the defense of such claim and to employ counsel of its
choice for such purpose, the fees and expenses of which separate counsel shall be borne solely by the Buyer. The Sellers shall not cease to
defend, settle or otherwise dispose of the Tax Claim without the consent of the Buyer, which consent is not to be unreasonably withheld,
denied, or delayed.

(i)               The Sellers and the Buyer shall provide each other with such cooperation and information as either of them
reasonably  may  request  of  the  other  in  filing  any  Tax  Return  pursuant  to  this Section  7.1  or  in  connection  with  any  audit  or  other
proceeding  (including  all  Tax  Claims)  in  respect  of  Taxes  of  the  Company.  Such  cooperation  and  information  shall  include  providing
copies of relevant Tax Returns or portions thereof, together with accompanying schedules, related work papers, and documents relating to
rulings  or  other  determinations  by  tax  authorities.  Each  of  the  Sellers  and  the  Buyer  shall  retain  all  Tax  Returns,  schedules  and  work
papers,  records,  and  other  documents  in  their  respective  possession  relating  to  Tax  matters  of  the  Company  for  any  taxable  period
beginning before the Closing Date until the expiration of the statute of limitations of the taxable periods to which such Tax Returns and
other documents relate, without regard to extensions except to the extent notified by the other party in writing of such extensions for the
respective Tax periods.

7.2              Section 338(h)(10) Election. The Sellers shall join with the Buyer in making a timely election under IRC §338(h)(10)
(and any corresponding election under state and local Legal Requirements) with respect to the purchase and sale of the Shares hereunder
(collectively,  a  “ Section  338(h)(10)  Election”).  The  Buyer  and  the  Sellers  shall  report  the  Contemplated  Transactions  in  a  manner
consistent with the Section 338(h)(10) Election. Neither the Buyer nor any Seller shall take any action that is inconsistent with the Section
338(h)(10) Election or its validity under the IRC and the applicable Treasury Regulations. Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date,
the Buyer shall deliver to the Sellers’ Representative an allocation schedule (the “Allocation Schedule”) setting forth the Buyer’s good faith
calculation of the aggregate deemed sales price, the adjusted grossed-up basis, and the allocation of the aggregate deemed sales price and
adjusted  grossed-up  basis  among  the  assets  of  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  principles  of  Treasury  Regulations  §1.338-6,  taking
into due consideration the suggested allocations set forth in the allocation schedule in Section 7.2 of the Disclosure Schedules. If, within
fifteen (15) days after his receipt of the Allocation Schedule, the Sellers’ Representative notifies the Buyer in writing that the Sellers object
to  one  or  more  items  reflected  in  the Allocation  Schedule  (indicating  each  disputed  item  and  the  basis  for  their  objection  thereto),  the
Sellers’  Representative  and  the  Buyer  shall  negotiate  in  good  faith  to  resolve  such  dispute;  provided,  however,  that,  if  the  Sellers’
Representative and the Buyer are unable to resolve any dispute with respect to the Allocation Schedule within thirty (30) days following
the Buyer’s receipt of the Sellers’ Representative’s objection notice, such dispute shall be resolved by a nationally recognized accounting
firm jointly selected by the Buyer the Sellers’ Representative within five (5) Business Days after the expiration of such 30-day period (or if
the  parties  are  unable  to  agree  upon  a  nationally  recognized  accounting  firm,  each  party  shall  select  a  nationally  recognized  accounting
firm and the two firms together shall select a third a nationally recognized accounting firm) (the “Accounting Referee”). The Accounting
Referee shall make a determination as soon as practicable within 30 days (or such other time as the Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative
shall agree in writing) after their engagement, and their resolution of the disputed items shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties
hereto.  The  fees  and  expenses  of  such Accounting  Referee  shall  be  allocated  between  the  Sellers  and  the  Buyer  based  on  their  relative
success with respect to the disputed items (as finally determined by the Accounting Referee). For example, if the Sellers’ Representative
challenges the calculation of an amount of $100,000, but the Accounting Referee determines that the Sellers’ Representative has a valid
claim for only $40,000, the Buyer shall bear forty percent (40%) of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Referee and the Sellers shall
bear  the  other  sixty  percent  (60%)  of  such  fees  and  expenses.  If  the  Sellers’  Representative  fails  to  deliver  a  dispute  notice  within  the
aforementioned  15-day  period,  then  the  Buyer’s Allocation  Schedule  shall  be  final  and  binding  on  the  parties  hereto.  The  Buyer  shall
prepare and file Forms 8023 and 8883 and such other documents required in connection with the Section 338(h)(10) Election. The Sellers,
the Company, and the Buyer shall cooperate fully with each other and make available to each other such Tax data and other information as
may be reasonably required by the Sellers or the Buyer in order for the Sellers and the Buyer to timely file the Section 338(h)(10) Election
and any other required statements or schedules (or any amendments or supplements thereto) and compute the aggregate deemed sale price
and  the  adjusted  grossed-up  basis  in  accordance  with  the  Treasury  Regulations. Any  adjustment  to  the  Purchase  Price  herein  shall  be
allocated in a manner consistent with the Allocation Schedule.

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.3               Consents. Each party shall use reasonable best efforts (which shall not require any payment to any third party) to
obtain  all  Consents  (including  the  Consents  listed  or  required  to  be  listed  in Section  3.2(b)  of  the  Disclosure  Schedule)  that  may  be  or
become  necessary  for  the  performance  of  its  obligations  under  this  Agreement  or  that  are  otherwise  required  in  connection  with  the
consummation of the Contemplated Transactions. For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Required Consents”  shall  mean  all  Consents
listed or required to be listed in Section 3.2(b) of the Disclosure Schedule.

7.4               Release by the Sellers. Each of the Sellers hereby releases and forever discharges the Buyer, the Company, and each
of their respective Affiliates, successors, and assigns from any and all claims, causes of action, and liabilities whatsoever, whether known
or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, both at law and in equity, that such Seller now has, has ever had, or may hereafter have, against the
Company  arising  contemporaneously  with  or  prior  to  the  Closing  on  account  of  such  Seller’s  employment  as  an  employee  with  the
Company, including actions under any Legal Requirements relating to discrimination, sexual harassment, wrongful discharge, or breach or
interference with employment contract rights arising prior to the Closing Date; provided, however,  that  nothing  contained  in  this Section
7.4 will operate to release any obligations of the Buyer or the Company (i) arising under this Agreement or the Contemplated Transactions
or (ii) with respect to current claims for salaries, wages, or benefits accrued for the current pay period but not paid; and provided, further,
that no such unreleased claim shall limit the Buyer’s rights to an indemnifiable claim under Article 11 with respect to matters arising out of
such claim. Each of the Sellers hereby irrevocably covenants to refrain from asserting any claim or demand, or commencing or instituting
any Proceeding, of any kind against the Company, the Buyer, or any of their respective Affiliates based upon any matter released by this
Section 7.4. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Buyer shall cause the Company to
maintain its existing indemnification provisions as of the date hereof with respect to present and former directors, officers, employees, and
agents  of  the  Company  for  all  expenses,  judgments,  fines,  and  amounts  paid  in  settlement  by  reason  of  actions  or  omissions  or  alleged
actions or omissions occurring at or before the Closing to the fullest extent permitted or required under applicable law and the Company’s
articles of incorporation and bylaws in effect as of the date of this Agreement (to the extent consistent with applicable law), for a period of
six years after the Closing, and shall cause the Company to perform its obligations under such indemnification provisions in accordance
with their respective terms.

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.5               Confidentiality. From and after the Closing, the Sellers shall hold, and shall use their respective reasonable best
efforts  to  cause  their  respective  Representatives  to  hold,  in  confidence  any  and  all  Confidential  Information,  whether  written  or  oral,
concerning the Company, except to the extent that the Seller can show that such information (i) is generally available to and known by the
public through no fault of any Seller or any Representative thereof; (ii) is required to be disclosed in connection with the performance of a
Seller’s duties as an employee of the Company; or (iii) is lawfully acquired by such Seller or any of its Representatives from and after the
Closing from sources that are not prohibited from disclosing such information by a legal, contractual, or fiduciary obligation. If any Seller
or  any  Representative  thereof  is  compelled  to  disclose  any  information  by  judicial  or  administrative  process  or  by  other  Legal
Requirements,  such  Seller  shall  promptly  notify  the  Buyer  in  writing  and  shall  disclose  only  that  portion  of  such  information  that  such
Seller  is  advised  by  its  or  his  counsel  in  writing  is  legally  required  to  be  disclosed, provided  that  such  Seller  shall  use  reasonable  best
efforts to obtain an appropriate protective order or other reasonable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such information.
The Nondisclosure Agreement shall be deemed terminated effective upon the Closing. For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Confidential
Information”  shall  mean  the  trade  secrets,  financial  information,  technical  information,  and  business  information  of  the  Company  that
Company management treated as confidential prior to the Closing Date or that a reasonable person would deem to be confidential based on
the type of information and method of disclosure.

7.6              Non-competition; Non-solicitation.

(a)             For a period of five (5) years commencing on the Closing Date (the “Restricted Period”), none of the Sellers
shall,  nor  shall  any  Seller  permit  any  of  his  or  its Affiliates,  directly  or  indirectly,  to  (i)  engage  in  or  assist  others  in  engaging  in  the
Restricted Business in the Territory; (ii) have an interest in any Person that engages directly or indirectly in the Restricted Business in the
Territory  in  any  capacity,  including  as  a  partner,  shareholder,  member,  employee,  principal,  agent,  trustee,  or  consultant;  or  (iii)
intentionally interfere in any material respect with the business relationships (whether formed prior to or after the date of this Agreement)
between  the  Company  and  customers  or  suppliers  of  the  Company  for  the  purpose  of  diverting  business  away  from  the  Company.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  a  Seller  may  own,  directly  or  indirectly,  solely  as  an  investment,  securities  of  any  Person  traded  on  any
national  securities  exchange  if  Seller  is  not  a  controlling  Person  of,  or  a  member  of  a  group  which  controls,  such  Person  and  does  not,
directly or indirectly, own 5% or more of any class of securities of such Person.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)            During the Restricted Period, none of the Sellers shall, nor shall any Seller permit any of his or its Affiliates to,
directly or indirectly, hire or solicit any employee of the Company or encourage any such employee to leave such employment or hire any
such  employee  who  has  left  such  employment,  except  pursuant  to  a  general  solicitation  which  is  not  directed  specifically  to  any  such
employees; provided,  that  nothing  in  this Section 7.6(b)  shall  prevent  any  Seller  or  any Affiliate  thereof  from  hiring  (i)  any  employee
whose employment has been terminated by the Company or the Buyer or (ii) after 180 days from the date of termination of employment,
any employee whose employment has been terminated by the employee.

(c)            During the Restricted Period, none of the Sellers shall, nor shall any Seller permit any of his or its Affiliates to,
directly or indirectly, solicit or entice, or attempt to solicit or entice, any customers of the Company or potential customers of the Company
for purposes of diverting their business or services from the Company.

(d)             The Sellers acknowledge that a breach or threatened breach of this Section 7.6 would give rise to irreparable
harm  to  the  Buyer,  for  which  monetary  damages  would  not  be  an  adequate  remedy,  and  hereby  agree  that  in  the  event  of  a  breach  or  a
threatened breach by any Seller of any such obligations, the Buyer shall, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies that may be
available  to  it  in  respect  of  such  breach,  be  entitled  to  equitable  relief,  including  a  temporary  restraining  order,  an  injunction,  specific
performance, and any other relief that may be available from a court of competent jurisdiction (without any requirement to post bond).

(e)             The Sellers acknowledge that the restrictions contained in this Section 7.6  are  reasonable  and  necessary  to
protect the legitimate interests of the Buyer and constitute a material inducement to the Buyer to enter into this Agreement and consummate
the Contemplated Transactions. In the event that any covenant contained in this Section 7.6 should ever be adjudicated to exceed the time,
geographic,  product  or  service,  or  other  limitations  permitted  by  applicable  Legal  Requirements  in  any  jurisdiction,  then  any  court  is
expressly empowered to reform such covenant, and such covenant shall be deemed reformed, in such jurisdiction to the maximum time,
geographic, product or service, or other limitations permitted by applicable Legal Requirements. The covenants contained in this Section
7.6 and each provision hereof are severable and distinct covenants and provisions. The invalidity or unenforceability of any such covenant
or provision as written shall not invalidate or render unenforceable the remaining covenants or provisions hereof, and any such invalidity or
unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such covenant or provision in any other jurisdiction.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.7              

Audited Financial Statements.  The  Sellers  acknowledge  that  the  Buyer  or  its Affiliate  may  be  required  under
applicable  Legal  Requirements  to  provide  certain  audited,  unaudited,  and  pro  forma  financial  statements  covering  the  business  of  the
Company  in  accordance  with  its  periodic  reporting  obligations  under  the  Exchange Act  (collectively  the  “Audited  Financials”).  With
respect  to  the  foregoing,  the  Sellers  and  the  Buyer  agree  that  the  Sellers  shall  afford  to  the  Buyer,  its Affiliates,  and  their  respective
Representatives,  at  the  Buyer’s  expense,  during  normal  business  hours,  reasonable  access  to  the  books,  records,  and  other  data  of  the
Sellers, and use reasonable best efforts to cause the Company’s accountants to make available all of their work papers, that in each case
include or relate to the Company or the business of the Company, and, to the extent permitted by such accountants, the Buyer and its (or its
Affiliate’s) independent registered public accounting firm shall have the right to make copies and extracts therefrom, to the extent that such
access  may  be  reasonably  required  by  the  Buyer  or  any  of  its Affiliates  to  prepare,  complete,  and  file  such Audited  Financials  (at  the
expense of the Buyer).

7.8              [Intentionally Omitted]. 

7.9               Further Assurances. Each party agrees (i) to furnish to the other party such further information, (ii) to execute and
deliver to the other party such other documents, and (iii) to do such other acts and things, all as the other party reasonably requests for the
purpose of carrying out the intent of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents.

7.10           Reasonable Best Efforts to Close by November 3, 2016. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and
taking into consideration additional time needed to secure consents, approvals, and other conditions to Closing set forth in this Agreement,
and subject to applicable Legal Requirements, each of the Sellers and the Buyer shall cooperate and use their respective reasonable best
efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all reasonably necessary action, and do, or cause to be done, and assist and cooperate with the other
parties in doing, all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the Closing by November 3, 2016, including the satisfaction of the
respective conditions set forth in Article 8 and Article 9.

ARTICLE 8
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE BUYER’S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

The Buyer’s obligations to purchase the Shares and to take the other actions required to be taken by the Buyer at the Closing are
subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions (any or all of which may be waived in writing by
the Buyer in whole or in part in its sole discretion):

8.1               Accuracy of Representations. Other than the representations and warranties of Seller contained in Section 3.3, the
representations and warranties of the Company and the Sellers contained in this Agreement and any certificate or other writing delivered
pursuant hereto shall be true and correct in all respects (in the case of any representation or warranty qualified by materiality or Material
Adverse Effect) or in all material respects (in the case of any representation or warranty not qualified by materiality or Material Adverse
Effect)  on  and  as  of  the  Closing  Date  with  the  same  effect  as  though  made  at  and  as  of  such  date  (except  those  representations  and
warranties  that  address  matters  only  as  of  a  specified  date,  the  accuracy  of  which  shall  be  determined  as  of  that  specified  date  in  all
respects).  The  representations  and  warranties  of  the  Company  and  the  Sellers  contained  in Section 3.3  shall  be  true  and  correct  in  all
respects  on  and  as  of  the  Closing  Date  with  the  same  effect  as  though  made  at  and  as  of  such  date  (except  those  representations  and
warranties  that  address  matters  only  as  of  a  specified  date,  the  accuracy  of  which  shall  be  determined  as  of  that  specified  date  in  all
respects).

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8.2               Performance of Covenants. Each of the covenants and obligations that the Sellers or the Company are required to
perform or to comply with pursuant to this Agreement at or prior to the Closing must have been duly performed and complied with in all
material respects.

8.3              

Consents. The  Required  Consents  must  have  been  obtained  and  must  be  in  full  force  and  effect  and  executed

counterparts thereof shall have been delivered to the Buyer at or prior to the Closing.

8.4               Additional Documents. The Sellers shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Buyer each of the following

documents:

accompanied by stock powers or other instruments of transfer duly executed in blank;

(i)                  stock certificates evidencing the Shares, free and clear of Encumbrances, duly endorsed in blank or

conditions set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2;

(ii)              

a certificate of the Sellers, dated the Closing Date, certifying to the Buyer the satisfaction of the

(iii)            a certificate, dated the Closing Date, executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company certifying
(A) the Organization Documents of the Company; (B) resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company authorizing and
approving the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions, and that
such resolutions have not been amended and remain in full force and effect; and (C) as to the incumbency of the officers of the Company
executing this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents;

signatory thereto;

(iv)             

the Employment Agreements, dated the Closing Date, executed by the Company and each Seller

Closing in respect of the directorial, employment, or consulting relationships with the Company immediately prior to the Closing;

(v)               duly executed written resignations of all directors and officers of the Company effective as of the

(vi)             the Closing Payment Certificate;

properly the Section 338(h)(10) Election, if any are required to be submitted prior to the Closing Date;

(vii)          subject to Section 7.2, such documents and forms, executed by the Sellers, as are required to complete

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Seller is not a foreign person within the meaning of Section 1445 of the IRC; and

(viii)         a certificate by each Seller pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.1445-2(b) certifying that such

(ix)              a subordination agreement executed by the Sellers, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Sellers,
the  Buyer,  and  the  sources  of  the  Financing,  pursuant  to  which  the  Sellers’  rights  and  claims  with  respect  to  the  Promissory  Note  are
subordinated to the rights and claims of the sources of the Financing.

8.5              No Material Adverse Effect . From the date of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse

Effect.

8.6               No Proceedings. Since the date of this Agreement, there must not have been commenced or Threatened against the
Buyer, the Company, any Seller, or any of their respective Affiliates any Proceeding (i) involving any challenge to, or seeking damages or
other relief in connection with, any of the Contemplated Transactions or (ii) that may have the likely effect of preventing, delaying, making
illegal, or otherwise interfering with any of the Contemplated Transactions.

8.7               No Claim Regarding Ownership or Sale Proceeds. There shall not have been made or Threatened by any Person
any claim asserting that such Person (i) is the holder or the beneficial owner of, or has the right to acquire or to obtain beneficial ownership
of, any capital stock of, or any other voting, equity, or ownership interest in, the Company or (ii) is entitled to all or any portion of the
Purchase Price.

8.8              Injunction. There shall not be in effect any Legal Requirement that prohibits the sale of the Shares to the Buyer.

8.9              No Indebtedness; Minimum Tangible Shareholders’ Equity.

(a)             All  Indebtedness  of  the  Company  other  than  the  Closing  Term  Loan  Payment Amount,  the  Closing  Date
Revolving Loan Amount, and the guarantee under that certain lease in favor of EQYINVEST OWNER II, LTD., L.L.P., shall have been
paid in full prior to the Closing and the Sellers shall provide the Buyer with written evidence thereof, in form satisfactory to the Buyer, at or
prior to the Closing.

at least $20,000,000 in Tangible Shareholders’ Equity immediately prior to the Closing.

(b)             The Sellers shall have delivered to the Buyer the Closing Date Balance Sheet showing that the Company has

8.10          Financing. The Buyer shall have received the Financing on terms acceptable to the Buyer, in its sole and absolute

discretion.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE 9
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE SELLERS’ OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

The  Sellers’  obligations  to  sell  the  Shares  and  to  take  the  other  actions  required  to  be  taken  by  the  Sellers  at  the  Closing  are
subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions (any or all of which may be waived in writing by
the Sellers in whole or in part in their sole discretion):

9.1               Accuracy of Representations. The representations and warranties of the Buyer contained in this Agreement and any
certificate or other writing delivered pursuant hereto shall be true and correct in all respects (in the case of any representation or warranty
qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect) or in all material respects (in the case of any representation or warranty not qualified
by materiality or Material Adverse Effect) on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made at and as of such date (except
those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a specified date, the accuracy of which shall be determined as of that
specified date in all respects).

9.2               Buyer’s Performance. Each of the covenants and obligations that the Buyer is required to perform or to comply with

pursuant to this Agreement at or prior to the Closing must have been performed and complied with in all material respects.

9.3              Additional Deliveries. The Buyer shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Sellers each of the following:

conditions set forth in Sections 9.1 and 9.2;

(i)                 

a certificate of the Buyer, dated the Closing Date, certifying to the Sellers the satisfaction of the

(ii)              the Promissory Note, dated the Closing Date, executed by the Buyer;

(iii)            the Purchase Price payable at Closing pursuant to Section 2.2; and

(iv)              a certificate, dated the Closing Date, executed by a duly authorized officer of the Buyer certifying
(A)  the  Organization  Documents  of  the  Buyer;  (B)  resolutions  duly  adopted  by  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Buyer  authorizing  and
approving the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions, and that
such resolutions have not been amended and remain in full force and effect; and (C) as to the incumbency of the officers of the Company
executing this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

9.4              

Indebtedness Payoff Obligation. The portion of the Closing Date Revolving Loan Amount payable by the Buyer
shall  have  been  paid  in  full  pursuant  to Section 2.2(b)(ii)  and  the  Buyer  shall  provide  the  Sellers  with  written  evidence  thereof,  in  form
satisfactory to the Sellers, at or prior to the Closing.

9.5               No Injunction. There shall not be in effect any Legal Requirement, Order, or Proceeding that prohibits the sale of the

Shares by the Sellers to the Buyer.

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9.6              Consents. The Required Consents must have been obtained and must be in full force and effect prior to the Closing.

ARTICLE 10
TERMINATION

10.1           Termination of Agreement. This Agreement may be terminated and the Contemplated Transactions abandoned at any

time prior to the Closing:

(i)                 by mutual written consent of the Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative;

by either the Buyer or the Sellers’ Representative if there is any Legal Requirement that makes
consummation  of  the  Contemplated  Transactions  illegal  or  otherwise  prohibited  or  if  consummation  of  the  Contemplated  Transactions
would violate any Final Order of any Governmental Body having competent jurisdiction;

(ii)              

(iii)             by either the Buyer or the Sellers’ Representative on or after December 31, 2016 (the “ Termination
Date”)  if  the  Closing  shall  not  have  been  consummated  on  or  before  the  Termination  Date;  provided  that  such  right  to  terminate  this
Agreement  will  not  be  available  to  any  party  whose  failure  to  perform  in  any  material  respect  any  obligation  of  such  party  under  this
Agreement when performance thereof was due is the cause of the delay;

(iv)              by the Buyer if any of the Sellers’ representations or warranties contained herein are inaccurate or
untrue such that the condition set forth in Section 8.1 would not be satisfied, and such inaccuracy cannot reasonably be expected to be cured
prior to the Termination Date;

(v)               by the Seller’s Representative if any of the Buyer’s representations or warranties contained herein
are inaccurate or untrue such that the condition set forth in Section 9.1 would not be satisfied, and such inaccuracy cannot reasonably be
expected to be cured prior to the Termination Date;

by  the  Buyer,  provided  it  is  not  then  in  material  breach  of  any  of  its  obligations  under  this
Agreement, if any Seller or the Company fails to perform or satisfy any agreement, covenant, condition, or obligation in this Agreement
when performance or satisfaction thereof is due such that the condition set forth in Section 8.2 would not be satisfied, and does not cure the
failure within twenty (20) Business Days after the Buyer delivers written notice thereof; or

(vi)             

(vii)           by the Sellers’ Representative, provided the Sellers are not then in material breach of any of their
obligations  under  this  Agreement,  if  the  Buyer  fails  to  perform  or  satisfy  any  agreement,  covenant,  condition,  or  obligation  in  this
Agreement when performance thereof is due such that the condition set forth in Section 9.2 would not be satisfied, and does not cure the
failure within twenty (20) Business Days after notice by the Sellers’ Representative thereof.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The party desiring to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10.1 will give written notice of such termination to the other party.

10.2           Effect of Termination.  Each party’s right to termination under Section 10.1 is in addition to any other rights it may
have under this Agreement or otherwise, and the exercise of a right of termination will not be an election of remedies. If this Agreement is
terminated pursuant to Section 10.1, all further obligations of the parties under this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of
any party hereto, except that the obligations in Sections 12.1 and 12.2 will survive; provided, however, that if this Agreement is terminated
by  a  party  because  of  the  intentional  breach  of  this  Agreement  by  the  other  party  or  because  one  or  more  of  the  conditions  to  the
terminating party’s obligations under this Agreement is not satisfied as a result of the other party’s intentional failure to comply with its
obligations under this Agreement, the terminating party’s right to pursue all legal remedies will survive such termination unimpaired.

ARTICLE 11
SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

11.1          

Survival. Subject  to  the  limitations  and  other  provisions  of  this Agreement,  the  covenants,  representations,  and
warranties contained herein (other than any covenants, representations, or warranties contained in Section 3.11, Section 7.1, or Section 7.2,
which  are  subject  to Section 7.1)  shall  survive  the  Closing  and  shall  remain  in  full  force  and  effect  until  the  date  that  is  eighteen  (18)
months from the Closing Date; provided, that the representations and warranties in Section 3.1, Section 3.2(a), Section 3.3, Section 3.12,
Section 3.25, Section 4.1, Section 4.2(a),  and Section 4.5 shall survive for the full period of the applicable statutes of limitations (giving
effect to any waiver, mitigation, or extension thereof) plus 60 days and; provided further, that,  all covenants and agreements of the parties
contained herein (other than any covenants or agreements contained in Section 7.1 or Section 7.2,  which  are  subject  to Section 7.1) to be
performed  after  the  Closing  shall  survive  the  Closing  for  the  period  explicitly  specified  therein; and,  provided  further,  that,   under  no
circumstance shall any claim arising under this Agreement be brought by Buyer or a Buyer Indemnified Party later than 7 years from the
Closing.  Upon  expiration  of  the  periods  set  forth  above  in  this  Section  11.1,  all  liability  of  the  Sellers  with  respect  to  such  covenants,
representations,  and  warranties  shall  thereupon  be  extinguished.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  any  claims  asserted  in  good  faith  with
reasonable specificity (to the extent known at such time) and in writing by notice from the non-breaching party to the breaching party prior
to  the  expiration  date  of  the  applicable  survival  period  shall  not  thereafter  be  barred  by  the  expiration  of  the  relevant  representation  or
warranty and such claims shall survive until finally resolved

11.2          Indemnification.

(a)            

Indemnification Obligations of the Sellers. Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article 11, the
Sellers,  jointly  and  severally,  shall  indemnify  and  defend  each  of  the  Buyer  and  its Affiliates  (including  the  Company)  (each,  a  “ Buyer
Indemnified Party” and, collectively, the “Buyer Indemnified Parties”) against, and shall hold each of them harmless from and against, and
shall pay and reimburse each of them for, any and all Losses incurred or sustained by, or imposed upon, any Buyer Indemnified Party based
upon, arising out of, with respect to, or by reason of:

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(i)                 

any inaccuracy in or breach of any of the representations or warranties of the Company or the
Sellers contained in this Agreement or in any certificate or instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Company or any Seller pursuant to
this Agreement (other than in respect of Section 3.11, it being understood that the sole remedy for any such inaccuracy in or breach thereof
shall be pursuant to Section 7.1 or 7.2), as of the date such representation or warranty was made or as if such representation or warranty
was made on and as of the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties that expressly relate to a specified date, in which case
the inaccuracy in or breach of which will be determined with reference to such specified date); or

any breach or non-fulfillment of any covenant, agreement, or obligation to be performed by the
Company  or  any  Seller  pursuant  to  this Agreement  (other  than  any  breach  or  violation  of,  or  failure  to  fully  perform,  any  covenant,
agreement,  undertaking,  or  obligation  in Section 7.1  or 7.2,  it  being  understood  that  the  sole  remedy  for  any  such  breach,  violation,  or
failure shall be pursuant to Section 7.1).

(ii)              

(b)            

Indemnification Obligations of the Buyer.  Subject  to  the  other  terms  and  conditions  of  this Article 11,  the
Buyer  shall  indemnify  and  defend  each  Seller  and  his  or  its Affiliates  (each,  a  “Seller  Indemnified  Party”  and,  collectively,  the  “Seller
Indemnified Parties”) against, and shall hold each of them harmless from and against, and shall pay and reimburse each of them for, any
and all Losses incurred or sustained by, or imposed upon, any Seller Indemnified Party based upon, arising out of, with respect to, or by
reason of:

(i)                  any inaccuracy in or breach of any of the representations or warranties of the Buyer contained in
this Agreement or in any certificate or instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, as of the date such
representation  or  warranty  was  made  or  as  if  such  representation  or  warranty  was  made  on  and  as  of  the  Closing  Date  (except  for
representations  and  warranties  that  expressly  relate  to  a  specified  date,  the  inaccuracy  in  or  breach  of  which  will  be  determined  with
reference to such specified date); or

(ii)              

any breach or non-fulfillment of any covenant, agreement, or obligation to be performed by the

Buyer pursuant to this Agreement.

(c)            Indemnification Limitations.

(i)                  The Sellers shall not be liable to the Buyer Indemnified Parties for indemnification under  Section
11.2(a)(i) until the aggregate amount of all Losses in respect of indemnification under Section 11.2(a)(i) exceeds $560,000 (the “Basket”),
in which event the Sellers shall only be required to pay or be liable for Losses in excess of the Basket. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary, the aggregate amount of all Losses for which the Sellers shall be liable pursuant to Section 11.2(a)(i) shall not exceed $5,600,000.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the limitations set forth in this Section 11.2(c)(i) shall not apply to Losses based upon, arising out of, with
respect to, or by reason of any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty in Section 3.1, Section 3.2(a), Section 3.3, Section
3.25, or Section 3.26(b).

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ii)              

In  addition  to  the  limitations  set  forth  in Section 11.2(c)(i),  payments  of  the  Sellers  pursuant  to
Section 11.2(a) in respect of any Loss shall be further limited to the amount of any liability or damage to the Buyer Indemnified Party that
remains  after  deducing  therefrom  any  insurance  proceeds,  indemnity,  contribution,  or  similar  payment  actually  received  by  the  Buyer
Indemnified Party in respect of any such claim, less any related costs and expenses, including the aggregate cost of pursuing any related
insurance claims and any related increases in insurance premiums or other chargebacks (it being agreed that the Buyer Indemnified Party
shall not have any obligation to seek to recover any insurance proceeds in connection with making a claim under this Article 11 and that,
promptly  after  the  realization  of  any  insurance  proceeds,  indemnity  contribution,  or  similar  payment,  the  Buyer  Indemnified  Party  shall
reimburse  the  Indemnifying  Party  for  such  reduction  in  Losses  for  which  the  Buyer  Indemnified  Party  was  indemnified  prior  to  the
realization of reduction of such Losses).

(d)             Materiality Scrape.  For  purposes  of  this Article 11,  any  inaccuracy  in  or  breach  of  any  representation  or
warranty  shall  be  determined  without  regard  to  any  materiality,  Material Adverse  Effect,  or  other  similar  qualification  contained  in  or
otherwise applicable to such representation or warranty.

11.3           Indemnification Procedures. The party making a claim under this Article 11 is referred to as the “Indemnified Party”,
and  the  party  against  whom  such  claims  are  asserted  under  this Article  11  is  referred  to  as  the  “Indemnifying  Party”.  The  Sellers’
Representative  shall  administer  any  Losses  claimed  against,  or  by,  the  Sellers  pursuant  to  this Article  11.  For  all  purposes  under  this
Section 11.3, the Sellers’ Representative shall be the exclusive agent and shall act on behalf of all of the Sellers, all such actions of the
Sellers’ Representative hereunder shall bind all of the Sellers, and the term Indemnifying Party, when used in relation to the Sellers in this
Section 11.3, shall be deemed to be a reference to the Sellers’ Representative.

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)            

Third  Party  Claims.  If  any  Indemnified  Party  receives  notice  of  the  assertion  or  commencement  of  any
Proceeding  made  or  brought  by  any  Person  who  is  not  a  party  to  this  Agreement  or  an  Affiliate  of  a  party  to  this  Agreement  or  a
Representative of the foregoing (a “Third Party Claim”) against such Indemnified Party with respect to which the Indemnifying Party is
obligated  to  provide  indemnification  under  this Agreement,  the  Indemnified  Party  shall  give  the  Indemnifying  Party  reasonably  prompt
written notice thereof, but in any event not later than 30 calendar days after receipt of such notice of such Third Party Claim. The failure to
give such prompt written notice shall not, however, relieve the Indemnifying Party of its indemnification obligations, except and only to the
extent that the Indemnifying Party forfeits rights or defenses by reason of such failure. Such notice by the Indemnified Party shall describe
the  Third  Party  Claim  in  reasonable  detail,  shall  include  copies  of  all  material  written  evidence  thereof,  and  shall  indicate  the  estimated
amount, if reasonably practicable, of the Loss that has been or may be sustained by the Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying Party shall
have the right to participate in, or by giving written notice to the Indemnified Party, to assume the defense of any Third Party Claim at the
Indemnifying  Party’s  expense  and  by  the  Indemnifying  Party’s  own  counsel,  and  the  Indemnified  Party  shall  cooperate  in  good  faith  in
such defense; provided, that if the Indemnifying Party is a Seller, such Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to defend or direct the
defense of any such Third Party Claim that seeks an injunction or other equitable relief against the Indemnified Party so long as the Buyer
or  other  Buyer  Indemnified  Party  diligently,  in  good  faith,  defends  such  action  to  completion.  In  the  event  that  the  Indemnifying  Party
assumes the defense of any Third Party Claim, subject to Section 11.3(b), it shall have the right to take such action as it deems necessary to
avoid,  dispute,  defend,  appeal,  or  make  counterclaims  pertaining  to  any  such  Third  Party  Claim  in  the  name  and  on  behalf  of  the
Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to participate in the defense of any Third Party Claim with counsel selected
by it subject to the Indemnifying Party’s right to control the defense thereof. The fees and disbursements of such counsel shall be at the
expense  of  the  Indemnified  Party, provided,  that  if  in  the  reasonable  opinion  of  counsel  to  the  Indemnified  Party,  (A)  there  are  legal
defenses available to an Indemnified Party that are different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party or (B) there
exists a conflict of interest between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party that cannot be waived, the Indemnifying Party shall
be  liable  for  the  reasonable  fees  and  expenses  of  counsel  to  the  Indemnified  Party  in  each  jurisdiction  for  which  the  Indemnified  Party
determines counsel is required to the extent necessary for the Indemnified Party to avail itself of the aforementioned legal defenses and to
defend itself with respect to the matter involving a non-waivable conflict of interest. If the Indemnifying Party elects not to compromise or
defend such Third Party Claim, fails to promptly notify (within 15 days of its receipt of notice of a Third Party Claim) the Indemnified
Party  in  writing  of  its  election  to  defend  as  provided  in  this Agreement,  or  fails  to  diligently  prosecute  the  defense  of  such  Third  Party
Claim,  the  Indemnified  Party  may,  subject  to  Section  11.3(b),  pay,  compromise,  and  defend  such  Third  Party  Claim  and  seek
indemnification  for  any  and  all  Losses  based  upon,  arising  from,  or  relating  to  such  Third  Party  Claim.  The  Sellers  and  the  Buyer  shall
cooperate with each other in all reasonable respects in connection with the defense of any Third Party Claim, including making available
(subject  to  the  provisions  of Section  7.5)  records  relating  to  such  Third  Party  Claim  and  furnishing,  without  expense  (other  than
reimbursement  of  actual  out-of-pocket  expenses)  to  the  defending  party,  management  employees  of  the  non-defending  party  as  may  be
reasonably necessary for the preparation of the defense of such Third Party Claim.

(b)             Settlement of Third Party Claims. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Indemnifying
Party shall not enter into settlement of any Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, except as provided
in this Section 11.3(b). If a firm offer is made to settle a Third Party Claim without leading to liability or the creation of a financial or other
obligation on the part of the Indemnified Party and provides, in customary form, for the unconditional release of each Indemnified Party
from all liabilities and obligations in connection with such Third Party Claim and the Indemnifying Party desires to accept and agree to such
offer, the Indemnifying Party shall give written notice to that effect to the Indemnified Party. If the Indemnified Party fails to consent to
such firm offer within ten (10) days after its receipt of such notice, the Indemnified Party may continue to contest or defend such Third
Party Claim and in such event, the maximum liability of the Indemnifying Party as to such Third Party Claim shall not exceed the amount
of such settlement offer. If the Indemnified Party fails to consent to such firm offer and also fails to assume defense of such Third Party
Claim, the Indemnifying Party may settle the Third Party Claim upon the terms set forth in such firm offer to settle such Third Party Claim.
If  the  Indemnified  Party  has  assumed  the  defense  pursuant  to Section 11.3(a),  it  shall  not  agree  to  any  settlement  without  the  written
consent of the Indemnifying Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed, denied, or conditioned).

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)             Direct Claims. Any Proceeding by an Indemnified Party on account of a Loss which does not result from a
Third Party Claim (a “Direct Claim”) shall be asserted by the Indemnified Party giving the Indemnifying Party reasonably prompt written
notice thereof, but in any event not later than 30 days after the Indemnified Party becomes aware of such Direct Claim. The failure to give
such  prompt  written  notice  shall  not,  however,  relieve  the  Indemnifying  Party  of  its  indemnification  obligations,  except  and  only  to  the
extent that the Indemnifying Party forfeits rights or defenses by reason of such failure. Such notice by the Indemnified Party shall describe
the Direct Claim in reasonable detail, shall include copies of all material written evidence thereof, and shall indicate the estimated amount,
if reasonably practicable, of the Loss that has been or may be sustained by the Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying Party shall have 30
days after its receipt of such notice to respond in writing to such Direct Claim. The Indemnified Party shall allow the Indemnifying Party
and its professional advisors to investigate the matter or circumstance alleged to give rise to the Direct Claim, and whether and to what
extent any amount is payable in respect of the Direct Claim and the Indemnified Party shall assist the Indemnifying Party’s investigation by
giving such information and assistance (including access to the Company’s premises and personnel and the right to examine and copy any
accounts, documents, or records) as the Indemnifying Party or any of its professional advisors may reasonably request. If the Indemnifying
Party does not so respond within such 30-day period, the Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have rejected such claim, in which case the
Indemnified  Party  shall  be  free  to  pursue  such  remedies  as  may  be  available  to  the  Indemnified  Party  on  the  terms  and  subject  to  the
provisions of this Agreement.

(d)             Tax Claims. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the control of any claim, assertion, event,
or proceeding in respect of Taxes of the Company (including, but not limited to, any such claim in respect of a breach of the representations
and  warranties  in Section 3.11 hereof or any breach or violation of or failure to fully perform  any  covenant,  agreement,  undertaking,  or
obligation in Section 7.1 or Section 7.2) shall be governed exclusively by Section 7.1.

11.4           Payments. Once a Loss is agreed to by the Indemnifying Party or finally adjudicated to be payable pursuant to this
Article 11, the Indemnifying Party shall satisfy its obligations within fifteen (15) days of such final, non-appealable adjudication by wire
transfer of immediately available funds. The parties hereto agree that, subject to the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 11.4,
should an Indemnifying Party not make full payment of any such obligations within such fifteen (15) day period, any amount payable shall
accrue interest from and including the date of agreement of the Indemnifying Party or final, non-appealable adjudication to but excluding
the  date  such  payment  has  been  made  at  a  rate  per  annum  equal  to  the  lesser  of  10%  or  the  highest  rate  permitted  by  applicable  Legal
Requirements. Such interest shall be calculated daily on the basis of a 365 day year and the actual number of days elapsed.

11.5           Offset. Acting in good faith and upon written notice to the Sellers’ Representative specifying in reasonable detail the
basis therefor, the Buyer may withhold and setoff against amounts otherwise payable by the Buyer under the Promissory Note the amount
of any Losses for which any Buyer Indemnified Party may be entitled to indemnification under this Article 11  or Section 7.1;  provided,
however, that, within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such notice, the Sellers’ Representative may elect to challenge the Buyer’s action
in writing, in which case (i) the issue of whether the Buyer is entitled to indemnification affording such setoff shall be determined pursuant
to Section 12.10 and (ii) the amount withheld and setoff by the Buyer shall be deposited by the Buyer into the registry of the court pending
agreement  of  the  parties  regarding  the  disposition  of  such  amount  or  the  final,  non-appealable  adjudication  thereof  by  the  court.  The
exercise of such right of setoff by the Buyer in good faith, whether or not ultimately determined to be justified, will not constitute a breach
under the Promissory Note.

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.6           Treatment of Indemnification Payments.  All indemnification payments made under this Agreement shall be treated

by the parties as an adjustment to the Purchase Price for Tax purposes, unless otherwise required by Legal Requirements.

11.7          [Intentionally Omitted].

11.8           Exclusive Remedies. Subject to Section 7.6 and Section 12.13, the parties acknowledge and agree that their sole and
exclusive remedy with respect to any and all claims (other than claims arising from fraud or willful misconduct on the part of a party hereto
in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) for any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement,
or  obligation  set  forth  herein  or  otherwise  relating  to  the  subject  matter  of  this  Agreement,  shall  be  pursuant  to  the  indemnification
provisions  set  forth  in Section 7.1  and  this Article 11.  In  furtherance  of  the  foregoing,  each  party  hereby  waives,  to  the  fullest  extent
permitted  under  applicable  Legal  Requirements,  any  and  all  rights,  claims,  and  causes  of  action  for  any  breach  of  any  representation,
warranty,  covenant,  agreement,  or  obligation  set  forth  herein  or  otherwise  relating  to  the  subject  matter  of  this Agreement  it  may  have
against  the  other  parties  hereto  and  their Affiliates  and  each  of  their  respective  Representatives  arising  under  or  based  upon  any  Legal
Requirements, except pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in Section 7.1  and  this Article 11.  Nothing  in  this Section 11.8
shall limit any Person’s right to seek and obtain any equitable relief to which any Person shall be entitled or to seek any remedy on account
of any party’s fraud or intentional misconduct.

11.9           Mitigation. Each Indemnified Party shall take all reasonable steps to mitigate any Loss upon becoming aware of any
event or circumstance that would reasonably be expected to, or does, give rise thereto, including incurring costs only to the minimum extent
necessary to remedy the breach that gave rise to such Loss.

11.10       No Circular Recovery.  Each Seller hereby agrees that he or it will not make any claim for indemnification against the
Buyer  or  the  Company  by  reason  of  the  fact  that  such  Seller  was  a  Representative  of  the  Company  or  was  serving  as  such  for  another
Person at the request of the Company (whether such claim is for Losses of any kind or otherwise and whether such claim is pursuant to any
Legal  Requirement,  Organizational  Document,  Contract,  or  otherwise)  with  respect  to  any  claim  brought  by  a  Buyer  Indemnified  Party
against  any  Seller  relating  to  this Agreement  or  any  of  the  Contemplated  Transactions.  With  respect  to  any  claim  brought  by  a  Buyer
Indemnified Party against any Seller relating to this Agreement or any of the Contemplated Transactions, each Seller expressly waives any
right  of  subrogation,  contribution,  advancement,  indemnification,  or  other  claim  against  the  Company  with  respect  to  any  amounts  such
Seller is liable for pursuant to Section 7.1 or this Article 11. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 11.10 shall not restrict, impede, or
limit  any  right  of  a  Seller  pursuant  to  an  Employment  Agreement,  including  any  right  to  subrogation,  contribution,  advancement,
indemnification, or other claim against the Company by a Seller arising pursuant to an Employment Agreement.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE 12
GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1           Expenses.  Except  as  otherwise  expressly  provided  in  this Agreement,  each  party  will  bear  its  respective  expenses
incurred in connection with the preparation, execution, and performance of this Agreement and the Contemplated Transactions, including
all fees and expenses of Representatives. All such expenses of the Company and the Sellers incurred through and including the Closing
Date (collectively, “Transaction Expenses”) shall be borne by the Sellers and paid pursuant to Section 2.2.

12.2          Public Announcements. No party shall make any public announcement or statement with respect to this Agreement or
the  Contemplated  Transactions  prior  to  the  Closing,  except  that  the  Buyer  and  its Affiliates  may  make  any  disclosure  required  under
applicable  Legal  Requirements.  No  Seller  shall  make  any  public  announcement  or  statement  with  respect  to  this  Agreement  or  the
Contemplated Transactions after the Closing without the approval of the Buyer, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed,
denied, or conditioned. In the event the Buyer determines to make any public announcement or statement concerning this Agreement or the
Contemplated  Transactions  after  Closing,  the  Buyer  agrees  to  notify  the  Sellers’  Representative  of  the  Buyer’s  intention  to  make  such
announcement  or  statement  and  provide  the  Sellers’  Representative  with  the  text  of  the  announcement  in  advance  of  its  release  to  the
public.

12.3           Authority and Rights of the Sellers’ Representative.   By  executing  this Agreement,  each  Seller  appoints  Rodney
Spriggs as the Sellers’ Representative for all purposes under this Agreement and authorizes the Sellers’ Representative to act as his or its
attorney in fact on behalf of such Seller and in such Seller’s name to carry out the functions assigned to the Sellers’ Representative in this
Agreement  and  the  Promissory  Note. Any  Contract,  notice,  waiver,  or  other  arrangement  signed  by  the  Sellers’  Representative  shall  be
binding and enforceable against each Seller as if such Seller were a signatory thereto.

12.4           Notices. All notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers, and other communications hereunder shall be in
writing and shall be deemed to have been given (i) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (ii) when received by the
addressee  if  sent  by  a  nationally  recognized  overnight  courier  (receipt  requested);  (iii)  on  the  date  sent  by  facsimile  or  e-mail  of  a  PDF
document (with confirmation of transmission) if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next Business Day if sent
after normal business hours of the recipient; or (iv) on the third Business Day after the date mailed, by certified or registered mail, return
receipt requested, postage prepaid. Such communications must be sent to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other
address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 12.4):

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)         If to the Buyer:

Vintage Stock Affiliated Holdings LLC
c/o Live Ventures Incorporated
325 East Warm Springs Road
Suite 102
Las Vegas, Nevada 89119
Attn: Jon Isaac
Email: j.isaac@isaac.com
Facsimile No.: [858-259-6661]

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Baker & Hostetler LLP
600 Anton Boulevard
Suite 900
Costa Mesa, California 92626
Attn: Randolf W. Katz, Esq.
Email: rwkatz@bakerlaw.com
Facsimile No.: 714-966-8802

(b)         If to the Company (prior to the Closing):

Vintage Stock, Inc.
202 E. 32nd Street
Joplin, Missouri 64804
Attn: Rodney Spriggs, President and CEO
Email: Rodney.spriggs@vintagestock.com
Facsimile No.: 417-782-0024

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Vintage Stock, Inc.
202 E. 32nd Street
Joplin, Missouri 64804
Attn: Ken Caviness, CFO
Email: ken.caviness@vintagestock.com
Facsimile No.: ____________

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Mann Conroy LLC
1316 Saint Louis Avenue
2nd Floor
Kansas City, Missouri 64101
Attn: Kyle Conroy, Esq.
Email: kconroy@mannconroy.com
Facsimile No.:

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)          If to the Sellers’ Representative:

Rodney Spriggs
c/o Vintage Stock, Inc.
202 E. 32nd Street
Joplin, Missouri 64804
Email: Rodney.spriggs@vintagestock.com
Facsimile No.: 417-782-0024

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Mann Conroy LLC
1316 Saint Louis Avenue
2nd Floor
Kansas City, Missouri 64101
Attn: Kyle Conroy, Esq.
Email: kconroy@mannconroy.com
Facsimile No.:

12.5           Amendment  and  Modification;  Waiver.  This Agreement may only be amended, modified, or supplemented by an
agreement in writing signed by each party hereto. No waiver by any party of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly
set forth in writing and signed by the party so waiving. No waiver by any party shall operate or be construed as a waiver in respect of any
failure, breach, or default not expressly identified by such written waiver, whether of a similar or different character, and whether occurring
before or after that waiver. No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any right, remedy, power, or privilege arising from this Agreement
shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power, or privilege hereunder
preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power, or privilege.

12.6           Entire Agreement.  This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents constitute the sole and entire agreement of
the parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter contained herein and therein, and supersede all prior and contemporaneous
understandings and agreements, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter. In the event of any inconsistency between the
statements in the body of this Agreement and those in the other Transaction Documents, the Exhibits, and Disclosure Schedule (other than
an exception expressly set forth as such in the Disclosure Schedule), the statements in the body of this Agreement will control.

12.7           Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and
their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither any Seller nor the Buyer may assign its rights or obligations hereunder without
the prior written consent of the other party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed, denied, or conditioned); provided,
however,  that  the  Buyer  (i)  may  collaterally  assign  any  or  all  of  its  rights  and  obligations  hereunder  to  any  provider  of  debt  financing
(including the Financing) to it or any of its Affiliates and (ii) may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to any Affiliate of the Buyer,
in each case without obtaining prior consent. No assignment shall relieve the assigning party of any of its obligations hereunder.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12.8           Severability. If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such
invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable
such  term  or  provision  in  any  other  jurisdiction.  Except  as  provided  in Section 7.6(e),  upon  such  determination  that  any  term  or  other
provision is invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the
original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be
consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

12.9           Construction of Terms. When reference is made in this Agreement to an Article or Section, such reference shall be to
an Article or Section of this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated. When a reference is made in this Agreement to a party or parties, such
reference is to parties to this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for
convenience  of  reference  only  and  shall  not  affect  in  any  way  the  meaning  or  interpretation  of  this Agreement.  Whenever  the  words
“include,” “includes,” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”
Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires, (i) words of any gender include each other gender; (ii) words using the singular or
plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively; (iii) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” and derivative or similar
words  refer  to  this  entire Agreement;  and  (iv)  any  reference  to  any  Legal  Requirement  shall  be  deemed  also  to  refer  to  all  rules  and
regulations promulgated thereunder. References to Contracts and other documents shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments
and  other  modifications  thereto.  Whenever  this Agreement  refers  to  a  number  of  days,  such  number  shall  refer  to  calendar  days  unless
Business Days are specified. The language used in this Agreement is the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and
no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.

12.10       Governing  Law;  Jurisdiction;  Jury.  This Agreement  shall  be  governed  by  and  construed  in  accordance  with  the
internal  laws  of  the  State  of  Missouri  without  giving  effect  to  any  choice  or  conflict  of  law  provision  or  rule. Any  legal  suit,  action,  or
proceeding  arising  out  of  or  based  upon  this Agreement  or  the  Contemplated  Transactions  may  be  instituted  in  the  federal  courts  of  the
Western  District  of  Missouri  or  the  courts  of  the  State  of  Missouri  located  in  Newton  County,  Missouri.  Each  party  hereto  irrevocably
submits  to  the  exclusive  jurisdiction  of  such  courts  in  any  such  suit,  action,  or  proceeding.  EACH  PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND
AGREES  THAT  ANY  CONTROVERSY  THAT  MAY  ARISE  UNDER  THIS  AGREEMENT  OR  THE  CONTEMPLATED
TRANSACTIONS IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY
IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY
LEGAL ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS.

12.11       Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of
which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement. A signed copy of this Agreement delivered by facsimile, e-mail, or other
means of electronic transmission shall be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Agreement.

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12.12      No Third Party Beneficiaries; No Recourse to Financing Sources.

(a)            Except as provided in Section 7.1 and Article 11, this Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and
their  respective  successors  and  permitted  assigns  and  nothing  herein,  express  or  implied,  is  intended  to  or  shall  confer  upon  any  other
Person  or  entity  any  legal  or  equitable  right,  benefit,  or  remedy  of  any  nature  whatsoever  under  or  by  reason  of  this  Agreement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, each financing source for the Financing shall be an express third-party beneficiary with respect to Section
12.12(b).

(b)             Subject to the rights of the parties to any Contract entered into in connection with the Financing, none of the
parties hereto, nor any of their respective Affiliates, solely in their respective capacities as parties to this Agreement, shall have any rights
or claims against any financing source for the Financing or any Affiliate thereof, solely in their respective capacities as lenders or arrangers
in connection with the Financing, and such financing sources, solely in their respective capacities as lenders or arrangers, shall not have any
rights or claims against any party hereto or any Affiliate thereof, in connection with this Agreement or the Financing, whether at law or
equity,  in  contract,  in  tort,  or  otherwise.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  in  this Agreement,  this  Section 12.12(b)  may  not  be
amended or waived without the consent of the financing sources for the Financing.

12.13       Specific Performance. The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were
not  performed  in  accordance  with  the  terms  hereof  and  that  the  parties  shall  be  entitled  to  specific  performance  of  the  terms  hereof,  in
addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity, and without having to prove the inadequacy of any other remedy
they may have at law or in equity and without being required to post bond or other security.

12.14       Certain Legal Matters.  The  Sellers  (i)  acknowledge  that  Baker  &  Hostetler  LLP  has  represented  the  Buyer  and  its
Affiliates in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and (ii) consent to the
representation  by  Baker  &  Hostetler  LLP  of  the  Buyer  and  its  Affiliates  (including  the  Company)  in  any  future  post-closing  matter,
including post-closing disputes concerning this Agreement or the Contemplated Transactions.

12.15       Acknowledgment. The Sellers acknowledge that the audited Financial Statements referred to in Section 3.4(c) will be
included  in  the  Current  Report  (or  an  amendment  thereto)  on  Form  8-K  of  an Affiliate  of  the  Buyer  to  be  filed  after  the  Closing  that
describes  the  Contemplated  Transactions  and  thereafter  will  be  consolidated  into  such Affiliate’s  periodic  reports  to  be  filed  under  the
Exchange Act.

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank. The signature page follows.]

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  duly  executed  and  delivered  this  Stock  Purchase Agreement  as  of  the  date  first

written above.

THE BUYER:

VINTAGE STOCK AFFILIATED HOLDINGS LLC

By: /s/ Jon Isaac                                    

Jon Isaac
President and Chief Executive Officer

THE COMPANY:

VINTAGE STOCK, INC.

By: /s/ Rodney D. Spriggs                   
Rodney D. Spriggs
President and Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page 1 of 2 to the Stock Purchase Agreement]

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THE SELLERS:

/s/ Kenneth L. Caviness
Kenneth L. Caviness, trustee of
THE KEN AND DEANNA CAVINESS
LIVING TRUST, dated July 12, 2002

/s/ Deanna L. Caviness
Deanna L. Caviness, trustee of
THE KEN AND DEANNA CAVINESS
LIVING TRUST, dated July 12, 2002

/s/ Steven D. Wilcox
Steven D. Wilcox, trustee of
THE STEVEN AND ANNA WILCOX
LIVING TRUST, dated May 15, 2012

/s/ Anna V. Wilcox
Anna V. Wilcox, trustee of
THE STEVEN AND ANNA WILCOX
LIVING TRUST, dated May 15, 2012

/s/ Tyler L. Caviness
Tyler L. Caviness, trustee of
THE TYLER L CAVINESS TRUST,
dated January 1, 2014

/s/ Rodney D. Spriggs
Rodney D. Spriggs, acting in his individual
capacity

/s/ Steven D. Wilcox
Steven D. Wilcox, acting in his individual
capacity

THE SELLERS’ REPRESENTATIVE:

/s/ Rodney Spriggs
Rodney Spriggs

/s/ Rodney D. Spriggs
Rodney D. Spriggs, trustee of
THE RODNEY AND SHERRY SPRIGGS
LIVING TRUST, dated April 18, 2012

/s/ Sherry L. Spriggs
Sherry L. Spriggs, trustee of
THE RODNEY AND SHERRY SPRIGGS
LIVING TRUST, dated April 18, 2012

/s/ Erin R. (Caviness) Mazzoni
Erin R. (Caviness) Mazzoni, trustee of
THE ERIN R. (CAVINESS) MAZZONI
TRUST, dated January 1, 2014

/s/ Kenneth L. Caviness
Kenneth L. Caviness, acting in his
individual capacity

[Signature Page 2 of 2 to the Stock Purchase Agreement]

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.23

“THIS  SUBORDINATED  PROMISSORY  NOTE  AND  THE  RIGHTS  AND  OBLIGATIONS  EVIDENCED  HEREBY,
INCLUDING  THE  PAYMENT  OF ALL AMOUNTS  HEREUNDER, ARE  EXPRESSLY  SUBORDINATE  IN  THE  MANNER
AND  TO  THE  EXTENT  SET  FORTH  IN  THAT  CERTAIN  SUBORDINATION  AGREEMENT  (AS  AMENDED,  THE
“SUBORDINATION  AGREEMENT”)  DATED  AS  OF  NOVEMBER  3,  2016  AMONG  (I)  RODNEY  SPRIGGS,  IN  HIS
CAPACITY AS  THE  REPRESENTATIVE  OF  THE  HOLDERS  OF ALL  OF  THE  OUTSTANDING  CAPITAL  STOCK  OF
VINTAGE  STOCK,  INC.  (COLLECTIVELY,  THE  “SELLERS”),  (II)  THE  SELLERS,  AND  (III)  WILMINGTON  TRUST,
NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION,  AS  AGENT  AND  ACKNOWLEDGED  AND  AGREED  TO  BY  THE  LOAN  PARTIES  (AS
DEFINED THEREIN) TO THE SENIOR DEBT (AS DEFINED THEREIN) AND AS MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED IN
THE  SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT.  EACH  HOLDER  OF  THIS  NOTE,  BY  ITS ACCEPTANCE  HEREOF,  SHALL  BE
BOUND BY THE PROVISIONS OF THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT.”

$10,000,000.00

SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE

November 3, 2016
Joplin, Missouri

This Subordinated Promissory Note (this “Note”) is being delivered pursuant to that certain Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of
November 3, 2016 (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among Vintage Stock Affiliated Holdings LLC, a Nevada limited liability company
(the  “Buyer”),  Vintage  Stock,  Inc.,  a  Missouri  corporation  (the  “Company”),  the  holders  of  certain  outstanding  capital  stock  of  the
Company designated as “Sellers” on the signature page to this Note (each, a “Seller”; and, collectively, the “Sellers”), and Rodney Spriggs,
in  his  capacity  as  the  representative  of  the  Sellers  for  certain  purposes  of  the  Purchase Agreement  and  this  Note  (in  such  capacity,  the
“Sellers’ Representative”). Terms used but not defined in this Note shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.

1.                   Subordination Agreement. The Buyer, for itself and its successors, and each Seller, by acceptance of this Note, agree
that the payment of this Note, both principal and interest, and all other indebtedness evidenced hereby, is subordinate and subject to the
prior rights of Wilmington Trust, National Association, or any of its successors or assigns (the “Agent”), as administrative and collateral
agent for the Lenders under that certain Term Loan Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”), dated as of November 3, 2016, and entered into by
and among the Buyer, the Company, each guarantor thereto, the Agent, and each lender thereto (the “ Senior Indebtedness”). This Note will
be  subordinated  to  the  Senior  Indebtedness  in  accordance  with  the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  in  a  subordination  agreement  by  and
among the Sellers and the Agent, and agreed to and acknowledged by the Buyer and the Company (as the same may be amended, amended
and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Subordination Agreement”).

2.                  Principal and Interest; Payments; Set-Off.

(a)               Principal and Interest. The Buyer, for value received, hereby promises to pay to the order of the Sellers,
proportionately in accordance with the percentage interests set forth in Schedule I hereto, in immediately available funds on the terms set
forth  herein,  (i)  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  this  Note  and  (ii)  simple  interest  on  the  unpaid  principal  balance  from  time  to  time
outstanding under this Note, from the date hereof until the principal balance is paid in full, at an annual rate equal to eight percent (8.0%)
(computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days of elapsed) (“Current Interest”). The principal amount of this Note
shall be Ten Million Dollars and No/ 100 Dollars ($10,000,000.00) as of the issuance date of this Note.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)                              Payments.  Current  Interest  only  on  the  outstanding  principal  balance  hereof  shall  be  due  and  payable
monthly, in arrears, with the first installment being payable on the first (1st) day of December, 2016, and subsequent installments being
payable on the first (1st) day of each succeeding month thereafter until the date that is five years and six months from the date of this Note
(the “Maturity Date”), at which time the entire outstanding principal balance, together with all accrued and unpaid Current Interest thereon,
shall  be  immediately  due  and  payable  in  full. All  payments  on  this  Note  will  be  applied  to  the  payment  of  accrued  and  unpaid  Current
Interest before being applied to the payment of then-outstanding principal. Principal and interest due under this Note shall be payable in
U.S. dollars to the Sellers by wire transfer in immediately available funds to accounts designated by the Sellers in writing. If any payment
of principal or interest on this Note is due on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment will be due on the next succeeding Business
Day, and such extension of time will be taken into account in calculating the amount of interest payable under this Note. Subject to the
Subordination Agreement, the Buyer may prepay this Note in whole or in part at any time or from time to time without penalty, premium, or
notice by paying the principal amount to be prepaid, together with accrued but unpaid Current Interest thereon to the date of prepayment.

(c)               Set-off. The Buyer may, pursuant to Section 11.5 of the Purchase Agreement, and by written notice to the
Sellers’  Representative,  reduce  or  set-off  against  the  principal  amount  outstanding  under  this  Note  and  any  accrued  and  unpaid  Current
Interest, the amount of any Losses for which the Sellers are determined to be liable to any Buyer Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 7.1
or Section 11 of the Purchase Agreement, subject to the limitations set forth in Article 11 of the Purchase Agreement. Any reduction or set-
off in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be deemed effective as of the issuance date of this Note.

3.                  Default.

Note:

(a)               Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “ Event of Default” under this

(i)                 The Buyer fails to pay when due any principal or interest payment on this Note;

Note and does not cure the failure within ten (10) Business Days after notice by the Sellers’ Representative thereof; or

(ii)               The Buyer fails to observe or perform any other covenant, obligation, or agreement contained in this

(iii)             

The  Buyer:  (A)  becomes  insolvent  or  is  unable  to  pay  its  debts  or  fails  or  admits  in  writing  its
inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; (B) consents to the appointment of a trustee, receiver, assignee, liquidator, or similar
official;  or  (C)  makes  a  general  assignment  for  the  benefit  of  its  creditors  or  institutes  a  proceeding,  or  has  an  involuntary  proceeding
instituted against it, seeking a judgment of insolvency, bankruptcy, or any other similar relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency, or other
similar Legal Requirement affecting creditors’ rights that is not dismissed within 120 days thereafter.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)               Remedies. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder and following the expiration of any cure
period  set  forth  in  Section  2(a)(ii)  or  2(a)(iii)(C),  the  Sellers’  Representative,  on  behalf  of  the  Sellers,  may,  at  his  option,  (i)  by  written
notice to the Buyer, declare the entire unpaid principal balance of this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid Current Interest thereon,
immediately  due  and  payable  or  (ii)  exercise  any  rights  and  remedies  available  to  him  on  behalf  of  the  Sellers  under  applicable  Legal
Requirements; in each case, only to the extent permitted under the Subordination Agreement. The Buyer will pay all reasonable costs and
expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Sellers’ Representative in connection with the Sellers’ Representative’s exercise of any or all of
his rights and remedies (on behalf of the Sellers) under this Note following an Event of Default.

4.                  Miscellaneous.

(a)               Successors and Assigns. Neither this Note nor any of the rights, interests, or obligations hereunder may be
assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, by the Buyer without the prior written consent of the Sellers’ Representative
or  by  any  Seller  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the  Buyer  (in  each  case,  not  to  be  unreasonably  withheld,  delayed,  denied,  or
conditioned). Subject to the restrictions on assignment set forth in this Section 4(a), the rights and obligations of the Buyer and the Sellers
under this Note shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, heirs, and assigns of the parties hereto.

(b)               Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived, or modified upon the written
consent of the Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative (on behalf of the Sellers) the extent permitted under the Subordination Agreement and
the Loan Agreement. Neither any failure nor any delay by any party in exercising any right, power, or privilege under this Note will operate
as a waiver of such right, power, or privilege, and no single or partial exercise of any such right, power, or privilege will preclude any other
or  further  exercise  of  such  right,  power,  or  privilege  or  the  exercise  of  any  other  right,  power,  or  privilege.  To  the  maximum  extent
permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, (i) no claim or right arising out of this Note can be discharged by one party, in whole or in
part, by a waiver or renunciation of the claim or right unless in writing signed by the party granting the waiver or renouncing the claim or
right; (ii) no waiver that may be given by a party will be applicable except in the specific instance for which it is given; and (iii) no notice to
or demand on one party will be deemed to be a waiver of any obligation of that  party  or  of  the  right  of  the  party  giving  such  notice  or
demand to take further action without notice or demand as provided in this Note.

(c)               Notices; Waivers. Any notice, request, or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in
writing and shall be given in accordance with the terms of Section 12.4 of the Purchase Agreement. Any party hereto may by notice so
given change its notice information for future notice hereunder.

(d)               Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Jury. This Note has been delivered in and shall be governed by and construed
in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Missouri without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule. Any
legal suit, action, or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Note may be instituted in the federal courts of the Western District of
Missouri or the courts of the State of Missouri located in Newton County, Missouri. Each party hereto irrevocably submits to the exclusive
jurisdiction  of  such  courts  in  any  such  suit,  action,  or  proceeding.  EACH  PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES  THAT ANY
CONTROVERSY THAT MAY ARISE UNDER THIS NOTE IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES
AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO
A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LEGAL ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(e)               Severability; Construction. If any provision of this Note or the application of any such provision to any Person
or circumstance shall be held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality,
or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of
this Note. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Note will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto
and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party hereto because of the authorship of any provision of this
Note.  The  words  “include,”  “includes,”  and  “including”  will  be  deemed  to  be  followed  by  “without  limitation.”  Pronouns  in  masculine,
feminine, and neuter genders will be construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular form will be construed to include the
plural and vice versa, unless the context otherwise requires. The words “this Note,” “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and words
of similar import refer to this Note as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited.

(f)                 Counterparts. This Note may be executed in counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same
agreement, and shall become effective when all such counterparts have been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to the other
parties hereto. Any signature delivered by electronic means (facsimile or email/pdf, etc.) shall be binding to the same extent as an original
signature page with regard to this Note or any amendments thereof, subject to the terms thereof. A party hereto that delivers a signature
page in this manner agrees promptly to deliver an original counterpart signature page to the other parties hereto; provided, however, that all
of the executed counterparts shall be consolidated, be deemed to be a single promissory note, and be delivered to Sellers’ Representative at
closing.

(g)               Headings; Replacement. The headings contained in this Note are for reference purposes only and shall not
affect  in  any  way  the  meaning  or  interpretation  of  this  Note.  Upon  receipt  of  evidence  satisfactory  to  the  Buyer  of  the  loss,  theft,
destruction,  or  mutilation  of  this  Note,  the  Buyer  will  issue  to  the  Sellers’  Representative  a  new  Note  containing  all  of  the  terms  and
provisions set forth herein, in lieu of such lost, stolen, destroyed, or mutilated Note.

other rights, obligations, or remedies otherwise available at Law or in equity.

(h)               Remedies. The rights, obligations, and remedies created by this Note are cumulative and in addition to any

(i)                 Time Is of the Essence. Time is of the essence regarding payments due under this Note.

[Signature Page Follows]

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, a duly authorized representative of the Buyer has duly executed and delivered this Note as of the date

first written above.

Accepted and Agreed:

By the Sellers:

By: /s/ Rodney D. Spriggs                            
Printed Name: Rodney D. Spriggs
Trustee, Rodney and Sherry Spriggs
Living Trust, dated April 18, 2012

By: /s/ Ken Caviness                          
Printed Name: Ken Caviness
Trustee, Ken and Deanna Living Trust,
dated July 12, 2002

By: /s/ Steven Wilcox                         
Printed name: Steven Wilcox
Trustee, Steven and Anna Wilcox Living
Trust, dated May 15, 2012

By the Sellers’ Representative:

/s/ Rodney Spriggs                                    
Rodney Spriggs

VINTAGE STOCK AFFILIATED HOLDINGS LLC

By: /s/ Jon Isaac                                        
Name:    Jon Isaac
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

By: /s/ Sherry Spriggs                            
Printed Name: Sherry Spriggs
Trustee, Rodney and Sherry Spriggs
Living Trust, dated April 18, 2012

By: /s/ Deanna L. Caviness                     
Printed Name: Deanna L. Caviness
Trustee, Ken and Deanna Living Trust,
dated July 12, 2002

By: /s/ Anna V. Wilcox                         
Printed Name: Anna V. Wilcox
Trustee, Steven and Anna Wilcox Living
Trust, dated may 15, 2012

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Schedule I

Name of Seller

Rodney and Sherry Spriggs Living Trust, dated April 18, 2012
Steven and Anna Wilcox Living Trust, dated May 15, 2012
Ken and Deanna Living Trust, dated July 12, 2002

Percentage Interest

41.134752%
17.730496%
41.134752%

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.24

SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

THIS SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of November 3, 2016 by and among Rodney Spriggs, in
his capacity as the representative of the holders of certain outstanding capital stock of Vintage Stock, Inc. that are named as a party to this
Agreement (each holder, a “Seller”; and, collectively, the “Sellers”), the Sellers, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as administrative
agent and collateral agent (in either or both such capacities, and including any successor agent together with any future administrative and
collateral agent upon a refinancing or otherwise, “Agent” discretionary rights of the Agent contained herein shall be at the direction of the
Required Lenders) for the Lenders, and the other Secured Parties (as defined in the Security Agreement), and acknowledged and agreed to
by the Borrowers (as hereinafter defined).

INTRODUCTION

A.              Vintage  Stock,  Inc.  (“VSI”),  Vintage  Stock  Affiliated  Holdings  LLC  (“ Holdings”,  and  together  with  VSI,  each  a
“Borrower”  and  collectively,  the  “Borrowers”),  each  other  Loan  Party  party  thereto,  Agent  and  Lenders  have  entered  into  a  Loan
Agreement  of  even  date  herewith  (as  the  same  may  be  amended,  supplemented,  restated,  or  otherwise  modified  from  time  to  time,  the
“Loan Agreement”) pursuant to which, among other things, Lenders have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Loan
Agreement, to make certain loans and financial accommodations to the Borrowers.

B.       Pursuant to that certain Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof entered into by and among each Loan
Party  and  Agent  (as  the  same  may  be  reaffirmed,  amended,  supplemented,  restated  or  otherwise  modified  from  time  to  time,  and,
collectively  with  the  Loan Agreement  and  the  other  agreements,  documents  and  instruments  executed  from  time  to  time  in  connection
therewith, as any of the same may be amended, supplemented, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Documents”),
each of the Loan Parties (other than a Borrower) has guaranteed the Borrowers’ obligations under the Loan Agreement.

C.       In connection with that certain Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Borrowers, the holders of
all of the outstanding capital stock of VSI, and Rodney Spriggs, as Sellers’ representative (in such capacity, “ Sellers’ Representative  “),
Sellers are receiving a seller note from Holdings for a portion of the purchase price thereunder, as evidenced by that certain Subordinated
Promissory Note of even date herewith by Holdings in favor of Sellers in the original aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 (as the
same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time as permitted hereunder and including any notes
issued in exchange or substitution therefor, the “Junior Note”), and pursuant to which Holdings has incurred obligations and liabilities to
Sellers.

D.       As an inducement to and as one of the conditions precedent to the agreement of Agent and Lenders to consummate the
transactions  contemplated  by  the  Loan Agreement, Agent  and  Lenders  have  required  the  execution  and  delivery  of  this Agreement  by
Sellers and the acknowledgment and agreement hereof by the Loan Parties.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  order  to  induce  Agent  and  Lenders  to  consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  by  the  Loan
Agreement,  and  for  other  good  and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and  sufficiency  of  which  hereby  are  acknowledged,  the  parties
hereto hereby agree as follows:

1.                   Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement (including in the recitals) shall have
the meanings assigned to such terms in the Loan Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Agent shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble of this Agreement.

Bankruptcy Code shall mean Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time and any successor

statutes and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Collateral shall mean all assets of the Loan Parties that secure, or purport to secure, the Senior Debt.

Collection Action shall mean, with respect to the Junior Debt, any action (a) to sue for, take or receive from or on behalf of any
Loan Party, by set-off or in any other manner, the whole or any part of any moneys which may now or hereafter be owing by any Loan
Party with respect to the Junior Debt, (b) to initiate or participate with others in any suit, action or Proceeding against any Loan Party or its
property to (i) enforce payment of or to collect the whole or any part of the Junior Debt or (ii) commence judicial enforcement of any of the
rights and remedies under the Junior Debt Documents or applicable law with respect to the Junior Debt, (c) to accelerate any Junior Debt,
(d) to cause any Loan Party to honor any redemption, put or mandatory payment obligation with respect to the Junior Debt or any other
equity interests of any Loan Party, (e) to notify account debtors or directly collect accounts receivables or other payment rights of any Loan
Party, (f) to take any action under the provisions of any state, local, federal or foreign law, including, without limitation, the UCC, or under
any contract or agreement, to enforce, take possession of or sell any property or assets of any Loan Party or (g) to exercise in any other
manner any remedies with respect to the Junior Debt set forth in any Junior Debt Document or that otherwise might be available to Sellers
with respect to the Junior Debt at law, in equity, pursuant to judicial proceeding or otherwise.

Debtor Relief Law shall mean the Bankruptcy Code, or any and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for
the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency or similar laws for debtor relief from time to time in effect and
affecting the rights of creditors generally or otherwise.

DIP Financing shall have the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.2(e).

Junior Debt shall mean, collectively, all of the obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of Holdings to the Sellers evidenced by
the  Junior  Note,  and  all  other  amounts  now  or  hereafter  owed  by  Holdings  to  any  Seller  under  or  in  respect  of  any  of  the  Junior  Debt
Documents, including, without limitation, any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals or extensions of any thereof permitted
hereunder.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Junior  Debt  Document  or Junior  Debt  Documents  shall  mean  the  Junior  Note  and  all  other  documents,  agreements  and
instruments  evidencing  the  foregoing  and/or  executed  and  delivered  in  connection  therewith,  as  amended,  supplemented,  restated,  or
otherwise modified from time to time as permitted hereunder.

Junior Default shall mean a default in the payment of the Junior Debt or in the performance of any term, covenant or condition
contained  in  any  of  the  Junior  Debt  Documents,  permitting  any  one  or  more  Sellers  to  accelerate  the  payment  of,  or  put  or  cause  the
redemption of, all or any portion of the Junior Debt or any of the Junior Debt Documents.

Lender or Lenders shall mean any holder or all of the holders of Senior Debt including, without limitation, any “Lender” or the

“Lenders,” respectively, as such terms are defined in the Loan Agreement.

Paid in Full or Payment in Full shall mean the (a) irrevocable payment in full in cash of all Senior Debt and (b) termination of all

commitments to lend under the Loan Documents,

Permitted  Junior  Debt  Payments  shall  mean,  without  duplication,  (i)  regularly  scheduled  payments  of  interest  on  the  Junior
Debt payable in cash at a rate not to exceed eight percent (8.00%) per annum, (ii) payment of reasonable and documented out-of-pocket
costs and expenses incurred in connection with any actions taken not in contravention of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to the
extent due and owing to any Seller in accordance with the terms of the Junior Debt Documents, but in any event, not to exceed $25,000 in
the aggregate, and (iii) “catch up payments” to the extent permitted by Section 2.3(b).

Person  shall  mean  any  natural  person,  corporation,  general  or  limited  partnership,  limited  liability  company,  firm,  trust,

association, government, governmental agency or other entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity

Proceeding shall mean any voluntary or involuntary insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, custodianship, liquidation, dissolution,
reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors, appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers or
any other proceeding for the liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of a Person, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing
under any Debtor Relief Law.

Required Lenders shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Loan Agreement.

Seller shall mean each Seller which is a signatory to this Agreement and any other holder of a Junior Note or any other Junior Debt

from time to time.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sellers shall mean all signatories to this Agreement and holders of the Junior Note or any other Junior Debt from time to time,

collectively.

Sellers’ Repr esentativ e shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble of this Agreement.

Senior Creditor shall mean any holder of the Senior Debt from time to time.

Senior Creditors shall mean all holders of Senior Debt, collectively.

Senior Debt  shall  mean  the  “Obligations,”  as  such  term  is  defined  in  the  Loan Agreement,  including,  without  limitation,  all
principal,  interest,  fees,  expenses,  indemnities,  reimbursement  obligations,  cash  management  obligations  and  swap  obligations,  in  each
instance,  whether  before  or  after  the  commencement  of  a  Proceeding  and  without  regard  to  whether  or  not  an  allowed  claim,  and  all
obligations  and  liabilities  incurred  under  the  Loan  Documents,  together  with  any  amendments,  restatements,  modifications,  renewals  or
extensions of any thereof.

Senior Default  shall  mean  any  “Event  of  Default”  (or  other  term  of  similar  import  or  meaning)  under  the  Loan Agreement  or

excess Availability pursuant to the Borrowing Base under the ABL Facility Documents is less than $2,000,000.

UCC shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction and, if the applicable jurisdiction shall not have any

Uniform Commercial Code, the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.

2.                  SUBORDINATION.

2.1       Subordination of Junior Debt to Senior Debt. Each of the Loan Parties by their acknowledgment and agreement
hereto covenants and agrees, and the Sellers by its acceptance of the Junior Note (whether upon original issue or upon transfer or
assignment) covenant and agree, that the payment of any and all of the Junior Debt is subordinate and subject in right of payment, to
the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, to the prior Payment in Full of the Senior Debt.

2.2       Proceedings.

(a)               Payments and Distributions. In the event of any Proceeding involving any Loan Party or any
property of any Loan Party or any payment or distribution in respect of any such property in any Proceeding, (i) all Senior
Debt first shall be Paid in Full before any payment of, or payment or distribution with respect to, the Junior Debt shall be
made, including, without limitation reorganization securities; (ii) any payment or distribution, whether in cash, property
or securities which, but for the terms hereof, otherwise would be payable or deliverable in respect of the Junior Debt, shall
be  paid  or  delivered  directly  to Agent  (to  be  held  and/or  applied  by Agent  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  Loan
Agreement)  until  all  Senior  Debt  is  Paid  in  Full,  and  each  Seller  irrevocably  authorizes,  empowers  and  directs  all
receivers,  trustees,  liquidators,  custodians,  conservators  and  others  having  authority  in  the  premises  to  effect  all  such
payments and distributions, and each Seller also irrevocably authorizes, empowers and directs Agent to demand, sue for,
collect and receive every such payment or distribution; and (iii) each Seller agrees to execute and deliver to Agent or its
representative all such further instruments confirming the authorization referred to in the foregoing clause.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)               Proofs of Claim; Claims; Voting; and Other Matters . At any meeting of creditors or in the event
of any Proceeding involving any Loan Party or any property of any Loan Party, Sellers shall retain the right to file a proof
of claim and otherwise act with respect to the Junior Debt in a manner not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement.
Until  all  Senior  Debt  is  Paid  in  Full,  Sellers  shall  not  vote  in  support  or  in  favor  of  any  plan  of  partial  or  complete
liquidation,  reorganization,  arrangement,  composition  or  extension  unless  such  plan  pays  off  in  full  in  cash  the  Senior
Debt; provided  that,  Sellers  shall  not  initiate,  prosecute  or  participate  in  any  claim  or  action  in  such  Proceeding
challenging the enforceability, validity, perfection, priority or extent of the Senior Debt, this Agreement or any liens and
security interests securing the Senior Debt. In the event Sellers fail to execute, verify, deliver and/or file any proofs of
claim in respect of the Junior Debt in connection with any such Proceeding prior to the date that is ten (10) days before
the  expiration  of  the  time  to  file  any  such  proof  of  claim,  each  Seller  hereby  irrevocably  authorizes,  empowers  and
appoints  Agent  its  agent  and  attorney-in-fact  to  execute,  verify,  deliver  and  file  such  proofs  of  claim  in  any  such
Proceeding; provided, (i) Agent shall have no obligation to exercise any such authority with respect to a Seller’s claim,
and (ii) Agent shall notify Sellers’ Representative of any filing of a proof of claim on behalf of Sellers hereunder; and in
addition, each Seller hereby irrevocably authorizes, empowers and appoints Agent its agent and attorney-in-fact to vote
any such claim in any such Proceeding. In the event that Agent votes any claim in accordance with the authority granted
hereby, on behalf of a Seller, such Seller shall not be entitled to change or withdraw such vote.

(c)               Reinstatement. The Senior Debt shall continue to be treated as Senior Debt and the provisions of
this Agreement shall continue to govern the relative rights and priorities of the Senior Creditors and Sellers even if all or
part  of  the  Senior  Debt  or  the  security  interests  securing  the  Senior  Debt  are  subordinated,  set  aside,  avoided  or
disallowed in connection with any Proceeding. This Agreement shall be reinstated, revived and continue in full force and
effect if at any time any payment of any of the Senior Debt is rescinded, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside,
required to be paid to any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, fraudulent conveyance, preference or
similar law, or must otherwise be returned by any Senior Creditor or any representative of such Person. To the extent that
any Senior Creditor receives payments (whether in cash, property or securities) on the Senior Debt that are subsequently
invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any
other party under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such
payment or proceeds received, the Senior Debt, or part thereof, intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continue in
full force and effect as if such payments or proceeds had not been received by such Senior Creditor.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)               Applications under Debtor Relief Law . None of the Loan Parties or Sellers shall file any plan or
arrangement under any Debtor Relief Law that provides for, or would permit directly or indirectly, Agent or any Senior
Creditor to be classified with any other creditor of any Loan Party for the purposes of any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise,
and each Seller acknowledges and agrees that such Seller shall not endeavor to so classify Agent or any Senior Creditor.

(e)               DIP Financing. Until the Payment in Full of the Senior Debt has occurred, each Seller agrees that it
will not provide, support, offer, or consent to, any post-petition financing under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code, or
any comparable provision of any other Bankruptcy Law (a “DIP Financing”) unless such DIP Financing is consented to
by the Agent. Sellers shall not object to or contest any DIP Financing consented to or provided by the Agent and shall not
object to any sale under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code consented to by the Agent.

2.3       Junior Debt Payments.

(a)               Restrictions on Payments; Commencement of Payment Blockage. The terms of the Junior Debt
Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, each Loan Party by its acknowledgment and agreement hereto hereby agrees
that it may not make, and each Seller hereby agrees that it will not accept from any Person, any payment or distribution
on account of, or any redemption, purchase or acquisition of, the Junior Debt (by set off or otherwise) until the Senior
Debt is Paid in Full, other than, except as otherwise prohibited herein, Permitted Junior Debt Payments. Subject to Section
2.3(b)  herein,  the  Loan  Parties  and  Sellers  further  agree  that  no  Permitted  Junior  Debt  Payments  may  be  made  by  any
Loan Party or any other Person or accepted by Sellers from any Person if, at the time of such payment or immediately
after giving effect thereto, a Senior Default exists.

(b)                              Termination  of  Payment  Blockage .  The  Loan  Parties  may  resume  and  Sellers  may  accept
Permitted  Junior  Debt  Payments; provided that, the Loan Parties may only make and the Sellers may only accept such
payment(s) if at the time of and after giving effect to such payment(s) no Senior Default would be created on a Pro Forma
Basis,  assuming  for  purposes  hereof  that  any  such  missed  payment  was  made  on  the  last  day  of  the  most  recent  fiscal
quarter  for  which  financial  statements  are  available  and  that  any  applicable  financial  covenants  were  accordingly
recomputed to give effect to any such missed payment in respect of the Junior Debt, and upon a written waiver by Agent
thereof in accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement. No Senior Default shall be deemed to have been waived for
purposes of this Section 2.3(b) unless and until the Loan Parties and Sellers’ Representative shall have received a written
waiver thereof from Agent. For the avoidance of doubt, Permitted Junior Debt Payments that are blocked pursuant to this
Section 2.3(b) shall accrue and constitute Junior Debt, but such amounts shall not increase  the  principal  amount  of  the
Junior  Debt  for  purposes  of  calculating  any  future  interest  payments  on  the  Junior  Debt  pursuant  to  clause  (i)  of  the
definition of “Permitted Junior Debt Payments”.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)               Non-Applicability to Proceeding. The provisions of this Section 2.3 shall not apply to any payment

with respect to which Section 2.2 would be applicable.

2 . 4       Restriction on Action by the Sellers . Until the Senior Debt is Paid in Full, Sellers shall not take any Collection

Action with respect to the Junior Debt.

2.5       No Liens.

(a)               Sellers shall not seek to obtain, and shall not take, accept, obtain or have, any lien or security interest in any
Collateral or other assets as security for all or any part of the Junior Debt, and in the event that Sellers obtains any such liens or
security interests in any Collateral or other assets, Sellers shall (or shall cause its agent to) promptly execute and deliver to Agent
such documents, agreements and instruments, and take such other actions, as Agent shall request to release such liens and security
interests in such Collateral or other assets.

(b)               In furtherance of this Section 2.5, each Seller hereby irrevocably appoints Agent its attorney-in-fact, with full
authority in the place and stead of Sellers and in the name of Sellers or otherwise, to execute and deliver any document, agreement
or instrument which Sellers may be required to deliver pursuant to this Section 2.5. Agent and the Senior Creditors shall have no
responsibility for or obligation or duty with respect to any of the Collateral or any matter or proceeding arising out of or relating
thereto, including, without limitation, any obligation or duty to collect any sums due in respect thereof or to protect or preserve any
rights pertaining thereto.

2.6       Amendment of Junior Debt Documents. Until the Senior Debt has been Paid in Full, the Sellers may at any time
and from time to time without the consent of or notice to the Agent, without incurring liability to the Agent or any Senior Creditor
and without impairing or releasing the obligations of the Sellers under this Agreement, change the place of payment (but not the
manner of payment) or extend the time of payment of the Junior Debt; provided, however, Sellers may not, directly or indirectly,
amend, restate or otherwise modify, in any manner any terms of any Junior Debt Documents or enter into any additional Junior Debt
Documents.

2.7       Amendments to the Loan Documents. The Agent may at any time and from time to time without the consent of or
notice  to  the  Sellers  or  Sellers’  Representative,  without  incurring  liability  to  the  Sellers  and  without  impairing  or  releasing  the
obligations of the Sellers under this Agreement, change the manner or place of payment or extend the time of payment of or renew
or alter any of the terms of the Senior Debt, or amend, restate, modify, or refinance in any manner any Loan Document or other
instrument  evidencing  or  securing  or  otherwise  relating  to  the  Senior  Debt;  provided,  however,  that  no  such  amendment,
restatement, modification or refinance shall defer or cause the suspension of the payment of the Permitted Junior Debt Payments,
except as contemplated and set forth in this Agreement.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.8       Incorrect Payments. If any payment or distribution on account of the Junior Debt not permitted to be made by the
Loan  Parties  or  received  by  Sellers  under  this Agreement  is  received  by  any  Seller  before  all  Senior  Debt  is  Paid  in  Full,  such
payment  or  distribution  shall  not  be  commingled  with  any  asset  of  Sellers,  shall  be  held  in  trust  by  Sellers  for  the  benefit  of  all
holders of Senior Debt and shall be promptly paid over to Agent, or its designated representative, for application in accordance with
the Loan Agreement to the payment of the Senior Debt then remaining unpaid, until all of the Senior Debt is Paid in Full; provided,
however, that the foregoing shall not apply to Permitted Junior Debt Payments to the extent permitted at the time made pursuant to
Section 2.3(a) hereof.

2.9       Transfer. No Seller shall sell, assign, pledge, dispose of or otherwise transfer all or any portion of their respective
percentage interest of the Junior Debt. If any Seller makes any assignment in violation of this Section 2.9, such assignment shall be
null and void, and the assignment shall be of no effect.

2.10       Legends. Until the Senior Debt is Paid in Full, each of the Junior Debt Documents at all times shall contain in a

conspicuous manner the following legend:

“This Subordinated Promissory Note and the rights and obligations evidenced hereby, including
the payment of all amounts hereunder, are expressly subordinate in the manner and to the extent set forth
in  that  certain  Subordination Agreement  (as  amended,  the  “Subordination Agreement ”)  dated  as  of
November 3, 2016 among (i) Rodney Spriggs, in his capacity as the representative of the holders of all of
the outstanding capital stock of Vintage Stock, Inc. (collectively, the “ Sellers”), (ii) the Sellers, and (iii)
Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Agent and acknowledged and agreed to by the Loan Parties
(as  defined  therein)  to  the  Senior  Debt  (as  defined  therein)  and  as  more  particularly  described  in  the
Subordination Agreement.  Each  holder  of  this  Note,  by  its  acceptance  hereof,  shall  be  bound  by  the
provisions of the Subordination Agreement.”

3.                   Representations and Warranties . The Sellers represent and warrant to the Agent, as of the date hereof, that the

Junior Note is the sole Junior Debt Document evidencing the Junior Debt.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.                   Continued Effectiveness of this Agreement . The terms of this Agreement, the subordination effected hereby, and
the rights and the obligations of the Sellers, the Loan Parties, Agent and the Senior Creditors shall not be affected, modified or impaired in
any manner or to any extent by the validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or the Junior Debt Documents, or any exercise
or non-exercise of any right, power or remedy under or in respect of the Senior Debt, the Loan Documents, the Junior Debt or the Junior
Debt Documents. Each Seller and each holder of Junior Debt hereby acknowledges that the provisions of this Agreement are intended to be
enforceable  at  all  times,  whether  before  the  commencement  of,  after  the  commencement  of,  in  connection  with  or  premised  on  the
occurrence of a Proceeding.

5.                   No Contest by Sellers or Senior Creditor. Sellers agree that it will not at any time contest the validity, perfection,
priority,  extent  or  enforceability  of  the  Senior  Debt,  the  Loan  Documents,  or  the  liens  and  security  interests  of Agent  and  the  Senior
Creditors in any Collateral. Each Senior Creditor agrees that it will not at any time contest the validity or enforceability of the Junior Debt
or the Junior Debt Documents.

6.                   Notice of Junior Default. The Sellers shall promptly, and in any event within three (3) Business Days, provide
Agent with a written notice of the occurrence of each Junior Default and shall notify Agent in writing in the event such Junior Default is
cured  or  waived; provided that,  any  failure  to  deliver  any  such  notices  shall  not  otherwise  affect  the  subordination  provisions  or  other
obligations of the Sellers hereunder.

7.                  

Notice of Senior Default.  The  Loan  Parties  shall  provide  Sellers’  Representative  with  a  written  notice  of  the
occurrence of each Senior Default and shall notify Sellers’ Representative in writing in the event such Senior Default is cured or waived;
provided that, any failure to deliver any such notices shall not otherwise affect the subordination provisions or other obligations of the Loan
Parties hereunder.

8.                   Cumulative Rights, No Waivers . Each and every right, remedy and power granted to Agent or Senior Creditors
shall be cumulative and in addition to any other rights, remedy or power specifically granted herein or in the Loan Documents or now or
hereafter existing in equity, at law, by virtue of statute or otherwise, and may be exercised by Agent or Senior Creditors from time to time,
concurrently or independently and as often and in such order as Agent may deem expedient. Any failure or delay on the part of Agent or
Senior Creditors in exercising any such right, remedy or power, or abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce the same, shall not
operate  as  a  waiver  thereof  or  affect  the  rights  of Agent  or  Senior  Creditors  thereafter  to  exercise  the  same,  and  any  single  or  partial
exercise  of  any  such  right,  remedy  or  power  shall  not  preclude  any  other  or  further  exercise  thereof  or  the  exercise  of  any  other  right,
remedy or power, and no such failure, delay, abandonment or single or partial exercise of the rights of Agent or Senior Creditors shall be
deemed to establish a custom or course of dealing or performance among the parties hereto.

9.                   Modification. Any modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, or any consent to any departure
therefrom, shall not be effective in any event unless the same is in writing and signed by Agent and Sellers, and then such modification,
waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose given. Any notice or demand given to Sellers
or  Sellers’  Representative  by  Agent  shall  not  entitle  Sellers  to  any  other  or  further  notice  or  demand  in  the  same,  similar  or  other
circumstances unless specifically required hereunder.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.               Additional Documents and Actions. The Sellers at any time, and from time to time, after the execution and delivery
of this Agreement, promptly will execute and deliver such further documents and do such further acts and things as Agent reasonably may
request in order to effect fully the purposes of this Agreement.

11.               Notices. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other communication required or permitted to be
given shall be in writing addressed to the respective party as set forth below and shall be given only by, and shall be deemed to have been
received upon: (a) registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, on the date on which such notice was received as indicated in such
return receipt; (b) delivery by a nationally recognized overnight courier, one Business Day after deposit with such courier; or (c) facsimile
or  electronic  transmission,  in  each  case  upon  telephone  or  further  electronic  communication  from  the  recipient  acknowledging  receipt
(whether automatic or manual from recipient), as applicable.

Notices shall be addressed as follows:

If to any Sellers or Sellers’
Representative:

      with copies to:

If to Agent:

Rodney Spriggs
202 East 32nd Street
Joplin, MO 64804
Email: rodney.spriggs@vintagestock.com

Mann Conroy, LLC
1316 Saint Louis Avenue, 2nd Floor Kansas City,
Missouri 64101
Attn: Kyle Conroy, Esq.
Email: kconroy@mannconroy.com

Mann Conroy, LLC
1316 Saint Louis Avenue,
2nd Floor
Kansas City, Missouri, 64101
Attn: Kyle Conroy, Esq.
Email: kconroy@mannconroy.com

Wilmington Trust, National Association 
Suite 1290, 50 South Sixth Street
Minneapolis, MN 55402 Attention: Josh
James Phone: 612-217-5637
Fax: 612-217-5651
Email: JJames@WilmingtonTrust.com

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
with copies to:

If to the Loan Parties:

with copies to:

Paul Hastings LLP 
200 Park Avenue 
New York, NY 10166
Attn: William Brady, Esq.
Fax: 212-303-7066

Paul Hastings LLP
200 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10166
Attn: Michael Chernick, Esq. Fax: 212- 230-
7639

Vintage Stock, Inc.
202 East 32nd Street
Joplin, Missouri 64804

and:

Vintage Stock Affiliated Holdings LLC
325 East Warm Springs Road
Suite 102
Las Vegas, Nevada 89119
Attn:  Jon Isaac
Email:  j.isaac@isaac.com
Facsimile No.:  858-259-6661

Baker & Hostetler LLP
600 Anton Boulevard
Suite 900
Costa Mesa, California 92626
Attn:  Randolf W. Katz, Esq.
Email:  rwkatz@bakerlaw.com
Facsimile No.:  714-966-8802

or in any case, to such other address as the party addressed shall have previously designated by written notice to the serving party, given in
accordance  with  this Section 11. A  notice  not  given  as  provided  above  shall,  if  it  is  in  writing,  be  deemed  given  if  and  when  actually
received by the party to whom given.

12.               Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable by
reason of the operation of any law or by reason of the interpretation placed thereon by any court or governmental authority, the validity,
legality  and  enforceability  of  the  remaining  provisions  of  this Agreement  shall  not  in  any  way  be  affected  or  impaired  thereby,  and  the
affected provision shall be modified to the minimum extent permitted by law so as most fully to achieve the intention of this Agreement.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13.               Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of Agent and the
Senior  Creditors  and  shall  be  binding  upon  the  respective  successors  and  assigns  of  the  Sellers  and  the  Loan  Parties. Agent  and  Senior
Creditors,  without  notice  to  or  consent  of  any  Seller,  may  assign  or  transfer  any  or  all  of  the  Senior  Debt  or  any  interest  therein  to  any
Person and, notwithstanding any such assignment or transfer, or any subsequent assignment or transfer, the Senior Debt shall, subject to the
terms hereof, be and remain Senior Debt for purposes of this Agreement, and every permitted assignee or transferee of any of the Senior
Debt or of any interest therein shall, to the extent of the interest of such permitted assignee or transferee in the Senior Debt, be entitled to
rely upon and be the third party beneficiary of the subordination provided under this Agreement and shall be entitled to enforce the terms
and provisions hereof to the same extent as if such assignee or transferee were initially a party hereto. THE SELLERS AND THE LOAN
PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT AGENT AND THE SENIOR CREDITORS AT ANY TIME AND FROM TIME TO
TIME  MAY  DIVIDE AND  REISSUE  (WITHOUT  SUBSTANTIVE  CHANGES  OTHER  THAN  THOSE  RESULTING  FROM  SUCH
DIVISION)  THE  NOTES  EVIDENCING  THE  SENIOR  DEBT,  THE  OBLIGATIONS  UNDER  THE  LOAN  AGREEMENT,  THE
COLLATERAL AND THE LOAN DOCUMENTS TO ONE OR MORE OTHER PERSONS, IN EACH CASE ON THE TERMS AND
CONDITIONS CONTAINED IN THE LOAN DOCUMENTS. Each transferee and participant of the Senior Debt (to the extent provided in
the Loan Agreement), shall have all of the rights and benefits with respect to the Secured Obligations under the Loan Agreement, the notes
evidencing Senior Debt, the Collateral, this Agreement and the Loan Documents held by it as fully as the original holder thereof. No Seller
shall  sell,  assign,  pledge,  dispose  of  or  otherwise  transfer  all  or  any  portion  of  the  Junior  Debt  or  any  Junior  Debt  Document  except  as
permitted by Section 2.8 of this Agreement.

14.               Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterpart originals, which, taken together, shall
constitute  one  fully-executed  instrument.  Any  signature  delivered  by  facsimile  or  electronic  transmission  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a
counterpart original hereto.

15.               Defines Rights of Creditors; Loan Par ties’ O bligations Unconditional . The provisions of this Agreement are
solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Sellers, Agent and Senior Creditors and shall not be deemed to create any rights
or  priorities  in  favor  of  any  other  Person,  including,  without  limitation,  any  Loan  Party. As  between  the  Loan  Parties  and  the  Sellers,
nothing  contained  herein  shall  impair  the  obligation  of  the  Loan  Parties  to  the  Sellers  to  pay  the  Junior  Debt  as  such  Junior  Debt  shall
become due and payable in accordance with the Junior Debt Documents. The failure of any Loan Party to make any payment to Sellers due
to the operation of this Agreement shall not be construed as prohibiting the occurrence of a Junior Default.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16.               Subrogation. After and subject to the Payment in Full of the Senior Debt, and prior to the irrevocable repayment in
full  in  cash  of  the  Junior  Debt,  each  Seller  shall  be  subrogated  to  the  rights  of  the  Senior  Creditors  to  the  extent  that  payments  and
distributions otherwise payable to such Seller have been applied to the Senior Debt in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
For purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to Senior Creditors of any cash, property or securities to which any Seller
would be entitled except for the provisions of this Agreement, and no payments pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement to the Senior
Creditors by any Seller, shall, as among the Loan Parties, their creditors (other than the Senior Creditors) and such Seller be deemed to be a
payment  or  distribution  by  any  such  Loan  Party  to  or  on  account  of  the  Senior  Debt;  it  being  understood  that  the  provisions  of  this
Agreement are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Sellers, on the one hand, and Agent and the
Senior Creditors, on the other hand. Agent and Senior Creditors shall have no obligation or duty to protect the Sellers’ rights of subrogation
arising pursuant to this Agreement or under any applicable law, nor shall Agent or Senior Creditors be liable for any loss to, or impairment
of, any subrogation rights held by the Sellers.

17.               Conflict.  In  the  event  of  any  conflict  between  any  term,  covenant  or  condition  of  this Agreement  and  any  term,
covenant  or  condition  of  any  of  the  Junior  Debt  Documents  or  the  Loan  Documents,  the  provisions  of  this Agreement  shall  control  and
govern.

18.              

Headings.  The  paragraph  headings  used  in  this Agreement  are  for  convenience  only  and  shall  not  affect  the

interpretation of any of the provisions hereof.

19.              Termination. This Agreement shall terminate upon the Payment in Full of the Senior Debt.

20.               Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the

internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles.

21.              

Submission  to  Jurisdiction. Any  legal  action  or  proceeding  with  respect  to  this Agreement  shall  be  brought
exclusively  in  the  courts  of  the  State  of  New  York  located  in  the  City  of  New  York,  Borough  of  Manhattan,  or  of  the  United  States  of
America sitting in the Southern District of New York and, by execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party hereto (including each
Loan  Party  by  its  acknowledgment  and  agreement  hereto)  hereby  accepts  for  itself  and  in  respect  of  its  property,  generally  and
unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. Such parties hereby irrevocably waive any objection, including any objection to the
laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens, that any of them may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such
action or proceeding in such jurisdictions.

22.               WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THE PARTIES HERETO (INCLUDING THE LOAN PARTIES BY THEIR
ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND AGREEMENT HERETO), TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO
TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING
TO, THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY OTHER TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY. THIS WAIVER
APPLIES TO ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23.               Defense to Enforcement Provision. If any Seller, in contravention of the terms of this Agreement, shall commence,
prosecute or participate in any Collection Action against any Loan Party, then Agent or any Senior Creditor may (i) intervene and interpose
such defense or pleas in its name, and/or (ii) by virtue of this Agreement, restrain the enforcement thereof in the name of Agent or any
Senior Creditor. If any Seller, in contravention of the terms of this Agreement, obtains any cash or other assets of any Loan Party as a result
of any Collection Action, such Seller agrees forthwith to pay, deliver and assign to Agent, with appropriate endorsements, any such cash or
other assets for application to the Senior Debt owing to Agent and Senior Creditors until the Senior Debt has been Paid in Full.

(Signatures appear on the following page.)

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Sellers, Sellers’ Representative , and the Agent have caused this Subordination Agreement to be

executed as of the date first above written.

By: /s/ Rodney D. Spriggs                            
Printed Name: Rodney D. Spriggs
Trustee, Rodney and Sherry Spriggs
Living Trust, dated April 18, 2012

By: /s/ Ken Caviness                          
Printed Name: Ken Caviness
Trustee, Ken and Deanna Living Trust,
dated July 12, 2002

By: /s/ Steven Wilcox                         
Printed name: Steven Wilcox
Trustee, Steven and Anna Wilcox Living
Trust, dated May 15, 2012

By the Sellers’ Representative:

/s/ Rodney Spriggs                                    
Rodney Spriggs

By: /s/ Sherry Spriggs                            
Printed Name: Sherry Spriggs
Trustee, Rodney and Sherry Spriggs
Living Trust, dated April 18, 2012

By: /s/ Deanna L. Caviness                     
Printed Name: Deanna L. Caviness
Trustee, Ken and Deanna Living Trust,
dated July 12, 2002

By: /s/ Anna V. Wilcox                         
Printed Name: Anna V. Wilcox
Trustee, Steven and Anna Wilcox Living
Trust, dated may 15, 2012

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Agent for the Senior Creditors

By: ______________________________
Name: ____________________________
Title: _____________________________

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND AGREEMENT

Each of the undersigned Loan Parties hereby acknowledges and agrees to adhere to the foregoing terms and provisions. Each of
the undersigned Loan Parties further acknowledges and agrees that: (i) although it has signed this acknowledgment and agreement, it is
not a party to the Subordination Agreement, and does not, and will not, receive any right, benefit, priority or interest under or because of
the existence of the Subordination Agreement and (ii) it will cause any party that becomes a Loan Party under the Loan Documents or
Junior Debt Documents to deliver a similar acknowledgment to this Subordination Agreement.

LOAN PARTIES:

VINTAGE STOCK, INC.

By: /s/ Rodney Spriggs                           
Name: Rodney Spriggs
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

VINTAGE STOCK AFFILIATED HOLDINGS LLC

By: /s/ Jon Isaac                                  
Name: Jon Isaac
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.25

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of November 3, 2016 (the “Effective Date”), by and

between Vintage Stock, Inc., a Missouri corporation (the “Company”), and Rodney Spriggs (the “Executive”).

WHEREAS,  the  Company  and  the  Executive  desire  to  enter  into  this  Employment Agreement  to  ensure  the  Company  of  the
services  of  the  Executive,  to  provide  for  compensation  and  other  benefits  to  be  paid  and  provided  by  the  Company  to  the  Executive  in
connection therewith, and to set forth the rights and duties of the parties in connection therewith; and

WHEREAS, certain capitalized terms used herein are defined in Section 9 of this Employment Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, promises, and obligations set forth herein, and for such other good

and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.                  Employment Position, Duties, and Place.

(a)               During the Term, the Executive shall serve as the “President and Chief Executive Officer” of the Company
and shall devote substantially all of his business time and best reasonable efforts to his employment and perform diligently such duties as
are  customarily  performed  by  comparable  presidents  and  chief  executive  officers  of  companies  that  are  the  size  and  structure  of  the
Company, together with such other duties as may be reasonably assigned from time to time by the Board of the Directors of the Company
(the “Board”) or the President/Chief Executive Officer of Holdings, which duties shall be consistent with the Executive’s position as set
forth above. The Executive shall report directly to the Board and the President/Chief Executive Officer of Holdings. The Executive shall, if
requested by the President/Chief Executive Officer of Holdings, also serve as a member of the Board for no additional compensation.

(b)                              During  the  Term,  the  Executive  shall  not,  directly  or  indirectly,  without  the  prior  written  consent  of
Holdings, other than in the performance of duties naturally inherent to the businesses of the Company and in furtherance thereof, render
services of a business, professional, or commercial nature to any other Person, whether for compensation or otherwise; provided, however,
that,  so  long  as  it  does  not  interfere  with  the  Executive’s  full-time  employment  hereunder,  and  so  long  as  the  Executive  provides  prior
written notice thereof to Holdings, the Executive may attend to passive outside investments and serve as a director, trustee, or officer of, or
otherwise participate in any similar capacity in educational, welfare, social, religious, civic, or trade organizations or in Ozark LED, LLC,
RKS Development, LLC, RKS Development II, LLC, RKS Development III, LLC, or RKS Development IV, LLC.

(c)                              The  principal  place  of  the  Executive’s  employment  shall  be  the  Company’s  principal  executive  office,
currently  located  at  202  E.  32nd  Street,  Joplin,  Missouri  64804; provided  that,  the  Executive  may  be  required  to  travel  on  Company
business during the Term.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.                   Term. The term of employment covered by this Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and shall continue until
the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date, unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 5; provided that, on such fifth anniversary of the
Effective Date and each annual anniversary thereafter (such date and each annual anniversary thereof, a “Renewal Date”), this Agreement
shall be deemed to be automatically extended, upon the same terms and conditions, for successive periods of one year, unless, at least 90
days’  prior  to  the  applicable  Renewal  Date,  either  party  provides  written  notice  of  his  or  its  intention  not  to  extend  the  term  of  this
Agreement. The period during which the Executive is employed by the Company hereunder is referred to as the “Term.”

3.                  Compensation.

(a)               Annual Base Salary. The Company shall pay the Executive an annual rate of base salary of $270,000.00 in
periodic  installments  in  accordance  with  the  Company’s  customary  payroll  practices  and  applicable  wage  payment  laws,  but  no  less
frequently than monthly. The Executive’s base salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board and the President/Chief Executive Officer of
Holdings and may be increased (but not decreased) as determined by the Board and the President/Chief Executive Officer of Holdings. The
Executive’s annual base salary, as in effect from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as “Base Salary”.

(b)               Bonus. For each complete fiscal year during the Term, commencing with the fiscal year commencing on
October 1, 2016 and ending on September 30, 2017, the Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) based
upon  the  achievement  of  annual  Company  performance  goals  established  by  the  Board  and  the  President/Chief  Executive  Officer  of
Holdings. The Annual Bonus will be subject to the terms of the Company annual bonus plan under which it is granted. For the fiscal year
commencing on October 1, 2016 and ending on September 30, 2017, the Annual Bonus shall be determined in accordance with the bonus
plan  set  forth  on Schedule I  hereto.  The Annual  Bonus,  if  any,  will  be  paid  within  two-and-a-half  (2  1/2)  months  after  the  end  of  the
applicable fiscal year.

(c)               Stock Options. In connection with the Executive entering into this Agreement and performing the duties
hereunder,  on  the  Effective  Date,  the  Parent  will  grant  the  Executive  stock  options  to  purchase  100,000  shares  of  common  stock  of  the
Parent for the exercise price set forth in the Stock Option Agreement (defined below), which shall vest over a five-year period. All other
terms and conditions of such stock options shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the stock option agreement to be entered into
between the Executive and the Parent, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Stock Option Agreement”).

4.                  Benefits; Vacation; Paid Time-Off; Business Expenses.

(a)                              Fringe Benefits and Perquisites.  During  the  Term,  the  Executive  shall  be  entitled  to  fringe  benefits  and
perquisites consistent with the practices of the Company and to the extent the Company provides similar benefits or perquisites (or both) to
similarly situated executives of the Company.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)               Employee Benefits. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all employee benefit
plans, practices, and programs maintained by the Company, as in effect from time to time (collectively, “ Employee Benefit Plans”), to the
extent consistent with applicable law and the terms of the applicable Employee Benefit Plans. The Company reserves the right to amend or
cancel any Employee Benefit Plans at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, subject to the terms of such Employee Benefit Plan and
applicable law.

(c)               Vacation; Paid Time-Off. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to thirty-one days of paid vacation
per  calendar  year  (prorated  for  partial  years)  in  accordance  with  the  Company’s  vacation  policies,  as  in  effect  from  time  to  time.  The
Executive shall receive other paid time-off in accordance with the Company’s policies for executive officers, as such policies may exist
from time to time.

(d)               Business Expenses. The Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement for all reasonable and necessary out-of-
pocket business, entertainment, and travel expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties
hereunder in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies and procedures.

5.                  Termination.

(a)               General. The Term and the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by either the Company or
the  Executive  at  any  time  and  for  any  reason; provided that,  unless  otherwise  provided  herein,  either  party  shall  be  required  to  give  the
other party at least 30 days’ advance written notice of any termination of the Executive’s employment. Upon termination of the Executive’s
employment during the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to the compensation and benefits described in this Section 5 and shall have no
further rights to any compensation or any other benefits from the Company or any of its affiliates.

(b)                              Expiration  of  the  Term;  Termination  for  Cause;  Termination  Without  Good  Reason .  The  Executive’s
employment hereunder may be terminated (i) upon the then-applicable Renewal Date if either party provided written notice not to extend
the term of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 2, (ii) by the Company for Cause, or (iii) by the Executive without
Good Reason. If the Executive’s employment terminates for any of such reasons, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the following
(collectively, the “Accrued Amounts”):

(i)                  any accrued but unpaid Base Salary and accrued but unused vacation, which shall be paid on the
pay date immediately following the Termination Date in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll procedures, unless a different
date shall be required by relevant law;

preceding the Termination Date, which shall be paid on the otherwise applicable payment date;

(ii)              

any  earned  but  unpaid Annual  Bonus  with  respect  to  any  completed  fiscal  year  immediately

be subject to and paid in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy; and

(iii)             reimbursement for unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by the Executive, which shall

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
such  employee  benefits,  if  any,  to  which  the  Executive  may  be  entitled  under  the  Company’s
employee benefit plans as of the Termination Date; provided that, in no event shall the Executive be entitled to any payments in the nature
of severance or termination payments except as specifically provided herein.

(iv)             

Termination of the Executive’s employment shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until the Company delivers to the Executive a
copy of a resolution duly adopted by a majority of the Board (after reasonable written notice is provided the Executive and the Executive is
given an opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that the Executive has engaged in the conduct described
in the definition of “Cause” in Section 9. Except for a failure, breach, or refusal that, by its nature, cannot reasonably be expected to be
cured, the Executive shall have ten (10) business days from the delivery of written notice by the Company within which to cure any acts
constituting Cause.

In  addition  to  the Accrued Amounts,  if  the  Executive’s  employment  hereunder  is  terminated  upon  the  then-applicable  Renewal  Date  in
accordance with the provisions of Section 2, the Executive shall be entitled to receive a payment equal to the product of (A) the Annual
Bonus, if any, that the Executive would have earned for the fiscal year in which the Termination Date occurs based on achievement of the
applicable performance goals for such year and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed
by the Company during the year of termination and the denominator of which is the number of days in such year (the “Pro-Rata Bonus”).
This amount shall be paid on the date that annual bonuses are paid to similarly situated executives, but in no event later than two-and-a-half
(2 1/2) months following the end of the fiscal year in which the Termination Date occurs.

(c)               Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason. The Term and the Executive’s employment hereunder may
be terminated by the Executive for Good Reason or by the Company without Cause. In the event of such termination, the Executive shall
be entitled to receive the Accrued Amounts and, subject to the Executive’s compliance with Sections 6 and 7 and his execution of a release
of  claims  in  favor  of  the  Company,  its Affiliates,  and  their  respective  officers  and  directors  in  a  form  provided  by  the  Company  and
reasonably  acceptable  to  the  Executive,  such  approval  not  to  be  unreasonably  withheld  or  delayed  (the  “Release”)  and  such  Release
becoming effective within 45 days following the Termination Date (such 45-day period, the “ Release Execution Period”),  the  Executive
shall be entitled to receive the following:

(i)                 continued Base Salary for one year following the Termination Date, payable in equal installments in
accordance  with  the  Company’s  normal  payroll  practices,  but  no  less  frequently  than  monthly,  which  shall  commence  within  45  days
following the Termination Date; provided that, if the Release Execution Period begins in one taxable year of the Company and ends in a
subsequent  taxable  year,  payments  shall  not  begin  until  the  beginning  of  that  subsequent  taxable  year; provided,  further,  that ,  the  first
installment  payment  shall  include  all  amounts  of  Base  Salary  that  would  otherwise  have  been  paid  to  the  Executive  during  the  period
beginning on the Termination Date and ending on the first payment date as if no delay had been imposed;

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ii)              

a payment equal to the product of (A) the Annual Bonus, if any, that the Executive would have
earned for the fiscal year in which the Termination Date occurs based on achievement of the applicable performance goals for such year
and  (B)  a  fraction,  the  numerator  of  which  is  the  number  of  days  the  Executive  was  employed  by  the  Company  during  the  year  of
termination and the denominator of which is the number of days in such year (the “Pro-Rata Bonus”). This amount shall be paid on the date
that annual bonuses are paid to similarly situated executives, but in no event later than two-and-a-half (2 1/2) months following the end of
the fiscal year in which the Termination Date occurs;

(iii)            

if  the  Executive  timely  and  properly  elects  health  continuation  coverage  under  the  Consolidated
Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”), the Company shall reimburse the Executive for the monthly COBRA premium
paid by the Executive for himself and his dependents. Such reimbursement shall be paid to the Executive on the 15th day  of  the  month
immediately following the month in which the Executive timely remits the premium payment. The Executive shall be eligible to receive
such reimbursement until the earliest of: (A) the eighteen-month anniversary of the Termination Date; (B) the date on which the Executive
is  no  longer  eligible  to  receive  COBRA  continuation  coverage;  and  (C)  the  date  on  which  the  Executive  becomes  eligible  to  receive
substantially similar coverage from another employer or other source. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company’s making payments
under this Section 5(c)(iii) would violate the nondiscrimination rules applicable to non-grandfathered plans under the Affordable Care Act
(the “ACA”), or result in the imposition of penalties under the ACA and the related regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder, the
parties agree to reform this Section 5(c)(iii) in a manner as is necessary to comply with the ACA; and

the Stock Option Agreement.

(iv)              the treatment of any outstanding stock options shall be determined in accordance with the terms of

The Executive cannot terminate his employment for Good Reason unless he has provided written notice to the Company and Holdings of
the  existence  of  the  circumstances  providing  grounds  for  termination  for  Good  Reason  within  30  days  of  the  initial  existence  of  such
grounds  and  the  Company  has  had  at  least  30  days  from  the  date  on  which  such  notice  is  provided  to  cure  such  circumstances.  If  the
Executive does not terminate his employment for Good Reason within 65 days after the first occurrence of the applicable grounds, then the
Executive will be deemed to have waived his right to terminate for Good Reason with respect to such grounds.

(d)                              Death  or  Disability.  The  Executive’s  employment  hereunder  shall  terminate  automatically  upon  the
Executive’s death during the Term, and the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment on account of the Executive’s Disability.
If  the  Executive’s  employment  is  terminated  during  the  Term  on  account  of  the  Executive’s  death  or  Disability,  the  Executive  (or  the
Executive’s estate and/or beneficiaries, as the case may be) shall be entitled to receive the following:

(i)                 the Accrued Amounts, payable:

(1)               with respect to accrued but unpaid Base Salary and accrued but unused vacation, on the pay
date immediately following the Termination Date in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll procedures, unless a different date
shall be required by relevant law;

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2)               with respect to earned but unpaid Annual Bonus amounts with respect to any completed
fiscal  year  immediately  preceding  the  Termination  Date,  on  the  date  which  the  same  shall  be  paid  on  the  otherwise  applicable  payment
date;

Executive, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy;

(3)               with respect to reimbursement for unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by the

under the Company’s employee benefit plans as of the Termination Date, in accordance with the Company’s employee benefit plans; and

(4)               with respect to such employee benefits, if any, to which the Executive may be entitled

(ii)               a lump sum payment equal to the Pro-Rata Bonus, if any, that the Executive would have earned for
the fiscal year in which the Termination Date occurs based on the achievement of applicable performance goals for such year, which shall
be payable on the date that annual bonuses are paid to the Company’s similarly situated executives, but in no event later than two-and-a-
half (2 1/2) months following the end of the fiscal year in which the Termination Date occurs.

Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all payments made in connection with the Executive’s Disability shall be provided
in a manner that is consistent with federal and state law.

(e)               Notice of Termination. Any termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder by the Company or by the
Executive during the Term (other than termination pursuant to Section 5(d) on account of the Executive’s death or expiration of the Term)
shall be communicated by written notice of termination (“Notice of Termination”) to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 18.
The Notice of Termination shall specify:

(i)                 the termination provision of this Agreement relied upon;

Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated; and

(ii)              to the extent applicable, the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the

(iii)            the applicable Termination Date.

(f)                

Resignation of All Other Positions. Upon termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder for any
reason, the Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all positions that the Executive holds as an officer or member of the Board (or
a  committee  thereof)  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its Affiliates,  as  well  as  any  other  employment  or  consultancy  relationships  with  the
Company or any of its Affiliates.

(g)               Exit Obligations. Upon the termination of the Executive’s employment, the Executive (or, in the event of the
Executive’s death, the personal representative of his estate) shall (i) provide or return to the Company any and all Company property and
all  Company  documents  and  materials  belonging  to  the  Company  and  stored  in  any  fashion,  including,  without  limitation,  those  that
constitute or contain any Confidential Information or Work Product, that are in the possession or control of the Executive, whether they
were  provided  to  the  Executive  by  the  Company  or  any  of  its  business  associates  or  created  by  the  Executive  in  connection  with  his
employment by the Company and (ii) delete or destroy all copies of any such documents and materials not returned to the Company that
remain in the Executive’s (or his estate’s) possession or control, including those stored on any non-Company devices, networks, storage
locations, and media in the Executive’s (or his estate’s) possession or control.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(h)               Cooperation. The parties agree that certain matters in which the Executive will be involved during the Term
may necessitate the Executive’s cooperation in the future. Accordingly, following the termination of the Executive’s employment for any
reason (except in the event of the Executive’s death), to the extent reasonably requested by the Board or the President/Chief Executive
Officer of Holdings, the Executive shall cooperate with the Company in connection with matters arising out of the Executive’s service to
the Company; provided that, the Company shall make reasonable efforts to minimize disruption of the Executive’s other activities. The
Company shall reimburse the Executive for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with such cooperation and, to the extent that the
Executive is required to spend substantial time on such matters, the Company shall compensate the Executive at an hourly rate based on
the Executive’s Base Salary on the Termination Date.

6.               Confidential Information.

(a)               Company Creation and Use of Confidential Information. The Executive understands and acknowledges that
the  Company  has  invested,  and  continues  to  invest,  substantial  time,  money,  and  specialized  knowledge  into  developing  its  resources,
creating  a  customer  base,  generating  customer  and  potential  customer  lists,  training  its  employees,  and  improving  its  offerings  in  the
industry in which it conducts its business. The Executive understands and acknowledges that, as a result of these efforts, the Company has
created, and continues to use and create, Confidential Information. This Confidential Information provides the Company with a competitive
advantage over others in the marketplace.

(b)               Disclosure and Use Restrictions. The Executive agrees and covenants: (i) to treat all Confidential Information
as  strictly  confidential;  (ii)  not,  directly  or  indirectly,  to  disclose,  publish,  communicate,  or  make  available  Confidential  Information,  or
allow  it  to  be  disclosed,  published,  communicated,  or  made  available,  in  whole  or  part,  to  any  Person  whatsoever  (including  other
employees of the Company) not having a need to know and authority to know and use the Confidential Information in connection with the
business  of  the  Company  and,  in  any  event,  not  to  anyone  outside  of  the  direct  employ  of  the  Company  except  as  required  in  the
performance  of  the  Executive’s  authorized  employment  duties  to  the  Company  or  with  the  prior  approval  of  the  Board  or  the
President/Chief Executive Officer of Holdings in each instance (and, then, such disclosure shall be made only within the limits and to the
extent of such duties or approval); and (iii) not to access or use any Confidential Information, and not to copy any documents, records, files,
media, or other resources containing any Confidential Information, or remove any such documents, records, files, media, or other resources
from the premises or control of the Company, except as required in the performance of the Executive’s authorized employment duties to
the Company or with the prior approval of the Board or the President/Chief Executive Officer of Holdings in each instance (and then, such
disclosure shall be made only within the limits and to the extent of such duties or approval). Nothing herein shall be construed to prevent
disclosure  of  Confidential  Information  as  may  be  required  by  applicable  law  or  regulation,  or  pursuant  to  the  valid  order  of  a  court  of
competent jurisdiction or an authorized government agency,  provided that the disclosure does not exceed the extent of disclosure required
by such law, regulation, or order. The Executive shall promptly provide written notice of any such order to Holdings.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Act of 2016. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:

(c)               Notice of Immunity Under the Economic Espionage Act of 1996, as amended by the Defend Trade Secrets

for any disclosure of a trade secret that:

(i)                 The Executive will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law

indirectly, or to an attorney and (2) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or

(A)              is made (1) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or

(B)              is made in a complaint or other document filed under seal in a lawsuit or other proceeding.

(ii)               If the Executive files a lawsuit for retaliation by the Company for reporting a suspected violation of
law, the Executive may disclose the Company’s trade secrets to the Executive’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court
proceeding if the Executive:

(A)             files any document containing trade secrets under seal; and

(B)              does not disclose trade secrets, except pursuant to court order.

(d)               Duration.  The  Executive  understands  and  acknowledges  that  his  obligations  under  this Agreement  with
regard to any particular Confidential Information shall commence immediately upon the Executive first having access to such Confidential
Information (whether before or after he begins employment by the Company) and shall continue during and after his employment by the
Company until such time as such Confidential Information has become public knowledge other than as a result of the Executive’s breach of
this Agreement or breach by those acting in concert with the Executive or on the Executive’s behalf.

7.                  Restrictive Covenants.

(a)               Acknowledgement. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the nature of the Executive’s position gives
him  access  to  and  knowledge  of  Confidential  Information  and  places  him  in  a  position  of  trust  and  confidence  with  the  Company.  The
Executive acknowledges and agrees that the services he provides to the Company are unique, special, or extraordinary, that the Executive
will obtain knowledge and skill relevant to the Company’s industry, methods of doing business, and marketing strategies by virtue of the
Executive’s employment; and that the restrictive covenants and other terms and conditions of this Agreement are reasonable and reasonably
necessary to protect the legitimate business interest of the Company. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s
ability to reserve these for the exclusive knowledge and use of the Company is of great competitive importance and commercial value to
the  Company,  and  that  improper  use  or  disclosure  by  the  Executive  is  likely  to  result  in  unfair  or  unlawful  competitive  activity.  The
Executive further acknowledges that (i) the amount of his compensation reflects, in part, his obligations and the Company’s rights under
Sections  6  and  7;  (ii)  he  has  no  expectation  of  any  additional  compensation,  royalties,  or  other  payment  of  any  kind  not  otherwise
referenced herein in connection herewith; and (iii) he will not be subject to undue hardship by reason of his full compliance with the terms
and conditions of Sections 6 and 7 or the Company’s enforcement thereof.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)               Non-Competition. Because of the Company’s legitimate business interest as described herein and the good
and  valuable  consideration  offered  to  the  Executive,  during  the  Restriction  Period,  and  because  of  the  transactions  contemplated  by  that
certain Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Company, Holdings, and the various sellers signatory thereto, dated as of November
3, 2016, the Executive agrees and covenants not to engage in Restricted Activity within the Restricted Area. Nothing herein shall prohibit
the  Executive  from  purchasing  or  owning  less  than  five  percent  (5%)  of  the  publicly  traded  securities  of  any  corporation, provided  that
such ownership represents a passive investment and that the Executive is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group that controls,
such corporation.

(c)               Non-Solicitation of Employees. The Executive agrees and covenants that he will not, directly or indirectly,
solicit,  hire,  recruit,  attempt  to  hire  or  recruit,  or  induce  the  termination  of  employment  of  any  employee  of  the  Company  during  the
Restriction Period.

(d)               Non-Solicitation of Customers. The Executive understands and acknowledges that because of the Executive’s
experience and relationship with the Company, he will have access to and learn about much or all of the Company’s customer information.
The  Executive  understands  and  acknowledges  that  loss  of  customer  relationships  and/or  goodwill  will  cause  significant  and  irreparable
harm. The Executive agrees and covenants, during the Restriction Period, that he will not, directly or indirectly, solicit, contact (including
but not limited to e-mail, regular mail, express mail, telephone, fax, and instant message), attempt to contact, or meet with the Company’s
current,  former,  or  prospective  customers  for  purposes  of  offering  or  accepting  goods  or  services  similar  to  or  competitive  with  those
offered by the Company.

(e)               Non-Disparagement. The Executive agrees and covenants that he will not at any time make, publish, or
communicate  to  any  Person  or  in  any  public  forum  any  defamatory  or  disparaging  remarks,  comments,  or  statements  concerning  the
Company,  any Affiliate  thereof,  or  any  of  their  respective  businesses,  or  any  of  the  Company’s  employees,  officers,  and  existing  and
prospective customers, suppliers, and other associated third parties. The Company agrees and covenants that it shall cause its officers and
directors to refrain from making any defamatory or disparaging remarks, comments, or statements concerning the Executive to any third
parties.

(f)                 Non-Waiver. This Section 7 does not, in any way, restrict or impede the Executive from exercising protected
rights to the extent that such rights cannot be waived by agreement or from complying with any applicable law or regulation or a valid order
of a court of competent jurisdiction or an authorized government agency,  provided that such compliance does not exceed that required by
the law, regulation, or order. The Executive shall promptly provide written notice of any such order to Holdings.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(g)               Remedies. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of Section 6 or 7, the Executive
hereby consents and agrees that the Company shall be entitled to seek, in addition to other available remedies, a temporary or permanent
injunction or other equitable relief against such breach or threatened breach from any court of competent jurisdiction, without the necessity
of  showing  any  actual  damages  or  that  money  damages  would  not  afford  an  adequate  remedy,  and  without  the  necessity  of  posting  any
bond or other security. The aforementioned equitable relief shall be in addition to, not in lieu of, legal remedies, monetary damages, or other
available forms of relief.

8.                  Proprietary Rights.

(a)               Work Product. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that all right, title, and interest in and to all writings,
works  of  authorship,  technology,  inventions,  discoveries,  processes,  techniques,  methods,  ideas,  concepts,  research,  proposals,  materials,
and  all  other  work  product  of  any  nature  whatsoever,  that  are  created,  prepared,  produced,  authored,  edited,  amended,  conceived,  or
reduced to practice by the Executive individually or jointly with others during the period of his employment by the Company and relate in
any way to the business or contemplated business, products, activities, research, or development of the Company or result from any work
performed by the Executive for the Company (in each case, regardless of when or where prepared or whose equipment or other resources is
used in preparing the same), all rights and claims related to the foregoing, and all printed, physical and electronic copies, and other tangible
embodiments thereof (collectively, “ Work Product”),  as  well  as  any  and  all  rights  in  and  to  United  States  and  foreign  (i)  patents,  patent
disclosures, and inventions (whether patentable or not), (ii) trademarks, service marks, trade dress, trade names, logos, corporate names,
and  domain  names  and  other  similar  designations  of  source  or  origin,  together  with  the  goodwill  symbolized  by  any  of  the  foregoing,
(iii) copyrights and copyrightable works (including computer programs), mask works, and rights in data and databases, (iv) trade secrets,
know-how, and other confidential information, and (v) all other intellectual property rights, in each case whether registered or unregistered
and including all registrations and applications for, and renewals and extensions of, such rights, all improvements thereto, and all similar or
equivalent rights or forms of protection in any part of the world (collectively, “Intellectual Property Rights”), shall be the sole and exclusive
property of the Company.

(b)               Work Made for Hire; Assignment . The Executive acknowledges that, by reason of being employed by the
Company at the relevant times, to the extent permitted by law, all of the Work Product consisting of copyrightable subject matter is “work
made for hire” as defined in 17 U.S.C. § 101 and such copyrights are therefore owned by the Company. To the extent that the foregoing
does  not  apply,  the  Executive  hereby  irrevocably  assigns  to  the  Company,  for  no  additional  consideration,  the  Executive’s  entire  right,
title, and interest in and to all Work Product and Intellectual Property Rights therein, including the right to sue, counterclaim, and recover
for  all  past,  present,  and  future  infringement,  misappropriation,  or  dilution  thereof,  and  all  rights  corresponding  thereto  throughout  the
world.  Nothing  contained  in  this Agreement  shall  be  construed  to  reduce  or  limit  the  Company’s  rights,  title,  or  interest  in  any  Work
Product  or  Intellectual  Property  Rights  so  as  to  be  less  in  any  respect  than  that  the  Company  would  have  had  in  the  absence  of  this
Agreement.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)               Further Assurances; Power of Attorney . During and after his employment, the Executive agrees to cooperate
reasonably  with  the  Company  to  (i)  apply  for,  obtain,  perfect,  and  transfer  to  the  Company  the  Work  Product,  as  well  as  any  and  all
Intellectual Property Rights in the Work Product in any jurisdiction in the world and (ii) maintain, protect, and enforce the same, including,
without limitation, giving testimony and executing and delivering to the Company any and all applications, oaths, declarations, affidavits,
waivers,  assignments,  and  other  documents  and  instruments  as  shall  be  requested  by  the  Company.  The  Executive  hereby  irrevocably
grants the Company a power of attorney to execute and deliver any such documents on the Executive’s behalf in his name and to do all
other lawfully permitted acts to transfer the Work Product to the Company and further the transfer, prosecution, issuance, and maintenance
of  all  Intellectual  Property  Rights  therein,  to  the  full  extent  permitted  by  law,  if  the  Executive  does  not  promptly  cooperate  with  the
Company’s request (without limiting the rights the Company shall have in such circumstances by operation of law). The power of attorney
is coupled with an interest and shall not be affected by the Executive’s subsequent incapacity.

9.                  Definitions. When used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a)               “Affiliate” means any Person controlling, under common control with, or controlled by the Parent.

(b)               “Cause” means:

incapacity due to physical or mental illness);

(i)                 

the Executive’s willful failure to perform his duties (other than any such failure resulting from

President/Chief Executive Officer of Holdings;

(ii)              

the  Executive’s  willful  failure  to  comply  with  any  valid  and  legal  directive  of  the  Board  or  the

case, materially injurious to the Company or its Affiliates;

(iii)            

the Executive’s engagement in dishonesty, illegal conduct, or gross misconduct, which is, in each

employment with the Company;

(iv)              the Executive’s embezzlement, misappropriation, or fraud, whether or not related to the Executive’s

(v)               the Executive’s conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a crime that constitutes a felony
(or state law equivalent) or a crime that constitutes a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, if such felony or other crime is work-related,
materially impairs the Executive’s ability to perform services for the Company, or results in material reputational or financial harm to the
Company or its Affiliates;

(vi)             the Executive’s willful unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information;

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
agreement between the Executive and the Company; or

(vii)           the Executive’s material breach of any material obligation under this Agreement or any other written

(viii)         any material failure by the Executive to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules, as they
may be in effect from time to time during the Term, if such failure causes material reputational or financial harm to the Company or its
Affiliates.

(c)               “Confidential Information” means, without limitation, all information not generally known to the public, in
spoken, printed, electronic, or any other form or medium, relating to the Company, its Affiliates, the respective businesses of the Company
or its Affiliates, or any existing or prospective customer, supplier, investor, or other associated third party of the Company, and information
of any other Person that has been entrusted to the Company in confidence. The Executive understands that the foregoing definition is not
exhaustive  and  that  Confidential  Information  also  includes  other  information  that  is  marked  or  otherwise  identified  as  confidential  or
proprietary,  or  that  would  otherwise  appear  to  a  reasonable  person  to  be  confidential  or  proprietary  in  the  context  and  circumstances  in
which  the  information  is  known  or  used.  The  Executive  understands  and  agrees  that  Confidential  Information  includes  information
developed by him in the course of his employment by the Company as if the Company furnished the same Confidential Information to the
Executive in the first instance. Confidential Information shall not include information that is generally available to and known by the public
at the time of disclosure to the Executive; provided that, such disclosure is through no direct or indirect fault of the Executive or person(s)
acting on the Executive’s behalf.

(d)               “Customer Information” means, without limitation, names, phone numbers, addresses, e-mail addresses,
order history, order preferences, chain of command, pricing information, and other information identifying facts and circumstances specific
to the customer and relevant to sales or services.

(e)               “Disability” means the Executive’s inability, due to physical or mental incapacity, to perform the essential
functions  of  his  job,  with  or  without  reasonable  accommodation,  for  one  hundred  eighty  (180)  days  out  of  any  three  hundred  sixty-five
(365)-day period; provided, however, in the event that the Company temporarily replaces the Executive, or transfers the Executive’s duties
or  responsibilities  to  another  individual  on  account  of  the  Executive’s  inability  to  perform  such  duties  due  to  a  mental  or  physical
incapacity that is, or is reasonably expected to become, a Disability, then the Executive’s employment shall not be deemed terminated by
the Company and the Executive shall not be able to resign with Good Reason as a result thereof. Any question as to the existence of the
Executive’s Disability as to which the Executive and the Company cannot agree shall be determined in writing by a qualified independent
physician  mutually  acceptable  to  the  Executive  and  the  Company.  If  the  Executive  and  the  Company  cannot  agree  as  to  a  qualified
independent physician, each shall appoint such a physician and those two physicians shall select a third who shall make such determination
in writing. The determination of Disability made in writing to the Company and the Executive shall be final and conclusive for all purposes
of this Agreement.

Executive’s written consent:

(f)                

“Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following, in each case during the Term without the

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(i)                 a reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary;

(ii)              a material reduction in the Executive’s Annual Bonus opportunity;

(iii)             a relocation of the Executive’s principal place of employment (as set forth in Section 1(c)) by more
than 20 miles or Executive being obligated to work (other than on an infrequent basis) at any location that is greater than twenty (20) miles
from Executive’s principal place of employment (as set forth in Section 1(c)) without Executive’s prior written consent;

(iv)             any material breach by the Company of any material provision of this Agreement;

(v)               the Company’s failure to obtain an agreement from any successor to the Company to assume and
agree  to  perform  this  Agreement  in  the  same  manner  and  to  the  same  extent  that  the  Company  would  be  required  to  perform  if  no
succession had taken place, except where such assumption occurs by operation of law; or

temporarily while the Executive is physically or mentally incapacitated or as required by applicable law).

(vi)              a material, adverse change in the Executive’s title, authority, duties, or responsibilities (other than

shareholder of the Company.

(g)               “Holdings” means Vintage Stock Affiliated Holdings LLC, a Nevada limited liability company and the sole

(h)               “Parent” means Live Ventures Incorporated, a Nevada corporation and the sole member of Holdings.

“Person”  means  any  individual,  corporation  (including  any  non-profit  corporation),  general  or  limited
partnership,  limited  liability  company,  joint  venture,  estate,  trust,  association,  organization,  labor  union,  or  other  entity  or  governmental
body.

(i)                 

(j)                 

“Restricted Activity ” means any activity in which the Executive contributes his knowledge, directly or
indirectly, in whole or in part, as an employee, employer, owner, operator, manager, advisor, consultant, agent, employee, partner, director,
stockholder, officer, volunteer, intern, or any other similar capacity to an entity engaged in the same or similar business as the Company.
Restricted Activity  also  includes  activity  that  may  require  or  inevitably  requires  disclosure  of  trade  secrets,  proprietary  information,  or
Confidential Information.

(k)               “Restricted Area” means each area of each state and territory of the United States of America.

the date that is the second (2nd) anniversary of the Termination Date.

(l)                  “Restriction Period” means the period commencing on the Effective Date of this Agreement and ending on

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(m)             “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(n)               “Termination Date” means:

of the Executive’s death;

(i)                  if the Executive’s employment hereunder terminates on account of the Executive’s death, the date

date that it is determined that the Executive has a Disability;

(ii)               if the Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated on account of the Executive’s Disability, the

Termination is delivered to the Executive;

(iii)             if the Company terminates the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause, the date the Notice of

(iv)              if the Company terminates the Executive’s employment hereunder without Cause, the date specified
in the Notice of Termination, which shall be no less than 30 days following the date on which the Notice of Termination is delivered to the
Executive;

(v)                              if  the  Executive  terminates  his  employment  hereunder  with  or  without  Good  Reason,  the  date
specified  in  the  Executive’s  Notice  of  Termination,  which  shall  be  no  less  than  30  days  following  the  date  on  which  the  Notice  of
Termination is delivered to the Company; and

if the Executive’s employment hereunder terminates because either party provides notice of non-
renewal pursuant to Section 2, the Renewal Date immediately following the date on which the applicable party delivers the notice of non-
renewal.

(vi)             

10.               Governing Law: Jurisdiction and Venue. This Agreement, for all purposes, shall be construed in accordance with the
laws of Missouri without regard to conflicts of law principles. Any action or proceeding by either of the parties to enforce this Agreement
shall be brought only in a federal court of the Western District of Missouri or a court of the State of Missouri located in Newton County,
Missouri. The parties hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts and waive the defense of inconvenient forum to
the maintenance of any such action or proceeding in such venue.

11.              

Entire Agreement.  Unless  specifically  provided  herein,  this Agreement  contains  all  of  the  understandings  and
representations  between  the  Executive  and  the  Company  pertaining  to  the  subject  matter  hereof  and  supersedes  all  prior  and
contemporaneous  understandings,  agreements,  representations  and  warranties,  both  written  and  oral,  with  respect  to  such  subject  matter.
The  parties  mutually  agree  that  this Agreement  can  be  specifically  enforced  in  court  and  can  be  cited  as  evidence  in  legal  proceedings
alleging breach of this Agreement.

12.               Modification and Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or modified unless such amendment or
modification is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive, the Company, and Holdings. No waiver by either of the parties of any
breach by the other party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by the other party hereto shall be deemed
a waiver of any similar or dissimilar provision or condition at the same or any prior or subsequent time, nor shall the failure of or delay by
either  of  the  parties  in  exercising  any  right,  power,  or  privilege  hereunder  operate  as  a  waiver  thereof  to  preclude  any  other  or  further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other such right, power, or privilege.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13.               Severability. Should any provision of this Agreement be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be enforceable
only  if  modified,  or  if  any  portion  of  this Agreement  shall  be  held  as  unenforceable  and  thus  stricken,  such  holding  shall  not  affect  the
validity of the remainder of this Agreement, the balance of which shall continue to be binding upon the parties with any such modification
to  become  a  part  hereof  and  treated  as  though  originally  set  forth  in  this Agreement.  The  parties  further  agree  that  any  such  court  is
expressly authorized to modify any such unenforceable provision of this Agreement in lieu of severing such unenforceable provision from
this  Agreement  in  its  entirety,  whether  by  rewriting  the  offending  provision,  deleting  any  or  all  of  the  offending  provision,  adding
additional language to this Agreement, or by making such other modifications as it deems warranted to carry out the intent and agreement
of the parties as embodied herein to the maximum extent permitted by law. The parties expressly agree that this Agreement as so modified
by  the  court  shall  be  binding  upon  and  enforceable  against  each  of  them.  In  any  event,  should  one  or  more  of  the  provisions  of  this
Agreement be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any
other provisions hereof, and if such provision or provisions are not modified as provided above, this Agreement shall be construed as if
such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provisions had not been set forth herein.

14.              Captions. Captions and headings of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are intended solely for convenience
and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by reference to the caption or heading of any section or subsection. When reference is
made in this Agreement to a Section, such reference shall be to a Section of this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated.

15.               Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original,

but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

16.              Section 409A.

(a)               General Compliance. This Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A or an exemption thereunder
and  shall  be  construed  and  administered  in  accordance  with  Section  409A.  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  Agreement,
payments  provided  under  this Agreement  may  only  be  made  upon  an  event  and  in  a  manner  that  complies  with  Section  409A  or  an
applicable  exemption. Any  payments  under  this Agreement  that  may  be  excluded  from  Section  409A  either  as  separation  pay  due  to  an
involuntary separation from service or as a short-term deferral shall be excluded from Section 409A to the maximum extent possible. For
purposes of Section 409A, each installment payment provided under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment. Any payments
to be made under this Agreement upon a termination of employment shall only be made upon a “separation from service” under Section
409A.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Company  makes  no  representations  that  the  payments  and  benefits  provided  under  this
Agreement comply with Section 409A, and in no event shall the Company be liable for all or any portion of any taxes, penalties, interest, or
other expenses that may be incurred by the Executive on account of non-compliance with Section 409A.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)               Specified Employees. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any payment or benefit
provided  to  the  Executive  in  connection  with  his  termination  of  employment  is  determined  to  constitute  “nonqualified  deferred
compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A and the Executive is determined to be a “specified employee” as defined in Section
409A(a)(2)(b)(i), then such payment or benefit shall not be paid until the first payroll date to occur following the six-month anniversary of
the Termination Date or, if earlier, on the Executive’s death (the “ Specified Employee Payment Date”).  The  aggregate  of  any  payments
that would otherwise have been paid before the Specified Employee Payment Date and interest on such amounts calculated based on the
applicable federal rate published by the Internal Revenue Service for the month in which the Executive’s separation from service occurs
shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the Specified Employee Payment Date and thereafter, any remaining payments shall be
paid without delay in accordance with their original schedule.

under this Agreement shall be provided in accordance with the following:

(c)               Reimbursements. To the extent required by Section 409A, each reimbursement or in-kind benefit provided

calendar year cannot affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year;

(i)                 

the  amount  of  expenses  eligible  for  reimbursement,  or  in-kind  benefits  provided,  during  each

the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred; and

(ii)               any reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be paid to the Executive on or before the last day of

liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(iii)            

any  right  to  reimbursements  or  in-kind  benefits  under  this Agreement  shall  not  be  subject  to

17.               Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is personal to the Executive and shall not be assigned by the Executive. Any
purported assignment by the Executive shall be null and void from the initial date of the purported assignment. The Company may assign
this  Agreement  to  any  successor  or  assign  (whether  direct  or  indirect,  by  purchase,  merger,  consolidation,  or  otherwise)  to  all  or
substantially  all  of  the  business  or  assets  of  the  Company.  This Agreement  shall  inure  to  the  benefit  of  the  Company  and  its  permitted
successors and assigns.

18.              Notice. Notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered
personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by overnight carrier to the parties at the addresses set forth
below (or such other addresses as specified by the parties by like notice):

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If to the Company:

Vintage Stock, Inc.
202 E. 32nd Street
Joplin, Missouri 64804
Attn: Steve Wilcox

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Vintage Stock Affiliated Holdings LLC
325 East Warm Springs Road
Suite 102
Las Vegas, Nevada 89119
Attn: Jon Isaac

If to the Executive:

Rodney Spriggs
c/o Vintage Stock, Inc.
202 E. 32nd Street
Joplin, Missouri 64804

If to Holdings:

Vintage Stock Affiliated Holdings LLC
325 East Warm Springs Road
Suite 102
Las Vegas, Nevada 89119
Attn: Jon Isaac

19.               Withholding. The Company shall have the right to withhold from any amount payable hereunder any federal, state,

and local taxes in order for the Company to satisfy any withholding tax obligation it may have under any applicable law or regulation.

20.              

Survival. Upon the expiration or other termination of this Agreement, the respective rights and obligations of the
parties hereto shall survive such expiration or other termination to the extent necessary to carry out the intentions of the parties under this
Agreement.

21.               Acknowledgement of Full Understanding. THE EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT HE HAS
FULLY  READ,  UNDERSTANDS,  AND  VOLUNTARILY  ENTERS 
INTO  THIS  AGREEMENT.  THE  EXECUTIVE
ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES  THAT  HE  HAS  HAD AN  OPPORTUNITY  TO ASK  QUESTIONS AND  CONSULT  WITH AN
ATTORNEY OF HIS CHOICE BEFORE SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT.

[Signatures appear on the following page.]

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Employment Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

VINTAGE STOCK, INC.

By: /s/ Steve Wilcox                        
       Steve Wilcox, Vice President

EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Rodney Spriggs                        
Rodney Spriggs

Acknowledged and agreed to by the Parent solely with respect to Section 3(c):

LIVE VENTURES INCORPORATED

By: /s/ Jon Isaac                                       

Jon Isaac, President and Chief Executive Officer

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Schedule I

2017 Bonus Program

The  performance  criteria  for  the  fiscal  year  commencing  on  October  1,  2016  and  ending  on  September  30,  2017  (the
“Performance Period”) shall be based upon the attainment of increases in “EBITDA” for the Performance Period, which shall be determined
by the Board and shall be net income before interest, income taxes, depreciation, and amortization of the Company, adjusted to exclude
special non-recurring items and impairments and (gain)/loss on sale of assets other than in the ordinary course of business or in connection
with  the  Company’s  acquisition  of  certain  assets  (including  leasehold  interests)  of  Hastings  Entertainment,  Inc.  during  the  Performance
Period,  all  of  which  shall  be  determined  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  consistently  applied,  in  the
Company’s financial statements.

If the Company achieves an EBITDA greater than $14,500,000 for the Performance Period, the total bonus pool available for the
Performance  Period  shall  be  an  amount  equal  to  the  results  attained  by  multiplying  (i)  the  total  of  the  Company’s  EBITDA  for  the
Performance Period less $14,500,000, by (ii) the Bonus Rate applicable to the Actual EBITDA Range.

The total bonus pool will be determined using the following schedule:

Actual EBITDA Range
$14,500,000 – 15,999,999.99
$16,000,000 – 17,999,999.99
$18,000,000 – 19,999,999.99
$20,000,000 +

Bonus Rate
8%
11%
12%
13%

The  Executive  shall  have  the  power  and  authority  to  (i)  select  the  management  employees  of  the  Company  (including  the
Executive) who are eligible to receive a cash award under this bonus compensation program for the Performance Period and (ii) establish
the amount of cash awards distributed to each participating employee of the Company (including the Executive), which shall, in total, not
exceed the total bonus pool available for the Performance Period.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit A

Form of Stock Option Agreement

(attached)

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.26

THIS OPTION HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. THE OPTIONEE WILL
NOT  TRANSFER  THIS  OPTION  OR  THE  UNDERLYING  COMMON  SHARES  UNLESS  (I)  THERE  IS  AN  EFFECTIVE
REGISTRATION COVERING SUCH OPTION OR SUCH SHARES, AS THE CASE MAY BE, UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933,  AS  AMENDED,  AND  APPLICABLE  STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS,  (II)  LIVE  VENTURES  INCORPORATED  FIRST
RECEIVES A LETTER FROM AN ATTORNEY, ACCEPTABLE TO IT, STATING THAT, IN THE OPINION OF THE ATTORNEY,
THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND
UNDER ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR (III) THE TRANSFER IS MADE PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

FORM OF NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

THIS  STOCK  OPTION AGREEMENT   (the  “Agreement”)  is  made  and  entered  into  effective  as  of  November  3,  2016  (the

“Effective Date”), by and between Live Ventures Incorporated, a Nevada corporation (“LIVE”), and Rodney Spriggs (the “Optionee”).

1 .    Recitals.  The  Optionee  is  presently  employed,  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  that  certain  Employment Agreement  of  even  date
herewith (the “Employment Agreement”), by an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of LIVE, i.e., Vintage Stock, Inc., a Missouri corporation
(the “Subsidiary”).  LIVE  desires  to  provide  the  Optionee  with  an  incentive  to  remain  in  such  capacity  and  to  afford  the  Optionee  the
opportunity to obtain share ownership in LIVE so that the Optionee may have a significant proprietary interest in LIVE’s success. LIVE
therefore hereby grants to the Optionee this non-qualified option to purchase shares of its stock pursuant to the terms of, and subject to the
conditions set forth in, this Agreement.

2 .    Shares Subject to Option. As of the Effective Date, LIVE hereby grants to the Optionee the option (“ Option”) to purchase
one hundred thousand (100,000) shares of LIVE’s common stock (the “Optioned Shares”), at the price set forth in the Paragraph of this
Agreement entitled “Exercise Price” (the “Exercise Price”), subject to the terms and conditions and within the period of time set forth in
this Agreement.  This  Option  is  intended  to  be  a  non-statutory,  non-qualified  stock  option  which  does not  qualify  as  an  “incentive  stock
option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

3.    Term; Expiration. This Agreement and the Option granted hereunder shall expire at 6:00 p.m. Central Time on the fifth (5th)
anniversary of the Effective Date. If all or any portion of this Option is unexercised upon the expiration of this Agreement, then, to that
extent, this Option shall be deemed to have been forfeited and of no further force or effect. The Option will expire on the Expiration Date
immediately  set  forth  above,  or  earlier  as  provided  in  this Agreement.  If  the  Optionee’s  continuous  service  to  the  Subsidiary,  LIVE,  or
another affiliate of LIVE is terminated:

· Due  to  the  expiration  of  the  Employment Agreement,  the  Optionee  may  exercise  the  vested  portion  of  the  Option,  but  only
within  such  period  of  time  ending  on  the  earlier  of  (a)  the  date  thirty  (30)  days  following  the  Optionee’s  termination  of
Continuous Service or (b) the Expiration Date

·

For Cause or without Good Reason (each as referenced in Section 5(b) of the Employment Agreement), the Option (whether
vested or unvested) shall immediately terminate and cease to be exercisable

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
· Without Cause or Good Reason (each as referenced in Section 5(c) of the Employment Agreement), the Optionee may exercise
the  vested  portion  of  the  Option,  but  only  within  such  period  of  time  ending  on  the  earlier  of  (a)  the  date  ninety  (90)  days
following the Optionee’s termination of Continuous Service or (b) the Expiration Date

· Due to death or disability (each as referenced in Section 5(d) of the Employment Agreement), the Optionee or the Optionee’s
personal representative and/or beneficiaries, as the case may be) may exercise the vested portion of the Option, but only within
such period of time ending on the earlier of (a) the date one year following the Optionee’s termination of Continuous Service or
(b) the Expiration Date

4.    Vesting.

4.1       Vesting Schedule.  Subject to the terms of the Subparagraph in this Agreement entitled “Change in Control,” the
Option granted hereunder shall vest as follows: 25% shall vest at the end of the first year following such issuance, with the remaining 75%
vesting monthly over the next three years, in each event subject to the Optionee’s continued service as an employee of Subsidiary, LIVE, or
another affiliate of LIVE through such dates; provided, that, if Optionee’s employment with Subsidiary, LIVE, or another affiliate of LIVE
is terminated without cause by Subsidiary, LIVE, or another affiliate of LIVE, or is terminated by Optionee for Good Reason pursuant to
Section  5(c)  of  the  Employment Agreement,  then  the  Option  granted  hereunder  shall  become  immediately  and  fully  vested,  subject  to
Section 3 of this Agreement. From and after the respective vesting dates and through the expiration hereof, the Option may be fully and
immediately exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time in respect of such Optioned Shares.

4 . 2       Change  in  Control.  Notwithstanding  the  vesting  schedule  set  forth  in  the  Subparagraph  of  this Agreement
entitled “Vesting Schedule” immediately above, if at any time prior to full vesting of all of the Optioned Shares and while the Optionee is
performing services for the Subsidiary, LIVE, or another affiliate of LIVE, a Change in Control (as that phrase is defined below) in LIVE
occurs, Optionee’s grant and right to exercise this Option shall immediately and fully vest and this Option shall immediately be exercisable
as to one hundred percent (100%) of the Optioned Shares (or such percentage of the Optioned Shares as may not then have been previously
purchased) on the date immediately preceding the consummation of such transaction. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change of Control”
shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the consummation of any transaction after the Effective Date in which any
person or entity or group of related persons and/or entities becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities representing
more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the combined voting power of LIVE’s then-outstanding voting securities, or (ii) a majority of the
seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors or other governing body of LIVE shall at any time be occupied by persons other
than those persons who are members of the board of directors on the Effective Date, or (iii) any merger (other than a merger in which LIVE
is the survivor and there is no change of control pursuant to (i) or (ii) of this sentence), reorganization, consolidation, liquidation, winding-
up, or dissolution of LIVE or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets.

5 .    Exercise Price.  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  Paragraph  in  this Agreement  entitled  “Vesting”  and  for  adjustment  in  the

manner provided below, the exercise price for each Optioned Share shall be on and 81/100ths US Dollars ($1.81).

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6 .    Method of Exercise. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice identifying the number of Optioned
Shares  as  to  which  this  Option  is  then  being  exercised  has  been  provided  to  LIVE  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  this  Option  and  full
payment  for  the  Optioned  Shares  with  respect  to  which  the  Option  is  exercised  has  been  received  by  LIVE.  Upon  the  exercise  of  this
Option in whole or in part and payment of the Exercise Price in the manner provided by this Agreement, LIVE shall, as soon thereafter as
practicable,  deliver  to  the  Optionee  a  certificate  or  certificates  for  the  shares  purchased  or  LIVE’s  transfer  agent  shall  record  such  share
ownership in “book entry” format. The Exercise Price for the Optioned Shares to be purchased upon the exercise of the Option may be paid
in same-day, good funds.

7.    Withholding. LIVE may, in its discretion, require that the Optionee pay to it at or after the time of the exercise of any portion
of this Option any such additional amount as LIVE deems necessary, in the exercise of its good faith reasonable discretion, to satisfy its
liability to withhold federal, state, or local income tax or any other tax incurred by reason of the exercise of this Option. Such shares shall
be valued on the date as of which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined.

8 .    Adjustment of Optioned Shares. In the event that there is any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, combination,
reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of common
stock  or  other  securities  of  LIVE,  issuance  of  warrants  or  other  rights  to  purchase  common  stock  or  other  securities  of LIVE,  or  other
similar corporate transaction or events that affect the common stock of LIVE such that an adjustment is necessary to prevent dilution or
enlargement  of  the  benefits  or  potential  benefits  intended  to  be  made  available  pursuant  to  this  Option,  then  the  number  of  unexercised
Optioned Shares subject to this Option and the exercise price per share of such Optioned Shares shall be proportionately adjusted to prevent
such dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available pursuant to this Option.

9.    Option Non-Transferable. This Option shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and
this Option shall be exercisable during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee or his guardian or legal representative. Any purported
assignment of this Option, or of any right or privilege conferred hereunder, contrary to the provisions hereof shall be null and void.

10. Laws and Regulations. No shares of common stock shall be issued under this Option unless and until all legal requirements

applicable to the issuance of such shares have been complied with to the satisfaction of LIVE in the exercise of its reasonable discretion.

11. Rights in Stock Before Issuance and Delivery.  The  Optionee  shall  not  be  entitled  to  the  privileges  of  stock  ownership  in
respect of any shares issuable upon exercise of this Option, unless and until such shares have been issued to the Optionee by LIVE. Except
as provided in this Agreement, no adjustment shall be made in the number of shares of common stock issued to the Optionee or in any other
rights  of  the  Optionee  upon  exercise  of  this  Option  by  reason  of  any  dividend  (other  than  a  stock  dividend),  distribution,  or  other  right
granted to LIVE’s stockholders for which the record date is prior to the date of exercise of this Option.

12. Tax Consequences.

12.1       Section 409A. This Option is intended to meet the requirements of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and the
Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. If the Option contained in this Agreement is determined to be taxable to the Optionee and/or
to  LIVE,  then  LIVE,  after  consultation  with  the  Optionee,  shall  have  the  authority  to  adopt,  prospectively  or  retroactively,  such
amendments  to  this  Agreement  that  LIVE  determines  in  its  reasonable  discretion  to  be  appropriate  to:  (i)  exempt  the  transactions
contemplated under this Agreement from Section 409A; (ii) make this Agreement comply with the requirements of Section 409A; or (iii)
avoid more generally the adverse tax consequences of Section 409A as it applies to this Agreement.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 2 . 2       Other Tax Consequences . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Optionee acknowledges that
LIVE  has  not  made  any  representations  or  warranties  to  the  Optionee  with  respect  to  the  tax  consequences  related  to  the  transactions
contemplated in this Agreement, and the Optionee is in  no  manner  relying  on  LIVE  or  its  representatives  for  an  assessment  of  such  tax
consequences. The Optionee acknowledges that (i) there may be adverse tax consequences upon acquisition or disposition of this Option or
the Shares subject to this Option, (ii) LIVE has no responsibility to the Optionee to ensure any particular tax result, and (iii) the Optionee
should consult his own tax advisor prior to the acquisition, exercise, or disposition of this Option and the underlying Shares with regard the
particular tax treatment of this Option as it relates to the Optionee.

13. Miscellaneous.

1 3 . 1       Agreement  Binding.  This  Agreement  shall  be  binding  upon  the  parties,  their  legal  representatives,  and

permitted successors and assigns.

1 3 . 2       Entire Agreement . This Agreement supersedes any statements, representations, or agreements of LIVE with
respect to the grant of the Option made herein and any related rights set forth herein and affecting the grant of this Option and the Optionee
hereby waives any rights or claims related to any such statements, representations, or agreements. Except to the extent specifically set forth
herein,  this  Agreement  does  not  supersede  or  amend  any  existing  agreement,  between  the  Optionee  and  LIVE.  No  addition  to  or
modification of any provision of this Agreement shall be binding upon the Optionee or LIVE unless made in writing and signed by both the
Optionee and LIVE.

1 3 . 3       Notice. All  notices,  demands  or  other  communications  to  be  given  or  delivered  under  or  by  reason  of  the
provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when delivered to and received personally by
the recipient, (b) when sent to and received by the recipient by facsimile (receipt electronically confirmed by sender’s facsimile machine) if
during  normal  business  hours  of  the  recipient,  otherwise  on  the  next  business  day,  (c)  one  business  day  after  the  date  when  sent  to  the
recipient by reputable express overnight courier service (charges prepaid) and delivery confirmed, or (d) three business days after the date
when  mailed  to  the  recipient  by  certified  or  registered  mail,  return  receipt  requested  and  postage  prepaid  and  such  receipt  is  confirmed.
Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the parties at the addresses indicated below or to such other address as a
party may direct on written notice given pursuant to the terms of this Sub-paragraph:

If to the Optionee:

If to LIVE:

c/o Vintage Stock, Inc.
202 E. 32nd Street
Joplin, Missouri 64804

Live Ventures Incorporated
325 East Warm Springs Road, Suite 102
Las Vegas, Nevada 89119
Attn: Jon Isaac, Chief Executive Officer

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
single exercise of that right, shall constitute a waiver of that or any other right, unless otherwise expressly provided herein.

1 3 . 4       Non-Waiver. No delay or failure by either party to exercise any right under this Agreement, and no partial or

13.5       Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of Nevada, exclusive of the conflict of law provisions thereof. The parties agree that the District Court of the County
of Clark, State of Nevada shall have exclusive jurisdiction, including in personam jurisdiction, and shall be the exclusive venue for any and
all controversies and claims arising out of or relating to this Agreement or a breach thereof, except as otherwise jointly agreed upon by the
parties.

13.6       Attorneys’ Fees. If any party shall commence any action or proceeding against another party in order to enforce
the provisions hereof, or to recover damages as the  result  of  alleged  breach  of  any  of  the  provisions  hereof,  the  prevailing  party  therein
shall be entitled to recover all reasonable costs incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney’s fees.

the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa, where the context requires.

13.7       Gender and Number. As used herein, the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders, and

and shall not be construed to limit or affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

13.8       Caption. All captions, titles, headings, and divisions hereof are for purposes of convenience and reference only

1 3 . 9       Counterparts and Electronic Signatures. For the convenience of the parties, any number of counterparts of
this Agreement may be executed by any one or more parties hereto, and each such executed counterpart shall be, and shall be deemed to be,
an  original,  but  all  of  which  shall  constitute,  and  shall  be  deemed  to  constitute,  in  the  aggregate  but  one  and  the  same  instrument.  This
Agreement  may  be  circulated  for  signature  through  electronic  transmission,  including,  without  limitation,  facsimile  and  email,  and  all
signatures so obtained and transmitted shall be deemed for all purposes under this Agreement to be original signatures until such time, if
ever, as original counterparts are exchanged by the parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, LIVE has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

LIVE VENTURES INCORPORATED

By: /s/ Jon Isaac                                       
       Jon Isaac, Chief Executive Officer

ACKNOWLEDGE AND ACCEPTED:

/s/ Rodney Spriggs                                      
RODNEY SPRIGGS

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.27

LOAN AGREEMENT

By and Between

VINTAGE STOCK, INC.

and

TEXAS CAPITAL BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

$20,000,000.00 Revolving Line of Credit Facility

Dated as of

November 3,2016

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT  (as amended, modified, or restated from time to time, this “Agreement”-) is made and entered into
as of NOVEMBER 3, 2016 (the “Closing Date”), by and between VINTAGE STOCK, INC., a Missouri corporation, with offices at 202
E. 32nd  Street,  Joplin,  MO  64804  (“Borrower”)  and TEXAS  CAPITAL  BANK,  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION,  with  offices  at  2000
McKinney Avenue, Suite 700, Dallas (Dallas County), TX 75201 (“Lender”):

For and in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and of the loans and commitment hereinafter

referred to, Borrower and Lender agree as follows:

WITNESSETH:

ARTICLE I
GENERAL TERMS

Section 1.01 Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings, unless the

context otherwise requires:

“Accounts Advance Amount ”  shall  mean  at  any  time  an  amount  equal  to  the  product  of  (a)  all  Eligible Accounts  times,  (b)  a

percentage, which shall initially be EIGHTY-FIVE PERCENT (85.00%).

“Affiliate” shall mean any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with any other Person. For purposes of this
definition,  “control”  (including  “controlled  by”  and  “under  common  control  with”)  means  the  possession,  directly  or  indirectly,  of  the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or
otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, for purposes of this Agreement, Borrower, each Guarantor, if any, and each of
Borrower’s Subsidiaries, if any, shall be deemed to be Affiliates of one another.

“Applicable Requirements” is defined in Section 5.04.

“Arvest DACA” shall mean that certain DEPOSIT ACCOUNT CONTROL AGREEMENT  dated on or about the date hereof

among ARVEST BANK, Lender, Term Agent, and Borrower, together with all modifications thereto.

“Asset Disposition” shall mean the sale, lease, assignment, disposition or other transfer for value by any Loan Party to any Person
(other  than  a  Loan  Party)  of  any  Property  or  right  of  such  Loan  Party  (including,  the  loss,  destruction  or  damage  of  any  thereof  or  any
actual or threatened (in writing to any Loan Party) condemnation, confiscation, requisition, seizure or taking thereof), other than the sale or
lease of Inventory in the ordinary course of business.

“Availability”  shall  mean,  as  of  any  date  of  determination,  the  amount  by  which  the  Borrowing  Base  exceeds  the  outstanding

principal balance of the Revolving Credit Note plus the LC Amount, as determined by Lender.

“Availability Reserves” shall mean, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Lender reasonably may from time to time
establish  and  revise  reducing  the  amount  of  revolving  credit  loans  which  would  otherwise  be  available  to  Borrower  under  the  lending
formula(s) provided for herein: (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as reasonably determined by Lender, affect
either (i) the Collateral or any other Property which is security for the Indebtedness, (ii) the assets or business of Borrower, (iii) the security
interests and other rights of Lender in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof), (b) to reflect Lender’s
reasonable belief that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower to Lender is or may have been
incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect, and (c) in respect of any state of facts which Lender determines constitutes a
Default or an Event of Default.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Borrowing Base” shall mean, at any time, an amount not to exceed the lesser of: (a) the Maximum Revolving Facility amount, or
(b)  the  sum  of  (i)  the Accounts Advance Amount  determined  as  of  the  date  the  Borrowing  Base  is  calculated  plus  (ii)  the  Inventory
Advance Amount determined as of the date the Borrowing Base is calculated minus (iii) any Availability Reserves.

“Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday on which commercial banks are authorized

or required by law to be closed for business.

“Change of Control” shall mean that LIVE VENTURES, INC. shall cease, directly or indirectly, to own or control  SEVENTY-

FIVE PERCENT (75.00%) of the Stock of Borrower held by such holder as of the Closing Date.

“Collateral”  shall  have  the  meaning  set  forth  in  that  certain SECURITY AGREEMENT  dated  as  of  the  Closing  Date  (as  the
same may be amended, modified or restated from time to time, the “Security Agreement”), by and between Borrower, certain Loan Parties
party thereto, if any, and Lender, and shall also include any real property now owned or hereafter acquired in which Borrower has granted a
security interest to Lender.

“Collateral Access Agreement ” shall mean a landlord waiver, mortgagee waiver, bailee letter or similar acknowledgment of any
lessor, warehouseman, processor or other person in possession of any Collateral or on whose Property any Collateral is located, in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

“Commitment” shall mean the obligation of Lender to make revolving credit loans to Borrower under Section 2.01(a) hereof, up to

the maximum amount therein stated.

“Debt” shall mean, with respect to any Person, and without duplication: (a) all indebtedness of such Person;

(b)      all borrowed money of such Person, whether or not evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments; (c) all obligations
of  such  Person  as  lessee  under  capital  leases  which  have  been  or  should  be  recorded  as  liabilities  on  a  balance  sheet  of  such  Person  in
accordance  with  GAAP;  (d)  all  obligations  of  such  Person  to  pay  the  deferred  purchase  price  of  Property  or  services  (excluding  trade
accounts payable in the ordinary course of business); (e) all indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Property of such Person, whether or not
such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person; (f) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, with respect to the face amount of
all letters of credit (whether or not drawn), bankers’ acceptances and similar obligations issued for the account of such Person; (g) all swap,
hedging  and  like  obligations  of  such  Person;  (h)  all  contingent  liabilities  of  such  Person;  and  (i)  any  Stock  or  other  equity  instrument,
whether  or  not  mandatorily  redeemable,  that  under  GAAP  is  characterized  as  debt,  whether  pursuant  to  Financial Accounting  Standards
Board Issuance No. 150 or otherwise.

“Default”  shall  mean  the  occurrence  of  any  of  the  events  specified  in Section 6.01  hereof,  whether  or  not  any  requirement  for

notice or lapse of time or other condition precedent has been satisfied.

“Distribution” by any Person shall mean (a) with respect to any Stock issued by such Person, the retirement, redemption, purchase
or other acquisition for value of any such Stock, (b) the declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution on or with respect to
such Stock, (c) any loan or advance by such Person to, or other investment by such Person in, the holder of any such Stock and (d) any
other payment (other than salaries and bonuses to employees or advances made in the ordinary course of business to employees for travel or
other expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business) by such Person to or for the benefit of the holder of any such Stock.

“Drawdown  Termination  Date”  shall  mean  the  earlier  of NOVEMBER  3,  2020, and  the  date  the  Indebtedness  is  accelerated

pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and the other Security Instruments.

“DTPA”  shall  mean  the  Texas  Deceptive  Trade  Practices  Consumer  Protection Act,  Subchapter  E  of  Chapter  17  of  the  Texas

Business and Commerce Code.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“EBITDA” means, for any Person for any period of determination, an amount equal to: (a) net income plus

(b)     
the  sum  of  the  following  to  the  extent  deducted  from  net  income:  (1)  interest  expense;  (2)  income  taxes;  (3)  depreciation;  (4)
amortization; (5) rent expense; (6) non-cash charges and losses including write-offs or write-downs (excluding any such non-cash charges
or  losses  to  the  extent  (A)  there  were  cash  charges  with  respect  to  such  charges  and  losses  in  past  accounting  periods  or  (B)  there  is  a
reasonable expectation that there will be cash charges with respect to such charges and losses in future accounting periods); (7) one-time
fees,  charges  and  expenses  paid  by  Borrower  in  connection  with  the  transactions  consummated  by  Borrower  on  the  date  hereof  that  are
paid  or  otherwise  accounted  for  within  ONE  HUNDRED  EIGHTY  (180)  days  of  the  Closing  Date  in  an  amount  not  to  exceed  ONE
MILLION  SEVEN  HUNDRED  THIRTY-FIVE  THOUSAND  SIX  HUNDRED  TEN AND  NO/100  DOLLARS  ($1,735,610.00)  in  the
aggregate; (8) actual cash losses arising from stores that Borrower has operated less than twelve (12) months at the time of determination
not to exceed an aggregate amount of ONE HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($150,000.00) per annum; (9) one-
time, nonrecurring charges paid in cash not to exceed SIX HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($650,000.00) in
the  aggregate  per  annum;  and  (10)  management  fees  not  to  exceed  FOUR  HUNDRED  THOUSAND  AND  NO/100  DOLLARS
($400,000.00) per annum (provided that if any portion of such FOUR HUNDRED THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($400,000.00)
per  annum  is  not  paid  during  any  fiscal  year,  then,  in  subsequent  fiscal  years,  such  management  fee  may  be  increased  by  such  unpaid
portion until paid) in any fiscal year; in each case for such period determined and consolidated in accordance with GAAP.

“Eligible Accounts”  shall  mean  at  any  time  all  trade  accounts  receivable  of  Borrower  for  goods  sold  or  leased  or  services

rendered, in which Lender has a perfected, first-priority Lien or security interest, after deducting:

(a)                 

the amount of all accounts receivable unpaid for NINETY (90) days or more after the date of the original

invoice;

(b)                

all such accounts for which TWENTY-FIVE PERCENT (25.00%) or more of the outstanding aggregate

balance owed by any account debtor is unpaid for NINETY (90) days or more from the date of the original invoice;

(c)                 
Accounts of Borrower;

the amount owed by any account debtor that exceeds TWENTY-FIVE PERCENT (25.00%) of all Eligible

(d)                

all contra-accounts, setoffs, defenses or counterclaims asserted by or available to the Persons obligated on

such accounts;

(e)                 

accounts receivable of the United States or any agency or department thereof for which Borrower has not

complied with the Federal Assignment of Claims Act;

(f)                   all accounts owed by account debtors which are bill and hold, pre-bill, “short” pay, customer deposit, credit

card, cash-on-delivery, percent completion or progress billing;

(g)                all accounts arising from bonded jobs or brokered accounts;

(h)                 all accounts owing by officers or employees of Borrower or by Subsidiaries or by any other Person in which

Borrower or any holder of Stock in Borrower may have an equity interest in;

(i)                  all accounts owing by individuals;

(j)                  the amount of all discounts, allowances, rebates, retainage, credits and adjustments to such accounts;

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(k)                 

all accounts owed by an account debtor that is organized or has its principal offices or assets outside the
United States, unless payment of such account is secured by an irrevocable letter of credit, in form and substance satisfactory to
Lender and issued by a financial institution acceptable to Lender, in each case in Lender’s sole discretion, payable in Dollars in the
full  face  amount  of  such  account,  and  Lender  has  control  (as  defined  by  Section  9.107  of  the  UCC)  of  all  letter  of  credit  rights
associated with such letter of credit; and

(1)                 all accounts owed by account debtors which are insolvent or in any bankruptcy proceeding which Lender, in

its sole discretion, deems not acceptable.

Eligible Accounts shall not include any account which Lender deems, in its reasonable discretion, not to be an Eligible Account.

“Eligible Inventory” shall mean all of Borrower’s Inventory which is finished goods and in which Lender has a perfected, first-

priority Lien or security interest. Eligible Inventory shall not include, without limitation, Inventory:

(a)                 in which Lender does not have a perfected, first-priority Lien or security interest;

(b)                consigned to or from third parties;

(c)                 that is slow-moving, obsolete, unserviceable, damaged or spoiled;

(d)                accounted for on the books of Borrower as burden or overhead;

(e)                 comprised of packaging and shipping supplies, materials, boxes or containers;

(f)                  that is damaged or defective;

(g)                

located  on  premises  not  owned  by  Borrower,  unless  Lender  shall  have  received  a  Collateral Access
Agreement with respect thereto, executed by the mortgagee, lessor or contract warehouseman, as the case may be, and segregated
or otherwise separately identifiable from goods of others, if any, stored on the premises and such Collateral Access Agreement shall
remain in full force and effect;

(h)                located outside of the continental United States; or

(i)                  

that  is  a  sample  item  or  is  in-transit,  other  than  Inventory  that  is  in-transit  on  the  Closing  Date  and  is

delivered to Borrower within THIRTY (30) days after the Closing Date.

Eligible Inventory shall not include any Inventory which Lender deems, in its reasonable discretion, not to be Eligible Inventory.

“Environmental Laws” shall mean all federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, programs, permits, guidances,

orders and consent decrees relating to health, safety or environmental matters.

“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

“Event of Default” shall mean the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 6.01 hereof, provided that any requirement

for notice or lapse of time or any other condition precedent has been satisfied.

“Excluded Accounts” means, collectively, (A) payroll and other employee wage and benefit accounts, (B) tax accounts, including,

without limitation, sales tax accounts, and (C) zero balance accounts.

“Financial  Statements”  shall  mean  the  consolidated  and  consolidating  financial  statement  or  statements  of  Borrower  and  its

Subsidiaries, if any, of the type delivered under Section 3.06. Section 4.01(a) or Section 4.01(b) hereof.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio”  shall  mean,  for  any  period,  the  ratio  of  (a)  EBITDA  of  Borrower  minus unfinanced  cash
capitalized expenses during such period, to (b) scheduled payments of principal and cash interest expense of Borrower on all Debt plus cash
tax expense, rent expenses, and cash Distributions during such period. Unless otherwise indicated, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall
be measured: (a) for each month through SEPTEMBER 30, 2017, the period measured from NOVEMBER 1, 2016 until such month-ending
date, and (b) for the month ending OCTOBER 31, 2017 and each month-ending thereafter, the TWELVE (12) month period ending on the
applicable date.

“GAAP” shall mean Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in effect in the United States applied on a consistent basis.

“Guarantors” shall mean (individually and collectively) any Person that at any time executes a Guaranty Agreement.

“Guaranty Agreement”  shall  mean  all  Guaranty Agreements  executed  by  Guarantors  in  favor  of  Lender  (as  the  same  may  be

amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time). As of the Closing Date, there are no Guaranty Agreements.

“Holdings” shall mean VINTAGE STOCK AFFILIATED HOLDINGS, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company.

“Indebtedness”  shall  mean  any  and  all  amounts  owing  or  to  be  owing  by  Borrower  and  each  other  Loan  Party  to  Lender  in
connection with the Notes, any Letter of Credit, the Security Instruments, this Agreement, and other liabilities or obligations of Borrower
and each other Loan Party to Lender from time to time existing, including, without limitation, any liabilities of Borrower and each other
Loan Party to Lender arising in connection with any Lender Products or any guaranties of indebtedness and obligations acquired from third
Persons, whether in connection with this or other transactions, and all amounts owing or to be owing by Borrower to any agent bank of
Lender pursuant to any letter of credit agreement, overdraft agreement or other agreement or financial accommodation.

“Intercreditor Agreement” is defined in Section 8.31.

“Inventory” shall mean any goods held by Borrower for sale in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business which includes goods

purchased for resale.

“Inventory Advance Amount” shall mean: (a) from the Closing Date through DECEMBER 31, 2016, NINETY-FIVE PERCENT
(95.00%) of the NOLV of Eligible Inventory, (b) from JANUARY 1 through SEPTEMBER 30 of 2017 and each year thereafter, NINETY
PERCENT  (90.00%)  of  the  NOLV  of  Eligible  Inventory,  and  (c)  from  OCTOBER  1  through  DECEMBER  31  of  2017  and  each  year
thereafter, NINETY-TWO AND ONE-HALF PERCENT (92.50%) of the NOLV of Eligible Inventory.

“LC Amount” means, as of any date, the aggregate face amount of all issued but undrawn Letters of Credit as of such date.

“Lender Products” shall mean any one or more of the following types of services or facilities extended to Borrower or any other
Loan  Party  by  Lender:  (i)  credit  cards,  (ii)  credit  card  processing  services,  (iii)  debit  cards,  (iv)  purchase  cards,  (v) Automated  Clearing
House  (ACH)  transactions,  (vi)  cash  management,  including  controlled  disbursement  services,  and  (vii)  establishing  and  maintaining
deposit accounts.

“Letter of Credit” means a standby or commercial letter of credit issued or arranged by Lender for the account of Borrower in

accordance with the terms of this Agreement and Lender’s or the issuer’s applications and agreements for letters of credit.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“LIBOR Rate”  means  the  one  month  LIBOR  rate  (expressed  as  a  percentage  per  annum  and  adjusted  as  described  in  the  last
sentence of this definition of LIBOR) for deposits in United States Dollars that appears on Thomson Reuters British Bankers Association
LIBOR Rates Page (or the successor thereto) as of 11:00 a.m., London, England time, on the applicable determination date. If such rate
does not appear on such screen or service, or such screen or service shall cease to be available, the LIBOR Rate shall be determined by
Lender to be the offered rate on such other screen or service that displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate
for  deposits  in  United  States  Dollars  (for  delivery  on  the  first  day  of  such  LIBOR  Interest  Period)  as  of  11:00  a.m.  on  the  applicable
determination  date.  If  the  rates  referenced  in  the  two  preceding  sentences  are  not  available,  the  LIBOR  Rate  will  be  determined  by  an
alternate  method  reasonably  selected  by  Lender  in  its  reasonable  discretion.  The  LIBOR  Rate  shall  be  adjusted  from  time  to  time  in
Lender’s  reasonable  discretion  for  then  applicable  reserve  requirements,  deposit  insurance  assessment  rates,  marginal  emergency,
supplemental, special and other reserve percentages, and other regulatory costs. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary,
in no event shall the LIBOR Rate ever be lower than ZERO for the purposes hereof.

“Lien” shall mean any interest in Property securing an obligation owed to, or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the
Property, whether such interest is based on the common law, statute or contract, and including but not limited to the security interest or lien
arising  from  a  mortgage,  security  agreement,  deed  of  trust,  assignment,  collateral  mortgage,  chattel  mortgage,  encumbrance,  pledge,
conditional  sale  or  trust  receipt  or  a  lease,  consignment,  bailment  for  security  purposes  or  certificate  of  title  lien.  The  term  “Lien”  shall
include  reservations,  exceptions,  encroachments,  easements,  rights-of-way,  covenants,  conditions,  restrictions,  leases  and  other  title
exceptions and encumbrances affecting Property. For the purposes of this Agreement, Borrower or any Loan Party shall be deemed to be
the  owner  of  any  Property  which  it  has  acquired  or  holds  subject  to  a  conditional  sale  agreement,  financing  lease  or  other  arrangement
pursuant to which title to the Property has been retained by or vested in some other Person for security purposes.

“Loan Party” shall mean Borrower and each other person that is a party to a Guaranty Agreement or Security Instrument.

“Material Adverse Effect ”  means  (a)  a  material  adverse  change  in,  or  a  material  adverse  effect  upon,  the  operations,  business,
properties, liabilities (actual or contingent) or condition (financial or otherwise) of any Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a
material  adverse  effect  on  the  rights  and  remedies  of  Lender  under  this Agreement;  or  (c)  a  material  adverse  effect  upon  the  legality,
validity, binding effect or enforceability against Borrower of this Agreement.

“Maximum  Nonusurious  Interest  Rate”  shall  mean  the  maximum  nonusurious  interest  rate  allowable  under  applicable  United
States federal law and under the laws of the State of Texas as presently in effect and, to the extent allowed by such laws, as such laws may
be amended from time to time to increase such rate.

“Maximum Revolving Facility” shall mean TWENTY MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($20,000,000.00).

“Net Cash Proceeds” shall mean:

(ii)                                         with respect to any Asset Disposition, the aggregate cash proceeds (including cash proceeds received
pursuant to policies of insurance or by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note, installment receivable or otherwise,
but only as and when received) received by any Loan Party pursuant to such Asset Disposition net of (i)the direct costs relating to
such sale, transfer or other disposition (including sales commissions and legal, accounting, advisory and investment banking fees),
taxes  paid  or  reasonably  estimated  by  the  Borrower  to  be  payable  as  a  result  thereof  (after  taking  into  account  any  available  tax
credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), (iii) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of any Debt secured
by a Lien on the Property subject to such Asset Disposition, and (iv) any reserve established in accordance with GAAP;  provided
that, such reserved amounts shall be Net Cash Proceeds to the extent and at the time of any reversal (without the satisfaction of any
applicable liabilities in cash in a corresponding amount) of any such reserve;

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)                  with respect to any issuance of Stock, the aggregate cash proceeds received by any Loan Party pursuant to
such  issuance,  net  of  the  direct  costs  relating  to  such  issuance  (including  sales  and  underwriters’  commissions  and  legal,
accounting, advisory and investment banking fees); and

(b)                 with respect to any issuance of Debt securities, other than Debt securities permitted pursuant to Section 5.01,
the  aggregate  cash  proceeds  received  by  any  Loan  Party  pursuant  to  such  issuance,  net  of  the  direct  costs  of  such  issuance
(including up-front, underwriters’ and placement fees and legal, accounting, advisory and investment banking fees).

“Net  Income”  means,  for  any  period,  Borrower’s  before-tax  net  income  for  such  period,  decreased  by  the  sum  of  any

extraordinary, non-operating or non-cash income recorded by Borrower during such period, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

“NOLV” shall mean the amount realizable upon an orderly liquidation of an asset, net of direct transaction costs and expenses as
determined by an appraiser selected by Lender in its sole discretion pursuant to an appraisal acceptable to Lender in its sole discretion. It is
contemplated that such an appraisal may establish the NOLV on a monthly or other regularly scheduled basis.

“Notes” means (whether one or more) each of the Revolving Credit Note and any other promissory note executed by Borrower

and payable to the order of Lender.

“Permitted Tax Distributions” means, with respect to any Person, any dividend or distribution to any holder of such Person’s stock
or other equity interests to permit such holders to pay federal income taxes and all relevant state and local income taxes at a rate equal to the
highest marginal applicable tax rate for the applicable tax year, however denominated (together with any interest, penalties, additions to
tax, or additional amounts with respect thereto) imposed as a result of taxable income attributed to such holder as a partner of such Person
under  federal,  state,  and  local  income  tax  laws,  determined  on  a  basis  that  combines  those  liabilities  arising  out  of  the  net  effect  of  the
income, gains, deductions, losses, and credits of such Person and attributable to it in proportion and to the extent in which such holders hold
stock or other equity interests of such Person.

“Person”  shall  mean  any  individual,  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  association,  joint  stock  company,  limited  liability
company, trust, trustee, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other form of entity.

“Plan”  shall  mean  any  Plan  subject  to  Title  IV  of  ERISA  and  maintained  by  Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary,  or  any  such  plan  to

which Borrower or any Subsidiary is required to contribute on behalf of its employees.

“Property” shall mean any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.

“Real Property” shall mean all real property owned by Borrower.

“Revolving Credit Note” shall mean the promissory note (whether one or more) of Borrower described in  Section 2.01(a) hereof,

together with all renewals, extensions, modifications and rearrangements thereof.

“Security Instruments” shall mean this Agreement, the Note, the Security Agreement, any Guaranty Agreement, and any and all
other  agreements  or  instruments  now  or  hereafter  executed  and  delivered  by  Borrower,  any  Subsidiary  or  any  other  Person  (other  than
solely by Lender and/or any bank or creditor participating in the benefits of the loans evidenced by the Notes or any collateral or security
therefor) in connection with, or as security for the payment or performance of, the Notes or this Agreement (as the same may be amended,
modified, supplemented or restated from time to time).

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Stock” shall mean all shares, options, warrants, general or limited partnership interests, membership interests or other equivalents
(regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or equivalent entity, whether voting or non-
voting,  including  common  stock,  preferred  stock  and  any  other  “equity  security”  (as  defined  in  Rule  3al  1-1  of  the  General  Rules  and
regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).

“Subordinated Debt” shall mean the Debt, obligations and liabilities of Borrower listed on Schedule 1.01 (which Schedule may be

updated from time to time), which is subordinated in right of payment to payment of the
Indebtedness upon terms and conditions and pursuant to documentation satisfactory to Lender, in its reasonable discretion.

“Subsidiary”  shall  mean  any  corporation  or  other  entity  of  which  more  than FIFTY  PERCENT  (50.00%) of  the  issued  and
outstanding securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by Borrower
and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries.

“Swap  Contract”  means  (a)  any  and  all  rate  swap  transactions,  basis  swaps,  credit  derivative  transactions,  forward  rate
transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond
price  or  bond  index  swaps  or  options  or  forward  bond  or  forward  bond  price  or  forward  bond  index  transactions,  interest  rate  options,
forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency
rate  swap  transactions,  currency  options,  spot  contracts,  or  any  other  similar  transactions  or  any  combination  of  any  of  the  foregoing
(including  any  options  to  enter  into  any  of  the  foregoing),  whether  or  not  any  such  transaction  is  governed  by  or  subject  to  any  master
agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or
governed  by,  any  form  of  master  agreement  published  by  the  International  Swaps  and  Derivatives Association,  Inc.,  any  International
Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a
“Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

“Term Loan” shall mean the loans made in connection with the Term Loan Agreement.

“Term  Loan Agreement ”  shall  mean  that  certain TERM  LOAN  AGREEMENT,  of  even  date  herewith,  among  Borrower,
Holdings,  the  subsidiaries  of  Borrower  and  Holdings  party  thereto,  the  lenders  party  thereto, WILMINGTON  TRUST,  NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as administrative agent (“Term Agent”), and CAPITALA GROUP, LLC,  as lead arranger, without giving effect to any
modification or amendment thereto.

“USA  Patriot Act ”  shall  mean  Uniting  and  Strengthening America  by  Providing Appropriate  Tools  Required  to  Intercept  and

Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act of 2001), as amended, restated or modified and in effect from time to time.

“Vintage Stock Acquisition Agreement” means that certain STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT dated on or about the Closing

Date, among Borrower, Holdings, the holders of all of the outstanding capital stock of Borrower, and Rodney Spriggs.
All words and phrases used herein shall have the meaning specified in the Texas Business and Commerce Code except to the extent such
meaning is inconsistent with this Agreement. All definitions contained in this Agreement are equally applicable to the singular and plural
forms of the terms defined. The words “hereof’, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import referring to this Agreement refer to
this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section  1.02 Accounting Principles. Where  the  character  or  amount  of  any  asset  or  liability  or  item  of  income  or  expense  is
required to be determined or any consolidation or other accounting computation is required to be made for the purposes of this Agreement,
this shall be done in accordance with GAAP, except where such principles are inconsistent with the requirements of this Agreement. If at
any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in this Agreement, and either
Borrower or Lender shall so request, Lender and Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the
original  intent  thereof  in  light  of  such  change  in  GAAP; provided that,  until  so  amended,  such  ratio  or  requirement  shall  continue  to  be
computed  in  accordance  with  GAAP  prior  to  such  change  therein.  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the  contrary,  for  purposes  of
representations, covenants and calculations made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, GAAP will be deemed to treat operating leases
and capital leases in a manner consistent with their current treatment under GAAP as in effect on the Closing Date, notwithstanding any
modifications or interpretive changes thereto that may occur hereafter.

ARTICLE II
AMOUNT AND TERMS OF LOANS

Section 2.01 The Loans and Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions and relying on the representations and warranties

contained in this Agreement and the other Security Instruments, Lender may make the following loans to Borrower:

(a)                 Revolving Credit Loans.

(i)                  From the Closing Date through the Drawdown Termination Date, Lender will make revolving credit
loans to Borrower from time to time on any Business Day in such amounts as Borrower may request up to the maximum amount
hereinafter  stated,  and  Borrower  may  make  prepayments  (as  permitted  or  required  in Sections  2.07  and 2.08  hereof),  and
reborrowings,  in  respect  thereof;  provided,  however,  that  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  all  such  revolving  credit  loans  (also
referred to herein as “Revolving Advances”) at any one time outstanding shall not exceed the Borrowing Base.

(ii)                 To evidence the Revolving Advances made by Lender pursuant to this Section, Borrower will issue,
execute and deliver the Revolving Credit Note which shall be payable on the Drawdown Termination Date and secured by all of the
Collateral.

(iii)              Interest on the Revolving Credit Note shall accrue and be payable as provided in Section 2.02 hereof.

(b)                Letters of Credit.

(i)                   Subject to and upon the terms and conditions contained herein, at the request of Borrower, Lender
may  in  its  sole  discretion  provide  or  arrange  for  Letters  of  Credit,  for  the  account  of  Borrower,  containing  terms  and  conditions
acceptable to Lender and the issuer thereof, up to an amount determined by Lender in its sole discretion. Any payments made by
Lender to any issuer or beneficiary of a Letter of Credit and/or related parties in connection with a Letter of Credit shall constitute
additional Revolving Advances to Borrower pursuant to this Section.

(ii)                 In addition to any customary charges, fees or expenses charged by any bank or issuer in connection
with any Letter of Credit, Borrower shall pay to Lender a letter of credit fee at a rate equal to TWO AND THREE-QUARTERS
PERCENT (2.75%) per annum on the daily outstanding face amount of all Letters of Credit for the immediately preceding month;
provided that for: (A) the period from and after the date of termination or non-renewal hereof until Lender has received full and
final payment of all obligations of Borrower hereunder (notwithstanding entry of a judgment against Borrower), and (B) the period
from and after the date of the occurrence of an Event of Default for so long as such Event of Default is continuing as determined by
Lender,  such  letter  of  credit  fee  shall  increase  to FOUR AND  THREE-  QUARTERS  PERCENT  (4.75%)  per  annum  on  such
daily outstanding face amount. Such letter of credit fee shall be calculated on the basis of a THREE  HUNDRED  SIXTY  (360)
day year and actual days elapsed and the obligation of Borrower to pay such shall survive the termination or non-renewal of this
Agreement.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(iii)               No Letter of Credit shall be available unless on the date of the proposed issuance of such Letter of
Credit the Revolving Advances available to Borrower (subject to the Borrowing Base and Maximum Revolving Facility limitations)
are equal to or greater than the face amount thereof and all other commitments and obligations made or incurred by Lender with
respect thereto. Effective on the issuance of each Letter of Credit, a reserve against the Borrowing Base shall be established in an
amount equal to such Letter of Credit and all other commitments and obligations made or incurred by Lender with respect thereto.

prior to the Drawdown Termination Date.

(iv)               Each Letter of Credit shall have an expiry date on or before the date that is  FOURTEEN (14) days

(v)                 Upon (A) the Drawdown Termination Date, or (B) the existence or the occurrence and continuance
of an Event of Default, and at Lender’s request, Borrower will furnish cash collateral in an amount equal to the then-applicable LC
Amount to secure the reimbursement obligations of Borrower in connection with any Letter of Credit then outstanding.

(vi)               Borrower shall indemnify and hold Lender harmless from and against any and all losses, claims,
damages,  liabilities,  costs  and  expenses  which  Lender  may  suffer  or  incur  in  connection  with  any  Letter  of  Credit  and  any
documents, drafts or acceptances relating thereto, including any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses due to any
action taken by any issuer or correspondent with respect to any Letter of Credit; provided, however, that such indemnity shall not,
as  to  the  Lender,  be  available  to  the  extent  that  such  losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities,  costs  or  expenses  resulted  from  the
Lender’s  gross  negligence  or  willful  misconduct, IT  BEING  EXPRESSLY  UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED  THAT  SUCH
INDEMNITY SHALL EXTEND TO AND COVER LENDER’S NEGLIGENCE.  Borrower assumes all risks with respect to
the acts or omissions of the drawer under or beneficiary of any Letter of Credit and for such purposes the drawer or beneficiary
shall  be  deemed  Borrower’s  agent.  Borrower  assumes  all  risks  for,  and  agrees  to  pay,  all  foreign,  Federal,  State  and  local  taxes,
duties and levies relating to any goods subject to any Letter of Credit or any documents, drafts or acceptances thereunder. Borrower
hereby  releases  and  holds  Lender  harmless  from  and  against  any  acts,  waivers,  errors,  delays  or  omissions,  whether  caused  by
Borrower,  by  any  issuer  or  correspondent  or  otherwise  with  respect  to  or  relating  to  any  Letter  of  Credit.  The  provisions  of  this
Section shall survive the payment of obligations of Borrower hereunder and the termination of this Agreement.

(vii)             Nothing contained herein shall be deemed or construed to grant Borrower any right or authority to
pledge the credit of Lender in any manner. Lender shall have no liability of any kind with respect to any Letter of Credit provided
by  an  issuer  other  than  Lender  unless  Lender  has  duly  executed  and  delivered  to  such  issuer  the  application  or  a  guarantee  or
indemnification in writing with respect to such Letter of Credit. Borrower shall be bound by any interpretation made by Lender, or
any  other  issuer  or  correspondent  under  or  in  connection  with  any  Letter  of  Credit  or  any  documents,  drafts  or  acceptances
thereunder, notwithstanding that such interpretation may be inconsistent with any instructions of Borrower. Lender shall have the
sole  and  exclusive  right  and  authority  to,  and  Borrower  shall  not:  (A)  at  any  time  an  Event  of  Default  has  occurred  and  is
continuing, (1) approve or resolve any questions on non- compliance of documents or (2) give any instructions as to acceptance or
rejection of any documents or goods, and (B) at all times, (1) grant any extensions of the maturity of, time of payment for, or time
of presentation of, any drafts, acceptances, or documents, drafts or acceptances thereunder or any letters of credit included in the
Collateral. Lender may take any such actions either in its own name or in Borrower’s name.

(viii)              Any  rights,  remedies,  duties  or  obligations  granted  or  undertaken  by  Borrower  to  any  issuer  or
correspondent in any application for any Letter of Credit, or any other agreement in favor of any issuer or correspondent relating to
any  Letter  of  Credit,  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  granted  or  undertaken  by  Borrower  to  Lender.  Any  duties  or  obligations
undertaken by Lender to any issuer or correspondent in any application for any Letter of Credit, or any other agreement by Lender
in favor of any issuer or correspondent relating to any Letter of Credit, shall be deemed to have been undertaken by Borrower to
Lender and to apply in all respects to Borrower.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ix)       If as a result of any regulatory change there shall be imposed, modified, or deemed applicable any tax,
reserve, special deposit, or similar requirement against or with respect to or measured by reference to Letters of Credit issued or to
be issued hereunder or the Lender’s commitment to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, and the result shall be to increase the cost to
the  Lender  of  issuing  or  maintaining  any  Letter  of  Credit  or  its  commitment  to  issue  Letters  of  Credit  hereunder  or  reduce  any
amount  receivable  by  the  Lender  hereunder  in  respect  of  any  Letter  of  Credit  (which  increase  in  cost,  or  reduction  in  amount
receivable, shall be the result of the Lender’s reasonable allocation of the aggregate of such increases or reductions resulting from
such event), then, upon demand by the Lender, the Borrower agrees to pay the Lender, from time to time as specified by the Lender,
such  additional  amounts  as  shall  be  sufficient  to  compensate  the  Lender  for  such  increased  costs  or  reductions  in  amount.  A
statement as to such increased costs or reductions in amount incurred by the Lender, submitted by the Lender to the Borrower, shall
be conclusive as to the amount thereof, provided that the determination thereof is made on a reasonable basis.

Section 2.02 Interest Rates.

(a)                 The Revolving Credit Note shall bear interest from the date thereof until maturity at a varying rate of interest
which  is  the  LIBOR  Rate  plus TWO AND  THREE-QUARTERS  PERCENT (2.75%),  as  the  same  may  change  from  time  to
time, calculated on the last day of each month (but in no event to exceed the Maximum Nonusurious Interest Rate) (the “Revolving
Credit Note Rate”).

(b)                 Upon the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default, and continuing until Lender waives in writing such
Default or Event of Default, as the case may be, the principal and past due interest (to the extent permitted by law) in respect of the
Notes shall bear interest at a rate which is FOUR PERCENT (4.00%) per annum in excess of the rate set forth in Section 2.02(a)
hereinabove but in no event to exceed the Maximum Nonusurious Interest Rate) irrespective of whether the Indebtedness has been
accelerated.

(c)                 Interest calculations are subject to certain recapture provisions set forth in the Notes.

(d)                Interest charges shall be paid monthly in arrears on the  FIRST (1st) day of each calendar month.

Section 2.03 Notice and Manner of Revolving Credit Borrowing.

(a) The amount and date of each Revolving Advance shall be made as set forth in this Section. Revolving Advances under
the  Revolving  Credit  Note  may  be  made  by  Lender  (i)  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  any  written  agreement  executed  in  connection
herewith between Borrower and Lender, or (ii) at the oral or written request of Borrower or of any officer or agent of Borrower
designated by or acting under the authority of resolutions of the board of directors, board of managers or other governing body, as
applicable  of  Borrower,  a  duly  certified  or  executed  copy  of  which  shall  be  furnished  to  Lender,  until  written  notice  of  the
revocation of such authority is received by Lender. Borrower covenants and agrees to furnish to Lender written confirmation of any
such oral request within FIVE (5) days of the resulting Revolving Advance, but any such Revolving Advance shall be deemed to
be made under and entitled to the benefits of the Revolving Credit Note, irrespective of any failure by Borrower to furnish such
written confirmation. Any Revolving Advance shall be conclusively presumed to have been made under the terms of the Revolving
Credit Note, to or for the benefit of Borrower when made pursuant to the terms of any written agreement executed in connection
therewith between Borrower and Lender, or in accordance with such requests and directions, or when said Revolving Advances are
deposited to the credit of the account of Borrower regardless of the fact that Persons other than those authorized hereunder may
have authority to draw against such account, or may have requested a Revolving Advance.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b) Lender shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, any instruction, request, notice or
other communication with respect to Revolving Advances or similar notices believed by Lender to be genuine. Lender may assume
that each Person executing and delivering such an instruction, request or notice was duly authorized.

Section 2.04 Limitation. Lender shall have no obligation to make Revolving Advances hereunder to the extent such Revolving
Advance would cause the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Credit Note to exceed the Borrowing Base. If at any time the sum
of the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Advances outstanding hereunder exceeds the Borrowing Base, such amount shall be
deemed an “Overadvance.” Borrower shall immediately repay the amount of such Overadvance plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon
upon  written  demand  from  Lender.  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  herein  to  the  contrary,  an  Overadvance  shall  be  considered  a
Revolving Advance and shall bear interest at the rate as set forth in the Revolving Credit Note and be secured by any Lien granted under
the Security Instruments.

Section 2.05 Application of Cash Sums. All cash sums paid to and received by Lender on account of any Collateral (a) shall be
promptly applied by Lender on the Indebtedness whether or not such Indebtedness shall have, by its terms, matured, such application to be
made to principal or interest or expenses as Lender may elect, or (b) prior to the happening of any Default or Event of Default, at the option
of Lender, shall be released to Borrower for use in Borrower’s business.

Section 2.06 Computation. All payments of interest shall be computed on the per annum basis of a year of THREE HUNDRED

SIXTY (360) days and for the actual number of days (including the first but excluding the last day) elapsed.

Section 2.07 Voluntary Prepayments and Reborrowings . The unpaid principal balance of the Notes at any time shall be the total
amounts loaned or advanced thereunder by Lender, less the amount of payments or prepayments of principal made thereon by or for the
account  of  Borrower.  It  is  contemplated  that  by  reason  of  prepayments  thereon  there  may  be  times  when  no  Indebtedness  is  owing
thereunder; but notwithstanding such occurrences, the Notes and Security Instruments shall remain valid and be in full force and effect as to
loans or advances made pursuant to and under the terms of the Notes subsequent to each such occurrence. All loans or advances and all
payments  or  prepayments  made  thereunder  on  account  of  principal  or  interest  may  be  evidenced  by  Lender,  or  any  subsequent  holder,
maintaining in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the Indebtedness of Borrower resulting from all loans
or advances and all payments or prepayments thereunder from time to time and the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid from
time  to  time  thereunder,  in  which  event,  in  any  legal  action  or  proceeding  in  respect  of  the  Notes,  the  entries  made  in  such  account  or
accounts shall be conclusive evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of Borrower therein recorded (absent manifest error).

Section 2.08 Mandatory Prepayments. Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, Borrower shall make a prepayment of

the Notes upon the occurrence of any of the following, at the following times and in the following amounts:

(a)                 

If  at  any  time  the  outstanding  principal  balance  under  the  Revolving  Credit  Note  plus  the  LC Amount
exceeds the Borrowing Base, then Borrower shall immediately prepay the amount of such excess for application towards reduction
of the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Credit Note. Said prepayment shall be without premium or penalty, and shall
be made together with the payment of accrued interest on the amount prepaid.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)                 

Except  as  provided  in Section 5.05.  concurrently  with  the  receipt  by  any  Loan  Party  of  any  Net  Cash
Proceeds from any Asset Disposition, in an amount equal to ONE HUNDRED PERCENT (100.00%) of such Net Cash Proceeds;
provided that, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, such Net Cash Proceeds shall not be
required to be so applied, at the election of Borrower (as notified by Borrower to Lender in writing on or prior to the date of such
Asset  Disposition)  to  the  extent  such  Loan  Party  reinvests  all  or  any  portion  of  such  Net  Cash  Proceeds  in  like  operating  assets
within  ONE  HUNDRED  EIGHTY  (180)  days  after  the  receipt  of  such  Net  Cash  Proceeds; provided  that. if  such  Net  Cash
Proceeds shall have not been so reinvested shall be immediately applied to prepay the Loans.

(c)                 Concurrently with the receipt by any Loan Party of any Net Cash Proceeds from any issuance of Stock of any
Loan Party (excluding (x) any issuance of Stock pursuant to any employee or director option program, benefit plan or compensation
program  and  (y)  any  issuance  by  a  Loan  Party  to  any  other  Loan  Party),  in  an  amount  equal  to  ONE  HUNDRED  PERCENT
(100.00%) of such Net Cash Proceeds.

(d)                  Concurrently with the receipt by any Loan Party of any Net Cash Proceeds from any issuance of any Debt
securities after the Closing Date of any Loan Party, in an amount equal to ONE HUNDRED PERCENT (100.00%) of such Net
Cash Proceeds.

(e)                  Concurrently with the receipt by any Loan Party of any insurance proceeds or condemnation proceeds, in an

amount equal to ONE HUNDRED PERCENT (100.00%) of such insurance proceeds or condemnation proceeds.

Section 2.09 Cross-collateralization and Default. The Security Instruments, including this Agreement, the Notes and any other
instrument given in connection with, or as security for, any Indebtedness of Borrower or any Subsidiary, shall serve as security one for the
other, and an event of default under the Notes, this Agreement or any such instrument shall constitute an event of default under all such
other instruments.

Section 2.10 Reserved.

Section  2.11 Operating Accounts. Attached  hereto  as Schedule  2.11  is  a  listing  of  all  present  operating  accounts  which  are
checking or other demand daily depository accounts maintained by Borrower (the “Operating Accounts”) together with the address of the
depository, the account number(s) maintained with such depository, and a contact person at such depository. To induce Lender to establish
the interest rates provided for in the Notes and in order to enable Lender to more fully monitor Borrower’s financial condition, Borrower
will use Lender as its depository bank for the maintenance of business, cash management, operating and administrative accounts. During
the  term  of  this  Agreement,  with  respect  to  each  depository  institution  other  than  Lender  holding  Borrower’s  depository  accounts,
Borrower  shall:  (a)  cause  such  depository  institution  to  deliver  an  agreement  in  form  and  substance  reasonably  acceptable  to  Lender
pursuant to which Lender obtains control of such depository accounts, or (b) with respect to any deposit account not covered by clause (a)
immediately preceding, not permit more than TEN THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($10,000.00) to remain in any single deposit
account with such institution at any time or FIFTY  THOUSAND AND  NO/100  DOLLARS  ($50,000.00) to  remain  in  all  such  deposit
accounts  with  such  institution  at  any  time;  provided  that  this  limitation  shall  not  apply  to  the  deposit  account(s)  covered  by  the Arvest
DACA. Borrower shall exercise good faith in clause (a) immediately preceding. Within ONE HUNDRED TWENTY (120) days after the
Closing  Date,  Borrower  shall  cause  its  primary  operating  account  to  be  held  with  Lender.  So  long  as  any  deposit  accounts  are  held  at
ARVEST BANK, Borrower shall cause the Arvest DACA to remain in full force and effect over such accounts.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section  2.12 Cash Collateral Blocked Accounts. Borrower and Lender shall establish with banks acceptable to Lender certain
lockboxes and blocked accounts (collectively “Blocked Accounts”) as set forth on Schedule 2,12 attached hereto, for the benefit of Lender,
for the deposit of all receipts and collections in accordance with Section 2,13 hereof, pursuant to executed blocked account agreements in
form and substance satisfactory to Lender, in its sole discretion. All receipts and collections deposited in such Blocked Accounts shall be
pledged to Lender and forwarded on a daily basis to an account held by Lender. Proceeds received from such Blocked Accounts shall be
applied against any Indebtedness owing by Borrower to Lender and shall be applied in accordance with Section 2.05 hereof. Only Lender
shall have the right to direct withdrawals from such Blocked Accounts. Borrower shall pay all fees and charges as may be required by any
depository  in  which  such  Blocked Accounts  are  opened.  Borrower  shall  within NINETY  (90) days  of  the  execution  of  this Agreement,
provide  Lender  with  the  duly  executed  blocked  account  agreements  related  to  such  Blocked  Accounts.  Within  ONE  HUNDRED
TWENTY (120) days after the Closing Date, Borrower will close any lockboxes and Blocked Accounts existing prior to the Closing Date
and provide forwarding instructions to the relevant Blocked Accounts. Borrower covenants and agrees to notify all of its customers and
account debtors in writing on or before such date directing such customers and account debtors to forward all current and future remittances
and/or payments owed to Borrower to the Blocked Account set forth on Schedule 2.12.

Section 2.13 Collection of Accounts.

(a) All  receipts  of  cash,  cash  equivalents,  checks,  credit  card  receipts,  drafts,  instruments,  and  other  items  of  payment
arising  out  of  the  sale  of  inventory  or  other  Property  of  Borrower  or  the  creation  of  accounts  receivable,  including  without
limitation,  insurance  proceeds  and  tax  refunds  (referred  to  as  “Receipts”),  and  all  Property  of  Borrower  in  which  Lender  has  a
security interest or Lien, shall be deposited daily into one or more of the Blocked Accounts, and shall be held in trust by Borrower
for Lender until so deposited.

(b) In the event, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section, Borrower receives or otherwise has dominion and control
of any Receipts, or any proceeds or collections of any Property of Borrower in which Lender has a security interest or Lien, such
Receipts,  proceeds,  and  collections  shall  be  held  in  trust  by  Borrower  for  Lender  and  shall  not  be  commingled  with  any  of
Borrower’s other funds or deposited in any account of Borrower other than a Blocked Account.

Section 2.14 Collateral Management Fee. Borrower shall pay to Lender on the Closing Date and on

each annual anniversary thereof during the term of this Agreement and any extensions of the term of this Agreement, an annual collateral
management fee equal to TEN THOUSAND AND NO/lOO DOLLARS ($10,000.00) (the “Collateral Management Fee”), which fee shall
be compensation for certain services provided by Lender and (to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law) shall not be deemed
interest.

Section 2.15 Unused Line Fee. If the average outstanding daily principal balance of Revolving Advances  plus the LC Amount
(the “Line Usage”) shall be less than the Maximum Revolving Facility in any calendar quarter, Borrower shall pay to Lender on the  FIRST
(1st) day of the next succeeding calendar quarter a fee (the “Unused Line Fee”) equal to (a) ONE HALF OF ONE PERCENT (0.50%) if
the Line Usage shall be less than FIFTY PERCENT (50.00%) of the Maximum Revolving Facility, and (b)  ONE QUARTER OF ONE
PERCENT (0.25%) if the Line Usage shall be equal  or greater  than FIFTY  PERCENT (50.00%) of the Maximum Revolving Facility.
The  Unused  Line  Fee  shall  be  calculated  on  the  basis  of  a THREE  HUNDRED  SIXTY (360)  day  year  for  the  actual  number  of  days
elapsed and shall be payable for the entire term of this Agreement, including all renewal terms, or for so long as any of the Indebtedness is
outstanding.

Section 2.16 Closing Fee. Borrower  shall  pay  to  Lender  on  the  Closing  Date  a  fee  in  the  amount  of THIRTY  THOUSAND
AND  NO/100  DOLLARS  ($30,000.00) (the  “Closing  Fee”)  with  respect  to  the  Revolving  Credit  Note,  and  (to  the  maximum  extent
permitted by applicable law) such fee shall not be deemed interest.

Section 2.17 Delinquency Charge. To the extent permitted by law, a delinquency charge will be imposed in an amount not to

exceed FIVE PERCENT (5.00%) of any installment under the Notes that is more than TEN (10) days late.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

In order to induce Lender to enter into this Agreement, Borrower represents and warrants to Lender (which representations and
warranties will survive the delivery of the Notes and the making of the loans thereunder) and upon each request for a loan represents and
warrants to Lender that:

Section  3.01 Existence. Borrower is duly organized, legally existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in
which  it  is  organized  and  is  duly  qualified  as  a  foreign  entity  in  all  jurisdictions  wherein  (a)  it  maintains  a  place  of  business,  (b)  the
Collateral  is  located,  or  (c)  Borrower’s  obligations  that  give  rise  to  any  part  of  the  Collateral  are  to  be  performed,  except,  in  each  case,
where such failure would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower. As of the Closing Date, neither Borrower nor any Loan Party
has  been  known  as  or  used  any  fictitious  or  trade  names  except  those  listed  on Schedule 3.01  attached  hereto.  Except  as  set  forth  on
Schedule 3.01. as of the Closing Date, neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has been the survivor of a merger or consolidation or
acquired all or substantially all of the assets of any Person. As of the Closing Date, the chief executive offices of Borrower and Borrower’s
records concerning its accounts receivable are located only at the address set forth on Schedule 3.01 and its only other places of business
and the only other locations of Collateral (together with the owners and/or operators thereof), if any, are the addresses set forth on  Schedule
3.01 subject to the right of Borrower to establish new locations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Section 3.02 Power and Authorization. Borrower is duly authorized and empowered to create, execute and issue the Notes; and
Borrower and each Loan Party are duly authorized and empowered to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and the other Security
Instruments to which it is a party; and all action on Borrower’s or any Loan Party’s part requisite for the due creation and issuance of the
Notes and for the due execution, delivery and performance of the Security Instruments, including this Agreement, to which Borrower or any
Loan Party is a party has been duly and effectively taken. The board of directors, board of managers or other governing body, as applicable,
of Borrower acting pursuant to a duly called and constituted meeting, after proper notice, or pursuant to valid and unanimous consent, has
determined (a) that entry into and performance of this Agreement and each of the other documents to which Borrower is a party, directly or
indirectly benefits Borrower and (b) that adequate and fair consideration and reasonably equivalent value has been received by Borrower to
execute and perform this Agreement and each of the other documents to which it is a party.

Section  3.03 Binding  Obligations.  This  Agreement  does  constitute,  and  the  Notes  and  other  Security  Instruments  to  which
Borrower or any Loan Party is a party upon their creation, issuance, execution and delivery will constitute, valid and binding obligations of
Borrower or such Loan Party, as the case may be, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principals of equity.

Section 3.04 No Legal Bar or Resultant Lien. The Notes, this Agreement and the other Security Instruments to which Borrower
or any Loan Party is a party, do not and will not violate any provisions of the articles or certificates of incorporation, formation or limited
partnership  (or  analogous  constituent  documents)  of  Borrower  or  any  Loan  Party,  or  any  contract,  agreement,  law,  regulation,  order,
injunction, judgment, decree or writ to which Borrower or any Loan Party is subject, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon
any Properties of Borrower or any Loan Party, other than those contemplated by this Agreement.

Section  3.05  No  Consent.  The  execution,  delivery  and  performance  of  the  Notes,  this  Agreement  and  the  other  Security
Instruments to which Borrower or any Loan Party is party does not require the consent or approval of any other Person, including, without
limitation, any regulatory authority or governmental body of the United States or any state thereof or any political subdivision of the United
States or any state thereof.

Section  3.06 Financial  Condition.  The  unaudited,  consolidated  and  consolidating  financial  statements  of  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries,  dated AUGUST  31,  2016, which  have  been  delivered  to  Lender,  are  complete  and  correct,  have  been  prepared  from  the
books and records of Borrower in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, and fully and accurately reflect the financial condition and
results of the operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the date or dates and for the period or periods stated. No material adverse
change, either in any case or in the aggregate, has since occurred in the business, profits, Properties, operations or condition, financial or
otherwise, of Borrower or any other Loan Party, except as disclosed to Lender in writing.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section  3.07 Investments  and  Guaranties.  Neither  Borrower  nor  any  Subsidiary  has  made  investments  in,  advances  to  or

guaranties of the obligations of any Person, except as reflected in the Financial Statements.

Section 3.08 Ownership. As of the Closing Date, the authorized capital Stock of Borrower, and the number and ownership of all
outstanding capital Stock of Borrower is as set forth on Schedule 3.08 attached hereto. As of the Closing Date, there are no outstanding
subscriptions, warrants, options, calls, commitments, convertible securities or other agreements to which Borrower is a party or by which it
is bound, calling for the issuance of any capital Stock or securities convertible into capital Stock of Borrower or any Subsidiary, except as
disclosed on Schedule 3.08.

Section 3.09 Liabilities. For those periods identified in the Financial Statements, except for liabilities (a) incurred in the normal
course  of  business,  (b)  described  in  the  Financial  Statements  or  (c)  that  are  not  required  by  GAAP  to  be  disclosed  in  the  Financial
Statements,  neither  Borrower  nor  any  Subsidiary  has  liabilities,  direct  or  contingent,  owing  to  any  Person  other  than  Lender.  Except  as
described  in  the  Financial  Statements,  or  as  otherwise  disclosed  to  Lender  in  writing,  there  is  no  litigation,  legal  or  administrative
proceeding, investigation or other action of any nature pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened against or affecting Borrower
or  any  Subsidiary  which  involves  the  possibility  of  any  judgment  or  liability  not  fully  covered  by  insurance  and  which  would  have  a
Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.10 Taxes: Governmental Charges . Borrower and each Subsidiary has filed all tax returns and reports required to be
filed  and  has  paid  all  taxes,  assessments,  fees  and  other  governmental  charges  levied  upon  it,  except  to  the  extent  that  any  such  tax,
assessment, fee or other governmental charge is being contested by Borrower or a Subsidiary pursuant to appropriate proceedings diligently
conducted and if Borrower or any Subsidiary has set up reserves therefor adequate under GAAP.

Section 3.11 Title. Borrower and each Subsidiary has good and indefeasible title to its respective Properties, free and clear of all

Liens, except for Permitted Liens.

Section 3.12 Defaults. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in default under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement
or  other  instrument  to  which  Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary  is  a  party  or  by  which  Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary  is  bound  (subject  to  any
applicable cure periods or waivers thereof), except as disclosed to Lender in writing. As of the date hereof, no Default or Event of Default
hereunder has occurred and is continuing.

Section 3.13 Use of Proceeds; Margin Stock . The proceeds of the Notes will be used by Borrower (a) to repay existing Debt on
the Closing Date and to repay all amounts arising pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement (including, without limitation, principal, interest
and  premiums),  (b)  for  fees  and  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  the  consummation  of  this  Agreement  and  the  transactions
contemplated thereby and (c) as working capital for Borrower’s business. None of such proceeds will be used for, and neither Borrower nor
any Loan Party are engaged in the business of, extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin stock” as defined in
Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 C.F.R. Part 221), or for the purpose of reducing or retiring any
Debt which was originally incurred to purchase or carry a margin stock or for any other purpose which might constitute this transaction a
“purpose credit” within the meaning of said Regulation U. No part of the proceeds of the loans evidenced by the Notes will be used for any
purpose which violates Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 C.F.R. Part 224). All loans evidenced
by the Notes are and shall be “business loans” as such term is used in the Depository Institutions Deregulation and Monetary Control Act
of  1980,  as  amended,  and  such  loans  are  for  business,  commercial,  investment  or  other  similar  purposes  and  not  primarily  for  personal,
family, household or agricultural use, as such terms are used and defined in Texas Revised Civil Statutes Annotated, Title 4 of the Finance
Code, Chapter 346. Neither Borrower nor any Loan Party nor any Person acting on behalf of Borrower or any Loan Party has taken or will
take any action which might cause the Notes or any of the Security Instruments, including this Agreement, to violate Regulation U or any
other regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or to violate the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any rule or
regulation thereunder, in each case as now in effect or as the same may hereafter be in effect.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 3.14 Compliance with the Law. Neither Borrower nor any Loan Party:

(a)                 is in violation of any law, ordinance, or governmental rule or regulation to which Borrower or any Subsidiary
or any of their respective Properties are subject, including but not limited to, those laws, ordinances and governmental rules and
regulations regarding employee wages and overtime, except for any violation that would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

(b)                 has failed to obtain any license, certificate, permit, franchise or other governmental authorization necessary

for the operation of its businesses, except for any failure that would not have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(c)                 

has  failed  to  obtain  any  other  license,  certificate,  permit,  franchise  or  other  governmental  authorization
necessary to the ownership of any of their respective Properties or the conduct of their respective businesses; which violation or
failure would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section  3.15 ERISA. Borrower and each Loan Party is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of
ERISA, and no “reportable event,” as such term is defined in Section 4043 of ERISA, has occurred with respect to any Plan of Borrower or
any Loan Party.

Section 3.16 Subsidiaries. A  list of all the existing Subsidiaries of Borrower is provided on  Schedule 3.16 attached hereto and

incorporated by reference.

Section  3.17 Direct  Benefit  From  Loans. Borrower  has  received  or,  upon  the  execution  and  funding  thereof,  will  receive  (a)
direct benefit from the making and execution of this Agreement and the other documents to which it is a party, and (b) fair and independent
consideration for the entry into, and performance of, this Agreement and the other documents to which it is a party.

Section 3.18 RICO. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in violation of any laws, statutes or regulations, including, without
limitation, the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organization Act of 1970, as amended (“RICO”), which contain provisions which could
potentially override Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.

Section 3.19 Leases and Collateral Access Agreements.

(a)                 

Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries are parties to certain lease agreements pertaining to real property upon
which Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower operates its business and certain material personal property leases (each individually,
a “Lease” and collectively, the “Leases”). Schedule 3.19 attached hereto sets forth the present landlord(s) of the Property associated
with each real estate Lease, the expiration date of the respective Lease, and any renewal notice period of each such Lease. Schedule
3.19 is complete and correct and fully and accurately describes all real estate Leases to which Borrower and/or any other Loan Party
is a party.

(b)                 If Borrower’s or any other Loan Party’s Inventory is in the possession or control of any Person other than a
purchaser in the ordinary course of business or a public warehouseman where the warehouse receipt is in the name of or held by
Lender, Borrower shall notify such Person of Lender’s security interest therein and, upon request by Lender, instruct such Person to
execute a Collateral Access Agreement or otherwise acknowledge in writing its agreement to hold all such Inventory for the benefit
of the Lender and subject to Lender’s instructions. If so requested by Lender, Borrower and such other Loan Parties (as promptly as
possible after requested by Lender but in any event within FIVE (5) Business Days after any such request is made) will deliver (i)
to Lender warehouse receipts covering any of Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s Inventory located in warehouses showing Lender as
the beneficiary thereof and (ii) to the warehouseman such agreements relating to the release of warehouse Inventory as Lender may
reasonably  request. Schedule 3.19 attached hereto sets forth the present warehouseman, bailees, or other Person in possession or
control of Inventory of the Borrower or any other Loan Party as of the Closing Date.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 3.20 Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses. Each of Borrower and its Subsidiaries owns or possesses all the
patents,  trademarks,  service  marks,  trade  names,  copyrights  and  licenses  necessary  for  the  present  conduct  of  its  business  without  any
known  conflict  with  the  rights  of  others. As  of  the  Closing  Date,  all  such  patents,  trademarks,  service  marks,  trade  names,  copyrights,
licenses and other similar rights are listed on Schedule 3.20 attached hereto.

Section 3.21 Priority of Liens. The security interests and Liens granted to Lender under this Agreement and the other Security
Instruments constitute valid and perfected first-priority Liens and security interests in and upon the Collateral, subject only to Permitted
Liens.

Section  3.22 Continuous  Nature  of  Representations  and  Warranties .  Each  representation  and  warranty  contained  in  this
Agreement, the Notes and the Security Instruments shall be continuous in nature and shall remain accurate, complete and not misleading at
all times during the term of this Agreement, except for changes in the nature of Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ business or operations that
would  render  the  information  in  this Agreement,  the  Notes  or  the  Security  Instruments,  or  any  exhibit  attached  hereto  or  thereto  either
inaccurate,  incomplete  or  misleading,  so  long  as  Lender  has  consented  to  such  changes  or  such  changes  are  expressly  permitted  by  this
Agreement, and except for such representations and warranties that by their nature are limited only to a specific date.

Section 3.23 Patriot Act. Neither Borrower nor any other Loan Party is subject to or in violation of any law, regulation, or list of
any  government  agency  (including,  without  limitation,  the  U.S.  Office  of  Foreign Asset  Control  list,  Executive  Order  No.  13224  or  the
USA Patriot Act) that prohibits or limits the conduct of business with or the receiving of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of
certain Persons specified therein or that prohibits or limits Lender from making any advance or extension of credit to Borrower or any other
Loan Party or from otherwise conducting business with Borrower or any other Loan Party.

Section  3.24 Vintage  Stock Acquisition Agreement . Borrower has delivered  to  Lender  a  complete  and  correct  copy  of  the
Vintage Stock Acquisition Agreement (including all schedules, exhibits, amendments, supplements, modifications and assignments thereof
and, to the extent reasonably requested by Lender, all other material documents delivered pursuant thereto or in connection therewith). As
of  the  Closing  Date,  neither  Holdings  nor  Borrower  is  in  default  in  any  material  respect  in  the  performance  or  compliance  with  any
provisions  thereof.  The  Vintage  Stock Acquisition Agreement  is  in  full  force  and  effect  as  of  the  Closing  Date,  and  it  has  not  been
terminated,  rescinded  or  withdrawn. All  requisite  material  approvals  by  Governmental Authorities  having  jurisdiction  over  each  of  the
parties to the Vintage Stock Acquisition Agreement, with respect to the transactions contemplated thereby, have been obtained, and no such
approvals impose any conditions to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Vintage Stock Acquisition Agreement or to
the conduct by Borrower of its business thereafter which have not been satisfied or fulfilled or will be as of the Closing Date. As of the
Closing Date, each of the representations and warranties given by any Loan Party in the Vintage Stock Acquisition Agreement is true and
correct in all material respects. As of the Closing Date, each of the representations and warranties given by any Person (other than a Loan
Party) in the Vintage Stock Acquisition Agreement is, to the knowledge of Holdings and Borrower, true and correct in all material respects.
Other  than  with  respect  to  those  required  to  be  given  by  landlords  of  facilities  leased  by  Borrower,  all  consents  and  approvals  to  the
consummation  of  the  transactions  contemplated  by  the  Vintage  Stock Acquisition Agreement  or  to  the  conduct  by  any  Borrower  of  its
business thereafter which have not been satisfied or fulfilled or will be as of the Closing Date, other than those consents and approvals with
respect to which the failure to obtain could be not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE IV
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Without the prior written consent of Lender, Borrower will at all times comply with the covenants contained in this Article IV

from the Closing Date and for so long as any part of the Indebtedness or the Commitment is outstanding.

Section  4.01 Financial Statements and Reports. Borrower  and  all  Subsidiaries  will  promptly  furnish  to  Lender  from  time  to
time upon request such information regarding the business and affairs and financial condition of Borrower and all its Subsidiaries as Lender
may reasonably request, and will furnish to Lender:

(a)                  Annual Financial Statements. As soon as available and in any event within ONE HUNDRED TWENTY
(120) days after the close of each fiscal year of Borrower, audited Financial Statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, consisting
of  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  as  at  the  end  of  such  year  and  the  consolidated  operating
statements  of  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries,  as  at  the  end  of  such  year  (showing  income,  expenses  and  surplus),  setting  forth  in
each case in comparative form figures for the previous fiscal year, all prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, and
in a manner acceptable to Lender and certified by a nationally recognized independent public accounting firm acceptable to Lender.

(b)                  Monthly Financial Statements. As soon as available and in any event within THIRTY (30) days after the
end of each calendar month, the consolidated (i) balance sheets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, at the end of such month, (ii) cash
flow statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and (iii) operating statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, for such month
(showing income, expenses and surplus for such month and for the period from the beginning of the fiscal year to the end of such
month), each prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, and in a manner acceptable to Lender and certified by the
chief financial officer or treasurer of Borrower.

(c)                 

Projections. Not  earlier  than THIRTY  (30) days  before  and  not  later  than THIRTY  (30) days  after
SEPTEMBER  30 of  each  year,  monthly  projections  for  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  for  the  following  year,  and  annual
projections for the year thereafter, in each case consisting of the consolidated (i) balance sheets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
(ii) cash flow statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and (iii) operating statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (showing
income,  expenses  and  surplus),  in  a  manner  acceptable  to  Lender  and  certified  by  the  chief  financial  officer  or  treasurer  of
Borrower.

(d)                  Account Agings. As soon as available and in any event within FIFTEEN (15) days (or earlier if deemed
necessary by Lender in its sole discretion) after the end of each calendar month, consolidated agings of all accounts payable and
accounts receivable of Borrower (the “Account Agings”) showing each such account which is current and each such account which
i s THIRTY  (30),  SIXTY  (60),  NINETY  (90), and  over NINETY  (90) days  past  invoice  date  and,  with  respect  to  accounts
receivable, reconciling such aging with the Revolving Credit Borrowing Base Reports.

(e)                  Revolving Credit Borrowing Base Reports. As soon as available and in any event within FIFTEEN (15)
days (or earlier if deemed necessary by Lender in its sole discretion) after the end of each calendar month, a report in such form as
Lender may request (each a “Revolving Credit Borrowing Base Report”), reflecting the Eligible Accounts and Eligible Inventory of
Borrower  as  of  the  end  of  such  month  and  calculating  the Accounts Advance Amount  and  Inventory Advance Amount  based
thereon, together with the Account Agings, cash receipt journals, sales journals and backup for all miscellaneous credits and debits,
and inventory reports (if applicable), which support such reports, as applicable. Such report shall also reflect the amount of sales
and receipts of Borrower during the preceding month and such other information as Lender may reasonably request. If requested by
Lender, Borrower shall deliver, concurrently with any Revolving Credit Borrowing Base Report, copies of checks, invoices for new
billings, purchases journals, and cost of goods sold reports. If at any time Availability is less than  TWO MILLION AND NO/100
DOLLARS  ($2,000,000.00), Borrower  shall  deliver  Revolving  Credit  Borrowing  Base  Reports  on  or  before  the THIRD  (3rd)
Business Day of each week until such time as Availability is equal to or greater than such amount.

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f)                  

Inventory Report(s). As  soon  as  available  and  in  any  event  within FIFTEEN  (15) days  (or  earlier  if
deemed necessary by Lender in its sole discretion) after the end of each calendar month, an Inventory perpetual report for Borrower
and a schedule that lists Inventory by item, quantity, cost and location.

(g)                 Inventory Appraisal(s). Not less frequently than once every SIX (6) months upon Lender’s request, in each
case  at  Borrower’s  expense,  an  Inventory  appraisal  in  form  satisfactory  to  Lender  and  prepared  by  an  appraiser  satisfactory  to
Lender.

(h)                  Field Examination. Upon Lender’s request and at Borrower’s expense, a field examination of Borrower in
form reasonably satisfactory to Lender; provided, however, that if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, then no more
than ONE (1) field examination shall be conducted in any fiscal year of Borrower.

(i)                   Monthly Bank Statements. If requested by Lender, as soon as available and in any event within FIFTEEN
(15) days (or earlier if deemed necessary by Lender in its sole discretion) after the end of each calendar month, a copy of all bank
statements on all cash accounts of Borrower.

All Financial Statements referred to in this Section shall be in such detail as Lender may reasonably request and shall conform to GAAP
applied  on  a  basis  consistent,  except  only  for  such  changes  in  accounting  principles  or  practice  with  which  independent  certified  public
accountants concur.

Section 4.02 Compliance with Laws; Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. Borrower will observe and comply with all laws,
statutes,  codes,  acts,  ordinances,  rules,  regulations,  directions  and  requirements  of  all  federal,  state,  county,  municipal  and  other
governments,  departments,  commissions,  boards,  courts,  authorities,  officials  and  officers  applicable  to  it,  and  (b)  pay  and  discharge
promptly all taxes, charges, Liens, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon Borrower or any Subsidiary or upon the
income or any Property of Borrower or any Subsidiary as well as all claims of any kind (including claims for labor, materials, supplies and
rent) which, if unpaid, might become a Lien upon any or all of the Property of Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that, subject
to the written approval of Lender, neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall be required to pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or
claim  if  the  amount,  applicability  or  validity  thereof  shall  currently  be  contested  by  appropriate  proceedings  diligently  conducted  and  if
Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have set up reserves therefor adequate under GAAP; provided, further, however, that Lender (at its sole
discretion) may, if Borrower fails to do so, pay any such amounts owed by Borrower, and shall be the sole judge of the legality or validity
of such amounts and the amount necessary to discharge same.

Section 4.03 Maintenance. Borrower will and will cause each Subsidiary to: (a) maintain its corporate, limited liability company
or  partnership,  as  the  case  may  be,  existence,  rights  and  franchises;  (b)  observe  and  comply  with  all  valid  laws,  statutes,  codes,  acts,
ordinances, judgments, injunctions, rules, regulations, certificates, franchises, permits and licenses of all Federal, State, county, municipal
and other governmental authorities; (c) maintain its Properties (and any Properties leased by or consigned to it or held under title retention
or  conditional  sales  contracts)  in  good  and  workable  condition  (ordinary  wear  and  tear  excepted)  at  all  times  and  make  all  repairs,
replacements,  additions,  betterments  and  improvements  to  its  Properties  as  are  needful  and  proper  so  that  the  business  carried  on  in
connection therewith may be conducted properly and efficiently at all times; (d) not misuse, abuse, waste, destroy, endanger or allow its
Properties to deteriorate; (e) protect the title to the Collateral, except to the extent that the Security Instruments permit the sale, transfer or
other disposition of such Collateral; and (f) maintain and keep books of records and accounts, all in accordance with GAAP, consistently
applied, of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activity.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 4.04 Further Assurances. Borrower will and will cause each Subsidiary to cure promptly any defects in the creation and
issuance of the Notes and the execution and delivery of the Security Instruments, including, without limitation, this Agreement. Borrower
at its expense will promptly execute and deliver to Lender upon request all such other and further documents, agreements and instruments,
and  do  all  such  additional  and  further  acts,  filings,  deeds  and  give  such  assurances  necessary  or  appropriate  in  order  to  effectuate  the
agreements of Borrower or any Subsidiary in the Security Instruments, including, without limitation, this Agreement, or to further evidence
and more fully describe the collateral intended as security for the Notes, or to correct any omissions in the Security Instruments, or more
fully to state the security obligations set out herein or in any of the Security Instruments, or to perfect, protect or preserve any Liens created
pursuant to any of the Security Instruments, or to make any recordings, to file any notices, or obtain any consents, all as may be necessary
or appropriate in connection therewith.

Section  4.05 Performance of Obligations. Borrower will pay the Notes according to the reading, tenor and effect thereof; and
Borrower will do and perform every act and discharge all of the obligations provided to be performed and discharged by Borrower under
the Security Instruments, including this Agreement, at the time or times and in the manner specified, and cause each Subsidiary to take such
action  with  respect  to  their  obligations  to  be  performed  and  discharged  under  the  Security  Instruments  to  which  they  respectively  are
parties.

Section 4.06 Reimbursement of Expenses. Borrower will pay all fees and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with the
preparation,  amendment,  interpretation,  administration  and  enforcement  of  this Agreement  and  any  and  all  other  Security  Instruments
contemplated hereby, including but not limited to legal fees and expenses and expenses incurred in connection with any appraisals and field
examinations required under Section 4.01. Borrower will promptly reimburse Lender for all amounts expended, advanced or incurred by
Lender to satisfy any obligation of Borrower or any Loan Party under this Agreement or any other Security Instrument, or to protect the
Properties or business of Borrower or any Subsidiary or to collect the Notes, or to enforce the rights of Lender under this Agreement, the
Notes, or any other Security Instrument, which amounts will include all court costs, attorneys’ fees, fees of auditors and accountants, and
investigation  expenses  incurred  by  Lender  in  connection  with  any  such  matters,  together  with  interest  at  either  (a)  the  post-default  rate
specified in Section 2.02 hereof on each such amount from the date that the same is expended, advanced or incurred by Lender until the
date  of  reimbursement  to  Lender,  or  (b)  if  no  Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and  be  continuing,  the  pre-default  rate  specified  in
Section 2,02 hereof on each such amount from the date that the same is expended, advanced or incurred by Lender until the date of written
demand  or  request  by  Lender  for  the  reimbursement  of  same,  and  thereafter  at  the  applicable  post-default  rate  specified  in Section  2.02
hereof until the date of reimbursement to Lender. Revolving Advances may be made automatically by Lender to pay any fees and expenses
owing by Borrower.

Section 4.07 Insurance. Borrower and each Subsidiary now maintains and will continue to maintain with financially sound and
reputable  insurers,  insurance  with  respect  to  their  respective  Properties  and  businesses  against  such  liabilities,  casualties,  risks  and
contingencies, and in such types and amounts as is customary in the case of corporations engaged in the same or similar businesses and
similarly situated, but in any event, all fixed assets of Borrower shall be insured for an amount at least equal to the fair market value of such
fixed assets. All such policies shall name Lender as loss payee and additional insured, as applicable, and shall provide that the insurer shall
provide Lender with THIRTY (30) days prior written notification of the cancellation of such policies. Upon request of Lender, Borrower
will furnish or cause to be furnished to Lender from time to time a summary of the insurance coverage of Borrower and the Subsidiaries in
form and substance satisfactory to Lender and if requested will furnish Lender copies of the applicable policies.

Section 4.08 Right of Inspection. Upon prior notice from Lender, Borrower will permit and will cause each Subsidiary to permit
any officer, employee or agent of Lender to visit and inspect any of the Properties of Borrower, or any Subsidiary, to conduct collateral
reviews, to examine Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s books of record and accounts, to take copies and extracts therefrom, and to discuss the
affairs, finances and accounts of Borrower or any Subsidiary with Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s officers, employees, accountants and
auditors, all at such times and as often as Lender may desire. Borrower shall reimburse Lender for all of Lender’s expenses in connection
with the collateral reviews (including travel expenses), which expenses include ONE THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($1,000.00)
per-person per-day for on-site collateral reviews.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 4.09 Notice of Certain Events. Borrower shall promptly notify Lender if Borrower learns of the occurrence of (a) any
event which constitutes a Default, together with a detailed statement by a responsible officer of Borrower of the steps being taken to cure
the  effect  of  such  Default;  (b)  the  receipt  of  any  notice  from,  or  the  taking  of  any  other  action  by,  the  holder  of  any  promissory  note,
debenture or other evidence of Debt of Borrower or any Subsidiary or of any security (as defined in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended)
of Borrower or any Subsidiary with respect to a claimed default, together with a detailed statement by a responsible officer of Borrower
specifying the notice given or other action taken by such holder and the nature of the claimed default and what action such Borrower, or
such Subsidiary is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto; (c) any legal, judicial or regulatory proceedings affecting Borrower or
any  Subsidiary  or  any  of  the  Properties  of  Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary  in  which  the  amount  involved  is  material  and  is  not  covered  by
insurance  or  which,  if  adversely  determined,  would  have  a  material  and  adverse  effect  on  the  business  or  the  financial  condition  of
Borrower or any Subsidiary; (d) any dispute between Borrower or any Subsidiary and any governmental or regulatory body or any other
Person which, if adversely determined, would materially interfere with the normal business operations of Borrower or any Subsidiary; or
(e) any material adverse changes, either in any case or in the aggregate, in the assets, liabilities, financial condition, business, operations,
affairs  or  circumstances  of  Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary,  from  those  reflected  in  the  most  recent  Financial  Statements  or  by  the  facts
warranted or represented in any Security Instrument, including without limitation this Agreement.

Section  4.10 ERISA  Information  and  Compliance.  Borrower  will  promptly  furnish  to  Lender  (a)  if  requested  by  Lender,
promptly  after  the  filing  thereof  with  the  United  States  Secretary  of  Labor  or  the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation,  copies  of  each
annual  and  other  report  with  respect  to  each  Plan  or  any  trust  created  thereunder,  and  (b)  immediately  upon  becoming  aware  of  the
occurrence of any “reportable event,” as such term is defined in Section 4043 of ERISA, or of any “prohibited transaction,” as such term is
defined in Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, in connection with any Plan or any trust created thereunder, a
written  notice  signed  by  a  responsible  officer  or  manager  of  Borrower  specifying  the  nature  thereof,  what  action  Borrower  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto, and, when known, any action taken by the Internal Revenue Service with
respect thereto. Borrower will fund, or will cause its Subsidiaries to fund, all current service pension liabilities as they are incurred under
the provisions of all Plans from time to time in effect for the benefit of employees of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and comply with
all applicable provisions of ERISA.

Section 4.11 Environmental Requirements. Borrower shall and shall cause each Subsidiary to comply with all Environmental
Laws applicable to Borrower and/or such Subsidiary or to its Property with respect to occupational health and safety, hazardous waste and
substances  and  environmental  matters,  except  to  the  extent  that  the  failure  to  comply  would  not  result  in  a  Material Adverse  Effect.
Borrower shall and shall cause each Subsidiary to promptly notify Lender of its receipt of any notice of a violation or an alleged violation
of any such federal laws, state statutes, municipal ordinances or other governmental standards, rules or regulations. Borrower shall and shall
cause  each  Subsidiary  to  indemnify  and  hold  Lender  harmless  from  all  loss,  cost,  damages,  claim  and  expense  incurred  by  Lender  on
account of Borrower’s failure to perform the obligations of this Section.

Section 4.12 Additional Guarantors. Borrower shall cause each of its now or hereafter existing Subsidiaries to duly execute and
deliver, or become a party to, a Guaranty Agreement with such other Security Instruments as Lender may require as security therefor from
time  to  time.  Upon  the  formation  or  acquisition  of  any  Subsidiary  after  the  Closing  Date,  Borrowers  shall  cause  such  Subsidiary  to
acknowledge and consent to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and to agree to such terms applicable to such Subsidiary thereunder.

Section 4.13 Compliance Certificate. At the time that Borrower provides the monthly and annual Financial Statements pursuant
to Section 4,01 hereof, beginning for the month ending  NOVEMBER 30, 2016, Borrower shall also provide a compliance certificate in the
form attached as Exhibit A hereto which (a) states that the information on any and all schedules to this Agreement is complete and accurate
as of the date of such certificate or, if such is the case, attaches to such certificate updated schedules, (b) states that, based on a reasonably
diligent examination, no Default or Event of Default has occurred or exists, or, if such is not the case, specifies such Default or Event of
Default, and its nature, when it occurred, whether it is continuing and the steps taken or being taken by Borrower with respect thereto, (c)
shows in reasonable detail Borrower’s calculations with the financial covenants and limitations on leases set forth in Article V.

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 4.14 Blocked Accounts. At all times during the term of this Agreement (unless otherwise agreed in writing in Lender),
Borrower  will  maintain  Blocked Accounts  as  required  by  Section 2.12  hereof,  and  will  direct  all  collections  and  other  Receipts  to  such
Blocked Accounts in accordance with Section 2,13 hereof.

Section 4.15 Post-Closing – Landlord Matters .

(a)                 Landlord Consent Requirement. With respect to each landlord for a leased property listed on Schedule 3.19
that is required to consent to the change of control of Borrower under the Vintage Stock Acquisition Agreement, Borrower shall
obtain such consent of such landlord within ONE HUNDRED TWENTY (120) days of the Closing Date (the “Landlord Consent
Period”); provided that, Borrower’s failure to obtain such consents shall not constitute an Event of Default unless consents remain
outstanding  on  more  than  SIX  (6)  such  leased  properties  at  the  end  of  the  Landlord  Consent  Period.  This  covenant  shall  not  be
subject to any notice or cure period set forth in Article VI.

(b)                 Non-Consenting Property Reserve. In the event that Borrower fails to obtain landlord consents as required
pursuant to clause (a) immediately preceding, Lender shall establish an Availability Reserve in an aggregate amount equal to the
Non-Consenting  Property  Amount  (as  defined  below)  on  the  first  Business  Day  immediately  following  the  expiration  of  the
Landlord Consent Period. Such Availability Reserve shall remain in place until: (a) the date the Indebtedness is paid in full, or (b)
the date that Borrower has obtained the consent of each landlord for a leased property listed on Schedule 3,19 that is required to
consent to the change of control of Borrower under the Vintage Stock Acquisition Agreement.

(c)                 Defined Terms.

“Non-Consenting Property”  means  any  leased  property  set  forth  on Schedule 3.19  for  which  Borrower  fails  to

deliver a landlord consent pursuant to clause (a) immediately preceding herein within the Landlord Consent Period.

“Non-Consenting Property Amount” means an amount equal to (a) the quotient of (i) the aggregate sum of the
Retail EBITDA of the retail stores located at each Non-Consenting Property for the most recently completed FOUR (4)
fiscal  quarters  of  Borrower,  and  (ii)  the  number  of  Non-Consenting  Properties; multiplied by  (b)  the  difference  between
(x) the total number of Non- Consenting Properties and (y) THREE (3).

“Retail EBITDA” means, for any period of determination, the sum of the following, without duplication, (a) the
net earnings of a retail store, plus (b) each of the following to the extent deducted in calculating such net earnings (without
duplication):  (i)  interest  charges,  (ii)  the  provision  for  federal,  state,  local  and  foreign  income  taxes  payable,  (iii)
depreciation  and  amortization  expense,  (iv)  non-cash  charges  and  losses  including  write-offs  or  write-downs  (excluding
any such non-cash charges or losses to the extent (A) there were cash charges with respect to such charges and losses in
past accounting periods or (B) there is a reasonable expectation that there will be cash charges with respect to such charges
and losses in future accounting periods), in each case (i)-(iv), solely with respect to the operations of such retail store, and
less (c) without duplication and to the extent reflected as a gain or otherwise included in the calculation of net earnings of
such retail store, non-cash gains (excluding any such non-cash gains to the extent (A) there were cash gains with respect to
such gains in past accounting periods or (B) there is a reasonable expectation that there will be cash gains with respect to
such gains in future accounting periods).

Section 4.16 Post-Closing – Other Matters . Within FIVE (5) days after the Closing Date, Borrower shall deliver to Lender such

insurance certificates and endorsements as shall be required by the Security Instruments or by Lender in its permitted discretion.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE V
NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Without the prior written consent of Lender, Borrower will at all times comply with the covenants contained in this Article  V.

from the Closing Date and for so long as any part of the Indebtedness or the Commitment is outstanding.

Section 5.01 Debts, Guaranties and Other Obligations. Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to incur, create,
assume or in any manner become or be liable in respect of any Debt (including obligations for the payment of rentals), and Borrower will
not, and will not permit a Subsidiary to, guarantee or otherwise in any way become or be responsible for obligations of any other Person,
whether by agreement to purchase the Debt of any other Person or agreement for the furnishing of funds to any other Person through the
purchase  or  lease  of  goods,  supplies  or  services  (or  by  way  of  stock  purchase,  capital  contribution,  advance  or  loan)  for  the  purpose  of
paying or discharging the Debt of any other Person, or otherwise, except that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to:

(a)                the Notes or other Indebtedness owed to Lender;

(b)                

liabilities, direct or contingent, of Borrower and its Subsidiaries existing on the Closing Date which are
reflected  in  the  Financial  Statements  or  have  been  disclosed  to  Lender  in  writing,  and  any  renewals  and  extensions  (but  not
increases) thereof (provided that such extensions and renewals are on materially the same terms as in effect on the Closing Date);

(c)                indebtedness incurred to finance the acquisition of capital assets;

(d)                liabilities in relation to leases and lease agreements to the extent permitted by Section 5.07 hereof;

(e)                endorsements of negotiable or similar instruments for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(f)                  trade payables or similar obligations from time to time incurred in the ordinary course of business other than

for borrowed money;

(g)                

taxes, assessments or other government charges which are not yet due or are being contested pursuant to

Section 4,02 hereof;

(h)                 Debt which is subordinated to the Notes, including the Subordinated Debt and including Debt issued by an

Affiliate of Borrower, by terms satisfactory to Lender, in its reasonable discretion;

(i)                   obligations (contingent or otherwise) existing or arising under any Swap Contract;  provided that, (i) such
obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks
associated with fluctuations in interest rates or foreign exchange rates and (ii) such Swap Contract does not contain any provision
exonerating the non-defaulting party from its obligation to make payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party;

(j)                  Debt consisting of (i) guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business with respect to surety and appeal
bonds, performance bonds, bid bonds, indemnity bonds, customs bonds, completion guarantees, and similar obligations, and leases,
(ii)  unsecured  guarantees  arising  with  respect  to  customary  indemnification  obligations  to  purchasers  in  connection  with Asset
Dispositions permitted by Section 5.05:

(k)                 Debt incurred in the ordinary course of business under performance, surety, statutory, customs and appeal

bonds;

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(l)                   Debt in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, performance bonds, export or
import  indemnities  or  similar  instruments,  customs  bonds,  governmental  contracts,  leases,  surety,  appeal  or  similar  bonds  and
completion guarantees provided by a Loan Party in the ordinary course of its business;

(m)               Debt in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and other like services, in each case incurred in the

ordinary course of business;

(n)                Debt in connection with the Term Loan;

(o)                 Debt listed on Schedule 5.01 attached hereto on the Closing Date in an aggregate amount per year not to

exceed $100,000; and

(p)                 unsecured Debt not contemplated by the above provisions in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed
$500,000 at any time outstanding; provided that, (i) no Default or Event of Default shall then exist or would exist after giving effect
thereto and (ii) the Loan Parties have satisfied the Applicable Requirements as of the date of the incurrence thereof.

Section 5.02 Liens. Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on

any of its Properties (now owned or hereafter acquired), except the following (collectively, the “Permitted Liens”-):

(a)                 Liens securing the payment of any Indebtedness to Lender;

(b)                

Liens for taxes, assessments, or other governmental charges not yet due or which are being contested by
appropriate action promptly initiated and diligently conducted, if such reserve as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made
therefor;

(c)                  Liens of landlords, vendors, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, laborers and materialmen arising by law in
the ordinary course of business for sums which are not overdue for a period of more than forty-five (45) days or being contested by
appropriate action promptly initiated and diligently conducted, if such reserve as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made
therefor;

(d)                

Liens existing on Property owned by Borrower or any Subsidiary on the Closing Date which have been
disclosed  to  and  permitted  by  Lender  in  writing  and  listed  on Schedule 5.02  attached  hereto,  and  any  renewals  and  extensions
thereof;

(e)                  pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workmen’s compensation,

unemployment insurance, social security and other like laws;

(f)                  
permitted by Section 4.10 hereof;

inchoate  Liens  arising  under  ERISA  to  secure  the  contingent  liability  of  Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary

(g)                  deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Debt), statutory obligations,

surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(h)                  easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which do not

materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;

(i)                  

Liens  securing  judgments  for  the  payment  of  money  (or  appeal  or  other  surety  bonds  relating  to  such

judgments) not constituting an Event of Default under Section 6.01(i);

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(j)                  

Liens  securing  Debt  permitted  under  Section  5.01(c); provided that,  (i)  such  Liens  do  not  at  any  time
encumber any property other than the property financed by such Debt and (ii) the Debt secured thereby does not exceed the cost or
fair market value, whichever is lower, of the property being acquired on the date of acquisition;

(k)                 

Any  interest  or  title  of  a  lessor,  licensor,  sublessor  or  sublicensor  under  any  lease,  license,  sublease  or
sublicense entered into by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise permitted by
this Agreement and covering only the assets so leased, licensed, subleased or sublicensed;

(l)                  Liens of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection;

(m)               Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statements (or equivalent filings or registrations in foreign
jurisdictions)  filed  with  respect  to  any  operating  lease  or  in  connection  with  the  consignment  of  goods  in  the  ordinary  course  of
business;

(n)                 

licenses,  sublicenses,  leases  or  subleases  granted  to  third  parties  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  not

interfering with the business of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries;

(o)                 

Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of

goods entered into by Borrower or any other Loan Party in the ordinary course of business;

(p)                  customary rights of set-off, revocation, refund or chargeback under deposit agreements or under the UCC or
common law of banks or other financial institutions where Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries maintain deposits (other than
deposits intended as cash collateral) in the ordinary course of business;

(q)                 Liens securing Debt contemplated by the Term Loan Agreement; and

(r)                  other Liens as to which the aggregate amount of the obligations secured thereby does not exceed $500,000 at

any time outstanding.

Section  5.03 Investments, Loans and Advances. Borrower  will  not,  and  will  not  permit  any  Subsidiary  to,  make  or  permit  to

remain outstanding any loans or advances to or investments in any Person, except that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to:

(a)                 loans, advances or investments the material details of which have been set forth in the Financial Statements or

have been otherwise disclosed to Lender in writing prior to the execution of this Agreement;

(b)                 investments in direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency thereof;

(c)                  investments in time deposits with, or certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, commercial banks in
the  United  States  having  a  combined  capital  and  surplus  in  excess  of  ONE HUNDRED  MILLION AND  NO/lOO  DOLLARS
($100,000,000.00);

(d)                 

investments in commercial paper with the best rating by Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”), Moody’s Investors
Service,  Inc.  (“Moody’s”),  or  any  other  rating  agency  satisfactory  to  Lender  issued  by  companies  in  the  United  States  with  a
combined capital and surplus in excess of ONE HUNDRED MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($100,000,000.00);

(e)                 investments in marketable short-term money market and similar highly liquid funds having a rating of at least
P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations,
an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency);

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f)                  

investments in readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the
United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an investment grade rating from either Moody’s or S&P
(or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized
statistical rating agency);

(g)                  investments classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in
money  market  investment  programs  registered  under  the  Investment  Company Act  of  1940,  which  are  administered  by  financial
institutions that have the highest rating obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P, and the portfolios of which are limited solely to
investments of the character and quality described in Section 5.03(b) - (f):

(h)                  advances to officers, directors and employees of Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100,000 at

any time outstanding;

(i)                  

(i) investments by Borrower and its Subsidiaries in their respective Subsidiaries outstanding on the date
hereof, (ii) additional investments by Borrower and its Subsidiaries in Loan Parties and (iii) additional investments by Subsidiaries
of Borrower that are not Loan Parties in other Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties;

(j)                   investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising
from  the  grant  of  trade  credit  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  and  Investments  received  in  satisfaction  or  partial  satisfaction
thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;

(k)                 guarantees and investments constituting Debt permitted by Section 5.01;

(l)                  investments existing on the date hereof set forth on Schedule 5.03;

(m)               any acquisition that is approved by Lender; provided, however, that such approval shall not be unreasonably

withheld or delayed;

(n)                 

creation  or  acquisition  of  any  additional  Subsidiary  that  becomes  a  Loan  Party,  provided,  that  such

Subsidiary that complies with the provisions of Section 4,12;

(o)                

investments in negotiable instruments deposited or to be deposited for collection in the ordinary course of

business;

(p)                investments resulting from entering into any Swap Contract permitted by Section 5.01(D:

(q)                 investments in non-cash consideration received in Asset Dispositions to the extent permitted by the Security

Instruments;

(r)                   deposits, prepayments and other credits to suppliers and deposits in connection with lease obligations, taxes,
insurance and similar items, in each case made in the ordinary course of business and securing contractual obligations of a Loan
Party, in each case to the extent constituting a Lien permitted under Section 5.02;

(s)                  investments in prepaid expenses, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits,

each as entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(t)                  investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of account

debtors;

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(u)                loans, advances or investments permitted by Section 5.01 hereof; and

(v)                 other investments not contemplated by the above provisions in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed
$500,000 at any time outstanding; provided that, (i) no Default or Event of Default shall then exist or would exist after giving effect
thereto and (ii) the Loan Parties have satisfied the Applicable Requirements as of the date of the making thereof.

Section 5.04 Dividends. Distributions, Payments, and Redemptions. Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to
(a) make any Distribution with respect to its Stock now or hereafter outstanding (other than Permitted Tax Distributions), (b) return any
capital to its stockholders or interest holders, as applicable, (c) make any distribution of its assets to any other Loan Party or their respective
stockholders, or interest holders, as applicable, or (d) make any payment, redemption or prepayment or other retirement, prior to the stated
maturity thereof or prior to the due date of any Debt owing to any Person other than Lender, other than trade debt incurred in the ordinary
course of business and payments and prepayments of the Term Loan expressly permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement. Borrower will
not,  and  will  not  permit  any  Subsidiary  to,  make  any  payment  of  any  management,  consulting  or  similar  fee  if  any  Default  or  Event  of
Default  exists  at  the  time  of  any  such  payment  or  would  exist  as  a  result  of  making  any  such  payment,  provided,  that,  in  any  event,
Borrower  may  not  pay  management  fees  in  an  amount  exceeding  FOUR  HUNDRED  THOUSAND  AND  NO/100  DOLLARS
($400,000.00)  in  any  fiscal  year  (provided  that  if  any  portion  of  such  FOUR  HUNDRED  THOUSAND  AND  NO/100  DOLLARS
($400,000.00) per annum is not paid during any fiscal year, then, in subsequent fiscal years, such management fee may be increased by
such  unpaid  portion  until  paid).  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this Section  5.04  to  the  contrary,  (i)  Borrower  may  make  mandatory
prepayments of the Term Loan from proceeds of Equity Issuances and Debt Issuances (each as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) as
permitted by Section 5(b) of the Intercreditor Agreement, and (ii) so long as: (1) no Default or Event of Default exists or would occur as a
result of the making of any Distribution or payment, and (2) Borrower has pro forma Availability of at least TWO MILLION AND NO/100
DOLLARS ($2,000,000.00):

(a)             Borrower may make such mandatory prepayments of the Term Loan from excess cash flow as are required

under the Term Loan Agreement;

(b)                      Borrower  has  delivered  calculations  reasonably  acceptable  to  Lender  evidencing  a  pro  forma  Fixed  Charge
Coverage Ratio of at least 1.10 to 1.00, then Borrower may make voluntary prepayments of the Term Loan in an aggregate amount
of up to ONE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($1,500,000.00) in any fiscal year; and

(c)          If Borrower has delivered calculations reasonably acceptable to Lender evidencing a pro forma Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio of at least 1.20 to 1.00 (such requirement, together with the requirements in clauses(ii)(l)  and  (2)  of  this Section
5.04  being  collectively  the  “Applicable Requirements”),  then  Borrower  may  make  Distributions  and  may  make  payments  and
prepayments on Debt.

Section 5.05 Sale of Properties. Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of all
or any substantial portion or integral part of its Properties except in the ordinary course of business, or enter into any arrangement, directly
or  indirectly,  with  any  Person  whereby  Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary  shall  sell  or  transfer  any  Property,  whether  now  owned  or  hereafter
acquired, and whereby Borrower or any Subsidiary shall then or thereafter rent or lease as lessee such Property or any part thereof or other
Property which Borrower or any Subsidiary intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the Property sold or transferred
except  with  respect  to  Asset  Dispositions  that  are  approved  in  writing  by  Lender  in  its  sole  discretion  and  subject  to  the  mandatory
prepayment requirements of Section 2.08 hereof.

Section 5.06 Nature of Business. Borrower will not, and will not allow any Subsidiary to, permit any material change to be made

in the character of its business as carried on at the Closing Date.

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 5.07 Limitation on Leases. Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to
exist any obligation for the payment of rent or hire of Property of any kind whatsoever (real or personal), under leases or lease agreements,
without the prior written consent of Lender except (a) leases and lease agreements in existence on the Closing Date, and (b) no more than
TWENTY-FIVE (25) other leases and lease agreements in any fiscal year of Borrower.

Section  5.08 Mergers, Consolidations. Acquisitions, etc. Borrower will not, and will not permit any Loan Party to, amend its
certificate or articles of incorporation, formation or partnership, as the case may be, in a manner that is materially adverse to Lender, or
otherwise change its corporate, limited liability company, or partnership, as the case may be, name or structure, without providing Lender
at least THIRTY (30) days advance written notice of such change. Borrower will not, and will not permit any Loan Party to, or consolidate
with or merge into or acquire any Person, or permit any other Person to consolidate with or merge into or acquire Borrower or any Loan
Party or acquire the Stock of any Person or form any Subsidiary, without prior approval of Lender, unless in each case, the surviving entity
or the acquired Person or the Subsidiary that is formed becomes a Loan Party.

Section 5.09 ERISA Compliance. Borrower will not permit any Plan maintained by it or any Subsidiary to:

(a)                  engage in any “prohibited transaction” as such term is defined in Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code

of 1986, as amended;

(b)                incur any “accumulated funding deficiency” as such term is defined in Section 302 of ERISA; or

(c)                 

terminate any such Plan in a manner which could result in the imposition of a Lien on the Property of

Borrower or any Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4068 of ERISA.

Section  5.10 Issuance of Stock and Interests. During the term of this Agreement, Borrower will not, and will not permit any

Subsidiary to, issue any additional Stock or partnership interests, as applicable, without the written consent of Lender.

Section 5.11 Changes in Accounting Methods. Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, make any change in its
accounting method as in effect on the Closing Date or change its fiscal year ending date from SEPTEMBER 30 of each year, unless such
change has the prior, written approval of Lender.

Section 5.12 Transactions With Affiliates. Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter
into any transaction (including, but not limited to, the sale or exchange of Property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate, other
than in the ordinary course of its business and upon substantially the same or better terms as it could obtain in an arm’s length transaction
with a Person who is not an Affiliate.

Section 5.13 Affiliate Receivables. Borrower will not at any time allow any accounts receivable and other receivables to be owed
to  Borrower  by  any  Affiliate,  except  as  disclosed  on Schedule  5.13  attached  hereto  or  otherwise  consented  to  by  Lender  in  its  sole
discretion.

Section 5.14 Use of Proceeds. Borrower will not use the proceeds of the Notes for purposes other than those set forth in  Section

3.13 hereof.

Section 5.15 RICO. Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, violate any laws, statutes or regulations, whether

federal or state, for which forfeiture of its properties is a potential penalty, including, without limitation, RICO.

Section  5.16 Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio. Borrower  will  maintain  a  Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio  of  not  less  than  1.10  to

1.00. Such determination shall be made as of the end of each month beginning DECEMBER 31, 2016.

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 5.17 Subordinated Loan Documents. Borrower will not change or amend the terms of any Subordinated Debt or any of
the  documents  related  thereto  without  the  written  consent  of  Lender,  unless  such  change  or  amendment  is  not  prohibited  by  the
documentation that subordinates such Subordinated Debt to the Indebtedness.

Section  6.01 Events  of  Default. Any  of  the  following  events  shall  be  considered  an  “Event  of  Default”  as  that  term  is  used

herein:

ARTICLE VI
EVENTS OF DEFAULT

(a)                 

Principal and Interest Payments. A  default  is  made  in  the  payment  or  prepayment  when  due  of  any

installment of principal or interest on any Note or any other Indebtedness; or

(b)                  Representations and Warranties . Any representation or warranty made by Borrower, any Subsidiary or
any Guarantor in any Security Instrument, including this Agreement, in particular Article III, proves to have been incorrect in any
material  respect  as  of  the  date  thereof;  or  any  representation,  statement  (including  the  Financial  Statements),  certificate  or  data
furnished  or  made  by  Borrower,  any  Subsidiary  or  any  Guarantor  (or  any  officer,  accountant  or  attorney  of  Borrower  or  any
Subsidiary) under any Security Instrument, including this Agreement, proves to have been untrue in any material respect, as of the
date as of which the facts therein set forth were stated or certified; or

(c)                  Affirmative Covenants. A default is made in the due observance or performance of any of the covenants or
agreements  contained  in Article IV of this Agreement or the Security Instruments and such default continues for FIFTEEN (15)
days; or

(d)                  Negative Covenants. Default is made in the due observance or performance by Borrower or any Subsidiary

of any of the covenants or agreements contained in Article V of this Agreement or the other Security Instruments; or

(e)                 

Other  Security  Instrument  Obligations. Default  is  made  in  the  due  observance  or  performance  by
Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Guarantor of any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, and, other than with
respect to a default under Section 2,11 or 2.12 (for which there shall be no cure period), such default continues for FIFTEEN (15)
days, or any Security Instrument other than this Agreement, and such default continues unremedied beyond the expiration of any
applicable grace period which may be expressly allowed under such Security Instrument; or

(f)                  

Insolvency. If Borrower or any other Loan Party (i) becomes insolvent, or makes a transfer in fraud of
creditors, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due;
(ii)  generally  is  not  paying  its  debts  as  such  debts  become  due;  (iii)  has  a  receiver,  trustee  or  custodian  appointed  for,  or  take
possession of, all or substantially all of its assets, either in a proceeding brought by it or in a proceeding brought against it and such
appointment  is  not  discharged  or  such  possession  is  not  terminated  within SIXTY  (60) days after the effective date thereof or it
consents to or acquiesces in such appointment or possession; (iv) files a petition for relief under the United States Bankruptcy Code
or any other present or future federal or state insolvency, Bankruptcy or similar laws (all of the foregoing hereinafter collectively
called “Applicable Bankruptcy Law”) or an involuntary petition for relief is filed against it under any Applicable Bankruptcy Law
and such involuntary petition is not dismissed within SIXTY  (60) days after the filing thereof, or an order for relief naming it is
entered  under  any Applicable  Bankruptcy  Law,  or  any  composition,  rearrangement,  extension,  reorganization  or  other  relief  of
debtors now or hereafter existing is requested or consented to by it; or (v) fails to have discharged within a period of SIXTY (60)
days any attachment, sequestration or similar writ levied upon any property of it; or

(g)                Discontinuance of Business. Borrower or any Loan Party discontinues its usual business; or

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(h)                 Other Debt. The occurrence of any event which results in the maturity or the acceleration of the maturity of
any Debt for borrowed money in an aggregate principal amount in excess of TWO HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND AND NO/100
DOLLARS ($250,000.00) owing by Borrower or any other Loan Party to any third party under any agreement or understanding and
such Debt is not paid when due; or

(i)                   Term Loan Indebtedness . There shall occur an “Event of Default” (or any comparable term) (subject, in
each case, to any applicable grace or cure periods applicable thereto and after giving effect to any amendments or waivers thereof)
under the Term Loan Agreement; or

(j)                   Judgment. The entry of any judgment against Borrower or any other Loan Party or the issuance or entry of
any attachments or other Liens against any of the property of such Person for an amount in excess of TWO HUNDRED FIFTY
THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($250,000.00) (individually or in the aggregate) if uninsured, undischarged, unbonded or
undismissed  on  the  date  on  which  such  judgment  would  be  executed  upon  and  for  a  period  of  THIRTY  (30)  consecutive  days
thereafter; or

(k)                 Challenge to Agreement or any Security Instrument . Borrower or any or any Loan Party or any Affiliate
of any of them, shall challenge or contest in any action, suit or proceeding the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of
the Security Instruments, the legality or enforceability of any of the Indebtedness or the perfection or priority of any Lien granted
by any Loan Party to Lender; or

(l)                   Repudiation of or Default under Guaranty Agreement . Any Guarantor shall revoke or attempt to revoke
the Guaranty Agreement signed by such Guarantor, or shall repudiate such Guarantor’s liability thereunder or shall be in default
under the terms thereof; or

(m)               Death or Incompetence of a Guarantor. Any Guarantor that is a natural Person shall have died or have

been declared incompetent by a court of proper jurisdiction; or

(n)                 Revocation Proceeding. Any regulatory officer in the State of Texas or in any other state in which Borrower
or any Subsidiary has a location revokes any license issued to Borrower or any Subsidiary if Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s failure
to hold such license would have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(o)                Margin Stock. The failure of Borrower or any Loan Party to comply with Regulations U or X of the Board of

Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended; or

(p)                Change of Control. The occurrence of a Change of Control; or

(q)                 Payments on Subordinated Debt. If Borrower shall make any payment on account of the Subordinated

Debt, except as is permitted by this Agreement or other documentation which has been approved by Lender.

Section 6.02 Remedies. Upon the happening of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 hereof, (a) Lender may declare the
entire  principal  amount  of  all  Indebtedness  then  outstanding  including  interest  accrued  thereon  to  be  immediately  due  and  payable
(provided,  that  the  occurrence  of  any  event  described  in Section  6.01(f) hereof  shall  automatically  accelerate  the  maturity  of  the
Indebtedness, without the necessity of any action by Lender) without presentment, demand, protest, notice of protest or dishonor, notice of
default, notice of intent to accelerate the maturity thereof, notice of acceleration of the maturity thereof, or other notice of any kind, all of
which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower and each Loan Party; and (b) all obligations, if any, of Lender hereunder, including the
Commitment  shall  immediately  cease  and  terminate  unless  and  until  Lender  shall  reinstate  same  in  writing.  In  addition  to  and  not  in
limitation of any of the other rights and remedies provided to Lender hereunder or under the Security Instruments in connection with the
Property  of  Borrower  and  the  Loan  Parties  in  which  Lender  has  a  Lien,  Borrower  hereby  agrees  that  upon  request  by  Lender  after  the
occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall, and shall cause each Loan Party to, cooperate with Lender in the transfer of, and will,
and will cause each Loan Party to, execute all  documentation  requested  by  Lender  in  connection  with  the  transfer  of,  to  such  Person  as
shall be directed by Lender, any or all of the Property then held by the Loan Parties, and in connection therewith Borrower agrees, and will
cause  each  Loan  Party  to  agree,  to  take  all  other  actions  reasonably  necessary  in  order  to  effectuate  the  transfer  of  any  or  all  of  such
Property.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 6.03 Prohibition of Transfer, Assignment and Assumption . This Agreement pertains to the extension of debt financing
and financial accommodations for the benefit of Borrower and each Loan Party and cannot be transferred to, assigned to or assumed by any
other Person either voluntarily or by operation of law. In the event Borrower or any Loan Party becomes a debtor under the Bankruptcy
Code  of  the  United  States  or  under  the  law  of  any  foreign  country,  any  trustee  or  debtor  in  possession  may  not  assume  or  assign  this
Agreement nor delegate the performance of any provision hereunder.

Section  6.04 Right  of  Setoff.  During  the  existence  of  an  Event  of  Default,  Lender  and  any  agent  bank  of  Lender  is  hereby
authorized at any time and from time to time, without notice to Borrower (any such notice being expressly waived by Borrower), to set off
and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other Debt at any time owing
by Lender or any agent bank of Lender to or for the credit or the account of Borrower against any and all of the Indebtedness of Borrower.
Lender  agrees  promptly  to  notify  Borrower  after  any  such  setoff  and  application,  provided  that  the  failure  to  give  such  notice  shall  not
affect  the  validity  of  such  setoff  and  application.  The  rights  of  Lender  under  this  Section  are  in  addition  to  other  rights  and  remedies
(including, without limitation, other rights of setoff) which Lender may have.

ARTICLE VII
CONDITIONS

The  obligation  of  Lender  to  make  the  Revolving Advances  or  other  loans  to  be  evidenced  by  the  Notes,  or  to  issue  the  initial
Letter of Credit hereunder, is subject to the accuracy of each and every representation and warranty of Borrower and each Loan Party made
or referred to in each Security Instrument, including this Agreement, or in any certificate delivered to Lender pursuant to or in connection
with any Security Instrument, including this Agreement, to the performance by Borrower of its obligations to be performed hereunder on or
before the date of the Revolving Advance or other loan, and to the satisfaction of the following further conditions which must be satisfied
as of the Closing Date or advance under the Notes.

Section 7.01 Notes. Borrower shall have duly and validly issued, executed and delivered the Notes to Lender.

Section  7.02 Constituent  Documents.  Lender  shall  have  received  a  copy  of  the  articles  or  certificate  of  incorporation  and
bylaws,  or  analogous  formation  and  organization  documentation,  of  Borrower  and  each  other  Loan  Party  which  is  to  execute  this
Agreement or any other Security Instrument, certified as true by the Secretary of Borrower and each other Loan Party, respectively.

Section 7.03 Closing Certificate. Lender shall have received, on or before the Closing Date, certificates of the Secretary or other
responsible  party  of  Borrower  and  each  other  Loan  Party  which  is  to  execute  any  Security  Instrument  setting  forth  (a)  resolutions  of  its
board of directors, board of managers or other governing body, as applicable, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender with respect to
the authorization of the Notes, this Agreement and any other Security Instruments provided herein and the officers authorized to sign such
instruments, and (b) specimen signatures of the officers so authorized.

Section  7.04 Opinion  of Borrower’s  Counsel.  Lender  shall  have  received  on  or  before  the  Closing  Date  from  counsel  for

Borrower and each Loan Party a favorable written opinion satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 7.05 Reserved.

Section 7.06 No Default. At the time of each Revolving Advance or other loan hereunder, no Default or Event of Default shall

have occurred and shall be continuing.

Section  7.07 No Material Adverse Changes . Prior to each Revolving Advance or other loan, there shall have occurred, in the
reasonable  opinion  of  Lender,  no  material  adverse  changes,  either  in  any  case  or  in  the  aggregate,  in  the  assets,  liabilities,  financial
condition, business, operations, affairs or circumstances of Borrower and the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, from those reflected in the
most recently delivered Financial Statements or by the facts warranted or represented in any Security Instrument, including this Agreement.

Section  7.08 Other Security Instruments and Information . Borrower  shall  have  duly  and  validly  executed  and  delivered,  or
caused to be executed and delivered, to Lender the Security Instruments, and any other documents requested by Lender as security for the
Notes and other Indebtedness and shall have delivered the information necessary to the preparation and perfection of the Liens created by
such instruments.

Section 7.09 Recordings. The  applicable  Security  Instruments,  including  financing  statements,  security  agreements  and  other
notices related thereto, shall have been duly delivered to the appropriate offices for filing, recording or registration, and Lender shall have
received confirmations of receipt thereof from the appropriate filing, recording or registration offices.

Section 7.10 Collateral Access Agreements ,  (a)  On  the  Closing  Date,  Borrower  shall  have  delivered  an  executed  Collateral
Access Agreement for its location at 202 E. 32nd Street, Joplin, MO 64804, and (b) after the Closing Date, except as otherwise agreed in
writing  by  Lender,  Borrower  shall  have  delivered  Collateral  Access  Agreements  for  each  location  listed  on  Schedule  3.19  and  not
described  in clause (a)  immediately  preceding.  In  the  event  Collateral Access Agreements  (other  than  those  required  to  be  delivered  at
closing)  are  not  delivered,  Lender  may,  in  its  sole  discretion,  establish Availability  Reserves  for  the  payment  of  rent  under  any  such
scheduled locations in such amounts as may be determined by Lender; provided, however, that absent the occurrence of a Default or an
Event of Default, Lender shall not establish any such reserves during the first ONE HUNDRED TWENTY (120) days after the Closing
Date.

Section 7.11 Fees. Lender shall have received, in immediately available funds, the Closing Fee and the Collateral Management

Fee.

Section  7.12 Borrowing Base Reports. Borrower shall have delivered to  Lender  a  duly  executed  Revolving  Credit  Borrowing

Base Report for the week preceding the Closing Date demonstrating a non-negative Borrowing Base for such period.

Section  7.13 Additional  Matters.  Lender  shall  have  received  all  exhibits,  annexes  schedules  herein  referenced  and  such
additional  reports,  certificates,  documents,  statements,  legal  opinions,  agreements  and  instruments,  in  form  and  substance  reasonably
satisfactory to Lender, as Lender shall have reasonably requested from Borrower, each Loan Party and their respective counsel.

Section 7.14 Revolving Advances. Revolving Advances shall further be subject to the following specific conditions:

(a)                 There shall have been no Default under this Agreement nor under any of the other Security Instruments; and

(b)                The Financial Statements shall have been furnished and shall be, as of the date thereof, accurate and correct,
and all other financial information required by Lender shall have been furnished and shall be, as of the date of the
requested advance, accurate and correct.

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 7.15 No Litigation. No action, proceeding, investigation, regulations or legislation shall have been instituted, threatened
or proposed before any court, governmental agency or legislative body to enjoin, restrain or prohibit, or to obtain damages in respect of, or
which is related to or arises out of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section  7.16 Excess Availability Requirement . Lender  shall  have  determined  that  immediately  after  Lender  has  made  on  the
Closing Date the initial Revolving Advances contemplated hereby or has issued the initial Letter of Credit and Borrower has paid (or made
provisions  for  payment  of)  secured  loans,  capitalized  leases,  accounts  payable  over  SIXTY  (60)  days  past  the  original  invoice  date,
outstanding  checks,  and  all  closing  costs  incurred  in  connection  with  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby, Availability  shall  be  at  least
TWO MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($2,000,000.00).

Section  7.17 Background Check. Prior  to  the  Closing  Date,  Lender  shall  have  completed  a  background  check  with  respect  to
such members of Borrower’s management team as Lender shall deem necessary, and the results of which shall be satisfactory to Lender in
its sole discretion.

Section  7.18 Blocked Accounts.  Except  as  otherwise  agreed  in  writing  by  Lender  or  provided  herein,  Borrower  shall  have
established the Blocked Accounts (including lockboxes) required by Section 2.12 hereof pursuant to executed blocked account and lockbox
agreements in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, in its discretion.

Section  7.19 Payoff  Letter.  Borrower  shall  have  delivered,  or  caused  to  be  delivered,  to  Lender,  in  form  and  substance
satisfactory  to  Lender,  a  payoff  letter  from ARVEST  BANK,  together  with  such  UCC  termination  statements  as  shall  be  requested  by
Lender.

Section  7.20 Subordination,  Intercreditor,  No-Offset Agreements .  Borrower  shall  have  executed  or  caused  to  be  executed

applicable subordination, intercreditor and no-offset agreements as reasonably required by Lender.

Section 7.21 Field Examination and Appraisals. Prior to the Closing Date, Lender shall have received such field examinations

and inventory, machinery, and equipment appraisals as Lender shall require.

Section  7.22 Insurance. Prior  to  the  Closing  Date,  Lender  shall  have  received  evidence  of  insurance  certificates  in  form  and

substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.01 Notices. All communications under or in connection with this Agreement or the Notes shall be in writing and shall be
mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or personally delivered to an officer of the receiving party.
All such communications shall be mailed or delivered as follows:

(a) If to Borrower:

(b) If to Lender:

with a copy to:

Vintage Stock, Inc.
202 E. 32nd Street
Joplin, MO 64804

Texas Capital Bank, National Association
2000 McKinney Avenue, Suite 700
Dallas, TX 75201 Attn: Terri Sandridge

Gardere Wynne Sewell LLP 2021
McKinney Ave., Suite 1600 Dallas, TX
75201 Attn: Steven S. Camp

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Any notice so addressed and mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed to be given when so mailed,
and any notice so delivered in person shall be deemed to be given when actually received by, or receipt therefor is given by, an authorized
officer of Borrower or Lender, as the case may be. Any party shall have the right to change its address for notice hereunder to any other
location within the continental United States by written notice to the other party of such new address.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
Section  8.02 Deviation  from  Covenants.  The  procedure  to  be  followed  by  Borrower  to  obtain  the  consent  of  Lender  to  any

deviation from the covenants contained in this Agreement or any other Security Instrument shall be as follows:

(a)                  Borrower shall send a written notice to Lender setting forth (i) the covenant(s) relevant to the matter, (ii) the

requested deviation from the covenant(s) involved, and (iii) the reason for the requested deviation from the covenant(s); and

(b)                 Lender will within a reasonable time send a written notice to Borrower, signed by an authorized officer of
Lender, permitting or refusing the request; but in no event will any deviation from the covenants of this Agreement or any other
Security Instrument be effective without the written consent of Lender.

Section 8.03 Invalidity. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained in the Note, this Agreement or in any other
Security  Instrument  shall,  for  any  reason,  be  held  invalid,  illegal  or  unenforceable  in  any  respect,  such  invalidity,  illegality  or
unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of the Notes, this Agreement or any other Security Instrument.

Section  8.04 Survival of Agreements . All representations and warranties of Borrower herein, and all covenants and agreements

herein not fully performed before the Closing Date, shall survive such date.

Section 8.05 Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements by or on behalf of Borrower or any Loan Party in the Notes,
this Agreement  and  any  other  Security  Instrument  shall  bind  its  successors  and  assigns  or  the  heirs  and  personal  representatives  of  any
individual Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns; except that neither Borrower, nor any Loan
Party, nor any Person acting on behalf of any of them may assign any of their rights hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender.
In  the  event  that  Lender  sells  participations  in  the  Notes,  or  other  Indebtedness  of  Borrower  incurred  or  to  be  incurred  pursuant  to  this
Agreement, to other lenders: (a) each of such other lenders shall have the rights of set off against such Indebtedness and similar rights or
Liens to the same extent as may be available to Lender, (b) Lender’s obligations pursuant to Security Instruments shall remain unchanged
for  all  purposes,  (c)  the  Loan  Parties  shall  continue  to  deal  solely  and  directly  with  Lender  in  connection  with  Lender’s  rights  and
obligations pursuant to the Security Instruments, (d) except for reductions in Indebtedness resulting from any rights of set off or similar
rights exercised by participants as contemplated by clause (a), all amounts payable by the Loan Parties shall be determined as if Lender had
not sold such participation and shall be paid directly to Lender.

Section  8.06 Renewal.  Extension  or  Rearrangement.  All  provisions  of  this  Agreement  relating  to  the  Notes  or  other
Indebtedness shall apply with equal force and effect to each and all promissory notes hereafter executed which in whole or in part represent
a renewal, extension, increase or rearrangement of any part of the Indebtedness originally represented by the Notes or of any part of such
other  Indebtedness. Any  provision  of  this Agreement  to  be  performed  during  the  “term  of  this Agreement,”  “term  hereof’  or  similar
language, shall include any extension period.

Section 8.07 Waivers. No course of dealing on the part of Lender, its officers, employees, consultants or agents, nor any failure
or delay by Lender with respect to exercising any right, power or privilege of Lender under the Notes, this Agreement or any other Security
Instrument shall operate as a waiver thereof, except as otherwise provided in Section 8.02 hereof.

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section  8.08 Cumulative  Rights.  Rights  and  remedies  of  Lender  under  the  Notes,  this  Agreement  and  each  other  Security
Instrument shall be cumulative, and the exercise or partial exercise of any such right or remedy shall not preclude the exercise of any other
right or remedy.

Section 8.09 Construction. This Agreement and each of the other Security Instruments is, and the Notes will be, a contract made

under and shall be construed in accordance with and governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.

Section  8.10 Interest.  It  is  the  intention  of  the  parties  hereto  to  conform  strictly  to  applicable  usury  laws  now  in  force.
Accordingly, if the transactions contemplated hereby would be usurious under applicable law, then, in that event, notwithstanding anything
to the contrary in the Notes, this Agreement or in any other Security Instrument or agreement entered into in connection with or as security
for the Notes, it is agreed as follows: (a) the aggregate of all consideration which constitutes interest under applicable law that is contracted
for,  charged  or  received  under  the  Notes,  this  Agreement  or  under  any  of  the  other  aforesaid  Security  Instruments  or  agreements  or
otherwise in connection with the Notes shall under no circumstances exceed the maximum amount of interest permitted by applicable law,
and any excess shall be credited to the Notes by the holder thereof (or, if the Notes shall have been paid in full, refunded to Borrower); (b)
determination  of  the  rate  of  interest  for  determining  whether  the  loans  hereunder  are  usurious  shall  be  made  by  amortizing,  prorating,
allocating and spreading, during the full stated term of such loans, all interest at any time contracted for, charged or received from Borrower
in connection with such loans, and any excess shall be canceled, credited or refunded as set forth in clause (a) herein; and (c) in the event
that the maturity of the Notes is accelerated by reason of an election of the holder thereof resulting from any Event of Default under this
Agreement  or  otherwise,  or  in  the  event  of  any  required  or  permitted  prepayment,  then  such  consideration  that  constitutes  interest  may
never include more than the maximum amount permitted by applicable law, and excess interest, if any, provided for in this Agreement or
otherwise shall be canceled automatically as of the date of such acceleration or prepayment and, if theretofore paid, shall be credited to the
Notes (or, if the Notes shall have been paid in full, refunded to Borrower).

Section 8.11 Multiple Originals. This Agreement may be executed in TWO (2) or more copies; each fully executed copy shall

be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 8.12 Exhibits and Schedules. All exhibits and schedules to this Agreement are incorporated herein by this reference for
all  purposes.  The  exhibits  and  schedules  may  be  attached  hereto,  or  bound  together  with  or  separately  from  this Agreement,  and  such
binding shall be effective to identify such exhibits and schedules as if attached to this Agreement.

Section  8.13 No Tripartv Loan . Texas Revised Civil Statutes Annotated,  Finance  Code,  Chapter  346  (which  regulates  certain

revolving loan accounts and revolving triparty accounts) shall not apply to the loans evidenced by this Agreement or the Notes.

Section 8.14 Applicable Rate Ceiling. Unless changed in accordance with law, the applicable rate ceiling under Texas law shall
be the indicated (weekly) rate ceiling from time to time in effect as provided in Texas Revised Civil Statutes Annotated, Finance Code,
Chapter 303, as amended.

Section  8.15 Performance  and  Venue . The  obligations  of  Borrower  contained  herein  are  performable  at  Lender’s  offices  in

Dallas, Dallas County, Texas, and venue for any action in connection therewith shall be in Dallas County, Texas.

Section 8.16 Negotiation of Documents. This Agreement, the Notes and all other Security Instruments have been negotiated by
the parties at arm’s length, each represented by its own counsel, and the fact that the documents have been prepared by Lender’s counsel,
after such negotiation, shall not be cause to construe any of such documents against Lender.

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 8.17 Notices Received by Lender. Any instrument in writing, telex, telegram, telecopy or cable received by Lender in
connection  with  any  loan  or  Letter  of  Credit  hereunder,  which  purports  to  be  dispatched  or  signed  by  or  on  behalf  of  Borrower,  shall
conclusively  be  deemed  to  have  been  signed  by  such  party,  and  Lender  may  rely  thereon  and  shall  have  no  obligation,  duty  or
responsibility to determine the validity or genuineness thereof or authority of the Person or Persons executing or dispatching the same.

Section  8.18 Debtor-Creditor  Relationship.  None  of  the  terms  of  this  Agreement  or  of  any  other  document  executed  in
conjunction herewith or related hereto shall be deemed to give Lender the rights or powers to exercise control over the business or affairs
of Borrower. The relationship between Borrower and Lender created by this Agreement is only that of debtor/creditor.

Section 8.19 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is for the sole and exclusive benefit of Borrower and Lender. This
Agreement does not create, and is not intended to create, any rights in favor of or enforceable by any other Person. This Agreement may be
amended or modified by the agreement of Borrower and Lender, without any requirement or necessity for notice to, or the consent of or
approval of any other Person.

Section 8.20 INDEMNIFICATION. BORROWER AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS LENDER
AND  ITS  AFFILIATES  AND  THEIR  RESPECTIVE  OFFICERS,  DIRECTORS,  EMPLOYEES,  AGENTS,  ATTORNEYS  AND
ADVISORS  (EACH,  AN  “INDEMNIFIED  PARTY ”)  FROM  AND  AGAINST  ANY  AND  ALL  CLAIMS,  DAMAGES,  LOSSES,
LIABILITIES,  COSTS  AND  EXPENSES  (INCLUDING,  WITHOUT  LIMITATION,  REASONABLE  ATTORNEYS’  FEES  AND
EXPENSES) THAT MAY BE INCURRED BY OR ASSERTED OR AWARDED AGAINST ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY, IN EACH
CASE  ARISING  OUT  OF  OR  IN  CONNECTION  WITH  OR  BY  REASON  OF  (INCLUDING,  WITHOUT  LIMITATION,  IN
CONNECTION  WITH  ANY  INVESTIGATION,  LITIGATION  OR  PROCEEDING  OR  PREPARATION  OF  DEFENSE  IN
CONNECTION  THEREWITH)  THIS  AGREEMENT,  THE  NOTES,  THE  SECURITY  INSTRUMENTS  OR  ANY  OTHER
INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH OR HEREWITH, ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED THEREIN OR HEREIN OR THE ACTUAL OR PROPOSED USE OF THE PROCEEDS OF THE LOANS MADE
PURSUANT  TO  THIS AGREEMENT  (INCLUDING ANY  OF  THE  FOREGOING ARISING  FROM  THE  NEGLIGENCE  OF  THE
INDEMNIFIED  PARTY),  EXCEPT  TO  THE  EXTENT  SUCH  CLAIM,  DAMAGE,  LOSS,  LIABILITY,  COST  OR  EXPENSES  IS
FOUND IN A FINAL, NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE RESULTED
FROM  SUCH  INDEMNIFIED  PARTY’S  GROSS  NEGLIGENCE  OR  WILLFUL  MISCONDUCT.  IN  THE  CASE  OF  AN
INVESTIGATION,  LITIGATION  OR  OTHER  PROCEEDING  TO  WHICH  THE  INDEMNITY  IN  THIS  SECTION APPLIES,  SUCH
INDEMNITY  SHALL  BE  EFFECTIVE  REGARDLESS  OF  WHETHER  SUCH  INVESTIGATION,  LITIGATION  OR  PROCEEDING
IS BROUGHT BY BORROWER OR ITS RESPECTIVE DIRECTORS, SHAREHOLDERS OR CREDITORS OR AN INDEMNIFIED
PARTY  IS  OTHERWISE  A  PARTY  THERETO  AND  WHETHER  THE  TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  HEREBY  ARE
CONSUMMATED, WITHOUT PREJUDICE TO THE SURVIVAL OF ANY OTHER AGREEMENT OF BORROWER HEREUNDER,
THE AGREEMENTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF BORROWER CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION SHALL SURVIVE THE PAYMENT
IN FULL OF THE INDEBTEDNESS AND ALL OTHER AMOUNTS PAYABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

Section 8.21 RELEASE OF LIABILITY. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW FROM TIME TO TIME IN

EFFECT,  BORROWER  HEREBY  KNOWINGLY,  VOLUNTARILY  AND  INTENTIONALLY  (AND  AFTER  BORROWER  HAS
CONSULTED WITH ITS OWN ATTORNEY) IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT NO CLAIM MAY BE
MADE  BY  BORROWER AGAINST  LENDER  OR ANY  OF  ITS AFFILIATES,  PARTICIPANTS,  SHAREHOLDERS,  DIRECTORS,
OFFICERS,  EMPLOYEES,  ATTORNEYS,  ACCOUNTANTS,  OR  AGENTS  OR  ANY  OF  ITS  OR  THEIR  SUCCESSORS  AND
ASSIGNS, FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES IN RESPECT OF ANY BREACH OR
WRONGFUL  CONDUCT  (WHETHER  THE  CLAIM  IS  BASED  ON  CONTRACT,  TORT  OR  STATUTE) ARISING  OUT  OF,  OR
RELATED  TO,  THE  TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  BY  ANY  OF  THIS  AGREEMENT,  THE  NOTES,  THE  SECURITY
INSTRUMENTS  OR  ANY  OTHER  RELATED  DOCUMENTS,  OR  ANY  ACT,  OMISSION,  OR  EVENT  OCCURRING  IN
CONNECTION  HEREWITH  OR  THEREWITH.  IN  FURTHERANCE  OF  THE  FOREGOING,  BORROWER  HEREBY  WAIVES,
RELEASES AND AGREES NOT TO SUE UPON ANY CLAIM FOR ANY SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER OR NOT ACCRUED AND
WHETHER OR NOT KNOWN OR SUSPECTED TO EXIST IN ITS FAVOR, AND BORROWER SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD
HARMLESS  LENDER  AND  ITS  AFFILIATES,  PARTICIPANTS,  SHAREHOLDERS,  DIRECTORS,  OFFICERS,  EMPLOYEES,
ATTORNEYS, ACCOUNTANTS AND AGENTS AND THEIR SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS OF AND FROM ANY SUCH CLAIMS.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section  8.22 WAIVER  OF  TRIAL  BY  JURY .  EACH  PARTY  TO  THIS AGREEMENT  HEREBY  EXPRESSLY  WAIVES
ANY  RIGHT  TO  TRIAL  BY  JURY  OF ANY  CLAIM,  DEMAND, ACTION  OR  CAUSE  OF ACTION  (a) ARISING  UNDER  THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION
HEREWITH, OR (b) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES
HERETO  OR  ANY  OF  THEM  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THIS  AGREEMENT  OR  ANY  OTHER  INSTRUMENT,  DOCUMENT  OR
AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR
THERETO.  IN  EACH  CASE  WHETHER  NOW  EXISTING  OR  HEREAFTER  ARISING,  AND  WHETHER  SOUNDING  IN
CONTRACT  OR  TORT  OR  OTHERWISE,  EACH  PARTY  HEREBY  AGREES  AND  CONSENTS  THAT  ANY  SUCH  CLAIM,
DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTIONS SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY
PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT
AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY
JURY.

Section  8.23 DTPA  Waiver .  Borrower  acknowledges  and  agrees,  on  Borrower’s  own  behalf  and  on  behalf  of  any  permitted
assigns  and  successors  hereafter,  that  the  DTPA  is  not  applicable  to  this  transaction. Accordingly,  Borrower’s  rights  and  remedies  with
respect to the transaction contemplated under this Agreement and with respect to all acts or practices of Lender, past, present or future, in
connection with such transaction, shall be governed by legal principles other than the DTPA. In furtherance thereof, Borrower agrees as
follows:

(a)                  Borrower represents that Borrower has the knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that
enable Borrower to evaluate the merits and risks of the business transaction that is the subject of this Agreement. Borrower also
represents that Borrower is not in a significantly disparate bargaining position in relation to Lender. Borrower has negotiated the
loan documents with Lender at arm’s length and has willingly entered into the loan documents.

(b)                 Borrower represents that (i) Borrower has been represented by legal counsel in the transaction contemplated
by this Agreement and (ii) such legal counsel was not directly or indirectly identified, suggested or selected by Lender or an agent
of Lender.

(c)                 

This Agreement  relates  to  a  transaction  involving  total  consideration  by  Borrower  of  more  than  ONE
HUNDRED THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($100,000.00) and does not involve Borrower’s residence. Borrower agrees,
on Borrower’s own behalf and on behalf of Borrower’s permitted assigns and successors, that all of Borrower’s rights and remedies
under  the  DTPA  are  WAIVED AND  RELEASED,  including  specifically,  without  limitation,  all  rights  and  remedies  under  the
DTPA resulting from or arising out of any and all acts or practices of Lender in connection with this transaction, whether such acts
or practices occur before or after the execution of this Agreement.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In furtherance thereof, Borrower agrees that by signing this Agreement, Borrower and any permitted assigns and successors are bound by
the following waiver:

WAIVER OF CONSUMER RIGHTS. BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS UNDER THE DECEPTIVE
TRADE  PRACTICES  -  CONSUMER  PROTECTION  ACT,  SECTION  17.41  ET.  SEQ.  TEXAS  BUSINESS  &
COMMERCE  CODE, A  LAW  THAT  GIVES  CONSUMERS  SPECIAL  RIGHTS AND  PROTECTIONS. AFTER
CONSULTATION  WITH  AN  ATTORNEY  OF  BORROWER’S  OWN  SELECTION,  BORROWER
VOLUNTARILY CONSENTS TO THIS WAIVER.

Section 8.24 Reversal of Payments. Lender shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply, reverse and re-apply any and
all payments to any portion of the Indebtedness in a manner consistent with the terms of this Agreement. To the extent Borrower makes a
payment or payments to Lender, or Lender receives any payment or proceeds of any collateral for Borrower’s benefit, which payment(s) or
proceed or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid to a
trustee, receiver or any other part under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such
payment or proceeds received, the Indebtedness or party thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and
effect, as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by Lender.

Section 8.25 Injunctive Relief. Borrower recognizes that, in the event Borrower fails to perform, observe or discharge any of its
obligations or liabilities under this Agreement, any remedy at law may prove to be inadequate relief to Lender, therefore, Borrower agrees
that  if  any  Default  or  Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and  be  continuing,  Lender  shall  be  entitled  to  temporary  and  permanent
injunctive relief without the necessity of proving actual damages.

Section 8.26 No Duty. All attorneys, accountants, appraisers, and other professional Persons and consultants retained by Lender
shall have the right to act exclusively in the interest of Lender and shall have no duty of disclosure, duty of loyalty, duty of care, or other
duty  or  obligation  of  any  type  or  nature  whatsoever  to  Borrower  or  any  other  Person.  Documents  in  connection  with  the  transactions
contemplated hereunder have been prepared by GARDERE WYNNE SEWELL LLP (“Lender’s Counsel”). Borrower acknowledges and
understands  that  Lender’s  Counsel  is  acting  solely  as  counsel  to  Lender  in  connection  with  the  transaction  contemplated  herein,  is  not
representing Borrower in connection therewith, and has not, in any manner, undertaken to assist or render legal advice to Borrower with
respect  to  this  transaction.  Borrower  has  been  advised  to  seek  other  legal  counsel  to  its  interests  in  connection  with  the  transactions
contemplated herein.

Section  8.27 Sale  or  Participation  of  the  Loan. Each  Loan  Party  agrees  that  Lender  may,  at  its  option,  sell  the  Notes  or  its
interests in the Notes and its rights under this Agreement (whether by sale, participation, or otherwise) and, in connection with each such
sale,  Lender  may  disclose  any  financial  and  other  information  available  to  Lender  concerning  any  Loan  Party  to  each  prospective
purchaser.

Section 8.28 Patriot Act Notice . Lender hereby notifies Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, it is
required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Borrower, which information includes the name and address of Borrower
and other information that will allow the Lender to identify Borrower in accordance with the Act.

Section  8.29 Notice  of  Final  Agreement .  It  is  the  intention  of  each  Loan  Party,  Guarantor  and  Lender  that  the  following
NOTICE  OF  FINAL AGREEMENT  be  incorporated  by  reference  into  each  of  the  Security  Instruments  (as  the  same  may  be  amended,
modified  or  restated  from  time  to  time)  and  other  loan  documents  or  instruments  executed  in  connection  therewith.  Each  Loan  Party,
Guarantor and Lender represents and warrants that the entire agreement made and existing by or among each Loan Party, Guarantor and
Lender  with  respect  to  the  Indebtedness  is  and  shall  be  contained  within  the  Security  Instruments  and  other  instruments  and  documents
executed  or  delivered  in  connection  therewith,  and  that  no  agreements  or  promises  exist  or  shall  exist  by  or  among,  any  Loan  Party,
Guarantor  and  Lender  that  are  not  reflected  in  the  Security  Instruments  or  other  documents  and  instruments  executed  in  connection
therewith.

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 

8.30 NOTICE  OF  FINAL  AGREEMENT .  THIS  AGREEMENT  AND  THE  OTHER  SECURITY
INSTRUMENTS  (AND  ANY  OTHER  DOCUMENT  OR  INSTRUMENT  EXECUTED  IN  CONNECTION  THEREWITH)
REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY
EVIDENCE  OF  PRIOR,  CONTEMPORANEOUS  OR  SUBSEQUENT  ORAL  AGREEMENTS  BETWEEN  THE  PARTIES.
THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

Section 8.31 Intercreditor Agreement. (a) Notwithstanding anything in the Security Instruments to the contrary, this Agreement
is subject to the provisions of that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the date hereof, among Lender, WILMINGTON TRUST,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as agent, and Debtor (as the same may be amended, supplemented, modified or replaced from time to time)
(the “Intercreditor Agreement”).  In  the  event  of  any  conflict  between  the  terms  of  the  Intercreditor Agreement  and  this Agreement,  the
terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern.
(b)  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the  contrary  and  to  the  extent  provided  for  in  the  Intercreditor  Agreement,  to  the  extent  this
Agreement or any other Security Instrument requires the delivery of, or control over, Term Lender Facility Priority Collateral (as such term
is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to be granted or provided to Lender at any time prior to the payment in full of the Term Lender
Obligations  (as  such  term  is  defined  in  the  Intercreditor  Agreement),  then  Borrower  may  deliver  such  Term  Lender  Facility  Priority
Collateral  (or  control  with  respect  thereto)  and  any  related  approval  or  consent  rights  to  the  Term Agent  in  accordance  with  the  Term
Lender  Facility  Documents  in  full  satisfaction  of  any  such  requirement  under  this Agreement  or  any  of  the  other  Security  Instruments;
provided  that  upon  the  Discharge  of  Term  Lender  Obligations  Borrower  shall  deliver  (or  cause  to  be  delivered)  to  Lender,  or  provide
control to Lender over, as applicable, such Term Lender  Facility  Priority  Collateral  within  the  same  period  of  time  from  the  date  of  the
Discharge of Term Lender Obligations (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) as would apply under this Agreement and
the other Security Instruments if such Term Lender Facility Priority Collateral was acquired by Borrower as of such date.

REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK; SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

BORROWER:

VINTAGE STOCK INC.

By: /s/ Rodney Spriggs                             
Name: Rodney Spriggs
Title: CEO and President

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.28

$20,000,000.00

REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

NOVEMBER 3, 2016

On the Drawdown Termination Date (as that term is defined in the Loan Agreement) or such other date pursuant to the terms of
the  Loan Agreement  (as  hereinafter  defined),  the  undersigned,  VINTAGE  STOCK,  INC.,  a  Missouri  corporation  (“Borrower”),  with  its
principal office at 202 E. 32nd Street, Joplin, MO 64804, HEREBY UNCONDITIONALLY PROMISES TO PAY (without set-off) to the
order  of  TEXAS  CAPITAL  BANK,  NATIONAL ASSOCIATION  (together  with  its  successors  and  assigns,  “Lender”),  at  its  offices  at
2000 McKinney Avenue, Suite 700, Dallas (Dallas County), TX 75201 (or at such other place as may be designated by Lender), in lawful
money of the United States of America, up to the sum of TWENTY MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($20,000,000.00), or so much
thereof  as  may  be  advanced  from  time  to  time  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  that  certain  LOAN AGREEMENT  dated  as  of  the  date  hereof,
between Borrower and Lender (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement’’; capitalized terms
used but not defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Loan Agreement), together with interest on the unpaid principal balance
hereof from time to time outstanding at a floating rate per annum which is equal to the LIBOR Rate plus TWO AND THREE-QUARTERS
PERCENT (2.75%), but in no event to exceed the maximum nonusurious interest rate allowable under applicable United States federal law
and under the laws of the State of Texas as presently in effect and, to the extent allowed by such laws, as such laws may be amended from
time  to  time  to  increase  such  rate  (hereinafter  called  the  “Maximum  Nonusurious  Interest  Rate”).  Upon  the  occurrence  of  an  Event  of
Default,  and  continuing  until  the  Event  of  Default  is  cured  or  Lender  waives  in  writing  such  Event  of  Default,  as  the  case  may  be,  the
interest shall accrue herein a varying rate per annum specified in Section 2.02(b) of the Loan Agreement. Unless otherwise specified below,
interest shall be computed on a per annum basis of a year of 360 days and for the actual number of days (including the first but excluding
the last day) elapsed, unless such calculation would result in a usurious rate, in which case interest shall be calculated on a per annum basis
of a year of 365 days or 366 days, as the case may be.

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if  at  any  time  the  rate  of  interest  accruing  on  this  REVOLVING  CREDIT  NOTE  (as  amended,
restated or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Note”) exceeds the Maximum Nonusurious Interest Rate, the rate of interest shall be
limited to the Maximum Nonusurious Interest Rate.

Accrued interest is due and payable monthly in arrears commencing on the FIRST (1st) day of the first month after the date of this
Note, and on the FIRST (lst)  day  of  each  and  every  succeeding  month  thereafter  during  the  term  hereof  and  at  maturity; provided,  that,
upon  any  prepayment  of  principal,  at  the  option  of  Lender,  it  may  demand  (at  any  time  at  or  after  prepayment)  all  accrued  and  unpaid
interest with respect to the principal amount prepaid through the date of prepayment. Reference is hereby made to Section 2.02 and Section
2.06 of the Loan Agreement for additional provisions regarding calculation of interest accrued on this Note.

The  unpaid  principal  balance  of  this  Note  at  any  time  shall  be  the  total  amounts  loaned  or  advanced  hereunder  by  the  holder
hereof, less the amount of payments or prepayments of principal made hereon by or for the account of Borrower; provided, however, that
at no time will the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Advances (as defined in the Loan Agreement) at any one time outstanding
exceed the Borrowing Base (as defined in the Loan Agreement). All loans or advances and all payments or prepayments made hereunder
on  account  of  principal  or  interest  may  be  evidenced  by  Lender,  or  any  subsequent  holder,  maintaining  in  accordance  with  its  usual
practice  an  account  or  accounts  evidencing  the  indebtedness  of  Borrower  resulting  from  all  loans  or  advances  and  all  payments  or
prepayments hereunder from time to time and the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid from time to time hereunder, in which
event, in any legal action or proceeding in respect of this Note, the entries made in such account or accounts shall be conclusive evidence
of the existence and amounts of the obligations of Borrower therein recorded (absent manifest error). In the event that the unpaid principal
amount  hereof  at  any  time,  for  any  reason,  exceeds  the  maximum  amount  hereinabove  specified,  Borrower  agrees  to  pay  the  excess
principal amount forthwith upon demand; such excess principal amount shall in all respects be deemed to be included among the loans or
advances made pursuant to the other terms of this Note and shall bear interest at the rates hereinabove stated.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Advances hereunder may be made by the holder hereof (a) pursuant to the terms of any written agreement executed in connection
herewith between Borrower and Lender, including, without limitation, the Loan Agreement, or (b) at the oral or written request of any of
the undersigned or of any officer or agent of Borrower who is designated by or acting under the authority of resolutions of the board of
directors of Borrower, a duly certified or executed copy of which shall be furnished to the holder hereof and shall be effective until written
notice of the revocation of such authority is received by the holder hereof. Borrower covenants and agrees to furnish to the holder hereof
written confirmation of any such oral request within FIVE (5) days of the resulting loan or advance, but any such loan or advance shall be
deemed  to  be  made  under  and  entitled  to  the  benefits  of  this  note  irrespective  of  any  failure  by  Borrower  to  furnish  such  written
confirmation. Any loan or advance shall be conclusively presumed to have been made under the terms of this Note to or for the benefit of
Borrower when made pursuant to the terms of any written agreement executed in connection herewith between Borrower and Lender, or in
accordance with such requests and directions or when said advances are deposited to the credit of the account of Borrower with Lender
regardless  of  the  fact  that  persons  other  than  those  authorized  hereunder  may  have  authority  to  draw  against  such  account,  or  may  have
requested an advance.

Upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, at the option of Lender, the principal and unpaid accrued interest on
this Note and any and all other indebtedness of Borrower to Lender under the Loan Agreement may be declared due and payable forthwith
without demand, notice of default or of intent to accelerate the maturity hereof, notice of acceleration, notice of nonpayment, presentment,
protest or notice of dishonor, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower and each other liable party (as defined below).

If this Note is not paid at maturity whether by acceleration or otherwise and is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection, or
suit is filed hereon, or proceedings are had in probate, bankruptcy, receivership, reorganization, arrangement or other legal proceedings for
collection,  Borrower  and  each  drawer,  acceptor,  endorser,  guarantor,  surety,  accommodation  party  or  other  person  now  or  hereafter
primarily or secondarily liable upon or for payment of all or any part of this Note (each herein called an “other liable party”) jointly and
severally agree to pay Lender the collection costs of Lender, including reasonable attorneys’ fees. Borrower and each other liable party are
and shall be directly and primarily, jointly and severally, liable for the payment of all sums called for hereunder, and Borrower and each
other liable party hereby expressly waive bringing of suit and diligence in taking any action to collect any sums owing hereon and in the
handling of any security, and Borrower and each other liable party hereby consent to and agree to remain liable hereon regardless of any
renewals, extensions for any period or restatements hereof, or partial prepayments hereon, or any release or substitution of security herefor,
in whole or in part, with or without notice, from time to time, before or after maturity.

It  is  the  intention  of  Borrower  and  Lender  to  conform  strictly  to  applicable  usury  laws  now  in  force.  Accordingly,  if  the
transactions contemplated hereby would be usurious under applicable law, then, in that event, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
this  Note  or  in  any  other  Security  Instrument  (as  defined  in  the  Loan Agreement)  or  agreement  entered  into  in  connection  with  or  as
security for this Note, it is agreed as follows: (a) the aggregate of all consideration which constitutes interest under applicable law that is
contracted for, charged or received under this Note or under any of the other aforesaid Security Instruments or agreements or otherwise in
connection with this Note shall under no circumstances exceed the Maximum Nonusurious Interest Rate, and any excess shall be credited to
this  Note  as  Lender  may  determine  in  its  sole  discretion  (or,  if  this  Note  shall  have  been  paid  in  full,  then  refunded  to  Borrower);  (b)
determination  of  the  rate  of  interest  for  determining  whether  the  loans  hereunder  are  usurious  shall  be  made  by  amortizing,  prorating,
allocating and spreading, during the full stated term of such loans, all interest at any time contracted for, charged or received from Borrower
in connection with such loans, and any excess shall be canceled, credited or refunded as set forth in clause (a) herein; and (c) in the event
that the maturity of this Note is accelerated by reason of an election of the holder hereof resulting from any Event of Default under the
Loan Agreement or default hereunder or otherwise, or in the event of any required or permitted prepayment, then such consideration that
constitutes interest may never include more than the Maximum Nonusurious Interest Rate, and excess interest, if any, provided for in this
Note  or  otherwise  shall  be  canceled  automatically  as  of  the  date  of  such  acceleration  or  prepayment  and,  if  theretofore  paid,  shall  be
credited to this Note as Lender may determine in its sole discretion (or, if this Note shall have been paid in full, then refunded to Borrower).

This Note shall be construed under and governed by the laws of the State of Texas and applicable federal law, but Texas Revised
Civil  Statutes Annotated,  Finance  Code,  Chapter  346  (which  regulates  certain  revolving  loan  accounts  and  revolving  triparty  accounts)
shall not apply to the loan evidenced by this Note.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unless changed in accordance with law, the applicable rate ceiling under Texas Jaw shall be the indicated (weekly) rate ceiling

from time to time in effect as provided in Texas Revised Civil Statutes Annotated, Finance Code, Chapter 303, as amended.

LIBOR Rate Loans:

The maintenance of the advances outstanding at the LIBOR Rate shall be subject to the following additional terms and conditions:

(a)                 

If Lender notifies Borrower that reasonable means do not exist for Lender to determine the LIBOR Rate for the
amount requested, then Lender may substitute another rate based on a comparable index chosen by Lender in its reasonable discretion and
add  the Applicable  Margin  to  that,  and  Borrower  will  pay  interest  at  a  rate  per  year  equal  to  the  sum  of  such  rate  plus  the Applicable
Margin. The provisions of this Section shall apply to any such substituted total rate based on any such index, as fully as if such total rate
were the LIBOR Rate.

(b)                 If any treaty, statute, regulation, interpretation thereof, or any directive, guideline, or otherwise by a central bank or
fiscal  authority  (whether  or  not  having  the  force  of  Jaw)  shall  either  prohibit  or  extend  the  time  at  which  any  principal  subject  to  the
LIBOR Rate, or corresponding deposits, may be purchased, maintained, or repaid, then Lender may substitute another comparable index
chosen by Lender in its reasonable discretion and add the Applicable Margin to that, and Borrower will pay interest at a rate per year equal
to  the  sum  of  such  rate  (index)  plus  the Applicable  Margin.  The  provisions  of  this  Section  shall  apply  to  any  such  substituted  total  rate
based on any such index, as fully as if such total rate were the LIBOR Rate.

(c)                  All payments of principal and interest shall be made net of any taxes, costs, fees, losses and expenses incurred or

charged by Lender resulting from having principal outstanding hereunder at the LIBOR Rate, including:

(1)                  Taxes (or the withholding of amounts for taxes) of any nature whatsoever including income, excise, and
interest equalization taxes (other than income taxes imposed by the United States or any state thereof on the income of Lender), as well as
all levies, imposts, duties, or fees whether now in existence or resulting from a change in, or promulgation of, any treaty, statute, regulation,
or interpretation thereof, or any directive, guideline, or otherwise, by a central bank or fiscal authority (whether or not having the force of
law), or a change in the basis of, or time of payment of, such taxes and other amounts resulting therefrom;

(2)                 

Any  reserve  or  special  deposit  requirements  against  assets  or  liabilities  of,  or  deposits  with  or  for  the
account of, Lender with respect to principal outstanding at the LIBOR Rate (including those imposed under Regulation D of the Federal
Reserve  Board)  or  resulting  from  a  change  in,  or  the  promulgation  of,  such  requirements  by  treaty,  statute,  regulation,  or  interpretation
thereof, or any directive, guideline, or otherwise by a central bank or fiscal authority (whether or not having the force of law); and

directives, guidelines, or otherwise by a central bank or fiscal authority (whether or not having the force of law).

(3)                  Any other costs resulting from compliance with treaties, statutes, regulations, or interpretations, or any

(d)                

If Lender incurs or charges any such taxes, costs, fees, losses and expenses, Borrower, upon demand in writing
specifying  the  amounts  thereof,  shall  promptly  pay  them;  save  for  manifest  error  Lender’s  specification  shall  be  presumptively  deemed
correct.

[THE BALANCE OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WHEREFORE, intending to be legally bound hereby, Borrower has executed this Note.

BORROWER:

VINTAGE STOCK, INC. 

By: /s/ Rodney Spriggs                   
Name: Rodney Spriggs
Title: CEO and President

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.29

SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS  SECURITY  AGREEMENT  (this  “Security Agreement”)  dated  as  of NOVEMBER  3,  2016, is  made  by VINTAGE
STOCK, INC., a Missouri corporation (“Debtor”), with its principal office and mailing address at 202 E. 32nd Street, Joplin, MO 64804, in
favor  of TEXAS  CAPITAL  BANK,  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION,  whose  office  address  is  at  2000  McKinney Avenue,  Suite  700,
Dallas (Dallas County), TX 75201 (together with its successors and assigns, “Secured Party”).

WITNESSETH:

A.       Debtor has requested that Secured Party make a loan or loans to or for the account of Debtor pursuant to that certain LOAN
AGREEMENT by and between Debtor and Secured Party of even date herewith (as renewed, modified, amended or restated from time to
time, the “Agreement”).

B.       Secured Party has conditioned its agreement to make such loan or loans under the Agreement upon Debtor’s execution and

delivery of this Security Agreement.

NOW,  THEREFORE, to  induce  Secured  Party  to  make  a  loan  or  loans  to  or  for  the  account  of  Debtor,  and  other  good  and
valuable  considerations,  the  receipt  and  sufficiency  of  which  are  hereby  acknowledged,  Debtor  hereby  agrees  with  Secured  Party,  as
follows:

ARTICLE I
GENERAL

Section 1.01       Terms Defined in Agreement and Code. All terms used herein which are not otherwise defined shall mean as in
the Agreement; terms not defined in the Agreement and defined in the Code shall have the same meaning herein unless otherwise defined
herein  or  the  context  otherwise  requires.  “Code”  shall  mean  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code  as  presently  in  effect  in  the  State  of  Texas,
Texas Business & Commerce Code Annotated, Sections 1.101 through 11.108.

ARTICLE II
SECURITY INTEREST

Section 2.01       Grant of Security Interest. Debtor hereby grants and confirms that it has granted to Secured Party a security
interest in, a general lien upon, and a right of set-off against the following described collateral, except to the extent expressly prohibited by a
document relating to a Permitted Lien (the “Collateral”):

(a)               all of Debtor’s accounts of any kind (including all leases) whether now existing or hereafter arising (herein
called the “Accounts”); all chattel paper (including electronic chattel paper, hereinafter collectively referred to as “chattel papers”),
documents and instruments whether now existing or hereafter arising relating to the Accounts; all rights now or hereafter existing in
and to all security agreements, leases and other contracts securing or otherwise relating to any Accounts or any such chattel papers,
documents and instruments; and all returned or repossessed goods arising therefrom or relating to any Accounts, or other proceeds
of any sale or other disposition of inventory;

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)               all of Debtor’s investment property, payment intangibles, letter of credit rights and general intangibles of any
kind whether now existing or hereafter arising including, without limitation the following (herein called the “General Intangibles”):

(i)                 all leases of personal property;

(ii)              

all  copyrights,  trademarks,  trademark  registrations  and  applications  for  registration,  trade  names,
corporate  names,  trade  styles,  service  marks,  logos,  other  source  and  business  identifying  marks,  together  with  any
goodwill associated therewith, and all patents, patent applications, and all renewals, extensions and continuations in part of
the above, any written agreement granting any right to use any copyright, trademark, trademark application or registration,
patent,  patent  application  or  registration,  and  the  right  to  sue  for  past,  present  and  future  infringements  of  the  foregoing
including the intellectual property collateral set forth on Schedule 3.20 to the Agreement attached thereto; and

(iii)             all chattel papers, documents and instruments whether now existing or hereafter arising relating to the
General  Intangibles;  and  all  rights  now  or  hereafter  existing  in  and  to  all  security  agreements,  leases,  licenses  and  other
contracts securing or otherwise relating to any General Intangibles or such chattel papers, documents and instruments;

(c)               all of Debtor’s inventory, goods, machinery, equipment, furniture, fixtures and parts in all of their forms,
whether  now  owned  or  hereafter  acquired  and  wherever  located,  all  parts  thereof  and  all  accessions  or  additions  thereto  and
products  thereof,  whether  now  owned  or  hereafter  acquired  (any  and  all  such  inventory,  goods,  machinery,  equipment,  furniture,
fixtures,  parts,  accessions,  additions  and  products  herein  called  the  “Goods”);  and  including,  without  limiting  the  foregoing,  the
Goods  located  at  Debtor’s  places  of  business  listed  on Schedule  3.01  to  the  Agreement;  all  chattel  papers,  documents  and
instruments whether now existing or hereafter arising relating to the Goods; and all rights now or hereafter existing in and to all
security agreements, leases and other contracts securing or otherwise relating to any Goods or any such chattel papers, documents
and instruments;

(d)                              all  of  Debtor’s  chattel  papers,  letters  of  credit,  notes,  documents  and  instruments  (herein  called  the
“Instruments”) whether now existing or hereafter arising; and all rights now or hereafter existing in and to all security agreements,
leases and other contracts securing or otherwise relating to any such chattel papers, documents and instruments;

(e)               any additional Property from time to time delivered to or deposited with Secured Party or any agent bank of

Secured Party, whether as security for the Indebtedness or otherwise;

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f)                 all commercial tort claims, deposit accounts, money letter of credit rights, payment intangibles or software;

and

(g)               the proceeds, products, additions, substitutions and accessions of and to any and all of the foregoing property
or  assets  and  all  supporting  obligations  relating  thereto;  and  all  of  Debtor’s  books,  records,  reports,  memoranda  and  data
compilations, in any form (including, without limitation, corporate and other business records, customer lists, credit files, computer
programs, printouts and any other computer materials and records), of Debtor pertaining to any and all of the foregoing property or
assets.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the security interests and Liens granted under this Agreement shall not
extend to, and the term “Collateral” shall not include, any Excluded Property, and to the extent that any Collateral later becomes Excluded
Property,  the  Lien  and  security  interest  granted  hereunder  will  automatically  be  deemed  to  have  been  terminated  and  released;  provided
further  that,  if  and  when  any  property  shall  cease  to  be  Excluded  Property,  a  Lien  on  and  security  interest  in  such  property  shall
automatically be deemed granted therein. As used in this Security Agreement, “Excluded Property” means: (i) any leasehold interests in real
property; (ii) all cars, trucks, trailers and other vehicles or assets subject to certificates of title under the laws of any state; (iii) any assets
with respect to which Secured Party determines, in its sole discretion, that the burden or costs of creating and/or perfecting such a security
interest therein is excessive in relation to the benefit to Secured Party of the security to be afforded thereby; (iv) payroll and other employee
wage and benefit accounts, tax accounts, including, without limitation, sales tax accounts, and fiduciary or trust accounts; (v) any permit,
lease, license, contract or other Instrument of Debtor to the extent the grant of a security interest in such permit, lease, license, contract or
other Instrument in the manner contemplated by this Security Agreement, under the terms thereof or under applicable law, is prohibited and
would result in the termination thereof or give the other parties thereto the right to terminate, accelerate or otherwise alter Debtor’s rights,
titles and interests thereunder (including upon the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both); provided that any such limitation on the
security  interests  granted  hereunder  shall  only  apply  to  the  extent  that  any  such  prohibition  or  right  to  terminate  or  accelerate  or  alter
Debtor’s rights could not be rendered ineffective pursuant to the Code or any other applicable law (including bankruptcy and debtor relief
laws) or principles of equity; provided, further, that in the event of the termination or elimination of any such prohibition or right or the
requirement for any consent contained in any applicable law, permit, lease, license, contract or other Instrument, to the extent sufficient to
permit any such item to become Collateral hereunder, or upon the granting of any such consent, or waiving or terminating any requirement
for such consent, a security interest in such permit, lease, license, contract or other Instrument shall be automatically and simultaneously
granted hereunder and shall not be included as Excluded Property hereunder; (vi) any United States intent-to-use trademark applications to
the extent that, and solely during the period in which the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of or
render void or result in the cancellation of, any registration issued as a result of such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable
law; provided that upon submission and acceptance by the USPTO of an amendment to allege pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 1060(a) or any
successor provision, such intent-to-use trademark application shall be considered Collateral; (vii) any voting capital stock in excess of 65%
of  the  issued  and  outstanding  voting  capital  stock  of  any  foreign  Subsidiary;  or  (viii)  margin  stock;  provided,  that  the  security  interest
granted  to  Secured  Party  under  this Agreement  shall  attach  immediately  to  any  asset  of  Debtor  at  such  time  as  such  asset  ceases  to  be
“Excluded Property”  described  in  any  of  the  foregoing  clauses  (i)  through  (viii)  above;  provided,  further,  Excluded  Property  shall  not
include any proceeds, products, substitutions or replacements of any Excluded Property (unless such proceeds, products, substitutions or
replacements would themselves otherwise constitute Excluded Property).

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 2.02       Indebtedness Secured. The security interest in, general lien upon, and right of set-off against the Collateral is

granted to Secured Party to secure the Indebtedness.

Section 2.03       License. Secured Party is hereby granted a non-exclusive license or other right to use, following the occurrence
and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without charge, Debtor’s labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade
secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, customer lists and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to
the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral, and, following the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default, Debtor’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Secured Party’s benefit to
the  extent  assignable  and  to  the  extent  Debtor  has  such  rights.  In  addition,  Debtor  hereby  irrevocably  agrees  that  Secured  Party  may,
following  the  occurrence  and  during  the  continuance  of  an  Event  of  Default,  sell  any  of  Debtor’s  inventory  directly  to  any  Person,
including without limitation Persons who have previously purchased Debtor’s inventory from Debtor and in connection with any such sale
or other enforcement of Secured Party’s rights under this Security Agreement, may sell inventory which bears any trademark owned by or
licensed to Debtor and any inventory that is covered by any copyright owned by or licensed to Debtor and Secured Party may finish any
work in process and affix any trademark owned by or licensed to Debtor and sell such inventory as provided herein.

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

In  order  to  induce  Secured  Party  to  accept  this  Security Agreement,  Debtor  represents  and  warrants  to  Secured  Party  (which

representations and warranties will survive the creation of the Indebtedness and any extension of credit thereunder) that:

Section 3.01              Information.  All  information  supplied  and  statements  (including  financial  statements),  certificates  or  data
furnished or made by Debtor (or any officer, attorney or accountant of Debtor) to Secured Party (including, without limitation, any extracts
from or copies of the Books and Records) in connection with the Indebtedness and/or this Security Agreement, whether contemporaneously
with or subsequent to the execution of this Security Agreement are and shall be true, correct, complete, valid and genuine in all material
respects. No information, statements, certificate, exhibit or report furnished by Debtor to Secured Party in connection with the Indebtedness
and/or  this  Security  Agreement  contains  any  material  misstatement  of  fact  or  omitted  to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the
statement contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances when made.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 3.02       Status of Accounts. Each Account now existing represents, and each Account hereafter arising will represent,
the valid and legally enforceable indebtedness of a bona fide account debtor arising from the sale, lease or rendition by Debtor of goods
and/or services and is not and will not be subject to contra accounts, set-offs, defenses or counterclaims by or available to account debtors
obligated on the Accounts except as disclosed to Secured Party in writing; such goods will have been delivered to, or be in the process of
being delivered to, and such services will have been rendered by Debtor to the account debtor and accepted by the account debtor; and the
amount  shown  as  to  each  Account  on  Debtor’s  books  will  be  the  true  amount  owing  and  unpaid  thereon,  subject  to  any  discounts,
allowances,  rebates,  credits  and  adjustments  to  which  the  account  debtor  has  a  right  and  which  have  been  disclosed  to  Secured  Party  in
writing.

Section 3.03       Status of Related Rights. All Related Rights are, and those hereafter arising will be, valid and genuine in all
material respects. Any chattel paper included in the Related Rights has, and those hereafter arising will have, only one duplicate original
counterpart which constitutes chattel paper or collateral within the meaning of the Code or the law of any applicable jurisdiction. “Related
Rights”  shall  mean  all  chattel  papers,  documents  and  instruments  relating  to  the Accounts  or  General  Intangibles  and  all  rights  now  or
hereafter existing in and to all security agreements, leases and other contracts securing or otherwise relating to any Accounts or General
Intangibles or any such chattel papers, documents and instruments.

Section 3.04       Status of Books and Record. All Books and Records have been, and those entries hereafter made therein will be,
made in the regular course of Debtor’s business; made on the basis of information recorded or transmitted (or to be recorded or transmitted)
by a Person, either an employee or representative of Debtor, with knowledge of the acts, events, conditions, opinions or diagnoses recorded
therein and in the regular course of Debtor’s business; made at or near the time of the act, event, condition, opinion or diagnosis recorded
therein and in the regular course of Debtor’s business; and contain full, true and correct entries, in all material respects, of all dealings or
transactions  relating  to  the  Accounts,  General  Intangibles,  Goods,  Related  Rights  and  other  Collateral,  in  accordance  with  generally
accepted accounting principles, consistently applied. “Books and Records” shall mean all books, records, reports, memoranda, and/or data
compilations,  in  any  form  (including,  without  limitation,  corporate  and  other  business  records,  customer  lists,  credit  files,  computer
programs,  printouts  and  any  other  computer  materials  and  records),  of  Debtor  pertaining  to  any  of  the Accounts,  General  Intangibles,
Goods, and any other Property included in the Collateral.

Section 3.05       Mobile Goods. In the event any of the Goods are mobile, such Goods are of a type normally used in more than
one  jurisdiction,  such  as  motor  vehicles,  fuel,  trailers,  rolling  stock,  airplanes,  shipping  containers,  road  building  and  construction
machinery and commercial harvesting machinery and the like.

Section 3.06       Certificate of Title. In the event any of the Goods with a value in excess of $50,000 are covered by a certificate

of title, such Goods are specifically identified on Exhibit A attached hereto.

Section 3.07       Collateral Not Covered by Documents. None of the Goods included in the Collateral are, and at the time the
security  interest  in  favor  of  Secured  Party  attaches,  none  of  the  after  acquired  Goods  included  in  the  Collateral  will  be,  covered  by  any
Document  (as  defined  in  the  Code  or  in  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code  of  any  state  other  than  Texas  where  the  Goods  are  (or  will  be)
located).

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 3.08       Status of Instruments. Each Instrument now existing is, and each Instrument hereafter will be, the valid and
legally  enforceable  indebtedness  of  a  bona  fide  maker  thereof  for  good  and  valuable  consideration,  of  which  a  Debtor  is  the  owner  and
holder,  and  is  not  and  will  not  be  subject  to  set-offs,  counterclaims  or  defenses  by  any  maker  except  as  disclosed  to  Secured  Party  in
writing; and the amount shown on the relevant Debtor’s books in respect thereof will be the true amount owing (unless otherwise identified
in writing to Secured Party) and unpaid thereon. Each Instrument with a face amount in excess of $10,000 is endorsed to Secured Party and
is in the possession of Secured Party, unless (a) Secured Party shall otherwise consent in writing and (b) each Instrument subject to such
consent bears a legend, in form and substance satisfactory to Secured Party, indicating that such Instrument is subject to a security interest
granted by this Security Agreement.

ARTICLE IV
COVENANTS

A deviation from the provisions of this Article IV shall not constitute an event of default under this Security Agreement if, prior to
the  occurrence  thereof,  such  deviation  is  consented  to  in  writing  by  Secured  Party.  Without  the  prior  written  consent  of  Secured  Party,
Debtor  will  at  all  times  comply  with  the  covenants  contained  in  this Article IV,  from  the  date  hereof  and  for  so  long  as  any  part  of  the
Indebtedness (other than contingent indemnification obligations) is outstanding.

Section  4.01              Financing  Statement  Filings.  Debtor  authorizes  Secured  Party  to  prepare  and  file  financing  statements
pertaining  to  the  Collateral  with  the  central  filing  office  of  its  jurisdiction  of  organization,  or  in  any  other  jurisdiction  in  which  Secured
Party deems such a filing to be necessary or appropriate. Debtor will notify Secured Party within TEN (10) days of the occurrence of any
condition or event that may change the proper location for the filing of any financing statements or other public notice or recordings for the
purpose  of  perfecting  security  interests  in  the  Collateral.  Without  limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  Debtor  will  (a)  prior  to  any
Collateral  becoming  so  related  to  any  particular  real  estate  so  as  to  become  a  fixture  on  such  real  estate,  notify  Secured  Party  of  the
description of such real estate and the name of the record owner thereof; (b) to the extent required under the Agreement, upon demand of
Secured Party, furnish written consent(s) to Secured Party’s security interest and/or disclaimer(s) signed by any Person having an interest in
such real estate or other Collateral referred to in clause (a) above; and (c) not, without at least THIRTY (30) days’ prior written notice to
Secured Party, change Debtor’s name, state of incorporation, identity or corporate structure without the prior written consent of Lender,
which  consent  shall  not  be  unreasonably  withheld,  conditioned  or  delayed.  In  any  notice  furnished  pursuant  to  this  Section,  Debtor  will
expressly  state  that  the  notice  contains  facts  that  will  or  may  require  additional  filings  of  financing  statements  or  other  notices  for  the
purpose of continuing perfection of Secured Party’s security interest in the Collateral.

Section 4.02       [Reserved].

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 4.03       Possession of Collateral. Secured Party shall be deemed to have possession of any of the Collateral in transit to it
or  set  apart  for  it.  Otherwise,  the  Collateral  shall  remain  in  Debtor’s  possession  or  control  at  all  times  at  Debtor’s  risk  of  loss  and  shall
(except for temporary removal consistent with its normal use) be kept at the locations represented or permitted pursuant to the Agreement
and any other location specified in writing to Secured Party (other than with respect to mobile Goods (such as phones, laptop computers and
the like) in the possession of employees and consultants in the ordinary course of business).

Section 4.04       Further Assurances. Debtor (i) will not remove a material portion of any Goods included in the Collateral from
the jurisdiction in which such Goods are located without first notifying the Secured Party other than fuel inventory and mobile Goods in the
ordinary course of business; (ii) will mark conspicuously any and all chattel paper included in the Collateral and its Books and Records
pertaining to the Collateral with a legend, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Secured Party indicating that such chattel paper
or  Collateral  is  subject  to  the  security  interest  granted  by  this  Security Agreement;  and  (iii)  will,  in  the  event  any Account,  General
Intangible or Related Right is evidenced by a note or other instrument with a face amount in excess of $10,000, transfer, deliver and assign
to Secured Party such note or other instrument duly endorsed and accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer and assignment, all
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Secured Party, to be held by Secured Party as Collateral under this Security Agreement.

Section 4.05              Filing Reproductions. At  the  option  of  Secured  Party,  a  carbon,  photographic  or  other  reproduction  of  this
Security Agreement or of a financing statement covering the Collateral shall be sufficient as a financing statement and may be filed as a
financing statement.

Section 4.06       [Reserved].

Section 4.07       Compromise of Collateral. Debtor will not adjust, settle, compromise, release (wholly or partially) any account
debtor or obligor with respect to, or allow any credit (other than proceeds subject to Section 4.09(c) hereof) or discount with respect to any
of the Collateral without the prior written consent of Secured Party, except in the ordinary course of business.

Section 4.08       Account Obligations. Debtor will duly perform or cause to be performed all obligations of Debtor with respect to

the goods or services, the sale or lease or rendition of which gave rise or will give rise to each Account or Instrument.

Section 4.09       Collection and Enforcement of Accounts, General Intangibles and Related Rights.

(a)               Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.09(b) hereof, Debtor shall continue to collect, at its own expense, all
amounts  due  or  to  become  due  to  Debtor  with  respect  to  the Accounts,  General  Intangibles,  Instruments  and  Related  Rights  in
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Agreement.  In  connection  with  such  collections,  Debtor  may  take  (and,  following  the
occurrence  and  during  the  continuation  of  an  Event  of  Default,  at  Secured  Party’s  direction,  shall  take)  such  action  as  Debtor  or
Secured Party may deem necessary or advisable to enforce collection of the Accounts, General Intangibles and Related Rights.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)               Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof, Secured Party shall have the right at any time and
from time to time, whether with or without written notice to Debtor of its intention to do so, following the occurrence and during the
continuation of an Event of Default, to contact account debtors or obligors under any or all of the Accounts, General Intangibles,
Instruments or Related Rights in order to verify information about Debtor’s accounts, to notify such account debtors or obligors of
the assignment and security interest of Secured Party in such Accounts, General Intangibles, Instruments or Related Rights and to
direct such account debtors or obligors to make payment of all amounts due or to become due Debtor thereunder directly to Secured
Party. Upon exercising such right following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Secured Party may
additionally, at the expense of Debtor, enforce collection of any or all of the Accounts, General Intangibles, Instruments and Related
Rights and may adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment thereof, in the same manner and to the same extent as Debtor
might have done.

(c)                              During  the  term  of  the Agreement,  (i)  all  amounts  and  proceeds  (including  chattel  paper,  notes  and
instruments) received by Debtor in respect of the Accounts, General Intangibles, Instruments and Related Rights (1) collected and
deposited  in  a  deposit  account  of  Debtor  as  required  under  the Agreement;  and  (ii)  upon  notice  by  Secured  Party  to  Debtor  that
Secured  Party  either  intends  to  exercise  the  rights  and  remedies  granted  in  Section  4.09(b)  hereof  following  the  occurrence  and
during  the  continuation  of  an  Event  of  Default  or  that  it  has  so  exercised  one  or  more  of  the  rights  or  remedies  granted  to  it  in
Section 4.09(b) hereof, as the case may be (it being understood and agreed that the foregoing shall not in any fashion require the
Secured Party to give notice of its intent to exercise, or its exercise of, the right and remedies granted to it in Section 4.09(b) hereof),
Debtor shall forthwith deliver to Secured Party, to be maintained under the control of Secured Party, the Books and Records relating
to  the Accounts,  the  General  Intangibles,  the  Instruments  and  the  Related  Rights  for  the  purpose  of  enabling  Secured  Party  to
exercise its rights and remedies under this Security Agreement.

Section 4.10              Proceeds. To  the  extent  required  under  the Agreement,  Debtor  will  deliver  to  Secured  Party  promptly  upon
receipt, all proceeds received by Debtor from the sale or other disposition of the Collateral in the exact form in which they are received, or
in  such  other  form  as  Secured  Party  may  from  time  to  time  direct.  To  evidence  Secured  Party’s  rights  in  this  regard,  following  the
occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Debtor will assign or endorse proceeds to Secured Party as Secured Party
requests. Upon request of Secured Party following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Debtor will notify
obligors on all of the Collateral to make payments directly to Secured Party, and Secured Party may endorse as Debtor’s agent any checks,
instruments, chattel paper or other documents connected with the Collateral, take control of proceeds of the Collateral and may hold the
proceeds  as  part  of  the  Collateral  and  may  use  cash  proceeds  to  reduce  any  part  of  the  Indebtedness,  or  otherwise,  and  take  any  action
necessary to obtain, preserve and enforce the security interests and liens granted hereunder and maintain and preserve the Collateral.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE V
RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

Section 5.01              With  Respect  to  Collateral. Following  the  occurrence  and  during  the  continuation  of  an  Event  of  Default,
Secured Party is hereby fully authorized and empowered (without necessity of any further consent or authorization from Debtor) and the
right is expressly granted to Secured Party, and Debtor hereby constitutes, irrevocably appoints and makes Secured Party Debtor’s true and
lawful attorney-in-fact and agent for Debtor and in Debtor’s name, place and stead, which appointment is coupled with an interest in the
Collateral, with full power of substitution, in Secured Party’s name or Debtor’s name or otherwise, for Secured Party’s sole use and benefit,
but at Debtor’s cost and expense, to exercise without notice, all or any of the following powers at any time with respect to all or any of the
Collateral:

(a)               to demand, sue for, collect, receive and give acquittance for any and all monies due or to become due by virtue

thereof and otherwise deal with proceeds;

(b)               to receive, take, endorse, assign and deliver any and all checks, notes, drafts, documents and other negotiable

and nonnegotiable instruments and chattel paper taken or received by Secured Party in connection therewith;

(c)               to settle, compromise, compound, prosecute or defend any action or proceeding with respect thereto;

(d)               to sell, transfer, assign or otherwise deal in or with the same or the proceeds or avails thereof or the relative

goods, as fully and effectually as if Secured Party were the absolute owner thereof;

(e)               to extend the time of payment of any or all thereof and to grant waivers and make any allowance or other

adjustment with reference thereto; and

(f)                 to enter any post office box and take all items therefrom, to open the same and, after taking all remittances, to

return any remaining items to Debtor and to change any post office box to any address or post office box Secured Party chooses;

provided, however, that Secured Party shall be under no obligation or duty to exercise any of the powers hereby conferred upon it
and shall be without liability for any act or failure to act in connection with the collection of, or the preservation of any rights under, any
Collateral.

Section 5.02       [Reserved].

Section 5.03       Default, Events. At the option of Secured Party and without necessity of demand or notice, all or any part of the
Indebtedness shall immediately become due and payable irrespective of any agreed maturity and any obligation of Secured Party for further
financial accommodation shall terminate upon the happening of any “Event of Default” under the Agreement.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 5.04       Default, Remedies. If all or any part of the Indebtedness shall become due and payable as specified in Section
5.03 hereof following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Secured Party may then, or at any time thereafter
apply, set off, sell in one or more sales, lease or otherwise dispose of, any or all of the Collateral, in its then condition or following any
commercially  reasonable  preparation  or  processing,  in  such  order  as  Secured  Party  may  elect,  and  any  such  sale  may  be  made  either  at
public or private sale at its place of business or elsewhere, either for cash or upon credit or for future delivery, at such price as Secured
Party may reasonably deem fair, and Secured Party may be the purchaser of any or all Collateral so sold and hold the same thereafter in its
own right free from any claim of Debtor or right of redemption. No such purchase or holding by Secured Party shall be deemed a retention
by Secured Party in satisfaction of the Indebtedness. All demands, notices and advertisements, and the presentment of property at sale, are
hereby waived. If, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any applicable provision of the Code or other law requires Secured Party to
give  reasonable  notice  of  any  such  sale  or  disposition  or  other  action,  Debtor  agrees  that TEN  (10) days’  prior  written  notice  shall
constitute reasonable notice. Secured Party may require Debtor to assemble the Collateral and make it available to Secured Party at a place
designated  by  Secured  Party  which  is  reasonably  convenient  to  Secured  Party  and  Debtor. Any  sale  hereunder  may  be  conducted  by  an
auctioneer or any officer or agent of Secured Party.

Section 5.05       Proceeds. The proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral and all sums received or collected by
Secured Party from or on account of the Collateral shall be applied by Secured Party in the manner set forth in Section 9.615 of the Code as
presently in effect.

Section 5.06              Deficiency. Debtor  shall  remain  liable  to  Secured  Party  for  any  Indebtedness,  advances,  costs,  charges  and
expenses, together with interest thereon remaining unpaid and upon demand following the occurrence and during the continuation of an
Event of Default, shall pay the same immediately to Secured Party at Secured Party’s offices.

Section 5.07       Secured Party’s Duties. The powers and remedies conferred upon Secured Party by this Security Agreement are
solely to protect its interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon Secured Party to exercise any such power or remedy except
as required by applicable law. Secured Party shall be under no duty whatsoever to make or give any presentment, demand for performance,
notice of nonperformance, protest, notice of protest, notice of dishonor, or other notice or demand in connection with the Collateral or the
Indebtedness,  or  to  take  any  steps  necessary  to  preserve  any  rights  against  prior  parties.  Secured  Party  shall  not  be  liable  for  failure  to
collect or realize upon any or all of the Indebtedness or Collateral, or for any delay in so doing, nor shall Secured Party be under any duty to
take any action whatsoever with regard thereto. Secured Party shall use reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in
its possession but need not take any steps to keep the Collateral identifiable. Secured Party shall have no duty to comply with any recording,
filing or other legal requirements necessary to establish or maintain the validity, priority or enforceability of, or Secured Party’s rights in or
to, any of the Collateral.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 5.08              Secured  Party’s Actions. Debtor  waives  any  right  to  require  Secured  Party  to  proceed  against  any  Person,
exhaust  any  Collateral,  or  have  any  Other  Liable  Party  joined  with  Debtor  in  any  suit  arising  out  of  the  Indebtedness  or  this  Security
Agreement or pursue any other remedy in Secured Party’s power; waives any and all notice of acceptance of this Security Agreement or of
creation, modification, renewal or extension for any period of any of the Indebtedness from time to time; and waives any defense arising by
reason of any disability or other defense of Debtor or of any Other Liable Party, or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of
the liability of Debtor or of any Other Liable Party. All dealings between Debtor and Secured Party, whether or not resulting in the creation
of Indebtedness, shall conclusively be presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Agreement. Until all Indebtedness
shall have been indefeasibly paid in full, Debtor shall not have any right to subrogation, and Debtor waives any right to enforce any remedy
which Secured Party now has or may hereafter have against Debtor or any Other Liable Party and waives any benefit of and any right to
participate  in  any  Collateral  or  security  whatsoever  now  or  hereafter  held  by  Secured  Party.  Debtor  authorizes  Secured  Party,  without
notice  or  demand  and  without  any  reservation  of  rights  against  Debtor  and  without  affecting  Debtor’s  liability  hereunder  or  on  the
Indebtedness, from time to time to (a) take and hold any other Property as collateral, other than the Collateral, for the payment of any or all
of  the  Indebtedness,  and  exchange,  enforce,  waive  and  release  any  or  all  of  the  Collateral  or  such  other  Property;  (b)  following  the
occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default apply the Collateral or such other Property and direct the order or manner of
sale thereof as Secured Party in its discretion may determine; (c) renew and/or extend for any period, accelerate, modify, compromise, settle
or release the obligation of Debtor or any Other Liable Party with respect to any or all of the Indebtedness or Collateral; and (d) release or
substitute Debtor or any Other Liable Party. “Other Liable Party” shall mean any Person other than Debtor, primarily or secondarily liable
for any of the Indebtedness or who grants Secured Party a lien upon and/or a security interest on any Property as security for any of the
Indebtedness.

Section 5.09       [Reserved].

Section 5.10       Cumulative Security. The execution and delivery of this Security Agreement in no manner shall impair or affect
any other security (by endorsement or otherwise) for the payment of the Indebtedness. No security taken hereafter as security for payment
of the Indebtedness shall impair in any manner or affect this Security Agreement. All such present and future additional security is to be
considered as cumulative security.

Section 5.11       Continuing Agreement. This is a continuing agreement and all the rights, powers and remedies of Secured Party
hereunder shall continue to exist until the Indebtedness (other than contingent indemnification obligations) is indefeasibly paid in full as
the same becomes due and payable; until Secured Party has no further obligation to advance monies to Debtor or any Other Liable Party.
Furthermore,  it  is  contemplated  by  the  parties  hereto  that  there  may  be  times  when  no  Indebtedness  is  owing;  but  notwithstanding  such
occurrence, this Security Agreement shall remain valid and shall be in full force and effect as to subsequent Indebtedness; provided that
Secured Party has not executed a written termination statement. Otherwise this Security Agreement shall continue irrespective of the fact
that the personal liability of any Other Liable Party may have ceased, and notwithstanding the bankruptcy or incapacity of Debtor or the
death, incapacity or bankruptcy of any Other Liable Party or any other event or proceeding affecting Debtor or Other Liable Party.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 5.12       Cumulative Rights. The rights, powers and remedies of Secured Party hereunder shall be in addition to all rights,
powers and remedies given by statute or rule of law and are cumulative. The exercise of any one or more of the rights, powers and remedies
provided  herein  shall  not  be  construed  as  a  waiver  of  any  of  the  other  rights,  powers  and  remedies  of  Secured  Party.  Furthermore,
regardless  of  whether  or  not  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code  is  in  effect  in  the  jurisdiction  where  such  rights,  powers  and  remedies  are
asserted, Secured Party shall have the rights, powers and remedies of a secured party under the Code, as amended.

Section 5.13       Exercise of Right. Time shall be of the essence for the performance of any act under this Security Agreement or
the  Indebtedness  by  Debtor  or  any  Other  Liable  Party,  but  neither  Secured  Party’s  acceptance  of  partial  or  delinquent  payment  nor  any
forbearance,  failure  or  delay  by  Secured  Party  in  exercising  any  right,  power  or  remedy  shall  be  deemed  a  waiver  of  any  obligation  of
Debtor or any Other Liable Party or of any right, power or remedy of Secured Party or preclude any other or further exercise thereof; and no
single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof, or of the exercise of any other
right, power or remedy.

Section 5.14       Remedy and Waiver. Secured Party may remedy any default and may waive any default without waiving the

default remedied or waiving any prior or subsequent default.

Section 5.15       Non-Judicial Remedies. Secured Party may enforce its rights hereunder without resort to prior judicial process
or  judicial  hearing,  and  Debtor  expressly  waives,  renounces  and  knowingly  relinquishes  any  and  all  legal  rights  which  might  otherwise
require Secured Party to enforce its rights by judicial process. In so providing for non-judicial remedies, Debtor recognizes and concedes
that  such  remedies  are  consistent  with  the  usage  of  the  trade,  are  responsive  to  commercial  necessity  and  are  the  result  of  bargaining  at
arm’s length. Nothing herein is intended to prevent Secured Party or Debtor from resorting to judicial process at either party’s option.

ARTICLE VI
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 6.01       Debtor. The term “Debtor” as used throughout this Security Agreement shall include the respective successors,

legal representatives, heirs and assigns of Debtor.

Section 6.02       Preservation of Liability. Neither this Security Agreement nor the exercise by Secured Party (or any failure to so
exercise) of any right, power or remedy conferred herein or by law shall be construed as relieving any Person liable on the Indebtedness
from full liability on the Indebtedness and for any deficiency thereon.

Section 6.03       Notices. Any  notice  or  demand  to  Debtor  under  this  Security Agreement  or  in  connection  with  this  Security
Agreement may be given and shall conclusively be deemed and considered to have been given and received upon the deposit thereof, in
writing, duly stamped and addressed to Debtor at the address of Debtor appearing on the records of the Secured Party, in the U.S. Mail, but
actual notice, however given or received, shall always be effective.

Section 6.04       Construction. This Security Agreement has been made in and the security interest granted hereby is granted in
and  both  shall  be  governed  by  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Texas  (except  to  the  extent  that  the  laws  of  any  other  jurisdiction  govern  the
perfection and priority of the security interest granted hereby) and of the United States of America, as applicable, in all respects, including
matters of construction, validity, enforcement and performance.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 6.05       Amendment and Waiver. This Security Agreement may not be amended, altered, or modified (nor may any of

its terms be waived) except in a writing duly signed by an authorized officer of Secured Party and by Debtor.

Section 6.06       Invalidity. If any provision of this Security Agreement is rendered or declared invalid, illegal or unenforceable
by reason of any existing or subsequently enacted legislation or by a judicial decision which shall have become final, Debtor and Secured
Party shall promptly meet and negotiate substitute provisions for those rendered invalid, illegal or unenforceable, but all of the remaining
provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 6.07       Successors and Assigns .  The  covenants,  representations,  warranties  and  agreements  herein  set  forth  shall  be

binding upon Debtor and shall inure to the benefit of Secured Party, its successors and assigns.

Section 6.08       Survival of Agreements. All representations and warranties of Debtor herein, and all covenants and agreements

herein not fully performed before the effective date of this Security Agreement, shall survive such date.

Section 6.09       Titles  of Articles  and  Sections . All  titles  or  headings  to  articles,  sections  or  other  divisions  of  this  Security
Agreement are only for the convenience of the parties and shall not be construed to have any effect or meaning with respect to the other
content of such articles, sections or other divisions, such other content being controlling as to the agreement between the parties hereto.

Section 6.10       Exhibits. All exhibits to this Security Agreement are incorporated herein by reference for all purposes.

Section 6.11       Conflict of Terms. If any provision contained in this Security Agreement is in direct conflict with, or inconsistent

with, any provision of the Agreement, the provision in the Agreement shall govern and control.

Section 6.12       Disclosure Relating to Collateral Protection Insurance. As of the date of this disclosure, Debtor and Secured
Party  have  or  shall  have  consummated  a  transaction  pursuant  to  which  Secured  Party  has  agreed  to  make  Loans  to  Debtor.  Debtor  has
pledged Collateral to secure the Indebtedness in accordance with the Security Instruments. This notice relates to Debtor’s obligations with
respect to insuring the Collateral against damage. To this end, Debtor must do the following:

(a)               Keep the Collateral insured against damage as required in the Agreement;

(b)               Purchase the insurance from an insurer that is authorized to do business in Texas or an eligible surplus lines

insurer;

(c)               Name Secured Party the person to be paid under the policy in the event of loss; and

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)               Deliver to Secured Party a copy of the policy and proof of the payment of premiums.

Secured  Party  may  obtain  collateral  protection  insurance  on  behalf  of  Debtor  at  Debtor’s  expense  if  Debtor  fails  to  meet  any  of  the
foregoing requirements.

Section 6.13       Multiple Originals. This Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which
shall  be  deemed  an  original,  but  all  of  which  together  shall  constitute  one  and  the  same  instrument.  This  Security Agreement  may  be
executed by facsimile or “pdf” and each party has the right to rely upon a facsimile or “pdf ‘ counterpart of this Security Agreement signed
by the other party to the same extent as if such party had received an original counterpart.

Section 6.14       Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in the Security Instruments to the contrary, the liens and
security  interests  granted  to  Lender  pursuant  to  this  Security Agreement  and  the  exercise  of  any  right  or  remedy  Lender  hereunder  are
subject  to  the  provisions  of  that  certain  Intercreditor Agreement  dated  as  of  the  date  hereof,  among  Lender, WILMINGTON  TRUST,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as agent, and Debtor (as the same may be amended, supplemented, modified or replaced from time to time)
(the “Intercreditor Agreement”). In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Security Agreement,
the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern.

REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Debtor has executed this Security Agreement as of the date set forth hereinabove.

ACCEPTED and acknowledged by:

DEBTOR:

VINTAGE STOCK, INC.

/s/ Rodney Spriggs                           
Rodney Spriggs
CEO and President

SECURED PARTY:

TEXAS CAPITAL BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION

By: ___________________________
Name: _________________________
Title: __________________________

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT A

GOODS COVERED BY CERTIFICATE OF TITLE

NONE.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.30

TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

Dated as of November 3, 2016

among

VINTAGE STOCK, INC.,
as a Borrower,

VINTAGE STOCK AFFILIATED HOLDINGS LLC,
as Holdings and a Borrower,

THE SUBSIDIARIES OF THE BORROWERS PARTY HERETO,
as the Guarantors,

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO,

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Administrative Agent
and
CAPITALA PRIVATE CREDIT FUND V, L.P.,
as Lead Arranger

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

1.01   Defined Terms.
1.02   Other Interpretive Provisions.
1.03   Accounting Terms.
1.04   Rounding.
1.05   Times of Day.
1.06   [Reserved].
1.07   UCC Terms.
1.08   LIBO Rate.

ARTICLE II COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

2.01   Term Loan Borrowing; Commitments.
2.02   Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans.
2.03   [Reserved].
2.04   [Reserved].
2.05   Prepayments.
2.06   [Reserved].
2.07   Repayment of Loans.
2.08   Interest and Default Rate.
2.09   Fees.
2.10   Computation of Interest and Fees.
2.11   Evidence of Debt.
2.12   Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback.
2.13   Sharing of Payments by Lenders.
2.14   [Reserved].
2.15   Defaulting Lenders.

ARTICLE III TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

3.01   Taxes.
3.02   Illegality and Designated Lenders.
3.03   Inability to Determine Rates.
3.04   Increased Costs; Reserves on LIBO Rate Loans.
3.05   Compensation for Losses.
3.06   Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.
3.07   Survival.

i

1

1
34
34
35
35
35
35
36

36

36
36
37
37
37
41
41
41
42
42
42
43
45
46
46

47

47
51
52
53
54
55
55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO BORROWING

4.01   Conditions of Initial Borrowing.

ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

5.01   Existence, Qualification and Power.
5.02   Authorization; No Contravention.
5.03   Governmental Authorization; Other Consents.
5.04   Binding Effect.
5.05   Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.
5.06   Litigation.
5.07   No Defaults.
5.08   Ownership of Property.
5.09   Environmental Compliance.
5.10   Insurance.
5.11   Taxes.
5.12   ERISA Compliance.
5.13   Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.
5.14   Disclosure.
5.15   Compliance with Laws.
5.16   Solvency.
5.17   Casualty, Etc.
5.18   Sanctions Concerns and Anti-Corruption Laws.
5.19   Responsible Officers.
5.20   Subsidiaries; Equity Interests; Loan Parties.
5.21   Collateral Representations.
5.22   SBA Forms.
5.23   Broker’s Fees.
5.24   Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.
5.25   Labor Matters.
5.26   Vintage Stock Acquisition Agreement.

ARTICLE VI AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

6.01   Financial Statements.
6.02   Certificates; Other Information.
6.03   Notices.
6.04   Payment of Obligations; Tax Returns.

6.05   Preservation of Existence, Etc.
6.06   Maintenance of Properties.

ii

55

55

60

60
61
61
61
62
63
63
63
63
64
64
65
66
66
66
66
66
67
67
67
68
70
70
70
70
70

71

71
73
75

75
76
76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.07   Maintenance of Insurance.
6.08   Compliance with Laws.
6.09   Books and Records.
6.10   Inspection Rights and Board Observation Rights.
6.11   Use of Proceeds.
6.12   Material Contracts.
6.13   Additional Guarantors; Additional Collateral.
6.14   Further Assurances.
6.15   Compliance with Terms of Leaseholds.
6.16   Compliance with Environmental Laws.
6.17   Anti-Corruption Laws.
6.18   Post-Closing Matters.
6.19   Account Access.
6.20   Modifications to ABL Facility Documents.
6.21   Key Man Life Insurance.
6.22   First Lien Credit Enhancements.
6.23   Landlord Consents.

ARTICLE VII NEGATIVE COVENANTS

7.01   Liens.
7.02   Indebtedness.
7.03   Investments.
7.04   Fundamental Changes.
7.05   Dispositions.
7.06   Restricted Payments.
7.07   Change in Nature of Business.
7.08   Transactions with Affiliates.
7.09   Burdensome Agreements.
7.10   Use of Proceeds.
7.11   Financial Covenants.
7.12   Capital Expenditures.
7.13   Amendments of Organization Documents; Fiscal Year; Legal Name, State of Formation; Form of Entity and

Accounting Changes.
7.14   Sale and Leaseback Transactions.
7.15   Amendments of ABL Facility Documents.
7.16   Amendment; Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness.

7.17   Related Documents.
7.18   Sanctions.

iii

76
77
77
77
78
78
79
81
81
82
82
82
82
82
83
83
83

83

84
85
87
89
89
90
92
92
92
92
93
94

95
95
95

95
96
96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.19   Anti-Corruption Laws.
7.20   Issuance or Repurchase of Capital Stock.
7.21   Holdings.
7.22   Anti-Layering.
7.23   Acquisition of ABL Facility Indebtedness.

ARTICLE VIII EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

8.01   Events of Default.
8.02   Remedies upon Event of Default.
8.03   Application of Funds.
8.04   Equity Cure.

ARTICLE IX ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND LEAD ARRANGER

9.01   Appointment and Authority.
9.02   Rights as a Lender.
9.03   Exculpatory Provisions.
9.04   Reliance by Administrative Agent.
9.05   Delegation of Duties.
9.06   Resignation or Removal of Administrative Agent.
9.07   Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders.
9.08   No Other Duties, Etc.
9.09   Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim; Credit Bidding.
9.10   Collateral and Guaranty Matters.
9.11   [Reserved].
9.12   ABL Facility Documents and Intercreditor Agreement.

ARTICLE X CONTINUING GUARANTY

10.01   Guaranty.
10.02   Rights of Lenders.
10.03   Certain Waivers.
10.04   Obligations Independent.
10.05   Subrogation.
10.06   Termination; Reinstatement.
10.07   Stay of Acceleration.
10.08   Condition of Borrowers.
10.09   Appointment of Borrowers.
10.10   Right of Contribution.

ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS

iv

96
96
96
97
97

97

97
100
101
101

102

102
103
103
104
105
105
106
107
107
108
109
109

109

109
110
110
111
111
111
111
111
112
112

112

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.01   Amendments, Etc.
11.02   Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications.
11.03   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement.
11.04   Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.
11.05   Payments Set Aside.
11.06   Successors and Assigns.
11.07   Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality.
11.08   Right of Setoff.
11.09   Interest Rate Limitation.
11.10   Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness.
11.11   Survival of Representations and Warranties.
11.12   Severability.
11.13   Replacement of Lenders.
11.14   Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.
11.15   Waiver of Jury Trial.
11.16   Subordination.
11.17   No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility.
11.18   Electronic Execution.
11.19   USA PATRIOT Act Notice.
11.20   ENTIRE AGREEMENT.
11.21   Intercreditor Agreement.

v

112
114
117
117
119
120
124
126
126
126
127
127
127
128
129
130
130
131
131
131
132

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BORROWER PREPARED SCHEDULES

Schedule 1.01(c)
Schedule 5.10
Schedule 5.12
Schedule 5.20(a)
Schedule 5.20(b)
Schedule 5.20(c)
Schedule 5.21(b)
Schedule 5.21(c)
Schedule 5.21(d)(i)
Schedule 5.21(d)(ii)
Schedule 5.21(e)
Schedule 5.21(f)
Schedule 5.21(g)(i)
Schedule 5.21(g)(ii)
Schedule 5.21(h)
Schedule 6.13
Schedule 6.23
Schedule 7.01
Schedule 7.02
Schedule 7.03

Responsible Officers
Insurance
Pension Plans
Subsidiaries, Joint Ventures, Partnerships and Other Equity Investments
Loan Parties
Capitalization
Intellectual Property
Documents, Instrument, and Tangible Chattel Paper
Deposit Accounts & Securities Accounts
Electronic Chattel Paper & Letter-of-Credit Rights
Commercial Tort Claims
Pledged Equity Interests
Mortgaged Properties
Other Properties
Material Contracts
Excluded Accounts
Landlord Consents for Leased Properties
Existing Liens
Existing Indebtedness
Existing Investments

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND LEAD ARRANGER PREPARED SCHEDULES

Schedule 1.01(a)
Schedule 1.01(b)
Schedule 1.01(e)
Schedule 6.18

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A
Exhibit B
Exhibit C
Exhibit D
Exhibit E
Exhibit F
Exhibit G
Exhibit H
Exhibit I
Exhibit J

Certain Addresses for Notices
Initial Commitments and Applicable Percentages
Mortgaged Property Support Documents
Post-Closing Matters

Form of Administrative Questionnaire
Form of Assignment and Assumption
Form of Compliance Certificate
Form of Joinder Agreement
Form of Loan Notice
Form of Note
[Reserved]
Forms of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates
Form of Notice of Loan Prepayment
Form of Solvency Certificate

vi

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

This TERM LOAN AGREEMENT is entered into as of November 3, 2016, among Vintage Stock Affiliated Holdings, LLC (the
“Initial Borrower” or “Holdings”), Vintage Stock, Inc. (the “Target Borrower” and collectively with the Initial Borrower, the “Borrowers”
and each a “Borrower”), the other Guarantors (defined herein), the Lenders (defined herein), Capitala Private Credit Fund V, L.P., in its
capacity  as  lead  arranger  (the  “Lead Arranger”),  and  Wilmington  Trust,  National Association  as  administrative  and  collateral  agent  on
behalf of the Lenders (“Administrative Agent”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:

WHEREAS,  pursuant  to  that  certain  Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  as  of  November  3,  2016  (as  amended,  restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Vintage Stock Acquisition Agreement ”)  among  the
Borrowers,  the  holders  of  all  of  the  outstanding  capital  stock  of  the  Target  Borrower  (the  “Sellers”),  and  Rodney  Spriggs  (the  “Sellers’
Representative”), Holdings will purchase 100% of the Equity Interests of the Target Borrower (the “ Vintage Stock Acquisition”).

WHEREAS, the Loan Parties (as hereinafter defined) have requested that the Lenders make term loans to the Loan Parties in an
aggregate amount of $30,000,000 in order to consummate the Vintage Stock Acquisition and pay the Sellers part of the cash consideration
for the Vintage Stock Acquisition and to pay certain transaction fees and expenses in connection therewith.

WHEREAS, the Lenders have agreed to make such term loans to the Loan Parties on the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth  herein  to,  among  other  things,  fund  a  portion  of  the  purchase  price  of  the  Vintage  Stock Acquisition  and  to  pay  certain  fees  and
expenses incurred in connection with the Transaction (as defined herein).

WHEREAS, upon the effectiveness of this Loan Agreement, the Initial Borrower and the Target Borrower affirm herein that they
are Borrowers under this Agreement and, immediately upon the consummation of the Closing Date, the Borrowers will assume, as a joint
and several obligor, all of the Obligations hereunder.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and

agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

1.01          Defined Terms.

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“ABL Credit Agreement” means that certain Loan Agreement dated of even date herewith by and among the Target Borrower and
Texas Capital Bank, National Association, as lender, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms
hereof and of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“ABL  Facility Available Amount ”  means,  as  of  any  date  of  determination,  an  amount  determined  on  a  cumulative  basis  equal

to 5.0% of Excess Cash Flow per annum, beginning with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2017.

“ABL  Facility  Documents”  means  the  ABL  Credit  Agreement,  the  Intercreditor  Agreement,  and  the  additional  “Security
Instruments”,  as  such  term  is  defined  in  the ABL  Credit Agreement,  in  each  case  as  the  Intercreditor Agreement  and  such  additional
Security Instruments may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and of the Intercreditor
Agreement.

“ABL Facility Indebtedness” means Indebtedness under the ABL Credit Agreement and related ABL Facility Documents.

“ABL Facility Lenders” means the “Lender” as such term is defined in the ABL Credit Agreement.

“ABL Facility Loans” means the loans made pursuant to, and revolving commitments under, the ABL Credit Agreement.

“ABL Facility Priority Collateral” has the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

“Actual Period” has the meaning set forth in “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”.

“Administrative Agent” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the

Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

“Administrative Agent’s  Office ”  means  the Administrative Agent’s  address  or  such  other  address  as  the Administrative Agent

may from time to time notify the Borrowers and the Lenders in writing.

“Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in substantially the form of Exhibit A or any other form

approved by the Administrative Agent.

“Affiliate”  means,  with  respect  to  a  specified  Person,  another  Person  that  directly,  or  indirectly  through  one  or  more
intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. None of the Administrative Agent, the
Lead Arranger, the Lenders nor any of their affiliates shall be deemed to be an “Affiliate” of any of the Loan Parties solely by reason of the
provisions of the Loan Documents.

“Agent Fee Letter” means that certain fee letter agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Borrowers and Administrative

Agent.

“Aggregate Commitments” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Agreement” means this Term Loan Agreement.

“Applicable Percentage” means with respect to any Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of
the Term Loan Facility represented by (i) on or prior to the Closing Date, such Lender’s Commitment at such time and (ii) thereafter, the
outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans at such time. The Applicable Percentage of each Lender in respect of the Term
Loan Facility is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 1.01(b) or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which
such Lender becomes a party hereto.

“Applicable Premium” means as of the date of the occurrence of an Applicable Premium Trigger Event:

(a)               during the period of time from and after the Closing Date up to (but not including) the date that is the first
anniversary of the Closing Date, an amount equal to 2.0% of the principal amount of the Term Loan prepaid (or in the case of an
Applicable Premium Trigger Event occurring under clauses (b), (c) or (d) of the definition thereof, deemed to be prepaid) on such
date in cash to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders;

(b)               during the period of time from and after the first anniversary of the Closing Date up to (but not including) the
date that is the second anniversary of the Closing Date, an amount equal to 1.0% of the principal amount of the Term Loan prepaid
(or in the case of an Applicable Premium Trigger Event occurring under clauses (b), (c) or (d) of the definition thereof, deemed to
be prepaid) on such date in cash to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders; and

(c)               from and after the second anniversary of the Closing Date, zero.

“Applicable Premium Trigger Event” means:

(a)               any prepayment by any Loan Party of all, or any part, of the principal balance of any Term Loan for any reason
pursuant  to  Section  2.05(a)(i)  and  Section  2.05(b)(ii)  (with  respect  to  any  voluntary  Dispositions),  (iii),  (iv)  and  (vi),  whether  in
whole or in part, and whether before or after (i) the occurrence of an Event of Default, or (ii) the commencement of any insolvency
proceeding, notwithstanding any acceleration (for any reason) of the Obligations;

(b)               the acceleration of the Obligations for any reason, including, but not limited to, acceleration in accordance with

Section 8.02, including as a result of the commencement of an insolvency proceeding;

(c)               the  satisfaction,  release,  payment,  restructuring,  reorganization,  replacement,  reinstatement,  defeasance  or
compromise  of  any  of  the  Obligations  in  any  insolvency  proceeding,  foreclosure  (whether  by  power  of  judicial  proceeding  or
otherwise)  or  deed  in  lieu  of  foreclosure  or  the  making  of  a  distribution  of  any  kind  in  any  insolvency  proceeding  to  the
Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders in full or partial satisfaction of the Obligations;

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)               a Change of Control; or

(e)               the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

For purposes of the definition of the term “Applicable Premium”, if an Applicable Premium Trigger Event occurs under clause (b), (c) or
(d), the entire outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan shall be deemed to have been prepaid on the date on which such Applicable
Premium Trigger Event occurs.

“Applicable Rate” means, for (a) Base Rate Loans, (i) 11.50% per annum in cash pay plus (ii) 3.00% per annum payable in kind by
compounding such interest to the principal amount of the Obligations on each Interest Payment Date, and (b) LIBO Rate Loans, (i) 12.50%
per annum in cash pay plus (ii) 3.00% per annum payable in kind by compounding such interest to the principal amount of the Obligations
on each Interest Payment Date.

“Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or

an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

“Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the
written consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 11.06(b)), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the
form of Exhibit B or any other form (including an electronic documentation form generated by use of an electronic platform) approved by
the Administrative Agent.

“Attributable Indebtedness”  means,  on  any  date,  (a)  in  respect  of  any  Capitalized  Lease  of  any  Person,  the  capitalized  amount
thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP and (b) in respect of any
Sale and Leaseback Transaction, the present value (discounted in accordance with GAAP at the debt rate implied in the applicable lease) of
the obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of such lease.

“Availability” has the meaning set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date.

“Bankruptcy Code” shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code, as in effect from time to time.

“Base  Rate”  means  for  any  day  a  fluctuating  rate  of  interest  per  annum  equal  to  the  highest  of  (a)  the  Federal  Funds  Rate
plus  0.50%,  (b)  the  Prime  Rate  and  (c)  the  LIBO  Rate  plus  1.00%;  and  if  the  Base  Rate  shall  be  less  than  1.50%,  such  rate  shall  be
deemed 1.50% for purposes of this Agreement. For purposes of this definition, the “Prime Rate” shall mean, for any day, the rate of interest
in effect for such day that is identified and normally published by The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” (or, if more than one rate is
published as the Prime Rate, then the highest of such rates), with any change in the Prime Rate to become effective as of the date the rate
of  interest  which  is  so  identified  as  the  “Prime  Rate”  is  different  from  that  published  on  the  preceding  Business  Day.  If  the  Wall  Street
Journal no longer reports the Prime Rate, or if the Prime Rate no longer exists, or the Administrative Agent determines in good faith that
the rate so reported no longer accurately reflects an accurate determination of the prevailing Prime Rate, then the Administrative Agent (at
the  direction  of  the  Required  Lenders)  may  select  another  generally  available  and  recognizable  source  to  use  as  the  basis  for  the  Prime
Rate.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Base Rate Loan” means a Term Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

“Borrower” and “Borrowers” have the meanings specified in the Preliminary Recitals.

“Borrower Line of Business” means the purchase and resale of a selection of entertainment products limited to new and pre-owned
movies, video games devices and games, music products and other ancillary products including books, comic books and toys through its
retail footprint.

“Borrower Materials” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close

under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located.

“Capitala” means Capitala Private Credit Fund V, L.P. or any of its Affiliates.

“Capital Expenditures”  means,  with  respect  to  any  Person  for  any  period  of  determination,  any  expenditure  in  respect  of  the
purchase  of  any  fixed  or  capital  asset  (excluding  normal  replacements,  improvements  and  maintenance  which  are  charged  to  current
operations) that are required to be capitalized under GAAP, including expenditures in respect of Capitalized Leases. For purposes of this
definition,  the  purchase  price  of  equipment  that  is  purchased  within  180  days  of  the  trade-in  of  existing  equipment,  with  insurance
proceeds (in accordance with Section 2.05(b)), or with the proceeds of cash contributions from Sponsor or another direct or indirect holder
of Equity Interests in Borrowers (other than any Specified Equity Contribution or the proceeds of Equity Issuances required to be used for
mandatory  prepayments  in  accordance  with  Section  2.05(b)),  shall  be  included  in  Capital  Expenditures  only  to  the  extent  of  the  gross
amount by which such purchase price exceeds the credit granted by the seller of such equipment for the equipment being traded in at such
time, the amount of such insurance proceeds, or the cash proceeds of such contributions as the case may be.

“Capitalized Leases” means all leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases.

“Cash  Equivalents”  means  any  of  the  following  types  of  Investments,  to  the  extent  owned  by  any  Borrower  or  any  of  its

Subsidiaries free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens):

(a)               direct obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency or
instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full
faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof;

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)               time deposits with, or certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) (A) is a
Lender  or  (B)  is  organized  under  the  laws  of  the  United  States,  any  state  thereof  or  the  District  of  Columbia  or  is  the  principal
banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of
Columbia,  and  is  a  member  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System,  (ii)  issues  (or  the  parent  of  which  issues)  commercial  paper  rated  as
described  in  clause  (c)  of  this  definition  and  (iii)  has  combined  capital  and  surplus  of  at  least  $500,000,000,  in  each  case  with
maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(c)               commercial paper issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of the United States and rated at
least “Prime-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s or at least “A-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P, in each case
with maturities of not more than one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of acquisition thereof; and

(d)               marketable short-term money market and similar highly liquid funds having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2
from  either  Moody’s  or  S&P,  respectively  (or,  if  at  any  time  neither  Moody’s  nor  S&P  shall  be  rating  such  obligations,  an
equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency); (e) readily marketable direct obligations issued by
any  State,  commonwealth  or  territory  of  the  United  States  or  any  political  subdivision  or  taxing  authority  thereof  having  an
investment grade rating from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations,
an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency) with maturities of one year or less from the date of
acquisition; and

(e)               Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,
in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which are administered by financial
institutions that have the highest rating obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P, and the portfolios of which are limited solely to
Investments of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this definition.

“CERCLA” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980.

“CERCLIS” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System maintained by

the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

“Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the Closing Date, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any
law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or
application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not
having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank
Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act  and  all  requests,  rules,  guidelines  or  directives  thereunder  or  issued  in  connection
therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee
on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant
to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Change of Control” means an event or series of events by which:

(a)               Live Ventures shall at any time cease to own and control, directly or indirectly, of record and beneficially,

100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of Holdings on a fully diluted basis;

(b)               Isaac Capital, Jon Isaac and Antonios Isaac shall at any time cease to own and control, directly or indirectly,

30% of the aggregate Equity Interests in Live Ventures;

(c)               any Person or “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 as in effect on the Closing Date) of Persons other than Isaac Capital, Jon Isaac and Antonios Isaac shall have acquired greater
than a 30% beneficial ownership in Live Venture’s Equity Interests;

(d)               a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors or other governing body of Live
Ventures  shall  at  any  time  be  occupied  by  Persons  other  than  those  Persons  who  are  members  of  the  board  of  directors  on  the
Closing Date;

(e)               (i) the Chief Executive Officer of Live Ventures shall at any time cease to be Jon Isaac, or (ii) the Chief

Executive Officer of the Target Borrower shall at any time cease to be Rodney Spriggs, Steve Wilcox, or Paul Harris.

(f)                 the Sponsor shall cease to have the right, directly or indirectly, to elect or appoint a majority of the members

of the board of directors or other governing body of Holdings;

(g)               Holdings ceases to own, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding
Equity  Interests  (both  voting  and  economic)  of  the  Target  Borrower  and  the  other  Loan  Parties  (excluding  directors’  qualifying
shares required by Law) except as otherwise expressly permitted under this Agreement;

(h)               there is a “change of control” or any comparable term under, and as defined in, the ABL Facility Documents or

any other Indebtedness with an outstanding principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount shall have occurred; or

(i)                 there is a sale of all or substantially all of any Loan Party’s assets.

“Closing Date” means the date hereof.

“Closing Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.09(a) hereof.

“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Collateral” means all of the “Collateral” and “Mortgaged Property” referred to in the Collateral Documents and all of the other
property that is or is intended under the terms of the Collateral Documents to be subject to Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent for
the benefit of the Secured Parties.

“Collateral Assignment  of  Vintage  Stock Acquisition Agreement ”  means  that  certain  collateral  assignment  agreement  dated  the
date  hereof  by  and  among  the  Sellers,  the  Sellers’  Representative,  the  Borrowers  and  the Administrative Agent,  in  form  and  substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Arranger.

“Collateral Documents”  means,  collectively,  the  Security Agreement,  any  Mortgages,  any  related  Mortgaged  Property  Support
Documents,  each  Guaranty,  each  Key-Man  Collateral Assignment Agreement,  the  Collateral Assignment  of  Vintage  Stock Acquisition
Agreement,  each  Qualifying  Control  Agreement,  each  Joinder  Agreement,  each  of  the  mortgages,  collateral  assignments,  security
agreements, pledge agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.13, and each of the
other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of
the Secured Parties.

“Commitment” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to make the Term Loan to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01(a) in an
aggregate  principal  amount  at  any  one  time  outstanding  not  to  exceed  the  amount  set  forth  opposite  such  Lender’s  name  on
Schedule 1.01(b)  under  the  caption  “Commitment”  or  opposite  such  caption  in  the Assignment  and Assumption  pursuant  to  which  such
Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The
aggregate Commitment of all of the Lenders on the Closing Date shall be $30,000,000.

“Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any

successor statute.

“Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

“Connection  Income  Taxes”  means  Other  Connection  Taxes  that  are  imposed  on  or  measured  by  net  income  (however

denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

“Consolidated” means, when used with reference to financial statements or financial statement items of the Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries  or  any  other  Person,  such  statements  or  items  on  a  consolidated  basis  in  accordance  with  the  consolidation  principles  of
GAAP.

“Consolidated  Capital  Expenditures”  means,  for  any  period  of  determination,  for  the  Borrowers  and  their  Subsidiaries  on  a

Consolidated basis, all Capital Expenditures.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period of determination, the sum of the following determined on a Consolidated basis,
without duplication, for the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP: (a) Consolidated Net Income for the most recently
completed Measurement Period plus (b) each of the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income (without
duplication) for the most recently completed Measurement Period: (i) Consolidated Interest Charges, (ii)  the  provision  for  federal,  state,
local and foreign income taxes payable, including State, franchise and similar taxes and withholding taxes for such period, taxes in lieu of
income  taxes  and  payroll  tax  credits,  income  tax  credits  and  similar  tax  credits,  (iii)  depreciation  and  amortization  expense  including
amortization of debt expense, (iv) non-cash charges and losses including write-offs or write-downs (excluding any such non-cash charges
or  losses  to  the  extent  (A)  there  were  cash  charges  with  respect  to  such  charges  and  losses  in  past  accounting  periods  or  (B)  there  is  a
reasonable expectation that there will be cash charges with respect to such charges and losses in future accounting periods), and (v) fees,
charges and expenses paid by Holdings and its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions that are paid or otherwise accounted for
within 180 days of the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed $1,800,000 in the aggregate, (vi) actual cash losses arising from stores that
Target Borrower has operated less than twelve (12) months at the time of determination not to exceed an aggregate amount of $150,000 per
annum, (vii) one-time, non-recurring charges paid in cash not to exceed $650,000 in the aggregate per annum, provided that such charges
are  approved  by  the  Lead Arranger,  such  approval  not  to  be  unreasonably  withheld  or  delayed,  and  (viii)  Management  Fees  paid  by
Borrowers, as permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents, and

less  (c)  without  duplication  and  to  the  extent  reflected  as  a  gain  or  otherwise  included  in  the  calculation  of  Consolidated  Net
Income for the most recently completed Measurement Period non-cash gains (excluding any such non-cash gains to the extent (A) there
were cash gains with respect to such gains in past accounting periods or (B) there is a reasonable expectation that there will be cash gains
with respect to such gains in future accounting periods).

For  the  purposes  of  determining  the  Consolidated  Total  Leverage  Ratio  as  required  by  Section  4.01(i)(v)  and  otherwise,
Consolidated EBITDA for the monthly periods ending below shall be deemed to equal (it being understood that such amounts are subject to
future  adjustments,  as  and  to  the  extent  otherwise  contemplated  in  this Agreement,  in  connection  with  any  future  calculation  on  a  Pro
Forma Basis):

Fiscal Month Ending
October 31, 2015
November 30, 2015
December 31, 2015
January 31, 2016
February 28, 2016
March 31, 2016
April 30, 2016
May 31, 2016
June 30, 2016
July 31, 2016
August 31, 2016
September 30, 2016

Consolidated EBITDA
$507,261
$1,054,957
$2,430,815
$960,145
$1,357,194
$1,273,635
$769,495
$1,121,512
$712,237
$1,246,790
$1,456,779
$720,226

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) (i) Consolidated EBITDA,
less  (ii)  the  aggregate  amount  of  all  non-financed  (for  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  Capital  Expenditures  financed  by  any  customer  of  the
Borrowers  or  its  Subsidiaries  shall  not  be  considered  non-financed  Capital  Expenditures)  cash  Capital  Expenditures,  to  (b)  the  sum  of
(i)  Consolidated  Interest  Charges  to  the  extent  paid  in  cash, plus  (ii)  regularly  scheduled  principal  payments,  but  excluding,  for  the
avoidance of doubt, mandatory prepayments made pursuant to Section 2.05(b) hereof and any similar payments made pursuant to similar
provisions in the ABL Facility Documents (to the extent such payments are permitted by the Intercreditor Agreement),  plus (iii) Restricted
Payments  paid  in  cash, plus  (iv)  the  aggregate  amount  of  federal,  state,  local  and  foreign  income  taxes  paid  in  cash,  in  each  case  of
clauses (b)(i) through (iv), of or by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries for the most recently completed Measurement Period.

For purposes of determining the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for any Measurement Period including periods prior
to the Closing Date, the amounts described in clauses (a) and (b) hereof shall be equal to (i) the amounts thereof paid or distributed during
the period beginning November 1, 2016, and ending on the last day of the relevant calculation period (the “Actual Period”) multiplied by
(ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is 360 and the denominator of which is the number of days in the relevant Actual Period.

“Consolidated  Funded  Indebtedness”  means,  as  of  any  date  of  determination,  for  the  Borrowers  and  their  Subsidiaries  on  a
Consolidated basis, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of all obligations, whether current or long-term, for borrowed money
(including  the  Obligations  hereunder  and  obligations  under  the  Subordinated Acquisition  Note)  and  all  obligations  evidenced  by  bonds,
debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments; (b) all purchase money Indebtedness; (c) the maximum amount available
to be drawn under issued and outstanding letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety
bonds and similar instruments, but specifically excluding reimbursement obligations under letters of credit to the extent the same would be
duplicative  of  any  indebtedness  or  other  obligations  described  in  the  other  clauses  of  this  definition;  (d)    all Attributable  Indebtedness;
(e) all obligations to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment prior to the Maturity Date in respect of any Equity
Interests or any warrant, right or option to acquire such Equity Interest, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater
of  its  voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation  preference plus  accrued  and  unpaid  dividends;  (f)  without  duplication,  all  Guarantees  with
respect  to  outstanding  Indebtedness  of  the  types  specified  in  clauses  (a)  through  (e)  above  of  Persons  other  than  the  Borrowers  or  any
Subsidiary; and (g) all Indebtedness of the types referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above of any partnership or joint venture (other than a
joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which the Borrowers or a Subsidiary is a general partner or joint
venturer,  unless  such  Indebtedness  is  expressly  made  non-recourse  to  the  Borrowers  or  such  Subsidiary.  For  purposes  of  this  definition,
(x) the amount of any Consolidated Funded Indebtedness represented by a guaranty or other similar instrument shall be the lesser of the
principal amount of the obligations guaranteed and still outstanding and the maximum amount for which the guaranteeing Person may be
liable  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  instrument  embodying  such  Indebtedness  and  (y)  solely  with  respect  to  Indebtedness  in  respect  of  a
revolving credit facility (including, without duplication, indebtedness constituting Guarantee obligations in respect thereof and, including,
without  limitation,  Indebtedness  arising  under  the  ABL  Facility  Documents),  any  calculation  of  Consolidated  Funded  Indebtedness
hereunder  shall  calculate  such  amount  by  taking  the  average  month-end  balance  of  such  Indebtedness  as  of  the  last  day  of  each  fiscal
month of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries for the Measurement Period immediately preceding such date of determination for which
financial statements have been (or were required to have been) delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(b) or (c).

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Consolidated  Interest  Charges”  means,  for  any  Measurement  Period,  as  calculated  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  the  sum  of  (a)
(i) total interest expense and, to the extent not included in total interest expense, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related
expenses in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in
each  case  to  the  extent  treated  as  interest  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  plus  (ii)  all  interest  paid  or  payable  with  respect  to  discontinued
operations plus (iii) the portion of rent expense under Capitalized Leases that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, in each case,
of or by any Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis for the most recently completed Measurement Period minus the sum of
(b)(i)  the  net  amount  receivable  in  respect  of  Swap  Contracts  relating  to  interest  during  such  Measurement  Period  (solely  to  the  extent
actually paid or received during such Measurement Period) plus (ii) all interest income earned during such Measurement Period.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, at any date of determination, calculated in accordance with GAAP, the net income (or loss) of
the  Borrowers  and  their  Subsidiaries  on  a  Consolidated  basis  for  the  most  recently  completed  Measurement  Period; provided  that
Consolidated Net Income shall exclude (a) extraordinary gains and extraordinary losses for such Measurement Period, (b) the net income of
any Subsidiary during such Measurement Period to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such
Subsidiary of such income is not permitted by operation of the terms of its Organization Documents or any agreement, instrument or Law
applicable to such Subsidiary, unless waived, during such Measurement Period, except that any Borrower’s equity in any net loss of any
such Subsidiary for such Measurement Period shall be included in determining Consolidated Net Income, and (c) any income (or loss) for
such Measurement Period of any Person if such Person is not a Subsidiary, except that Borrowers’ equity in the net income of any such
Person for such Measurement Period shall be included in Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed
or dividended by such Person during such Measurement Period to such Borrowers or a Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (and in
the  case  of  a  dividend  or  other  distribution  to  a  Subsidiary,  such  Subsidiary  is  not  precluded  from  further  distributing  such  amount  to
Borrowers as described in clause (b) of this proviso).

“Consolidated  Scheduled  Funded  Debt  Payments”  means  for  any  period  for  the  Borrowers  and  their  Subsidiaries  on  a
Consolidated basis, the sum of all scheduled payments of principal on Consolidated Funded Indebtedness. For purposes of this definition,
“scheduled payments of principal” (a) shall be determined without giving effect to any reduction of such scheduled payments resulting from
the  application  of  any  voluntary  or  mandatory  prepayments  made  during  the  applicable  period,  (b)  shall  be  deemed  to  include  the
Attributable Indebtedness, (c) shall include voluntary prepayments permitted pursuant to Section 2.05(a), (d) shall include any permanent
reductions  in  the  revolving  commitments  under  the ABL  Facility  Loans  as  a  result  of  any  voluntary  prepayments  during  the  applicable
Measurement Period, and (e) with respect to clauses (c) and (d), for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any mandatory prepayments
required pursuant to Section 2.05(b).

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness as
of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis for the most recently completed
Measurement Period.

“Contractual Obligation”  means,  as  to  any  Person,  any  provision  of  any  security  issued  by  such  Person  or  of  any  agreement,

instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies
of  a  Person,  whether  through  the  ability  to  exercise  voting  power,  for  10%  or  more  of  the  Equity  Interests  of  a  Person  by  contract  or
otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

“Curable Default” has the meaning specified in Section 8.04.

“Cure Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 8.04.

“Debt Issuance” means the issuance by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Indebtedness other than Indebtedness permitted

under Section 7.02.

“Debtor  Relief  Laws”  means  the  Bankruptcy  Code,  and  all  other  liquidation,  conservatorship,  bankruptcy,  assignment  for  the
benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States
or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

“Declined Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(xii).

“Default” means any event or condition that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of

Default.

“Default Rate” means (a) with respect to any Obligation for which a rate is specified, a rate per annum equal to two percent (2%) in
excess of the rate otherwise applicable thereto and (b) with respect to any Obligation for which a rate is not specified or available, a rate per
annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for Term Loans that are Base Rate Loans plus two percent (2%), in each case, to the
fullest extent permitted by applicable Law.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Defaulting Lender” means, subject to Section 2.15(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to pay to the Administrative Agent or any
Related Party thereof any amount required to be paid by it hereunder within two (2) Business Days after demand by the Administrative
Agent  (but  only  for  so  long  as  such  amount  payable  under  this  clause  (a)  remains  unpaid),  or  (b)  has,  or  has  a  direct  or  indirect  parent
company  that  has,  (i)  become  the  subject  of  a  proceeding  under  any  Debtor  Relief  Law,  (ii)  had  appointed  for  it  a  receiver,  custodian,
conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its
business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a
capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Equity Interest in
that  Lender  or  any  direct  or  indirect  parent  company  thereof  by  a  Governmental Authority  so  long  as  such  ownership  interest  does  not
result  in  or  provide  such  Lender  with  immunity  from  the  jurisdiction  of  courts  within  the  United  States  or  from  the  enforcement  of
judgments  or  writs  of  attachment  on  its  assets  or  permit  such  Lender  (or  such  Governmental Authority)  to  reject,  repudiate,  disavow  or
disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender, (iii) has notified the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent in writing that it
does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public
statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s reasonable
and good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable Default, shall
be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), or (iv) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after
written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrowers to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers that it
will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that, such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant
to  this  clause  (iv)  upon  receipt  of  such  written  confirmation  by  the Administrative Agent  and  the  Borrowers. Any  determination  by  the
Administrative Agent  that  a  Lender  is  a  Defaulting  Lender  pursuant  to  the  above  criteria,  and  the  effective  date  of  such  status,  shall  be
conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.15(b)) as of
the  date  established  therefor  by  the  Administrative  Agent  in  a  written  notice  of  such  determination,  which  shall  be  delivered  by  the
Administrative Agent to the Borrowers, the Lead Arranger and each other Lender promptly following such determination.

“Designated Jurisdiction” means any country or territory to the extent that such country or territory is the subject of any Sanction.

“Disposition”  or  “Dispose”  means  the  sale,  transfer,  license,  lease  or  other  disposition  (including  any  Sale  and  Leaseback
Transaction)  of  any  property  by  any  Loan  Party  or  Subsidiary  (or  the  granting  of  any  option  or  other  right  to  do  any  of  the  foregoing),
including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and
claims associated therewith, but excluding any Involuntary Disposition.

“Disqualified  Equity  Interests”  means  any  Equity  Interest  which,  by  its  terms  (or  by  the  terms  of  any  security  or  other  Equity
Interest  into  which  it  is  convertible  or  for  which  it  is  exchangeable)  or  upon  the  happening  of  any  event  or  condition,  (i)  matures  or  is
mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests which are not otherwise Disqualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking
fund  obligation  or  otherwise,  (ii)  is  redeemable  at  the  option  of  the  holder  thereof  (other  than  solely  for  Equity  Interests  which  are  not
otherwise Disqualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (iii) provides for the scheduled payments or dividends in cash, or (iv) is or
becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interest that would constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest,
in  each  case,  prior  to  the  date  that  is  91  days  after  the  then-applicable  latest  Maturity  Date  of  the  Term  Loans  at  the  time  of  issuance,
except, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), if as a result of a change of control event or other Disposition, so long as any rights of the holders
thereof to require the redemption thereof upon the occurrence of such a change of control event or other Disposition are subject to the prior
payment in full of the Obligations.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Dollar” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision of

the United States.

“Eligible Assignee” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 11.06 (subject to such consents,

if any, as may be required under Section 11.06(b)(iii)).

“Environmental Claims” means any and all administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims,
liens, accusations, allegations, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigations (other than internal reports prepared by any Person in
the ordinary course of business and not in response to any third party action or request of any kind) or proceedings relating in any way to
any actual or alleged violation of or liability under any Environmental Law or relating to any permit issued, or any approval given, under
any  such  Environmental  Law,  including,  without  limitation,  any  and  all  claims  by  Governmental Authorities  for  enforcement,  cleanup,
removal,  response,  remedial  or  other  actions  or  damages,  contribution,  indemnification,  cost  recovery,  compensation  or  injunctive  relief
resulting from Hazardous Materials or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury to human health or the environment.

“Environmental Laws” means any and all applicable federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws (including the common law),
regulations,  ordinances,  rules,  judgments,  orders,  decrees,  permits,  concessions,  grants,  franchises,  licenses,  agreements  or  governmental
restrictions  relating  to  human  health,  safety,  pollution  or  the  protection  of  the  environment  or  the  release  of  any  materials  into  the
environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

“Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental
remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon
(a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous
Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment
or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the
foregoing.

“Environmental  Permit”  means  any  permit,  approval,  identification  number,  license  or  other  authorization  of  a  Governmental

Authority or Governmental Approval required under any applicable Environmental Law.

“Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in)
such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or
other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or
other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such
shares  (or  such  other  interests),  and  all  of  the  other  ownership  or  profit  interests  in  such  Person  (including  partnership,  member  or  trust
interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding
on any date of determination.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Equity Issuance”  means,  any  issuance  by  any  Loan  Party  or  any  Subsidiary  to  any  Person  of  its  Equity  Interests,  other  than
(a) any issuance of its Equity Interests pursuant to the exercise of options or warrants, (b) any issuance of its Equity Interests pursuant to the
conversion of any debt securities to equity or the conversion of any class of equity securities to any other class of equity securities, and
(c)  any  issuance  of  options  or  warrants  relating  to  its  Equity  Interests.  The  term  “Equity  Issuance”  shall  not  be  deemed  to  include  any
Disposition or any Debt Issuance.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

“ERISA Affiliate” means any Loan Party and any other Person under common control with any Borrower within the meaning of
Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

“ERISA Event” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) the withdrawal of any Borrower or any ERISA
Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which such entity was a “substantial employer” as
defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA;
(c)  a  complete  or  partial  withdrawal  by  any  Borrower  or  any  ERISA  Affiliate  from  a  Multiemployer  Plan  or  notification  that  a
Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, or the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a
termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA; (e) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Pension Plan; (f) any
event  or  condition  which  constitutes  grounds  under  Section  4042  of  ERISA  for  the  termination  of,  or  the  appointment  of  a  trustee  to
administer, any Pension Plan; (g) the determination that any Pension Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered or critical
status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA; (h) the imposition of any Lien
under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Borrower or any
ERISA Affiliate or (i) a failure by any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to meet all applicable requirements under the Pension Funding
Rules in respect of a Pension Plan, whether or not waived, or the failure by any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to make any required
contribution to a Multiemployer Plan.

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.

“Excess Cash Flow” means, for any fiscal year of the Borrowers, an amount equal to the sum of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for
such  fiscal  year,  (b) plus  any  tax  refunds  received  by  any  Loan  Party  during  such  period, minus  (c)  the  non-financed  portion  of
Consolidated Capital Expenditures for such fiscal year (including, for purposes of clarification, Consolidated Capital Expenditures paid in
cash  any  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  in  such  fiscal  year  that  are  subject  to  deferred  reimbursement  by  any  customers  or  potential
customers,  in  each  case  pursuant  to  a  written  contractual  agreement,  but  have  not  been  reimbursed  in  such  fiscal  year),  and minus
(d) without duplication, the aggregate sum of the following for such fiscal year:

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

Consolidated Interest Charges actually paid in cash by each Borrower and its Subsidiaries,

cash  taxes  paid  for  such  fiscal  year  and  distributions  made  with  respect  to  the  net  taxable  income  of  each
Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year (whether such tax distributions are made in such fiscal year or
the subsequent fiscal year) as permitted by Section 7.06(e) and cash reserves required by Law to be set aside or
payable for such purposes,

Consolidated Scheduled Funded Debt Payments, and

Management Fees, non-recurring cash costs, expenses and fees incurred during such period in connection with or
as a result of the Transactions, including but not limited to integration expenses, severance expense, retention, and
restructuring expense, or costs relating to the consolidation of facilities incurred in connection with or as a result
of the Transactions to the extent added back in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

“Excluded Accounts” means, collectively, (A) payroll and other employee wage and benefit accounts, (B) tax accounts, including,

without limitation, sales tax accounts, (C) zero balance accounts and (D) fiduciary or trust accounts.

“Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to any Recipient or required to be withheld or
deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and
branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office
or,  in  the  case  of  any  Lender,  its  Lending  Office  located  in,  the  jurisdiction  imposing  such  Tax  (or  any  political  subdivision  thereof)  or
(ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the
account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which
(i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by any Borrower under
Section  11.13)  or  (ii)  such  Lender  changes  its  Lending  Office,  except  in  each  case  to  the  extent  that,  pursuant  to  Section  3.01(a)  or  (c),
amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto
or  to  such  Lender  immediately  before  it  changed  its  Lending  Office,  (c)  Taxes  attributable  to  such  Recipient’s  failure  to  comply  with
Section 3.01(e) and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed pursuant to FATCA.

“Extraordinary Receipt”  means  any  cash  received  by  or  paid  to  or  for  the  account  of  any  Person  not  in  the  ordinary  course  of
business, including tax refunds, pension plan reversions, proceeds of insurance (including for the avoidance of doubt, proceeds of any key-
man  insurance)  (other  than  proceeds  of  business  interruption  insurance  to  the  extent  such  proceeds  constitute  compensation  for  lost
earnings  and  proceeds  of  Involuntary  Dispositions),  indemnity  payments  and  any  purchase  price  adjustments; provided  that,  an
Extraordinary Receipt shall not include cash receipts from proceeds of insurance or indemnity payments to the extent that such proceeds,
awards or payments are received by any Person in respect of any third party claim against such Person and applied to pay (or to reimburse
such Person for its prior payment of) such claim and the costs and expenses of such Person with respect thereto or to the extent that such
proceeds  of  insurance  or  indemnity  payments  are  used  to  remedy  the  condition  (if  such  condition  can  be  remedied)  giving  rise  to  such
proceeds of insurance of indemnity payments.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Facility Termination Date” means the date as of which all of the following shall have occurred: (a) the Aggregate Commitments

have terminated and (b) all Obligations have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations).

“FASB ASC” means the Accounting Standards Codification of the Financial Accounting Standards Board.

“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version
that  is  substantively  comparable  and  not  materially  more  onerous  to  comply  with),  any  current  or  future  regulations  or  official
interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.

“Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds
transactions  with  members  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System  on  such  day,  as  published  by  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  New  York  on  the
Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that, (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be
such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such
rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward,
if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) quoted to the Administrative Agent for such day for such transactions from three Federal
funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

“Foreign Lender” means (a) if each Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender that is not a U.S. Person, and (b) if it is not the case that
each Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender that is resident or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which any Borrower
is  resident  for  tax  purposes.  For  purposes  of  this  definition,  the  United  States,  each  State  thereof  and  the  District  of  Columbia  shall  be
deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

“FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

“Flood Hazard Property”  means  any  Mortgaged  Property  that  is  in  an  area  designated  by  the  Federal  Emergency  Management

Agency as having special flood or mudslide hazards.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Fund” means any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise

investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.

“GAAP”  means  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  in  the  United  States  set  forth  from  time  to  time  in  the  opinions  and
pronouncements  of  the  Accounting  Principles  Board  and  the  American  Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants  and  statements  and
pronouncements  of  the  Financial Accounting  Standards  Board  (or  agencies  with  similar  functions  of  comparable  stature  and  authority
within  the  accounting  profession)  including,  without  limitation,  the  FASB Accounting  Standards  Codification,  that  are  applicable  to  the
circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied and subject to Section 1.03.

“Governmental Approvals ”  means  all  authorizations,  consents,  approvals,  licenses  and  exemptions  of,  registrations  and  filings

with, and required reports to, all Governmental Authorities.

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof,
whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive,
legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including, without limitation,
any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

“Guarantee”  means,  as  to  any  Person,  (a)  any  obligation,  contingent  or  otherwise,  of  such  Person  guaranteeing  or  having  the
economic  effect  of  guaranteeing  any  Indebtedness  of  the  kind  described  in  clauses  (a)  through  (g)  of  the  definition  thereof  or  other
obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including
any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such
Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect
of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working
capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to
enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner
the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss
in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness of the kind described in
clauses  (a)  through  (g)  of  the  definition  thereof  or  other  obligation  of  any  other  Person,  whether  or  not  such  Indebtedness  or  other
obligation is assumed or expressly undertaken by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to
obtain any such Lien). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the
related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum
reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb
has a corresponding meaning.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Guaranteed Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01.

“Guarantors” means, collectively, the direct and indirect Subsidiaries of the Borrowers as are or may from time to time become

parties to this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.13.

“Guaranty” means, collectively, the Guarantee made by the Guarantors under Article X in favor of the Secured Parties, together

with each other guaranty delivered pursuant to Section 6.13.

“Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or
other  pollutants,  including  petroleum  or  petroleum  distillates,  natural  gas,  natural  gas  liquids,  asbestos  or  asbestos-containing  materials,
polychlorinated  biphenyls,  radon  gas,  toxic  mold,  infectious  or  medical  wastes  and  all  other  substances,  wastes,  chemicals,  pollutants,
contaminants or compounds of any nature in any form regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

“Holdings” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

“Incremental Excess Cash Flow Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a)(iii).

“Indebtedness” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as

indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

(a)               all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds,

debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

(b)               the maximum amount of all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit

(including standby), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;

(c)               net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;

(d)               all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade
accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and not past due for more than one hundred and eighty (180) days after the date
on which such trade account was created);

(e)               indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by
such  Person  (including  indebtedness  arising  under  conditional  sales  or  other  title  retention  agreements),  whether  or  not  such
indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse, but limited to the lesser of the fair market value of
such Property and the principal amount of such Indebtedness if recourse is solely to such Property;

(f)                all Attributable Indebtedness in respect of Capitalized Leases of such Person;

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(g)               the liquidation value of all Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person, to the extent mandatorily redeemable in
cash prior to the date that is the 91st day after the Maturity Date of the Term Loan (as determined on the date of issuance thereof)
(other  than  in  connection  with  change  of  control  events  and  Dispositions  to  the  extent  that  the  terms  of  such  Equity  Interests
provide that such Person may not redeem any such Equity Interests in connection with such change of control event or Disposition
unless such redemption is subject to the prior payment in full of the Obligations); and

(h)               all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other
than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer,
unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on
any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, for
purposes  of  representations,  covenants  and  calculations  made  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  this Agreement,  GAAP  will  be  deemed  to  treat
operating  leases  and  capital  leases  in  a  manner  consistent  with  their  current  treatment  under  GAAP  as  in  effect  on  the  Closing  Date,
notwithstanding any modifications or interpretive changes thereto that may occur hereafter.

“Indemnified Taxes ”  means  (a)  Taxes,  other  than  Excluded  Taxes,  imposed  on  or  with  respect  to  any  payment  made  by  or  on
account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a), Other
Taxes.

“Indemnitee” has the meaning specified in Section 11.04(b).

“Information” has the meaning specified in Section 11.07.

“Initial Borrower” has the meaning set forth in the Preliminary Recitals.

“Initial Borrowing” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

“Intellectual Property” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

“Intercompany Debt” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02.

“Intercreditor  Agreement”  means  that  certain  Intercreditor  Agreement  dated  of  even  date  herewith  by  and  among  the
Administrative Agent  and  the ABL  Facility  Lender,  and  acknowledged  by  the  Borrowers  and  certain  subsidiaries  thereof,  as  amended,
restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to Lead Arranger.

“Interest Payment Date” means, (i) the first day of each month and (ii) the Maturity Date of such Loan, whether by acceleration or

otherwise.

“Interest Period” means, with respect to each LIBO Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such LIBO Rate Loan (i) is
disbursed or (ii) converted to or continued as a LIBO Rate Loan, which date, for purposes of this clause (i) shall occur on the date that such
LIBO Rate Loan is disbursed through the last day of such calendar month, and for purposes of this clause (ii), shall occur solely on the first
day of a month and end on the date one (1) month thereafter; provided that:

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)               any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next
succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on
the next preceding Business Day; and

(b)               no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date of the Term Loan.

“Interim Financial Statements” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(f)(ii).

“Investment” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) a
purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption
of  debt  of,  or  purchase  or  other  acquisition  of  any  other  debt  or  interest  in,  another  Person  (including  any  partnership  or  joint  venture
interest in such other Person and any arrangement pursuant to which the investor guaranties Indebtedness of such other Person), or (c) the
purchase  or  other  acquisition  (in  one  transaction  or  a  series  of  transactions)  of  (i)  assets  of  another  Person  which  constitute  all  or
substantially all of the assets of such Person or of a division, line of business or other business unit of such Person or (ii) assets of another
Person  who  is  a  competitor  of,  or  is  in  a  similar  line  of  business  as,  the  Loan  Parties  (other  than  inventory  and  fixtures  in  the  ordinary
course of business). For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without
adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.

“Involuntary Disposition” means any loss of, damage to or destruction of, or any condemnation, eminent domain proceeding or

other taking for public use of, any property of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary.

“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

“Isaac Capital” means Isaac Capital Group.

“Joinder Agreement”  means  a  guarantor  joinder  agreement  substantially  in  the  form  of Exhibit  D  executed  and  delivered  in

accordance with the provisions of Section 6.13.

“Key-Man Collateral Assignment Agreements” has the meaning specified in Section 6.21.

“Laws”  means,  collectively,  all  international,  foreign,  federal,  state  and  local  statutes,  treaties,  rules,  guidelines,  regulations,
ordinances,  codes  and  administrative  or  judicial  precedents  or  authorities,  including  the  interpretation  or  administration  thereof  by  any
Governmental Authority  charged  with  the  enforcement,  interpretation  or  administration  thereof,  and  all  applicable  administrative  orders,
directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether
or not having the force of law.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Landlord Consent Period” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.23.

“Lead Arranger” means Capitala, in its capacity as lead arranger.

“Lender”  means  each  of  the  Persons  identified  as  a  “Lender”  on  the  signature  pages  hereto,  each  other  Person  that  becomes  a
“Lender” in accordance with this Agreement and, their successors and assigns (with respect to assigns, in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement).

“Lending  Office”  means,  as  to  the  Administrative  Agent  (if  applicable)  or  any  Lender,  the  office  or  offices  of  such  Person
described  as  such  in  such  Person’s Administrative  Questionnaire,  or  such  other  office  or  offices  as  such  Person  may  from  time  to  time
notify  the  Borrowers  and  the Administrative Agent;  which  office  may  include  any Affiliate  of  such  Person  or  any  domestic  or  foreign
branch of such Person or such Affiliate.

“LIBO Rate”  means  the  greater  of  (a)  a  rate  per  annum  equal  to  (i)  the  offered  rate  for  deposits  in  Dollars  for  the  applicable
Interest Period and for the amount of the applicable Loan that is a LIBOR Loan that appears on Bloomberg ICE LIBOR Screen (or any
successor  thereto)  that  displays  an  average  ICE  Benchmark Administration  Limited  Interest  Settlement  Rate  for  deposits  in  Dollars  (for
delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m.
(London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, divided by (ii) the sum of one minus the daily average
during such Interest Period of the aggregate maximum reserve requirement (expressed as a decimal) then imposed under Regulation D of
the FRB for “Eurocurrency Liabilities” (as defined therein), and (b) 0.50% per annum.

“LIBO Rate Loan” means a Term Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the LIBO Rate.

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or otherwise),
charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature
whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to
real  property  and  any  financing  lease  having  substantially  the  same  economic  effect  as  any  of  the  foregoing); provided that,  in  no  event
shall an operating lease in and of itself constitute a Lien.

“Live Ventures” means Live Ventures Incorporated.

“Loan” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Borrowers under Article II in the form of the Term Loan.

“Loan Documents” means, collectively, (a) this Agreement, (b) the Notes, (c) the Collateral Documents, (d) the Agent Fee Letter,
(e)  the  Intercreditor Agreement,  (f)  the  Management  Fee  Subordination Agreement  and  (g)  all  other  certificates,  agreements,  documents
and instruments executed and delivered, in each case, by or on behalf of any Loan Party pursuant to the foregoing.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Loan Notice” means a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit E or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative
Agent  and  Lead Arranger  (including  any  form  on  an  electronic  platform  or  electronic  transmission  system  as  may  be  approved  by  the
Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrowers for the Loan Notice with respect to
the Loans to be made on the Closing Date and for all other Loan Notices delivered hereunder pursuant to Section 2.02(a).

“Loan Parties” means, collectively, each Borrower and each Guarantor.

“Management Agreement ”  means  the  Advisory  Services  Agreement  among  Sponsor  and  the  Borrowers  dated  as  of  the  date

hereof.

“Management Fee” means an annual management fee payable by Borrowers to Sponsor in an amount not to exceed $400,000 per
annum and reasonable fees and expenses as provided under the Management Agreement, which fee is payable pursuant to the Management
Agreement  and  subject  to  the  Management  Fee  Subordination Agreement  and  the  terms  hereof;  provided  that  if  any  portion  of  such
$400,000 per annum fee is not paid during any fiscal year, then, in subsequent fiscal years, such management fee may be increased by such
unpaid portion until paid, subject to the Management Fee Subordination Agreement.

“Management  Fee  Subordination Agreement”  means  that  subordination  agreement  dated  as  of  the  date  hereof  from  Sponsor  in

favor of the Administrative Agent, which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Lead Arranger in its sole discretion.

“Master Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Swap Contract.”

“Material Adverse  Effect ”  means  (a)  a  material  adverse  change  in,  or  a  material  adverse  effect  upon,  the  operations,  business,
properties,  liabilities  (actual  or  contingent),  or  condition  (financial  or  otherwise)  of  any  Borrower  or  any  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries
taken  as  a  whole;  (b)  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  rights  and  remedies  of  the Administrative Agent  or  any  Lender  under  any  Loan
Document, or of the ability of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under any Loan Document to which they are
a party; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Loan Parties, taken a whole,
of any Loan Document to which they are a party.

“Material Contract” means, with respect to any Person, each contract or agreement (a) to which such Person is a party involving
aggregate  consideration  payable  to  or  by  such  Person  of  $500,000  or  more  in  any  year  or  (b)  any  other  contract,  agreement,  permit  or
license, written or oral, of any Borrower and its Subsidiaries as to which the breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to renew by
any party thereto, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

“Maturity Date” means November 3, 2021 and; provided that, if such date is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the

immediately following Business Day.

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Measurement Period” means, at any date of determination, the most recently completed four (4) fiscal quarters of the Borrowers.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

“Mortgage” or “Mortgages” means, individually and collectively, as the context requires, each of the fee or leasehold mortgages,
deeds of trust and deeds executed by a Loan Party that purport to grant a Lien to the Administrative Agent (or a trustee for the benefit of the
Administrative Agent) for the benefit of the Secured Parties in any Mortgaged Properties, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
the Lead Arranger and the Administrative Agent.

“Mortgaged Property” means any Real Estate of a Loan Party listed on Schedule 5.21(g)(i) and any other owned real property of a
Loan Party that is or will become encumbered by a Mortgage in favor of the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.

“Mortgaged  Property  Support  Documents”  means  with  respect  to  any  real  property  subject  to  a  Mortgage,  the  deliveries  and

documents described on Schedule 1.01(e) attached hereto.

“Multiemployer Plan”  means  any  employee  benefit  plan  of  the  type  described  in  Section  4001(a)(3)  of  ERISA,  to  which  any
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated  to  make  contributions,  or  during  the  preceding  five  (5)  plan  years,  has  made  or
been obligated to make contributions.

“Multiple Employer Plan”  means  a  Pension  Plan  which  has  two  or  more  contributing  sponsors  (including  any  Borrower  or  any

ERISA Affiliate) at least two of whom are not under common control, as such a plan is described in Section 4064 of ERISA.

“Net Cash Proceeds” means (a) in connection with any Disposition or Involuntary Disposition, the proceeds thereof received by
Holdings, each Borrower or their Subsidiaries in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds received by way of
deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise, but only as
and  when  received)  of  such  Disposition  or  Involuntary  Disposition,  net  of  the  sum  of  (i)  reasonable  out-of-pocket  attorneys’  fees,
accountants’ fees and investment banking and advisory fees incurred by Holdings, each Borrower or their Subsidiaries in connection with
such Disposition or Involuntary Disposition, (ii) principal, premium or penalty, interest and other amounts required to be paid in respect of
the ABL Facility Loans, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, or the Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted hereunder on any asset
which is the subject of such Disposition or Involuntary Disposition (other than any Lien pursuant to a Collateral Document or a Lien which
is  expressly pari passu  with  or  subordinate  to  the  Liens  under  the  Loan  Documents)  or,  in  the  case  of  any  Disposition  or  Involuntary
Disposition relating to assets of a Foreign Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, principal, premium or penalty, interest and other amounts
required  to  be  paid  in  respect  of  Indebtedness  of  such  Foreign  Subsidiary  as  a  result  of  such  Disposition  or  Involuntary  Disposition,
(iii)  taxes  (and  the  amount  of  any  distributions  made  pursuant  to  Section  7.06(e)  to  permit  Holdings  or  any  direct  or  indirect  parent
company of Holdings to pay taxes) (including sales, transfer, deed or mortgage recording taxes) paid or reasonably estimated to be payable
as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements) and (iv) any reserve
established in accordance with GAAP; provided that, such reserved amounts shall be Net Cash Proceeds to the extent and at the time of any
reversal (without the satisfaction of any applicable liabilities in cash in a corresponding amount) of any such reserve and (b) in connection
with  any  Equity  Issuance  or  Debt  Issuance,  the  cash  proceeds  received  by  Holdings,  each  Borrower  and  their  Subsidiaries  from  such
issuance  or  incurrence,  net  of  reasonable  out-of-pocket  attorneys’  fees,  investment  banking  and  advisory  fees,  accountants’  fees,
underwriting discounts and commissions actually incurred in connection therewith, in each case as determined reasonably and in good faith
by a Responsible Officer of the Borrowers.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Non-Consenting  Lender”  means  any  Lender  that  does  not  approve  any  consent,  waiver  or  amendment  that  (a)  requires  the
approval  of  all  Lenders  or  all  affected  Lenders,  or  all  Lenders  or  all  affected  Lenders  in  a  Facility,  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of
Section 11.01 and (b) has been approved by the Required Lenders.

“Non-Consenting Property”  means  any  leased  property  set  forth  on  Schedule  6.23  for  which  the  Loan  Parties  fail  to  deliver  a

landlord consent pursuant to Section 6.23 within the Landlord Consent Period.

“Non-Consenting Properties” means, collectively, each Non-Consenting Property.

“Non-Consenting Property Prepayment” means an amount equal to (a) the quotient of (i) the aggregate sum of the Retail EBITDA
of the retail stores located at each Non-Consenting Property for the most recently completed Measurement Period, and (ii) the number of
Non-Consenting Properties; multiplied by (b) the difference between (x) the total number of Non-Consenting Properties and (y) three.

“Non-Defaulting Lender” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

“Non-Payment Penalty” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01(a).

“Note” means a promissory note made by each Borrower in favor of a Lender evidencing the Term Loan made by such Lender,

substantially in the form of Exhibit F.

“Notice of Loan Prepayment”  means  a  written  notice  of  prepayment  with  respect  to  a  Loan,  which  shall  be  substantially  in  the
form  of Exhibit I or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or
electronic transmission system as may be approved by the Administrative Agent), signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrowers.

“NPL” means the National Priorities List under CERCLA.

“Obligations” means (a) all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under
any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Term Loan, (b) all costs and expenses incurred in connection with enforcement and
collection  of  the  foregoing,  including  the  fees,  charges  and  disbursements  of  counsel,  in  each  case  whether  direct  or  indirect  (including
those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and
fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof pursuant to any proceeding under any Debtor
Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such
proceeding, and (c) any Applicable Premium.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“OFAC” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

“Organization Documents” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws
(or  equivalent  or  comparable  constitutive  documents  with  respect  to  any  non-U.S.  jurisdiction);  (b)  with  respect  to  any  limited  liability
company,  the  certificate  or  articles  of  formation  or  organization  and  operating  agreement  or  limited  liability  company  agreement  (or
equivalent or comparable documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or
other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization (or equivalent or
comparable documents with respect to any non U.S. jurisdiction) and (d) with respect to all entities, any agreement, instrument, filing or
notice  with  respect  thereto  filed  in  connection  with  its  formation  or  organization  with  the  applicable  Governmental  Authority  in  the
jurisdiction of its formation or organization (or equivalent or comparable documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction).

“Other  Connection  Taxes”  means,  with  respect  to  any  Recipient,  Taxes  imposed  as  a  result  of  a  present  or  former  connection
between  such  Recipient  and  the  jurisdiction  imposing  such  Tax  (other  than  connections  arising  from  such  Recipient  having  executed,
delivered,  become  a  party  to,  performed  its  obligations  under,  received  payments  under,  received  or  perfected  a  security  interest  under,
engaged  in  any  other  transaction  pursuant  to  or  enforced  any  Loan  Document,  or  sold  or  assigned  an  interest  in  any  Loan  or  Loan
Document).

“Other Taxes”  means  all  present  or  future  stamp,  court  or  documentary,  intangible,  recording,  filing  or  similar  Taxes  that  arise
from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of
a  security  interest  under,  or  otherwise  with  respect  to,  any  Loan  Document,  except  any  such  Taxes  that  are  Other  Connection  Taxes
imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 3.06).

“Outstanding Amount”  means  with  respect  to  the  Term  Loans  on  any  date,  the  aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount  thereof

after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of the Term Loan occurring on such date.

“Participant” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(d).

“Participant Register” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(d).

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Pension Act” means the Pension Protection Act of 2006.

“Pension  Funding  Rules”  means  the  rules  of  the  Code  and  ERISA  regarding  minimum  required  contributions  (including  any
installment payment thereof) to Pension Plans and set forth in, with respect to plan years ending prior to the effective date of the Pension
Act, Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, each as in effect prior to the Pension Act and, thereafter, Section 412, 430, 431,
432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.

“Pension Plan”  means  any  employee  pension  benefit  plan  (including  a  Multiple  Employer  Plan  but  excluding  a  Multiemployer
Plan) that is maintained or is contributed to by any Borrower and any ERISA Affiliate and is either covered by Title IV of ERISA or is
subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code.

“Permitted Liens” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01.

“Permitted Transfers” means (a) Dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) Dispositions of property to any
Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary; provided that, if the transferor of such property is a Loan Party then the transferee thereof must be a Loan
Party; (c) Dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof; (d) licenses, sublicenses, leases or
subleases granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of any Borrower and its Subsidiaries; and (e) the sale or
disposition of Cash Equivalents for fair market value.

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership,

Governmental Authority or other entity.

“Plan” means any employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA (including a Pension Plan but excluding a
Multiemployer  Plan),  maintained  for  employees  of  any  Borrower  or  any  such  Plan  to  which  any  Borrower  is  required  to  contribute  on
behalf of any of its employees.

“Platform” has the meaning specified in Section 11.02(d).

“Pledged Equity” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

“Pro Forma Basis” and “Pro Forma Effect” means:

(a)               for any Disposition of all or substantially all of a division or a line of business, whether actual or proposed, for
purposes  of  determining  compliance  with  the  financial  covenants  set  forth  in  Section  7.11,  each  such  transaction  or  proposed
transaction shall be deemed to have occurred on and as of the first day of the relevant Measurement Period, and the following pro
forma adjustments shall be made:

(i)

in  the  case  of  an  actual  or  proposed  Disposition,  all  income  statement  items  (whether  positive  or  negative)
attributable to the line of business or the Person subject to such Disposition shall be excluded from the results of
each Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Measurement Period;

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ii)

(iii)

interest accrued during the relevant Measurement Period on, and the principal of, any Indebtedness repaid or to be
repaid or refinanced in such transaction shall be excluded from the results of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries
for such Measurement Period;

any Indebtedness actually or proposed to be incurred or assumed in such transaction shall be deemed to have been
incurred as of the first day of the applicable Measurement Period, and interest thereon shall be deemed to have
accrued from such day on such Indebtedness at the applicable rates provided therefor (and in the case of interest
that does or would accrue at a formula or floating rate, at the rate in effect at the time of determination) and shall
be included in the results of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries for such Measurement Period; and

(b)               for any acquisition of all or substantially all of a division or a line of business, whether actual or proposed, for
purposes  of  determining  compliance  with  the  financial  covenants  set  forth  in  Section  7.11,  each  such  transaction  or  proposed
transaction shall be deemed to have occurred on and as of the first day of the relevant Measurement Period, and the following pro
forma adjustments shall be made:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

in  the  case  of  an  actual  or  proposed  acquisition,  all  income  statement  items  (whether  positive  or  negative)
attributable to the line of business or the Person subject to such acquisition shall be included in the results of each
Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Measurement Period;

interest accrued during the relevant Measurement Period on, and the principal of, any Indebtedness repaid or to be
repaid or refinanced in such transaction shall be excluded from the results of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries
for such Measurement Period;

any Indebtedness actually or proposed to be incurred or assumed in such transaction shall be deemed to have been
incurred as of the first day of the applicable Measurement Period, and interest thereon shall be deemed to have
accrued from such day on such Indebtedness at the applicable rates provided therefor (and in the case of interest
that does or would accrue at a formula or floating rate, at the rate in effect at the time of determination) and shall
be included in the results of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries for such Measurement Period; and

(c)               the above pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a financial or accounting officer of Borrowers

who is a Responsible Officer.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, all items included in any pro forma adjustment and calculation shall

be limited solely to those items otherwise included as add-backs to Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to the definition thereof.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Pro Forma Compliance” means, with respect to any transaction, that such transaction does not cause, create or result in a Default
or  Event  of  Default  after  giving  Pro  Forma  Effect,  based  upon  the  results  of  operations  for  the  most  recently  completed  Measurement
Period to (a) such transaction and (b) all other transactions which are contemplated or required to be given Pro Forma Effect hereunder that
have occurred on or after the first day of the relevant Measurement Period.

“Pro Forma Financial Statements” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(f)(ii).

“Public Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 11.02(d).

“Qualifying Control Agreement” means an agreement, among a Loan Party, a depository institution or securities intermediary and
the Administrative Agent,  which  agreement  is  in  form  and  substance  reasonably  acceptable  to  the Administrative Agent  and  the  Lead
Arranger  and  which  provides  the Administrative Agent  with  “control”  (as  such  term  is  used  in Article  9  of  the  UCC)  over  the  deposit
account(s) or securities account(s) described therein.

“Real Estate” has the meaning specified in Section 6.13(c).

“Recipient” means the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any

obligation of any Loan Party hereunder.

“Register” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(c).

“Rejection Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(xii).

“Related Parties”  means,  with  respect  to  any  Person,  such  Person’s Affiliates  and  the  partners,  directors,  officers,  employees,

agents, trustees, administrators, managers, advisors and representatives of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

“Removal Effective Date” has the meaning specified in Section 9.06(b).

“Reportable Event”  means  any  of  the  events  set  forth  in  Section  4043(c)  of  ERISA,  other  than  events  for  which  the  applicable

notice period has been waived.

“Required Contribution Date” has the meaning specified in Section 8.04.

“Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having Total Credit Exposures representing more than 50% of the Total Credit
Exposures of all Lenders. The Total Credit Exposure of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in determining Required Lenders at any
time.

“Resignation Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.06.

“Responsible  Officer”  means  the  chief  executive  officer,  president,  chief  financial  officer,  treasurer,  assistant  treasurer  or
controller  of  a  Loan  Party,  solely  for  purposes  of  the  delivery  of  incumbency  certificates  pursuant  to  Section  4.01,  the  secretary  or  any
assistant  secretary  of  a  Loan  Party  and,  solely  for  purposes  of  notices  given  pursuant  to Article  II,  any  other  officer  or  employee  of  the
applicable Loan Party so designated by any of the foregoing officers in a written notice to the Administrative Agent or any other officer or
employee of the applicable Loan Party designated in or pursuant to an agreement between the applicable Loan Party and the Administrative
Agent. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have
been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer
shall  be  conclusively  presumed  to  have  acted  on  behalf  of  such  Loan  Party.  To  the  extent  requested  by  the Administrative Agent  or
Required  Lenders,  each  Responsible  Officer  will  provide  an  incumbency  certificate  and  to  the  extent  requested  by  the Administrative
Agent or the Required Lenders, appropriate authorization documentation, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or
the Required Lenders, as applicable.

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Restricted Payment” means (a) any dividend or other distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any shares (or equivalent) of
any  class  of  Equity  Interests  of  any  Borrower  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries,  now  or  hereafter  outstanding,  (b)  any  redemption,  retirement,
sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition  for  value,  direct  or  indirect,  of  any  shares  (or  equivalent)  of  any  class  of
Equity Interests of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, now or hereafter outstanding, (c) any payment made to retire, or to obtain the
surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of any class of Equity Interests of any Loan Party or any of
its  Subsidiaries,  now  or  hereafter  outstanding,  (d)  any  payment  with  respect  to  the  Subordinated Acquisition  Note  or  other  subordinated
Indebtedness, and (e) any payment made with respect to management or sponsor fees and reimbursable expenses or indemnities.

“Retail EBITDA” means, for any period of determination, the sum of the following, without duplication, (a) the net earnings of a
retail store for the most recently completed Measurement Period, plus (b) each of the following to the extent deducted in calculating such
net earnings (without duplication) for the most recently completed Measurement Period: (i) interest charges, (ii) the provision for federal,
state, local and foreign income taxes payable, (iii) depreciation and amortization expense, (iv) non-cash charges and losses including write-
offs or write-downs (excluding any such non-cash charges or losses to the extent (A) there were cash charges with respect to such charges
and losses in past accounting periods or (B) there is a reasonable expectation that there will be cash charges with respect to such charges
and losses in future accounting periods), in each case (i)-(iv), solely with respect to the operations of such retail store, and less (c) without
duplication and to the extent reflected as a gain or otherwise included in the calculation of net earnings of such retail store for the most
recently completed Measurement Period, non-cash gains (excluding any such non-cash gains to the extent (A) there were cash gains with
respect to such gains in past accounting periods or (B) there is a reasonable expectation that there will be cash gains with respect to such
gains in future accounting periods).

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor

thereto.

“Sale  and  Leaseback  Transaction”  means,  with  respect  to  any  Loan  Party  or  any  Subsidiary,  any  arrangement,  directly  or
indirectly, with any Person whereby such Loan Party or such Subsidiary shall sell or transfer any property used or useful in its business,
whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially
the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred.

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Sanction(s)”  means  any  sanction  administered  or  enforced  by  the  United  States  Government  (including,  without  limitation,
OFAC), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”) or other relevant sanctions authority.

“SBA  Forms”  means  the  United  States  Small  Business  Administration  Forms  480,  652(1)  and  1031  completed  by  the  Loan

Parties, in each case, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lead Arranger.

“SEC”  means  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  or  any  Governmental  Authority  succeeding  to  any  of  its  principal

functions.

“Secured Parties”  means,  collectively,  the Administrative Agent,  the  Lenders,  the  Indemnitees  and  each  co-agent  or  sub-agent

appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.05.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, including all amendments thereto and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Security  Agreement”  means  the  security  and  pledge  agreement,  dated  as  of  the  Closing  Date,  executed  in  favor  of  the

Administrative Agent by each of the Loan Parties.

“Sellers” has the meaning specified in the Preliminary Statements hereto.

“Sellers’ Representative” has the meaning specified in the Preliminary Statements hereto.

“Solvent” and “Solvency” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the
property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair
saleable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on
its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities
beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature, (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction,
and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital,
and (e) such Person is able to pay its debts and liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the ordinary
course of business. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and
circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

“Specified Equity Contribution” has the meaning specified in Section 8.04.

“Sponsor” means Live Ventures.

“Subordinated Acquisition Note”  means  that  certain  subordinated  promissory  note,  dated  the  date  hereof,  made  by  Holdings  in

favor of the Sellers in an amount not exceeding $10,000,000, subject to the terms of the Subordination Agreement.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Subordination Agreement”  means  that  certain  Subordination Agreement  dated  the  date  hereof  by  and  among  the  Sellers,  the

Sellers’ Representative (as defined therein), the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger and acknowledged by Holdings.

“Subsidiary”  of  a  Person  means  a  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  limited  liability  company  or  other  business  entity  of
which  a  majority  of  the  shares  of  Voting  Stock  is  at  the  time  beneficially  owned,  or  the  management  of  which  is  otherwise  controlled,
directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a
“Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrowers.

“Swap  Contract”  means  (a)  any  and  all  rate  swap  transactions,  basis  swaps,  credit  derivative  transactions,  forward  rate
transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond
price  or  bond  index  swaps  or  options  or  forward  bond  or  forward  bond  price  or  forward  bond  index  transactions,  interest  rate  options,
forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency
rate  swap  transactions,  currency  options,  spot  contracts,  or  any  other  similar  transactions  or  any  combination  of  any  of  the  foregoing
(including  any  options  to  enter  into  any  of  the  foregoing),  whether  or  not  any  such  transaction  is  governed  by  or  subject  to  any  master
agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or
governed  by,  any  form  of  master  agreement  published  by  the  International  Swaps  and  Derivatives Association,  Inc.,  any  International
Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a
“Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

“Swap Obligations”  means  with  respect  to  any  Guarantor  any  obligation  to  pay  or  perform  under  any  agreement,  contract  or

transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

“Swap  Termination  Value ”  means,  in  respect  of  any  one  or  more  Swap  Contracts,  after  taking  into  account  the  effect  of  any
legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been
closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date
referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark to market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one
or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a
Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender)

“Target Borrower” has the meaning set forth in the Preliminary Recitals.

“Tax Group” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.06(e) hereof.

“Taxes”  means  all  present  or  future  taxes,  levies,  imposts,  duties,  deductions,  withholdings  (including  backup  withholding),
assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable
thereto.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Term Loan Facility ” means, at any time, (a) on or prior to the Closing Date, the aggregate amount of the Commitments at such

time and (b) thereafter, the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans of all Lenders outstanding at such time.

“Term Loan” means an advance made by any Lender under the Term Loan Facility.

“Threshold Amount” means $500,000.

“Total Credit Exposure” means, as to any Lender at any time, the Outstanding Amount of all Term Loans of such Lender at such

time.

“Transaction”  means,  collectively,  (a)  the  entering  into  by  the  Loan  Parties  and  their  applicable  Subsidiaries  of  the  Loan
Documents and the ABL Facility Documents to which they are or are intended to be a party, (b) the refinancing of certain Indebtedness of
the Loan Parties on the Closing Date, (c) the consummation of the Vintage Stock Acquisition, (d) the entering into by the Loan Parties and
their applicable Subsidiaries of the Vintage Stock Acquisition Related Documents to which they are or are intended to be a party and (e) the
payment of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the consummation of the foregoing.

“Type” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a LIBO Rate Loan.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York;  provided that, if perfection or the effect of
perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in
effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in
such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

“United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.

“U.S. Loan Party” means any Loan Party that is organized under the laws of one of the states of the United States.

“U.S. Person” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

“U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(e)(ii)(B)(3).

“Vintage Stock Acquisition” has the meaning specified in the Preliminary Statements hereto.

“Vintage Stock Acquisition Agreement” has the meaning specified in the Preliminary Statements hereto.

“Vintage Stock Acquisition Related Documents” means the Vintage Stock Acquisition Agreement and all other documents related

thereto or executed in connection therewith.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person, Equity Interests issued by such Person the holders of which are ordinarily, in
the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, even
though the right to so vote may be suspended by the happening of such contingency.

“Wilmington Trust” means Wilmington Trust, National Association.

1.02          Other Interpretive Provisions.

With  reference  to  this  Agreement  and  each  other  Loan  Document,  unless  otherwise  specified  herein  or  in  such  other  Loan

Document:

(a)               The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the
context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes”
and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same
meaning  and  effect  as  the  word  “shall.”  Unless  the  context  requires  otherwise,  (i)  any  definition  of  or  reference  to  any  agreement,
instrument  or  other  document  (including  the  Loan  Documents  and  any  Organization  Document)  shall  be  construed  as  referring  to  such
agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, amended and restated, modified, extended, restated, replaced or
supplemented from time to time (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any
other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the
words “hereto,” “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to
refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles,
Sections,  Preliminary  Statements,  Exhibits  and  Schedules  shall  be  construed  to  refer  to  Articles  and  Sections  of,  and  Preliminary
Statements, Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all
statutory  and  regulatory  rules,  regulations,  orders  and  provisions  consolidating,  amending,  replacing  or  interpreting  such  law  and  any
reference  to  any  law  or  regulation  shall,  unless  otherwise  specified,  refer  to  such  law  or  regulation  as  amended,  modified,  extended,
restated,  replaced  or  supplemented  from  time  to  time,  and  (vi)  the  words  “asset”  and  “property”  shall  be  construed  to  have  the  same
meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract
rights.

(b)               In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and

including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(c)               Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not

affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

1.03          Accounting Terms.

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)               Generally. All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with,
and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall
be  prepared  in  conformity  with,  GAAP  applied  on  a  consistent  basis,  as  in  effect  from  time  to  time,  except  as  otherwise  specifically
prescribed herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with any covenant (including the computation of
any financial covenant) contained herein, Indebtedness of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be carried at 100% of the
outstanding principal amount thereof, and the effects of FASB ASC 825 on financial liabilities shall be disregarded.

(b)                              Changes in GAAP.  If  at  any  time  any  change  in  GAAP  would  affect  the  computation  of  any  financial  ratio  or
requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrowers or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent,
Lead Arranger,  the  Lenders  and  the  Borrowers  shall  negotiate  in  good  faith  to  amend  such  ratio  or  requirement  to  preserve  the  original
intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such
ratio  or  requirement  shall  continue  to  be  computed  in  accordance  with  GAAP  prior  to  such  change  therein  and  (ii)  each  Borrower  shall
provide  to  the  Administrative  Agent  and  the  Lenders  financial  statements  and  other  documents  required  under  this  Agreement  or  as
reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving
effect to such change in GAAP.

(c)               Pro Forma Treatment. Each Disposition and each acquisition of all or substantially all of a line of business by any
Borrower and its Subsidiaries that is consummated during any Measurement Period shall, for purposes of determining compliance with the
financial covenants set forth in Section 7.11 and for purposes of determining the Applicable Rate, be given Pro Forma Effect as of the first
day of such Measurement Period.

1.04          Rounding.

Any  financial  ratios  required  to  be  maintained  by  any  Borrower  pursuant  to  this Agreement  shall  be  calculated  by  dividing  the
appropriate  component  by  the  other  component,  carrying  the  result  to  one  place  more  than  the  number  of  places  by  which  such  ratio  is
expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

1.05          Times of Day.

Unless  otherwise  specified,  all  references  herein  to  times  of  day  shall  be  references  to  Eastern  time  (daylight  or  standard,  as

applicable).

1.06          [Reserved].

1.07          UCC Terms.

Terms  defined  in  the  UCC  in  effect  on  the  Closing  Date  and  not  otherwise  defined  herein  shall,  unless  the  context  otherwise
indicates,  have  the  meanings  provided  by  those  definitions.  Subject  to  the  foregoing,  the  term  “UCC”  refers,  as  of  any  date  of
determination, to the UCC then in effect.

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.08          LIBO Rate.

The Administrative Agent does not warrant, nor accept responsibility, nor shall the Administrative Agent have any liability with
respect to the administration, submission or any other matter related to the rates in the definition of “LIBO Rate” or with respect to any
comparable or successor rate thereto.

ARTICLE II

COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

2.01          Term Loan Borrowing; Commitments.

(a)               Term Borrowing. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make a single
loan to the Borrowers, in Dollars, on the Closing Date (the “Initial Borrowing”) in an amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage
of the Term Loan Facility. The Initial Borrowing shall consist of Term Loans made simultaneously by the Lenders in accordance with their
respective Applicable Percentage of the Term Loan Facility.

(b)               The Initial Borrowing repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.

(c)               The Term Loans may be Base Rate Loans or LIBO Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

(d)               Each Lender’s Commitment shall automatically terminate on the Closing Date upon the funding of such Lender’s

Term Loan.

2.02          Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans.

(a)                              Notice  of  Borrowing.  The  Initial  Borrowing,  each  conversion  of  Loans  from  one  Type  to  the  other,  and  each
continuation of LIBO Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrowers’ irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which shall be given
by a Loan Notice. Each such Loan Notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. three (3) Business Days
prior to the requested date of the conversion to or continuation of LIBO Rate Loans or of any conversion of LIBO Rate Loans to Base Rate
Loans (except in the case of the Initial Borrowing, for which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m.
five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date). Each conversion to or continuation of LIBO Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of
the  entire  principal  thereof  then  outstanding.  Each  conversion  to  Base  Rate  Loans  shall  be  in  a  principal  amount  of  the  entire  principal
thereof then outstanding. Each Loan Notice shall specify (A) whether the Borrowers are requesting an Initial Borrowing, a conversion of
Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Loans, (B) the requested date of the Initial Borrowing, conversion or continuation,
as  the  case  may  be  (which  shall  be  a  Business  Day,  and  with  respect  to  a  conversion  or  continuation,  the  first  day  of  a  month),  (C)  the
principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, and (D) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Loans
are to be converted. If the Borrowers fail to specify a Type of Loan in a Loan Notice or fail to give a timely notice requesting a conversion
or continuation, then the applicable Loans shall be made as, or converted to, LIBO Rate Loans with an Interest Period of one (1) month. For
the avoidance of doubt, all LIBO Rate Loans, whether by requested or automatic conversion or continuation, shall have an Interest Period
of one (1) month.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)               Advances. Following receipt of a Loan Notice, in the case of the Initial Borrowing, and upon Borrowers’ satisfaction
of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.01, each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Borrowers by wire
transfer of such funds in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Lead Arranger by the Borrowers.

(c)               LIBO Rate Loans. Except as otherwise provided herein, a LIBO Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the
last day of an Interest Period for such LIBO Rate Loan. During the existence of a Default, no Loans may be converted to or continued as
LIBO Rate Loans without the consent of the Required Lenders, and the Required Lenders may demand that any or all of the outstanding
LIBO Rate Loans be converted immediately to Base Rate Loans.

(d)                              Notice of Interest Rates.  The Administrative Agent  shall  promptly  notify  the  Borrowers  and  the  Lenders  of  the

interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for LIBO Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate.

2.03          [Reserved].

2.04          [Reserved].

2.05          Prepayments.

(a)               Optional.

(i)                  The Borrowers may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a
Notice of Loan Prepayment, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay the Term Loan in whole or in part after the Closing
Date,  subject  to  the Applicable  Premium  and  Section  3.05;  provided that,  unless  otherwise  agreed  by  the Administrative Agent,
such  notice  must  be  received  by  the Administrative Agent  not  later  than  11:00  a.m.  five  (5)  Business  Days  prior  to  any  date  of
prepayment of the Term Loan. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Loans to
be prepaid and, if LIBO Rate Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans. The Administrative Agent will promptly
notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s ratable portion of such prepayment (based
on  such  Lender’s Applicable  Percentage  in  respect  of  the  relevant  Facility).  The  Borrowers  shall  make  such  prepayment  and  the
payment  amount  specified  in  such  notice  shall  be  due  and  payable  on  the  date  specified  therein; provided,  that  a  notice  of
prepayment  may  state  that  such  notice  is  conditioned  upon  the  effectiveness  of  other  credit  facilities,  indentures  or  similar
agreements  or  other  transactions,  in  which  case  such  notice  may  be  revoked  by  the  Borrowers  (by  notice  to  the Administrative
Agent  on  or  prior  to  the  specified  effective  date)  if  such  condition  is  not  satisfied.  Any  prepayment  of  principal  shall  be
accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with the Applicable Premium, if applicable, and any additional
amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05. Each prepayment of the outstanding Term Loan pursuant to this Section 2.05(a) shall be
applied pro rata to the remaining installments of the Term Loan until paid in full. Subject to Section 2.15, such prepayments shall be
paid to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages in respect of each of the relevant Facilities.

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ii)              

Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  in  the  foregoing  clause  (a)(i)  regarding  the  payment  of  any
Applicable  Premium,  the  Borrowers  may,  upon  notice  to  the Administrative Agent  by  delivery  to  the Administrative Agent  of  a
Notice of Loan Prepayment, at any time (A) voluntarily prepay all or any portion of $3,000,000 of the Term Loan, (B) from after
the  Closing  Date  up  to  the  first  anniversary  of  the  Closing  Date,  in  addition  to  the  prepayment  amount  specified  in  clause  (A),
voluntarily prepay the Term Loan in an amount not exceeding $1,450,000 and (C) from and after the first anniversary of the Closing
Date up to the second anniversary of the Closing Date, in addition to the prepayment amount specified in clause (A), voluntarily
prepay  the  Term  Loan  in  an  amount  not  exceeding  $2,900,000,  less  any  amount  prepaid  pursuant  to  clause  (B),  in  each  case,
without such prepayment being subject to payment of the Applicable Premium (but such prepayment shall be subject to the other
terms and conditions of clause (a)(i) above).

(iii)             Commencing with the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, the Borrowers may also voluntarily prepay the
Loans under this clause (a) in excess of any mandatory prepayments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(i) below in an
aggregate amount of this clause (a)(iii) and Section 2.05(b)(i) combined not to exceed 75% of Excess Cash Flow for the fiscal year
covered by financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a), (any such amount of the Loans that may be
prepaid pursuant to this clause (a)(iii), the “Incremental Excess Cash Flow Amount”), which Incremental Excess Cash Flow Amount
shall not be subject to payment of any Applicable Premium. For the avoidance of doubt, no payment of the Incremental Excess Cash
Flow Amount shall be subject to payment of any Applicable Premium, whenever paid and whether paid as a partial prepayment of
the Loans or in conjunction with a satisfaction in full of the Loans.

(b)               Mandatory.

(i)                  Excess Cash Flow. Commencing with the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, on the date that is no later
than five (5) Business Days after financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a), the Borrowers shall
prepay the Loans as hereafter provided in an aggregate amount equal to 50% of Excess Cash Flow for the fiscal year covered by
such financial statements.

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ii)               Dispositions and Involuntary Dispositions. The Borrowers shall prepay the Loans as hereinafter provided in an
aggregate  amount  equal  to  100%  of  the  Net  Cash  Proceeds  received  by  any  Loan  Party  or  any  Subsidiary  from  all  Dispositions
outside the normal course of business (other than Permitted Transfers and Dispositions permitted pursuant to Section 7.05(c), (d),
(e),  (h),  (i)  and  (k)  but  including  proceeds  of  the  sale  of  equity  securities  of  any  Subsidiary  of  any  Borrower,  and  insurance  and
condemnation proceeds) and Involuntary Dispositions, in each case in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate, promptly upon receipt
thereof by such Loan Party or Subsidiary, together with the Applicable Premium with respect solely to any voluntary Dispositions;
provided that, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, such Net Cash Proceeds shall not be
required to be so applied, at the election of Borrowers (as notified by Borrowers to the Administrative Agent in writing on or prior
to  the  date  of  such  Disposition  or  Involuntary  Disposition)  to  the  extent  such  Loan  Party  or  such  Subsidiary  reinvests  all  or  any
portion of such Net Cash Proceeds in like operating assets within 180 days after the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided
that, if such Net Cash Proceeds shall have not been so reinvested shall be immediately applied to prepay the Loans.

(iii)            Equity Issuance. Immediately upon the receipt by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of the Net Cash Proceeds of
any Equity Issuance (other than any Equity Issuance to officers and employees pursuant to employee benefit or incentive plans or
other  similar  arrangements  adopted  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business),  the  Borrowers  shall  prepay  the  Loans  as  hereinafter
provided in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds, together with the Applicable Premium.

(iv)              Debt Issuance. Immediately upon the receipt by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of the Net Cash Proceeds of
any Debt Issuance, the Borrowers shall prepay the Loans as hereinafter provided in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such Net
Cash Proceeds, together with the Applicable Premium.

(v)               Extraordinary Receipts. Immediately upon receipt by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Extraordinary
Receipt  received  by  or  paid  to  or  for  the  account  of  any  Loan  Party  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries,  and  not  otherwise  included  in
clause  (ii),  (iii)  or  (iv)  of  this  Section,  the  Borrowers  shall  prepay  the  Loans  as  hereinafter  provided  in  an  aggregate  principal
amount equal to 100% of all Net Cash Proceeds received therefrom

(vi)             

Specified Equity Contributions.  Immediately  upon  the  receipt  by  any  Loan  Party  or  any  Subsidiary  of  the
proceeds  of  any  Specified  Equity  Contribution  pursuant  to  Section  8.04,  the  Borrowers  shall  prepay  the  Loans  in  an  aggregate
amount equal to 100% of such proceeds

(vii)          Change of Control. Immediately upon a Change of Control, the Borrowers shall prepay the Loan in full together
with all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

(viii)         Non-Consenting Property Prepayment.  In  the  event  that  the  Loan  Parties  fail  to  obtain  landlord  consents  as
required pursuant to Section 6.23 herein, the Borrowers shall prepay the Loan as hereinafter provided in an aggregate amount equal
to  the  Non-Consenting  Property  Prepayment.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  herein,  such  Non-Consenting  Property
Prepayment shall be paid on the first Business Day immediately following the expiration of the Landlord Consent Period.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ix)             

Application  of  Payments.  Each  prepayment  of  the  Term  Loan  pursuant  to  the  foregoing  provisions  of
Section  2.05(b)(i)-(vii)  shall  be  applied  pro  rata  to  the  remaining  installments  of  the  Term  Loan  and,  subject  to  Section  2.15,  in
accordance with each Lender’s respective Applicable Percentage of the Term Loan.

(x)               Notice of Mandatory Prepayments. The Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, at the time of
each prepayment required under this Section 2.05(b), (i) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrowers setting forth
in  reasonable  detail  the  calculation  of  the  amount  of  such  prepayment  and  (ii)  a  Notice  of  Loan  Prepayment,  to  the  extent
practicable,  at  least  three  (3)  days’  prior  to  such  prepayment,  which  notice  of  prepayment  shall  specify  the  prepayment  date,  the
Loan being prepaid and the principal amount of each Loan (or portion thereof) to be prepaid.

(xi)              For the avoidance of doubt, all prepayments under this Section 2.05(b) shall be accompanied by interest on the

principal amount prepaid through the date of prepayment.

(xii)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.05, each Lender may reject all of its pro rata share of any
mandatory  prepayment  (such  declined  amounts,  the  “Declined  Proceeds”)  of  Term  Loans  required  to  be  made  pursuant  to
Section  2.05(b)  by  providing  written  notice  (each  a  “Rejection Notice”)  to  the Administrative Agent  and  the  Borrowers  no  later
than 5:00 pm one (1) Business Day after the date of such Lender’s receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent regarding such
prepayment. Each Rejection Notice from a given Lender shall specify the principal amount of the mandatory prepayment of Loans
to  be  rejected  by  such  Lender.  If  a  Lender  fails  to  deliver  a  Rejection  Notice  to  the Administrative Agent  within  the  time  frame
specified above or such Rejection Notice fails to specify the principal amount of the Loans to be rejected, any such failure will be
deemed an acceptance of the total amount of such mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans allocated to such Lender.

(c)               Upon the occurrence of an Applicable Premium Trigger Event under clause (b) through (f) of the definition thereof,
the  entire  outstanding  amount  of  the  Term  Loan  shall  be  prepaid  in  full  on  the  date  on  which  such Applicable  Premium  Trigger  Event
occurs  together  with  all  interest  accrued  and  unpaid  thereon,  all  other  amounts  owing  or  payable  hereunder  or  under  any  other  Loan
Document, and the Applicable Premium, which shall constitute part of the Obligations for all purposes herein.

(d)               Upon the occurrence of an Applicable Premium Trigger Event, the Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent,
for the account of the Lenders, the Applicable Premium. Any Applicable Premium payable in accordance with this Section 2.05 shall be
presumed to be equal to the liquidated damages sustained by the Lenders as the result of the occurrence of the Applicable Premium Trigger
Event, and the Borrowers and Guarantors agree that it is reasonable under the circumstances currently existing. The Applicable Premium, if
any, shall also be payable in the event the Obligations (and/or this Agreement) are satisfied or released by foreclosure (whether by power of
judicial proceeding), deed in lieu of foreclosure or by any other means. THE BORROWERS AND GUARANTORS EXPRESSLY WAIVE
THE  PROVISIONS  OF  ANY  PRESENT  OR  FUTURE  STATUTE  OR  LAW  THAT  PROHIBITS  OR  MAY  PROHIBIT  THE
COLLECTION  OF  THE  FOREGOING  APPLICABLE  PREMIUM  IN  CONNECTION  WITH  ANY  SUCH  ACCELERATION.  The
Borrowers and Guarantors expressly agree that (A) the Applicable Premium is reasonable and is the product of an arm’s length transaction
between sophisticated business people, ably represented by counsel, (B) the Applicable Premium shall be payable notwithstanding the then
prevailing market rates at the time payment is made, (C) there has been a course of conduct between the Lenders and the Borrowers and
Guarantors  giving  specific  consideration  in  this  transaction  for  such  agreement  to  pay  the Applicable  Premium,  (D)  the  Borrowers  and
Guarantors  shall  be  estopped  hereafter  from  claiming  differently  than  as  agreed  to  in  this  Section  2.05,  (E)  their  agreement  to  pay  the
Applicable  Premium  is  a  material  inducement  to  the  Lenders  to  provide  the  Commitments  and  make  the  Term  Loans,  and  (F)  the
Applicable Premium represents a good faith, reasonable estimate and calculation of the lost profits or damages of the Lenders and that it
would be impractical and extremely difficult to ascertain the actual amount of damages to the Lenders or profits lost by the Lenders as a
result of such Applicable Premium Trigger Event.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.06          [Reserved].

2.07          Repayment of Loans.

The Borrowers shall repay to the Lenders a principal repayment installment on the Term Loans in an amount equal to $725,000 on
March  31,  June  30,  September  30  and  December  31  of  each  year,  with  the  first  such  payment  due  and  payable  on  December  31,  2016;
provided that, (i) the final principal repayment installment of the Term Loans shall be repaid on the Maturity Date for such Term Loans and
in any event shall be in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans (including all accrued and unpaid Interest)
outstanding on such date and (ii) (A) if any principal repayment installment to be made by the Borrowers (other than principal repayment
installments on LIBO Rate Loans) shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, such principal repayment installment shall be due on
the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be and (B) if
any principal repayment installment to be made by the Borrowers on a LIBO Rate Loan shall come due on a day other than a Business Day,
such principal repayment installment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to
extend such principal repayment installment into another calendar month, in which event such principal repayment installment shall be due
on the immediately preceding Business Day.

2.08          Interest and Default Rate.

(a)               Interest. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(b), (i) each LIBO Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding
principal amount thereof for each Interest Period from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the LIBO Rate for such
Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate and (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from
the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

(b)               Default Rate.

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(i)                 Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, all outstanding Obligations shall automatically accrue interest at
a fluctuating rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws. Upon an Event
of  Default  the  Lead Arranger  shall  endeavor,  but  is  not  obligated,  to  provide  Borrowers  written  notice  of  the  imposition  of  the
Default  Rate  of  interest; provided,  however,  failure  to  provide  such  written  notice  shall  not  in  any  way  impair  the  rights  and
remedies available to the Lead Arranger, the Administrative Agent, or the Lenders under the Loan Documents, applicable Law, or
in equity. For the avoidance of doubt, upon an Event of Default, interest shall automatically accrue at the Default Rate as of the date
upon which the Event of Default first occurred, notwithstanding any written notice set forth in this Section 2.08(b).

(ii)               Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and

payable upon demand.

(c)               Interest Payments. Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears (or with respect to any interest payable in
kind on the Loans, accrued on the principal amount of the Obligations in arrears) on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at
such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and
after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

2.09          Fees.

(a)               Closing Fees.  The  Borrowers  shall  pay  to  the  Lead Arranger  for  its  own  account  a  closing  fee  in  the  amount  of
$810,000 (the “Closing Fee”) which shall be fully earned and due and payable on the Closing Date. The Closing Fee shall not be refundable
for any reason whatsoever.

(b)               Other Fees. The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent for its own account fees in the amounts and at the
times specified in the Agent Fee Letter. In each case, such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason
whatsoever.

2.10          Computation of Interest and Fees.

All computations of interest with respect to LIBO Rate Loans shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days, as the case may be,
and actual days elapsed. All computations of interest with respect to Base Rate Loans shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366
days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not
accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid; provided that, any Loan that is repaid on
the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a), bear interest for one (1) day. Each determination by the Administrative
Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

2.11          Evidence of Debt.

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Term Loan made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by
the Administrative Agent  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.  The  accounts  or  records  maintained  by  the Administrative Agent  and  each
Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Term Loan made by the Lenders to the Borrowers and the interest
and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the
Borrowers  hereunder  to  pay  any  amount  owing  with  respect  to  the  Obligations.  In  the  event  of  any  conflict  between  the  accounts  and
records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and
records  of  the Administrative Agent  shall  control  in  the  absence  of  manifest  error.  Upon  the  request  of  any  Lender  made  through  the
Administrative Agent,  the  Borrowers  shall  execute  and  deliver  to  such  Lender  (through  the Administrative Agent)  a  Note,  which  shall
evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon
the date, amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

2.12          Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback.

(a)               General. All payments to be made by the Borrowers shall be made free and clear of and without condition or deduction
for  any  counterclaim,  defense,  recoupment  or  setoff.  Except  as  otherwise  expressly  provided  herein,  all  payments  by  the  Borrowers
hereunder  shall  be  made  to  the Administrative Agent,  for  the  account  of  the  respective  Lenders  to  which  such  payment  is  owed,  at  the
Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 12:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The
Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of
such  payment  in  like  funds  as  received  by  wire  transfer  to  such  Lender’s  Lending  Office. All  payments  received  by  the Administrative
Agent after 12:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to
accrue. Subject to Section 2.07 and as otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement, if any payment to be made by the Borrowers
shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time
shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

(b)               (i) Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received
written notice from a Lender prior to Closing Date that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s
share  of  such  Initial  Borrowing,  the Administrative Agent  may  assume  that  such  Lender  has  made  such  share  available  on  such  date  in
accordance with Section 2.02 and may (but is not obligated to do so), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrowers a
corresponding  amount.  In  such  event,  if  a  Lender  has  not  in  fact  made  its  share  of  the  applicable  Initial  Borrowing  available  to  the
Administrative Agent,  then  the  applicable  Lender  and  the  Borrowers  severally  agree  to  pay  to  the Administrative Agent  forthwith  on
demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such
amount  is  made  available  to  the  Borrowers  to  but  excluding  the  date  of  payment  to  the Administrative Agent,  at  (A)  in  the  case  of  a
payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance
with  banking  industry  rules  on  interbank  compensation,  plus  any  administrative,  processing  or  similar  fees  customarily  charged  by  the
Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrowers, the interest rate then
applicable  to  the  Term  Loans.  If  the  Borrowers  and  such  Lender  shall  pay  such  interest  to  the Administrative Agent  for  the  same  or  an
overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrowers the amount of such interest paid by the Borrowers for
such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Initial Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall
constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Initial Borrowing. Any payment by any Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim
such Borrowers may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ii)               Payments by Borrowers; Presumptions by Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have
received  written  notice  from  any  Borrower  prior  to  the  date  on  which  any  payment  is  due  to  the Administrative Agent  for  the
account of the Lenders hereunder that such Borrowers will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such
Borrowers have made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may (but is not obligated to do so), in reliance upon
such assumption, distribute to the Lenders, the amount due. In such event, if any Borrower have not in fact made such payment,
then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to
such  Lender,  in  immediately  available  funds  with  interest  thereon,  for  each  day  from  and  including  the  date  such  amount  is
distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate
determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

A  notice  of  the Administrative Agent  to  the  Borrowers  with  respect  to  any  amount  owing  under  this  subsection  (b)  shall  be

conclusive, absent manifest error.

(c)               Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent. If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan
to  be  made  by  such  Lender  as  provided  in  the  foregoing  provisions  of  this Article  II,  and  such  funds  are  not  made  available  to  the
Borrowers by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the Initial Borrowing set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in
accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such
Lender, without interest.

(d)                              Obligations of Lenders Several.  The  obligations  of  the  Lenders  hereunder  to  make  the  Term  Loan  and  to  make
payments pursuant to Section 11.04(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation
or  to  make  any  payment  under  Section  11.04(c)  on  any  date  required  hereunder  shall  not  relieve  any  other  Lender  of  its  corresponding
obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its
participation or to make its payment under Section 11.04(c).

(e)               Funding Source. Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any
particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any
particular place or manner.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f)                 Pro Rata Treatment. Except to the extent otherwise provided in this Agreement: (i) the Initial Borrowing shall be
made  from  the  Lenders  and  each  payment  of  fees  under  Section  2.09  (other  than  Section  2.09(b))  shall  be  made  for  the  account  of  the
Lenders; (ii) each Initial Borrowing shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders according to the amounts of respective Loans that are to
be  included  in  such  Initial  Borrowing  (in  the  case  of  conversions  and  continuations  of  Loans);  (iii)  each  payment  or  prepayment  of
principal of Loans by the Borrowers shall be made for account of the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the respective unpaid principal
amounts of the Loans held by them; and (iv) each payment of interest on Loans by the Borrowers shall be made for account of the Lenders
pro rata in accordance with the amounts of interest on such Loans then due and payable to the respective Lenders.

2.13          Sharing of Payments by Lenders.

If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of (a) Obligations due
and payable to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the
proportion  of  (i)  the  amount  of  such  Obligations  due  and  payable  to  such  Lender  at  such  time  to  (ii)  the  aggregate  amount  of  the
Obligations due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time) of payments on account of the
Obligations due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by all the Lenders at such
time or (b) Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in
excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender
at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other
Loan Documents at such time) of payments on account of the Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and
under  the  other  Loan  Documents  at  such  time  obtained  by  all  of  the  Lenders  at  such  time,  then,  in  each  case  under  clauses  (a)  and
(b) above, the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (A) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact in writing, and (B) purchase
(for  cash  at  face  value)  participations  in  the  Loans,  or  make  such  other  adjustments  as  shall  be  equitable,  so  that  the  benefit  of  all  such
payments  shall  be  shared  by  the  Lenders  ratably  in  accordance  with  the  aggregate  amount  of  Obligations  then  due  and  payable  to  the
Lenders or owing (but not due and payable) to the Lenders, as the case may be, provided that:

(i)                  if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise
thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such
recovery, without interest; and

(ii)               the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by or on behalf of the
Borrowers pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from
the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (y) [reserved], or (z) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment
of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant, other than an assignment to any Loan Party or any
Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable Law, that any Lender
acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim
with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation.

2.14          [Reserved].

2.15          Defaulting Lenders.

(a)                              Adjustments.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  contained  in  this Agreement,  if  any  Lender  becomes  a

Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable Law:

(i)                 

Waivers  and Amendments;  Fees  of  Defaulting  Lenders .  Such  Defaulting  Lender’s  right  to  approve  or
disapprove  any  amendment,  waiver  or  consent  with  respect  to  this Agreement  shall  be  restricted  as  set  forth  in  the  definition  of
“Required Lenders” and Section 11.01. Further, any Defaulting Lender shall not be entitled to any fees for so long as it remains a
Defaulting Lender.

(ii)              

Defaulting  Lender  Waterfall. Any  payment  of  principal,  interest,  fees  or  other  amounts  received  by  the
Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article
VIII or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 11.08 shall be applied at
such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows:  first, to the payment of any amounts owing by
such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder;  second, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders as a
result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of
such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement;  third, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to
the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrowers as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the
Borrowers against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement;
and fourth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise as may be required under the Loan Documents in connection with any Lien
conferred  thereunder  or  directed  by  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction; provided  that,  if  (1)  such  payment  is  a  payment  of  the
principal amount of any Loans in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (2) such
Loans were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Article IV were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely
to  pay  the  Loans  of  all  Non-Defaulting  Lenders  on  a  pro  rata  basis  prior  to  being  applied  to  the  payment  of  any  Loans  of  such
Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments hereunder.
Any  payments,  prepayments  or  other  amounts  paid  or  payable  to  a  Defaulting  Lender  that  are  applied  (or  held)  to  pay  amounts
owed by a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Section 2.15(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender,
and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)               Defaulting Lender Cure. If the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arranger agree in writing that a
Lender  is  no  longer  a  Defaulting  Lender,  the Administrative Agent  will  so  notify  the  parties  hereto,  whereupon  as  of  the  effective  date
specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein, that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion
of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Required Lenders may determine to be necessary to cause the
Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Applicable Percentages, whereupon such Lender will cease to
be a Defaulting Lender; provided that, no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on
behalf of the Borrowers while  that  Lender  was  a  Defaulting  Lender;  and provided, further,  that  except  to  the  extent  otherwise  expressly
agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of
any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

ARTICLE III

TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

3.01          Taxes.

Any  and  all  payments  by  or  on  account  of  any  obligation  of  any  Loan  Party  under  any  Loan  Document  shall  be  made  without
deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable Laws. If any applicable Laws (as determined in the good faith
discretion  of  the Administrative Agent)  require  the  deduction  or  withholding  of  any  Tax  from  any  such  payment  by  the Administrative
Agent or a Loan Party, then the Administrative Agent or such Loan Party shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding, upon the
basis of the information and documentation to be delivered pursuant to subsection (e) below.

(a)               If any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent shall be required by any applicable Laws to withhold or deduct any
Taxes from any payment, then (A) such Loan Party or the Administrative Agent, as required by such Laws, shall withhold or make such
deductions as are determined by it to be required based upon the information and documentation it has received pursuant to subsection (e)
below, (B) such Loan Party or the Administrative Agent, to the extent required by such Laws, shall timely pay the full amount withheld or
deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with such Laws, and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is
made  on  account  of  Indemnified  Taxes,  the  sum  payable  by  the  applicable  Loan  Party  shall  be  increased  as  necessary  so  that  after  any
required  withholding  or  the  making  of  all  required  deductions  (including  deductions  applicable  to  additional  sums  payable  under  this
Section 3.01) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction
been made.

(b)               Payment of Other Taxes by the Loan Parties .  Without  limiting  the  provisions  of  subsection  (a)  above,  the  Loan
Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative
Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

(c)               Tax Indemnifications.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(i)                  Each of the Loan Parties shall, and does hereby, jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, and shall
make  payment  in  respect  thereof  within  ten  (10)  days  after  demand  therefor,  for  the  full  amount  of  any  Indemnified  Taxes
(including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 3.01) payable or paid by
such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient, and any penalties, interest and reasonable
expenses  arising  therefrom  or  with  respect  thereto,  whether  or  not  such  Indemnified  Taxes  were  correctly  or  legally  imposed  or
asserted  by  the  relevant  Governmental  Authority.  A  certificate  as  to  the  amount  of  such  payment  or  liability  delivered  to  the
Borrowers by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of
a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(ii)               Each Lender shall, and does hereby, severally indemnify and shall make payment in respect thereof within ten
(10) days after demand therefor, (A) the Administrative Agent against any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only
to  the  extent  that  any  Loan  Party  has  not  already  indemnified  the Administrative Agent  for  such  Indemnified  Taxes  and  without
limiting  the  obligation  of  the  Loan  Parties  to  do  so)  and  (B)  the Administrative Agent  against  any  Taxes  attributable  to  such
Lender’s  failure  to  comply  with  the  provisions  of  Section  11.06(d)  relating  to  the  maintenance  of  a  Participant  Register.  A
certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive
absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time
owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under
this clause (ii).

(d)               Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental
Authority, as provided in this Section 3.01, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a
receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return reporting such payment or other evidence of
such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Required Lenders.

(e)               Status of Lenders; Tax Documentation.

(i)                  Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments
made  under  any  Loan  Document  shall  deliver  to  the  Borrowers  and  the Administrative Agent,  at  the  time  or  times  reasonably
requested  by  the  Borrowers  or  the  Administrative  Agent,  such  properly  completed  and  executed  documentation  reasonably
requested  by  the  Borrowers  or  the Administrative Agent  as  will  permit  such  payments  to  be  made  without  withholding  or  at  a
reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, shall
deliver  such  other  documentation  prescribed  by  applicable  Law  or  reasonably  requested  by  the  Borrowers  or  the Administrative
Agent  as  will  enable  the  Borrowers  or  the Administrative Agent  to  determine  whether  or  not  such  Lender  is  subject  to  backup
withholding  or  information  reporting  requirements.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  in  the  preceding  two  sentences,  the
completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 3.01(e)(ii)(A), (ii)
(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would
subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of
such Lender.

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ii)              Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, with respect to each Borrower that is a U.S. Person,

(A)              any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent on or
prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the
reasonable request of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such
Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

(B)               any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrowers and the
Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which
such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request
of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1)               in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the
United  States  is  a  party  (x)  with  respect  to  payments  of  interest  under  any  Loan  Document,  executed  copies  of
IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN, as applicable) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal
withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable
payments  under  any  Loan  Document,  IRS  Form  W  8BEN-E  (or  W-8BEN,  as  applicable)  establishing  an
exemption  from,  or  reduction  of,  U.S.  federal  withholding  Tax  pursuant  to  the  “business  profits”  or  “other
income” article of such tax treaty;

(2)               executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(3)               in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest
under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1 to the effect that such
Foreign  Lender  is  not  a  “bank”  within  the  meaning  of  Section  881(c)(3)(A)  of  the  Code,  a  “10  percent
shareholder” of the Borrowers within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign
corporation”  described  in  Section  881(c)(3)(C)  of  the  Code  (a  “U.S.  Tax  Compliance  Certificate ”)  and
(y) executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN, as applicable); or

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4)               to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed copies of IRS Form W-
8IMY,  accompanied  by  IRS  Form  W  8ECI,  IRS  Form  W-8BEN-E  (or  W-8BEN,  as  applicable),  a  U.S.  Tax
Compliance  Certificate  substantially  in  the  form  of Exhibit  H-2  or Exhibit  H-3,  IRS  Form  W-9,  and/or  other
certification  documents  from  each  beneficial  owner,  as  applicable; provided  that,  if  the  Foreign  Lender  is  a
partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest
exemption,  such  Foreign  Lender  may  provide  a  U.S.  Tax  Compliance  Certificate  substantially  in  the  form  of
Exhibit H-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(C)               any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrowers and the
Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which
such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request
of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent), executed copies (or originals, as required) of any other form prescribed by
applicable Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed,
together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Law to permit the Borrowers or the
Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D)             if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding

Tax  imposed  by  FATCA  if  such  Lender  were  to  fail  to  comply  with  the  applicable  reporting  requirements  of  FATCA
(including  those  contained  in  Section  1471(b)  or  1472(b)  of  the  Code,  as  applicable),  such  Lender  shall  deliver  to  the
Borrowers  and  the Administrative Agent  at  the  time  or  times  prescribed  by  law  and  at  such  time  or  times  reasonably
requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable Law (including as
prescribed  by  Section  1471(b)(3)(C)(i)  of  the  Code)  and  such  additional  documentation  reasonably  requested  by  the
Borrowers or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrowers and  the Administrative Agent  to  comply
with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under
FATCA  or  to  determine  the  amount  to  deduct  and  withhold  from  such  payment.  Solely  for  purposes  of  this  clause  (D),
“FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(iii)            Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered pursuant to this Section 3.01 expires
or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrowers and the
Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f)                 Treatment of Certain Refunds. Unless required by applicable Laws, at no time shall the Administrative Agent have
any  obligation  to  file  for  or  otherwise  pursue  on  behalf  of  a  Lender,  or  have  any  obligation  to  pay  to  any  Lender,  any  refund  of  Taxes
withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender. If any Recipient determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good
faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any Loan Party or with respect to which any Loan
Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.01, it shall pay to such Loan Party an amount equal to such refund (but only to
the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by such Loan Party under this Section 3.01 with respect to the Taxes
giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) incurred by such Recipient, as the case may be, and without
interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that, each Loan Party,
upon the request of the Recipient, agrees to repay the amount paid over to such Loan Party (plus any penalties, interest or other charges
imposed  by  the  relevant  Governmental Authority)  to  the  Recipient  in  the  event  the  Recipient  is  required  to  repay  such  refund  to  such
Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this subsection, in no event will the applicable Recipient be required
to pay any amount to such Loan Party pursuant to this subsection the payment of which would place the Recipient in a less favorable net
after-Tax position than such Recipient would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been
deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been
paid. This subsection shall not be construed to require any Recipient to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to
its taxes that it deems confidential) to any Loan Party or any other Person.

(g)                              Survival.  Each  party’s  obligations  under  this  Section  3.01  shall  survive  the  resignation  or  replacement  of  the
Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all
other Obligations.

3.02          Illegality and Designated Lenders.

If,  after  the  Closing  Date,  any  Lender  determines  that  any  Change  in  Law  has  made  it  unlawful,  or  that  any  Governmental
Authority  has  asserted  that  it  is  unlawful,  for  any  Lender  or  its  Lending  Office  to  perform  any  of  its  obligations  hereunder  or  to  make,
maintain or fund or charge interest with respect to the Initial Borrowing or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the LIBO Rate,
or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of,
Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrowers through the Administrative Agent, (a) any
obligation of such Lender to issue, make, maintain, fund or charge interest with respect to the Initial Borrowing or continue LIBO Rate
Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to LIBO Rate Loans shall be suspended, and (b) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender
making or maintaining Base Rate Loans the interest rate  on  which  is  determined  by  reference  to  the  LIBO  Rate  component  of  the  Base
Rate,  the  interest  rate  on  which  Base  Rate  Loans  of  such  Lender  shall,  if  necessary  to  avoid  such  illegality,  be  determined  by  the
Administrative  Agent  without  reference  to  the  LIBO  Rate  component  of  the  Base  Rate,  in  each  case  until  such  Lender  notifies  the
Administrative Agent  and  the  Borrowers  that  the  circumstances  giving  rise  to  such  determination  no  longer  exist.  Upon  receipt  of  such
notice, (i) the Borrowers shall, within ten (10) days of written demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay
or,  if  applicable,  convert  all  LIBO  Rate  Loans  of  such  Lender  to  Base  Rate  Loans  (the  interest  rate  on  which  Base  Rate  Loans  of  such
Lender  shall,  if  necessary  to  avoid  such  illegality,  be  determined  by  the  Administrative  Agent  without  reference  to  the  LIBO  Rate
component of the Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such
LIBO Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such LIBO Rate Loans and (ii) if such
notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the LIBO Rate, the Administrative Agent shall
during  the  period  of  such  suspension  compute  the  Base  Rate  applicable  to  such  Lender  without  reference  to  the  LIBO  Rate  component
thereof  until  the Administrative Agent  is  advised  in  writing  by  such  Lender  that  it  is  no  longer  illegal  for  such  Lender  to  determine  or
charge interest rates based upon the LIBO Rate. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrowers shall also pay accrued interest on
the amount so prepaid or converted.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.03          Inability to Determine Rates.

(a)                              If  in  connection  with  any  request  for  a  LIBO  Rate  Loan  or  a  conversion  to  or  continuation  thereof,  (i)  the
Administrative Agent or Required Lenders determine that (A) deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank market for
the applicable amount and Interest Period of such LIBO Rate Loan, or (B) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the
LIBO Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed LIBO Rate Loan or in connection with an existing or proposed Base
Rate Loan (in each case with respect to clause (i), “Impacted Loans”), or (ii) the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders reasonably
determine that for any reason LIBO Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed LIBO Rate Loan does not adequately
and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrowers and each
Lender. Thereafter, (x) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain LIBO Rate Loans shall be suspended (to the extent of the affected
LIBO Rate Loans or Interest Periods), and (y) in the event of a determination described in the preceding sentence with respect to the LIBO
Rate component of the Base Rate, the utilization of the LIBO Rate component in determining the Base Rate shall be suspended, in each
case until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the
Borrowers may revoke any pending request for a conversion to or continuation of LIBO Rate Loans (to the extent of the affected LIBO
Rate Loans or Interest Periods) or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a conversion to Base Rate
Loans in the amount specified therein.

(b)                              Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if  the Administrative Agent  or  Required  Lenders  have  made  the  determination
described  in  clause  (a)(i)  of  this  Section,  the Administrative Agent  in  consultation  with  the  Borrowers  and  the  Required  Lenders,  may
establish an alternative interest rate for the Impacted Loans, in which case, such alternative rate of interest shall apply with respect to the
Impacted Loans until (1) the Administrative Agent revokes the notice delivered with respect to the Impacted Loans under clause (a)(i) of
this Section, (2) the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers that such alternative
interest rate does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to the Lenders of funding the Impacted Loans, or (3) any Lender determines that
any  Change  in  Law  has  made  it  unlawful,  or  that  any  Governmental Authority  has  asserted  that  it  is  unlawful,  for  such  Lender  or  its
applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to such alternative rate of interest or
to determine or charge interest rates based upon such rate or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority
of such Lender to do any of the foregoing and provides the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers written notice thereof.

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.04          Increased Costs; Reserves on LIBO Rate Loans.

(a)               Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall:

(i)                  impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar
requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any
reserve requirement contemplated by Section 3.04(d));

(ii)              

subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b)
through  (d)  of  the  definition  of  Excluded  Taxes  and  (C)  Connection  Income  Taxes)  on  its  loans,  loan  principal,  letters  of  credit,
commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

(iii)             impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes)

affecting this Agreement or the Term Loan made by such Lender;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any
Loan, or to increase the cost to such Lender or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender hereunder (whether
of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon written request of such Lender, the Borrowers will pay to such Lender such additional
amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b)               Capital Requirements. If any Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or any Lending Office
of  such  Lender  or  such  Lender’s  holding  company,  if  any,  regarding  capital  or  liquidity  requirements  has  or  would  have  the  effect  of
reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this
Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by such Lender to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s
or the holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies
of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrowers will pay to such Lender such
additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c)                              Certificates  for  Reimbursement. A  certificate  of  a  Lender  setting  forth  the  amount  or  amounts  necessary  to
compensate such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to
the Borrowers shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Lender, as the case may be, the amount shown as
due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)               Reserves on LIBO Rate Loans. The Borrowers shall pay to each Lender, (i) as long as such Lender shall be required to
maintain  reserves  with  respect  to  liabilities  or  assets  consisting  of  or  including  eurocurrency  funds  or  deposits  (currently  known  as
“Eurocurrency liabilities”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each LIBO Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such
reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), and
(ii) as long as such Lender shall be required to comply with any reserve ratio requirement or analogous requirement of any central banking
or financial regulatory authority imposed in respect of the maintenance of the Commitments or the funding of the Loans, such additional
costs (expressed as a percentage per annum and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest five decimal places) equal to the actual costs
allocated  to  such  Commitment  or  Loan  by  such  Lender  (as  determined  by  such  Lender  in  good  faith,  which  determination  shall  be
conclusive), which in each case shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Borrowers
shall have received at least ten (10) days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest or costs from
such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice ten (10) days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be due
and payable ten (10) days from receipt of such notice.

(e)               Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing
provisions of this Section 3.04 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that, the Loan
Parties shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 3.04(e) for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered
more than nine (9) months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the applicable Lender Party of the Change in Law giving rise to such
increased costs or reductions, and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving ruse
to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine (9) month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period
of retroactive effect thereof).

3.05          Compensation for Losses.

Upon  demand  of  any  Lender  (with  a  copy  to  the  Administrative  Agent)  from  time  to  time,  the  Borrowers  shall  promptly

compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

(a)               any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than
the first day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise), except
to the extent that a payment or prepayment is mandatory pursuant to Section 2.05(b); or

(b)               any failure by the Borrowers (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow,

continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrowers;

(c)               any assignment of a LIBO Rate Loan on a day other than the first day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a

request by the Borrowers pursuant to Section 11.13;
in  each  case,  including  any  loss  of  anticipated  profits  and  any  loss  or  expense  arising  from  the  liquidation  or  reemployment  of  funds
obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. The Borrowers
shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.06          Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

(a)               Designation of a Different Lending Office. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or requires the
Borrowers  to  pay  any  Indemnified  Taxes  or  additional  amounts  to  any  Lender  or  any  Governmental Authority  for  the  account  of  any
Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02, then at the request of the Borrowers, such Lender
shall, as applicable, use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its
rights  and  obligations  hereunder  to  another  of  its  offices,  branches  or  affiliates,  if,  in  the  judgment  of  such  Lender,  such  designation  or
assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04, as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate
the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02, as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed
cost  or  expense  and  would  not  otherwise  be  disadvantageous  to  such  Lender.  Each  Borrower  hereby  agrees  to  pay  all  reasonable  and
documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b)               Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or if the Borrowers are required to
pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to
Section  3.01  and,  in  each  case,  such  Lender  has  declined  or  is  unable  to  designate  a  different  lending  office  in  accordance  with
Section 3.06(a), the Borrowers may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 11.13.

3.07          Survival.

All  of  each  Borrower’s  obligations  under  this Article  III  shall  survive  termination  of  the  Commitments,  repayment  of  all  other

Obligations hereunder, resignation of the Administrative Agent and the Facility Termination Date.

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO BORROWING

4.01          Conditions of Initial Borrowing.

The  obligation  of  each  Lender  to  fund  its  Term  Loan  hereunder  is  subject  to  satisfaction  or  waiver  of  the  following  conditions

precedent:

(a)               Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of each Borrower and each other Loan Party
contained in Article II, Article V or any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in
connection herewith or therewith, shall (i) with respect to representations and warranties that contain a materiality qualification, be true and
correct on and as of the date of the Initial Borrowing and (ii) with respect to representations and warranties that do not contain a materiality
qualification, be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of the Initial Borrowing, and except that for purposes of this
Article IV, the representations and warranties contained in Sections 5.05(a) and (b) shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements
furnished pursuant to Sections 6.01(a) and (b), respectively.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)               Default. No Default or Event of Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Initial Borrowing or from the

application of the proceeds thereof.

(c)               Execution of Term Loan Agreement; Loan Documents . The Administrative Agent and Lead Arranger shall have
received executed copies of (i) this Agreement, (ii) for the account of each Lender requesting a Note, an executed Note, (iii) the Security
Agreement,  (iv)  the  Management  Fee  Subordination Agreement,  (v)  the  Intercreditor Agreement  and  each  other  Collateral  Document,
(vi) the SBA Forms, and (vii) counterparts of any  other  Loan  Document,  in  each  case,  executed  by  a  Responsible  Officer  of  each  Loan
Party and any other Persons party thereto, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lead Arranger.

(d)               Officer’s Certificate . The Administrative Agent and the Lead Arranger shall have received an officer’s certificate
dated the Closing Date, certifying as to the Organization Documents of each Loan Party (which, to the extent filed with a Governmental
Authority, shall be certified as of a recent date by such Governmental Authority), the resolutions of the governing body of each Loan Party,
the  good  standing,  existence  or  its  equivalent  of  each  Loan  Party  and  of  the  incumbency  (including  specimen  signatures)  of  the
Responsible Officers of each Loan Party executing the Loan Documents.

(e)               Legal Opinions of Counsel. The Administrative Agent and Lead Arranger shall have received an opinion or opinions
(including, one (1) local counsel opinion per applicable jurisdiction) of counsel for the Loan Parties, dated the Closing Date and addressed
to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lead Arranger.

(f)                 Financial Conditions. The Administrative Agent, Lead Arranger and the Lenders shall have received copies of each

of the following, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Arranger:

(i)                  satisfactory evidence that the Loan Parties shall have received not less than $8,000,000 as of the Closing Date
in cash proceeds from a direct or indirect capital contribution to its equity from the Sponsor on terms and conditions satisfactory to
the Lead Arranger; and

(ii)              an interim Consolidated balance sheet and statement of income and cash flow of the Target Borrower for (i) the
most recent fiscal quarter and (ii) the fiscal months ending July 31, 2016, August 31, 2016 and September 30, 2016 (such balance
sheets and statements of income, collectively, the “Interim Financial Statements”) and a pro forma Consolidated balance sheet and
statement of income and cash flow of the Loan Parties for (i) the most recent fiscal quarter and (ii) the fiscal months ending July 31,
2016, August  31,  2016  and  September  30,  2016  (such  balance  sheets  and  statements  of  income,  collectively,  the  “ Pro  Forma
Financial Statements”) with satisfactory evidence that Consolidated EBITDA calculated for the twelve month period ending on the
last day of the most recently completed fiscal month prior to the Closing Date is equal to or exceeds $13,200,000;

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(g)                              Collateral.  The Administrative Agent  and  Lead Arranger  shall  have  received,  in  form  and  substance  reasonably

satisfactory to the Lead Arranger:

(i)                 

(A) searches of UCC filings in the jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, as applicable, of each Loan
Party  and  the  Sellers,  and  each  jurisdiction  where  any  Collateral  is  located  or  where  a  filing  would  need  to  be  made  in  order  to
perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral, copies of the financing statements on file in such jurisdictions
and evidence that no Liens exist other than Permitted Liens and (B) tax lien, judgment and bankruptcy searches;

(ii)              

searches  of  ownership  of  Intellectual  Property  in  the  appropriate  governmental  offices  and  such
patent/trademark/copyright  filings  as  reasonably  requested  by  the  Lead Arranger  in  order  to  perfect  the Administrative Agent’s
security interest in the Intellectual Property;

(iii)             completed UCC financing statements for each appropriate jurisdiction as is necessary, in the Lead Arranger’s

sole discretion, to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral;

(iv)             

stock or membership certificates, if any, evidencing the Pledged Equity, and that the Administrative Agent
shall  have  received  undated  stock  or  transfer  powers  duly  executed  in  blank;  in  each  case  to  the  extent  such  Pledged  Equity  is
certificated;

(v)               in the case of any personal property Collateral located at premises leased by a Loan Party and set forth on
Schedule 5.21(g)(ii)  or  any  other  location  at  which  the  books  and  records  of  the  Loan  Parties  are  located,  such  estoppel  letters,
consents and waivers from the landlords of such real property to the extent required to be delivered in connection with Section 6.13
(such letters, consents and waivers shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Arranger); and

(vi)             with respect to each of Rodney Spriggs and Steve Wilcox, key-man life insurance policies in an amount not less
than  $10,000,000  in  the  aggregate,  and  Key  Man  Collateral Assignment Agreements  with  respect  thereto  in  form  and  substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Arranger, by which all proceeds are collaterally assigned to the Administrative Agent and the
Administrative Agent shall have first lien priority over such proceeds on behalf of the Lenders; and

(vii)           only to the extent required to be delivered, filed, registered or recorded pursuant to the terms and conditions of
the Collateral Documents, all instruments, documents and chattel paper in the possession of any of the Loan Parties, together with
allonges  or  assignments  as  may  be  necessary  or  appropriate  to  create  and  perfect  the Administrative Agent’s  and  the  Lenders’
security interest in the Collateral; and

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(viii)         with  respect  to  any  deposit  or  other  accounts  (including  securities  accounts)  at  any  bank  or  other  financial
institution, or any other account where money or securities are, other than Excluded Accounts, the Administrative Agent shall have
received a Qualifying Control Agreement.

(h)               Liability, Casualty, Property, Terrorism and Business Interruption Insurance . The Administrative Agent and Lead
Arranger  shall  have  received  copies  of  insurance  policies,  declaration  pages,  certificates,  and  endorsements  of  insurance  or  insurance
binders  evidencing  liability,  casualty,  property,  terrorism,  D&O  and  business  interruption  insurance  meeting  the  requirements  set  forth
herein or in the Collateral Documents or as reasonably required by the Lead Arranger.

(i)                  Responsible Officer’s Certificate . The Administrative Agent and Lead Arranger shall have received a certificate or

certificates executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrowers as of the Closing Date, as to certain matters and attaching:

(i)                  true and complete copies of all Material Contracts, together with all exhibits and schedules, and together with
any consents related thereto required to be delivered to the Loan Parties by the Sellers pursuant to Section 3.16 of the Vintage Stock
Acquisition Agreement;

(ii)              

true and complete copies of all other material consents (including, without limitation, any consents required
pursuant to any existing Indebtedness of the Sellers), licenses and approvals required in connection with the consummation by the
Loan  Parties  of  the  transaction  contemplated  herein  and  the  execution,  delivery  and  performance  by  the  Loan  Parties  and  the
validity against each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and such consents, licenses and approvals shall be in
full force and effect, except those consents permitted to be delivered after the Closing Date as set forth in Section 6.23, or stating
that no such consents, licenses or approvals are so required;

(iii)            

true  and  complete  copies  of  the  fully-executed  ABL  Facility  Documents,  each  in  form  and  substance

reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Arranger;

(iv)              true and complete copies of the fully-executed Vintage Stock Acquisition Agreement and each other material
Vintage  Stock  Acquisition  Related  Document  (together  with  all  agreements,  instruments  and  other  documents  delivered  in
connection therewith as the Lead Arranger shall request), in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Lead Arranger;

(v)               a Compliance Certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrowers as of the Closing Date for the
most recently ended Measurement Period ending prior to the Closing Date, evidencing that the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio
is not greater than (a) 2.88 to 1.00 (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the Transaction (other than the incurrence
of the Subordinated Acquisition Note)) and (b) 3.63 to 1.00 (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the Transaction
and the incurrence of the Subordinated Acquisition Note);

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(vi)             as of the Closing Date (after giving effect to the Transaction): funded aggregate revolving loans under the ABL
Facility  Documents  does  not  exceed  $13,000,000,  with  unfunded Availability  of  $2,000,000  (and  at  least  $15,000,000  of  total
Availability pursuant to the Borrowing Base under the ABL Facility Documents at the Closing Date);

(vii)          the Pro Forma Financial Statements and the Interim Financial Statements delivered to the Administrative Agent,
the  Lead  Arranger  and  the  Lenders  in  connection  with  the  transaction  contemplated  hereby  are  complete,  accurate  and  not
misleading;

(viii)         as of December 31, 2015, there has been no Material Adverse Effect on the business, operations or financial

conditions of the Loan Parties; and

(ix)             

there is no claim, action, suit, investigation, litigation or proceeding, pending or threatened, in any court or
before any governmental agency that relates to the Loan Parties that is reasonably likely of having a Material Adverse Effect on the
Loan Parties or that relates to the Transaction under the Loan Documents or the ABL Facility Documents.

(j)                  Solvency Certificate. The Administrative Agent and Lead Arranger shall have received a solvency certificate in the

form attached hereto as Exhibit J.

(k)               Loan Notice. The Administrative Agent shall have received a Loan Notice with respect to the Loans to be made on the

Closing Date.

(l)                  Existing Indebtedness of the Loan Parties . All of the existing Indebtedness, if any, for borrowed money of the Loan
Parties and their Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness permitted to exist pursuant to Section 7.02) shall be repaid in full, and all Liens and
other  security  interests  upon  any  of  the  property  of  the  Loan  Parties  (and  the  Vintage  Stock Acquisition)  or  any  of  their  Subsidiaries
securing Indebtedness of the Sellers shall be terminated contemporaneous with the Closing Date;

(m)              Material Adverse Effect . There has not been any event, change, occurrence or circumstance that has had, or would
reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Vintage Stock Acquisition
Agreement) as of the Closing Date.

(n)               Vintage Stock Acquisition. The Vintage Stock Acquisition Agreement shall be in full force and effect and the Vintage
Stock  Acquisition  shall  have  been  consummated  or  shall  be  simultaneously  consummated  in  accordance  with  the  Vintage  Stock
Acquisition Related Documents, for an aggregate purchase price not in excess of $56,020,000 (without giving effect to any amendment,
modification, consent or waiver that would be materially adverse to the Lenders, without the prior written consent of the Lead Arranger),
and in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws and regulatory approvals.

(o)               Subordinated Acquisition Note. The Administrative Agent and the Lead Arranger shall have received a fully executed
copy of the Subordinated Acquisition Note, which note shall not be in an amount in excess of $10,000,000 and shall be fully subordinated
to the Term Loan pursuant to the Subordination Agreement.

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(p)                              ABL Facility.  The  Loan  Parties  shall  have  entered  into  the ABL  Facility  Documents  on  terms  and  conditions

reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Arranger.

(q)               Fees and Expenses. The Administrative Agent shall have received a fully executed copy of the Agent Fee Letter. The
Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger and the Lenders, as applicable, shall have received all fees and expenses owing on the Closing
Date  pursuant  to  the Agent  Fee  Letter  and  Sections  2.09  and  11.04  (including  the  reasonable  and  documented  fees  and  expenses  of  the
Administrative Agent’s, Lead Arranger’s and Lenders’ outside counsel).

(r)                 Know Your Customer; Patriot Act . The Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders shall have received at least
five (5) days prior to the Closing Date, the documentation and other information as to each Loan Party as requested by the Administrative
Agent or such Lender in order to comply with its obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and
regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.

(s)                

Investment Committee Approval. The transactions contemplated hereby shall have been approved by the internal

investment committee of the Lead Arranger and Lenders.

(t)                  Additional Information and Other Documents. The Administrative Agent and the Lead Arranger shall have received
all such additional information, materials and all other documents provided for herein or which the Administrative Agent, Lead Arranger
and/or  any  Lender  shall  reasonably  request  or  require  for  the  satisfactory  completion  of  its  business  due  diligence  (including  a  market
study, historic unit level and profitability analysis) and legal due diligence.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, as of the date made or deemed made, that:

5.01          Existence, Qualification and Power.

Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and, as applicable, in good standing
under  the  Laws  of  the  jurisdiction  of  its  incorporation  or  organization,  (b)  has  all  requisite  power  and  authority  and  all  requisite
governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver
and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in
good  standing  under  the  Laws  of  each  jurisdiction  where  its  ownership,  lease  or  operation  of  properties  or  the  conduct  of  its  business
requires such qualification or license, except, in each case of clauses (b) and (c), where such failure would not have a Material Adverse
Effect on the Borrowers. The copy of the Organization Documents of each Loan Party provided to the Administrative Agent on the Closing
Date pursuant to the terms of this Agreement is a true and correct copy of each such document as of the Closing Date, each of which is
valid and in full force and effect.

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.02          Authorization; No Contravention.

The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document and each Vintage Stock Acquisition Related
Document to which such Person is or is to be a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action,
and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach
or contravention of or require any payment to be made under (i) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting
such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental
Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any Law, except, in the case of clause (b)(i),
where  such  conflict,  breach  or  contravention  would  not  have  a  Material  Adverse  Effect.  The  Vintage  Stock  Acquisition  will,
contemporaneous  with  the  Closing  Date,  be  consummated  by  each  Loan  Party  in  accordance  with  the  Vintage  Stock  Acquisition
Agreement, as applicable, and in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws and regulatory approvals.

5.03          Governmental Authorization; Other Consents.

No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any
other Person is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan
Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Collateral
Documents,  (c)  the  perfection  or  maintenance  of  the  Liens  created  under  the  Collateral  Documents  (including  the  first  priority  nature
thereof  (subject  only  to  Permitted  Liens  which,  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  this  Agreement,  are  permitted  to  have  priority  over  the
Administrative  Agent’s  Liens  thereon))  or  (d)  the  exercise  by  the  Administrative  Agent  or  any  Lender  of  its  rights  under  the  Loan
Documents  or  the  remedies  in  respect  of  the  Collateral  pursuant  to  the  Collateral  Documents,  other  than  (i)  authorizations,  approvals,
actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained or will be obtained contemporaneous with the Closing Date, except where such
failure to obtain or make any of the foregoing would not have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) filings to perfect the Liens created by the
Collateral Documents.

5.04          Binding Effect.

This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered
by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a
legal,  valid  and  binding  obligation  of  such  Loan  Party,  enforceable  against  each  Loan  Party  that  is  party  thereto  in  accordance  with  its
terms,  subject  to  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium  or  other  laws  affecting  creditors’  rights  generally  and
subject to general principals of equity.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.05          Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect .

(a)               Interim Financial Statements. The Interim Financial Statements: (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP applied
on  a  consistent  basis  throughout  the  period  covered  thereby,  subject  to  the  lack  of  footnotes  and  year-end  adjustments,  and  (ii)  for  the
period ended September 30, 2016, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Target Borrower as of September 30,
2016 and the results of operations of the Target Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period.

(b)               Audited Financial Statements . Following the Closing Date, the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to
Section 6.01(a) and (b), (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as
otherwise expressly noted therein, (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries
(including  the  Target  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries)  as  of  the  date  thereof  and  their  results  of  operations,  cash  flows  and  changes  in
shareholders’  equity  for  the  period  covered  thereby  and  (iii)  show  all  material  indebtedness  and  other  liabilities,  direct  or  contingent,  of
each  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  (including  the  Target  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries)  as  of  the  date  thereof  that  are  required  to  be
disclosed thereon in accordance with GAAP, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness, subject, in the case of
clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.

(c)               Material Adverse Effect.

(i)                  As of the Closing Date, since the date of the balance sheet included in the Interim Financial Statements, there
has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a
material adverse effect on the results of operations, business, assets, liabilities, or the financial condition of the Target Borrower,
taken as a whole.

(ii)               As of the Closing Date, since the date of the balance sheet included in the Pro Forma Financial Statements,
there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would reasonably be expected to
have  a  Material Adverse  Effect  on  the  results  of  operations,  business,  assets,  liabilities,  or  the  financial  condition  of  the  Loan
Parties, taken as a whole.

(iii)             After the Closing Date, since the date of delivery of the most recent annual audited financial statements in
accordance  with  the  terms  hereof,  since  the  date  of  such  annual  audited  financial  statements,  there  has  been  no  event  or
circumstance,  either  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  that  has  had  or  would  reasonably  be  expected  to  have  a  Material Adverse
Effect.

(d)               Pro Forma Financials. The Pro Forma Financial Statements, certified by the chief financial officer or treasurer of the
Borrowers, copies of which have been furnished to each Lender, fairly present on a Pro Forma Basis the Consolidated pro forma financial
condition of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries as at such date and the Consolidated pro forma results of operations of the Borrowers and
their Subsidiaries for the period ended on such date, all in accordance with GAAP.

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(e)               Forecasted Financials. The Consolidated forecasted balance sheets, statements of income and cash flows of each
Borrower and its Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section 4.01 or Section 6.01, as applicable, were prepared in good faith on the basis of
the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were fair in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such forecasts, and
represented, at the time of delivery, such Borrowers’ best estimate of its future financial condition and performance (it being understood
that  the  forecasted  financial  statements  described  herein  are  subject  to  significant  uncertainties  and  contingencies,  many  of  which  are
beyond the control of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, and no assurances can be given that such projections will be realized, and
although reflecting the Borrowers’ good faith estimate, projections or forecasts based on methods and assumptions which the Borrowers
believed  to  be  reasonable  at  the  time  such  forecasted  financial  statements  were  prepared,  are  not  to  be  viewed  as  facts,  and  that  actual
results  during  the  period  or  periods  covered  by  the  forecasted  financial  statements  may  differ  materially  from  projected  or  estimated
results).

5.06          Litigation.

There  are  no  actions,  suits,  proceedings,  claims  or  disputes  pending  or,  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Loan  Parties,  threatened  in
writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary or against
any of their properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any Vintage Stock
Acquisition Related Document or any of the Transactions contemplated hereby, (b) would reasonably be expected, individually or in the
aggregate,  to  result  in  liability  in  excess  of  $250,000  on  the  Closing  Date  or  (c)  which,  after  the  Closing  Date,  would  reasonably  be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect after giving effect to applicable insurance.

5.07          No Defaults.

Neither any Loan Party nor any Subsidiary thereof is in default under or with respect to any Material Contract, which default would
have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of
the Transaction.

5.08          Ownership of Property.

Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in,

all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business.

5.09          Environmental Compliance.

(a)               Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries is and at all times has been in material compliance with Environmental
Laws, except where such non-compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is subject to
any pending or unresolved Environmental Liability, except where such Environmental Liability would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)               None of the properties currently or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, formerly owned, leased or
operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous
foreign,  state  or  local  list.  Except  as  would  not  reasonably  be  expected  to  result  in  a  Material Adverse  Effect,  there  are  no  asbestos-
containing materials at any property currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries and no
(i) active or abandoned underground or above ground storage tanks, (ii) landfills or (iii) current or former waste disposal areas, in each case
for (i), (ii) and (iii) in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed of on any property currently owned,
leased or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, on any property formerly owned,
leased or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries; and Hazardous Materials have not been released, discharged or disposed of
on, at, to or from any property currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries that would be
reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c)                              Neither  any  Loan  Party  nor  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  is  undertaking,  and  has  not  completed,  either  individually  or
together with other potentially responsible parties, any material investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any
actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to
the  order  of  any  Governmental Authority  or  the  requirements  of  any  Environmental  Law;  and  all  Hazardous  Materials  generated,  used,
treated, handled or stored at, or transported to or from, any property currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or
any of its Subsidiaries have been disposed of in a manner not reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10          Insurance.

The  properties  of  each  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  are  insured  with  financially  sound  and  reputable  insurance  companies  not
Affiliates of any Borrower, in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance compatible with the following standards), with such
deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in
localities where the applicable Loan Party or the applicable Subsidiary operates. The general liability, casualty, property, terrorism, D&O
and business interruption insurance coverage of the Loan Parties as in effect on the Closing Date, and as of the last date such Schedule was
required  to  be  updated  in  accordance  with  Section  6.02,  is  outlined  as  to  carrier,  policy  number,  expiration  date,  type,  amount  and
deductibles on Schedule 5.10 and such insurance coverage complies with the requirements set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents.

5.11          Taxes.

Each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries have filed all Federal, state income tax and other material tax returns and reports required to
be filed, and have paid all federal, state and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon
them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed tax
assessment  against  any  Loan  Party  or  any  Subsidiary. At  all  times  since  December  31,  2002  and  through  the  date  of  the  Vintage  Stock
Acquisition, the Target Borrower has had a valid election under Section 1362 of the Code and any corresponding state or local tax provision
for the Target Borrower to be treated as an S corporation within the meaning of Sections 1361 and 1362 of the Code.

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.12          ERISA Compliance.

(a)               (i) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other
federal  or  state  laws  and  (ii)  each  Pension  Plan  that  is  intended  to  be  a  qualified  plan  under  Section  401(a)  of  the  Code  has  received  a
favorable determination letter or is subject to a favorable opinion letter from the IRS to the effect that the form of such Plan is qualified
under Section 401(a) of the Code and the trust related thereto has been determined by the IRS to be exempt from federal income tax under
Section 501(a) of the Code, or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS and, to the knowledge of the Loan
Parties, nothing has occurred that would prevent or cause the loss of such tax-qualified status.

(b)               There are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any
Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules
with respect to any Plan.

(c)                              (i)  No  ERISA  Event  has  occurred,  and  no  Loan  Party  nor  any  ERISA Affiliate  is  aware  of  any  fact,  event  or
circumstance  that  would  reasonably  be  expected  to  constitute  or  result  in  an  ERISA  Event  with  respect  to  any  Pension  Plan  or
Multiemployer Plan; (ii) as of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in
Section  430(d)(2)  of  the  Code)  is  60%  or  higher  and  no  Loan  Party  nor  any  ERISA Affiliate  knows  of  any  facts  or  circumstances  that
would reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage for any such plan to drop below 60% as of the most recent
valuation date; (iii) no Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability to the PBGC other than for the payment of premiums,
and  there  are  no  premium  payments  which  have  become  due  that  are  unpaid;  (iv)  neither  any  Borrower  nor  any  ERISA Affiliate  has
engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or Section 4212(c) of ERISA; and (v) no Pension Plan has been terminated
by the plan administrator thereof nor by the PBGC, and no event or circumstance has occurred or exists that would reasonably be expected
to cause the PBGC to institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate any Pension Plan.

(d)                              Neither  any  Borrower  nor  any  ERISA Affiliate  maintains  or  contributes  to,  or  has  any  unsatisfied  obligation  to
contribute  to,  or  liability  under,  any  active  or  terminated  Pension  Plan  other  than  (i)  on  the  Closing  Date,  those  listed  on Schedule  5.12
hereto and (ii) thereafter, Pension Plans not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement.

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.13          Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.

(a)               Margin Regulations. No Borrowers are engaged or will engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the
business  of  purchasing  or  carrying  margin  stock  (within  the  meaning  of  Regulation  U  issued  by  the  FRB),  or  extending  credit  for  the
purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. Following the application of the proceeds of the Term Loan, not more than twenty-five
percent (25%) of the value of the assets (either of the Borrowers only or of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis)
subject to the provisions of Section 7.01 or Section 7.05 or subject to any restriction contained in any agreement or instrument between the
Borrowers and any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender relating to Indebtedness and within the scope of Section 8.01(e) will be margin
stock.

(b)               Investment Company Act. None of the Borrowers or any Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment

company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

5.14          Disclosure.

No  report,  financial  statement,  certificate  or  other  information  (as  modified  or  supplemented  by  other  written  information  so
furnished  but  excluding  projected  financial  information  and  information  of  a  general  economic,  forward  looking  or  industry-specific
nature), furnished by any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger, or any Lender in connection with the Transaction and
the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case as modified or supplemented by
other information so furnished), when taken as a whole, contained as of the date such report, statement, certificate or other information was
so furnished any material misstatement of fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of
the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information,
each Loan Party represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the
time  made,  it  being  understood  that  forecasts  and  projections  by  their  nature  are  inherently  uncertain,  that  actual  results  may  differ
significantly from the forecasted or projected results and that such differences may be material and no assurances are being given that the
results reflected in the forecasts and projections will be achieved.

5.15          Compliance with Laws.

Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof is in compliance with the requirements of all material Laws and all orders, writs,
injunctions  and  decrees  applicable  to  it  or  to  its  properties,  except  in  such  instances  in  which  such  requirement  of  Law  or  order,  writ,
injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and except for noncompliance that
would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.16          Solvency.

The Loan Parties are, on a Consolidated basis, Solvent.

5.17          Casualty, Etc.

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Neither the businesses nor the properties of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries are affected by any fire, explosion, accident,
strike,  lockout  or  other  labor  dispute,  drought,  storm,  hail,  earthquake,  embargo,  act  of  God  or  of  the  public  enemy  or  other  casualty
(whether or not covered by insurance) that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.18          Sanctions Concerns and Anti-Corruption Laws.

(a)                              Sanctions Concerns.  No  Loan  Party,  nor  any  Subsidiary,  nor,  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Loan  Parties  and  their
Subsidiaries,  any  director,  officer,  employee,  agent, Affiliate  or  representative  thereof,  is  an  individual  or  entity  that  is,  or  is  owned  or
controlled by any individual or entity that is (i) currently the subject or target of any Sanctions, (ii) included on OFAC’s List of Specially
Designated Nationals, HMT’s Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets and the Investment Ban List, or any similar list enforced by
any other relevant sanctions authority or (iii) located, organized or resident in a Designated Jurisdiction.

(b)               Anti-Corruption Laws. The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries have conducted their business in compliance with the
United  States  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices Act  of  1977,  the  UK  Bribery Act  2010  and  other  similar  anti-corruption  legislation  in  other
jurisdictions, and have instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

5.19          Responsible Officers.

Set  forth  on Schedule 1.01(c)  are  Responsible  Officers,  holding  the  offices  indicated  next  to  their  respective  names,  as  of  the
Closing  Date  and  as  of  the  last  date  such  Schedule  was  required  to  be  updated  in  accordance  with  Section  6.02  and  such  Responsible
Officers  are  the  duly  elected  and  qualified  officers  of  such  Loan  Party  and  are  duly  authorized  to  execute  and  deliver,  on  behalf  of  the
respective Loan Party, this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents.

5.20          Subsidiaries; Equity Interests; Loan Parties .

(a)               Subsidiaries, Joint Ventures, Partnerships and Equity Investments. Set forth on Schedule 5.20(a), is the following
information  which  is  true  and  complete  in  all  respects  as  of  the  Closing  Date  and  as  of  the  last  date  such  Schedule  was  required  to  be
updated  in  accordance  with  Section  6.02:  (i)  a  complete  and  accurate  list  of  all  Subsidiaries,  joint  ventures  and  partnerships  and  other
equity  investments  of  the  Loan  Parties  as  of  the  Closing  Date  and  as  of  the  last  date  such  Schedule  was  required  to  be  updated  in
accordance with Section 6.02, (ii) the number of shares of each class of Equity Interests in each Subsidiary outstanding, (iii) the number
and percentage of outstanding shares of each class of Equity Interests owned by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and (iv) the class or
nature  of  such  Equity  Interests  (i.e.  voting,  non-voting,  preferred,  etc.).  The  outstanding  Equity  Interests  in  all  Subsidiaries  are  validly
issued, fully paid and non-assessable (if corporate stock) and are owned free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. Except as set
forth on Schedule 5.20(a), there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments (other
than stock options granted to employees or directors and directors’ qualifying shares) of any nature relating to the Equity Interests of any
Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, except as contemplated in connection with the Loan Documents.

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)               Loan Parties.  Set  forth  on Schedule 5.20(b) is a complete and accurate list of all Loan Parties, showing as of the
Closing  Date,  or  as  of  the  last  date  such  Schedule  was  required  to  be  updated  in  accordance  with  Section  6.02,  (as  to  each  Loan  Party)
(i)  the  exact  legal  name,  (ii)  any  former  legal  names  of  such  Loan  Party  in  the  four  (4)  months  prior  to  the  Closing  Date,  (iii)  the
jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, as applicable, (iv) the type of organization, (v) the jurisdictions in which such Loan Party is
qualified  to  do  business,  (vi)  the  address  of  its  chief  executive  office,  (vii)  the  address  of  its  principal  place  of  business,  (viii)  its
U.S.  federal  taxpayer  identification  number  or,  in  the  case  of  any  non-U.S.  Loan  Party  that  does  not  have  a  U.S.  taxpayer  identification
number,  its  unique  identification  number  issued  to  it  by  the  jurisdiction  of  its  incorporation  or  organization,  (ix)  the  organization
identification number, (x) ownership information (e.g. publicly held or if private or a partnership, the owners and partners of each of the
Loan Parties) and (xi) the industry or nature of business of such Loan Party.

(c)               Capitalization of Holdings. Set forth on Schedule 5.20(c), is the following information which is true and complete in
all respects as of the Closing Date and as of the last date such Schedule was required to be updated in accordance with Section 6.02: (i) the
number of shares of each class of Equity Interests of Holdings outstanding, (ii) the number and percentage of outstanding shares of each
class of Equity Interests of Holdings, (iii) the identity of the Holders of each of the Equity Interests of Holdings and (iv) the class or nature
of such Equity Interests (i.e. voting, non-voting, preferred, etc.).

5.21          Collateral Representations.

(a)                              Collateral  Documents.  The  provisions  of  the  Collateral  Documents  are  effective  to  create  in  favor  of  the
Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a legal, valid and enforceable first priority Lien (subject only to Permitted Liens
which, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, are permitted to have priority over the Administrative Agent’s Liens thereon) on all right,
title and interest of the respective Loan Parties in the Collateral described therein. Except for filings completed prior to the Closing Date
and as contemplated hereby and by the Collateral Documents, no filing or other action will be necessary to perfect or protect such Liens.

(b)               Intellectual Property. Set forth on Schedule 5.21(b), as of the Closing Date and as of the last date such Schedule was
required to be updated in accordance with Section 6.02, is a list of all registered or issued Intellectual Property (including all applications
for registration and issuance) owned by each of the Loan Parties or that each of the Loan Parties has the right to use and that are material to
the business or operations of the Loan Parties (including the name/title, current owner, registration or application number, and registration
or application date and such other information as reasonably requested by the Lead Arranger).

(c)               Documents, Instrument, and Tangible Chattel Paper . Set forth on Schedule 5.21(c), as of the Closing Date and as of
the last date such Schedule was required to be updated in accordance with Section 6.02, is a description of all Documents, Instruments, and
Tangible Chattel Paper of the Loan Parties (including the Loan Party owning such Document, Instrument and Tangible Chattel Paper and
such other information as reasonably requested by the Lead Arranger) with a fair market value, individually, in excess of the Threshold
Amount.

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)               Deposit Accounts, Electronic Chattel Paper, Letter-of-Credit Rights, and Securities Accounts.

(i)                  Set forth on Schedule 5.21(d)(i), as of the Closing Date and as of the last date such Schedule was required to
be updated in accordance with Section 6.02, is a description of all Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts of the Loan Parties,
including the name of (A) the applicable Loan Party, (B) in the case of a Deposit Account, the depository institution and average
amount  held  in  such  Deposit Account  and  whether  such  account  is  an  Excluded Account,  and  (C)  in  the  case  of  a  Securities
Account,  the  Securities  Intermediary  or  issuer  and  the  average  aggregate  market  value  held  in  such  Securities  Account,  as
applicable.

(ii)               Set forth on Schedule 5.21(d)(ii), as of the Closing Date and as of the last date such Schedule was required to
be updated in accordance with Section 6.02, is a description of all Electronic Chattel Paper (as defined in the UCC) and Letter-of-
Credit  Rights  (as  defined  in  the  UCC)  of  the  Loan  Parties,  in  each  case,  with  a  fair  market  value,  individually,  in  excess  of  the
Threshold Amount, including the name of (A) the applicable Loan Party, (B) in the case of Electronic Chattel Paper (as defined in
the  UCC),  the  account  debtor  and  (C)  in  the  case  of  Letter-of-Credit  Rights  (as  defined  in  the  UCC),  the  issuer  or  nominated
person, as applicable.

(e)               Commercial Tort Claims. Set forth on Schedule 5.21(e), as of the Closing Date and as of the last date such Schedule
was required to be updated in accordance with Section 6.02, is a description of all Commercial Tort Claims of the Loan Parties in each
case, with a fair market value, individually, in excess of the Threshold Amount (detailing such Commercial Tort Claims in such detail as
reasonably requested by the Lead Arranger).

(f)                 Pledged Equity Interests. Set forth on Schedule 5.21(f), as of the Closing Date and as of the last date such Schedule
was required to be updated in accordance with Section 6.02, is a list of (i) all Pledged Equity and (ii) all other Equity Interests required to
be pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Collateral Documents (in each case, detailing the Grantor (as defined in the Security
Agreement), the Person whose Equity Interests are pledged, the number of shares of each class of Equity Interests, the certificate number
and percentage ownership of outstanding shares of each class of Equity Interests and the class or nature of such Equity Interests (i.e. voting,
non-voting, preferred, etc.).

(g)               Properties. Set forth on Schedule 5.21(g)(i), as of the Closing Date and as of the last date such Schedule was required
to be updated in accordance with Section 6.02, is a list of all Mortgaged Properties (including (i) the name of the Loan Party owning) such
Mortgaged Property, (ii) the number of buildings located on such Mortgaged Property, (iii) the property address, (iv) the city, county, state
and zip code which such Mortgaged Property is located. Set forth on Schedule 5.21(g)(ii), as of the Closing Date and as of the last date
such Schedule was required to be updated in accordance with Section 6.02, is a list of (A) each headquarters location of the Loan Parties,
(B) each other location where any significant administrative or governmental functions are performed, (C) each other location where the
Loan  Parties  maintain  any  books  or  records  (electronic  or  otherwise)  and  (D)  each  location  where  any  personal  property  Collateral  is
located  at  any  premises  owned  or  leased  by  a  Loan  Party  with  a  Collateral  value  in  excess  of  $500,000  (in  each  case,  including  (1)  an
indication if such location is leased or owned, (2), if leased, the name of the lessor, and if owned, the name of the Loan Party owning such
property, (3) the address of such property (including, the city, county, state and zip code) and (4) to the extent owned, the approximate fair
market value of such property).

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(h)               Material Contracts. Set forth on Schedule 5.21(h), as of the Closing Date and as of the last date such Schedule was
required to be updated in accordance with Section 6.02, is a complete and accurate list of all Material Contracts of each Borrower and its
Subsidiaries.

5.22          SBA Forms.

All information and representations contained in each of the SBA Forms delivered to the Lead Arranger are true and accurate as of

the Closing Date.

5.23          Broker’s Fees.

Neither  any  Loan  Party  nor  any  Subsidiary  has  any  obligation  to  any  Person  in  respect  of  any  finder’s,  broker’s,  investment
banking or other similar fee in connection with the Transaction or the Vintage Stock Acquisition other than fees that will have been paid
on or prior to the date hereof.

5.24          Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.

Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names,
copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises, licenses and other intellectual property rights that are reasonably necessary for the operation
of  their  respective  businesses,  as  currently  conducted  or  proposed  to  be  conducted,  without,  to  the  best  knowledge  of  each  Borrower,
conflict  with  the  rights  of  any  other  Person.  To  the  best  knowledge  of  each  Borrower,  no  slogan  or  other  advertising  device,  product,
process, method, substance, part or other material now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by any Loan Party or any of its
Subsidiaries infringes upon any rights held by any other Person. No claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the
best knowledge of each Borrower, threatened.

5.25          Labor Matters.

There  are  no  collective  bargaining  agreements  or  Multiemployer  Plans  covering  the  employees  of  any  Borrower  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries  as  of  the  Closing  Date  and  neither  any  Borrower  nor  any  Subsidiary  has  suffered  any  strikes,  walkouts,  work  stoppages  or
other material labor dispute within the last three (3) years preceding the Closing Date.

5.26          Vintage Stock Acquisition Agreement .

The  Borrowers  have  delivered  to  the Administrative Agent  and  the  Lead Arranger  a  complete  and  correct  copy  of  the  Vintage
Stock Acquisition Agreement (including all schedules, exhibits, amendments, supplements, modifications and assignments thereof and, to
the extent reasonably requested by the Lead Arranger, all other material documents delivered pursuant thereto or in connection therewith).
As of the Closing Date, neither Holdings nor any other Borrowers are in default in any material respect in the performance or compliance
with any provisions thereof. The Vintage Stock Acquisition Agreement is in full force and effect as of the Closing Date, and it has not been
terminated,  rescinded  or  withdrawn. All  requisite  material  approvals  by  Governmental Authorities  having  jurisdiction  over  each  of  the
parties to the Vintage Stock Acquisition Agreement, with respect to the transactions contemplated thereby, have been obtained, and no such
approvals impose any conditions to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Vintage Stock Acquisition Agreement or to
the conduct by any Borrower of its business thereafter which have not been satisfied or fulfilled or will be as of the Closing Date. As of the
Closing Date, each of the representations and warranties given by any Loan Party in the Vintage Stock Acquisition Agreement is true and
correct in all material respects. As of the Closing Date, each of the representations and warranties given by any Person (other than a Loan
Party) in the Vintage Stock Acquisition Agreement is, to the knowledge of Holdings and each Borrower, true and correct in all material
respects.

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE VI

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each of the Loan Parties hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date and thereafter until the Facility Termination Date,

such Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

6.01          Financial Statements.

Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and detail satisfactory to the Lead Arranger:

(a)               Audited Financial Statements . As soon as available, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the
end of each fiscal year of the Borrowers (which such 120-days may be extended by up to fifteen (15) days at the sole discretion of the Lead
Arranger), a Consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the
related Consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal
year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year (but, in each case, only to the extent that the
Borrowers have completed a full fiscal year to compare), all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, and including
management  discussion  and  analysis  of  operating  results  inclusive  of  operating  metrics  in  comparative  form,  with  (i)  such  Consolidated
statements  to  be  audited  and  accompanied  by  a  report  and  opinion  of Anton  +  Chia  or  other  independent  certified  public  accountant  of
nationally  or  regionally  recognized  standing  reasonably  acceptable  to  the  Lead Arranger,  which  report  and  opinion  shall  be  prepared  in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or
any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit, and (ii) such consolidating statements to be certified by the chief executive
officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller that is a Responsible Officer of the Borrowers to the effect that such statements are
fairly  stated  in  all  material  respects  when  considered  in  relation  to  the  Consolidated  financial  statements  of  each  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries.

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)               Quarterly Financial Statements. As soon as available, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each
fiscal quarter of each fiscal year of the Borrowers, a Consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries as
at  the  end  of  such  fiscal  quarter,  and  the  related  Consolidated  and  consolidating  statements  of  income  or  operations,  changes  in
shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Borrowers’ fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each
case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the
previous fiscal year, together with a comparison to the business plan and budget described in clause (d) below, all in reasonable detail and
prepared in accordance with GAAP and including management discussion and analysis of operating results inclusive of operating metrics in
comparative form, such Consolidated statements to be certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller
who is a Responsible Officer of the Borrowers as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and
cash flows of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes and such
consolidating statements to be certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller that is a Responsible
Officer  of  the  Borrowers  to  the  effect  that  such  statements  are  fairly  stated  in  all  material  respects  when  considered  in  relation  to  the
Consolidated financial statements of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

(c)               Monthly Financial Statements. As soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each
calendar month, a Consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such month, and the
related Consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such month
and  for  the  portion  of  each  Borrower’s  fiscal  year  then  ended,  setting  forth  in  each  case  in  comparative  form  the  figures  for  the
corresponding month of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, together with a comparison to
the business plan and budget described in clause (d) below, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP and including
management discussion and analysis of operating results inclusive of operating metrics in comparative form, such Consolidated statements
to be certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller who is a Responsible Officer of the Borrowers as
fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
subject  only  to  normal  year-end  audit  adjustments  and  the  absence  of  footnotes  and  such  consolidating  statements  to  be  certified  by  the
chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller that is a Responsible Officer of the Borrowers to the effect that such
statements are fairly stated in all material respects when considered in relation to the Consolidated financial statements of each Borrower
and its Subsidiaries.

(d)               Business Plan and Budget. As soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal
year of the Borrowers, an annual business plan and budget of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis for the fiscal year
immediately following such fiscal year, including forecasts prepared by management of each Borrower, in form reasonably satisfactory to
the  Lead Arranger,  of  Consolidated  balance  sheets  and  statements  of  income  or  operations  and  cash  flows  of  each  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries on a monthly basis for the immediately following fiscal year.

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.02          Certificates; Other Information.

Deliver  to  the Administrative Agent  and  each  Lender,  in  form  and  detail  satisfactory  to  the  Lead Arranger  (collectively,  the

“Borrower Materials”):

(a)               Accountants’ Certificate. Concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a), a
certificate of its independent certified public accountants certifying such financial statements and stating that in making the examination
necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of any Default or Event of Default or, if any such Default or Event of Default shall exist,
stating the nature and status of such event (it being understood that such certificate shall be limited to the items that independent certified
public accountants are permitted to and customarily cover in such certificates pursuant to their professional standards and customs of the
profession).

(b)               Compliance Certificate. Concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and
(b), (i) a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller which
is  a  Responsible  Officer  of  the  Borrowers,  and  (ii)  a  copy  of  management’s  discussion  and  analysis  with  respect  to  such  financial
statements.  Unless  the Administrative Agent  or  a  Lender  requests  executed  originals,  delivery  of  the  Compliance  Certificate  may  be  by
electronic communication including fax or email and shall be deemed to be an original and authentic counterpart thereof for all purposes.

(c)               Updated Schedules. Concurrently with the delivery of the Compliance Certificate referred to in Section 6.02(b), the
following updated Schedules to this Agreement (which may be attached to the Compliance Certificate) to the extent required to make the
representation  related  to  such  Schedule  true  and  correct  as  of  the  date  of  such  Compliance  Certificate: Schedules 1.01(c), 5.10,  5.20(a),
5.20(b), 5.21(b), 5.21(c), 5.21(d)(i), 5.21(d)(ii), 5.21(e), 5.21(f), 5.21(g)(i), 5.21(g)(ii) and 5.21(h).

(d)               Calculations. Concurrently with the delivery of the Compliance Certificate referred to in Section 6.02(b) required to be
delivered with the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a), a certificate (which may be included in such Compliance Certificate)
including (i) a calculation of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year, (ii) the amount of all Restricted Payments, Investments, Dispositions,
Capital  Expenditures,  Debt  Issuances  and  Equity  Issuance  that  were  made  during  the  prior  fiscal  year  and  (iii)  amounts  received  in
connection with any Extraordinary Receipt during the prior fiscal year.

(e)               Changes in Entity Structure. Within ten (10) days prior to any merger, consolidation, dissolution or other change in
entity structure of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries permitted pursuant to the terms hereof, provide written notice of such change in
entity  structure  to  the  Administrative  Agent  and  Lead  Arranger,  along  with  such  other  information  as  reasonably  requested  by  the
Administrative Agent or Lead Arranger. Provide written notice to the Administrative Agent, not less than ten (10) days prior to (or such
lesser period of time as agreed to by the Lead Arranger) any change in any Loan Party’s legal name, state of organization, or organizational
existence.

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f)                 Audit Reports; Management Letters; Recommendations. Promptly after any request by the Administrative Agent or
any Lender, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit
committee of the board of directors) of any Loan Party by independent accountants in connection with the accounts or books of any Loan
Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or any audit of any of them.

(g)               [Reserved];

(h)                              Debt  Securities  Statements  and  Reports.  Promptly  after  the  furnishing  thereof,  copies  of  any  material  written
statement  (financial  or  otherwise)  or  written  report  (including,  without  limitation,  any  collateral  reporting,  “availability  certificate”  or
similar report) furnished to any holder of material debt securities (including, without limitation, the ABL Facility Loans) of any Loan Party
or  of  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  any  indenture,  loan  or  credit  or  similar  agreement  documenting  any  material
Indebtedness of the Loan Parties and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01 or any other clause of
this Section.

(i)                  Notices. Not later than five (5) Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof,
copies of all material written notices, requests and other documents (including amendments, waivers, and other modifications) so received
under or pursuant to any Vintage Stock Acquisition Related Document (including, without limitation, any notice or communication with
respect  to  any  actual  or  alleged  “Environmental  Liabilities”  thereunder),  any ABL  Facility  Document  (including,  without  limitation,  all
“availability  certificates”,  amendments,  supplements,  consent  letters,  waivers,  forbearances,  restatements  or  modifications  to  the  terms
thereof or in connection therewith) or any instrument, indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement documenting material Indebtedness of
the Loan Parties and, from time to time upon reasonable request by the Lead Arranger, such information and reports regarding the Vintage
Stock Acquisition  Related  Documents,  the ABL  Facility  Documents  and  such  instruments,  indentures  and  loan  and  credit  and  similar
agreements as the Lead Arranger may reasonably request.

(j)                  Environmental Notice. Not later than ten (10) Business Days after the assertion or occurrence thereof, notice of any
Environmental  Claim,  Environmental  Liability,  action  or  proceeding  against,  or  of  any  noncompliance  by,  any  Loan  Party  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries  under  any  Environmental  Law  or  Environmental  Permit  that  could  (i)  reasonably  be  expected  to  have  a  Material Adverse
Effect  or  (ii)  cause  any  property  described  in  the  Mortgages  to  be  subject  to  any  material  restrictions  on  ownership,  occupancy,  use  or
transferability under any Environmental Law.

(k)               Additional Information. Promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial, legal or corporate
affairs of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent, any
Lender or the Lead Arranger may from time to time reasonably request.

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.03          Notices.

Promptly, but in any event within three (3) Business Days, notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender in writing:

(a)               of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

(b)               of any matter that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including any
matter  that  has  resulted  or  would  reasonably  be  expected  to  result  in  a  Material Adverse  Effect  as  a  result  of  (i)  the  breach  or  non-
performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of Holdings or any Subsidiary or (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation,
proceeding or suspension between Holdings or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority;

(c)               of the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting Holdings or any
Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws, that would reasonably be expected to result in liability in excess of
$250,000;

(d)               of the occurrence of any ERISA Event which is known to Borrowers or which Borrowers have reason to know of and

which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(e)               of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary;

(f)                

of  any  (i)  occurrence  of  any  Disposition  of  property  or  assets  for  which  the  Borrowers  are  required  to  make  a
mandatory  prepayment  pursuant  to  Section  2.05(b)(ii),  (ii)  Equity  Issuance  for  which  the  Borrowers  are  required  to  make  a  mandatory
prepayment  pursuant  to  Section  2.05(b)(iii),  (iii)  Debt  Issuance  for  which  the  Borrowers  are  required  to  make  a  mandatory  prepayment
pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(iv), and (iv) receipt of any Extraordinary Receipt for which the Borrowers are required to make a mandatory
prepayment pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(v); and

(g)               of any default or event of default with respect to the ABL Facility (as well as any notice, if any, received with respect

thereto, including a copy thereof).

Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrowers setting
forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and to the extent applicable, stating what action the Borrowers have taken and proposes to
take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall describe with reasonable particularity any and all provisions of this
Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.

6.04          Payment of Obligations; Tax Returns.

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)               Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including (i) all Tax
liabilities, material assessments and material governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets, unless the same are being
contested  in  good  faith  by  appropriate  proceedings  diligently  conducted  and  adequate  reserves  in  accordance  with  GAAP  are  being
maintained by the Borrowers or such Subsidiary; (ii) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property; and
(iii) all Indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement
evidencing such Indebtedness, except, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) herein, in respect of liabilities, Liens or Indebtedness, in each
case, individually, below the Threshold Amount.

(b)               Timely file all Tax returns.

6.05          Preservation of Existence, Etc.

(a)               Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the
jurisdiction of its organization, except (i) in a transaction permitted by Sections 7.04(a), (f), (g), and (h); and (ii) with respect to the good
standing of the Loan Parties, where such failure would not have a Material Adverse Effect and any such failure is corrected within ten (10)
days after the Loan Parties become aware of such failure;

(b)               take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in
the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect; and

(c)               preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation or non-

renewal of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.06          Maintenance of Properties.

(a)               Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in

good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted;

(b)               make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except where the failure to do so could not

reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c)               use the standard of care typical in the industry in the operation and maintenance of its facilities.

6.07          Maintenance of Insurance.

(a)               Maintenance of Insurance. Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of any
Borrower, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons
engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance compatible with the
following  standards)  as  are  customarily  carried  under  similar  circumstances  by  such  other  Persons,  including,  without  limitation,
(i) terrorism insurance and (ii) flood hazard insurance on all Mortgaged Properties that are Flood Hazard Properties, on such terms and in
such amounts as required by the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994.

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)                              Evidence  of  Insurance.  Cause  the Administrative Agent  to  be  named  as  lenders’  loss  payable,  loss  payee  or
mortgagee, as its interest may appear, and/or additional insured with respect of any such insurance providing liability coverage or coverage
in respect of any Collateral, and cause, unless otherwise agreed to by the Lead Arranger, each provider of any such insurance to agree, by
endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to the Administrative Agent that it will give
the Administrative Agent  thirty  (30)  days  prior  written  notice  before  any  such  policy  or  policies  shall  be  altered  or  cancelled  (or  ten
(10)  days  prior  notice  in  the  case  of  cancellation  due  to  the  nonpayment  of  premiums). Annually,  upon  expiration  of  current  insurance
coverage, the Loan Parties shall provide, or cause to be provided, to the Administrative Agent, such evidence of insurance as reasonably
required by the Lead Arranger, including, but not limited to: (i) certified copies of such insurance policies, (ii) evidence of such insurance
policies  (including,  without  limitation  and  as  applicable,  ACORD  Form  28  certificates  (or  similar  form  of  insurance  certificate),  and
ACORD Form 25 certificates (or similar form of insurance certificate)), (iii) declaration pages for each insurance policy and (iv) lender’s
loss payable endorsements if the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties is not on the declarations page for such policy.
As requested by the Administrative Agent, the Loan Parties agree to deliver to the Administrative Agent an authorization to share insurance
information (or such other form as required by each of the Loan Parties’ insurance companies).

(c)               Redesignation. Promptly notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any Mortgaged Property that is, or becomes, a

Flood Hazard Property.

6.08          Compliance with Laws.

Observe and remain in compliance with all applicable Laws and all applicable orders, writs, injunctions and decrees and maintain
in full force and effect all Governmental Approvals, in each case applicable or necessary to the conduct of its business including, without
limitation, all Environmental Laws and all Governmental Approvals required thereunder, except to the extent that such failure could not
result in a Material Adverse Effect.

6.09          Books and Records.

Maintain  proper  books  of  record  and  account,  in  which  full,  true  and  correct  entries  in  all  material  respects  in  conformity  with
GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of such Loan Party or
such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

6.10          Inspection Rights and Board Observation Rights.

(a)               Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, upon reasonable
prior notice, to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or
abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants, all at
the  expense  of  the  Borrowers  and  at  such  reasonable  times  during  normal  business  hours  once  per  fiscal  year,  upon  reasonable  advance
notice to the Borrowers; provided that, when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective
representatives  or  independent  contractors)  may  do  any  of  the  foregoing  at  the  expense  of  the  Borrowers  at  any  time  during  normal
business  hours  as  often  as  may  be  reasonably  desired  and  without  advance  notice.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  in  this
Section 6.10, none of Holdings, any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or
making  copies  or  abstracts  of,  or  discussion  of,  any  document,  information  or  other  matter  that  (i)  in  respect  of  which  disclosure  to  the
Administrative Agent  or  any  Lender  (or  their  respective  representatives  or  contractors)  is  prohibited  by  any  requirement  of  Law  or  any
binding agreement or (ii) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product.

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)               The Lead Arranger shall have the right to appoint an observer (the “Observer”) to the governing body of Holdings and
each Loan Party (each, a “Board of Directors”), who shall be entitled to attend (or at the option of such Observer, monitor by telephone) all
meetings of such Board of Directors and each committee and sub-committee of such Board of Directors (other than any portions of any
meetings of the Board of Directors or any of its committees that involve the exchange of privileged attorney-client information or work
product) but shall not be entitled to vote, and who shall receive all reports, meeting materials (including copies of all board presentations),
notices,  written  consents,  minutes  and  other  materials  (in  each  case  other  than  any  portions  of  such  reports  or  materials  that  contain
information  (x)  that  is  subject  to  a  third  party’s  confidentiality  arrangement  which  prohibits  dissemination  of  such  information  to  such
Observer pursuant to the terms therein or (y) that is subject to the attorney-client privilege) as and when provided to the members of the
Board of Directors. Borrowers shall reimburse the Observer for the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred by
any such Observer in connection with such attendance at or participation in such meetings. Holdings and each Loan Party shall hold at least
four (4) meetings of its Board of Directors in each fiscal year, at least one (1) meeting of which shall be held in-person. In the event that
significant  matters  (including  matters  concerning  strategy,  financial  health  and  performance)  customarily  determined  by  the  Board  of
Directors  who  is  the  same  governing  body  of  the  Loan  Parties  cease  to  be  determined  by  the  Board  of  Directors  (including  by  way  of
delegation to any committee), then Holdings shall cause board rights substantially similar to those granted in this Section 6.10 to be granted
to such Observer by such committees or Loan Parties as the Lead Arranger reasonably determines are appropriate to maintain the scope and
intent of the observation rights granted in this Section 6.10.

6.11          Use of Proceeds.

The  proceeds  of  the  Term  Loan  will  be  used  only  to  finance  the  Vintage  Stock Acquisition,  to  pay  certain  fees  and  expenses

incurred in connection therewith, and to fund general working capital requirements of the Borrowers.

6.12          Material Contracts.

Except, in each case, to the extent the Loan Parties determine, in the exercise of their good faith business judgment, that to do so
would not be commercially reasonable under the circumstances, maintain each such Material Contract in full force and effect (except to the
extent  that  such  Material  Contract  expires  or  terminates  pursuant  to  its  terms,  other  than  in  connection  with  a  default  pursuant  to  such
Material Contract), enforce each such Material Contract in accordance with its terms (other than failure to perform, observe, maintain or
enforce immaterial contract terms which could not reasonably be expected to result in a termination right under such Material Contract),
and,  in  each  case,  to  the  extent  it  would  be  commercially  reasonable  in  the  good  faith  business  judgment  of  the  Loan  Parties  or
Subsidiaries, make to each other party to each such Material Contract such demands and requests for information and reports or for action
as any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is entitled to make under such Material Contract, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to do so.

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.13          Additional Guarantors; Additional Collateral.

(a)               Additional Collateral. Subject to each of the provisions contained in this Section 6.13, with respect to any property
acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party that is of the type subject to the Lien created by the Security Agreement on the Closing
Date but is not so subject, the Borrowers shall (or shall cause the applicable Loan Party to) promptly (and in any event within five (5) days
after the acquisition thereof, or such longer period in the sole discretion of the Lead Arranger) (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative
Agent such amendments or supplements to the Collateral Documents or such other documents as the Lead Arranger shall deem necessary
or reasonably advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for its benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties, a Lien on such
property, subject to no Liens other than those permitted by Section 7.01, and (ii) take all actions reasonably requested by the Lead Arranger
to cause such Lien to be duly perfected to the extent required by such Collateral Document in accordance with all applicable requirements
of  Law,  including  the  filing  of  financing  statements  in  all  applicable  jurisdictions.  The  Borrowers  shall  otherwise  take  such  actions  and
execute and/or deliver to the Administrative Agent such documents as the Lead Arranger shall reasonably require to confirm the validity,
perfection and priority of the Lien of the Collateral Documents on such after-acquired properties. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes
of this Section 6.13, (i) no Loan Party shall be required to take any action with respect to assets to the extent that (x) the creation, perfection
or priority of Liens in and to such assets is determined under the law of a jurisdiction outside of the United States, or (y) the costs to the
Loan Parties of executing any such Mortgage or any such Security Documents described herein are unreasonably excessive (as reasonably
determined  by  the  Lead Arranger  in  consultation  with  the  Borrowers)  in  relation  to  the  benefits  to  the Administrative Agent  and  the
Lenders of the security or guarantee afforded thereby.

(b)               Domestic Subsidiaries. With respect to any Person that is or becomes a Domestic Subsidiary of a Loan Party after the
Closing, Holdings and the Borrowers shall promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days after such person becomes a Domestic
Subsidiary, or such longer period in the sole discretion of the Lead Arranger) (i) subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, deliver
to the Administrative Agent the certificates, if any, representing all of the Equity Interests of such Domestic Subsidiary owned by a Loan
Party, together with undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed and delivered in blank by a duly authorized
officer of the holder(s) of such Equity Interests that are Loan Parties, and, to the extent required by any Loan Document, all intercompany
notes  owing  from  such  Domestic  Subsidiary  to  any  Loan  Party,  in  each  case,  with  a  fair  market  value,  individually,  in  excess  of  the
Threshold Amount, together with instruments of transfer executed and delivered in blank by a duly authorized officer of such Loan Party,
(ii)  cause  such  new  Domestic  Subsidiary  (A)  to  become  a  Guarantor  by  executing  and  delivering  to  the Administrative Agent  a  duly
executed Joinder Agreement (or such other document as the Lead Arranger shall deem reasonably appropriate for such purpose) and such
other documentation as the Lead Arranger shall reasonably request, whereby such Domestic Subsidiary shall guarantee the obligations of
the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents, (B) to execute a joinder or supplement to the Security Agreement or such other document as
the  Lead Arranger  shall  deem  reasonably  appropriate  for  such  purpose,  to  grant  to  the Administrative Agent,  for  its  benefit  and  for  the
benefit  of  the  other  Secured  Parties,  a  security  interest  in  all  Collateral  (subject  to  the  exceptions  specified  in  the  Security Agreement)
owned by such Domestic Subsidiary and (C) to take all actions necessary or reasonably advisable in the opinion of the Lead Arranger to
cause the Lien created by the applicable Collateral Document to be duly perfected to the extent required by such agreement in accordance
with all applicable requirements of Law (with first priority, subject only to Permitted Liens which, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement,
are  permitted  to  have  priority  over  the  Administrative  Agent’s  Liens  thereon),  including  the  filing  of  financing  statements  in  such
jurisdictions as may be reasonably requested by the Lead Arranger, (iii) deliver to the Administrative Agent documents of the types referred
to  in  Section  4.01(a)  with  respect  to  such  Domestic  Subsidiary  and,  if  requested  by  the  Lead Arranger,  favorable  opinions  of  counsel
(limited  to  one  (1)  per  applicable  jurisdiction  and  which  shall  cover,  among  other  things,  the  legality,  validity,  binding  effect,
enforceability, creation and perfection of the documentation referred to above), all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the
Lead Arranger and (iv) deliver to the Administrative Agent updated  Schedules 5.20(a), 5.20(b), 5.21(b), 5.21(f) 5.21(g)(i)  and 5.21(g)(ii),
and updated Schedules to the Security Agreement, as are necessary such that, as updated, such Schedules would be accurate and complete
in all material respects.

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)               Real Property. If any Loan Party acquires a fee ownership interest in any real property (“Real Estate”) after the Closing
Date  and  such  Real  Estate  has  a  fair  market  value  in  excess  of  $250,000,  it  shall  provide  to  the Administrative Agent  within  forty-five
(45) days of such acquisition (or such extended period of time as agreed to by the Lead Arranger) a Mortgage and such Mortgaged Property
Support  Documents  as  the  Lead Arranger  may  reasonably  request  to  cause  such  Real  Estate  to  be  subject  at  all  times  to  a  first  priority,
perfected  Lien  (subject  only  to  Permitted  Liens  which,  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  this Agreement,  are  permitted  to  have  priority  over  the
Administrative Agent’s  Liens  thereon)  in  favor  of  the Administrative Agent  for  the  benefit  of  the  Secured  Parties  to  secure  the  Secured
Obligations pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Collateral Documents.

(d)               Landlord Waivers. In the case of each location at which the Loan Parties maintain books and records and each other
location as the Lead Arranger may require, the Loan Parties will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the Administrative Agent
with such estoppel letters, consents and waivers from the landlords on such real property to the extent requested by the Lead Arranger (such
letters, consents and waivers shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Lead Arranger and the Administrative Agent).

(e)               Account Control Agreements . Each of the Loan Parties shall not open, maintain or otherwise have any deposit or
other accounts (including securities accounts) at any bank or other financial institution, or any other account where money or securities are
or  may  be  deposited  or  maintained  with  any  Person,  other  than  (a)  the  accounts  set  forth  on Schedule 6.13  and  designated  as  Excluded
Accounts; provided that, the balance in any such account does not exceed $50,000 and the aggregate balance in all such accounts does not
exceed $150,000, (b) deposit accounts that are maintained at all times with depositary institutions as to which the Administrative Agent
shall have received a Qualifying Control Agreement, (c) securities accounts that are maintained at all times with financial institutions as to
which the Administrative Agent shall have received a Qualifying Control Agreement, (d) deposit accounts established solely as payroll and
other zero balance accounts, (e) other deposit accounts, so long as at any time the balance in any such account does not exceed $50,000 and
the aggregate balance in all such accounts does not exceed $150,000 and (f) any other Excluded Account.

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f)                Further Assurances. At any time upon reasonable request of the Lead Arranger, promptly execute and deliver any and
all further instruments and documents and take all such other action as the Lead Arranger may deem necessary or reasonably desirable to
maintain in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, Liens and insurance rights on the Collateral that are
duly perfected in accordance with the requirements of, or the obligations of the Loan Parties under, the Loan Documents and all applicable
Laws.

(g)               Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time any Person guarantees any obligation of any
Person under any ABL Facility Document and such Person is not a Guarantor under the Loan Documents at the time of such Guarantee,
such Person shall be required to become a Guarantor hereunder in accordance with the terms of this Section 6.13 mutatis mutandis.

6.14          Further Assurances.

Promptly  upon  the  reasonable  request  by  the  Administrative  Agent  or  the  Lead  Arranger,  or  any  Lender  through  the
Administrative  Agent,  (a)  correct  any  material  defect  or  error  that  may  be  discovered  in  any  Loan  Document  or  in  the  execution,
acknowledgment,  filing  or  recordation  thereof,  and  (b)  do,  execute,  acknowledge,  deliver,  record,  re-record,  file,  re-file,  register  and  re-
register  any  and  all  such  further  acts,  deeds,  certificates,  assurances  and  other  instruments  as  the Administrative Agent,  or  any  Lender
through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably require from time to time in order to (i) carry out more effectively the purposes of the
Loan  Documents,  (ii)  to  the  fullest  extent  permitted  by  applicable  Law,  subject  any  Loan  Party’s  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries’  properties,
assets, rights or interests to the Liens now or hereafter intended to be covered by any of the Collateral Documents in accordance with the
terms hereof or thereof, (iii) perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Collateral Documents and any of the
Liens intended to be created thereunder and (iv) assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm more effectively unto
the Secured Parties the rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to the Secured Parties under any Loan Document or under
any other instrument executed in connection with any Loan Document to which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is or is to be a
party, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to do so.

6.15          Compliance with Terms of Leaseholds.

Make all payments and otherwise perform all obligations in respect of all leases of real property to which any Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries is a party, keep such leases in full force and effect and not allow such leases to lapse or be terminated or any rights to renew
such leases to be forfeited or cancelled, notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any default by any party with respect to such leases
and cooperate with the Administrative Agent in all respects to cure any such default, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to do so, except, in
any  case,  where  the  failure  to  do  so,  either  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  would  not  be  reasonably  likely  to  have  a  Material Adverse
Effect.

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.16          Compliance with Environmental Laws.

Comply, and cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply, in all material respects, with all
applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits; obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and
properties;  and  conduct  any  investigation,  study,  sampling  and  testing,  and  undertake  any  cleanup,  removal,  remedial  or  other  action
necessary to correct any material violation under any Environmental Law or to remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials from any of its
properties, to the extent required by and in accordance with any Environmental Law; provided, that neither any Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries shall be required to undertake any such cleanup, removal, remedial or other action to the extent that its obligation to do so is
being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and appropriate reserves are being maintained with respect to such circumstances
in accordance with GAAP.

6.17          Anti-Corruption Laws.

Conduct its business in compliance with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act 2010 and
other similar anti-corruption Laws in other jurisdictions and maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance
with such Laws.

6.18          Post-Closing Matters.

Execute and deliver the documents and complete the tasks set forth on Schedule 6.18, in each case within the time limits specified
on such schedule, it being understood that each such time limit may be extended by the Lead Arranger (with notice to the Administrative
Agent) in its sole discretion, so long as the Loan Parties are working diligently in good faith to complete, or cause  their  Subsidiaries  to
complete, the applicable requirement as determined by the Lead Arranger in its sole discretion.

6.19          Account Access.

With respect to any deposit or other accounts (including securities accounts and Excluded Accounts) at any bank or other financial
institution, or any other account where money or securities are or may be deposited or maintained with any Person, ensure Rodney Spriggs,
Ken Caviness and Seth Bayless are the sole Persons who are authorized signatories and with access to all such accounts of the Loan Parties
on behalf of such Loan Parties.

6.20          Modifications to ABL Facility Documents.

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any amendment of modification to the ABL Facility Documents
amends or modifies any representation and warranty, covenant (including any financial covenant), event of default or other term contained
in the ABL Facility Documents (or any related definitions), in each case, in a manner that is more restrictive than the applicable provisions
permit as of the date thereof, or if any amendment or modification to the ABL Credit Agreement or other ABL Facility Document adds an
additional representation and warranty, covenant, event of default therein, the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties acknowledge and agree
that  this Agreement  or  the  other  Loan  Documents,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall  be  automatically  amended  or  modified  to  affect  similar
amendments or modifications with respect to this Agreement or such other Loan Documents (preserving any cushions that may exist with
respect to financial covenants), without the need for any further action or consent by any Borrower, the Loan Parties, or any other party. In
furtherance of the foregoing, the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties permit the Lenders to document each such similar amendment or
modification to this Agreement or such other Loan Documents or insert a corresponding new representation and warranty, covenant, event
of default or other provision in this Agreement or such other Loan Documents without any need for any further action or consent by any
Borrower, the other Loan Parties or any other party.

6.21          Key Man Life Insurance.

With respect to any key-man life insurance policies obtained by any Loan Party, the owner and beneficiary shall be the applicable
Loan Party and all proceeds shall be collaterally assigned to the Administrative Agent pursuant to collateral assignment agreements (the
“Key-Man Collateral Assignment Agreements”) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Arranger and the Administrative
Agent. So long as such life insurance policy is owned or held by such Loan Party, the Borrowers shall maintain the collateral assignment to
the Lenders of all proceeds of such key-man life insurance policy, subject to the immediately preceding sentence.

6.22          First Lien Credit Enhancements.

If any ABL Facility Lender receives any additional guaranty or other credit enhancement after the Closing Date from the Loan
Parties  or  any  of  their Affiliates,  Borrowers  shall  cause  the  same  to  be  granted  to  the Administrative Agent  and  Lenders,  subject  to  the
terms of the Intercreditor Agreement

6.23          Landlord Consents.

With respect to landlord consents for the leased properties listed on Schedule 6.23, the Loan Parties shall obtain all such consents
within one hundred twenty (120) days of the Closing Date (the “Landlord Consent Period”); provided that, failure to obtain such consents
shall  not  constitute  an  Event  of  Default  unless  consents  remain  outstanding  on  more  than  six  (6)  leased  properties  at  the  end  of  the
Landlord Consent Period.  

ARTICLE VII

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Each of the Loan Parties hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date and thereafter until the Facility Termination Date,

no Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

7.01          Liens.

Create,  incur,  assume  or  suffer  to  exist  any  Lien  upon  any  of  its  property,  assets  or  revenues,  whether  now  owned  or  hereafter

acquired, except for the following (the “Permitted Liens”):

(a)               Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;

(b)               Liens existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.01 and any renewals or extensions thereof; provided that,
(i) the property covered thereby is not changed, (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased except as contemplated by
Section 7.02(b), and (iii) any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is permitted by Section 7.02(b);

(c)               Liens for Taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently

conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

(d)               statutory Liens such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, landlord’s or other like
Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than forty-five (45) days or which are being
contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the
books of the applicable Loan Party or Subsidiary;

(e)               pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment

insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA;

(f)                 deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations,

surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(g)               easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which do not materially

interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;

(h)               Liens securing judgments for the payment of money (or appeal or other surety bonds relating to such judgments) not

constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h);

(i)                 

Liens  securing  Indebtedness  permitted  under  Section  7.02(c);  provided that,  (i)  such  Liens  do  not  at  any  time
encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the
cost or fair market value, whichever is lower, of the property being acquired on the date of acquisition;

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(j)                  Any interest or title of a lessor, licensor, sublessor, or sublicensor under any lease, license, sublease, or sublicense
entered into by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise permitted by this Agreement
and covering only the assets so leased, licensed, subleased, or sublicensed;

(k)               Liens of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection;

(l)                  Liens securing Indebtedness under the ABL Facility Documents, which may be first priority Liens with respect to

ABL Facility Priority Collateral; and

(m)              licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business not interfering with

the business of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries;

(n)               Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered

into by any Borrower or any other Loan Party in the ordinary course of business;

(o)               customary rights of set-off, revocation, refund or chargeback under deposit agreements or under the UCC or common
law of banks or other financial institutions where Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries maintain deposits (other than deposits intended
as cash collateral) in the ordinary course of business; and

(p)               other Liens as to which the aggregate amount of the obligations secured thereby does not exceed $500,000 at any time

outstanding.

7.02          Indebtedness.

Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a)               Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;

(b)               Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof as listed on  Schedule 7.02 and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or
extensions thereof; provided that, the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or
extension except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred,
in  connection  with  such  refinancing  and  by  an  amount  equal  to  any  existing  commitments  unutilized  thereunder  and  the  direct  or  any
contingent  obligor  with  respect  thereto  is  not  changed,  as  a  result  of  or  in  connection  with  such  refinancing,  refunding,  renewal  or
extension;  and,  still  further,  that  the  terms  relating  to  principal  amount,  amortization,  maturity,  collateral  (if  any)  and  subordination,
standstill and related terms (if any), and other material terms taken as a whole, of any such refinancing, refunding, renewing or extending
Indebtedness, and of any agreement entered into and of any instrument issued in connection therewith, are no less favorable in any material
respect  to  the  Loan  Parties  or  the  Lenders  than  the  terms  of  any  agreement  or  instrument  governing  the  Indebtedness  being  refinanced,
refunded, renewed or extended and the interest rate applicable to any such refinancing, refunding, renewing or extending Indebtedness does
not exceed the then applicable market interest rate;

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)               Indebtedness in respect of Capitalized Leases and purchase money obligations for fixed or capital assets within the
limitations set forth in Section 7.01(i); provided that, the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness at any one time outstanding shall not
exceed $500,000; provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, Capital Expenditures financed by any customer or potential customer in the
ordinary course of the Loan Parties’ business and not resulting in a lien on any asset of a Loan Party or a Subsidiary thereof shall not be
subject to the foregoing limitations;

(d)               unsecured Indebtedness of a Loan Party to any other Loan Party, which Indebtedness shall (i) to the extent required by
the  Lead Arranger,  be  evidenced  by  promissory  notes  which  shall  be  pledged  to  the Administrative Agent  as  Collateral  for  the  Secured
Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement, (ii) be on terms (including subordination terms) reasonably acceptable
to the Lead Arranger and (iii) be otherwise permitted under the provisions of Section 7.03 (“Intercompany Debt”);

(e)                              Guarantees  of  any  Borrower  or  any  Guarantor  in  respect  of  Indebtedness  otherwise  permitted  hereunder  of  any
Borrower or any other Guarantor; provided that, if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations, such Guarantee
shall  be  subordinated  to  the  Guarantee  of  the  Obligations  on  terms  at  least  as  favorable  to  the  Lenders  as  those  contained  in  the
subordination provisions of such Indebtedness;

(f)                Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of any Borrower after the date hereof in a transaction permitted
hereunder in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $500,000; provided that, such Indebtedness is existing at the time such Person
becomes  a  Subsidiary  of  such  Borrowers  and  was  not  incurred  solely  in  contemplation  of  such  Person’s  becoming  a  Subsidiary  of  such
Borrowers);

(g)               obligations (contingent or otherwise) existing or arising under any Swap Contract;  provided that, (i) such obligations
are  (or  were)  entered  into  by  such  Person  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  for  the  purpose  of  directly  mitigating  risks  associated  with
fluctuations  in  interest  rates  or  foreign  exchange  rates  and  (ii)  such  Swap  Contract  does  not  contain  any  provision  exonerating  the  non-
defaulting party from its obligation to make payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party;

(h)               subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, Indebtedness evidenced by the ABL Facility Documents;

(i)                  non-recourse Indebtedness consisting of unpaid insurance premiums (not in excess of one years' premiums) owing to
insurance  companies  and  insurance  brokers  incurred  in  connection  with  the  financing  of  insurance  premiums  in  the  ordinary  course  of
business, so long as Administrative Agent has received written notice of such financing and the obligee under such financing has agreed to
provide Administrative Agent with at least 30 days prior written notice prior to terminating the applicable insurance;

(j)                 endorsement of instruments or other payment items for deposit;

(k)               Indebtedness consisting of (i) guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business with respect to surety and appeal
bonds,  performance  bonds,  bid  bonds,  indemnity  bonds,  customs  bonds,  completion  guarantees,  and  similar  obligations,  and  leases;
(ii)  unsecured  guarantees  arising  with  respect  to  customary  indemnification  obligations  to  purchasers  in  connection  with  Dispositions
permitted by Section 7.05; and (iii) unsecured guarantees with respect to Indebtedness of Holdings or its Subsidiaries, to the extent that the
Person that is obligated under such guaranty could have incurred such underlying Indebtedness;

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(l)                 

Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business under performance, surety, statutory, customs and appeal

bonds;

(m)             

Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, performance bonds, export or
import indemnities or similar instruments, customs bonds, governmental contracts, leases, surety, appeal or similar bonds and completion
guarantees provided by a Loan Party in the ordinary course of its business;

(n)                              Indebtedness  representing  any  taxes,  assessments  or  governmental  charges  to  the  extent  (i)  such  taxes  are  being
contested in good faith and adequate reserves have been provided therefor and (ii) the payment thereof shall not at any time be required to
be made in accordance with Section 6.04;

(o)               Indebtedness evidenced by the Subordinated Acquisition Note;

(p)               Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and other similar services, in each case incurred in

the ordinary course of business;

(q)               unsecured Indebtedness not contemplated by the above provisions in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed
$500,000 at any time outstanding; provided that, (i) no Default or Event of Default shall then exist or would exist after giving effect thereto
and (ii) the Loan Parties are in Pro Forma Compliance with each of the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.11; and

(r)                 unsecured Indebtedness of Holdings owed to Sponsor, provided that any such Indebtedness shall (i) not bear interest
or  be  subject  to  principal  repayments,  (ii)  be  on  subordination  terms  substantially  similar  to  those  terms  contained  in  the  Subordination
Agreement and otherwise acceptable to the Lead Arranger, and (iii) be subject to any other terms reasonably required by the Lead Arranger.

7.03          Investments.

Make or hold any Investments, except:

(a)               Investments held by any Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents;

(b)               advances to officers, directors and employees of any Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100,000 at any

time outstanding;

(c)               (i) Investments by any Borrower and its Subsidiaries in their respective Subsidiaries outstanding on the date hereof,
(ii)  additional  Investments  by  any  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  in  Loan  Parties  and  (iii)  additional  Investments  by  Subsidiaries  of  any
Borrower that are not Loan Parties in other Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties;

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)               Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the
grant  of  trade  credit  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  and  Investments  received  in  satisfaction  or  partial  satisfaction  thereof  from
financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;

(e)               Guarantees and Investments constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.02;

(f)                Investments existing on the date hereof set forth on Schedule 7.03;

(g)               the Vintage Stock Acquisition, and any other acquisition that is approved by the Lead Arranger in its sole discretion;

(h)               creation or acquisition of any Subsidiary, as permitted herein by Section 7.03(g), that becomes a Loan Party, provided,

that such Subsidiary is a wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of a Loan Party and complies with Section 6.13;

(i)                 Investments in negotiable instruments deposited or to be deposited for collection in the ordinary course of business;

(j)                  deposits of cash made in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of obligations contemplated under

Section 7.01(e);

(k)               Investments resulting from entering into any Swap Contract permitted by Section 7.02(g);

(l)                 Investments in non-cash consideration received in Dispositions to the extent permitted hereby;

(m)             deposits, prepayments and other credits to suppliers and deposits in connection with lease obligations, taxes, insurance
and similar items, in each case made in the ordinary course of business and securing contractual obligations of a Loan Party, in each case to
the extent constituting a Lien permitted under Section 7.01;

(n)               Investments in prepaid expenses, utility and workers' compensation, performance and other similar deposits, each as

entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(o)               Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of account debtors; and

(p)               other Investments not contemplated by the above provisions in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $500,000
at  any  time  outstanding; provided that,  (i)  no  Default  or  Event  of  Default  shall  then  exist  or  would  exist  after  giving  effect  thereto  and
(ii) the Loan Parties are in Pro Forma Compliance with each of the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.11.

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.04          Fundamental Changes.

Merge,  dissolve,  liquidate,  consolidate  with  or  into  another  Person,  or  Dispose  of  (whether  in  one  transaction  or  in  a  series  of
transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that, so long
as no Default or Event of Default exists or would result therefrom:

(a)               any Subsidiary may merge with (i) any Borrower, provided that, such Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving
Person; or (ii) any one or more other Subsidiaries, provided that, when any Loan Party is merging with another Subsidiary, the continuing
or surviving Person shall be a Loan Party;

(b)               any Loan Party may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to a

Borrower or to another Loan Party;

(c)               any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may dispose of all or substantially all its assets (including any Disposition that

is in the nature of a liquidation) to (i) another Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or (ii) to a Loan Party;

(d)               [reserved];

(e)               [reserved];

(f)                subject to Section 7.13(c) and solely to the extent such transaction is otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement,
any merger or consolidation or other transaction, the sole purpose of which is to (i) reincorporate or reorganize in another jurisdiction in the
United  States  or  (ii)  change  the  form  of  entity; provided,  that,  in  the  case  of  any  such  merger  or  consolidation  of  a  Loan  Party,  the
surviving,  continuing  or  resulting  Person  shall  be  a  Loan  Party  (or  simultaneously  with  such  transaction,  the  continuing,  surviving  or
resulting entity shall become a Loan Party);

(g)               any Investment permitted by Section 7.03 may be structured as a merger or consolidation; provided, that, in the case
of any such merger or consolidation of a Loan Party, the surviving, continuing or resulting Person shall be a Loan Party (or simultaneously
with such transaction, the continuing, surviving or resulting entity shall become a Loan Party); and

(h)                              a  merger,  dissolution,  liquidation,  consolidation  or  Disposition,  the  purpose  of  which  is  to  effect  a  Disposition

permitted pursuant to Section 7.05.

7.05          Dispositions.

Make any Disposition or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition, except:

(a)               Permitted Transfers;

(b)               Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of

business;

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)               Dispositions of equipment or real property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the
purchase  price  of  similar  replacement  property  or  (ii)  the  proceeds  of  such  Disposition  are  reasonably  promptly  applied  to  the  purchase
price of such replacement property;

(d)               Dispositions permitted by Section 7.04;

(e)               Dispositions of accounts receivables to a third party in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection
thereof  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  exclusive  of  factoring  or  similar  arrangements  so  long  as  (i)  the  account  debtor  with  respect
thereto has instituted or consented to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law and (ii) all such Dispositions do not
exceed $500,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(f)                [reserved];

(g)               other Dispositions so long as (i) at least 75% of the consideration paid in connection therewith shall be cash or Cash
Equivalents paid contemporaneously with consummation of the transaction and shall be in an amount not less than the fair market value of
the  property  disposed  of,  (ii)  if  such  transaction  is  a  Sale  and  Leaseback  Transaction,  such  transaction  is  not  prohibited  by  the  terms  of
Section 7.14, (iii) such transaction does not involve the sale or other disposition of a minority Equity Interests in any Subsidiary, (iv) such
transaction  does  not  involve  a  sale  or  other  disposition  of  receivables  other  than  receivables  owned  by  or  attributable  to  other  property
concurrently being disposed of in a transaction otherwise permitted under this Section, and (v) the aggregate net book value of all of the
assets sold or otherwise disposed of by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries in all such transactions in any fiscal year of the Borrowers
shall not exceed $500,000;

(h)                              Dispositions  consisting  of  Restricted  Payments,  Investments  and  Liens  otherwise  expressly  permitted  by  this

Agreement;

(i)                  any involuntary loss, damage or destruction of property or condemnation, seizure or taking, by exercise of the power

of eminent domain or otherwise, or confiscation or requisition of use of property;

(j)                 the termination of non-material leases or non-material contracts in the ordinary course of business; and

(k)               the unwinding or terminating of Swap Agreements.

7.06          Restricted Payments.

Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, or issue

or sell any Equity Interests or accept any capital contributions, except that:

(a)               each Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to any Person that owns Equity Interests in such Subsidiary, ratably

according to their respective holdings of the type of Equity Interest in respect of which such Restricted Payment is being made;

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)               each Borrower and each Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in

common Equity Interests of such Person;

(c)               so long as no Default or Event of Default is then in existence or would otherwise result therefrom, the Loan Parties
may make cash distributions to Holdings to pay or to distribute to Sponsor to pay (and which are promptly used by Holdings to pay or to
distribute  to  Sponsor  to  pay),  or  reimburse  Holdings  for  its  payment  of,  common  expenses,  officers’  salaries  and  other  types  of
administrative and operative shared expenses, including any franchise taxes and other similar licensing expenses, in each case, allocable to
the Loan Parties, in an aggregate amount not to exceed a maximum aggregate amount of $250,000 per fiscal year;

(d)               so long as no Default or Event of Default is then in existence or would otherwise result therefrom, the Loan Parties
may make cash distributions to Borrowers to pay (and which are promptly used by Borrowers to pay), or reimburse Borrowers for their
payment  of  Management  Fees,  such  payment  and  fees  subject  to  the  Management  Fee  Subordination  Agreement; provided  that,
immediately before and upon giving effect to such distribution, (i) the Loan Parties are in Pro Forma Compliance with each of the financial
covenants set forth in Section 7.11, and (ii) excess Availability pursuant to the Borrowing Base under the ABL Facility Documents is not
less than $2,000,000; and provided further, that, Sponsor may also be entitled to a one-time cash payment of $250,000, due and payable by
Borrowers on the Closing Date, as set forth under the Management Agreement;

(e)               for any taxable period in which the Loan Parties are members of a consolidated, combined or similar income tax group
of which Sponsor (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) is the common parent (a “Tax Group”), each Loan Party may make Restricted
Payments  to  Holdings  to  pay  an  allocable  portion  of  such  federal,  foreign,  state  and  local  income  Taxes  of  such  Tax  Group  actually
incurred and attributable to such Loan Parties; provided, however, that such Restricted Payments shall not exceed the net amount of the
relevant Tax that Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) actually owes to the appropriate Governmental Authority, assuming
that  any  net  operating  loss  deductions  within  the  meaning  of  Section  172  of  the  Code  or  capital  loss  carrybacks  carryovers  within  the
meaning of Section 1212 of the Code (either existing or accrued prior to or after the Closing Date) are allocated to each of the Loan Parties
pro rata, among the members of the “consolidated group” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-1(h)) of Sponsor
(or  any  direct  or  indirect  parent  thereof);  provided  further  that  any  Restricted  Payments  received  by  Holdings  (or  any  direct  or  indirect
parent thereof) from any Loan Party pursuant to this clause (e) shall be paid over to the appropriate Governmental Authority within 60 days
of receipt thereof by Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof);

(f)                 after the first anniversary of the Closing Date, during each fiscal year, the Loan Parties may declare and make cash
distributions  to  Sponsor  in  an  aggregate  amount  not  to  exceed  the ABL  Facility Available Amount  for  the  immediately  preceding  fiscal
year, provided that, (i) Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio after giving effect to any such distribution is less than 2.00 to 1.00 for the most
recent  Measurement  Period,  (ii)  the  Loan  Parties  are  in  compliance  with  the  applicable  Consolidated  Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio  and
Consolidated  Total  Leverage  Ratio  levels  set  forth  in  Section  7.11  on  a  Pro  Forma  Basis  for  the  most  recent  Measurement  Period  after
taking into effect such distribution and (iii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom; and

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(g)              each  Borrower  may  make  any  payments  with  respect  to  the  Subordinated Acquisition  Note  to  the  extent  expressly

permitted pursuant to the terms of the Subordination Agreement.

7.07          Change in Nature of Business.

Engage in any line of business substantially different (as determined by the Lead Arranger in its sole discretion) from the Borrower

Line of Business on the Closing Date.

7.08          Transactions with Affiliates .

Enter into or permit to exist any transaction or series of transactions with any officer, director or Affiliate of such Person other
than (i) transactions which are entered into in the ordinary course of such Person’s business on fair and reasonable terms and conditions
substantially as favorable to such Person as would be obtainable by it in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an
officer, director or Affiliate, (ii) reasonable and customary fees paid to non-officer members of the board of directors (or similar governing
body)  of  Holdings  and  its  Subsidiaries; provided  that,  all  such  amounts  payable  to  officers  and  employees  that  are  also  officers  and
employees  of  Sponsor  shall  be  reasonable  and  customary  and  (iii)  transactions  existing  on  the  date  hereof  and  listed  on Schedule  7.08
hereof; provided that,  with  respect  to  any  transaction  or  series  of  related  transactions  proposed  to  be  entered  into  in  reliance  upon  this
Section 7.08 involving amounts payable in excess of $500,000, the Loan Parties shall provide at least five (5) Business Days prior notice of
such transaction (along with a reasonable description thereof) to the Lead Arranger and Administrative Agent.

7.09          Burdensome Agreements.

Enter  into,  or  permit  to  exist,  any  Contractual  Obligation  (except  for  this Agreement,  the  other  Loan  Documents  and  the ABL
Facility Documents) that (a) encumbers or restricts the ability of any Person to (i) to act as a Loan Party, (ii) make Restricted Payments to
any Loan Party, (iii) pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to any Loan Party, (iv) make loans or advances to any Loan Party, or
(v)  create  any  Lien  upon  the  properties  or  assets  of  any  Loan  Party,  whether  now  owned  or  hereafter  acquired,  except,  in  the  case  of
clause (a)(v) only, for any document or instrument governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.02(c);  provided that, any such
restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets constructed or acquired in connection therewith, or (b) requires the grant of
any Lien on property for any obligation if a Lien on such property is given as security for the Secured Obligations.

7.10          Use of Proceeds.

Use  the  proceeds  of  any  Term  Loan,  whether  directly  or  indirectly,  and  whether  immediately,  incidentally  or  ultimately,  to
purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing
or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.11          Financial Covenants.

(a)               Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio calculated as of the end of any
Measurement Period ending as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Borrowers set forth below to be greater than the ratio set forth below
opposite such period:

Measurement Period Ending
Closing Date to the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2016
January 1, 2017 to the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2017
April 1, 2017 to the fiscal quarter ending
June 30, 2017
July 1, 2017 to the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2017
October 1, 2017 to the fiscal quarter ending
December 31, 2017
January 1, 2018 to the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2018
April 1, 2018 to the fiscal quarter ending
June 30, 2018
July 1, 2018 to the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2018
October 1, 2018 to the fiscal quarter ending
December 31, 2018
January 1, 2019 to the fiscal quarter ending
March 31, 2019
April 1, 2019 to the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2019 and each fiscal
quarter thereafter

Maximum Consolidated Total
Leverage Ratio
4.00 to 1.00
3.75 to 1.00

3.50 to 1.00
3.25 to 1.00

3.00 to 1.00
2.75 to 1.00

2.75 to 1.00
2.50 to 1.00

2.25 to 1.00

2.25 to 1.00

2.00 to 1.00

(b)               Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio calculated as of the end of
any Measurement Period ending as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Borrowers set forth below to be less than the ratio set forth below
opposite such period:

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Measurement Period Ending
Closing Date to the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2016
January 1, 2017 to the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2017
April 1, 2017 to the fiscal quarter ending
June 30, 2017
July 1, 2017 to the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2017
October 1, 2017 to the fiscal quarter ending
December 31, 2017
January 1, 2018 to the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2018
April 1, 2018 to the fiscal quarter ending
June 30, 2018
July 1, 2018 to the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2018
October 1, 2018 to the fiscal quarter ending
December 31, 2018
January 1, 2019 to the fiscal quarter ending
March 31, 2019
April 1, 2019 to the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2019 and each fiscal
quarter thereafter

Minimum Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio
1.25 to 1.00
1.25 to 1.00

1.30 to 1.00
1.30 to 1.00

1.30 to 1.00
1.35 to 1.00

1.37 to 1.00
1.40 to 1.00

1.45 to 1.00

1.50 to 1.00

1.50 to 1.00

7.12          Capital Expenditures.

Make  or  become  legally  obligated  to  make  any  Capital  Expenditure,  except  for  Capital  Expenditures  in  the  ordinary  course  of
business not exceeding in the aggregate for the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries during any period to be greater than the amount set forth
below opposite such specified periods below:

Periods
Closing Date through December 31, 2016
Closing Date through March 31, 2017
Closing Date through June 30, 2017
Closing Date through September 30, 2017
Full Measurement Period for the four fiscal quarters ending December
31, 2017 and for the four fiscal quarters ending each
fiscal quarter thereafter

Maximum Capital Expenditures
$200,000
$500,000
$800,000
$1,100,000

$1,200,000

94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.13           Amendments of Organization Documents; Fiscal Year; Legal Name, State of Formation; Form of Entity and Accounting
Changes.

(a)               Amend any of its Organization Documents in a manner materially adverse to the interests of the Administrative Agent

and the Lenders;

(b)               change its fiscal year;

(c)               without providing ten (10) days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent (or such extended period of time as

agreed to by the Lead Arranger), change its name, state of formation, form of organization or principal place of business; or

(d)               make any change in accounting policies or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP.

7.14          Sale and Leaseback Transactions.

Enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

7.15          Amendments of ABL Facility Documents.

Amend, modify or change in any manner any term or condition of the ABL Facility Loans and ABL Facility Documents other

than such amendments, modifications or other changes as are permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement.

7.16          Amendment; Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness.

(a)               Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy or obligate itself to do so  prior  to  the  scheduled  maturity
thereof in any manner (including by the exercise of any right of setoff), or make any payment in violation of any subordination, standstill or
collateral sharing terms of or governing any Indebtedness, except (i) the prepayment of the Term Loan in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement, (ii) payments of the ABL Facility Loans as are permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement, and (iii) any prepayments of the
Subordinated Acquisition Note permitted pursuant to Section 7.06(g).

(b)               Amend, modify or change in any manner any term or condition of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness arising
under the Loan Documents and ABL Facility Documents) if such amendment or modification would add or change any terms in a manner
that would be materially adverse to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, or shorten the final maturity or average life to maturity or require any
payment to be made sooner than originally scheduled or increase the interest rate applicable thereto.

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.17          Related Documents.

(a)               Amend, modify or change in any manner any term or condition of the Subordinated Acquisition Note, except to the

extent permitted by the Subordination Agreement.

(b)               Amend, modify or change in any manner any term or condition of the Management Agreement.

(c)               Cancel or terminate any Vintage Stock Acquisition Related Document or consent to or accept any cancellation or
termination  thereof  or  (x)  amend,  modify  or  change  in  any  manner  any  term  or  condition  of  any  Vintage  Stock Acquisition  Related
Document,  (y)  give  any  consent,  waiver  or  approval  thereunder  or  (z)  take  or  fail  to  take  any  action  thereunder,  which,  in  any  case  of
clause  (x),  (y)  or  (z),  would  be  reasonably  expected  to  have  a  Material  Adverse  Effect  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the
Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders.

7.18          Sanctions.

Directly  or  indirectly,  use  the  proceeds  of  the  Initial  Borrowing,  or  lend,  contribute  or  otherwise  make  available  the  Initial
Borrowing  or  the  proceeds  of  the  Initial  Borrowing  to  any  Person,  to  fund  any  activities  of  or  business  with  any  Person,  or  in  any
Designated Jurisdiction, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation
by  any  Person  (including  any  Person  participating  in  the  transaction,  whether  as  Lender,  Lead  Arranger,  Administrative  Agent  or
otherwise) of Sanctions.

7.19          Anti-Corruption Laws.

Directly or indirectly, use the Initial Borrowing or the proceeds of the Initial Borrowing for any purpose which would breach the
United  States  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices Act  of  1977,  the  UK  Bribery Act  2010  and  other  similar  anti-corruption  legislation  in  other
jurisdictions.

7.20          Issuance or Repurchase of Capital Stock.

Each Loan Party shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to become liable in respect of any obligation (contingent or
otherwise)  to  purchase,  redeem,  retire,  acquire  or  make  any  other  payment  in  respect  of  any  Equity  Interests  of  any  Loan  Party  or
Subsidiary of any Loan Party, or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interest; provided, however, notwithstanding
anything  herein  to  the  contrary,  Holdings  may  issue  Capital  Stock  so  long  as  such  issuance  is  otherwise  permitted  pursuant  to  this
Agreement and does not result in a Change of Control.

7.21          Holdings.

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the  contrary,  with  respect  to  each  of  Holdings  and  the  Borrowers,  engage  in  any  business
activities other than (i) ownership of the Equity Interests of its Subsidiaries (provided that,  Holdings  shall  not  form  or  acquire  any  new
Subsidiaries after the Closing Date), (ii) activities incidental to maintenance of its corporate existence, (iii) performance of its obligations
under  the  Loan  Documents  and  the  agreements  related  thereto  to  which  it  is  a  party,  (iv)  activities  solely  necessary  to  permit  the
consummation of Restricted Payments and the related transactions involving such Persons to the extent expressly permitted hereunder and
(v) the issuance of Equity Interests (and the use of the proceeds therefrom subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement; including,
for the avoidance of doubt, the other provisions set forth in this Section 7.21).

7.22          Anti-Layering.

No Loan Party shall, or will permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to, create or incur any Indebtedness which is senior in right
of payment to the Loan and the other Obligations (other than the ABL Facility Loans on the terms set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement).

7.23          Acquisition of ABL Facility Indebtedness.

No Loan Party shall, or shall permit any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof to, directly or indirectly, purchase, redeem, prepay, tender
for  or  otherwise  acquire,  directly  or  indirectly,  any ABL  Facility  Indebtedness  (except  as  permitted  by  and  pursuant  to  the  terms  and
conditions of the ABL Facility Documents as in effect on the date hereof). For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 7.23 is not intended and
shall  not  prevent  the  Loan  Parties  from  making  (i)  regularly  scheduled  payments  of  principal  and  interest  pursuant  to  the ABL  Facility
Documents,  or  (ii)  any  prepayments  of  the ABL  Facility  Indebtedness  not  otherwise  prohibited  by  this Agreement  or  the  Intercreditor
Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

8.01          Events of Default.

Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:

(a)               Non-Payment. Any Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to pay when and as required to be paid herein, any amount
of principal or interest of any Loan, or any fee due or any other amount payable hereunder, and such failure continues for a period longer
than one (1) day after Borrowers receive such notice of missed payment from the Lead Arranger (the “Initial Notice”). Commencing on the
day upon which a Loan Party failed to make a required payment hereunder through the day after the day upon which Borrower receives an
Initial  Notice  thereof,  the  Loan  Parties  shall  incur  a  penalty  of  $500  per  day  (the  “Non-Payment Penalty”),  which,  for  the  avoidance  of
doubt, such Non-Payment Penalty shall constitute an Obligation of the Loan Parties under this Agreement. Commencing on the second day
after the day upon which Borrowers receive the Initial Notice, to the extent Borrowers have not made such missed payment as of such time,
an  Event  of  Default  shall  be  deemed  to  have  occurred  whereupon  the  Non-Payment  Penalty  shall  cease  to  accrue  and  all  outstanding
Obligations shall automatically accrue interest at the Default Rate pursuant to Section 2.08(b);

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)               Specific Covenants. Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of
(i) Sections 6.01 and 6.02 and such failure continues for three (3) days; (ii) Sections 6.03, 6.04, 6.05, 6.07, 6.11, 6.13 (other than 6.13(g)),
6.18, 6.19, 6.22, 6.23, Article VII or Article X and such failure continues for one (1) day; or (iii) Section 6.10 and such failure continues for
five (5) days; or

(c)                              Other Defaults. Any  Loan  Party  fails  to  perform  or  observe  any  other  covenant  or  agreement  (not  specified  in
Section 8.01(a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for ten
(10) days; or

(d)               Representations and Warranties . Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed
made  by  or  on  behalf  of  any  Borrower  or  any  other  Loan  Party  herein,  in  any  other  Loan  Document,  or  in  any  document  delivered  in
connection herewith or therewith shall (i) with respect to representations and warranties that contain a materiality qualification, be incorrect
or  misleading  when  made  or  deemed  made  and  (ii)  with  respect  to  representations  and  warranties  that  do  not  contain  a  materiality
qualification, be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

(e)               Cross-Default. (i) Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof (A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by
scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise but subject to any applicable grace periods applicable thereto)
in respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee (other than Indebtedness hereunder pursuant to this Agreement) having an aggregate principal
amount  (including  undrawn  committed  or  available  amounts  and  including  amounts  owing  to  all  creditors  under  any  combined  or
syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the Threshold Amount (except with respect to the ABL Facility) (subject, in each case, to any
applicable grace or cure periods applicable thereto and after giving effect to any amendments or waivers thereof), or (B) fails to observe or
perform  any  other  agreement  or  condition  relating  to  any  such  Indebtedness  or  Guarantee  contained  in  any  instrument  or  agreement
evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the
holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder
or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become
due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem
such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be
demanded (subject, in each case, to any applicable grace or cure periods applicable thereto and after giving effect to any amendments or
waivers thereof); or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from
any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof is the Defaulting Party (as defined in
such Swap Contract) and the Swap Termination Value owed by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than the
Threshold Amount; or

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f)                 Insolvency Proceedings, Etc. Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof institutes or consents to the institution of any
proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment
of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property;
or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of
such  Person  and  the  appointment  continues  undischarged  or  unstayed  for  sixty  (60)  calendar  days;  or  any  proceeding  under  any  Debtor
Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and
continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

(g)               Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment. (i) Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof becomes unable or admits in writing
its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is
issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within thirty
(30) days after its issue or levy; or

(h)               Judgments. There is entered against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof (i) one or more final judgments or
orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (as to all such judgments and orders) exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the
extent  not  covered  by  independent  third-party  insurance  as  to  which  the  insurer  is  rated  at  least  “A”  by A.M.  Best  Company,  has  been
notified of the potential claim and does not dispute coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or would
reasonably  be  expected  to  have,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  a  Material  Adverse  Effect  and,  in  either  case,  (A)  enforcement
proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of thirty (30) consecutive days during
which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or

(i)                  ERISA. (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or
would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due,
after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of
ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(j)                 Invalidity of Loan Documents. Any provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and
for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all Obligations arising under the Loan
Documents, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or enforceability
of any provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any provision of
any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any provision of any Loan Document; or

(k)               Collateral Documents. Any Collateral Document after delivery thereof pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents
shall for any reason cease to create a valid and perfected first priority Lien (subject only to Permitted Liens which, pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement, are permitted to have priority over the Administrative Agent’s Liens thereon) on the Collateral purported to be covered
thereby, or any Loan Party shall assert the invalidity of such Liens; or

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(l)                 Change of Control. There occurs any Change of Control; or

(m)              Uninsured Loss. Any uninsured damage to or loss, theft or destruction of any assets of the Loan Parties or any of their
Subsidiaries shall occur that is in excess of $1,000,000 (excluding customary deductible thresholds established in accordance with historical
past practices); or

(n)               Environmental. Any Environmental Liability of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries has arisen or any one or
more Environmental Claims shall have been asserted against the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries, in each case, pursuant to which
the  Loan  Parties  and  their  Subsidiaries  would  be  reasonable  likely  to  incur  liability,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  in  excess  of  the
Threshold Amount (except to the extent such liability would be reasonably expected to be covered by Sellers’ indemnification pursuant to
the Vintage Stock Acquisition Agreement);

(o)               ABL Facility Indebtedness. There shall occur an “Event of Default” (or any comparable term) (subject, in each case,
to any applicable grace or cure periods applicable thereto and after giving effect to any amendments or waivers thereof) under the ABL
Facility Documents; or

( p )              Consolidated Return Filing. Sponsor (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) fails to timely file a Consolidated Tax
return (within the meaning of Section 1502 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) consistent with the position
that its “consolidated group” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-1(h)) includes all Subsidiaries of Sponsor and
any other entities eligible to be part of Sponsor’s “consolidated group” within the meaning of Section 1504(a)(2) of the Code.

Without limiting the provisions of Article IX, if a Default shall have occurred under the Loan Documents, then such Default will
continue  to  exist  until  it  either  is  cured  (to  the  extent  specifically  permitted)  in  accordance  with  the  Loan  Documents  or  is  otherwise
expressly  waived  by Administrative Agent  (with  the  written  approval  of  Required  Lenders  (in  their  sole  discretion))  as  determined  in
accordance with Section 11.01; and once an Event of Default occurs under the Loan Documents, then such Event of Default will continue
to  exist  until  it  is  expressly  waived  by  the  Required  Lenders  or  by  the Administrative Agent  with  the  written  approval  of  the  Required
Lenders, as required hereunder in Section 11.01.

8.02          Remedies upon Event of Default.

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the

Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:

(a)               declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other
amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand,
protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Borrower; and

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)               exercise on behalf of itself, and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan

Documents or applicable Law or equity;

provided that, upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to any Borrower under the Bankruptcy
Code, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and
all  interest  and  other  amounts  as  aforesaid  shall  automatically  become  due  and  payable,  in  each  case  without  further  act  of  the
Administrative Agent or any Lender.

8.03          Application of Funds.

After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and
payable) or if at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all Obligations then due
hereunder,  any  amounts  received  on  account  of  the  Obligations  shall,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  Section  2.15,  be  applied  by  the
Administrative Agent in the following order:

First, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including
fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and Lead Arranger and amounts payable under Article III)
payable to each of the Administrative Agent and Lead Arranger in its capacity as such;

Second,  to  payment  of  that  portion  of  the  Obligations  constituting  fees,  indemnities  and  other  amounts  payable  to  the
Lenders  (including  fees,  charges  and  disbursements  of  counsel  to  the  respective  Lenders  arising  under  the  Loan  Documents  and
amounts  payable  under Article  III,  ratably  among  them  in  proportion  to  the  respective  amounts  described  in  this  clause  Second
payable to them;

Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans arising under the
Loan Documents, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, ratably among the Lenders

in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them; and

Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrowers or as otherwise

required by Law.

8.04          Equity Cure.

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 8.01, in the event of any Event of Default under any covenant set
forth in Section 7.11 and under the covenants set forth in Section 5.16 of the ABL Credit Agreement (a “Curable Default”) has occurred and
is  continuing,  an  equity  contribution  (in  the  form  of  common  equity  or  other  equity  having  terms  reasonably  acceptable  to  the  Lead
Arranger, and in each case, not constituting Disqualified Equity Interests of Holdings, any Borrower, or any Subsidiaries of any Borrower
or  Holdings)  made  to  Holdings  or  any  other  direct  or  indirect  parent  of  any  Borrower,  which  is  immediately  contributed  to  the  equity
capital of any Borrower on or prior to the day that is ten (10) days after the earlier of (x) the day on which financial statements are required
to be delivered to the Administrative Agent for that fiscal quarter pursuant to Section 6.01(b) and (y) the date on which financial statements
required to be delivered for that fiscal quarter pursuant to Section 6.01(b) are actually delivered (the “Required Contribution Date”) will, at
the  written  request  of  the  Borrowers,  be  included  in  the  calculation  of  Consolidated  EBITDA  solely  for  the  purposes  of  determining
compliance with such financial covenants at the end of such fiscal quarter and any subsequent period that includes such fiscal quarter (any
such equity contribution, a “Specified Equity Contribution”); provided that, (a) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution and the
use  of  proceeds  therefrom  will  be  no  greater  than  the  amount  required  to  cause  the  Loan  Parties  to  be  in  compliance  with  the  financial
covenants contained in Section 7.11, (b) all Specified Equity Contributions and the use of proceeds therefrom will be disregarded for all
other  purposes  under  the  Loan  Documents  (including,  to  the  extent  applicable,  calculating  Consolidated  EBITDA  for  purposes  of
determining  basket  levels  and  other  items  governed  by  reference  to  Consolidated  EBITDA  or  that  include  Consolidated  EBITDA  in  the
determination thereof in any respect), (c) there shall be no more than four (4) Specified Equity Contributions made in the aggregate after
the  Closing  Date  and  Specified  Equity  Contributions  may  not  be  made  more  than  twice  during  any  four  (4)  consecutive  fiscal  quarter
period and shall not be made in consecutive fiscal quarters, (d) the proceeds of all Specified Equity Contributions will be applied to prepay
Loans as required pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(vi), (e) the Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent irrevocable written notice of
its intent to cure (a “Cure Notice”) any such Curable Default on or before the day on which the financial statements were required to be
delivered for such fiscal quarter pursuant to Section 6.01(b), which Cure Notice shall set forth the calculation of the applicable amount of
the Specified Equity Contribution necessary to cure such Curable Default and (f) any Loans prepaid with the proceeds of Specified Equity
Contributions shall be deemed outstanding for purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenants contained in Section 7.11
for the current fiscal quarter and the next three fiscal quarters thereafter).

ARTICLE IX

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND LEAD ARRANGER

9.01          Appointment and Authority.

(a)               Appointment. Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes Wilmington Trust to act on
its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such
actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with
such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders, and neither any Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such
provisions. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term)
with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under
agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an
administrative relationship between contracting parties.

102

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)               Collateral Agent. The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and
each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender for purposes of
acquiring,  holding  and  enforcing  any  and  all  Liens  on  Collateral  granted  by  any  of  the  Loan  Parties  to  secure  any  of  the  Obligations,
together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral
agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.05 for purposes of
holding  or  enforcing  any  Lien  on  the  Collateral  (or  any  portion  thereof)  granted  under  the  Collateral  Documents,  or  for  exercising  any
rights and remedies thereunder (at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article
IX and Article XI (including Section 11.04(c), as though such co agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under
the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative
Agent is hereby expressly authorized to: (i) execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights
of  the Administrative Agent,  the  Lenders  and  the  Lead Arranger  with  respect  thereto,  as  contemplated  by  and  in  accordance  with  the
provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) negotiate, enforce or settle any claim, action or proceeding affecting
the  Lenders  in  their  capacity  as  such,  acting  upon  the  written  direction  of  the  Required  Lenders,  which  negotiation,  enforcement  or
settlement will be binding upon each Lender.

9.02          Rights as a Lender.

The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall, to the extent applicable, have the same rights and powers in its
capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender”
or  “Lenders”  shall,  unless  otherwise  expressly  indicated  or  unless  the  context  otherwise  requires,  include  the  Person  serving  as  the
Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own
securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial,
advisory, underwriting or other business with any Loan Party or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the
Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders or to provide notice to or consent of the Lenders
with respect thereto.

9.03          Exculpatory Provisions.

Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Lead Arranger shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein
and  in  the  other  Loan  Documents,  and  its  duties  hereunder  shall  be  administrative  in  nature.  Without  limiting  the  generality  of  the
foregoing, the Administrative Agent, Lead Arranger and each of their respective Related Parties:

103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)               shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is

continuing;

(b)               shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary
rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent and/or Lead Arranger, as
applicable,  is  instructed  in  writing  to  exercise  by  the  Required  Lenders  (or  such  other  number  or  percentage  of  the  Lenders  as  shall  be
expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Lead Arranger shall
be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent or the Lead Arranger,
as applicable, to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that
may  be  in  violation  of  the  automatic  stay  under  any  Debtor  Relief  Law  or  that  may  effect  a  forfeiture,  modification  or  termination  of
property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and

(c)               shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty or responsibility to
disclose,  and  shall  not  be  liable  for  the  failure  to  disclose,  any  information  relating  to  any  Loan  Party  or  any  of  its Affiliates  that  is
communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or Lead Arranger or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger nor any of their respective Related Parties shall be liable for any action taken
or not taken by the Administrative Agent or the Lead Arranger, as applicable, under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan
Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other
number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary), or as the Administrative Agent or Lead Arranger shall believe in good faith
shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 11.01 and 8.02) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or
willful  misconduct  as  determined  by  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  by  final  and  nonappealable  judgment.  Neither  the Administrative
Agent nor the Lead Arranger shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given in
writing to the Administrative Agent or the Lead Arranger, as applicable, by Borrowers or a Lender.

Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger nor any of their respective Related Parties have any duty or obligation to any
Lender or participant or any other Person to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection
with  this Agreement  or  any  other  Loan  Document,  (ii)  the  contents  of  any  certificate,  report  or  other  document  delivered  hereunder  or
thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms
or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness
or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or
priority  of  any  Lien  purported  to  be  created  by  the  Collateral  Documents,  (v)  the  value  or  the  sufficiency  of  any  Collateral,  or  (vi)  the
satisfaction  of  any  condition  set  forth  in Article  IV  or  elsewhere  herein,  other  than  to  confirm  receipt  of  items  expressly  required  to  be
delivered to the Administrative Agent and/or the Lead Arranger, as applicable.

104

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9.04          Reliance by Administrative Agent.

The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall be fully protected in relying and shall not incur any liability for
relying  upon,  any  notice,  request,  certificate,  communication,  consent,  statement,  instrument,  document  or  other  writing  (including  any
electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or
otherwise  authenticated  by  the  proper  Person.  The  Administrative  Agent  also  may  rely  upon  any  statement  made  to  it  orally  or  by
telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall be fully protected in relying and shall not incur any liability
for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan that by its terms must be fulfilled to
the  satisfaction  of  a  Lender,  the  Administrative  Agent  may  presume  that  such  condition  is  satisfactory  to  such  Lender  unless  the
Administrative  Agent  shall  have  received  written  notice  to  the  contrary  from  such  Lender  prior  to  the  making  of  such  Loan.  The
Administrative Agent  may  consult  with  legal  counsel  (who  may  be  counsel  for  the  Loan  Parties),  independent  accountants  and  other
experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel,
accountants or experts. For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed
this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required
thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received
written notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objections.

9.05          Delegation of Duties.

The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other
Loan Document by or through any one or more sub agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such
sub  agent  may  perform  any  and  all  of  its  duties  and  exercise  its  rights  and  powers  by  or  through  their  respective  Related  Parties.  The
exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such
sub-agent,  and  shall  apply  to  their  respective  activities  in  connection  with  the  syndication  of  the  Facilities  as  well  as  activities  as
Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the
extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with
gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub agents.

9.06          Resignation or Removal of Administrative Agent.

(a)               Notice. The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Borrowers, or
the  Required  Lenders  may  remove  the Administrative Agent  upon  five  (5)  Business  Day’s  prior  written  notice  to  each  Lender  and  the
Borrowers (and in the case of such removal, to the Administrative Agent). Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation or in the event of
such  a  removal,  the  Required  Lenders  shall  have  the  right,  in  consultation  with  the  Borrowers,  to  appoint  a  successor,  which  shall  be  a
financial institution with an office in the United States, a Lender or an Affiliate of any such financial institution or Lender with an office in
the  United  States.  If,  in  the  event  of  the  Administrative  Agent’s  resignation,  no  such  successor  shall  have  been  so  appointed  by  the
Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of
its  resignation  (or  such  earlier  day  as  shall  be  agreed  by  the  Required  Lenders)  (the  “Resignation  Effective  Date”),  then  the  retiring
Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the
qualifications set forth above; provided that, in no event shall any successor Administrative Agent be a Defaulting Lender. Whether or not a
successor has been appointed, such resignation shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.

105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)               Defaulting Lender. If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (d) of the
definition thereof, the Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, by notice in writing to the Borrowers and such
Person  remove  such  Person  as Administrative Agent  and,  in  consultation  with  the  Borrowers,  appoint  a  successor.  If  no  such  successor
shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days (or such earlier
day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Removal Effective Date”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in
accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.

(c)               Effect of Resignation or Removal. With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date or
the date on which the Administrative Agent is removed by the Required Lenders pursuant to Section 9.06(a) (as applicable) (i) the retiring
or  removed Administrative Agent  shall  be  discharged  from  its  duties  and  obligations  hereunder  and  under  the  other  Loan  Documents
(except  that  in  the  case  of  any  collateral  security  held  by  the Administrative Agent  on  behalf  of  the  Lenders  under  any  of  the  Loan
Documents,  the  retiring  or  removed Administrative Agent  shall  continue  to  hold  such  collateral  security  until  such  time  as  a  successor
Administrative Agent  is  appointed)  and  (ii)  except  for  any  indemnity  payments  or  other  amounts  then  owed  to  the  retiring  or  removed
Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent
shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative
Agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall
succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or removed) Administrative Agent (other
than  as  provided  in  Section  3.01(g)  and  other  than  any  rights  to  indemnity  payments  or  other  amounts  owed  to  the  retiring  or  removed
Administrative Agent as of the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date or the date on which the Administrative Agent is
removed  by  the  Required  Lenders  pursuant  to  Section  9.06(a),  as  applicable,  and  the  retiring  or  removed Administrative Agent  shall  be
discharged  from  all  of  its  duties  and  obligations  hereunder  or  under  the  other  Loan  Documents  (if  not  already  discharged  therefrom  as
provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrowers to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable
to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrowers and such successor. After the retiring or removed Administrative Agent’s
resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 11.04 shall continue in
effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any
actions  taken  or  omitted  to  be  taken  by  any  of  them  while  the  retiring  or  removed Administrative Agent  was  acting  as Administrative
Agent.

106

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9.07          Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders.

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or
any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and
decision  to  enter  into  this  Agreement.  Each  Lender  also  acknowledges  that  it  will,  independently  and  without  reliance  upon  the
Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from
time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any
other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

9.08          No Other Duties, Etc.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the titles listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or
responsibilities  under  this Agreement  or  any  of  the  other  Loan  Documents,  except  in  its  capacity,  as  applicable,  as  the Administrative
Agent, the Lead Arranger or a Lender hereunder.

9.09          Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim; Credit Bidding.

In  case  of  the  pendency  of  any  proceeding  under  any  Debtor  Relief  Law  or  any  other  judicial  proceeding  relative  to  any  Loan
Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by
declaration  or  otherwise  and  irrespective  of  whether  the Administrative Agent  shall  have  made  any  demand  on  any  Borrower)  shall  be
entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a)               to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans
and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the
claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and
the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 11.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b)               to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the

same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is
hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall
consent  to  the  making  of  such  payments  directly  to  the  Lenders,  to  pay  to  the Administrative Agent  any  amount  due  for  the  reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due
the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 11.04.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on
behalf  of  any  Lender  any  plan  of  reorganization,  arrangement,  adjustment  or  composition  affecting  the  Obligations  or  the  rights  of  any
Lender to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or in any such proceeding.

107

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Secured Parties hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at the direction of the Required Lenders, to credit bid
all  or  any  portion  of  the  Obligations  (including  accepting  some  or  all  of  the  Collateral  in  satisfaction  of  some  or  all  of  the  Obligations
pursuant  to  a  deed  in  lieu  of  foreclosure  or  otherwise)  and  in  such  manner  purchase  (either  directly  or  through  one  or  more  acquisition
vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral (a) at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including under
Sections 363, 1123 or 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any similar Laws in any other jurisdictions to which a Loan Party is subject, (b) at
any  other  sale  or  foreclosure  or  acceptance  of  collateral  in  lieu  of  debt  conducted  by  (or  with  the  consent  or  at  the  direction  of)  the
Administrative Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance with any applicable Law. In connection with any such credit
bid  and  purchase,  the  Obligations  owed  to  the  Secured  Parties  shall  be  entitled  to  be,  and  shall  be,  credit  bid  on  a  ratable  basis  (with
Obligations  with  respect  to  contingent  or  unliquidated  claims  receiving  contingent  interests  in  the  acquired  assets  on  a  ratable  basis  that
would vest upon the liquidation of such claims in an amount proportional to the liquidated portion of the contingent claim amount used in
allocating  the  contingent  interests)  in  the  asset  or  assets  so  purchased  (or  in  the  Equity  Interests  or  debt  instruments  of  the  acquisition
vehicle  or  vehicles  that  are  used  to  consummate  such  purchase).  In  connection  with  any  such  bid  (i)  the Administrative Agent  shall  be
authorized to form one or more acquisition vehicles to make a bid, (ii) to adopt documents providing for the governance of the acquisition
vehicle or vehicles (provided that, any actions by the Administrative Agent with respect to such acquisition vehicle or vehicles, including
any  disposition  of  the  assets  or  Equity  Interests  thereof  shall  be  governed,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  the  vote  of  the  Required  Lenders,
irrespective of the termination of this Agreement and without giving effect to the limitations on actions by the Required Lenders contained
in  clauses  (a)  through  (j)  of  Section  11.01  of  this Agreement,  and  (iii)  to  the  extent  that  Obligations  that  are  assigned  to  an  acquisition
vehicle are not used to acquire Collateral for any reason (as a result of another bid being higher or better, because the amount of Obligations
assigned to the acquisition vehicle exceeds the amount of debt credit bid by the acquisition vehicle or otherwise), such Obligations shall
automatically be reassigned to the Lenders pro rata and the Equity Interests and/or debt instruments issued by any acquisition vehicle on
account  of  the  Obligations  that  had  been  assigned  to  the  acquisition  vehicle  shall  automatically  be  cancelled,  without  the  need  for  any
Secured Party or any acquisition vehicle to take any further action.

9.10          Collateral and Guaranty Matters.

Each of the Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at the direction of the Required Lenders,

(a)               to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon
the Facility Termination Date, (ii) that is sold or otherwise disposed of or to be sold or otherwise disposed of as part of or in connection
with  any  sale  or  other  disposition  permitted  hereunder  or  under  any  other  Loan  Document,  or  (iii)  if  approved,  authorized  or  ratified  in
writing by the Required Lenders in accordance with Section 11.01;

108

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)               to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to

the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 7.01(i); and

(c)               to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of

a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents.

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s
authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under
the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.10. In each case as specified in this Section 9.10, the Administrative Agent will, at the Borrowers’
expense,  execute  and  deliver  to  the  applicable  Loan  Party  such  documents  as  such  Loan  Party  may  reasonably  request  to  evidence  the
release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents or to subordinate its
interest in such item, or to release such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the
Loan Documents and this Section 9.10.

The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty
regarding  the  existence,  value  or  collectability  of  the  Collateral,  the  existence,  priority  or  perfection  of  the Administrative Agent’s  Lien
thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable
to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.

9.11          [Reserved].

9.12          ABL Facility Documents and Intercreditor Agreement.

Each  of  the  Lenders  hereby  acknowledges  that  it  has  received  and  reviewed  the  ABL  Facility  Documents  and  irrevocably
appoints, designates and authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arranger to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement and any other
ABL Facility Documents, on its behalf and to take such action on its behalf as is contemplated by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement
and such ABL Facility Documents.

ARTICLE X

CONTINUING GUARANTY

10.01      Guaranty.

Each Guarantor hereby absolutely and unconditionally, jointly and severally guarantees, as primary obligor and as a guaranty of
payment and performance and not merely as a guaranty of collection, prompt payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by required
prepayment, upon acceleration, demand or otherwise, and at all times thereafter, of any and all Obligations (for each Guarantor, subject to
the proviso in this sentence, its “Guaranteed Obligations”); provided that, the liability of each Guarantor individually with respect to this
Guaranty  shall  be  limited  to  an  aggregate  amount  equal  to  the  largest  amount  that  would  not  render  its  obligations  hereunder  subject  to
avoidance  under  Section  548  of  the  Bankruptcy  Code  or  any  comparable  provisions  of  any  applicable  state  law.  The  Administrative
Agent’s books and records showing the amount of the Obligations shall be admissible in evidence in any action or proceeding, and shall be
binding  upon  each  Guarantor,  and  conclusive  for  the  purpose  of  establishing  the  amount  of  the  Obligations.  This  Guaranty  shall  not  be
affected  by  the  genuineness,  validity,  regularity  or  enforceability  of  the  Obligations  or  any  instrument  or  agreement  evidencing  any
Obligations, or by the existence, validity, enforceability, perfection, non-perfection or extent of any collateral therefor, or by any fact or
circumstance  relating  to  the  Obligations  which  might  otherwise  constitute  a  defense  to  the  obligations  of  the  Guarantors  (other  than
performance),  or  any  of  them,  under  this  Guaranty,  and  each  Guarantor  hereby  irrevocably  waives  any  defenses  it  may  now  have  or
hereafter acquire in any way relating to any or all of the foregoing.

109

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.02      Rights of Lenders.

Each Guarantor consents and agrees that the Secured Parties may, at any time and from time to time, without notice or demand,
and without affecting the enforceability or continuing effectiveness hereof: (a) amend, extend, renew, compromise, discharge, accelerate or
otherwise change the time for payment or the terms of the Obligations or any part thereof; (b) take, hold, exchange, enforce, waive, release,
fail to perfect, sell, or otherwise dispose of any security for the payment of this Guaranty or any Obligations; (c) apply such security and
direct  the  order  or  manner  of  sale  thereof  as  the Administrative Agent,  the  Lead Arranger  and  the  Lenders  in  their  sole  discretion  may
determine; and (d) release or substitute one or more of any endorsers or other guarantors of any of the Obligations. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, each Guarantor consents to the taking of, or failure to take, any action which might in any manner or to any
extent vary the risks of such Guarantor under this Guaranty or which, but for this provision, might operate as a discharge of such Guarantor.

10.03      Certain Waivers.

Each  Guarantor  waives  (a)  any  defense  arising  by  reason  of  any  disability  or  other  defense  of  any  Borrower  or  any  other
guarantor, or the cessation from any cause whatsoever (including any act or omission of any Secured Party) of the liability of any Borrower
or any other Loan Party, other than performance; (b) any defense based on any claim that such Guarantor’s obligations exceed or are more
burdensome  than  those  of  any  Borrower  or  any  other  Loan  Party;  (c)  the  benefit  of  any  statute  of  limitations  affecting  any  Guarantor’s
liability hereunder; (d) any right to proceed against any Borrower or any other Loan Party, proceed against or exhaust any security for the
Obligations, or pursue any other remedy in the power of any Secured Party whatsoever; (e) any benefit of and any right to participate in any
security now or hereafter held by any Secured Party; and (f) to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all other defenses or benefits
that  may  be  derived  from  or  afforded  by  applicable  Law  limiting  the  liability  of  or  exonerating  guarantors  or  sureties.  Each  Guarantor
expressly  waives  all  setoffs  and  counterclaims  and  all  presentments,  demands  for  payment  or  performance,  notices  of  nonpayment  or
nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and all other notices or demands of any kind or nature whatsoever with
respect to the Obligations, and all notices of acceptance of this Guaranty or of the existence, creation or incurrence of new or additional
Obligations.

110

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.04      Obligations Independent.

The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are those of primary obligor, and not merely as surety, and are independent of the
Obligations  and  the  obligations  of  any  other  guarantor,  and  a  separate  action  may  be  brought  against  each  Guarantor  to  enforce  this
Guaranty whether or not any Borrower or any other person or entity is joined as a party.

10.05      Subrogation.

No Guarantor shall exercise any right of subrogation, contribution, indemnity, reimbursement or similar rights with respect to any
payments it makes under this Guaranty until all of the Obligations and any amounts payable under this Guaranty have been indefeasibly
paid and performed in full and the Commitments and the Facilities are terminated. If any amounts are paid to a Guarantor in violation of
the foregoing limitation, then such amounts shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the
Secured Parties to reduce the amount of the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

10.06      Termination; Reinstatement.

This Guaranty is a continuing and irrevocable guaranty of all Obligations now or hereafter existing and shall remain in full force
and effect until the Facility Termination Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Guaranty shall continue in full force and effect or be
revived, as the case may be, if any payment by or on behalf of Borrowers or a Guarantor is made, or any of the Secured Parties exercises its
right of setoff, in respect of the Obligations and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated,
declared  to  be  fraudulent  or  preferential,  set  aside  or  required  (including  pursuant  to  any  settlement  entered  into  by  any  of  the  Secured
Parties in their discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief
Laws or otherwise, all as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred and whether or not the Secured Parties are in
possession of or have released this Guaranty and regardless of any prior revocation, rescission, termination or reduction. The obligations of
each Guarantor under this paragraph shall survive termination of this Guaranty.

10.07      Stay of Acceleration.

If acceleration of the time for payment of any of the Obligations is stayed, in connection with any case commenced by or against a
Guarantor  or  Borrowers  under  any  Debtor  Relief  Laws,  or  otherwise,  all  such  amounts  shall  nonetheless  be  payable  by  each  Guarantor,
jointly and severally, immediately upon demand by the Secured Parties.

10.08      Condition of Borrowers.

Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that it has the sole responsibility for, and has adequate means of, obtaining from any
Borrower and any other guarantor such information concerning the financial condition, business and operations of each Borrower and any
such other guarantor as such Guarantor requires, and that none of the Secured Parties has any duty, and such Guarantor is not relying on the
Secured Parties at any time, to disclose to it any information relating to the business, operations or financial condition of any Borrower or
any  other  guarantor  (each  Guarantor  waiving  any  duty  on  the  part  of  the  Secured  Parties  to  disclose  such  information  and  any  defense
relating to the failure to provide the same).

111

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.09      Appointment of Borrowers.

Each  of  the  Loan  Parties  hereby  appoints  the  Borrowers  to  act  as  its  agent  for  all  purposes  of  this Agreement,  the  other  Loan
Documents and all other documents and electronic platforms entered into in connection herewith and agrees that (a) the Borrowers may
execute  such  documents  and  provide  such  authorizations  on  behalf  of  such  Loan  Parties  as  the  Borrowers  deems  appropriate  in  its  sole
discretion  and  each  Loan  Party  shall  be  obligated  by  all  of  the  terms  of  any  such  document  and/or  authorization  executed  on  its  behalf,
(b) any notice or communication delivered by the Administrative Agent or a Lender to the Borrowers shall be deemed delivered to each
Loan Party and (c) the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger or the Lenders may accept, and be permitted to rely on, any document,
authorization, instrument or agreement executed by any of the Borrowers on behalf of each of the Loan Parties.

10.10      Right of Contribution.

The  Guarantors  agree  among  themselves  that,  in  connection  with  payments  made  hereunder,  each  Guarantor  shall  have

contribution rights against the other Guarantors as permitted under applicable Law.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

11.01      Amendments, Etc.

No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by any
Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders (or by the Administrative
Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders) and such Borrowers or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged
by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose
for which given; provided, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a)               [reserved];

(b)               extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02)

without the written consent of such Lender;

(c)               postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment (excluding mandatory
prepayments)  of  principal,  interest,  fees  or  other  amounts  due  to  the  Lenders  (or  any  of  them)  hereunder  or  under  such  other  Loan
Document without the written consent of each Lender entitled to such payment;

112

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)               reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan, or (subject to clause (iv) of the second
proviso to this Section 11.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent
of  each  Lender  entitled  to  such  amount; provided,  that  only  the  consent  of  the  Required  Lenders  shall  be  necessary  (i)  to  amend  the
definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrowers to pay interest at the Default Rate or (ii) to amend any financial
covenant hereunder (or any defined term used therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any
Loan or to reduce any fee payable hereunder;

(e)               change (i) Section 8.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the
written consent of each Lender or (ii) the order of application of any reduction in the Commitments or any prepayment of the Term Loan
Facility from the application thereof set forth in the applicable provisions of Section 2.05(b), respectively, in any manner that materially and
adversely affects the Lenders without the written consent of the Required Lenders, as applicable;

(f)                change any provision of this Section 11.01 or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision of any Loan
Document  specifying  the  number  or  percentage  of  Lenders  required  to  amend,  waive  or  otherwise  modify  any  rights  hereunder  or
thereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender;

(g)               release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions, without the written

consent of each Lender;

(h)               release all or substantially all of the value of the Guaranty, without the written consent of each Lender, except to the
extent the release of any Subsidiary from the Guaranty is permitted pursuant to Section 9.10 (in which case such release may be made by
the Administrative Agent acting at the direction of the Required Lenders);

(i)                 

release  any  Borrower  or  permit  any  Borrower  to  assign  or  transfer  any  of  its  rights  or  obligations  under  this

Agreement or the other Loan Documents without the consent of each Lender; or

(j)                  impose any greater restriction on the ability of any Lender under the Term Loan Facility to assign any of its rights or

obligations hereunder without the written consent of the Required Lenders;

and provided further, that, (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent and the
Lead Arranger, in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arranger
under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (ii) the Agent Fee Letter may only be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder
may only be waived, in a writing executed by the parties to the Agent Fee Letter. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (A) no
Defaulting  Lender  shall  have  any  right  to  approve  or  disapprove  any  amendment,  waiver  or  consent  hereunder  (and  any  amendment,
waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the
applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders
or each affected Lender, that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender disproportionately adversely relative to other affected Lenders shall
require the consent of such Defaulting Lender; (B) each Lender is entitled to vote as such Lender sees fit on any bankruptcy reorganization
plan that affects the Loans, and each Lender acknowledges that the provisions of Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code supersedes the
unanimous consent provisions set forth herein, (C) the Required Lenders shall determine whether or not to allow a Loan Party to use cash
collateral in the context of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding and such determination shall be binding on all of the Lenders, and (D) no
lender holding all or any portion of the ABL Facility Indebtedness shall have any right to vote on any amendment, modification or consent
under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

113

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Lead Arranger (with notice to the Administrative Agent) may, with the prior written
consent of the Borrowers only, amend, modify or supplement this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to cure any ambiguity,
omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency.

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any amendment of modification to the ABL Facility Documents amends or
modifies any representation and warranty, covenant (including any financial covenant), event of default or other term contained in the ABL
Facility Documents (or any related definitions), in each case, in a manner that is more restrictive than the applicable provisions permit as of
the date thereof, or if any amendment or modification to the ABL Credit Agreement or other ABL Facility Document adds an additional
representation and warranty, covenant, event of default therein, the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties acknowledge and agree that this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents, as the case may be, shall be automatically amended or modified to affect similar amendments or
modifications  with  respect  to  this Agreement  or  such  other  Loan  Documents,  without  the  need  for  any  further  action  or  consent  by  the
Borrowers,  the  Loan  Parties,  or  any  other  party.  In  furtherance  of  the  foregoing,  the  Borrowers  and  the  other  Loan  Parties  permit  the
Lenders  to  document  each  such  similar  amendment  or  modification  to  this  Agreement  or  such  other  Loan  Documents  or  insert  a
corresponding  new  representation  and  warranty,  covenant,  event  of  default  or  other  provision  in  this  Agreement  or  such  other  Loan
Documents without any need for any further action or consent by the Borrowers, the other Loan Parties or any other party.

If any Lender does not consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, consent or release with respect to any Loan Document that requires the
consent of each Lender and that has been approved by the Required Lenders, the Borrowers may replace such Non-Consenting Lender in
accordance  with  Section  11.13; provided that,  such  amendment,  waiver,  consent  or  release  can  be  effected  as  a  result  of  the  assignment
contemplated by such Section (together with all other such assignments required by the Borrowers to be made pursuant to this paragraph).

11.02      Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications.

(a)                              Notices Generally.  Except  in  the  case  of  notices  and  other  communications  expressly  permitted  to  be  given  by
telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing
and  shall  be  delivered  by  hand  or  overnight  courier  service,  mailed  by  certified  or  registered  mail  or  sent  by  fax  transmission  or  e-mail
transmission  (subject,  in  the  case  of  e-mail  transmission,  to  clause  (b)  below)  as  follows,  and  all  notices  and  other  communications
expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

114

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(i)                 if to any Borrower or any other Loan Party, the Administrative Agent or the Lead Arranger, to the address, fax

number, e-mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 1.01(a); and

(ii)              

if  to  any  other  Lender,  to  the  address,  fax  number,  e-mail  address  or  telephone  number  specified  in  its
Administrative  Questionnaire  (including,  as  appropriate,  notices  delivered  solely  to  the  Person  designated  by  a  Lender  on  its
Administrative Questionnaire then in effect for the delivery of notices that may contain material non-public information relating to
Borrowers).

Notices  and  other  communications  sent  by  hand  or  overnight  courier  service,  or  mailed  by  certified  or  registered  mail,  shall  be
deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by fax transmission shall be deemed to have been given
when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of
business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to
the extent provided in subsection (b) below shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).

(b)               Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger and
the  Lenders  hereunder  may  be  delivered  or  furnished  by  electronic  communication  (including  e-mail,  FPML  messaging  and  Internet  or
intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent;  provided that, the foregoing shall not apply to notices to
any Lender pursuant to Article II if such Lender has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such
Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger or the Borrowers may each, in its discretion, agree to
accept  notices  and  other  communications  to  it  hereunder  by  electronic  communications  pursuant  to  procedures  approved  by  it; provided
that, approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Unless  the Administrative Agent  otherwise  prescribes,  (i)  notices  and  other  communications  sent  to  an  e-mail  address  shall  be
deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested”
function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement) and (ii) notices and other communications posted to an Internet or
intranet website shall be deemed received by the intended recipient upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended
recipient  (such  as  by  the  “return  receipt  requested”  function,  as  available,  return  e-mail  address  or  other  written  acknowledgement)
indicating that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i)
and  (ii),  if  such  notice  or  other  communication  is  not  sent  during  the  normal  business  hours  of  the  recipient,  such  notice,  email  or
communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.

115

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)               The Platform. THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS

DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE
ADEQUACY  OF  THE  PLATFORM, AND  EXPRESSLY  DISCLAIM  LIABILITY  FOR  ERRORS  IN  OR  OMISSIONS  FROM  THE
BORROWER  MATERIALS.  NO  WARRANTY  OF  ANY  KIND,  EXPRESS,  IMPLIED  OR  STATUTORY,  INCLUDING  ANY
WARRANTY  OF  MERCHANTABILITY,  FITNESS  FOR A  PARTICULAR  PURPOSE,  NON  INFRINGEMENT  OF  THIRD  PARTY
RIGHTS  OR  FREEDOM  FROM  VIRUSES  OR  OTHER  CODE  DEFECTS,  IS  MADE  BY ANY AGENT  PARTY  IN  CONNECTION
WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties
(collectively,  the  “ Agent Parties”)  have  any  liability  to  the  any  Borrower,  any  Lender  or  any  other  Person  for  losses,  claims,  damages,
liabilities  or  expenses  of  any  kind  (whether  in  tort,  contract  or  otherwise)  arising  out  of  any  Borrower’s,  any  Loan  Party’s  or  the
Administrative Agent’s  transmission  of  Borrower  Materials  or  notices  through  the  Platform,  any  other  electronic  platform  or  electronic
messaging service, or through the Internet, other than losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses arising out of the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of the Agent Parties in relation thereto as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable
judgment.

(d)               Change of Address, Etc. Each of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arranger may change its
address, fax number or telephone number or e-mail address for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties
hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, fax number or telephone number or e-mail address for notices and other communications
hereunder  by  notice  to  the  Borrowers,  the Administrative Agent  and  the  Lead Arranger.  In  addition,  each  Lender  agrees  to  notify  the
Administrative Agent  from  time  to  time  to  ensure  that  the Administrative Agent  has  on  record  (i)  an  effective  address,  contact  name,
telephone  number,  fax  number  and  e-mail  address  to  which  notices  and  other  communications  may  be  sent  and  (ii)  accurate  wire
instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, certain of the Lenders (each, a “Public Lender”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive
material non-public information with respect to such Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who
may be engaged in investment and other market related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities, and each Public Lender agrees to
cause at least one (1) individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar
designation  on  the  content  declaration  screen  on  IntraLinks,  Syndtrak,  ClearPar  or  a  substantially  similar  electronic  transmission  system
(the “Platform”) in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and
applicable  Law,  including  United  States  federal  and  state  securities  Laws,  to  make  reference  to  Borrower  Materials  that  are  not  made
available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect
to Borrowers or its securities for purposes of United States federal or state securities laws.

(e)               Reliance by Administrative Agent, Lead Arranger and Lenders . The Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger and the
Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including, without limitation, telephonic or electronic notices, Loan Notices and
Notice  of  Loan  Prepayment)  purportedly  given  by  or  on  behalf  of  any  Loan  Party  even  if  (i)  such  notices  were  not  made  in  a  manner
specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as
understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Lead
Arranger, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by
such  Person  on  each  notice  purportedly  given  by  or  on  behalf  of  a  Loan  Party.  All  telephonic  notices  to  and  other  telephonic
communications  with  the Administrative Agent  may  be  recorded  by  the Administrative Agent,  and  each  of  the  parties  hereto  hereby
consents to such recording.

116

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.03      No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement.

No  failure  by  any  Lender,  the  Lead  Arranger  or  the  Administrative  Agent  to  exercise,  and  no  delay  by  any  such  Person  in
exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall
any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein
provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges
provided by law.

Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  contained  herein  or  in  any  other  Loan  Document,  the  authority  to  enforce  rights  and
remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all
actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative
Agent  in  accordance  with  Section  8.02  for  the  benefit  of  all  the  Lenders; provided  that,  the  foregoing  shall  not  prohibit  (a)  the
Administrative  Agent  from  exercising  on  its  own  behalf  the  rights  and  remedies  that  inure  to  its  benefit  (solely  in  its  capacity  as
Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) the Lead Arranger from exercising the rights and remedies that
inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Lead Arranger) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising
setoff  rights  in  accordance  with  Section  11.08  (subject  to  the  terms  of  Section  2.13),  or  (d)  any  Lender  from  filing  proofs  of  claim  or
appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief
Law;  and provided, further,  that  if  at  any  time  there  is  no  Person  acting  as Administrative Agent  hereunder  and  under  the  other  Loan
Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.02 and
(ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.13, any Lender may, with
the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

11.04      Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.

(a)               Costs and Expenses. The Loan Parties shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by
the Lead Arranger, the Administrative Agent and their respective Affiliates (including the reasonable  and  documented  fees,  charges  and
disbursements  of  one  counsel  for  the Administrative Agent  and  the  Lead Arranger  and,  if  necessary,  one  firm  of  local  counsel  for  the
Administrative Agent and the Lead Arranger in each applicable jurisdiction and one firm of specialist counsel for the Administrative Agent
and the Lead Arranger for each such specialized area of law), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein,
the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments,
modifications  or  waivers  of  the  provisions  hereof  or  thereof  (whether  or  not  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  or  thereby  shall  be
consummated) and (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger or
any Lender (including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel for the Administrative Agent, Lead
Arranger  and  the  Lenders  and,  if  necessary,  one  firm  of  local  counsel  for  the  Administrative  Agent  and  the  Lead  Arranger  in  each
applicable jurisdiction and one firm of specialist counsel for the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arranger for each such specialized area
of  law),  in  connection  with  the  enforcement  or  protection  of  its  rights  (A)  in  connection  with  this  Agreement  and  the  other  Loan
Documents,  including  its  rights  under  this  Section,  or  (B)  in  connection  with  Loans  made  hereunder,  including  all  such  out-of-pocket
expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans.

117

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)               Indemnification by the Loan Parties . The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Lead Arranger, the Administrative Agent
(and  any  sub-agent  thereof),  each  Lender,  and  each  Related  Party  of  any  of  the  foregoing  Persons  (each  such  Person  being  called  an
“Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, settlement costs and related
expenses (including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any
Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any Person (including Borrowers or any other Loan Party) arising out of, in connection
with,  or  as  a  result  of  (i)  the  execution  or  delivery  of  this  Agreement,  any  other  Loan  Document  or  any  agreement  or  instrument
contemplated  hereby  or  thereby,  the  performance  by  the  parties  hereto  of  their  respective  obligations  hereunder  or  thereunder  or  the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof)
and its Related Parties only, and the case of the Lead Arranger (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration
of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including in respect of any matters addressed in Section 3.01), (ii) any Loan or the use or
proposed  use  of  the  proceeds  therefrom,  (iii)  any  actual  or  alleged  presence  or  release  of  Hazardous  Materials  on  or  from  any  property
owned or operated by a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability or Environmental Claim related in any way to
a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the
foregoing,  whether  based  on  contract,  tort  or  any  other  theory,  whether  brought  by  a  third  party  or  by  any  Borrower  or  any  other  Loan
Party or any of Borrowers’ or such Loan Party’s directors, shareholders or creditors, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party
thereto IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE
CONTRIBUTORY OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF THE INDEMNITEE; provided that, such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be
available  to  the  extent  that  such  losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or  related  expenses  (x)  are  determined  by  a  court  of  competent
jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, or
(y) in the case of disputes solely between or among Indemnitees and not arising out of any acts or omissions by any Loan Party or any of its
Affiliates, except that in the event of such dispute involving a claim or proceeding brought against the Administrative Agent or the Lead
Arranger (in each case, in its capacity as such) by the other Indemnitees, such indemnity shall be available to the Administrative Agent or
the Lead Arranger (in each case, in its capacity as such), as applicable (subject to the other foregoing limitations and exceptions). Without
limiting the provisions of Section 3.01(c), this Section 11.04(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent
losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.

118

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)               Reimbursement by Lenders. To the extent that any of the Loan Parties for any reason fail to indefeasibly pay any
amount required under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section or Section 3.01(c) to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent
thereof), the Lead Arranger or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent
(or any such sub-agent), the Lead Arranger or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the
time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought based on each Lender’s share of the Total Credit Exposure
at such time (or if such unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought after the date on which the Loans have been paid in full, in
accordance with such Lender’s share of the Total Credit Exposure immediately prior to the date on which the Loans are paid in full)) of
such unpaid amount (including any such unpaid amount in respect of a claim asserted by such Lender), such payment to be made severally
among them; provided that, the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be,
was  incurred  by  or  asserted  against  the Administrative Agent  (or  any  such  sub-agent)  or  the  Lead Arranger  in  its  capacity  as  such,  or
against  any  Related  Party  of  any  of  the  foregoing  acting  for  the Administrative Agent  (or  any  such  sub-agent),  or  the  Lead Arranger  in
connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.12(d).

(d)               Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, no Loan Party shall assert,
and each Loan Party hereby waives, and acknowledges that no other Person shall have, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of
liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with,
or  as  a  result  of,  this  Agreement,  any  other  Loan  Document  or  any  agreement  or  instrument  contemplated  hereby,  the  transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b) above shall be
liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended
recipients  by  such  Indemnitee  through  telecommunications,  electronic  or  other  information  transmission  systems  in  connection  with  this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(e)               Payments. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten (10) Business Days after written

demand therefor.

(f)                

Survival.  The  agreements  in  this  Section  and  the  indemnity  provisions  of  Section  11.02(e)  shall  survive  the
resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger, the replacement of any Lender and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of
all the other Obligations.

11.05      Payments Set Aside.

119

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To  the  extent  that  any  payment  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  Borrowers  is  made  to  the Administrative Agent  or  any  Lender,  or  the
Administrative Agent  or  any  Lender  exercises  its  right  of  setoff,  and  such  payment  or  the  proceeds  of  such  setoff  or  any  part  thereof  is
subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into
by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any
proceeding  under  any  Debtor  Relief  Law  or  otherwise,  then  (a)  to  the  extent  of  such  recovery,  the  obligation  or  part  thereof  originally
intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not
occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication)
of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such
payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under
clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

11.06      Successors and Assigns.

(a)               Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be binding
upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and thereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except neither
any Borrower nor any other Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written
consent of the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights
or  obligations  hereunder  except  (i)  to  an  assignee  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  subsection  (b)  of  this  Section,  (ii)  by  way  of
participation  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  subsection  (d)  of  this  Section,  or  (iii)  by  way  of  pledge  or  assignment  of  a  security
interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (e) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall
be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties
hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to
the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger, and the Lenders)
any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b)               Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and
obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all or a portion of the Term Loans at the time  owing  to  it);
provided that, any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i)                 Minimum Amounts.

(A)              in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Term Loans at
the time owing to it or contemporaneous assignments to related Approved Funds (determined after giving effect to such
assignments) that equal at least the amount specified in paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this Section in the aggregate or in the case of
an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

120

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(B)              in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the principal
outstanding balance of the Term Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date
the Assignment  and Assumption  with  respect  to  such  assignment  is  delivered  to  the Administrative Agent  or,  if  “Trade
Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $1,000,000, unless each
of the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
Borrowers otherwise consent (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

(ii)               Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all
the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to the Term Loans
assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations on a
non-pro rata basis.

(iii)            Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment except:

(A)              the consent of the Borrowers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed)
shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such
assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;  provided that, the Borrowers shall be deemed to
have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent and the
Lead Arranger within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof;

(B)               the consent of the Lead Arranger shall be required for assignments in respect of any Term Loan to a

Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.

(iv)              Assignment and Assumption. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative
Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500;  provided, that the
Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment.
The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

(v)               No Assignment to Certain Persons. No such assignment shall be made (A) to any Borrower or any Borrower’s
or  the  Sponsor’s Affiliates  or  Subsidiaries,  (B)  to  any  Defaulting  Lender  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries,  or  any  Person  who,  upon
becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B), (C) to a natural Person (or
a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural person) or (D) any
holder of the ABL Facility Indebtedness, and any such assignment in violation of this provision shall be void ab initio.

121

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(vi)              Certain Additional Payments. In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting
Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein,
the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient,
upon  distribution  thereof  as  appropriate  (which  may  be  outright  payment,  purchases  by  the  assignee  of  participations  or
subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrowers, the Lead Arranger and the
Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each
of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (A) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then
owed  by  such  Defaulting  Lender  to  the  Administrative  Agent  or  any  Lender  hereunder  (and  interest  accrued  thereon)  and
(B)  acquire  (and  fund  as  appropriate)  its  full  pro  rata  share  of  all  Loans  in  accordance  with  its  Applicable  Percentage.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall
become effective under applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest
shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

Subject  to  acceptance  and  recording  thereof  by  the Administrative Agent  pursuant  to  subsection  (c)  of  this  Section,  from  and  after  the
effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of
the  interest  assigned  by  such Assignment  and Assumption,  have  the  rights  and  obligations  of  a  Lender  under  this Agreement,  and  the
assigning  Lender  thereunder  shall,  to  the  extent  of  the  interest  assigned  by  such  Assignment  and  Assumption,  be  released  from  its
obligations  under  this Agreement  (and,  in  the  case  of  an Assignment  and Assumption  covering  all  of  the  assigning  Lender’s  rights  and
obligations  under  this  Agreement,  such  Lender  shall  cease  to  be  a  party  hereto  but  shall  continue  to  be  entitled  to  the  benefits  of
Sections  3.01,  3.04,  3.05  and  11.04  with  respect  to  facts  and  circumstances  occurring  prior  to  the  effective  date  of  such  assignment);
provided, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute
a  waiver  or  release  of  any  claim  of  any  party  hereunder  arising  from  that  Lender’s  having  been  a  Defaulting  Lender.  Upon  request,  the
Borrowers (at their expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or
obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such
Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section.

(c)               Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of each Borrower (and such
agency  being  solely  for  tax  purposes),  shall  maintain  at  the Administrative Agent’s  Office  a  copy  of  each Assignment  and Assumption
delivered to it (or the equivalent thereof in electronic form) and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders,
and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from
time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and each Borrower, the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder
for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by each Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time
and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. This Section 11.06(c) shall be construed so that all Loans provided for under the Loan
Documents are at all times maintained in “registered form” within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2), and 881(c)(2) of the Code
and under Sections 5f.103-1(c) and 1.871-14 of the United States Treasury Regulations.

122

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)               Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, any Borrower or the Administrative
Agent,  sell  participations  to  any  Person  (other  than  to  Borrowers  or  any  Borrower’s  or  Sponsor’s Affiliates  or  Subsidiaries)  a  natural
Person,  or  a  holding  company,  investment  vehicle  or  trust  for,  or  owned  and  operated  for  the  primary  benefit  of  a  natural  Person,  a
Defaulting Lender or any Borrowers or any Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s
rights  and/or  obligations  under  this Agreement  (including  all  or  a  portion  of  the  Loans  owing  to  it); provided  that,  (i)  such  Lender’s
obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the
performance  of  such  obligations  and  (iii)  each  Borrower,  the Administrative Agent  and  the  Lenders  shall  continue  to  deal  solely  and
directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each
Lender shall be responsible for the indemnity under Section 11.04(c) without regard to the existence of any participations.

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the
sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement;  provided
that, such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment,
waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 11.01 that affects such Participant. Each Borrower agrees that each
Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the
requirements  under  Section  3.01(e)  (it  being  understood  that  the  documentation  required  under  Section  3.01(e)  shall  be  delivered  to  the
Lender  who  sells  the  participation))  to  the  same  extent  as  if  it  were  a  Lender  and  had  acquired  its  interest  by  assignment  pursuant  to
paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that, such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.06 and 11.13 as if it
were  an  assignee  under  paragraph  (b)  of  this  Section  and  (B)  shall  not  be  entitled  to  receive  any  greater  payment  under  Sections  3.01
or 3.04, with respect to any participation, than the Lender from whom it acquired the applicable participation would have been entitled to
receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant
acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrowers’ request and expense, to use reasonable
efforts to cooperate with the Borrowers to effectuate the provisions of Section 3.06 with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted
by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.08 as though it were a Lender; provided that, such Participant
agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as
a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal
amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant
Register”); provided that,  no  Lender  shall  have  any  obligation  to  disclose  all  or  any  portion  of  the  Participant  Register  (including  the
identity  of  any  Participant  or  any  information  relating  to  a  Participant’s  interest  in  any  commitments,  loans,  letters  of  credit  or  its  other
obligations  under  any  Loan  Document)  to  any  Person  except  to  the  extent  that  such  disclosure  is  necessary  to  establish  that  such
commitment,  loan,  letter  of  credit  or  other  obligation  is  in  “registered  form”  under  Section  5f-103  1(c)  of  the  United  States  Treasury
Regulations.  The  entries  in  the  Participant  Register  shall  be  conclusive  absent  manifest  error,  and  such  Lender  shall  treat  each  Person
whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding
any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent or the Lead Arranger (in its capacity as Administrative
Agent or Lead Arranger, as the case may be) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register. This Section 11.06(d) shall
be construed so that all Loans provided for under the Loan Documents are at all times maintained in “registered form” within the meaning
of  Sections  163(f),  871(h)(2),  and  881(c)(2)  of  the  Code  and  under  Sections  5f.103-1(c)  and  1.871-14  of  the  United  States  Treasury
Regulations.

123

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(e)               Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights
under this Agreement (including under its Note or Notes, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to
secure  obligations  to  a  Federal  Reserve  Bank; provided that,  no  such  pledge  or  assignment  shall  release  such  Lender  from  any  of  its
obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

11.07      Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality.

(a)               Treatment of Certain Information. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger and the Lenders agrees to
maintain  the  confidentiality  of  the  Information  (as  defined  below),  except  that  Information  may  be  disclosed  in  each  case,  (i)  to  its
Affiliates, to its Related Parties and to its financing sources (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be
informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (ii) to the extent required or
requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over such Person or its Related Parties (including the United States
Small Business Administration and any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (iii) to the
extent  required  by  applicable  Laws  or  regulations  or  by  any  subpoena  or  similar  legal  process,  (iv)  to  any  other  party  hereto,  (v)  in
connection  with  the  exercise  of  any  remedies  hereunder  or  under  any  other  Loan  Document  or  any  action  or  proceeding  relating  to  this
Agreement  or  any  other  Loan  Document  or  the  enforcement  of  rights  hereunder  or  thereunder,  (vi)  subject  to  an  agreement  containing
provisions  substantially  the  same  as  those  of  this  Section,  to  (A)  any  assignee  of  or  Participant  in,  or  any  prospective  assignee  of  or
Participant in, any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement or (B) any actual or prospective party (or its Related Parties) to any
swap,  derivative  or  other  transaction  under  which  payments  are  to  be  made  by  reference  to  any  Borrower  and  its  obligations,  this
Agreement  or  payments  hereunder,  (vii)  on  a  confidential  basis  to  (A)  any  rating  agency  in  connection  with  rating  any  Borrower  or  its
Subsidiaries or the credit facilities provided hereunder or (B) the provider of any Platform or other electronic delivery service used by the
Administrative Agent to deliver Borrower Materials or notices to the Lenders or (C) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in
connection  with  the  issuance  and  monitoring  of  CUSIP  numbers  or  other  market  identifiers  with  respect  to  the  credit  facilities  provided
hereunder,

124

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(viii) with the consent of Borrowers or to the extent such Information (1) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of
this  Section  or  (2)  becomes  available  to  the Administrative Agent,  any  Lender  or  any  of  their  respective Affiliates  on  a  nonconfidential
basis from a source other than such Borrowers, (ix) in connection with any public filing by the Lead Arranger, the Administrative Agent,
any Lender or their respective Affiliates but only to the extent that such Person is required, or such Person reasonably believes that it is
required, by law to disclose such Information, or (x) to any financial institution that is a lender (or other provider of financing) to the any
Lender  (it  being  understood  that  the  Persons  to  whom  such  disclosure  is  made  will  be  informed  of  the  confidential  nature  of  such
Information  and  instructed  to  keep  such  Information  confidential).  For  purposes  of  this  Section,  “Information”  means  all  information
received from any Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to Borrowers or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other than any
such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by any Borrower
or  any  Subsidiary; provided that,  in  the  case  of  information  received  from  any  Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary  after  the  date  hereof,  such
information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information
as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of
care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information. In addition, the
Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and customary information about
this Agreement  to  market  data  collectors,  similar  service  providers  to  the  lending  industry  and  service  providers  to  the Administrative
Agent,  the  Lead Arranger  and  the  Lenders  in  connection  with  the  administration  of  this Agreement,  the  other  Loan  Documents  and  the
Commitments.

(b)               Non-Public Information. Each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders acknowledges that (i) the Information
may include material non-public information concerning a Loan Party or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (ii) it has developed compliance
procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (iii) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance
with applicable Law, including United States federal and state securities Laws.

(c)               Press Releases. The Loan Parties and their Affiliates agree that they will not in the future issue any press releases or
other  public  disclosure  using  the  name  of  the Administrative Agent,  the  Lead Arranger  or  any  Lender  or  their  respective Affiliates  or
referring to this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as
applicable, unless (and only to the extent that) the Loan Parties or such Affiliate is required to do so under law.

(d)               Customary Advertising Material . The Loan Parties consent to the publication by the Administrative Agent, the Lead
Arranger  or  any  Lender  of  customary  advertising  material  relating  to  the  Transaction  using  the  name,  product  photographs,  logo  or
trademark of the Loan Parties.

(e)               Lead Arranger. If at any time Capitala ceases to be a Lender, the Required Lenders (or such other Person approved in
writing by each of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders) shall act as Lead Arranger for all purposes of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

125

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.08      Right of Setoff.

If  an  Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and  be  continuing,  each  Lender  and  each  of  their  respective  Affiliates  is  hereby
authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits
(general  or  special,  time  or  demand,  provisional  or  final,  in  whatever  currency)  at  any  time  held  and  other  obligations  (in  whatever
currency) at any time owing by such Lender or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of any Borrower or any other Loan
Party against any and all of the obligations of such Borrowers or such Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any
other Loan Document to such Lender or their respective Affiliates, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Affiliate shall have made
any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of such Borrowers or such Loan Party may
be contingent or unmatured, secured or unsecured, or are owed to a branch, office or Affiliate of such Lender different from the branch,
office  or Affiliate  holding  such  deposit  or  obligated  on  such  indebtedness;  provided that,  in  the  event  that  any  Defaulting  Lender  shall
exercise  any  such  right  of  setoff,  (a)  all  amounts  so  set  off  shall  be  paid  over  immediately  to  the  Administrative  Agent  for  further
application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.15 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender
from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (b) the Defaulting Lender
shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting
Lender  as  to  which  it  exercised  such  right  of  setoff.  The  rights  of  each  Lender  and  their  respective Affiliates  under  this  Section  are  in
addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender
agrees to notify the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application;  provided that, the failure to
give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

11.09      Interest Rate Limitation.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan
Documents  shall  not  exceed  the  maximum  rate  of  non-usurious  interest  permitted  by  applicable  Law  (the  “Maximum  Rate”).  If  the
Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied
to  the  principal  of  the  Loans  or,  if  it  exceeds  such  unpaid  principal,  refunded  to  the  Borrowers.  In  determining  whether  the  interest
contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent
permitted  by  applicable  Law,  (a)  characterize  any  payment  that  is  not  principal  as  an  expense,  fee,  or  premium  rather  than  interest,
(b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total
amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

11.10      Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness.

126

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This Agreement  and  each  of  the  other  Loan  Documents  may  be  executed  in  counterparts  (and  by  different  parties  hereto  in
different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.
This Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent
constitute  the  entire  contract  among  the  parties  relating  to  the  subject  matter  hereof  and  supersede  any  and  all  previous  agreements  and
understandings,  oral  or  written,  relating  to  the  subject  matter  hereof.  Except  as  provided  in  Section  4.01,  this Agreement  shall  become
effective  when  it  shall  have  been  executed  by  the  Administrative  Agent  and  when  the  Administrative  Agent  shall  have  received
counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of
a  signature  page  of  this Agreement  or  any  other  Loan  Document,  or  any  certificate  delivered  thereunder,  by  fax  transmission  or  e-mail
transmission (e.g. “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement or such other Loan
Document  or  certificate.  Without  limiting  the  foregoing,  to  the  extent  a  manually  executed  counterpart  is  not  specifically  required  to  be
delivered  under  the  terms  of  any  Loan  Document,  upon  the  request  of  any  party,  such  fax  transmission  or  e-mail  transmission  shall  be
promptly followed by such manually executed counterpart.

11.11      Survival of Representations and Warranties.

All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto
or  thereto  or  in  connection  herewith  or  therewith  shall  survive  the  execution  and  delivery  hereof  and  thereof.  Such  representations  and
warranties  have  been  or  will  be  relied  upon  by  the Administrative Agent  and  each  Lender,  regardless  of  any  investigation  made  by  the
Administrative Agent  or  any  Lender  or  on  their  behalf  and  notwithstanding  that  the Administrative Agent  or  any  Lender  may  have  had
notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of the Initial Borrowing, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or
any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied.

11.12      Severability.

If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality,
validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired
thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid
provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity
of  a  provision  in  a  particular  jurisdiction  shall  not  invalidate  or  render  unenforceable  such  provision  in  any  other  jurisdiction.  Without
limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to
Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, then such provisions
shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

11.13      Replacement of Lenders.

127

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If the Borrowers are entitled to replace a Lender pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.06, or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender
(solely  with  respect  to  clause  (b)  of  the  definition  of  “Defaulting  Lender”  under  this Agreement)  or  a  Non-Consenting  Lender  or  if  any
other circumstance exists hereunder that gives the Borrowers the right to replace a Lender as a party hereto, then the Borrowers may, at
their sole expense and effort, upon written notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arranger, require such Lender
to  assign  and  delegate,  without  recourse  (in  accordance  with  and  subject  to  the  restrictions  contained  in,  and  consents  required  by,
Section 11.06), all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Sections 3.01 and 3.04) and obligations under
this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another
Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:

(a)               the Borrowers shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee (if any) specified in Section 11.06(b);

(b)               such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to 100% of the outstanding principal of its Loans,
accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any
amounts under Section 3.05) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrowers
(in the case of all other amounts);

(c)               in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required

to be made pursuant to Section 3.01, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;

(d)               such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws; and

(e)               in the case of an assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non Consenting Lender, the applicable assignee shall

have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent.

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender

or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrowers to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

11.14      Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.

(a)               GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY
OTHER  LOAN  DOCUMENT,  AS  EXPRESSLY  SET  FORTH  THEREIN)  AND  ANY  CLAIMS,  CONTROVERSY,  DISPUTE  OR
CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING
TO  THIS  AGREEMENT  OR  ANY  OTHER  LOAN  DOCUMENT  (EXCEPT,  AS  TO  ANY  OTHER  LOAN  DOCUMENT,  AS
EXPRESSLY  SET  FORTH  THEREIN)  AND  THE  TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  HEREBY  AND  THEREBY  SHALL  BE
GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

128

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)               SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION. EACH BORROWER AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY
AND  UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES  THAT  IT  WILL  NOT  COMMENCE ANY ACTION,  LITIGATION  OR  PROCEEDING  OF
ANY  KIND  OR  DESCRIPTION,  WHETHER  IN  LAW  OR  EQUITY,  WHETHER  IN  CONTRACT  OR  IN  TORT  OR  OTHERWISE,
AGAINST  THE  ADMINISTRATIVE  AGENT,  THE  LEAD  ARRANGER,  ANY  LENDER,  OR  ANY  RELATED  PARTY  OF  THE
FOREGOING  IN  ANY  WAY  RELATING  TO  THIS  AGREEMENT  OR  ANY  OTHER  LOAN  DOCUMENT  OR  THE
TRANSACTIONS RELATING HERETO OR THERETO, IN ANY FORUM OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT
OF  NEW  YORK,  AND  ANY  APPELLATE  COURT  FROM  ANY  THEREOF,  AND  EACH  OF  THE  PARTIES  HERETO
IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND AGREES THAT ALL
CLAIMS  IN  RESPECT  OF  ANY  SUCH  ACTION,  LITIGATION  OR  PROCEEDING  MAY  BE  HEARD  AND  DETERMINED  IN
SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL
COURT.  EACH  OF  THE  PARTIES  HERETO AGREES  THAT A  FINAL  JUDGMENT  IN ANY  SUCH ACTION,  LITIGATION  OR
PROCEEDING  SHALL  BE  CONCLUSIVE  AND  MAY  BE  ENFORCED  IN  OTHER  JURISDICTIONS  BY  SUIT  ON  THE
JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE LEAD ARRANGER OR ANY LENDER
MAY  OTHERWISE  HAVE  TO  BRING ANY ACTION  OR  PROCEEDING  RELATING  TO  THIS AGREEMENT  OR ANY  OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST ANY BORROWER OR ANY OTHER LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF
ANY JURISDICTION.

(c)                              WAIVER  OF  VENUE.  EACH  BORROWER AND  EACH  OTHER  LOAN  PARTY  IRREVOCABLY AND
UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT
MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (b)
OF  THIS  SECTION.  EACH  BORROWER  AND  EACH  OTHER  LOAN  PARTY  IRREVOCABLY  AND  UNCONDITIONALLY
WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM
TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

(d)               SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN
THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.02. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF
ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

11.15      Waiver of Jury Trial.

EACH  PARTY  HERETO  HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  WAIVES,  TO  THE  FULLEST  EXTENT  PERMITTED  BY

APPLICABLE  LAW,  ANY  RIGHT  IT  MAY  HAVE  TO  A  TRIAL  BY  JURY  IN  ANY  LEGAL  PROCEEDING  DIRECTLY  OR
INDIRECTLY  ARISING  OUT  OF  OR  RELATING  TO  THIS  AGREEMENT  OR  ANY  OTHER  LOAN  DOCUMENT  OR  THE
TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  HEREBY  OR  THEREBY  (WHETHER  BASED  ON  CONTRACT,  TORT  OR  ANY  OTHER
THEORY).  EACH  PARTY  HERETO  (a)  CERTIFIES  THAT  NO  REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT  OR ATTORNEY  OF ANY  OTHER
PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF
LITIGATION,  SEEK  TO  ENFORCE  THE  FOREGOING  WAIVER  AND  (b)  ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT  IT  AND  THE  OTHER
PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY,
AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

129

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.16      Subordination.

Each Loan Party (a “Subordinating Loan Party”) hereby subordinates the payment of all obligations and indebtedness of any other
Loan Party owing to it, whether now existing or hereafter arising, including but not limited to any obligation of any such other Loan Party
to the Subordinating Loan Party as subrogee of the Secured Parties or resulting from such Subordinating Loan Party’s performance under
this  Guaranty,  to  the  indefeasible  payment  in  full  in  cash  of  all  Obligations.  If  the  Secured  Parties  so  request,  any  such  obligation  or
indebtedness  of  any  such  other  Loan  Party  to  the  Subordinating  Loan  Party  shall  be  enforced  and  performance  received  by  the
Subordinating Loan Party as trustee for the Secured Parties and the proceeds thereof shall be paid over to the Secured Parties on account of
the  Obligations,  but  without  reducing  or  affecting  in  any  manner  the  liability  of  the  Subordinating  Loan  Party  under  this Agreement.
Without limitation of the foregoing, so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, the Loan Parties may make and receive payments
with respect to Intercompany Debt; provided, that in the event that any Loan Party receives any payment of any Intercompany Debt at a
time when such payment is prohibited by this Section, such payment shall be held by such Loan Party, in trust for the benefit of, and shall
be paid forthwith over and delivered, upon written request, to the Administrative Agent.

11.17      No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility.

In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or
other  modification  hereof  or  of  any  other  Loan  Document),  each  Borrower  and  each  other  Loan  Party  acknowledges  and  agrees,  and
acknowledges  its  Affiliates’  understanding,  that:  (a)  (i)  the  arranging  and  other  services  regarding  this  Agreement  provided  by  the
Administrative Agent and any Affiliate thereof, the Lead Arranger and the Lenders are arm’s-length commercial transactions between each
Borrower,  each  other  Loan  Party  and  their  respective Affiliates,  on  the  one  hand,  and  the Administrative Agent  and,  as  applicable,  its
Affiliates, the Lead Arranger and the Lenders and their Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this Section, the “ Lenders”), on the
other hand, (ii) each of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the
extent it has deemed appropriate, and (iii) each Borrower and each other Loan Party is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts,
the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (b) (i) the Administrative Agent
and its Affiliates, the Lead Arranger and each Lender each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in
writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary, for any Borrower, any other
Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person and (ii) neither the Administrative Agent, any of its Affiliates, the Lead
Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to any Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the
transactions  contemplated  hereby  except  those  obligations  expressly  set  forth  herein  and  in  the  other  Loan  Documents;  and  (c)  the
Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, the Lead Arranger and the Lenders may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve
interests  that  differ  from  those  of  the  Borrowers,  the  other  Loan  Parties  and  their  respective Affiliates,  and  neither  the Administrative
Agent, any of its Affiliates, the Lead Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to any Borrower, any
other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Borrowers and each other Loan
Party hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, any of its Affiliates, the Lead Arranger or
any  Lender  with  respect  to  any  breach  or  alleged  breach  of  agency  or  fiduciary  duty  in  connection  with  any  aspect  of  any  transactions
contemplated hereby.

130

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.18      Electronic Execution.

The words “delivery,” “execute,” “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Loan Document or any other
document executed in connection herewith shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms
and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the Administrative Agent, or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of
which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a
paper  based  recordkeeping  system,  as  the  case  may  be,  to  the  extent  and  as  provided  for  in  any  applicable  Law,  including  the  Federal
Electronic  Signatures  in  Global  and  National  Commerce Act,  the  New  York  State  Electronic  Signatures  and  Records Act,  or  any  other
similar  state  laws  based  on  the  Uniform  Electronic  Transactions  Act; provided  that,  notwithstanding  anything  contained  herein  to  the
contrary  the Administrative Agent  is  under  no  obligation  to  agree  to  accept  electronic  signatures  in  any  form  or  in  any  format  unless
expressly agreed to by the Administrative Agent pursuant to procedures approved by it;  provided, further, without limiting the foregoing,
upon the request of the Administrative Agent, any electronic signature shall be promptly followed by such manually executed counterpart.

11.19      USA PATRIOT Act Notice.

Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any
Lender) hereby notifies the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of
Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each
Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the
Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the Act. The Borrowers and the Loan Parties agree to,
promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all such other documentation and information that the
Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and
anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Act.

11.20      ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

131

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THIS  AGREEMENT  AND  THE  OTHER  LOAN  DOCUMENTS  REPRESENT  THE  FINAL  AGREEMENT  AMONG  THE
PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL
AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES.

11.21      Intercreditor Agreement.

(a)                              Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the  contrary,  the  priority  of  the  Lien  and  security  interest  granted  to  the
Administrative Agent,  on  behalf  of  the  Lenders,  pursuant  to  or  in  connection  with  this Agreement,  the  terms  of  this Agreement  and  the
exercise of any right or remedy by the Administrative Agent hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the
event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement with respect to the priority of any Liens or the
exercise of any rights or remedies, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.

(b)               Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary and to the extent provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement, to the
extent this Agreement or any other Loan Document requires the delivery of, or control over, ABL Facility Priority Collateral (used herein
as  defined  in  the  Intercreditor Agreement)  to  be  granted  or  provided  to  the Agent  at  any  time  prior  to  the  Discharge  of ABL  Facility
Obligations  (used  herein  as  defined  in  the  Intercreditor  Agreement),  then  the  Loan  Parties  may  deliver  such  ABL  Facility  Priority
Collateral (or control with respect thereto) and any related approval or consent rights to the ABL Facility Lender in accordance with the
ABL Facility Documents in full satisfaction of any such requirement under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents;  provided
that, upon the Discharge of ABL Facility Obligations the Loan Parties shall deliver (or cause to be delivered), or provide control over, as
applicable,  such  ABL  Facility  Priority  Collateral  within  the  same  period  of  time  from  the  date  of  the  Discharge  of  ABL  Facility
Obligations as would apply under the Loan Documents if such ABL Facility Priority Collateral was acquired by such Loan Party as of such
date.

(c)               Upon the formation or acquisition of any Subsidiary after the Closing Date, Borrowers shall cause such Subsidiary to

acknowledge and consent to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and to agree to such terms applicable to such Subsidiary thereunder.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

132

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

BORROWERS:

VINTAGE STOCK, INC.

By: ____________________________
Name: _________________________
Title: __________________________

VINTAGE STOCK AFFILIATED HOLDINGS LLC

By: ____________________________
Name: _________________________
Title: __________________________

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By:  ____________________________ 
Name:  _________________________ 
Title:  __________________________

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LEAD ARRANGER:

CAPITALA PRIVATE CREDIT FUND V, L.P.

By:  ____________________________ 
Name:  _________________________ 
Title:  __________________________

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LENDER:

[_____]

By:  ____________________________ 
Name:  _________________________ 
Title:  __________________________

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan Parties:

Vintage Stock, Inc.
202 East 32nd Street
Joplin, Missouri 64804

Vintage Stock Affiliated Holdings LLC
325 E. Warm Springs Road, Suite 102
Las Vegas, NV 89119
Attention: Jon Isaac
Fax: 858-259-6661
Email: j.isaac@isaac.com

With a Copy to (which shall not constitute notice)
:
Baker & Hostetler LLP
600 Anton Boulevard Suite 900
Costa Mesa, California 92626
Attn: Randolf W. Katz, Esq.
Fax: 714-966-8802
Email: rwkatz@bakerlaw.com

Schedule 1.01(a)

Certain Addresses for Notices

Administrative Agent:

Wilmington Trust, National Association
Suite 1290, 50 South Sixth Street,
Minneapolis, MN 55402
Attention: Josh James
Phone: 612-217-5637
Fax: 612-217-5651
Email: JJames@WilmingtonTrust.com

With a Copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Paul Hastings LLP
200 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10166
Attention: Michael Chernick
Telephone: 212-318-6065
Fax: 212-230-6065
Email: michaelchernick@paulhastings.com

Lead Arranger

Capitala Private Credit Fund V, L.P.
4201 Congress St. - Suite 360
Charlotte, North Carolina 28209
Attention: Eric Althofer
Email: ealthofer@capitalagroup.com

With a Copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Paul Hastings LLP
200 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10166
Attention: William Brady
Fax: (212) 969-2900
Email: williambrady@paulhastings.com

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Schedule 1.01(b)

Commitments and Applicable Percentages

Lender

Commitment

Capitala Finance Corp.

$11,250,000

CapitalSouth Partners SBIC Fund III, L.P. $10,125,000

Capitala Private Credit Fund V, L.P.

$7,500,000

CapitalSouth Partners Fund II Limited
Partnership

Total:

$1,125,000

$30,000,000

Applicable
Percentage

37.50%

33.75%

25.00%

3.75%

100%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Schedule 1.01(e)

Mortgaged Property Support Documents

“Mortgaged Property Support Documents” means the following, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Lead Arranger:

(a)               evidence that counterparts of the Mortgages have been duly executed, acknowledged and delivered and, together with
an appropriate fixture filing financing statement, are in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Lead
Arranger  may  deem  necessary  or  desirable  in  order  to  create  a  valid  first  and  subsisting  Lien  on  the  real  property  interests  and  fixtures
intended to be secured in favor of the Administrative Agent and that all filing, documentary, stamp, intangible and recording taxes and fees
have been paid;

(b)               fully paid title insurance policies (the “Mortgage Policies”), with endorsements and in amounts reasonably acceptable
to  the  Lead  Arranger,  issued  (and  to  the  extent  reasonably  requested  by  the  Lead  Arranger,  coinsured  and  reinsured)  by  nationally
recognized title insurers acceptable to the Lead Arranger, insuring the Mortgages to be valid first and subsisting Liens on the real property
described therein, free and clear (or insured over) of all defects (including, but not limited to, mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens) and
encumbrances, excepting only permitted encumbrances and other Liens permitted under the Loan Documents, and providing for such other
affirmative  assurances  (including  endorsements  for  future  advances  under  the  Loan  Documents,  for  mechanics’  and  materialmen’s  Lien
coverage, zoning and subdivision of the applicable property) as may be reasonably requested by the Lead Arranger;

(c)               copies of any existing appraisals of each of the properties previously obtained by the Loan Parties in the possession of

any Loan Party;

(d)               evidence that all other actions that the Lead Arranger may reasonably deem necessary or desirable in order to create

valid first and subsisting Liens on the real property Collateral have been taken;

(e)                              current  Phase  I  environmental  site  assessments  prepared  in  accordance  with ASTM  E1527-13  and  such  other
environmental site assessment reports as may be reasonably requested by the Lead Arranger prepared by an environmental consulting firm
reasonably acceptable to the Lead Arranger and engaged by the Borrowers or, with the prior consent of the Borrowers, the Lead Arranger
and indicating the presence or absence of Environmental Liability, Hazardous Materials and the estimated cost of any compliance, removal,
remedial or corrective action in connection with compliance with Environmental Law or any Hazardous Materials on such properties;

(f)                 favorable opinions of local counsel to the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender (and
their  permitted  successors  and  assigns),  as  to  the  matters  concerning  the  Mortgages  and  related  matters  as  the  Lead  Arranger  may
reasonably request; and

(g)               fully paid zoning reports in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lead Arranger from a company acceptable
to Lender or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lead Arranger that each parcel of real property and each Loan Party’s activities at
such parcel of real property are in compliance with all applicable state, county and municipal zoning and subdivision laws, regulations and
codes.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Schedule 6.18

Post-Closing Conditions

1.       The Loan Parties shall deliver to the Administrative Agent collateral access agreements executed by the applicable Loan Party
and  the  respective  landlord,  in  favor  of  both  the Administrative Agent  and  the ABL  Facility  Lender,  simultaneously  with  the  delivery
thereof to the ABL Facility Lender, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Arranger and the Administrative Agent, with
respect to the properties located at:

Property Address

5809 Greenville Ave.
Dallas, TX 63376
101 N. Range Line Rd., Suite 118
Joplin, MO 64801
2040 Chesterfield Mall
Chesterfield, MO 63017
1320 Mid Rivers Mall
St. Peters, MO 63376
25 South County Center Way
Mehlville, MO 63129
651 N. Academy Blvd.
Colorado Springs, CO 80909

Central Control Company

Landlord

CBL & Associates Management, Inc.

Chesterfield Mall, LLC

Mid Rivers Mall, LLC

South County Shoppingtown, LLC

Citadel Crossing Associates, LP

2.       The Loan Parties shall, within one hundred twenty (120) calendar days of the Closing Date (or such later date as may be agreed
to by the Lead Arranger in its sole discretion) deliver to the Administrative Agent (i) evidence that they have (a) terminated the account
maintained at Arvest Bank with account #18343209 and established a corresponding depository account at Texas Capital Bank, National
Association,  and  (b)  established  automatic  daily  sweep  arrangements  with  respect  to  each  of  the  accounts  set  forth  below  into  such
depository account established in clause (a) hereof, and (ii) a fully executed Qualifying Control Agreement over such depository account in
favor of both the ABL Facility Lender and the Administrative Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Arranger
and the Administrative Agent.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Institution
ARVEST
ARVEST
ARVEST
ARVEST
ARVEST
ARVEST
ARVEST
ARVEST
ARVEST
ARVEST
ARVEST
ARVEST
ARVEST
ARVEST
ARVEST
ARVEST
ARVEST
ARVEST
COMPASS BANK
COMPASS BANK
COMPASS BANK
COMPASS BANK
COMPASS BANK
COMPASS BANK
COMPASS BANK
COMPASS BANK
COMPASS BANK
COMPASS BANK
COMPASS BANK
COMPASS BANK
COMPASS BANK
SOUTHWEST NATIONAL BANK
SOUTHWEST NATIONAL BANK
COMMERCE BANK
COMMERCE BANK
COMMERCE BANK
COMMERCE BANK
COMMERCE BANK
COMMERCE BANK
COMMERCE BANK
UMB BANK
UMB BANK
UMB BANK
CHASE BANK
GREAT SOUTHERN BANK
VALLEY VIEW BANK
BLUE RIDGE BANK
ADAMS DAIRY BANK
BANK OF OKLAHOMA
FIDELITY BANK
MIDFIRST BANK

Account #
18343209
18343775
21829176
18343584
36300758
xxxx1226
18343597
17181255
17181268
17181239
36700468
78184505
15274928
17181242
18343911
17181271
18344114
19256968
6720976232
2533846044
2533846346
2533846184
2533846176
2533846117
2533846052
2533846095
2533846060
6717775463
2533846133
2533846125
6717778241
1101188
1102834
442509861
760916092
135416874
316917899
176392237
166534160
677622485
9871260887
9871651916
9871413632
456830731
108901106
60002018829
8055866
5032000183
807298997
52523
1043000126

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.31

Form of Note

[___________, ____]

FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,  the  undersigned  (each  a  “ Borrower”  and,  collectively,  the  “Borrowers”),  hereby  promise  to  pay  to
[_____________________]  or  its  registered  assigns  (the  “Lender”),  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Loan  Agreement  (as
hereinafter  defined),  the  principal  amount  of  the  Term  Loan  from  time  to  time  made  by  the  Lender  to  the  Borrowers  under  that  certain
Term Loan Agreement, dated as of November [2], 2016 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing
from  time  to  time,  the  “Loan Agreement;”  the  terms  defined  therein  being  used  herein  as  therein  defined),  among  the  Borrowers,  the
Guarantors, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, Capitala Private Credit Fund V, L.P., as Lead Arranger, and Wilmington Trust,
National Association, as Administrative Agent.

The Borrowers collectively promise to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Term Loan made by the Lender from the
date  of  such  Term  Loan  until  such  principal  amount  is  paid  in  full,  at  such  interest  rates  and  at  such  times  as  provided  in  the  Loan
Agreement. All payments of principal and interest shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lender in Dollars in
immediately  available  funds  at  the Administrative Agent’s  Office.  If  any  amount  is  not  paid  in  full  when  due  hereunder,  such  unpaid
amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after
judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Loan Agreement. This Note may be subject to mandatory prepayment as set forth
in the Loan Agreement

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Loan Agreement and the holder is entitled to the benefits thereof. The Term Loan
made  by  the  Lender  shall  be  evidenced  by  one  or  more  loan  accounts  or  records  maintained  by  the  Lender  in  the  ordinary  course  of
business.  The  Lender  may  also  attach  schedules  to  this  Note  and  endorse  thereon  the  date,  amount  and  maturity  of  its  Term  Loans  and
payments with respect thereto.

Each  Borrower,  for  itself,  its  successors  and  assigns,  hereby  waives  diligence,  presentment,  protest  and  demand  and  notice  of

protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Note.

Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Note by fax transmission or other electronic mail transmission (e.g.

“pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Note.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF

NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PROVISIONS.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Borrowers,  intending  to  be  legally  bound,  have  duly  executed  this  Note  the  day  and  year  first

above written.

VINTAGE STOCK, INC., a Missouri corporation,
as a Borrower

By: ________________________
Name: ______________________
Title: _______________________

VINTAGE STOCK AFFILIATED HOLDINGS
LLC, a Nevada limited liability company, as a
Borrower

By: ________________________
Name: ______________________
Title: _______________________

Title: _____________________________

Date: _____________ __, ____

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.32

SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT

THIS  SECURITY AND  PLEDGE AGREEMENT  (this  “ Agreement”)  is  entered  into  as  of  November  3,  2016  among  Vintage
Stock Affiliated Holdings, LLC (the “Initial Borrower” or “Holdings”), Vintage Stock, Inc. (the “Target Borrower” and collectively with
the Initial Borrower, the “Borrowers” and each a “Borrower”), the other parties identified as “Grantors” on the signature pages hereto and
such other parties that may become Grantors hereunder after the date hereof (together with the Borrowers, each individually a “Grantor”,
and collectively, the “Grantors”), and Wilmington Trust, National Association (“Administrative Agent”) for the Secured Parties.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Term Loan Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, modified, extended, restated,
renewed, replaced, or supplemented from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”) among the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Lenders party
thereto, the Administrative Agent and Capitala Private Credit Fund V, L.P., in its capacity as Lead Arranger (the “ Lead Arranger”),  the
Lenders have agreed to make the Loan upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein; and

WHEREAS,  each  Grantor  will  derive  substantial  direct  and  indirect  benefits  from  the  transactions  contemplated  by  the  Loan

Agreement.

WHEREAS,  it  is  a  condition  precedent  to  the  making  of  the  Loan  by  the  Lenders  that  each  Grantor  shall  have  executed  and

delivered this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of

which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.

Definitions.

(a)                Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the
Loan Agreement and the rules of construction set forth in Section 1.02 (Other Interpretive Provisions) of the Loan Agreement shall
apply to this Agreement.

(b)                 The following terms shall have the meanings set forth in the UCC: Accession, Account, Account Debtor,
Adverse Claim, As-Extracted Collateral, Certificated Security, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claim, Consumer Goods, Deposit
Account,  Document,  Electronic  Chattel  Paper,  Equipment,  Farm  Products,  Financial Asset,  Fixtures,  General  Intangible,  Goods,
Instrument, Inventory, Investment Company Security, Investment Property, Letter-of-Credit Right, Manufactured Home, Payment
Intangible, Proceeds, Securities Account, Securities Entitlement, Securities Intermediary, Security, Software, Supporting Obligation
and Tangible Chattel Paper.

(c)                In addition, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“Assignment of Claims Act” means the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 (41 U.S.C. Section 15, 31 U.S.C. Section 3737,

and 31 U.S.C. Section 3727), including all amendments thereto and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Collateral” has the meaning provided in Section 2 hereof.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Control” means the manner in which “control” is achieved under the UCC with respect to any Collateral for which the

UCC specifies a method of achieving “control”.

“Copyright License”  means  any  agreement  now  or  hereafter  in  existence,  providing  for  the  grant  by,  or  to,  any  rights
(including, without limitation, the grant of rights for a party to be designated as an author or owner and/or to enforce, defend, use,
display, copy, manufacture, distribute, exploit and sell, make derivative works, and require joinder in suit and/or receive assistance
from another party) covered in whole or in part by a Copyright.

“Copyrights” means, collectively, all of the following of any Grantor: (i) all copyrights (whether statutory or common law,
whether  registered  or  unregistered,  published  or  unpublished),  copyright  registrations  and  copyright  applications  anywhere  in  the
world  and  all  tangible  embodiments  whether  now  owned  or  hereafter  created  or  acquired,  (ii)  all  derivative  works,  counterparts,
extensions and renewals of any of the foregoing, (iii) all income, fees, royalties, damages and payments now or hereafter due and/or
payable under any of the foregoing or with respect to any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, damages or payments for
past,  present  and  future  infringements,  violations  or  misappropriations  of  any  of  the  foregoing,  (iv)  all  rights  and  privileges  with
respect  to  the  use  of  such  copyrights,  including  the  right  to  sue  for  past,  present  and  future  infringements,  violations  or
misappropriations of any of the foregoing and (v) all rights corresponding to any of the foregoing throughout the world.

“Excluded Property” means, with respect to any Loan Party,

(i)                                    any leasehold interests in real property;

(ii)                                 all cars, trucks, trailers and other vehicles or assets subject to certificates of title under the Laws of

any state;

(iii)                              any assets with respect to which the Lead Arranger determines, in its sole discretion, that the burden
or  costs  of  creating  and/or  perfecting  such  a  security  interest  therein  is  excessive  in  relation  to  the  benefit  to  the  Lenders  of  the
security to be afforded thereby;

(iv)                             Excluded Accounts;

(v)                                 

any permit, lease, license, contract or other Instrument of a Grantor to the extent the grant of a
security interest in such permit, lease, license, contract or other Instrument in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, under the
terms thereof or under applicable Law, is prohibited and would result in the termination thereof or give the other parties thereto the
right to terminate, accelerate or otherwise alter such Grantor’s rights, titles and interests thereunder (including upon the giving of
notice or the lapse of time or both); provided that any such limitation on the security interests granted hereunder shall only apply to
the extent that any such prohibition or right to terminate or accelerate or alter the Grantor’s rights could not be rendered ineffective
pursuant to the UCC or any other applicable Law (including Debtor Relief Laws) or principles of equity; provided, further, that in
the  event  of  the  termination  or  elimination  of  any  such  prohibition  or  right  or  the  requirement  for  any  consent  contained  in  any
applicable  Law,  permit,  lease,  license,  contract  or  other  Instrument,  to  the  extent  sufficient  to  permit  any  such  item  to  become
Collateral  hereunder,  or  upon  the  granting  of  any  such  consent,  or  waiving  or  terminating  any  requirement  for  such  consent,  a
security  interest  in  such  permit,  lease,  license,  contract  or  other  Instrument  shall  be  automatically  and  simultaneously  granted
hereunder and shall not be included as Excluded Property hereunder;

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(vi)                              any United States intent-to-use trademark applications to the extent that, and solely during the period
in  which  the  grant  of  a  security  interest  therein  would  impair  the  validity  or  enforceability  of  or  render  void  or  result  in  the
cancellation of, any registration issued as a result of such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable Law; provided that
upon submission and acceptance by the USPTO of an amendment to allege pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 1060(a) or any successor
provision, such intent-to-use trademark application shall be considered Collateral;

(vii)                         the Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary of any Grantor to the extent not required to be pledged to
secured the Obligations pursuant to the Collateral Documents (including, without limitation, any Equity Interests excluded from the
definition of Pledged Equity); or

(viii)                      margin stock;

provided, that the security interest granted to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement shall attach immediately to
any asset of any Grantor at such time as such asset ceases to be “Excluded Property” described in any of the foregoing clauses (i)
through (ix) above; provided, further, Excluded Property shall not include any Proceeds, products, substitutions or replacements of
any  Excluded  Property  (unless  such  Proceeds,  products,  substitutions  or  replacements  would  themselves  otherwise  constitute
Excluded Property).

“Government Contract” means a contract between any Grantor and an agency, department or instrumentality of the United
States  or  any  state,  municipal  or  local  Governmental  Authority  located  in  the  United  States  or  all  obligations  of  any  such
Governmental Authority  arising  under  any Account  now  or  hereafter  owing  by  any  such  Governmental Authority,  as Account
Debtor, to any Grantor.

“Intellectual Property” means, collectively, all of the following of any Grantor: (i) all systems software and applications
software (including source code and object code), all documentation for such software, including, without limitation, user manuals,
flowcharts, functional specifications, operations manuals, and all formulas, processes, ideas and know-how embodied in any of the
foregoing,  (ii)  concepts,  discoveries,  improvements  and  ideas,  know-how,  technology,  reports,  design  information,  trade  secrets,
practices, specifications, test procedures, maintenance manuals, research and development, inventions (whether or not patentable),
blueprints, drawings, data, customer lists, catalogs, and all physical embodiments of any of the foregoing, (iii) Patents and Patent
Licenses, Copyrights and Copyright Licenses, Trademarks and Trademark Licenses and (iv) other agreements with respect to any
rights in any of the items described in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii), and (iii).

“Issuer” means the issuer of any Pledged Equity.

“Patent License” means any agreement, now or hereafter in existence, providing for the grant by, or to, any Grantor of any
rights (including, without limitation, the right for a party to be designated as an owner and/or to enforce, defend, make, have made,
make improvements, manufacture, use, sell, import, export, and require joinder in suit and/or receive assistance from another party)
covered in whole or in part by a Patent.

“Patents”  means  collectively,  all  of  the  following  of  any  Grantor:  (i)  all  issued  patents,  all  inventions  and  patent
applications  anywhere  in  the  world,  (ii)  all  improvements,  counterparts,  reissues,  divisional,  re-examinations,  extensions,
continuations (in whole or in part) and renewals of any of the foregoing and improvements thereon, (iii) all income, fees, royalties,
damages  or  payments  now  or  hereafter  due  and/or  payable  under  any  of  the  foregoing  or  with  respect  to  any  of  the  foregoing,
including, without limitation, damages or payments for past, present or future infringements, violations or misappropriations of any
of the foregoing, (iv) all rights and privileges with respect to the use of such patents, including the right to sue for past, present and
future infringements, violations or misappropriations of any of the foregoing and (v) all rights corresponding to any of the foregoing
throughout the world.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Pledged Equity”  means,  with  respect  to  each  Grantor,  (i)  100%  of  the  issued  and  outstanding  Equity  Interests  of  each
Domestic Subsidiary (that is a Material Subsidiary) of Holdings that is directly owned by such Grantor and (ii) 65% (or such greater
percentage  that,  due  to  a  change  in  an  applicable  Law  after  the  date  hereof,  (A)  would  not  reasonably  be  expected  to  cause  the
undistributed earnings of such Foreign Subsidiary as determined for United States federal income tax purposes to be treated as a
deemed dividend to such Foreign Subsidiary’s United States parent and (B) would not reasonably be expected to cause any material
adverse  tax  consequences)  of  the  issued  and  outstanding  Equity  Interests  entitled  to  vote  (within  the  meaning  of  Treas.  Reg.
Section 1.956-2(c)(2)) and 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests not entitled to vote (within the meaning of Treas.
Reg. Section 1.956-2(c)(2)) in each Foreign Subsidiary (that is a Material Subsidiary) of Holdings that is directly owned by such
Grantor, including the Equity Interests (but subject to the limitations on Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries set forth herein) of
the Subsidiaries owned by such Grantor as set forth on Schedule 5.21(f) to the Loan Agreement (as updated from time to time in
accordance  with  the  Loan  Documents),  in  each  case  together  with  the  certificates  (or  other  agreements  or  instruments),  if  any,
representing such shares, and all options and other rights, contractual or otherwise, with respect thereto, including, but not limited to,
the following:

(1)       all Equity Interests representing a dividend thereon, or representing a distribution or return of capital upon
or  in  respect  thereof,  or  resulting  from  a  stock  split,  revision,  reclassification  or  other  exchange  therefor,  and  any
subscriptions, warrants, rights or options issued to the holder thereof, or otherwise in respect thereof; and

(2)              in  the  event  of  any  consolidation  or  merger  involving  any  Issuer  and  in  which  such  Issuer  is  not  the
surviving Person, all shares of each class of the Equity Interests of the successor Person formed by or resulting from such
consolidation or merger, to the extent that such successor Person is a direct Subsidiary of a Grantor;

(3)       all claims, rights, privileges, authority and powers of such Grantor relating to such Equity Interests, and the
certificates,  instruments  and  agreements  representing  such  Equity  Interests,  including,  without  limitation,  the  Equity
Interests listed in Schedule 5.21(f) to the Loan Agreement, attached as Schedule 1 hereof.

but in each case subject to the limitations on Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries set forth herein.

“Trademark License” means any agreement, now or hereafter in existence, providing for the grant by, or to, any Grantor of
any rights in (including, without limitation, the right for a party to be designated as an owner and/or to enforce, defend, use, mark,
police, and require joinder in suit and/or receive assistance from another party) covered in whole, or in part, by a Trademark.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Trademarks” means, collectively, all of the following of any Grantor: (i) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names,
internet  domain  names,  trade  styles,  service  marks,  logos,  whether  registered  or  unregistered,  all  registrations  and  recordings
thereof, and all applications in connection therewith (other than each United States application to register any trademark or service
mark prior to the filing under applicable Law of a verified statement of use for such trademark or service mark) anywhere in the
world, (ii) all counterparts, extensions and renewals of any of the foregoing, (iii) all income, fees, royalties, damages and payments
now  or  hereafter  due  and/or  payable  under  any  of  the  foregoing  or  with  respect  to  any  of  the  foregoing,  including,  without
limitation, damages or payments for past, present or future infringements, violations, dilutions or misappropriations of any of the
foregoing, (iv) all rights and privileges with respect to the use of such Trademarks, including the right to sue for past, present or
future infringements, violations, dilutions or misappropriations of any of the foregoing and (v) all rights corresponding to any of the
foregoing (including the goodwill) throughout the world.

“USPTO” means the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

2.

Grant of Security Interest in the Collateral. To secure the prompt payment and performance in full when due, whether by lapse of
time,  acceleration,  mandatory  prepayment  or  otherwise,  of  the  Obligations, each  Grantor  hereby  pledges  and  grants  to  the
Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a Lien on and a continuing security interest in, and a right to set off
against, any and all right, title and interest of such Grantor in and to all of the following, wherever located and whether now owned
or existing or owned, acquired, or arising hereafter from time to time (collectively, the “Collateral”): (a) all Accounts; (b) all cash,
currency  and  Cash  Equivalents;  (c)  all  Chattel  Paper (including  Electronic  Chattel  Paper  and  Tangible  Chattel  Paper);  (d)  those
certain Commercial Tort Claims set forth on Schedule 5.21(e) to the Loan Agreement (as updated  from time to time in accordance
with  the  Loan  Agreement);  (e)  all  Deposit  Accounts;  (f)  all  Documents;  (g)  all  Equipment;  (h)  all  Fixtures;  (i)  all  General
Intangibles;  (j) all  Goods;  (k)  all  Instruments;  (l)  all  Intellectual  Property;  (m)  all  Inventory;  (n) all  Investment  Property;  (o)  all
Letter-of-Credit and Letter-of-Credit Rights; (p) all Payment Intangibles; (q) all Pledged Equity; (r) all Securities Accounts; (s) all
Software; (t) all Supporting Obligations; (u) [reserved]; (v) all books and records pertaining to the Collateral; (w) all Accessions and
all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing; (x) Vintage Stock Acquisition Agreement rights pursuant to the Collateral
Assignment of Vintage Stock Acquisition Agreement; (y) key-man life insurance policy  rights pursuant to the Key-Man Collateral
Assignment Agreements; and (z) all other assets  or personal property of any kind or type whether tangible or intangible whatsoever
now or hereafter owned by such Grantor or as to which such Grantor now or hereafter has the power to transfer interest therein.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the security interests and Liens granted under this Agreement shall not
extend to, and the term “Collateral” shall not include, any Excluded Property, and to the extent that any Collateral later becomes Excluded
Property,  the  Lien  and  security  interest  granted  hereunder  will  automatically  be  deemed  to  have  been  terminated  and  released;  provided
further  that,  if  and  when  any  property  shall  cease  to  be  Excluded  Property,  a  Lien  on  and  security  interest  in  such  property  shall
automatically be deemed granted therein.

The  Grantors  and  the Administrative Agent,  on  behalf  of  the  Secured  Parties,  hereby  acknowledge  and  agree  that  the  security
interest  created  hereby  in  the  Collateral  (a)  constitutes  continuing  collateral  security  for  all  of  the  Obligations,  whether  now  existing  or
hereafter arising and (b) is not to be construed as an assignment of any Intellectual Property.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.

Representations and Warranties . As of the date hereof, and with respect to any Grantor who joins this Agreement following such
date, as of the date such Grantor joins this Agreement, each Grantor hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, for
the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:

(a)                 Ownership. Each Grantor is the legal and beneficial owner of, or has sufficient rights in, its Collateral, has
good and marketable title to all its Collateral and has the right to pledge, sell, assign or transfer the same. There exists no Adverse
Claim with respect to the Pledged Equity of such Grantor, other than Permitted Liens or other Liens that will be terminated on the
date hereof.

(b)                Security Interest/Priority. This Agreement creates a valid Lien and first priority security interest in favor of the
Administrative Agent,  for  the  benefit  of  the  Secured  Parties,  in  the  Collateral  of  such  Grantor  and,  when  properly  perfected  by
filing,  shall  constitute  a  valid  and  perfected,  first  priority  security  interest  in  such  Collateral,  including  all  uncertificated  Pledged
Equity consisting of partnership or limited liability company interests that do not constitute Securities, to the extent such security
interest can be perfected by filing under the UCC (other than with respect to Fixtures that require filings or other recordations with
the local real estate records), free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens. No Grantor has authenticated any agreement
authorizing any secured party thereunder to file a financing statement, except to perfect Permitted Liens. The taking possession by
the Administrative Agent of the certificated securities (if any) evidencing the Pledged Equity and all other Instruments constituting
Collateral  will  perfect  and  establish  the  first  priority  of  the  Administrative  Agent’s  security  interest  in  all  the  Pledged  Equity
evidenced  by  such  certificated  securities  and  such  Instruments.  With  respect  to  any  of  the  Pledged  Equity  that  are  uncertificated
securities, Grantors shall register the Administrative Agent as the registered owner of any uncertificated securities (if any) and the
Administrative Agent  will  have  a  perfected  first  priority  security  interest  in  all  such  uncertificated  securities  pledged  by  it.  With
respect to any Collateral consisting of a Deposit Account, Securities Entitlement or held in a Securities Account, upon execution and
delivery by the applicable Grantor, the applicable Securities Intermediary and the Administrative Agent of an agreement granting
control to the Administrative Agent over such Collateral, the Administrative Agent shall have a valid and perfected, first priority
security interest in such Collateral.

(c)                 Types of Collateral. None of the Collateral consists of, or is the Proceeds of, (i) As-Extracted Collateral, (ii)
Consumer Goods, (iii) Farm Products, (iv) Manufactured Homes, (v) standing timber or (vi) any other interest in or to any of the
foregoing.

(d)                Accounts. No Account of a Grantor is evidenced by any Instrument or Chattel Paper unless such Instrument or
Chattel Paper, to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent or the Lead Arranger, has been endorsed over and delivered to,
or submitted to the control of, the Administrative Agent.

(e)                 Equipment and Inventory. With respect to any Equipment and/or Inventory of a Grantor, each such Grantor
has  exclusive  possession  and  control  of  such  Equipment  and  Inventory  of  such  Grantor  except  for  (i)  Equipment  leased  by  such
Grantor  as  a  lessee,  (ii)  Equipment  or  Inventory  in  transit  with  common  carriers  or  (iii)  Equipment  and/or  Inventory  in  the
possession or control of a warehouseman, bailee or any agent or processor of such Grantor to the extent such Grantor has complied
with Section 4(e).

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f)                  Authorization of Pledged Equity; Compliance. All Pledged Equity (i) is duly authorized and validly issued,
(ii)  is  fully  paid  and,  to  the  extent  applicable,  nonassessable  and  is  not  subject  to  the  preemptive  rights  of  any  Person,  (iii)  is
beneficially owned as of record by a Grantor and (iv) constitutes all the issued and outstanding shares of all classes of the equity of
such Issuer issued to such Grantor (except with respect to Pledged Equity of any Foreign Subsidiaries, the issued and outstanding
shares of which are pledged in the amount required pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition of Pledged Equity herein). The security
interest in the Pledged Equity does not violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

(g)                 No Other Equity Interests, Instruments, Etc. As of the Closing Date, (i) no Grantor owns any certificated
Equity  Interests  in  any  Subsidiary  that  has  not  been  pledged  and  delivered  to  the Administrative Agent  hereunder,  and  (ii)  no
Grantor  holds  any  Instruments,  Documents  or  Tangible  Chattel  Paper  that  have  not  been  pledged  and  delivered  to  the
Administrative Agent  pursuant  to  Section 4(c)(i)  of  this Agreement. All  such  certificated  securities,  Instruments,  Documents  and
Tangible Chattel Paper have been delivered to the Administrative Agent to the extent (A) requested by the Administrative Agent or
the Lead Arranger or (B) as required by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(h)                 Partnership and Limited Liability Company Interests. None of the Collateral consisting of an interest in a
partnership or a limited liability company (i) is dealt in or traded on a securities exchange or in a securities market, (ii) by its terms
expressly provides that it is a Security governed by Article 8 of the UCC, (iii) is an Investment Company Security, (iv) is held in a
Securities Account or (v) constitutes a Security or a Financial Asset.

(i)                  Contracts; Agreements; Licenses. Other than the Excluded Property, no Grantor has any Material Contracts

which are non-assignable by their terms, or as a matter of Law, or which prevent the granting of a security interest therein.

(j)                 Consents; Etc. No approval, consent, exemption, authorization or other action by, notice to, or filing with, any
Governmental Authority or any other Person (including, without limitation, any stockholder, member or creditor of such Grantor),
is  necessary  or  required  for  (i)  the  grant  by  such  Grantor  of  the  security  interest  in  the  Collateral  granted  hereby  or  for  the
execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by such Grantor, (ii) the perfection of such security interest (to the extent such
security  interest  can  be  perfected  by  filing  under  the  UCC  (other  than  with  respect  to  Fixtures  that  require  filings  or  other
recordations with the local real estate records), the granting of control (to the extent required under Section 4(c) hereof) or by filing
an appropriate notice with the USPTO or the United States Copyright Office) or (iii) the exercise by the Administrative Agent or
the Secured Parties of the rights and remedies provided for in this Agreement (including, without limitation, as against any Issuer),
except  for  (A)  the  filing  or  recording  of  UCC  financing  statements  or  other  filings  under  the Assignment  of  Claims Act,  (B)  the
filing  of  appropriate  notices  with  the  USPTO  and  the  United  States  Copyright  Office,  (C)  obtaining  control  to  perfect  the  Liens
created by this Agreement (to the extent required under  Section 4(c) hereof), (D) such actions as may be required by Laws affecting
the  offering  and  sale  of  securities,  (E)  such  actions  as  may  be  required  by  applicable  foreign  Laws  affecting  the  pledge  of  the
Pledged Equity of Foreign Subsidiaries and (F) consents, authorizations, filings or other actions which have been obtained or made
or that will be obtained contemporaneous with the Closing Date.

(k)                 Commercial Tort Claims. As of the Closing Date, no Grantor has any Commercial Tort Claims with a fair

market value in excess of the Threshold Amount, except as set forth on Schedule 5.21(e) of the Loan Agreement.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(l)                 Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks.

(i)                  All material Intellectual Property of such Grantor is valid, subsisting, unexpired, enforceable and has

not been abandoned except as permitted by the Loan Agreement.

(ii)               No holding, decision or judgment has been rendered by any Governmental Authority that would
limit,  cancel  or  question  the  validity  of  any  Intellectual  Property  of  any  Grantor  that  is  reasonably  necessary  for  the
operation of such Grantor’s business.

(iii)             

All  applications  pertaining  to  the  Copyrights,  Patents  and  Trademarks  of  each  Grantor  that  are
reasonably necessary for the operation of such Grantor’s business have been duly and properly filed, and all registrations
or letters pertaining to such Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks have been duly and properly filed and issued.

(iv)              No Grantor has made any assignment or agreement in conflict with the security interest in the material

Intellectual Property of any Grantor hereunder, except for Permitted Liens.

(v)                 Each Grantor and each of its Subsidiaries, own, or possess the right to use, all of the Intellectual
Property that is reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, without conflict with the rights of any
other Person.

(vi)               To the knowledge of each Grantor, no slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method,
substance,  part  or  other  material  now  employed,  or  now  contemplated  to  be  employed  by  any  Grantor  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries infringes upon any rights held by any other Person.

(vii)             No proceeding, claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the knowledge of
such Grantor, threatened in writing, which, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

4.

Covenants. Each Grantor covenants that until the Facility Termination Date, such Grantor shall:

(a)                Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Information.

(i)                  Maintain the security interest created by this Agreement as a first priority perfected security interest
(subject  only  to  Permitted  Liens)  and  shall  defend  such  security  interest  against  the  claims  and  demands  of  all  Persons
whomsoever (other than the holders of Permitted Liens).

(ii)               From time to time furnish to the Administrative Agent upon the Administrative Agent’s or any other
Secured Party’s reasonable request, statements and schedules further identifying and describing the assets and property of
such  Grantor  and  such  other  reports  in  connection  therewith  as  the Administrative Agent  or  such  Secured  Party  may
reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)                

Required Notifications.  Promptly  notify  the Administrative Agent  (and  the Administrative Agent  will
thereafter  promptly  notify  the  Lead Arranger),  in  writing,  of:  (i)  any  Lien  (other  than  Permitted  Liens)  on  any  of  the  Collateral
which  would  adversely  affect  the  ability  of  the  Administrative  Agent  to  exercise  any  of  its  remedies  hereunder  and  (ii)  the
occurrence  of  any  other  event  which  would  reasonably  be  expected  to  have  a  material  impairment  on  the  aggregate  value  of  the
Collateral or on the security interests created hereby.

(c)                Perfection through Possession and Control.

(i)                 If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be or become evidenced
by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper or Supporting Obligation, or if any property constituting Collateral shall be
stored  or  shipped  subject  to  a  Document,  ensure  that  such  Instrument,  Tangible  Chattel  Paper,  Supporting  Obligation  or
Document is either in the possession of such Grantor at all times or, if requested by the Administrative Agent or the Lead
Arranger to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in such Collateral, is delivered to the Administrative Agent
duly  endorsed  in  a  manner  reasonably  satisfactory  to  the  Lead Arranger.  Such  Grantor  shall  ensure  that  any  Collateral
consisting of Tangible Chattel Paper is marked with a legend reasonably acceptable to  the  Lead Arranger  indicating  the
Administrative Agent’s security interest in such Tangible Chattel Paper.

(ii)               Deliver to the Administrative Agent promptly upon the receipt thereof by or on behalf of a Grantor,
all  certificates  and  instruments  constituting  Certificated  Securities  or  Pledged  Equity.  Prior  to  delivery  to  the
Administrative Agent, all such certificates constituting Pledged Equity shall be held in trust by such Grantor for the benefit
of the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto. All such certificates representing Pledged Equity shall be delivered in suitable
form  for  transfer  by  delivery  or  shall  be  accompanied  by  duly  executed  instruments  of  transfer  or  assignment  in  blank,
substantially in the form provided in Exhibit A hereto or other form reasonably acceptable to the Lead Arranger.

(iii)              If any Collateral shall consist of Deposit Accounts, Electronic Chattel Paper, Letter-of-Credit Rights,
Securities  Accounts  or  uncertificated  Investment  Property,  execute  and  deliver  (and,  with  respect  to  any  Collateral
consisting of a Securities Account or uncertificated Investment Property, cause the Securities Intermediary or the Issuer, as
applicable,  with  respect  to  such  Investment  Property  to  execute  and  deliver)  to  the  Administrative  Agent  all  control
agreements, assignments, instruments or other documents as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Lead
Arranger for the purposes of obtaining and maintaining Control of such Collateral. If any Collateral shall consist of Deposit
Accounts or Securities Accounts, comply with Section 6.13(f) of the Loan Agreement.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)                Filing of Financing Statements, Notices, etc . Execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and/or file such
agreements, assignments or instruments (including affidavits, notices, reaffirmations and amendments and restatements of existing
documents,  as  the  Administrative  Agent  or  the  Lead  Arranger  may  reasonably  request)  and  do  all  such  other  things  as  the
Administrative  Agent  (at  the  direction  of  the  Required  Lenders)  or  the  Lead  Arranger  may  reasonably  deem  necessary  or
appropriate  (i)  to  assure  to  the  Administrative  Agent  its  security  interests  hereunder,  including  (A)  such  instruments  as  the
Administrative Agent or the Lead Arranger may from time to time reasonably request in order to perfect and maintain the security
interests granted hereunder in accordance with the UCC, including, without limitation, financing statements (including continuation
statements),  (B)  with  regard  to  Copyrights,  a  Notice  of  Grant  of  Security  Interest  in  Copyrights  substantially  in  the  form  of
Exhibit B  or  other  form  reasonably  acceptable  to  the  Lead Arranger,  (C)  with  regard  to  Patents,  a  Notice  of  Grant  of  Security
Interest in Patents for filing with the USPTO substantially in the form of Exhibit C or other form reasonably acceptable to the Lead
Arranger  and  (D)  with  regard  to  Trademarks,  a  Notice  of  Grant  of  Security  Interest  in  Trademarks  for  filing  with  the  USPTO
substantially in the form of Exhibit D or other form reasonably acceptable to the Lead Arranger, (ii) to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby and (iii) to otherwise protect and assure the Administrative Agent of its rights and interests for the benefit of
the  Secured  Parties  hereunder.  Furthermore,  each  Grantor  also  hereby  irrevocably  makes,  constitutes  and  appoints  the
Administrative Agent,  its  nominee  or  any  other  person  whom  the Administrative Agent  may  (at  the  direction  of  the  Required
Lenders) designate, as such Grantor’s attorney in fact with full power and for the limited purpose to prepare and file (and, to the
extent  applicable,  sign)  in  the  name  of  such  Grantor  any  financing  statements,  or  amendments  and  supplements  to  financing
statements,  renewal  financing  statements,  notices  or  any  similar  documents  which  in  the  Required  Lenders’  or  Lead Arranger’s
reasonable discretion would be necessary or appropriate in order to perfect and maintain perfection of the security interests granted
hereunder, such power, being coupled with an interest, being and remaining irrevocable until the Facility Termination Date. Each
Grantor  hereby  agrees  that  a  carbon,  photographic  or  other  reproduction  of  this Agreement  or  any  such  financing  statement  is
sufficient  for  filing  as  a  financing  statement  by  the Administrative Agent  without  notice  thereof  to  such  Grantor  wherever  the
Administrative Agent  (at  the  direction  of  the  Required  Lenders)  or  the  Lead Arranger  may  in  the  Required  Lenders’  or  Lead
Arranger’s, as applicable, reasonable discretion desire to file the same.

(e)                Collateral Held by Warehouseman, Bailee, etc.

(i)                  If any Collateral with a value in excess of the Threshold Amount is at any time in the possession or
control of a warehouseman, bailee or any agent or processor of such Grantor shall (A) notify in writing the Administrative
Agent of such possession, (B) notify in writing such Person in writing of the Administrative Agent’s security interest for
the  benefit  of  the  Secured  Parties  in  such  Collateral,  (C)  instruct  such  Person  to  hold  all  such  Collateral  for  the
Administrative  Agent’s  account  and  subject  to  the  Administrative  Agent’s  instructions  and  (D)  upon  request  by  the
Administrative Agent or the Lead Arranger, obtain (1) a written acknowledgment from such Person that it is holding such
Collateral  for  the  benefit  of  the  Administrative  Agent  and  (2)  such  other  documentation  reasonably  required  by  the
Administrative Agent or the Lead Arranger (including, without limitation, subordination and access agreements).

(ii)               Perfect and protect such Grantor’s ownership interests in all Inventory with a value in excess of the
Threshold  Amount  stored  with  a  consignee  against  creditors  of  the  consignee  by  filing  and  maintaining  financing
statements against the consignee reflecting the consignment arrangement filed in all appropriate filing offices, providing
any written notices required by the UCC to notify any prior creditors of the consignee of the consignment arrangement, and
taking  such  other  actions  as  may  be  necessary  to  perfect  and  protect  such  Grantor’s  interests  in  such  inventory  under
Section 2-326, Section 9-103, Section 9-324 and Section 9-505 of the UCC or otherwise, which such financing statements
filed  pursuant  to  this  Section  shall  be  collaterally  assigned  to  the Administrative Agent,  for  the  benefit  of  the  Secured
Parties.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f)                 Treatment of Accounts. Except as permitted by the Loan Agreement, not grant or extend the time for payment
of any Account, or compromise or settle any Account for less than the full amount thereof, or release any person or property, in
whole  or  in  part,  from  payment  thereof,  or  amend,  supplement  or  modify  any Account  in  any  manner  that  would  reasonably  be
likely  to  adversely  affect  the  value  thereof,  or  allow  any  credit  or  discount  thereon,  other  than  as  normal  and  customary  in  the
ordinary  course  of  a  Grantor’s  business.  Each  Grantor  will  deliver  to  the Administrative Agent  a  copy  of  each  material  demand,
notice or document received by it that questions or calls into doubt the validity or enforceability of any Account.

(g)                 Commercial Tort Claims. Execute and deliver such statements, documents and notices and do and cause to be
done all such things as may be reasonably required by the Administrative Agent (at the direction of the Required Lenders) or the
Lead Arranger,  or  required  by  Law  to  create,  preserve,  perfect  and  maintain  the Administrative Agent’s  security  interest  in  any
Commercial Tort Claims initiated by or in favor of any Grantor.

(h)                Inventory. With respect to the Inventory of each Grantor:

(i)                 At all times maintain inventory records reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Arranger, keeping correct
and  accurate  records  itemizing  and  describing  the  kind,  type,  quality  and  quantity  of  Inventory  and  such  Grantor’s  cost
therefore and daily withdrawals therefrom and additions thereto.

(ii)               Produce, use, store and maintain the Inventory with reasonable care and caution, in accordance with
applicable standards of any insurance and in conformity with applicable Laws (including the requirements of the Federal
Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended and all rules, regulations and orders related thereto).

(i)                  Books and Records. Mark its books and records (and shall cause the Issuer of the Pledged Equity of such

Grantor to mark its books and records) to reflect the security interest granted pursuant to this Agreement.

(j)                 

Nature of Collateral. At  all  times  maintain  the  Collateral  as  personal  property  and  not  affix  any  of  the
Collateral to any real property in a manner that would change its nature from personal property to real property or a Fixture to real
property, unless the Administrative Agent shall have a perfected Lien on such Fixture or real property.

(k)                Issuance or Acquisition of Equity Interests in Partnerships or Limited Liability Companies.

(i)                  Not without executing and delivering, or causing to be executed and delivered, to the Administrative
Agent such agreements, documents and instruments as the Administrative Agent (at the direction of the Required Lenders)
or the Lead Arranger may reasonably require in accordance with the Loan Documents, issue or acquire any Pledged Equity
consisting of an interest in a partnership or a limited liability company that (A) is dealt in or traded on a securities exchange
or in a securities market, (B) by its terms expressly provides that it is a Security governed by Article 8 of the UCC, (C) is
an  investment  company  security,  (D)  is  held  in  a  Securities Account  or  (E)  constitutes  a  Security  or  a  Financial Asset,
except in each case, as otherwise permitted by the provisions of the Loan Agreement.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ii)                              Without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the  Lead Arranger,  such  consent  not  to  be  unreasonably
withheld,  conditioned  or  delayed,  no  Grantor  will  (A)  vote  to  enable,  or  take  any  other  action  to  permit,  any  applicable
Issuer to issue any Investment Property or Equity Interests constituting partnership or limited liability company interests,
except  for  those  additional  Investment  Property  or  Equity  Interests  constituting  partnership  or  limited  liability  company
interests that will be subject to the security interest granted herein in favor of the Secured Parties or otherwise permitted by
the  provisions  of  the  Loan  Agreement,  or  (B)  enter  into  any  agreement  or  undertaking,  except  in  connection  with  a
Disposition  permitted  under  Section  7.05  of  the  Loan Agreement,  restricting  the  right  or  ability  of  such  Grantor  or  the
Administrative Agent to sell, assign or transfer any Investment Property or Pledged Equity or Proceeds thereof, except, as
otherwise permitted by the provisions of the Loan Agreement. The Grantors will defend the right, title and interest of the
Administrative Agent in and to any Investment Property and Pledged Equity against the claims and demands of all Persons
whomsoever.

(iii)              If any Grantor becomes entitled to receive or shall receive (A) any certificated securities (including,
without  limitation,  any  certificate  representing  a  stock  dividend  or  a  distribution  in  connection  with  any  reclassification,
increase or reduction of capital or any certificate issued in connection with any reorganization), option or rights in respect
of the ownership interests of any Issuer, whether in addition to, in substitution of, as a conversion of, or in exchange for,
any  Investment  Property,  or  otherwise  in  respect  thereof,  or  (B)  any  sums  paid  upon  or  in  respect  of  any  Investment
Property upon the liquidation or dissolution of any Issuer, such Grantor shall accept the same as the agent of the Secured
Parties, hold the same in trust for the Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, and promptly deliver
the same to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, in accordance with the terms hereof.

(l)                 Intellectual Property.

(i)                 

Except as permitted by the Loan Agreement, not do any act or omit to do any act whereby any
material Copyright may become invalidated and (A) not do any act, or omit to do any act, whereby any material Copyright
may become injected into the public domain; (B) notify in writing the Administrative Agent immediately if it knows that
any  material  Copyright  is  reasonably  likely  to  become  injected  into  the  public  domain  or  of  any  materially  adverse
determination or development (including, without limitation, the institution of, or any such determination or development
in, any court or tribunal in the United States or any other country) regarding a Grantor’s ownership of any such Copyright
or  its  validity;  (C)  take  all  necessary  steps  as  it  shall  deem  appropriate  under  the  circumstances,  to  maintain  and  pursue
each application (and to obtain the relevant registration) of each material Copyright owned by a Grantor and to maintain
each  registration  of  each  material  Copyright  owned  by  a  Grantor  including,  without  limitation,  filing  of  applications  for
renewal  where  necessary;  and  (D)  promptly  notify  the  Administrative  Agent  in  writing  of  any  infringement,
misappropriation, dilution or impairment of any material Copyright of a Grantor of which it becomes aware and take such
actions  as  it  shall  reasonably  deem  appropriate  under  the  circumstances  to  protect  such  Copyright,  including,  where
appropriate, the bringing of suit for infringement, dilution or impairment or seeking injunctive relief and seeking to recover
any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation, dilution or impairment.

(ii)               Not make any assignment or agreement in conflict with the security interest in the Copyrights of each

Grantor hereunder (except as permitted by the Loan Agreement).

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(iii)             Except as permitted by the Loan Agreement, (A) continue to use each material Trademark on each and
every trademark class of goods applicable to its current line as used in the ordinary course of business in order to maintain
such Trademark in full force free from any claim of abandonment for non-use, (B) maintain at least the same standards of
quality of products and services offered under such Trademark as are currently maintained, (C) employ such Trademark
with  the  appropriate  notice  of  registration,  if  applicable,  (D)  not  adopt  or  use  any  mark  that  is  confusingly  similar  or  a
colorable imitation of such Trademark unless the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall obtain
a  perfected  security  interest  in  such  mark  pursuant  to  this  Agreement,  and  (E)  not  (and  not  permit  any  licensee  or
sublicensee thereof to) do any act or omit to do any act whereby any such Trademark may become invalidated.

(iv)               Except as permitted by the Loan Agreement, not do any act, or omit to do any act, whereby any

material Patent may become abandoned or dedicated.

(v)                 Notify in writing the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties promptly if it knows that any
application  or  registration  relating  to  any  material  Patent  or  Trademark  is  reasonably  likely  to  become  abandoned  or
dedicated, or of any materially adverse determination or development (including, without limitation, the institution of, or
any such determination or development in, any proceeding in the USPTO or any court or tribunal in any country) regarding
such Grantor ownership of any material Patent or Trademark or its right to register the same or to keep and maintain the
same.

(vi)               Take all reasonable and necessary steps, including, without limitation, in any proceeding before the
USPTO, or any similar office or agency in any other country or any political subdivision thereof, to maintain and pursue
each application (and to obtain the relevant registration) and to maintain each registration of each Patent and Trademark,
including, without limitation, filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use and affidavits of incontestability.

(vii)             Promptly notify in writing the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties after it learns that any
Patent  or  Trademark  included  in  the  Collateral  is  infringed,  misappropriated,  diluted  or  impaired  by  a  third  party  and
promptly sue for infringement, misappropriation, dilution or impairment, to seek injunctive relief where appropriate and to
recover any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation, dilution or impairment, or to take such other actions
as it shall reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Patent or Trademark.

(viii)          

Not  make  any  assignment  or  agreement  in  conflict  with  the  security  interest  in  the  Patents  or

Trademarks of each Grantor hereunder (except as permitted by the Loan Agreement).

(ix)               Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, grant to the Administrative
Agent a royalty free license to use such Grantor’s Intellectual Property solely in connection with the enforcement of the
Administrative Agent’s rights hereunder, but only to the extent any license or agreement granting such Grantor rights in
such Intellectual Property do not prohibit such use by the Administrative Agent.

(m)               Equipment. Except as permitted by the Loan Agreement, maintain each item of Equipment in good working

order and condition (reasonable wear and tear and obsolescence excepted).

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(n)                 Government Contracts. Promptly notify the Administrative Agent in writing if it enters into any contract with
a  Governmental  Authority  under  which  such  Governmental  Authority,  as  account  debtor,  owes  a  monetary  obligation  to  any
Grantor under any Account.

(o)                [Reserved].

(p)                Further Assurances.

(i)                  Promptly upon the request of the Administrative Agent or the Lead Arranger and at the sole expense
of the Grantors, duly execute and deliver, and have recorded, such further instruments and documents and take such further
actions  as  the Administrative Agent  (at  the  direction  of  the  Required  Lenders)  or  the  Lead  Arranger  may  reasonably
request for the purpose of obtaining or preserving the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein
granted,  including,  without  limitation,  (A)  the  assignment  of  any  Material  Contract,  (B)  with  respect  to  Government
Contracts,  assignment  agreements  and  notices  of  assignment,  in  form  and  substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to  the  Lead
Arranger, duly executed by any Grantors party to such Government Contract in compliance with the Assignment of Claims
Act (or analogous state applicable Law), and (C) all applications, certificates, instruments, registration statements, and all
other documents and papers the Administrative Agent (at the direction of the Required Lenders) or the Lead Arranger may
reasonably request and as may be required by Law in connection with the obtaining of any consent, approval, registration,
qualification, or authorization of any Person deemed necessary or appropriate for the effective exercise of any rights under
this Agreement.

(ii)               From time to time upon the Administrative Agent’s or Lead Arranger’s reasonable request, promptly
furnish  such  updates  to  the  information  disclosed  pursuant  to  this Agreement  and  the  Loan Agreement,  including  any
Schedules hereto or thereto, such that such updated information is true and correct in all material respects as of the date so
furnished.

5.

Authorization  to  File  Financing  Statements. Each  Grantor  hereby  authorizes  the Administrative Agent  and  the  Lead Arranger  to
prepare and  file  such  financing  statements  (including  continuation  statements)  or  amendments thereof  or  supplements  thereto  or
other instruments as the Administrative Agent (at the  direction of the Required Lenders) or the Lead Arranger may from time to
time  reasonably deem  necessary  or  appropriate  in  order  to  perfect  and  maintain  the  security  interests granted  hereunder  in
accordance with the UCC, which such financing statements may describe the Collateral in the same manner as described herein or
may contain an indication or description of Collateral that describes such property in any other manner as the Administrative Agent
(at the direction of the Required Lenders) or the Lead Arranger may determine, in its or their, as applicable, reasonable discretion, is
necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure the perfection of the security interest in the Collateral granted herein, including, without
limitation,  describing  such  property  as  “all  assets,  whether  now  owned or  hereafter  acquired”  or  “all  personal  property,  whether
now owned or hereafter acquired.”

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.

Advances. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any Secured Party (individually or through the
Administrative Agent) may, at its sole option and in its sole discretion,  perform the same and in so doing may expend such sums as
such  Secured  Party  may  reasonably deem advisable in the performance thereof, including, without limitation, the payment of any
insurance  premiums,  the  payment  of  any  taxes,  a  payment  to  obtain  a  release  of a  Lien  or  potential  Lien,  expenditures  made  in
defending against any claim and all other expenditures which such Secured Party may make for the protection of the security hereof
or  which  may  be  compelled  to  make  by  operation  of  Law. All  such  sums  and  amounts  (including  reasonable  and  documented
attorneys’  fees,  legal  expenses  and  court  costs  actually  incurred)  so  expended  shall  be  repayable  by  the  Grantors  on  a  joint  and
several basis promptly upon timely notice thereof and demand therefor, shall constitute additional Obligations, and shall be deemed
to  constitute  principal  of  the  Loan.  No  such  performance of  any  covenant  or  agreement  by  any  Secured  Party  on  behalf  of  any
Grantor,  and  no  such advance  or  expenditure  therefor,  shall  relieve  the  Grantors  of  any  Default  or  Event  of Default. Any  one  or
more Secured Parties (individually or through the Administrative  Agent) may make any payment hereby authorized in accordance
with  any  bill,  statement or  estimate  procured  from  the  appropriate  public  office  or  holder  of  the  claim  to  be discharged  without
inquiry into the accuracy of such bill, statement or estimate or into the validity of any tax assessment, sale, forfeiture, tax lien, title
or  claim  except to  the  extent  such  payment  is  being  contested  in  good  faith  by  a  Grantor  in  appropriate proceedings  and  against
which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP.

7.

Remedies.

(a)                

General Remedies.  Upon  the  occurrence  of  an  Event  of  Default  and  during  continuation  thereof,  the
Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties shall have, in addition to the rights and remedies provided herein, in the Loan
Documents,  in  any  other  documents  relating  to  the  Obligations,  or  by  any  applicable  Law  (including,  but  not  limited  to,  levy  of
attachment, garnishment and the rights and remedies set forth in the UCC of the jurisdiction applicable to the affected Collateral),
all the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC (regardless of whether the UCC is the law of the jurisdiction where the
rights  and  remedies  are  asserted  and  regardless  of  whether  the  UCC  applies  to  the  affected  Collateral),  and  further,  the
Administrative Agent may (but is not obligated to), with or without judicial process or the aid and assistance of others, and shall (at
the direction of the Required Lenders) (i) dispose of any Collateral on any such premises in the manner set forth herein, (ii) require
the Grantors to assemble and make available to the Administrative Agent at the expense of the Grantors any Collateral at any place
and time designated by the Administrative Agent (at the direction of the Required Lenders) which is reasonably convenient to both
parties,  (iii)  remove  any  Collateral  from  any  such  premises  for  the  purpose  of  effecting  sale  or  other  disposition  thereof,  and/or
(iv) without demand and without advertisement, notice, hearing or process of law, all of which each of the Grantors hereby waives
to  the  fullest  extent  permitted  by  Law,  at  any  place  and  time  or  times,  sell,  lease,  assign,  give  option  or  options  to  purchase,  or
otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels
any or all Collateral held by or for it at public or private sale (which in the case of a private sale of Pledged Equity, shall be to a
restricted group of purchasers who will be obligated to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account,
for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof), at any exchange or broker’s board or elsewhere, by one or
more  contracts,  in  one  or  more  parcels,  for  money,  upon  credit  or  otherwise,  at  such  prices  and  upon  such  terms  as  the
Administrative Agent  (at  the  direction  of  the  Required  Lenders)  or  the  Lead Arranger  deem  commercially  reasonable  (subject  to
any and all mandatory legal requirements). Each Grantor acknowledges that any such private sale may be at prices and on terms less
favorable  to  the  seller  than  the  prices  and  other  terms  which  might  have  been  obtained  at  a  public  sale  and,  notwithstanding  the
foregoing, agrees that such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and, in the case of
a sale of Pledged Equity, that the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to delay sale of any such securities for the period of
time necessary to permit the Issuer of such securities to register such securities for public sale under the Securities Act of 1933.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the
extent permitted by applicable Law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold.
Neither the Administrative Agent’s compliance with applicable Law nor its disclaimer of warranties relating to the Collateral shall
be  considered  to  adversely  affect  the  commercial  reasonableness  of  any  sale.  To  the  extent  the  rights  of  notice  cannot  be  legally
waived hereunder, each Grantor agrees that any requirement of reasonable notice shall be met if such notice, specifying the place of
any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made, is personally served on or mailed, postage prepaid, to Grantors
in accordance with the notice provisions of Section 11.02 of the Loan Agreement at least 10 days before the time of sale or other
event giving rise to the requirement of such notice. Each Grantor further acknowledges and agrees that any offer to sell any Pledged
Equity that has been (A) publicly advertised on a bona fide basis in a newspaper or other publication of general circulation in the
financial community of New York, New York (to the extent that such offer may be advertised without prior registration under the
Securities Act of 1933), or (B) made privately in the manner described above shall be deemed to involve a “public sale” under the
UCC, notwithstanding that such sale may not constitute a “public offering” under the Securities Act of 1933, and the Administrative
Agent may (but is not obligated to), in such event, bid for the purchase of such securities. The Administrative Agent shall not be
obligated to make any sale or other disposition of the Collateral regardless of notice having been given. To the extent permitted by
applicable Law, any Secured Party may be a purchaser at any such sale. To the extent permitted by applicable Law, each Grantor
waives all of its rights of redemption with respect to any such sale. Subject to the provisions of applicable Law, the Administrative
Agent  may  (but  is  not  obligated  to)  postpone  or  cause  the  postponement  of  the  sale  of  all  or  any  portion  of  the  Collateral  by
announcement at the time and place of such sale, and such sale may, without further notice, to the extent permitted by Law, be made
at the time and place to which the sale was postponed, or the Administrative Agent may (but is not obligated to)further postpone
such sale by announcement made at such time and place. To the extent permitted by applicable Law, each Grantor waives all claims,
damages and demands it may acquire against the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party arising out of the exercise by them of
any rights hereunder except to the extent any such claims, damages or demands result solely from the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of the Administrative Agent or such Secured Party, as applicable, as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a
court  of  competent  jurisdiction,  in  each  case  against  whom  such  claim  is  asserted.  Each  Grantor  agrees  that  the  internet  shall
constitute a “place” for purposes of Section 9-610(b) of the UCC and that any sale of Collateral to a licensor pursuant to the terms
of a license agreement between such licensor and a Grantor is sufficient to constitute a commercially reasonable sale (including as to
method, terms, manner, and time) within the meaning of Section 9-610 of the UCC.

(b)                Remedies Relating to Accounts.

(i)                 

Upon  the  occurrence  and  during  the  continuation  of  an  Event  of  Default,  whether  or  not  the
Administrative Agent has exercised any or all of its rights and remedies hereunder, (A) each Grantor shall notify in writing
(such notice to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Lead Arranger) its Account Debtors and parties to the Material
Contracts subject to a security interest hereunder that such Accounts and the Material Contracts have been assigned to the
Administrative Agent,  for  the  benefit  of  the  Secured  Parties  and  promptly  upon  request  of  the Administrative Agent,
instruct  all  account  debtors  to  remit  all  payments  in  respect  of  Accounts  to  a  mailing  location  selected  by  the
Administrative Agent (at the direction of the Required Lenders) and (B) the Administrative Agent shall have the right to
enforce any Grantor’s rights against its customers and account debtors, and the Administrative Agent or its designee may
(but is not obligated to) notify any Grantor’s customers and account debtors that the Accounts of such Grantor have been
assigned  to  the  Administrative  Agent  or  of  the  Administrative  Agent’s  security  interest  therein,  and  may  (but  is  not
obligated to) (either in its own name or in the name of a Grantor or both) demand, collect (including without limitation by
way of a lockbox arrangement), receive, take receipt for, sell, sue for, compound, settle, compromise and give acquittance
for any and all amounts due or to become due on any Account, and, in the Administrative Agent’s (at the direction of the
Required  Lenders)  or  Lead Arranger’s  reasonable  discretion,  file  any  claim  or  take  any  other  action  or  proceeding  to
protect and realize upon the security interest of the Secured Parties in the Accounts.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ii)               Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that the Proceeds of its Accounts remitted to or on behalf of
the Administrative Agent  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  hereof  shall  be  solely  for  the Administrative Agent’s  own
convenience and that such Grantor shall not have any right, title or interest in such Accounts or in any such other amounts
except as expressly provided herein or in the Loan Agreement. Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Secured Parties
shall  have  any  liability  or  responsibility  to  any  Grantor  for  acceptance  of  a  check,  draft  or  other  order  for  payment  of
money bearing the legend “payment in full” or words of similar import or any other restrictive legend or endorsement or be
responsible for determining the correctness of any remittance.

(iii)             Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, (A) the Administrative Agent
shall  have  the  right,  but  not  the  obligation,  to  make  test  verifications  of  the Accounts  in  any  manner  and  through  any
medium that it or the Lead Arranger reasonably consider advisable, and the Grantors shall furnish all such assistance and
information  as  the  Administrative  Agent  or  the  Lead  Arranger  may  reasonably  require  in  connection  with  such  test
verifications,  (B)  upon  the Administrative Agent’s  or  Lead Arranger’s  request  and  at  the  expense  of  the  Grantors,  the
Grantors shall cause independent public accountants or others reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Arranger to furnish to the
Administrative Agent reports showing reconciliations, aging and test verifications of, and trial balances for, the Accounts
and (C) the Administrative Agent in its own name or in the name of others may communicate with account debtors on the
Accounts to verify with them to the Lead Arranger’s satisfaction the existence, amount and terms of any Accounts.

(c)                

Deposit Accounts/Securities Accounts .  Upon  the  occurrence  and  during  the  continuance  of  an  Event  of
Default, the Administrative Agent (at the written direction of the Required Lenders) shall prevent withdrawals or other dispositions
of funds in Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts which are subject to Qualifying Control Agreements or held with any Secured
Party.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d)                 Investment Property/Pledged Equity. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and during the continuation
thereof, (i) the Administrative Agent shall have the right to receive any and all cash dividends, payments or distributions made in
respect  of  any  Investment  Property  or  Pledged  Equity  or  other  Proceeds  paid  in  respect  of  any  Investment  Property  and  Pledged
Equity, (ii) any or all of any Investment Property or Pledged Equity may, at the option of the Lead Arranger, be registered in the
name of the Administrative Agent or its nominee and (iii) the Administrative Agent or its nominee shall have (except to the extent,
if  any,  specifically  waived  in  each  instance  by  the  Lead  Arranger  in  writing)  the  sole  and  exclusive  right  to  exercise  (with
simultaneous notice upon any Grantor) or refrain from exercising, but under no circumstances is the Administrative Agent obligated
by  the  terms  of  this Agreement  or  otherwise  to  exercise,  (A)  all  voting,  corporate  and  other  rights  pertaining  to  such  Investment
Property, or any such Pledged Equity at any meeting of shareholders, partners or members of the relevant Issuers or otherwise and
(B)  any  and  all  rights  of  conversion,  exchange  and  subscription  and  any  other  rights,  privileges  or  options  pertaining  to  such
Investment Property or Pledged Equity as if it were the absolute owner thereof (including, without limitation, the right to exchange
at its reasonable discretion any and all of the Investment Property or Pledged Equity upon the merger, consolidation, reorganization,
recapitalization  or  other  fundamental  change  in  the  corporate,  partnership  or  limited  liability  company  structure  of  any  Issuer  or
upon  the  exercise  by  any  Grantor  or  the Administrative Agent  of  any  right,  privilege  or  option  pertaining  to  such  Investment
Property or Pledged Equity, and in connection therewith, the right to deposit and deliver any and all of the Investment Property or
Pledged Equity with any committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms and conditions
as the Administrative Agent (at the direction of the Required Lenders) may determine), all without liability except to account for
property actually received by it; but the Administrative Agent shall have no duty to any Grantor to exercise any such right, privilege
or option and the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so
doing. In furtherance thereof, each Grantor hereby authorizes and instructs each Issuer with respect to any Collateral consisting of
Investment  Property  and/or  Pledged  Equity  to  (i)  comply  with  any  instruction  received  by  it  from  the Administrative Agent  in
writing that (A) states that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (B) is otherwise in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement, without any other or further instructions from such Grantor, and each Grantor agrees that each Issuer shall be fully
protected in so complying following receipt of such notice and prior to notice that such Event of Default is no longer continuing,
and  (ii)  except  as  otherwise  expressly  permitted  hereby,  pay  any  dividends,  distributions  or  other  payments  with  respect  to  any
Investment Property or Pledged Equity directly to the Administrative Agent. Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, each Grantor shall be permitted to receive all cash dividends, payments or other distributions made in respect of any
Investment Property and any Pledged Equity to the extent permitted in the Loan Agreement, and to exercise all voting and other
corporate, company and partnership rights with respect to any Investment Property and Pledged Equity to the extent not inconsistent
with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(e)                 Material Contracts. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and during the continuation thereof, the
Administrative Agent  or  the  Lead Arranger  shall  be  entitled  to  (but  shall  not  be  required  to):  (i)  proceed  to  perform  any  and  all
obligations of the applicable Grantor under any Material Contract and exercise all rights of such Grantor thereunder as fully as such
Grantor  itself  could,  (ii)  do  all  other  acts  which  the Administrative Agent  (at  the  direction  of  the  Required  Lenders)  or  the  Lead
Arranger  may  deem  reasonably  necessary  or  proper  to  protect  the  Administrative  Agent’s  security  interest  granted  hereunder,
provided  such  acts  are  not  inconsistent  with  or  in  violation  of  the  terms  of  any  of  the  Loan  Agreement,  of  the  other  Loan
Documents,  such  Material  Contract  or  applicable  Law,  and  (iii)  sell,  assign  or  otherwise  transfer  any  Material  Contract  in
accordance  with  the  Loan Agreement,  the  other  Loan  Documents  and  applicable  Law,  subject,  however,  to  the  prior  approval  of
each other party to such Material Contract, to the extent required under such Material Contract.

(f)                  Access. In addition to the rights and remedies hereunder, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and
during  the  continuance  thereof,  the Administrative Agent  shall  have  the  right,  subject  to  any  consents  expressly  required  by  or
conditions set forth in any collateral access waivers, to enter and remain upon the various premises of the Grantors without cost or
charge to the Administrative Agent, and use the same, together with materials, supplies, books and records of the Grantors for the
purpose of collecting and liquidating the Collateral, or for preparing for sale and conducting the sale of the Collateral, whether by
foreclosure, auction or otherwise. In addition, the Administrative Agent may (but is not obligated to)remove Collateral, or any part
thereof, from such premises and/or any records with respect thereto, in order to effectively collect or liquidate such Collateral. If the
Administrative Agent exercises its right to take possession of the Collateral, each Grantor shall also at its expense perform any and
all other steps reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Lead Arranger to preserve and protect the security interest
hereby granted in the Collateral, such as placing and maintaining signs indicating the security interest of the Administrative Agent,
appointing overseers for the Collateral and maintaining inventory records.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(g)                 Nonexclusive Nature of Remedies. Failure by the Administrative Agent or the Secured Parties to exercise any
right,  remedy  or  option  under  this Agreement,  any  other  Loan  Document,  any  other  document  relating  to  the  Obligations,  or  as
provided by Law, or any delay by the Administrative Agent or the Secured Parties in exercising the same, shall not operate as a
waiver  of  any  such  right,  remedy  or  option.  No  waiver  hereunder  shall  be  effective  unless  it  is  in  writing,  signed  by  the  party
against  whom  such  waiver  is  sought  to  be  enforced  and  then  only  to  the  extent  specifically  stated,  which  in  the  case  of  the
Administrative Agent or the Secured Parties shall only be granted as provided herein. To the extent permitted by Law, neither the
Administrative Agent,  the  Secured  Parties,  nor  any  party  acting  as  attorney  for  the Administrative Agent  or  the  Secured  Parties,
shall  be  liable  hereunder  for  any  acts  or  omissions  or  for  any  error  of  judgment  or  mistake  of  fact  or  Law  other  than  their  gross
negligence or willful misconduct hereunder as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
The  rights  and  remedies  of  the Administrative Agent  and  the  Secured  Parties  under  this Agreement  shall  be  cumulative  and  not
exclusive of any other right or remedy which the Administrative Agent or the Secured Parties may have.

(h)                Retention of Collateral. In addition to the rights and remedies hereunder, the Administrative Agent may (but is
not  obligated  to),  in  compliance  with  Sections  9-620  and  9-621  of  the  UCC  or  otherwise  complying  with  the  requirements  of
applicable  Law  of  the  relevant  jurisdiction,  accept  or  retain  the  Collateral  in  satisfaction  of  the  Obligations.  Unless  and  until  the
Administrative Agent shall have provided such notices, however, the Administrative Agent shall not  be  deemed  to  have  retained
any Collateral in satisfaction of any Obligations for any reason.

(i)                 Waiver; Deficiency.

(i)                  Each Grantor hereby waives, to the extent permitted by applicable Laws, all rights of redemption,
appraisement,  valuation,  stay,  extension  or  moratorium  now  or  hereafter  in  force  under  any  applicable  Laws  in  order  to
prevent  or  delay  the  enforcement  of  this Agreement  or  the  absolute  sale  of  the  Collateral  or  any  portion  thereof.  In  the
event  that  the  Proceeds  of  any  sale,  collection,  realization  or  disposition  of  any  Collateral  are  insufficient  to  pay  all
amounts  to  which  the Administrative Agent  or  the  Secured  Parties  are  legally  entitled,  the  Grantors  shall  be  jointly  and
severally liable for the deficiency, together with the reasonable costs of collection and the fees, charges and disbursements
of  counsel.  Any  surplus  remaining  after  the  full  payment  and  satisfaction  of  the  Obligations  shall  be  returned  to  the
Grantors or to whomsoever a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine to be entitled thereto.

(ii)               Each Grantor hereby waives demand, notice, protest, notice of acceptance of this Agreement, notice
of  loans  made,  credit  extended,  Pledged  Collateral  received  or  delivered  or  other  action  taken  in  reliance  hereon. All
obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional and irrespective of (A) any change in the time,
place or manner of payment of, or in any other term of, the Obligations or any other obligation of any Loan Party under any
Loan  Document,  or  any  rescission,  waiver,  amendment  or  other  modification  of  any  Loan  Document  or  any  other
agreement,  including  any  increase  in  the  Obligations;  (B)  any  defense,  set-off  or  counterclaim  (other  than  a  defense  of
payment or performance) that may at any time be available to, or be asserted by, A Loan Party against any Secured Party;
(C) the failure of any other Person to execute or deliver this Agreement or any other agreement or the release or reduction
of liability of any Grantor or other grantor or surety with respect to the Obligations; (D) any other circumstance or manner
of administering the Loan that might vary the risk of any Grantor or otherwise operate as a defense available to, or a legal
or equitable discharge of, any Loan Party or any other guarantor or surety.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8.

Rights of the Administrative Agent.

(a)                 Power of Attorney; Irrevocable Proxy . In addition to other powers of attorney contained herein, each Grantor
hereby designates and appoints the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, and each of its designees or agents, as
such Grantor’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact, irrevocably and, with full power of substitution, and grants to the Administrative
Agent  this  IRREVOCABLE  PROXY,  with  authority  to  take,  or  refuse  to  take,  any  or  all  of  the  following  actions,  automatically
upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default without further need of any action taken by any Person, in
each case in any manner the Administrative Agent (at the direction of the Required Lenders) or the Lead Arranger deems advisable
in the Required Lenders’ or Lead Arranger’s, as applicable, sole discretion:

(i)                  to demand, collect, settle, compromise, adjust, give discharges and releases, all as the Administrative

Agent (at the direction of the Required Lenders) or the Lead Arranger may reasonably determine;

(ii)               to commence and prosecute any actions at any court for the purposes of collecting any Collateral and

enforcing any other right in respect thereof;

(iii)              to defend, settle or compromise any action brought and, in connection therewith, give such discharge
or  release  as  the  Administrative  Agent  (at  the  direction  of  the  Required  Lenders)  or  the  Lead  Arranger  may  deem
reasonably appropriate;

(iv)              

to  receive,  open  and  dispose  of  mail  addressed  to  a  Grantor  and  endorse  checks,  notes,  drafts,
acceptances,  money  orders,  bills  of  lading,  warehouse  receipts  or  other  instruments  or  documents  evidencing  payment,
shipment or storage of the goods giving rise to the Collateral of such Grantor on behalf of and in the name of such Grantor,
or securing, or relating to such Collateral;

(v)                to sell, assign, transfer, make any agreement in respect of, or otherwise deal with or exercise rights in
respect  of,  any  Collateral  or  the  goods  or  services  which  have  given  rise  thereto,  as  fully  and  completely  as  though  the
Administrative Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes;

(vi)              to adjust and settle claims under any insurance policy relating thereto;

(vii)            

to execute and deliver all assignments, conveyances, statements, financing statements, continuation
financing  statements,  security  agreements,  affidavits,  notices  and  other  agreements,  instruments  and  documents  that  the
Administrative Agent (at the direction of the Required Lenders) or the Lead Arranger may determine necessary in order to
perfect and maintain the security interests and liens granted in this Agreement and in order to fully consummate all of the
transactions contemplated herein;

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(viii)           to institute any foreclosure proceedings that the Administrative Agent (at the direction of the Required

Lenders) or the Lead Arranger may reasonably deem appropriate;

(ix)              

to sign and endorse any drafts, assignments, proxies, stock powers, verifications, notices and other

documents relating to the Collateral;

(x)                

to  exchange  any  of  the  Pledged  Equity  or  other  property  upon  any  merger,  consolidation,
reorganization, recapitalization or other readjustment of the Issuer thereof and, in connection therewith, deposit any of the
Pledged Equity with any committee, depository, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms as the
Administrative Agent (at the direction of the Required Lenders) or the Lead Arranger may reasonably deem appropriate;

(xi)               to vote all or any part of the Pledged Equity and the other Investment Property for or against any or
all matters submitted, or which may be submitted, to a vote of shareholders, partners or members, as the case may be, and
to exercise all other rights, powers, privileges and remedies to which any such shareholders, partners or members would be
entitled (including without limitation, giving or withholding written consents and/or adopting resolutions of the holders of
the Equity Interests of any issuer, calling special meetings of the holders of the Equity Interests of any issuer and voting at
such  meetings),  or  to  sign  an  instrument  in  writing,  sanctioning  the  transfer  of  any  or  all  of  the  Pledged  Equity  into  the
name of the Administrative Agent or one or more of the Secured Parties or into the name of any transferee to whom the
Pledged Equity or any part thereof may be sold pursuant to Section 7 hereof;

(xii)            

to  pay  or  discharge  taxes,  liens,  security  interests  or  other  encumbrances  levied  or  placed  on  or

threatened in writing against the Collateral;

(xiii)          to direct any parties liable for any payment in connection with any of the Collateral to make payment of

any and all monies due and to become due thereunder directly to the Administrative Agent or as the Administrative Agent
(at the direction of the Required Lenders) shall direct;

(xiv)          to receive payment of and receipt for any and all monies, claims, and other amounts due and to become

due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral;

(xv)            

in  the  case  of  any  Intellectual  Property,  execute  and  deliver,  and  have  recorded,  any  and  all
agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Administrative Agent (at the direction of the Required Lenders) or
the  Lead Arranger  may  request  to  evidence  the  security  interests  created  hereby  in  such  Intellectual  Property  and  the
goodwill and General Intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby; and

(xvi)          

do  and  perform  all  such  other  acts  and  things  in  any  manner  as  the Administrative Agent  (at  the
direction  of  the  Required  Lenders)  or  the  Lead Arranger  may  reasonably  deem  to  be  necessary,  proper  or  convenient  in
connection with the Collateral.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This power of attorney is an irrevocable power coupled with an interest, and shall survive the bankruptcy, dissolution or winding up
of any relevant Grantor, terminating only upon the Facility Termination Date. The Administrative Agent shall be under no duty to
exercise or withhold the exercise of any of the rights, powers, privileges and options expressly granted to the Administrative Agent
in this Agreement, and shall not be liable for any failure to do so or any delay in doing so. The Administrative Agent shall not be
liable for any act or omission or for any error of judgment or any mistake of fact or Law in its individual capacity or its capacity as
attorney-in-fact  except  acts  or  omissions  resulting  from  its  gross  negligence  or  willful  misconduct  as  determined  by  a  final  non-
appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. This power of attorney is conferred on the Administrative Agent solely to
protect, preserve and realize upon its security interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Administrative Agent
or any other Secured Party to exercise any such powers.

(b)                

Assignment  by  the Administrative Agent .  The Administrative Agent  may  from  time  to  time  assign  the
Obligations  to  a  successor Administrative Agent  appointed  in  accordance  with  the  Loan Agreement,  and  such  successor  shall  be
entitled to all of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement in relation thereto.

(c)                

The Administrative Agent’s  Duty  of  Care .  Other  than  the  exercise  of  reasonable  care  to  assure  the  safe
custody of the Collateral while being held by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall have no duty or
liability to preserve rights pertaining thereto, it being understood and agreed that the Grantors shall be responsible for preservation
of  all  rights  in  the  Collateral,  and  the  Administrative  Agent  shall  be  relieved  of  all  responsibility  for  the  Collateral  upon
surrendering  it  or  tendering  the  surrender  of  it  to  the  Grantors.  The  Administrative  Agent  shall  be  deemed  to  have  exercised
reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially
equal to that which the Administrative Agent accords its own property, it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall not
have responsibility for taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any parties with respect to any of the Collateral. In the
event of a public or private sale of Collateral pursuant to Section 7 hereof, the Administrative Agent shall have no responsibility for
(i)  ascertaining  or  taking  action  with  respect  to  calls,  conversions,  exchanges,  maturities,  tenders  or  other  matters  relating  to  any
Collateral, whether or not the Administrative Agent has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or (ii) taking any steps to
clean, repair or otherwise prepare the Collateral for sale.

(d)                 Liability with Respect to Accounts. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each of the Grantors
shall  remain  liable  under  each  of  the Accounts  to  observe  and  perform  all  the  conditions  and  obligations  to  be  observed  and
performed  by  it  thereunder,  all  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  any  agreement  giving  rise  to  each  such Account.  Neither  the
Administrative Agent nor any Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any Account (or any agreement giving rise
thereto)  by  reason  of  or  arising  out  of  this Agreement  or  the  receipt  by  the Administrative Agent  or  any  Secured  Party  of  any
payment  relating  to  such Account  pursuant  hereto,  nor  shall  the Administrative Agent  or  any  Secured  Party  be  obligated  in  any
manner to perform any of the obligations of a Grantor under or pursuant to any Account (or any agreement giving rise thereto), to
make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or as to the sufficiency of
any performance by any party under any Account (or any agreement giving rise thereto), to present or file any claim, to take any
action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may
be entitled at any time or times.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9.

Intercreditor Agreement

(a)                 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the priority of the Lien granted to the Administrative Agent,
on behalf of the Secured Parties, pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement and the exercise of
any  right  or  remedy  by  the Administrative Agent  hereunder  are  subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  Intercreditor Agreement.  In  the
event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement with respect to the priority of any Liens
or the exercise of any rights or remedies, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.

(b)                Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary and to the extent provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement,
to the extent this Agreement or any other Loan Document requires the delivery of, or control over, ABL Facility Priority Collateral
to be granted or provided to the Administrative Agent at any time prior to the payment in full of the ABL Facility Indebtedness,
then the Grantors may deliver such ABL Facility Priority Collateral (or control with respect thereto) and any related approval or
consent  rights  to  the  ABL  Facility  Agent  in  accordance  with  the  ABL  Facility  Documents  in  full  satisfaction  of  any  such
requirement under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents; provided that upon the Discharge of ABL Obligations (as
such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) the Grantors shall deliver (or cause to be delivered), or provide control over, as
applicable, such ABL Facility Priority Collateral within the same period of time from the date of the Discharge of ABL Obligations
(as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) as would apply under the Loan Documents if such ABL Facility Priority
Collateral was acquired by such Grantor as of such date.

10.

Application of Proceeds.  After the  exercise  of  remedies  provided  for  in  Section  8.02  of  the  Loan Agreement  (or  after the  Term
Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable), any payments in respect of the Obligations and any Proceeds of
the  Collateral,  when  received  by  the Administrative Agent  or  any  Secured  Party  in  cash  or  Cash  Equivalents  will  be  applied  in
reduction of the Obligations in the order set forth in the Loan Agreement.

11.

Continuing Agreement.

(a)                 This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until the Facility Termination Date, at which time this
Agreement  shall  be  automatically  terminated  (other  than  obligations  under  this  Agreement  which  expressly  survive  such
termination)  and  the Administrative Agent  shall,  upon  the  request  and  at  the  expense  of  the  Grantors,  forthwith  release  all  of  its
liens  and  security  interests  hereunder  and  shall  execute  and  deliver  all  UCC  termination  statements  and/or  other  documents
reasonably requested by the Grantors evidencing such termination.

(b)                This Agreement shall continue to be effective or be automatically reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time
payment, in whole or in part, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative
Agent or any Secured Party as a preference, fraudulent conveyance or otherwise under any Debtor Relief Law, all as though such
payment had not been made; provided that in the event payment of all or any part of the Obligations is rescinded or must be restored
or  returned,  all  reasonable  and  documented  costs  and  expenses  (including  without  limitation  any  reasonable  legal  fees  and
disbursements) incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party in defending and enforcing such reinstatement shall be
deemed to be included as a part of the Obligations.

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

Amendments;  Waivers;  Modifications,  etc.  This Agreement  and  the  provisions  hereof  may  not  be  amended,  waived,  modified,
changed, discharged or terminated except as set forth in Section 11.01 of the Loan Agreement.

Successors in Interest. This Agreement shall be binding upon each Grantor, its successors and assigns and shall inure, together with
the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties  hereunder, to the benefit of the Administrative Agent
and the Secured Parties and their successors and permitted assigns.

Notices. All notices required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in conformance with Section 11.02 of the Loan
Agreement; provided that notices and communications to the Grantors shall be directed to the Grantors, at the address set forth on
Schedule 1.01(a) of the Loan Agreement.

Counterparts.  This Agreement  may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of
which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed
counterpart  of  a  signature  page of  this Agreement  or  any  other  Loan  Document,  or  any  certificate  delivered  thereunder, by  fax
transmission  or  e-mail  transmission  (e.g.  “pdf”  or  “tif”) shall  be  effective  as  delivery  of  a  manually  executed  counterpart  of  this
Agreement.

Governing  Law;  Submission  to  Jurisdiction; Venue;  WAIVER  OF  JURY  TRIAL .  The  terms  of  Sections  11.14  and  11.15  of  the
Loan Agreement with respect to governing law, submission to jurisdiction, venue and waiver of jury trial are incorporated herein by
reference, mutatis mutandis, and the parties hereto agree to such terms.

Severability.  If  any  provision of  this  Agreement  is  held  to  be  illegal,  invalid  or  unenforceable,  (a)  the  legality,  validity  and
enforceability  of  the  remaining  provisions  of  this Agreement  shall  not  be  affected  or  impaired  thereby  and  (b)  the  parties  shall
endeavor  in  good  faith  negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid  or  unenforceable  provisions  with  valid  provisions  the economic
effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in
a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Entirety. This Agreement, which shall constitute a Loan Document under the Loan Agreement, the other Loan Documents and  the
other documents relating to the Obligations represent the entire agreement of the parties hereto and thereto, and supersede all prior
agreements  and  understandings,  oral or  written,  if  any,  including  any  commitment  letters  or  correspondence  relating  to  the  Loan
Documents, any other documents relating to the Obligations, or the transactions contemplated herein and therein.

Other  Security.  To  the  extent that  any  of  the  Obligations  are  now  or  hereafter  secured  by  property  other  than  the  Collateral
(including, without limitation, real property and securities owned by a Grantor), or by a guarantee, endorsement or property of any
other Person, then the Administrative Agent shall have the right to proceed against such other property, guarantee or endorsement
upon  the  occurrence  of  any  Event  of  Default,  and  the  Administrative  Agent  shall  have  the  right,  in  the  sole  discretion  of  the
Required  Lenders  or  in  the  sole  discretion  of the  Lead Arranger,  to  determine  which  rights,  security,  liens,  security  interests  or
remedies the Administrative Agent shall at any time pursue, relinquish, subordinate,  modify or take with respect thereto, without in
any  way  modifying  or  affecting  any  of them  or  the  Obligations  or  any  of  the  rights  of  the Administrative Agent  or  the  Secured
Parties under this Agreement, under any other of the Loan Documents or under any other document relating to the Obligations.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20.

21.

Joinder. At any time  after the date of this Agreement, one or more additional Persons may become party hereto  by executing and
delivering to the Administrative Agent a Joinder Agreement in the form  of Exhibit D to the Loan Agreement or such other form
acceptable  to  the  Lead  Arranger.  Immediately  upon  such  execution  and  delivery  of  such  Joinder Agreement  (and  without  any
further action), each such additional Person will become a party to this Agreement as an “Grantor” and have all of the rights and
obligations  of  a  Grantor  hereunder and  this  Agreement  and  the  schedules  hereto  shall  be  deemed  amended  by  such  Joinder
Agreement.

Consent of Issuers of Pledged Equity. Any Loan Party that is an Issuer hereby acknowledges, consents and agrees to the grant of the
security  interests  in  such  Pledged  Equity  by  the  applicable  Grantors  pursuant to  this  Agreement,  together  with  all  rights
accompanying  such  security  interest  as  provided by  this  Agreement  and  applicable  Law,  notwithstanding  any  anti-assignment
provisions in  any  operating  agreement,  limited  partnership  agreement  or  similar  organizational  or governance  documents  of  such
Issuer.

22.

Joint and Several Obligations of Grantors.

(a)                

Each  of  the  Grantors  is  accepting  joint  and  several  liability  hereunder  in  consideration  of  the  financial
accommodations to be provided by the Lenders under the Loan Agreement, for the mutual benefit, directly and indirectly, of each of
the Grantors and in consideration of the undertakings of each of the Grantors to accept joint and several liability for the obligations
of each of them.

(b)                 Each of the Grantors jointly and severally hereby irrevocably and unconditionally accepts, not merely as a
surety but also as a primary obligor, joint and several liability with the other Grantors with respect to the payment and performance
of  all  of  the  Obligations,  it  being  the  intention  of  the  parties  hereto  that  (i)  all  the  Obligations  shall  be  the  joint  and  several
obligations of each of the Grantors without preferences or distinction among them and (ii) a separate action may be brought against
each Grantor to enforce this Agreement whether or not any Borrower, any other Grantor or any other person or entity is joined as a
party.

(c)                 Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, in any other of the Loan Documents, to the
extent the obligations of a Grantor shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason (including, without limitation,
because of any applicable state or federal law relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers) then the obligations of such Grantor
hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount that is permissible under applicable Law (whether federal or state and including,
without limitation, Debtor Relief Laws).

(d)                Each Grantor waives and shall not exercise any rights that it may acquire by way of subrogation, contribution,

reimbursement or indemnification for payments made under this Agreement until the Facility Termination Date.

23.

Marshaling. The Administrative  Agent shall not be required to marshal any present or future collateral security (including but not
limited  to  the  Collateral)  for,  or  other  assurances  of  payment  of,  the  Obligations or  any  of  them  or  to  resort  to  such  collateral
security or other assurances of payment in any particular order, and all of its rights and remedies hereunder and in respect of such
collateral security and other assurances  of  payment  shall  be  cumulative  and  in addition to all other rights and remedies, however
existing  or  arising.  To  the  extent  that it lawfully may, each Grantor hereby agrees that it will not invoke any Law relating to  the
marshaling of collateral which might cause delay in or impede the enforcement of the Administrative Agent’s rights and remedies
under  this  Agreement  or  under any  other  instrument  creating  or  evidencing  any  of  the  Obligations  or  under  which  any of  the
Obligations is outstanding or by which any of the Obligations is secured or payment thereof is otherwise assured, and, to the extent
that it lawfully may, each Grantor hereby irrevocably waives the benefits of all such laws.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24.

Injunctive Relief.

(a)                

Each Grantor recognizes that, in the event such Grantor fails to perform, observe or discharge any of its
obligations or liabilities under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any remedy of Law may prove to be inadequate relief to
the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties. Therefore, each Grantor agrees that the Administrative Agent and the other
Secured  Parties,  at  the  option  of  the  Administrative  Agent  and  the  other  Secured  Parties,  shall  be  entitled  to  temporary  and
permanent injunctive relief in any such case without the necessity of proving actual damages.

(b)                

(b) The Administrative Agent, the other Secured Parties and each Grantor hereby agree that no such Person
shall have a remedy of punitive or exemplary damages against any other party to a Loan Document and each such Person hereby
waives any right or claim to punitive or exemplary damages that they may now have or may arise in the future in connection with
any dispute under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, whether such dispute is resolved through arbitration or judicially.

25.

Secured Parties. Each Secured Party that is not a party to the Loan Agreement who obtains the benefit of this Agreement  shall be
deemed  to  have  acknowledged  and  accepted  the  appointment  of  the  Administrative  Agent  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  Loan
Agreement, and with respect to the actions and omissions of the Administrative Agent hereunder or otherwise relating hereto that do
or may affect such Secured Party, the Administrative Agent and each of its Affiliates  shall be entitled to all of the rights, benefits
and immunities conferred under Article IX of the Loan Agreement.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above

written.

VINTAGE STOCK AFFILIATED HOLDINGS
LLC, a Nevada limited liability company, as a Grantor

By: /s/ Jon Isaac                                            
Name: Jon Isaac
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

Address:
325 E. Warm Springs Road. Suite 102
Las Vegas, NV 89119

VINTAGE STOCK, INC., a Missouri corporation, as a Grantor

By: /s/ Rodney Spriggs                              
Name: Rodney Spriggs
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

Address:
202 E. 32nd Street
Joplin, MO 64804

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accepted and agreed to as of the date first above written.

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Administrative Agent

By: ________________________________
Name: ______________________________
Title: _______________________________

Address:
50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290
Minneapolis, MN 55402

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Schedule 1

Schedule 5.21(f) to the Loan Agreement - Pledged Equity Interests

Loan Party

Issuing Entity

Class

Number of Shares

Certificate No.

Vintage Stock Affiliated
Holdings LLC
Vintage Stock Affiliated
Holdings LLC

Vintage Stock, Inc.

Vintage Stock, Inc.

Class A
(Voting)
Class B
(Nonvoting)

282

2,538

18

19

Percentage
Interest of
Outstanding
Shares
100%

100%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT A

FORM OF

IRREVOCABLE STOCK POWER

FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,  the  undersigned  hereby  sells,  assigns  and  transfers  to  __________________  the  following  Equity

Interests of [___________], a [_________] [corporation] [limited liability company]:

No. of Shares

Certificate No.

and irrevocably appoints __________________________________ its agent and attorney-in-fact to transfer all or any part of such Equity
Interests  and  to  take  all  necessary  and  appropriate  actions  to  effect  any  such  transfer.  The  agent  and  attorney-in-fact  may  substitute  and
appoint one or more persons to act for him.

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has  caused  this  Stock  Power  to  be  duly  executed  effective  as  of  the  _____  day  of
____________, 20____.

[Holding]

By: _________________________
Name: _______________________
Title: ________________________

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT B

FORM OF

NOTICE
OF
GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST
IN
COPYRIGHTS

United States Copyright Office

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Please  be  advised  that  pursuant  to  the  Security  and  Pledge Agreement  dated  as  of  November  3,  2016  (as  amended,  modified,
extended, restated, renewed, replaced, or supplemented from time to time, the “Agreement”) by and among the Grantors party thereto (each
an “Grantor”  and  collectively,  the  “Grantors”)  and  Wilmington  Trust,  National Association,  as  administrative  agent  (in  such  capacity,
together  with  its  successors  and  assigns  in  such  capacity,  the  “ Administrative Agent”)  for  the  Secured  Parties  referenced  therein,  the
undersigned Grantor has granted a continuing security interest in and continuing lien upon the copyrights and copyright applications shown
on Schedule 1 attached hereto to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties.

The undersigned Grantor and the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, hereby acknowledge and agree that the
security  interest  in  the  foregoing  copyrights  and  copyright  applications  (a)  may  only  be  terminated  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the
Agreement and (b) is not to be construed as an assignment of any copyright or copyright application.

Grantor hereby authorizes and requests the Register of Copyrights to record this Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights.

Very truly yours,

[GRANTOR]

By: ____________________________________
Name: __________________________________
Title: ___________________________________

Acknowledged and Accepted:

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent

By: _____________________________
Name: ___________________________
Title: ____________________________

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT C

FORM OF

NOTICE
OF
GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST
IN
PATENTS

United States Patent and Trademark Office

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Please  be  advised  that  pursuant  to  the  Security  and  Pledge Agreement  dated  as  of  November  3,  2016  (as  amended,  modified,
extended, restated, renewed, replaced, or supplemented from time to time, the “Agreement”) by and among the Grantors party thereto (each
an “Grantor”  and  collectively,  the  “Grantors”)  and  Wilmington  Trust,  National Association,  as  administrative  agent  (in  such  capacity,
together  with  its  successors  and  assigns  in  such  capacity,  the  “ Administrative Agent”)  for  the  Secured  Parties  referenced  therein,  the
undersigned Grantor has granted a continuing security interest in and continuing lien upon the patents and patent applications shown on
Schedule 1 attached hereto to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties.

The undersigned Grantor and the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, hereby acknowledge and agree that the
security interest in the foregoing patents and patent applications (a) may only be terminated in accordance with the terms of the Agreement
and (b) is not to be construed as an assignment of any patent or patent application.

Grantor hereby authorizes and requests the United States Patent and Trademark Office to record this Notice of Grant of Security

Interest in Patents.

Very truly yours,

[GRANTOR]

By: ____________________________
Name: __________________________
Title: ___________________________

Acknowledged and Accepted:

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent

By: _________________________________
Name: _______________________________
Title: ________________________________

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT D

FORM OF

NOTICE
OF
GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST
IN
TRADEMARKS

United States Patent and Trademark Office

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Please  be  advised  that  pursuant  to  the  Security  and  Pledge Agreement  dated  as  of  November  3,  2016  (as  amended,  modified,
extended, restated, renewed, replaced, or supplemented from time to time, the “Agreement”) and among the Grantors party thereto (each an
“Grantor” and collectively, the “Grantors”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as administrative agent (in such capacity, together
with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the Secured Parties referenced therein, the undersigned
Grantor  has  granted  a  continuing  security  interest  in  and  continuing  lien  upon  the  trademarks  and  trademark  applications  shown  on
Schedule 1 attached hereto to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties.

The undersigned Grantor and the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, hereby acknowledge and agree that the
security interest in the foregoing trademarks and trademark applications (a) may only be terminated in accordance with the terms of the
Agreement and (b) is not to be construed as an assignment of any trademark or trademark application.

Grantor hereby authorizes and requests the United States Patent and Trademark Office to record this Notice of Grant of Security

Interest in Trademarks.

Very truly yours,

[GRANTOR]

By: ____________________________
Name: __________________________
Title: ___________________________

Acknowledged and Accepted:

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent

By: _________________________________
Name: _______________________________
Title: ________________________________

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

As an independent registered public accounting firm, we consent to the inclusion in the Registration Statement on Form S-3 and Form S-8
of  our  report  dated  December  29,  2016,  relating  to  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Live  Ventures,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  (the
“Company”) as of September 30, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows
for the years then ended, included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Live Ventures, Inc. for the year ended September 30, 2016.

/s/ Anton & Chia, LLP
Anton & Chia, LLP

Newport Beach, California
December 29, 2016

 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1

I, Jon Isaac, certify that:

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Live Ventures Incorporated (the registrant”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to
make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material
respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  form,  the  periods  presented  in  this
report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act rules 13a-15(e) and 15-d-15e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to
us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed
under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons  performing  the
equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s

internal control over financial reporting.

Date: December 29, 2016

/s/ Jon Isaac

Jon Isaac
President and Chief Executive Officer
 (Principal Executive Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2

I, Jon Isaac, certify that:

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Live Ventures Incorporated (the registrant”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to
make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material
respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  form,  the  periods  presented  in  this
report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act rules 13a-15(e) and 15-d-15e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to
us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed
under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons  performing  the
equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s

internal control over financial reporting.

Date: December 29, 2016

/s/ Jon Isaac

Jon Isaac
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

I,  Jon  Isaac,  the  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Live  Ventures  Incorporated,  certify,  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of Live Ventures Incorporated on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition
and results of operations of Live Ventures Incorporated.

Date: December 29, 2016

/s/ Jon Isaac

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Live Ventures Incorporated and will be retained by
Live Ventures Incorporated and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

Jon Isaac
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive and Financial Officer)